- Premier Cleaning Kit Includes:
- 50 x Small Cleaning Cards
- 25 x Swabs
- Zebra Card Printer
- P205
- P210i
- P310F
- P310i
- P330i
- P420i
- P430i
- P520i
The Zebra ET80 is designed for mission-critical workers, featuring a rugged build that withstands drops, dust, mud, and even hosing off without damage. It’s also IP65 rated and has certifications for use in hazardous locations.
Yes! The ET80 is a 2-in-1 device. It can be used as a tablet for maximum mobility, or it can instantly transform into a laptop with the rugged keyboard attachment or into a full workstation with the universal dock.
The ET80 offers robust security features, including a Windows Hello front-facing camera for facial recognition, an optional fingerprint reader for two-factor authentication, and optional CAC smartcard readers for government-grade data security.
The ET80 offers the latest wireless technologies, including WiFi 6E, 4G/5G cellular, Bluetooth 5.2, NFC, and optional GPS. It also has antenna passthroughs for use in vehicles, ensuring a strong, reliable connection anywhere.
The ET80 includes a 13MP rear camera for high-quality photos and an optional integrated 2D barcode scanner for fast, accurate data capture. These tools are perfect for fieldwork, documentation, and real-time updates.
The ET80 can be tailored to specific job needs with a range of accessories, including vehicle and office docks, rugged boots, shoulder straps, handle straps, hot-swappable secondary batteries, CAC card readers, and active stylus pens.
The Zebra ET85 is a rugged 2-in-1 Windows tablet designed for mission-critical workers in public safety, field service, and manufacturing who need a flexible, durable, and reliable computing solution.
The ET85 offers advanced wireless connectivity, including WiFi 6E, Bluetooth 5.2, optional 4G/5G cellular, GPS, and NFC, ensuring fast and reliable connections in any environment.
The ET85 can quickly convert from a tablet to a laptop using the detachable rugged keyboard. It can also be docked in vehicles or at desks for use as a workstation, offering maximum versatility.
The ET85 includes a Windows Hello front-facing camera for facial recognition, optional fingerprint reader, and support for a Common Access Card (CAC) reader for two-factor authentication and secure data access.
The ET85 is IP65-rated, can withstand drops up to 5 ft (with an optional rugged boot), and operates in extreme temperatures. It also has Class 1 Division 2 certification for hazardous environments.
The ET85 features a 12-inch QHD touchscreen with sunlight readability, glove and wet touch support, and optional night-vision mode. It also includes a 13 MP rear camera, 5 MP front camera, and optional barcode scanner for high-quality data capture.
The ET80 is built for mission-critical roles in public safety, field service, manufacturing, and utilities—supporting tasks like dispatch, incident reporting, equipment maintenance, and mobile command operations.
The ET80 meets MIL-STD-810H standards, is IP65 sealed even with ports open, and offers optional Class 1 Division 2 certification for use in hazardous environments.
Yes, the ET80 functions as a true 2-in-1 device with a detachable, rugged keyboard and universal docking support, making it suitable for tablet, laptop, and fixed/mobile workstation modes.
It supports Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.2, optional 4G/5G (ET85 only), GPS, and even CBRS for private LTE networks in large facilities.
Yes, an optional SE4107 2D barcode scanner is integrated for enterprise-grade scanning, even on damaged or poorly printed barcodes.
The ET80 features a 12" QHD display (2160x1440) that is sunlight-readable, works with gloves and in wet conditions, and supports an active pen (MPP 2.0).
The ET85 includes built-in support for cellular connectivity (4G/5G), dual SIM slots (1 Nano SIM + 1 eSIM), and optional GPS—making it ideal for mobile field workers who require constant connectivity outside Wi-Fi range.
The ET85 supports Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.2, 4G/5G cellular data (Cat 22 LTE and sub-6 GHz 5G), GPS with dual-band (L1 + L5), and CBRS for private LTE networks in the U.S.
Yes, it’s designed for use in vehicles such as police cars, trucks, and forklifts, with available universal docking solutions, antenna passthroughs, and E-Mark automotive certifications.
It includes Windows Hello facial recognition, optional fingerprint and CAC smartcard readers, contactless NFC login, and a Kensington lock slot for physical security.
The ET85 features a 12" QHD touchscreen that’s sunlight readable, glove- and wet-compatible, and supports an active MPP 2.0 pen. The optional keyboard is IP65-rated and includes programmable hotkeys.
The ET85 runs up to 11 hours on the standard battery, with up to 17 hours when using the optional hot-swappable auxiliary battery for extended shifts.
The ET56 includes built-in global LTE connectivity, making it ideal for field workers who require cellular access outside Wi-Fi zones, while the ET51 is Wi-Fi only.
The ET56 meets MIL-STD-810G standards with IP65 sealing. It withstands drops from 3.2 ft. (or up to 5.9 ft. with an optional rugged frame), extreme temperatures, vibration, and water spray.
It runs Windows 10 IoT Enterprise, providing a familiar and secure platform for enterprise-grade applications and IT management.
The ET56 is available in 8.4" and 10.1" models with daylight-viewable displays (up to 720 nits brightness), protected by Corning® Gorilla® Glass.
Yes. It supports enterprise-grade barcode capture with optional SE4710 or SE4750 scan engines via the expansion back, or it can pair with Zebra Bluetooth scanners. An 8 MP rear camera supports occasional
The ET56 has a removable main battery and supports an optional hot-swappable secondary battery, allowing for continuous 24/7 operation.
The ZD421 is offered in direct thermal, thermal transfer, ribbon cartridge, and healthcare-specific models to meet diverse labeling needs.
Standard connections include USB and USB Host, with optional upgrades for Ethernet, Serial, and dual wireless (Wi-Fi 802.11ac + Bluetooth 4.1).
The ZD421 features OpenACCESS™ media loading and a ribbon cartridge model that enables instant, foolproof ribbon changes, guided by color-coded touch points.
Yes, the ZD421 supports an optional high-capacity battery and carrying case, enabling full-shift mobile printing for increased flexibility and productivity.
The ZD421 includes Zebra’s Print DNA software suite, featuring tools for secure setup, remote management, firmware updates, and PrintSecure for cybersecurity.
Yes, the ZD421 supports ZPL and EPL languages, and Zebra’s Virtual Devices, allowing it to emulate non-Zebra printers and integrate easily into existing fleets.
The Zebra ZT400 Series is a line of industrial thermal printers built on a metal frame with a bi-fold metal media cover, side-loading supplies path and a 4.3-inch full-color touch display. The series comprises two models — the 4-inch ZT411 and the 6-inch ZT421 — each available in 203 dpi, 300 dpi and, on the ZT411 only, 600 dpi resolutions. Both support thermal transfer and direct thermal printing.
The ZT400 Series is used for work-in-process, product ID and serial numbers, and package labeling in manufacturing; order picking, shipping and receiving, cross-docking and compliance labeling in transportation and logistics; distribution center and back-of-store operations in retail; and laboratory, blood bank, asset tracking and pharmacy labeling in healthcare.
Print width and speed are the main differences. The Zebra ZT411 prints up to 4.09 in. (104 mm) wide at up to 14 ips (356 mm/sec), while the ZT421 prints up to 6.6 in. (168 mm) wide at up to 12 ips (305 mm/sec). The 600 dpi resolution option is available on the ZT411 only, as are the 1 in. I.D. core media supply hanger and ink-side-in ribbon supply options.
The ZT421 accepts wider media — 2.00 in. (51 mm) to 7.0 in. (178 mm) in tear/cutter mode versus 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) to 4.5 in. (114 mm) on the ZT411 — and is correspondingly larger at 13.25 in. wide and 40 lbs. (18.14 kg), against 10.6 in. and 36 lbs. (16.33 kg). Choose the ZT421 for wide pallet and shipping labels, and the ZT411 for standard 4-inch work, higher speed, or when 600 dpi is required.
Yes. The Zebra ZT400 Series integrated RFID system is user-upgradable in the field and available on both the 4-inch ZT411 and 6-inch ZT421, so a printer bought for barcode work can be converted when tracking requirements change. It supports tags compatible with UHF EPC Gen 2 V2, ISO/IEC 18000-63 and RAIN RFID protocols, and Adaptive Encoding Technology automatically selects the optimum encode settings.
The ZT411 RFID On-metal Tagging Solution is a separate, field-installable kit — Zebra describes it as the only dedicated option for printing and encoding the thicker RFID labels used on metal containers and assets, which defeat standard RFID media. Note that the on-metal kit is available on the ZT411 only, and not on the 600 dpi model.
The Zebra ZT400 Series comes standard with 10/100 Ethernet, RS-232 Serial, USB 2.0 high-speed, dual USB Host ports and Bluetooth 4.1. Two open communication slots accept internal cards for dual-band 802.11ac Wi-Fi with Bluetooth, bi-directional parallel, additional 10/100 Ethernet or an applicator interface.
The dual USB Host ports let you connect a scanner and keyboard simultaneously, or use a memory stick to replicate firmware, files and configurations across printers without unplugging peripherals. The Network Connect option attaches ZT400 printers directly to an Industrial Ethernet network with no additional equipment, and the Print Touch app pairs the printer to NFC-enabled devices with a tap, surfacing dynamic QR codes for support content.
In most cases, yes. The Zebra ZT400 Series supports both ZPL and ZPL II, so label formats and applications built for other Zebra printers transfer directly. It also supports EPL and EPL2 with Line Mode for legacy application compatibility, which eases migration from older Zebra desktop printers — note that EPL is available on 203 dpi models only.
For non-Zebra fleets, the Virtual Devices app lets the ZT400 interpret printer languages normally associated with other brands, so existing formats from a competitive printer can often be used without reauthoring. This makes the ZT400 a practical drop-in replacement across mixed printer estates.
Zebra ZT400 Series printers run Link-OS and are supported by Print DNA, Zebra's suite of productivity, management, development and visibility tools. Printer Profile Manager Enterprise, a Print DNA option, is a browser-based console that discovers every Link-OS printer on the network and manages one printer, a defined group or an entire global estate without manually tracking down or configuring individual units.
Print DNA MDM Connectors integrate networked ZT400 printers into an existing AirWatch or SOTI MobiControl deployment, giving a single pane of glass across Zebra devices and printers. Zebra also provides complimentary deployment utilities for initial setup, and visibility tools reporting printer health, usage and performance. Print DNA features vary by model and may require a support contract.
The Impinj R700 is a four-port fixed RAIN RFID reader built for enterprise-grade deployments. It complies with the GS1 UHF Gen2v2 air interface standard, standardized by ISO/IEC as 18000-63, and reads up to 1,100 tags per second with a maximum receive sensitivity of -92 dBm at a 10⁻³ bit error rate.
Unlike a handheld reader, the R700 is mounted in a fixed position and connected to external antennas — four monostatic RP-TNC ports supporting up to 32 read zones. It ships in two regional variants: IPJ-R700-141 for FCC markets and IPJ-R700-241 for ETSI markets. Typical applications include loss prevention, pallet tracking, real-time inventory management, asset management, conveyor systems and supply chain visibility.
The R700 is a substantial hardware generation ahead. Its receive sensitivity is -92 dBm versus -84 dBm on the Speedway R420 — an 8 dB improvement that lets it read smaller tags and reach further. Processing moves from a 400 MHz single-core to a 1 GHz dual-core processor, RAM from 256 MB to 1,024 MB, and the custom application partition from 32 MB to 128 MB.
Connectivity improves as well: Gigabit Ethernet replaces 10/100, USB peripheral slots go from one to three, and the GPIO block is integrated rather than sold as an accessory. Both readers have four antenna ports, 32 maximum read zones and an 1,100 reads-per-second rate, and both support PoE and PoE+. Maximum transmit power rises slightly, from 32.5 dBm to 33.0 dBm.
The Impinj R700 is powered exclusively over Ethernet — either PoE (802.3af) or PoE+ (802.3at) — with no separate DC input. Where the reader is not connected to a PoE-capable switch, an Impinj midspan power injector (part IPJ-A2010) adds inline power to the network connection.
The power source does affect RF performance. On PoE, maximum transmit power is 30 dBm; on PoE+, it rises to 33 dBm. When connected to a device supporting Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), the R700 checks whether PoE+ is available and configures itself to use it automatically. If maximum read range matters, verify the switch or injector delivers PoE+.
The Impinj R700 supports four development paths. A RESTful interface allows host-based applications in over 80 languages, connecting the reader to IoT applications the same way as other IoT devices. The Octane SDK covers host-based .NET and Java development, and the LLRP Toolkit covers .NET, Java, C and C++.
For on-reader applications, the Embedded Toolkit supports C and C++ running in a 128 MB custom application partition, so tag-processing algorithms can execute at the edge rather than sending raw reads upstream. Gigabit Ethernet keeps latency low and prevents data bottlenecks. Firmware is Impinj R700 LLRP with Impinj extensions, and the network stack supports IPv4 and IPv6 with SSH, HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, DHCP, SFTP and mDNS services.
The Impinj R700 runs a secure, field-upgradable Linux operating system on a 5.1 kernel. It uses an encrypted software image and a secure software boot with chain-of-trust, which prevents unauthorized software from executing on the reader — a common requirement in enterprise and retail deployments where readers sit on the corporate network.
It supports 802.1x port security for network access control, HTTPS and SSH for encrypted management, and event logs with syslog forwarding for centralized monitoring. Firmware upgrades are web-based and can be performed remotely, so a distributed fleet can be patched without site visits.
The Impinj R700 has a ruggedized, shock-resistant die-cast aluminum enclosure weighing 2.12 lb. (0.96 kg), rated to United States Military Standard MIL-STD-810G for shock and vibration. Its operating temperature range is -4° F to 122° F (-20° C to 50° C) at 5–95% non-condensing humidity.
Note the sealing rating is IP50 — protected against dust, but with no rating for water ingress. The reader itself should be installed indoors or in a protected enclosure, even though Impinj offers outdoor-rated antennas such as the Times-7 Slim Outdoor and Compact Outdoor models for the read zone itself. Mounting is via VESA 100 x 100 on the enclosure bottom or two removable brackets compatible with the Impinj Speedway mounting system. Under FCC rules, professional installation is required.
The Zebra RFD40 UHF RFID Standard Sled delivers high-speed tag reads per second to decrease cycle counting time and improve inventory accuracy. It features an ultra-accurate item-finder mode with a tri-function trigger, standard range circular polarized antenna, and connects seamlessly to eConnex-enabled Zebra mobile computers. The device includes a 7000mAh battery, IP54 sealing for dust and water protection, and supports demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra DS3608-XR delivers industry-leading extended range performance, capable of scanning barcodes from as close as 2 inches (5 cm) to over 105 feet (32 meters). This represents more than 25% greater range than competing scanners in its class, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations where distance scanning is critical.
The TC58A1 features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 6490 octa-core processor running at 2.7 GHz, up to 8 GB of RAM, and 128 GB of Flash storage with a 2 TB MicroSD card slot for virtually instant response times in demanding applications. It includes a 6-inch Full HD+ display (1080 x 2160), dual cameras (16 MP rear with optional Optical Image Stabilization and 8 MP front-facing), and your choice of SE4720 standard-range or SE55 advanced-range 1D/2D scan engines. We offer this device with comprehensive technical support to help you maximize its capabilities in your warehouse or field operations.
The Zebra CA1220 is a power extension cable designed for Symbol products, providing a reliable DC power connection with a 6-inch length. This waterproof power device is ideal for mobile computing environments where durable, weather-resistant connections are essential. We offer the CA1220 as part of our comprehensive Zebra accessories lineup to keep your mobile devices powered in demanding warehouse and logistics settings.
The Zebra Silverline Classic II RFID label delivers outstanding performance with a read range of up to 15 meters (50 feet), making it ideal for warehouse and logistics applications requiring long-distance tag detection. This extended range is particularly effective when labels are applied to metallic containers and surfaces, where performance is optimized.
The DS2278 is a 1D/2D imager that reads both linear and 2D barcodes, including Code 39, Code 128, UPC/EAN, GS1 DataBar, QR Code, DataMatrix, PDF417, and Aztec codes. This makes it ideal for modern retail environments where you need to scan everything from traditional product barcodes to digital coupons and loyalty cards displayed on mobile devices. We offer the DS2278 as a cost-effective upgrade from older 1D-only scanners that cannot handle 2D codes.
The Zebra VC8300 10-Inch is built for the toughest warehouse conditions with IP66 dust-and-water tight sealing, sealed connectors, and a clean flat front design that resists dust and water intrusion. It has undergone extreme temperature, shock, and vibration testing to ensure reliability in demanding forklift and vehicle-mounted applications, making it an ideal choice for warehouse operations.
The ZQ610 Plus builds on Zebra's proven QLn platform with cutting-edge technology and innovative design that significantly improve productivity, usability, and management capabilities. Key enhancements include a large color display for clear printer status visibility, higher battery capacity with advanced PowerPrecision+ Li-Ion technology, and rapid wake-up capability to keep operations running continuously. We offer the ZQ610 Plus as the latest evolution in Zebra's industry-recognized gold standard for mobile label and receipt printing.
The DS2278 is a 1D/2D imager that reads both traditional 1D barcodes (Code 39, Code 128, UPC/EAN, and more) and modern 2D codes (QR Code, DataMatrix, PDF417, Aztec, and others). This dual capability eliminates checkout exceptions caused by 2D barcodes on coupons, loyalty cards, and mobile displays that older 1D-only scanners cannot process.
The DS9908-HD was purpose-built specifically for medical labs and pharmacies to handle challenging barcode scenarios that general-purpose imagers struggle with. It excels at reading tiny barcodes on microscope slides, curved barcodes on medication bottles, and barcodes on color-coded specimen trays and biopsy cassettes—delivering unparalleled productivity and ease-of-use in healthcare settings. We offer this scanner as a specialized solution for healthcare facilities seeking reliable barcode capture in complex laboratory environments.
The CBL-DC-451A1-01 is a DC line cord with filter designed for use with Zebra's 3600 Series devices, specifically compatible with all models except the SAC3600-4001Cr. This power device works with the Level 6 AC/DC Power Supply (PWR-BGA12V50W0WW) to deliver reliable power to your mobile computers and printers. We offer this genuine Zebra component to ensure optimal performance and compatibility with your equipment.
The ZD621 features an innovative new architecture that is 30% more powerful than the ZD620 Series and nearly 300% more powerful than the GX Series, enabling it to run more tasks and perform more operations simultaneously. It replaces the legacy GX Series, ZD500, and ZD620 Series while maintaining backward compatibility with existing label formats and applications. The ZD621 also includes enhanced security features through PrintSecure, an optional 4.3" full-color LCD touch display, and improved remote management capabilities powered by Zebra's Print DNA software suite.
The ZD621 replaces the legacy GX Series, ZD500, and ZD620 models with a new innovative architecture that's 30% more powerful than the ZD620 Series and nearly 300% more powerful than the GX Series. This enables you to run more tasks, perform more operations simultaneously, maintain security, and be ready for future capabilities while maintaining backward compatibility with your existing label formats and applications.
The DS2278 is a 1D/2D imager that reads both traditional linear barcodes and modern 2D codes. It decodes 1D symbologies including Code 39, Code 128, UPC/EAN, and GS1 DataBar, plus 2D formats like QR Code, DataMatrix, PDF417, and Aztec. This dual capability eliminates exceptions at checkout when customers present 2D coupons, loyalty cards, or mobile barcodes.
The Zebra P1080383-704 is a 60W, 24V power device designed specifically for the ZD220 and ZD230 direct thermal and thermal transfer label printers. This power supply ensures reliable operation for both printer models in warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this genuine Zebra power device to keep your printing operations running smoothly.
The Zebra P1086845-004 is a 75W healthcare power supply designed specifically for Zebra's medical-grade printing and mobile computing devices. This power device kit includes a Taiwan cord and is compatible with Zebra healthcare printers like the GK4H and HC100 models, making it ideal for hospital environments and clinical settings where reliable power delivery is critical.
The Zebra P1037750-097 is a wireless print server upgrade kit designed to add network printing capabilities to compatible Zebra printers in warehouse and logistics environments. This upgrade enables multiple devices to send print jobs to a single printer over a wireless connection, improving operational efficiency and reducing cable management complexity. We offer this print server to streamline your barcode label and receipt printing infrastructure.
The Zebra Z-Perform 1000D is an uncoated, direct thermal paper with permanent acrylic adhesive designed for applications requiring limited durability. It's ideal for shipping and mailing labels, as well as a wide variety of industrial applications where short-term labeling is needed. We offer this receipt paper in rolls measuring 4.375in x 645ft with a 1" core, available in quantities of 8 rolls per box.
The Zebra P1072539-001 is a thermal printhead assembly designed for the ZQ520 mobile printer. This 203 dpi printhead is engineered as a direct replacement part for ZQ520 units requiring printhead repair or maintenance. We offer this genuine Zebra component to ensure optimal print quality and printer performance.
The Zebra P1080383-229 printhead is designed for the ZD420T and ZD620T thermal transfer printer models. This upgrade kit converts your printer to 300 dpi resolution, enabling higher-quality barcode and label printing. We offer this printhead as a direct replacement or upgrade component for these Zebra printer lines.
The Zebra 5100 Premium Resin ribbon is engineered for printing in harsh environments where standard ribbons fail. It provides unparalleled resistance to extreme conditions and produces dense black images that remain legible even in the most demanding applications, making it ideal for industrial and outdoor use cases.
The Zebra 5095 Performance Resin ribbon is designed to print high-density barcodes and high-resolution graphics on a wide range of materials, including matte to gloss synthetics, polyester, polypropylene, and polyolefin surfaces. This versatility makes it suitable for diverse labeling applications across warehousing, logistics, and product identification workflows.
The Zebra 5555 Enhanced Wax-Resin is a thermal transfer ribbon specifically formulated for printing barcodes on Zebra coated paper and compatible label stocks. This wax/resin ink formulation provides clear, durable images even under harsh conditions, making it ideal for warehouse labels, shipping tags, and general barcode applications that require reliable performance in demanding environments.
The Zebra SAM5178 labels are made from Kimdura matte polypropylene, a high-performance coated material designed for durability and flexibility. This material offers excellent resistance to scratching and smearing, making it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics environments. We offer these labels with a permanent acrylic adhesive that works well on curved surfaces.
Yes, the ZD621d-HC is specifically engineered for healthcare settings with disinfectant-ready plastics, UV-resistant materials, and a medical-grade power supply (IEC 60601-1 certified). The printer is designed to be easily cleaned and sanitized while maintaining compliance with healthcare safety standards, making it ideal for hospitals, clinics, and patient care facilities.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and select ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact us today and our team can provide detailed specifications for your warehouse environment.
The MC330L-SE4EG4NA features an enhanced 6 ft./1.8 m drop specification across operating temperatures, triple the tumble specification at 3000 tumbles from 3.3 ft./1 m, and IP64 dustproof sealing for superior ruggedness. These specifications make it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics environments where equipment durability is critical.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 4000T labels are constructed from pearl white, gloss polyester with a high-performance permanent acrylic adhesive. The polyester material provides exceptional durability and is coated for optimal print quality, making these labels ideal for demanding industrial applications that require outstanding smear and scratch resistance.
The Zebra FINALE-4X6DT is a 4" x 6" direct thermal paper label with 475 labels per roll, and each case contains 12 rolls. This configuration makes it ideal for high-volume warehouse and shipping applications where you need consistent label supply.
The Zebra Z-Perform 1000D is an uncoated, direct thermal paper with permanent acrylic adhesive designed for applications requiring limited durability. It's ideal for shipping/mailing labels and a wide variety of industrial applications, particularly short-term temporary labeling where cost-effectiveness is important.
The Zebra FINALE-4X2DT labels measure 4 inches by 2 inches and come perforated for easy separation. Each roll contains 1,240 labels, and we offer them in cases of 6 rolls, giving you 7,440 labels per case for your warehouse labeling needs.
The Zebra Z-Select 4000D labels are designed for direct thermal printers, which means they require no ribbon and print by applying heat directly to the label surface. These labels are compatible with all Zebra direct thermal printer models, and we offer a full range of compatible printers from Zebra's lineup available from us today.
The Zebra FINALE-4X1DT labels measure 4 inches by 1 inch and come perforated for easy separation. Each roll contains 2,340 labels, and we offer them in cases of 6 rolls, giving you 14,040 labels per case for high-volume inventory operations.
The Zebra CS-RAC-NA-MLEAD is a mains AC power device featuring a North American power cord with a 6-foot length. This power accessory is designed to supply reliable AC power to compatible Zebra devices in standard North American electrical environments. We offer this power device as part of our comprehensive Zebra accessories lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Zebra FINALE-3X1DT features 3" x 1" direct thermal paper labels with 2,340 labels per roll. Each case contains 6 rolls, providing 14,040 labels total per case order. This size is ideal for compact labeling applications in warehouse and inventory management environments.
The Zebra Z-Perform 1000D is an uncoated, direct thermal paper facestock with a permanent acrylic adhesive. This material is designed for direct thermal printing applications that require limited durability, making it an economical choice for applications where labels don't need extended longevity. We offer this label stock in rolls of 150 labels per roll, with 36 rolls per box.
The DS2278 is a 2D imager that reads both 1D and 2D barcodes, including Code 39, Code 128, UPC/EAN, QR codes, DataMatrix, PDF417, and Aztec codes. This makes it ideal for retail environments where you need to scan everything from traditional product barcodes to digital coupons and loyalty cards displayed on mobile devices.
The Cisco UCSC-C3X60-14HD4 is a 2U rack-mountable server configured with 14 bays of 4TB storage capacity. It supports dual Intel processors with up to 8TB of DDR5 SDRAM across 32 memory slots, 24Gb/s SAS RAID controllers, and multiple networking options including Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. This enterprise-grade server is designed for high-capacity storage and data-intensive workloads in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Cisco UCS-SP-5108-AC3 is a blade chassis system designed for enterprise data center environments requiring flexible server configurations and unified fabric connectivity. This chassis accommodates up to 8 half-width blade servers or 4 full-width blade servers, making it ideal for organizations needing scalable computing infrastructure for virtualization, cloud services, and high-performance workloads. We offer this Cisco solution as part of our comprehensive data networking product line available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco C9500X-28C8D features 28x 40/100G QSFP28 ports plus 8x 40/100/200/400G ports, delivering exceptional port density for high-speed data center and enterprise network deployments. This combination supports flexible connectivity options for both current and next-generation network requirements. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco Catalyst 9500 Series switch lineup.
The Cisco Catalyst 9500-32QC is a manageable, rack-mountable Ethernet switch designed for enterprise and educational networks. It supports 3-layer switching with 40 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity and optical fiber interfaces, offering modular architecture in a 1U form factor with Cisco's Lifetime Limited Warranty. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco HX-CPU-I6238R is an Intel Xeon Gold 6238R processor featuring 28 cores running at 2.2GHz with a 165W thermal design power. It includes 38.5MB of L3 cache and supports DDR4 memory at 2933MHz, making it suitable for high-performance server deployments in data center environments.
The Cisco Catalyst 9500-32QC is a high-performance switch offering flexible port configurations with 32x 40 Gigabit Ethernet ports or 16x 100 Gigabit Ethernet ports, allowing you to choose the density that best fits your network requirements. This versatility makes it ideal for data center environments requiring either moderate or high-density connectivity. We offer this model with full technical support and documentation available from our team.
The Cisco NIM-8CE1T1-PRI is an 8-port Multiflex trunk module designed for voice and channelized data applications over T1/E1 networks. This module supports both ISDN PRI and channelized T1/E1 connectivity, making it ideal for enterprises that need to integrate legacy voice and data services on a single network interface card. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions.
The Cisco UCS-FI-6536-U is a fabric interconnect that serves as the central switching and management component of Cisco's Unified Computing System. It consolidates compute, networking, and storage connectivity into a single unified fabric architecture, reducing complexity and simplifying IT operations through centralized management via Cisco Intersight.
The Cisco CON-SAS-VSMFL100 is a software application support contract that provides comprehensive coverage for Cisco Small Business products. This service includes software updates for bug fixes, telephone technical support, and online chat support, extending your protection beyond the standard limited warranty period. We offer this contract to help you maintain continuous support for your Cisco networking infrastructure.
The Cisco ASA 5505 integrates world-class firewall, Unified Communications security for voice and video, SSL and IPsec VPN, intrusion prevention (IPS), and content security services in a single appliance. As part of Cisco's Self-Defending Network architecture, it delivers intelligent threat defense that stops attacks before they impact your business continuity.
The Cisco ASA 5500 Series integrates world-class firewall, Unified Communications security for voice and video, SSL and IPsec VPN, intrusion prevention (IPS), and content security services in a single modular appliance. This comprehensive multilayer security approach is designed to stop attacks before they impact business continuity. We offer this solution as a key component of the Cisco Self-Defending Network architecture.
The Botnet Traffic Filter License for the ASA 5505 provides intelligent threat defense that detects and blocks botnet command-and-control traffic before it can compromise your network. This license integrates with the ASA 5505's comprehensive security architecture to stop advanced threats at the gateway level. We offer this 1-year license to help organizations maintain continuous protection against evolving botnet threats.
The Cisco WS-X45-SUP7L-E Supervisor delivers 520 Gbps of switching fabric capacity, making it ideal for midrange enterprise networks requiring high-performance data, voice, and video traffic. This supervisor is designed for the Catalyst 4500 E-Series platform and provides the processing power needed for unified communications environments. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific network configuration.
The Cisco CON-OSP-SP6508A2 is a 1-year on-site service contract providing 24x7x4 support for the UCS SP Base 5108 Blade Server. This contract ensures rapid response times with on-site technician availability, giving your data center infrastructure the protection it needs. Contact us today to learn how we can add this coverage to your Cisco UCS deployment.
The Cisco CON-OSP-2911CMST provides 1 year of US-based on-site support available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week with 4-hour response time for the Cisco 2911 Voice Bundle with Unified Communications License Pack. This comprehensive service contract ensures your voice communications infrastructure receives priority technical support when you need it most.
The Cisco CON-3SNT-C375X12S is a 3-year, 8x5 Next Business Day (NBD) service contract designed for the Catalyst 3750X 12-port Gigabit Ethernet SFP switch with IP Base licensing. This contract provides comprehensive support coverage to minimize downtime and keep your network infrastructure running reliably. We offer this service contract as part of our complete Cisco networking solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco CON-3SNT-ISR4331K is a 3-year SmartNet service contract for the ISR 4331 router, providing US-only coverage with 8x5x NBD (Next Business Day) support. This contract ensures your router receives comprehensive technical support and maintenance throughout the coverage period. Contact us today to add this service contract to your ISR 4331 deployment.
The Cisco SFP-10G-LR-S= supports 10GBASE-LR transmission with a maximum distance of 10 kilometers over single-mode fiber (SMF). This makes it ideal for enterprise data center and campus network deployments where you need reliable 10 Gigabit connectivity across moderate distances. We offer this module with full technical support and compatibility verification.
The Cisco SFP-10G-ER-S supports 10GBASE-ER transmission with a maximum distance of 40 kilometers over single-mode fiber (SMF). This makes it ideal for long-distance enterprise network connections where extended reach is required without regeneration.
The VMware vSphere 5 Enterprise Plus (1 CPU) license includes a full year of VMware SnS (Support and Subscription) coverage. This licensing model is optimized for single-CPU deployments and provides comprehensive support throughout the subscription period. We offer this product with full manufacturer support and documentation available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco CON-SAU-UCSMGRAS provides 1 year of US software application support and upgrades for UCS Central per UCS Domain license on physical infrastructure. This service contract ensures your UCS management environment receives continuous support and access to software updates throughout the coverage period. Contact us today to verify current availability and pricing for this Cisco service contract.
The Cisco CON-SAU-7DCSANSB is a 1-year US software application support and upgrade contract specifically designed for DCNM (Data Center Network Manager) SAN Advanced Edition on Nexus platforms. This contract ensures your SAN infrastructure receives timely software updates and technical support from Cisco throughout the coverage period. We offer this service contract to help you maintain optimal performance and security for your data center storage area network.
The Cisco CON-SNT-2248PQFA is a 1-year SMARTNET 8x5xNBD (Next Business Day) service contract available for US deployment. This standard coverage includes hardware support with next business day response and replacement for eligible Cisco networking equipment. Contact us today to confirm coverage details for your specific deployment.
The Cisco CON-ECDN-INTP6K is an Essential Operate service contract that provides 8x5x Next Business Day support and software updates for your Cisco equipment. This contract ensures your infrastructure receives timely maintenance and technical support during standard business hours. Contact us today to discuss the specific coverage details for your deployment.
The Cisco CON-SW-WSC296XT is a SmartNet service contract designed for the Catalyst 2960-X 24 GigE switch with 4X1G SFP uplinks. This service contract provides 24x7 access to software updates, web access to technical repositories, and telephone support through the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) to help you maintain optimal network performance and resolve issues quickly.
The Cisco CON-SNT-A9KMPA4X is a 1-year USSMARTNET 8X5XNB service contract designed for the ASR 900 4-port 10GE Module Port Adapter. This contract provides comprehensive support and maintenance coverage to keep your Cisco networking equipment operating at peak performance. Contact us today to learn more about our Cisco service contract offerings and how they protect your infrastructure investment.
The Cisco CON-SNTP-9372PXBN is a 1-year SMARTNET 24X7X4 service contract for the Nexus 9372PX bundle, available for US deployments only. This contract provides comprehensive support coverage with 24/7 availability and 4-hour response time for critical issues on your Nexus switching infrastructure.
The Cisco CON-SNT-NM-4CU is a 1-year US SMARTNET 8X5XNBD service contract designed for the NetMod 4-Port 1 Gbps Copper Bypass module. This contract provides comprehensive support with 8 hours per day, 5 days per week coverage with next business day hardware replacement. Contact us today to confirm current availability and pricing for this service contract.
The Cisco CON-SNT-ASR90012 is a 1-year SmartNet 8x5xNBD (Next Business Day) service contract for the ASR 9001 chassis, available for US deployments only. This service contract provides comprehensive support and maintenance coverage to keep your Cisco ASR router operational. Contact us today to learn more about service contract options and coverage details for your network infrastructure.
The Cisco CON-SNT-N7K4S2 provides 1 year of SmartNet 8x5x4-hour next business day (NBD) support coverage for the Nexus 7004 4-slot chassis bundle in the US. This service contract includes hardware support with expedited replacement parts and technical assistance during business hours and emergency support availability.
VMware vSphere 5 Enterprise (1 CPU) is a virtualization platform designed for enterprise data center environments. The 1-year support requirement includes technical assistance and updates to keep your virtualization infrastructure running smoothly. We offer this licensing option as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking and infrastructure solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco ASA-IC-6GE-CU-C is a 6-port Gigabit Ethernet interface card designed for ASA 5545-X and 5555-X appliances. It provides four 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ45 LAN ports and four Gigabit Ethernet SFP optical ports supporting 1000BASE-SX or LX/LH transceivers, giving you flexible connectivity options for your network infrastructure.
Cisco SpeechView Pro for Unity Connection is a software license that enables advanced speech recognition and voice interaction capabilities within Cisco's unified communications environment. This solution is designed for organizations that need to enhance their voice messaging and call handling systems with professional-grade speech processing features. We offer this 1-year license to support your unified communications infrastructure.
The Cisco AIR-AP2802I-B-K9 is an 802.11ac Wave 2 access point that delivers high-performance wireless connectivity for enterprise environments. This model supports modern Wi-Fi standards with internal antennas and dual Gigabit Ethernet ports for flexible deployment in indoor settings. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to verify the complete technical specifications for your specific network requirements.
The Cisco AIR-AP1562I-N-K9 is an IEEE 802.11ac wireless access point that operates on both the 5 GHz and 2.4 GHz bands, delivering up to 1.30 Gbit/s throughput. This dual-band capability makes it suitable for environments requiring concurrent connectivity across multiple frequency ranges. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco wireless networking portfolio.
The Cisco AIR-AP1572EC1-B-K9 is an 802.11ac outdoor access point that supports modern wireless standards including IEEE 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n draft 2.0, along with 802.11h and 802.11d. This multi-standard support ensures compatibility with a wide range of wireless devices in warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco A9K-MOD200-FC is a 200G Flexible Consumption Model line card designed for the ASR 9000 modular router platform, delivering high-performance data routing capabilities. This line card supports flexible port configurations and is engineered for enterprise and service provider networks requiring scalable throughput. Contact us today to discuss the specific performance metrics and throughput capabilities that align with your network infrastructure needs.
The Cisco A9K-MPA-20X1G-FC is a 20-Port 1 Gigabit Ethernet Modular Port Adapter designed for the Cisco ASR 9000 Series data routers. This port adapter expands router capacity by providing twenty 1GbE ports, enabling organizations to scale their network infrastructure without replacing the entire router chassis. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions for enterprise and service provider environments.
The Cisco A9K-MPA-4X10G-FC is a 4-port 10GbE modular port adapter designed for the ASR 9000 series routers. This adapter provides four 10 Gigabit Ethernet ports with Fibre Channel capability, enabling high-speed connectivity for demanding data center and service provider environments. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco routing solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco A900-IMA2F supports Cisco LTE 2.5 with backward compatibility for LTENA, LTEGB, LTEAU, and LTEAS bands, along with UMTS, HSPA+, EDGE, GSM, and GPRS technologies. This multi-technology support ensures broad carrier compatibility and seamless connectivity across different network generations. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco routing solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco C1000-16T-2G-L-RF features 16 Gigabit Ethernet ports with 2x1G SFP uplink slots, providing flexible connectivity for small to mid-size network deployments. This configuration offers a balanced mix of standard RJ-45 ports and high-speed optical connectivity options. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco ACC-LA-G-TM-TF supports Cisco LTE 2.5 with backward compatibility to UMTS, HSPA+, EDGE, GSM, and GPRS across multiple bands. The device includes one multiband swivel-mount dipole antenna (LTE-ANTM-SMA-D), and we recommend ordering a second antenna for optimal 2X2 MIMO coverage. This multi-technology support ensures reliable connectivity across diverse carrier networks and geographic regions.
The Cisco C1000-16T-E-2G-L features 16 Gigabit Ethernet RJ-45 ports for downlink connectivity, along with 2 SFP (Small Form-factor Pluggable) uplink ports for 1G connectivity. This configuration provides a total of 18 ports, making it ideal for small to medium-sized network deployments. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions at barcodesinc.com.
The Zebra CS-CAB-4-ASM-B-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, as well as mobile printers, tablets, and scanners. This broad compatibility makes it an ideal storage solution for mixed-device enterprise environments. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific device models.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, as well as mobile printers, tablets, and scanners. This broad compatibility makes it an ideal storage solution for mixed-device enterprise environments. We offer this cabinet to support your complete mobile device ecosystem.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet is compatible with a wide range of Zebra devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and some ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact us today and our team can provide detailed specifications for your warehouse environment.
The Zebra ZD611t offers multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, USB Host, Ethernet, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth 4.0 (BLE), making it flexible for various warehouse and logistics environments. This range of connectivity solutions allows you to integrate the printer seamlessly into your existing infrastructure, whether you need wired or wireless printing capabilities. We offer this model with all these connectivity features standard, so you can choose the best option for your operation.
The Zebra ZD421d is a desktop direct thermal barcode label printer offering 203 dpi print resolution, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations requiring clear, durable labels. It features multiple connectivity options including USB, USB Host, Ethernet, and Bluetooth 5.0, allowing flexible integration into your existing infrastructure. We offer this model with Swiss font support and EZPL programming language compatibility for streamlined label customization.
The Zebra ZT610 achieves remarkable print speeds of up to 14 inches per second, making it ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations. This speed, combined with its durable metal frame construction, ensures consistent performance even in demanding industrial environments. We offer this printer as a reliable solution for operations requiring fast, dependable label production.
The Zebra EC55 is built to withstand demanding warehouse and field environments with an IP67 rating for dust and water resistance, drop-proof construction, and Corning Gorilla Glass protection. These features ensure your mobile computer remains reliable whether workers are inside your facility or operating in the field, reducing downtime from accidental damage.
The MC330L-SE2EG4NA features an enhanced 6 ft./1.8 m drop specification across operating temperatures, triple the tumble specification at 3000 cycles from 3.3 ft./1 m, and IP64 dustproof sealing for superior protection in demanding warehouse and logistics environments. These rugged specifications make it ideal for high-impact mobile computing operations.
The MC3300x offers significant durability enhancements including a 6 ft./1.8 m drop specification across operating temperatures, triple the tumble specification at 3000 drops from 3.3 ft./1 m, and IP64 dustproof sealing. These improvements make it ideal for harsh warehouse and logistics environments where equipment faces constant physical stress.
The Zebra CS-CAB-2-ASM-B-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and select ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete list of device compatibility with your specific equipment, contact us today and our team can provide detailed compatibility information for your warehouse operations.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet is compatible with a wide range of Zebra devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and select ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact us today and our team can provide detailed specifications for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The Zebra CS-CAB-2-AS-B-C6-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and some ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact us today and our team can provide detailed specifications for your warehouse environment.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-AS-B-C6-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and some ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact us today and our team can provide detailed specifications.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-ASM-B-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and select ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact us today and our team can provide detailed specifications for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, as well as mobile printers, tablets, and scanners. The small 2-shelf configuration can accommodate up to 30 devices with its single-sided design. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific device models.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-FP-B-C6-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and select ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact us today and our team can provide detailed specifications for your warehouse environment.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, as well as mobile printers, tablets, and scanners. The large 4-shelf configuration provides flexible storage for enterprise device fleets. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific device models.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and select ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact our team today and we can provide detailed specifications for your deployment.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5-EXT-FLTPK-B-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and some ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete list of device compatibility specific to your deployment, contact us today and our team can provide detailed compatibility information for your exact device models.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and select ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact our team today—we can help you verify your exact requirements and ensure optimal storage configuration.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5-EXT-ASM-B-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and select ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact our team today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to your Zebra Account Manager.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5XL-ASM-B-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and select ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list tailored to your specific devices, contact us today and our team can provide detailed guidance.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5XL-AS-B-C6-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and some ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact us today and our team can provide detailed specifications for your warehouse environment.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-FLTPK-B-N is compatible with a wide range of Zebra mobile devices, including EC30, TC2X, TC5X, TC7X, and TC8X mobile computers, Zebra tablets, and select ZQ and QLn mobile printers. For a complete compatibility list specific to your device models, contact our team today—we can help ensure this cabinet meets your exact requirements.
The Zebra CS-CAB-4-FLTPK-B-N is an Intelligent Cabinet designed to securely store and manage multiple enterprise mobile devices including mobile computers, mobile printers, tablets, and barcode scanners. This large 4-shelf cabinet optimizes device storage, access, tracking, and management to maximize worker productivity and asset utilization in warehouse, transportation, logistics, and retail operations.
The Zebra L10 is engineered with a rugged design that is waterproof, dustproof, and drop-proof, making it ideal for demanding conditions like construction sites and military applications. Its 10.1-inch display with up to 1000 Nit brightness remains fully usable in rain, snow, and direct sunlight, ensuring reliable data capture regardless of weather or lighting conditions. We offer the L10 in three versatile models—XPAD, XBOOK, and XSLATE—each optimized for different work requirements in challenging environments.
The DS3678-EPIROC-KIT includes the Zebra DS3678 ultra-rugged scanner, a cradle, USB cable, and power supplies for immediate deployment. This kit also comes with Zebra One Care Essential Service Contract and True Support Basic for Scanners, both covering 3 years of comprehensive support. We offer this complete package to minimize setup time and ensure your team has full support coverage from day one.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 4000T is constructed from pearl white, gloss polyester with a high-performance permanent acrylic adhesive. The polyester material combined with the top coating makes it ideal for applications requiring outstanding print quality and exceptional resistance to smear and scratch damage.
The Zebra 10039019 is a 4x2" (101.6x50.8mm) white, coated direct thermal paper label with an all-temp permanent acrylic adhesive designed for printing speeds up to 8 ips. It features a 0.75" (19.1mm) core and is part of the Z-Perform 2000D value coated label line, making it suitable for a wide range of industrial RFID applications. We offer this label for immediate integration into your labeling operations.
The Zebra PolyPro 4000T labels are made from Kimdura matte polypropylene, a synthetic material designed for durability and flexibility. This high-performance coated material offers excellent resistance to scratching and smearing, making it ideal for industrial applications where label durability is critical.
The DS8108 Series handheld imager reads both 1D and 2D barcodes with exceptional performance. Its high-resolution mega-pixel sensor combined with Zebra's exclusive PRZM intelligent imaging technology enables reliable scanning across a wide range of barcode formats, making it ideal for retail and warehouse environments. We offer this scanner as a versatile solution for operations requiring multi-format barcode capture.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is a pearl white, gloss polyester thermal transfer label with a permanent acrylic adhesive. The polyester construction provides exceptional durability and is ideal for applications requiring outstanding print quality and unparalleled smear and scratch resistance.
The Zebra EC55 is built to withstand demanding warehouse and field environments with an IP67 rating for dust and water resistance, drop-proof construction, and Corning Gorilla Glass protection on its 5-inch display. These rugged features ensure all-day reliability whether your workers are inside your facility or operating in the field. We offer the EC55 as a dependable solution for logistics and transportation operations that require industrial-grade durability.
The Zebra 800077-719 is designed specifically for the ZXP Series 7 ID card printer. This monochrome white ribbon is engineered to work exclusively with this printer model to ensure optimal print quality and reliability. We offer this ribbon as a genuine Zebra supply to guarantee compatibility and performance.
The Zebra 800077-781 produces 2000 images per roll, making it an economical choice for moderate-to-high-volume ID card printing operations. This yield helps reduce per-card printing costs and minimizes ribbon changeovers in your workflow.
The Zebra 105912G-708 is a cleaning cassette kit designed for the P330i printer series. This cleaning supply helps maintain optimal printhead performance and print quality by removing debris and residue from your thermal printer. We offer this essential maintenance accessory to help extend the life of your Zebra printing equipment.
The Zebra 10019015 wristbands are ultra-soft, flexible direct thermal synthetic wristbands with permanent adhesive closure, designed for healthcare environments. They offer excellent resistance to hand sanitizers, are latex-free, MR-Safe, and remain scannable for up to 14 days. Available in adult, pediatric, and infant sizes in white, these wristbands use black mark sensing for reliable barcode reading.
The Zebra PS-BABY Wristbands measure 0.4 x 6.25 inches and feature an integrated clip closure design. Each case contains 25 sheets with 10 bands per sheet, providing 250 total wristbands. These vinyl infant wristbands are specifically engineered for newborn identification in healthcare settings with gentle material suitable for delicate infant skin.
Zebra LaserBand 2 wristbands are designed for direct laser printing, eliminating the need for a special wristband printer. The self-laminating seal protects patient information including text and barcodes from moisture and hand sanitizers, extending wristband usability throughout patient stays. This makes them ideal for healthcare facilities looking to streamline patient identification without investing in dedicated thermal transfer equipment.
The Zebra Z-Band Direct wristbands feature built-in security slits that prevent reapplication once removed, making them ideal for high-security environments like hospitals and medical facilities. This tamper-evident design ensures that any attempt to remove and reapply the wristband is immediately visible, maintaining chain-of-custody integrity for patient identification and asset tracking.
The Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands feature a water-resistant adhesive closure specifically designed for excessive water exposure, making them ideal for water parks, resorts, and cruise lines. The direct thermal polypropylene construction ensures durability and readability even in wet environments, allowing guests to enjoy water activities without compromising barcode functionality.
The Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands feature a water-resistant adhesive closure specifically designed for excessive water exposure, making them ideal for water parks, resorts, and cruise lines. These multi-day direct thermal polypropylene wristbands maintain durability and readability even in wet environments, ensuring reliable barcode scanning and guest identification throughout extended stays.
The MC3300x delivers enhanced ruggedness with a 6 ft./1.8 m drop specification across operating temperatures and triple the tumble specification at 3000 tumbles from 3.3 ft./1 m. It also features IP64 dustproof sealing, making it significantly more durable for demanding warehouse and logistics environments. These improvements make the MC3300x ideal for high-impact operations in e-commerce and on-demand fulfillment centers.
The Zebra 104524-122 cards are white composite PVC cards with a 30 mil thickness, designed for durability and professional ID printing applications. This material composition makes them suitable for long-term use in identification systems, access control, and loyalty programs. We offer these authentic Zebra cards in convenient 500-card boxes to support your card printing operations.
Zebra MotionWorks Signature Service accelerates the design, deployment, and adoption of real-time location system (RTLS) solutions, ensuring proper architecture, integration, and user adoption from day one. This service is essential because RTLS technologies, while powerful, are complex and require experienced guidance to deliver full ROI and operational success. We offer this software to help organizations streamline operations and gain actionable location intelligence across their entire enterprise.
The MC330L features an enhanced 6 ft./1.8 m drop specification across operating temperatures and IP64 dustproof sealing, making it highly rugged for demanding warehouse and logistics environments. It also includes triple the tumble specification (3000 tumbles at 3.3 ft./1 m) compared to its predecessors, ensuring reliable performance in rough handling conditions. Contact us today to learn how this durability can reduce downtime in your operations.
The Honeywell PC42E-T delivers professional-grade printing with resolution options of 203 dpi or 300 dpi, achieving print speeds of up to 6 inches per second. This combination of resolution and speed makes it ideal for high-definition barcode labels and asset tracking in warehousing, logistics, and retail environments. We offer this printer with full technical support to ensure optimal performance for your mid-volume printing needs.
The Honeywell CN80G features ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0 m (3.3 ft) tumbles, combined with IP65/IP67 ratings for dust and water resistance. Its non-incendive design and government-certified batch capabilities make it ideal for US government agencies, contractors, and operations in the most difficult and hazardous environments. We offer this model specifically configured for government procurement requirements.
The Honeywell CN85 runs Android and is compatible with the Mobility Edge platform, which guarantees compatibility through Android R and extends product lifecycle across four generations of Android. This ensures long-term support and maximizes your return on investment while keeping overall total cost of ownership low.
The Honeywell CT40 XP is equipped with Honeywell's FlexRange imager, which captures barcodes from just a few centimeters up to 32.8 feet away. This extended range, combined with a 13-megapixel auto-focus camera, ensures snappy and accurate data capture across various warehouse and retail environments.
The Honeywell PC42E-T delivers 203 dpi or 300 dpi print resolution with print speeds up to 6 inches per second, making it ideal for high-quality barcode labels in retail, transportation, and warehousing applications. This combination of resolution and speed ensures accurate, professional-quality labels while maintaining efficient mid-volume printing performance.
The Honeywell PC42E-T delivers print resolution options of 203 dpi or 300 dpi with maximum print speeds of up to 6 inches per second. This combination of high resolution and speed makes it ideal for producing sharp, professional-quality barcode labels in mid-volume printing environments across retail, warehousing, and logistics applications.
The Honeywell PC42E-T delivers 200 dpi print resolution with print speeds up to 8 inches per second, making it suitable for sharp, professional-quality barcode labels in warehouse and logistics environments. This combination of resolution and speed ensures reliable scanning performance while maintaining efficient labeling workflows.
The EDA10A is built to withstand the demands of field operations with a Gorilla Glass 5 touchscreen, MIL-STD-810H certification for 1.3m drops (4.3 ft), and up to 2m (6.6 ft) drop protection with a protective boot. It also features an IP65 rating against dust and water, making it suitable for harsh warehouse and outdoor logistics environments. We offer the EDA10A as a reliable solution for mobile data access in demanding conditions.
The CK67 is ultra-rugged and withstands up to 8-foot drops and 4,000 tumbles across operating temperatures, making it built for the most demanding warehouse and distribution environments. It carries IP65/IP68 ratings for protection against dust and water spray, ensuring reliable performance in harsh conditions. We offer this device as part of our complete warehouse kit solution for maximum operational reliability.
The CN80G is purpose-built for warehouse and logistics environments with its ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 tumbles from 1.0 m (3.3 ft). Its IP65/IP67 rating provides dust and water resistance, while the large 4.2-inch touchscreen with optional numeric or QWERTY keypad enables efficient data capture in harsh conditions. We offer this device as an ideal solution for operations requiring both durability and versatility in challenging environments.
The Honeywell CN80G is purpose-built for warehouse and logistics environments with its ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0 m (3.3 ft) tumbles. Its IP65/IP67 rating provides dust and water resistance, while the large 106.7 mm (4.2 in) touchscreen display with numeric or QWERTY keypad options enables efficient data capture in challenging conditions. The device delivers extended battery life to support multiple shifts without interruption, keeping workers connected and productive throughout the day.
The Honeywell CN80G runs Android 7.1 Nougat and is upgradable through Android Q, with support extending across four Android generations. This future-proof design, built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, ensures extended product lifecycle and lower total cost of ownership. Security updates are also available for up to two years past the last Google patch via the Honeywell Sentinel service plan.
The Honeywell CN80G is purpose-built for warehouse and logistics environments with ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0 m (3.3 ft) tumbles. Its IP65/IP67 rating provides dust and water resistance, while the large 4.2-inch touchscreen with numeric or QWERTY keypad options ensures reliable data capture in harsh conditions. We offer this mobile computer as an ideal solution for field mobility, cold storage, and challenging warehouse environments.
The Honeywell CN80G runs Android 7.1 Nougat and is upgradable through Android Q, with support for four Android generations total. This extended lifecycle support ensures your investment remains current and secure for years to come. We offer the CN80G with guaranteed compatibility and security updates available for up to two years past the last Google patch through the Honeywell Sentinel service plan.
The Honeywell CN80G runs Android 7.1 Nougat and is upgradable through Android R, offering support across four Android generations for extended lifecycle protection. This future-proof design, built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, ensures your investment remains current and supported for years to come. Security updates are also available for up to two years past the last Google patch via the Honeywell Sentinel service plan.
The Honeywell CN80G runs Android 7.1 Nougat and is upgradable through Android R, providing long-term compatibility across four Android generations. This extended lifecycle support maximizes your return on investment and ensures future-proof protection for your warehouse operations.
The Honeywell CK65 is built to withstand the toughest warehouse environments with a 3-meter (10-foot) drop specification to concrete and IP65/IP68 ratings for dust and water resistance. This ultra-rugged design makes it ideal for high-impact distribution centers and logistics operations where equipment durability directly impacts productivity and total cost of ownership.
The Honeywell VM3W2O2A1AUS1JA1 offers dual connectivity with built-in Wi-Fi and Bluetooth capabilities, plus an internal WLAN antenna for reliable wireless communication in warehouse and distribution center environments. These connectivity options enable seamless integration with enterprise systems and mobile applications, supporting standard terminal emulation and web browser applications for easy system integration.
The Honeywell Captuvo SL42 sled is designed to work with Apple iPhone 5G and iPod touch devices, giving your mobile workforce access to over 500,000 apps from the Apple App Store. This compatibility allows businesses to leverage existing iOS infrastructure while adding enterprise-grade scanning capabilities. We offer the SL42 as a complete solution that transforms standard Apple devices into powerful mobile computers for field operations.
The CT47 Ultra-Rugged Mobile Computer is purpose-built for warehouse and logistics environments with an ultra-rugged design that withstands drops of up to 8 feet and over 3,500 tumbles. It features 5G and Wi-Fi 6E connectivity for high-bandwidth operations, a FlexRange XLR scan engine for accurate data capture from 3 inches to 80 feet, and integrated Operational Intelligence software to streamline warehouse workflows. We offer the CT47 as an ideal solution for frontline mobile workers who need reliable performance in demanding conditions.
The Voyager XP 1472g delivers omni-directional 1D barcode scanning with industry-leading accuracy on traditional barcodes and digital screens, including damaged or difficult-to-read codes. This USB kit from us includes the scanner, charge & communication base, and a 3.0m USB Type A cable for immediate deployment in your retail environment.
The Honeywell Granit Ultra 2105iSR is built to withstand the toughest warehouse conditions with IP65/68 sealing, 10-foot drop resistance, and the ability to survive 7,500 tumbles. It operates reliably in extreme temperatures ranging from -4°F to 122°F, making it ideal for cold storage, outdoor logistics, and high-impact distribution centers. We offer this scanner as a dependable solution for operations where equipment durability directly impacts productivity.
The CN80G is purpose-built for warehouse and logistics environments with ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0 m (3.3 ft) tumbles. Its IP65/IP67 rating protects against dust and water, while the large 4.2-inch touchscreen and numeric or QWERTY keypad options enable efficient data capture in harsh conditions. We offer the CN80G as a reliable solution for demanding logistics operations where durability and performance are critical.
The Honeywell Voyager 1200g reads standard 1D and GS1 DataBar symbologies with excellent performance on difficult-to-read barcodes, including poorly printed, smudged, or faded labels. It also handles high-density barcodes with resolution down to 3.5 mil, eliminating the need for specialty scanners in most warehouse environments.
The CN80G features ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0 m (3.3 ft) tumbles, combined with IP65/IP67 ratings for dust and water resistance. Its non-incendive design and government-certified specifications make it ideal for US government agencies, contractors, and third-party operations working in the most difficult and hazardous conditions. We offer this model specifically configured for government procurement requirements.
The Honeywell CN80 combines a large touchscreen with your choice of numeric or QWERTY keypad, allowing it to support both legacy key-dependent applications and newer touch-based workflows. Its ultra-rugged design withstands 3.0 m (10 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 tumbles, while IP65/IP67 ratings protect against dust and water spray—making it ideal for harsh warehouse environments. Enhanced 1D/2D scanning with read ranges from 0.15 m to 15.2 m (6 in to 50 ft) ensures fast and accurate data capture at high transaction rates. We offer the CN80 with full wireless connectivity including Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and optional WWAN for seamless warehouse integration.
The CT47 Ultra-Rugged Mobile Computer is specifically designed for transport, logistics, and warehouse environments with an ultra-rugged design that withstands drops up to 8 feet and over 3,500 tumbles. It combines durability with powerful software including Operational Intelligence and Smart Talk communications, keeping business workflows moving in demanding conditions. We offer the CT47 as an ideal choice for frontline mobile workers who need reliable performance in any environment.
The Honeywell PC42E-T offers dual print resolution options of 203 dpi or 300 dpi, with a maximum print speed of 6 inches per second. This combination delivers fast, stable, and high-quality printing suitable for accurate barcode labels and asset tracking in logistics and warehousing applications.
The CN80G is built with ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0 m (3.3 ft) tumbles, combined with IP65/IP67 ratings for dust and water resistance. It meets government FIPS 140-2 compliance standards and is designed specifically for US government agencies, contractors, and third parties operating in the most difficult and hazardous conditions. We offer this model with non-incendive certification for added safety in explosive atmospheres.
The Honeywell SUPCAP-SCN11 is a battery-free super capacitor power device designed for enterprise barcode scanning operations. It is compatible with the Xenon Ultra 1962 Battery-Free Bluetooth Scanners, providing an alternative power solution that eliminates traditional battery dependency while maintaining continuous operational capability.
The Honeywell VM3W2O1A1AUS1JA1 runs Windows 10 2019, making it compatible with standard enterprise applications and terminal emulation software. This operating system provides familiar IT management and security protocols for warehouse and distribution center environments. Contact us today to discuss OS compatibility with your existing systems.
The Honeywell 852-071-001 features a 3-socket Hirose LF07 connector with 3-pin configuration, specifically designed for use with 70 Series Snap-on Adapters. This standardized connector ensures reliable power delivery to compatible Honeywell mobile computers and handheld devices in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6140M is an Intel Xeon Gold processor featuring 18 cores operating at 2.3 GHz with 24.75 MB L3 cache and 24 MB L2 cache. It supports 64-bit processing with a maximum overclocking speed of 3.7 GHz and operates at 140W power consumption using Socket 3647 architecture on a 14 nm process.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6140 is an 18-core processor running at 2.3 GHz with a 24.75MB cache and DDR4 memory support, consuming 140W of power. This Intel Xeon-based processor is designed for high-performance computing environments and supports 64-bit processing with overclocking capabilities up to 3.70 GHz. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco server and networking product lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6132 is a 14-core processor running at 2.6 GHz with a 140W power consumption and 19.25MB cache, supporting DDR4 memory. This processor is designed for deployment in Cisco UCS server systems and delivers strong performance for enterprise data center workloads. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco server parts inventory available from us.
The Cisco HX-CPU-5120 is a 14-core processor running at 2.2 GHz with a 19.25MB cache and 105W power consumption, designed for high-performance computing environments. This processor supports DDR4 memory and is optimized for use in Cisco UCS rack servers. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco server parts inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6126 is a 12-core processor running at 2.6 GHz with a 125W thermal design power and 19.25MB of cache memory. This processor supports DDR4 memory and is compatible with Cisco UCS C-series rack servers, making it suitable for enterprise workloads requiring balanced compute performance and power efficiency.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6142 is an Intel Xeon Gold processor with 16 cores operating at 2.6 GHz, featuring 22 MB L3 cache and support for DDR4 memory. It has a 150W thermal design power, uses a 14 nm process technology, and supports Socket 3647 with overclocking speeds up to 3.7 GHz, making it suitable for high-performance computing environments in data centers.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6148 is a 20-core processor running at 2.4 GHz with a 27.50MB cache and 150W power consumption. This Intel-based processor is designed for high-performance computing environments and integrates seamlessly with Cisco's HyperFlex and UCS server platforms. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server configuration.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6146 is a 12-core processor running at 3.2 GHz with a 165W power envelope and 24.75MB cache, supporting DDR4 memory. This Intel Xeon Gold-class processor is designed for high-performance computing environments in Cisco UCS rack servers. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco server parts inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6154 is an 18-core processor running at 3.0 GHz with a 200W power envelope and 24.75MB cache, supporting DDR4 memory. This processor is designed for high-performance computing environments and is compatible with Cisco HyperFlex and UCS server platforms. We offer this CPU component as part of our comprehensive Cisco parts inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
Cisco StackWise technology allows you to build a unified, highly resilient switching system by stacking up to nine switches together with a 32-Gbps interconnect. This provides a single IP address and command-line interface for simplified management, while the resilient architecture enables fast convergence and improved network availability. We offer Catalyst 3750 Series switches featuring this proven technology for enterprise-class reliability.
The Cisco AIR-CAP3602I is an 802.11n access point featuring 4x4:3 spatial streams and integrated CleanAir technology for interference detection and remediation. It can classify over 20 different types of interference, including non-Wi-Fi interference, within 5 to 30 seconds and automatically take corrective action to optimize network performance. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco wireless solutions portfolio.
The Cisco C6800-48P-TX-XL delivers wire-speed performance for 10/100/1000 Ethernet connectivity with a 96-Gbps switching fabric and 72-mpps forwarding rate for Layer 2–4 operations. This 48-port module is designed for high-density enterprise deployments requiring reliable gigabit connectivity across your network infrastructure.
The Cisco Catalyst 9500 C9500-48Y4C is a high-performance switch featuring 48 ports of 1/10/25G Gigabit Ethernet plus 4 ports of 40/100G uplink connectivity. This configuration provides flexible port density suitable for enterprise campus and data center deployments. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions at barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco IE-1000-4P2S-LM features 4 ports of 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet connectivity via RJ-45 connectors, plus 2 Gigabit SFP ports for fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support various fiber standards including 100BASE-FX MMF (2 km), -LX SMF (10 km), -ZX SMF (100 km), and BX10 SMF (10 km) with LC fiber connectors. This combination makes it ideal for mixed copper and fiber network deployments in industrial environments.
The Cisco L-MGMT3X-4K-K9 is an Enterprise Management license that enables PI 3.x (Prime Infrastructure 3.x), Application Streaming (AS), and APIC-EM (Application Policy Infrastructure Controller - Enterprise Module) functionality. This license is designed for organizations that need comprehensive network management, application visibility, and policy-based infrastructure control across their enterprise environments.
The CBS250-16P-2G-NA features 16 Gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE support, plus 2 additional Gigabit SFP uplink ports for a total of 18 Gigabit Ethernet ports. This configuration makes it ideal for mid-sized network deployments requiring Power over Ethernet capabilities across most ports. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco switching portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco MDS 9132T is a 32-gigabit Fibre Channel switch designed for high-performance SAN environments. With 8-port activation capability, this switch delivers enterprise-grade connectivity and reliability for demanding storage networking applications. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio to support your data center infrastructure.
The Cisco Catalyst IE3300-16T features 16 Gigabit Ethernet copper ports with RJ-45 connectors, supporting 10/100/1000Base-T connectivity. This configuration is ideal for industrial environments requiring multiple copper connections without Power over Ethernet (PoE) capabilities. We offer this model as part of our complete Cisco rugged switching portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The CBS250-16T-2G-NA features 16 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus 2 Gigabit SFP uplink ports, delivering 18 total Gigabit Ethernet ports. This configuration makes it ideal for mid-sized warehouse and logistics operations requiring reliable connectivity without the complexity of higher-port-count models. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions.
The CBS250-8P-E-2G-NA features 8 Gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE support, plus 2 Gigabit Ethernet SFP uplink ports for a total of 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections. This configuration makes it ideal for small to medium-sized deployments where you need both powered access ports and flexible uplink options. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions.
The Cisco Meraki MS120-24 is a 1G Layer 2 cloud-managed switch designed for enterprise networks requiring reliable, centralized management. This 24-port switch delivers straightforward Ethernet connectivity with cloud-based provisioning, monitoring, and troubleshooting capabilities through the Meraki dashboard. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive networking solutions for organizations seeking simplified network operations.
The CBS250-8PP-E-2G-NA is a smart managed switch featuring 8 Gigabit Ethernet ports with partial Power over Ethernet (PoE) capability, plus 2 Gigabit Ethernet SFP uplink ports for a total of 10 Gigabit Ethernet ports. This configuration makes it ideal for small to medium-sized deployments where you need flexible connectivity with power delivery to select devices. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco switching portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco Meraki MS120-48FP is a 1G Layer 2 cloud-managed switch with 48 ports, designed for enterprise network deployments. It offers centralized cloud management through Meraki Dashboard, enabling simplified network operations and visibility across distributed locations. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio for organizations seeking reliable, manageable infrastructure.
The Cisco N9K-C93120TX-B18Q is a high-performance Ethernet switch that comes configured with 2 Nexus 93120TX units and 8 QSFP-40G-SR-BD optical modules for 40 Gigabit connectivity. This switch supports Layer 3 routing, advanced security features including ACLs and VLANs, and is designed for enterprise data center and high-speed network deployments. We offer this Cisco Nexus 9000 series switch as part of our comprehensive networking solutions portfolio.
The Cisco SF350-48P delivers 13.10 million packets per second (mpps) with a switching capacity of 17.6 Gigabits per second (Gbps) for wire-speed, nonblocking performance. This makes it suitable for mid-sized network deployments requiring reliable Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. We offer the SF350-48P as part of our comprehensive Cisco switch inventory at barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco NXA-PAC-1100W-PI2 is a 1100W AC power supply designed as a spare component for Cisco Nexus switches and data networking equipment. This port side intake model provides reliable power delivery for enterprise-grade network infrastructure. We offer this accessory to keep your Cisco systems running without downtime.
The Cisco NXA-PAC-500W is a 500W AC power supply designed for Cisco Nexus switches, providing reliable power delivery with forward airflow (port-side exhaust) configuration. This accessory is ideal for data center and enterprise network environments where redundant or replacement power modules are needed. We offer this Cisco power system component to support your network infrastructure requirements.
The Cisco CAB-AC-US is a US-standard power cord rated for 15A at 125V with a cable length of 2500mm. It operates across a wide temperature range from -40°C to standard operating conditions, making it suitable for both standard and temperature-controlled environments. This cord is designed to support Cisco networking equipment that requires standard US AC power input.
The Cisco FPR9K-NM-4X100G FirePower network module features 4 ports of 100 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity using QSFP28 transceivers. This module is designed for high-speed optical fiber networks and supports 100GBase-X standards, making it ideal for bandwidth-intensive security and data networking applications. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific Cisco FirePower chassis configuration.
The Cisco XFP10GLR-192SR-L is a low-power multirate XFP transceiver module designed for 10 Gigabit Ethernet applications. This module supports 10GBASE-LR technology with a maximum transmission distance of 10 km over single-mode fiber (SMF), making it ideal for metropolitan and campus area network deployments. We offer this spare part for organizations looking to maintain or expand their Cisco networking infrastructure.
The Cisco C9800-80-K9-RF is part of the Cisco Catalyst 9800 Series Wireless Controllers, which support advanced wireless network deployments. This controller is compatible with Cisco access points including the Catalyst 9105 and 9162 Series, and can manage networks running Cisco IOS XE Software Release 17.3.1 or later. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific access point models and network requirements.
The Cisco Meraki MS120-24P is a 1G Layer 2 cloud-managed switch with 24 gigabit ports, designed for enterprise networks requiring reliable, centrally-managed connectivity. This switch delivers straightforward Ethernet switching with cloud-based management capabilities, making it ideal for organizations that want simplified network administration without complex on-premises controllers.
The Cisco Meraki MS120-8FP is a 1G Layer 2 cloud-managed switch designed for branch and small office deployments. It features 8 ports with integrated Power over Ethernet (PoE) capabilities, enabling simplified deployment of IP phones, cameras, and wireless access points without separate power infrastructure. The cloud management platform provides centralized visibility and control across your network infrastructure.
The CBS250-24FP-4X switch features 24 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus 4 10 Gigabit SFP+ uplink ports, delivering a total of 28 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. This configuration makes it ideal for organizations needing higher-speed uplinks while maintaining extensive access-layer connectivity for standard devices. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco Business 250 switch lineup.
The Cisco C9400X-SUP-2 Supervisor Engine provides 240 Gbps bandwidth per slot with a 1:1 oversubscription ratio across all Catalyst 9400 chassis models (C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R). This makes it ideal for mid-range deployments requiring consistent, non-oversubscribed throughput. We offer this module as part of our complete Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series networking solutions.
The Cisco CP-6825-3PC-BUN-NA is an IP DECT bundle that includes a handset and base station designed for wireless desk phone communications. This bundle provides enterprise-grade connectivity for organizations requiring flexible, cordless phone solutions. Contact us today to learn how this DECT phone system integrates with your existing telecommunications infrastructure.
The Cisco CP-8845-3PCC-K9= features dual 10/100BASE-T Ethernet ports with an integrated switch, allowing you to connect both to your LAN and downstream devices like a PC. The phone supports both SIP and SCCP signaling protocols, making it compatible with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Version 7.1.2 and later. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco telecommunications product line available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco CP-8861-3PCC-K9= features dual Ethernet RJ-45 ports that support both LAN connectivity and downstream device connections, such as PCs. The phone supports Power over Ethernet (PoE) for simplified deployment, and includes support for Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) signaling for VoIP communications. These connectivity options make it ideal for modern office environments where network integration is essential.
The Cisco ACC-LA-H-NM-NF is a network switch module designed for telecommunications infrastructure, particularly in outdoor antenna applications. This module supports wireless routing and connectivity solutions across the 700-2700 MHz frequency range, making it ideal for expanding network capacity in distributed environments. We offer this Cisco component as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking product portfolio.
The Cisco CPS-UCSM4-2RU-K9 is a 2-rack unit (2RU) appliance designed for standard 19-inch EIA rack mounting. The unit measures 3.39 x 17.42 x 22.28 inches (8.61 x 44.25 x 56.59 cm) and is optimized for data center and enterprise security deployments where space efficiency is critical. We offer this appliance as part of our comprehensive Cisco security solutions portfolio.
The Cisco L-SL-29-APP-K9 is an AppX license that includes DATA, WAASX, and WAAS/vWAAS connectivity for up to 1300 connections with Right-to-Use (RTU) licensing. This license enables advanced application optimization and wide-area application services across your network infrastructure. We offer this license as part of our comprehensive Cisco software portfolio to support enterprise branch and WAN deployments.
The Cisco 100GQSFP-LR4 is designed for long-range transmission over single-mode fiber (SMF) with a maximum distance of 10 kilometers. This makes it ideal for campus-wide and metropolitan area network deployments where extended reach is required without regeneration.
The Cisco CPAK-100G-SR10 is designed for 100-meter maximum transmission distances over multimode fiber. This makes it ideal for shorter-distance data center and campus network deployments where extended reach is not required. We offer this transceiver module as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking components inventory.
The Cisco IEM-3400-8S features 8 100/1000 SFP ports, making it ideal for fiber optic connectivity in industrial and rugged networking environments. This configuration provides high-speed uplink capabilities without copper RJ45 ports, allowing for flexible fiber-based network architectures. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco Catalyst IE3400 product line available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco IRM-1100-SP is an expansion module designed for the IR1101 wireless access point platform. It provides additional storage and interface capabilities to extend the functionality of your IR1101 deployment. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco wireless networking solutions.
The Cisco IEM-3400-8T= features 8 Gigabit Ethernet (10/100/1000) RJ45 copper ports, making it ideal for industrial environments requiring reliable copper connectivity. This configuration provides straightforward network expansion without SFP or higher-speed options, keeping costs manageable for standard deployment scenarios.
The Cisco IRM-1100-DINRAIL kit supports both DIN rail and panel mount installation options, making it flexible for various industrial and network deployment environments. This dual-mounting capability allows you to integrate the IR1101 Expansion Module into your existing infrastructure seamlessly. Contact us today to discuss the best mounting solution for your deployment.
Yes, the Cisco IR800-IL-POE is compatible with 802.3af PoE modules. The device supports flexible power input with nominal voltage of +12V and +24V, with a maximum input voltage range of 9V to 36V, making it compatible with standard PoE infrastructure available from us.
The Cisco IEM-3400-8P= provides 8 x 10/100/1000 RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet copper ports, making it ideal for expanding network connectivity in rugged industrial environments. This module is designed to work with IE3400 PoE base modules to deliver a total PoE budget of 480W when combined with the base unit's 240W capacity.
The Cisco IRM-1100-SPMI is an expansion module designed for the IR1101 router that adds pluggable interface capabilities to extend connectivity options. This module enables you to add cellular and other interface modules to your IR1101 deployment, making it ideal for expanding network connectivity in remote or mobile environments. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco product lineup to support your wireless infrastructure needs.
The Zebra HC10000684 features Zebra Z-Select 4000D labels measuring 3.5x1 inches (88.9x25.4mm) with a 3-inch (76.2mm) core. Each roll contains 5,760 labels, and boxes come with 6 rolls. The labels have square edges with notches on the left side for easy feeding and handling in direct thermal printers.
The MC3300x offers significant durability enhancements including a 6 ft./1.8 m drop specification across operating temperatures, triple the tumble specification at 3000 drops from 3.3 ft./1 m, and IP64 dustproof sealing. These improvements make it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics environments where equipment faces constant physical stress.
The Zebra 74776 features a premium resin base that delivers exceptional edge definition and clarity, making it an excellent choice for printing extremely dense barcodes and high-resolution graphics. This resin composition ensures that even the smallest barcode elements are rendered with precision, reducing scan errors and improving read reliability in demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra MXC7000-L is a comprehensive accessory package for the MP7000 mobile computer that includes a landscape color camera kit, camera module, back cover, illumination boards, and cabling harness. This complete accessory set is designed to enhance the imaging and data capture capabilities of your Zebra mobile device. We offer this full package to ensure you have all necessary components for seamless integration and operation.
The Zebra 105912G-157 is compatible with Zebra printers that support both thermal transfer and direct thermal print methods. This dual capability allows you to choose the printing technology that best fits your labeling requirements, whether you need colored labels or cost-effective monochrome output. We offer this power supply as part of our complete Zebra supplies lineup to keep your printing operations running continuously.
The Zebra Z-Perform 1000D is an uncoated, direct thermal paper with permanent acrylic adhesive designed for applications requiring limited durability. It's ideal for shipping/mailing labels and a wide variety of industrial applications, particularly short-term labeling needs where extended durability isn't required.
The Zebra ZD621R advances the legacy of the proven ZD500R with best-in-class features, maximum performance, and unmatched security for superior RFID printing and encoding. It delivers hassle-free operation in a compact desktop format while maintaining the reliability you expect from Zebra's RFID printer line. Contact us today to learn how the ZD621R can upgrade your labeling operations.
The Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands are engineered with direct thermal polypropylene material and feature a water-resistant adhesive closure specifically designed for excessive water exposure. This combination makes them ideal for water parks, resorts, and cruise lines where wristbands must withstand repeated submersion and moisture without degradation or adhesive failure.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 3000T labels are made from pearl white, gloss polyester with a permanent acrylic adhesive. This synthetic material construction provides exceptional durability and is ideal for demanding applications requiring outstanding print quality and resistance to smearing and scratching.
The Zebra ZLED-XS40WH-0000 is an internal ring light designed as a spare part and accessory for the Zebra FS40 printer. This white LED lighting component enhances visibility during printing operations and label inspection, ensuring optimal image quality and print accuracy in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra LENS-M0800-0100 is an 8mm focal length C-Mount vision lens designed for machine vision and barcode inspection applications in Zebra vision systems. This lens is ideal for warehouse automation, quality control, and logistics environments where precise image capture is critical for barcode reading and product identification. We offer this lens as part of our comprehensive Zebra vision accessory lineup to support your AIDC infrastructure.
The Zebra LENS-M1600-0100 features a 16mm focal length, making it suitable for medium-range vision applications in industrial automation and quality control environments. This focal length provides a balanced field of view for capturing detailed images at moderate working distances. We offer this lens as part of our comprehensive vision system components available from barcodesinc.com.
The Zebra LENS-M3500-0100 is a C-Mount vision lens with a 35mm focal length, designed for integration with Zebra vision systems. This standard mount type ensures compatibility with a wide range of Zebra machine vision applications. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific vision system configuration.
The Zebra LENS-U1600-0100 is a 16mm focal length C-Mount vision lens designed for large format imaging applications. This lens features a 35.5mm filter thread and is engineered to work with Zebra's vision systems for industrial automation, quality inspection, and barcode verification tasks. We offer this lens as part of our comprehensive Zebra vision component lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Zebra LENS-U0800-0100 features an 8mm focal length, making it suitable for medium-range vision applications in industrial automation and quality control systems. This focal length provides a balanced field of view for capturing detailed images at standard working distances. We offer this lens as part of our comprehensive Zebra vision system components available from barcodesinc.com.
The Zebra LENS-U1200-0100 features a 12mm focal length, designed for large format applications. This focal length is ideal for capturing detailed imagery in machine vision and barcode scanning systems where precision and field of view are critical.
The Zebra LENS-U3500-0100 features a 35mm focal length, designed for large format vision applications. This focal length is ideal for capturing detailed imagery in machine vision and quality inspection systems. We offer this lens as part of our complete vision component lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Zebra LENS-U2500-0100 is a C-Mount vision lens with a 25mm focal length, designed for large format applications. This lens is compatible with Zebra vision systems that utilize standard C-Mount connections, making it suitable for industrial inspection and barcode reading applications requiring precise optical performance.
The Zebra 800350-370 YMCKO ribbon is specifically designed for the Zebra ZC350 ID card printer. This ribbon is engineered to work seamlessly with ZC350 systems, ensuring optimal print quality and reliability. We offer this ribbon as an OEM-approved supply for your ZC350 printer.
The Zebra LENS-XTC70-0000 is a threaded lens cover adaptor designed for the Zebra VS70 vision system, enabling flexible imaging configurations for industrial machine vision applications. It works with C-mount lenses and accessories to support various inspection tasks, from wide-angle imaging of large parts to zoom capabilities for distant component examination. Contact us today to learn how this lens adaptor integrates with your vision system setup.
The Zebra LENS-XRC70-0000 is a replacement IP67 lens cover designed specifically for the Zebra Xs70 vision system. This lens protects the optical components while maintaining the device's industrial-grade durability and environmental sealing. We offer this genuine Zebra replacement part to keep your vision systems operating at peak performance in demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra LGHT-X020WH-0100 is an LED integrated ring light designed to enhance barcode scanning accuracy and readability in various lighting conditions. It features a 20-degree fan angle and white wavelength illumination, making it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and retail environments where precision scanning is critical. We offer this premium lighting solution to improve scan performance on vision-based mobile computers and fixed scanners.
The Zebra DS8108-DL combines an 800 MHz microprocessor with a high-resolution mega-pixel sensor and Zebra's exclusive PRZM intelligent imaging technology for superior 1D and 2D barcode scanning performance. It features an extended scanning range of up to 24 inches (61 cm), a bright aiming spot for improved accuracy, and swappable power sources for uninterrupted operation. We offer this model as a corded, general-purpose handheld imager designed for retail and warehouse environments.
The Zebra 800350-320 is designed for the ZC350 ID card printer and compatible ZC-series systems. This Color-KDO ribbon integrates seamlessly with Zebra's ZC350 platform, which we have available from our full inventory of Zebra supplies and parts. For specific compatibility verification with your existing equipment, contact us today and our team can confirm the right ribbon for your printer model.
The Zebra 104523-117 cards are white PVC cards with a 15 mil thickness, supplied in a pack of 500 cards. These cards feature a writeable back surface, making them ideal for manual annotations or secondary printing. We offer these cards as a reliable consumable for ID card printing systems that require durable, professional-grade blank stock.
The Zebra P1037974-011 printhead is compatible with Zebra ZT210, ZT220, and ZT230 thermal transfer printers. This 300 dpi printhead kit is designed as a direct replacement for these popular mid-range industrial printer models. We offer this genuine Zebra component to keep your thermal printing operations running smoothly.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is UL recognized for both indoor and outdoor use when paired with compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons. The pearl white gloss polyester construction with permanent acrylic adhesive offers resistance to chemicals and UV exposure, making it ideal for harsh environmental conditions where standard labels would fail.
The Zebra RS5100 supports Class 1 Bluetooth and offers a roaming range of up to 300 feet (91.44 meters) from your host device. This extended range makes it ideal for pairing with vehicle mount computers or dongles in laptops, giving your workers freedom to move throughout large warehouse and facility spaces.
The Zebra LGHT-T400RD-0000 is a red wavelength LED bar light designed for industrial applications requiring red spectrum illumination. This 400mm lighting solution is ideal for vision systems, machine vision, and inspection applications where red light enhances contrast and visibility. We offer this lighting module as part of our complete Zebra AIDC product lineup.
The Zebra 800300-306 mono-metallic gold ribbon is compatible with Zebra ZC100, ZC300, and ZC350 ID card printers. This ribbon is designed specifically for these printer models, ensuring optimal print quality and reliability. We offer this ribbon as a direct replacement supply for your existing Zebra printer fleet.
The Zebra 800077-761 is a KRO IX Series Color Ribbon designed for compatibility with the ZXP Series 7 ID card printer. This ribbon is engineered to work seamlessly with Zebra's ZXP Series 7 platform, ensuring optimal print quality and reliability for your card production needs.
The Zebra ZT411 RFID printer is available in three print resolutions: 203 dpi (8 dots per mm), 300 dpi (12 dots per mm), and 600 dpi (24 dots per mm) for the 4-inch model. We offer all resolution options to match your label quality requirements, whether you need standard barcode clarity or high-definition graphics for detailed product information.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 3000T features a high-performance coated polyester construction with permanent acrylic adhesive that delivers outstanding print quality and unparalleled smear and scratch resistance. This pearl white, gloss finish is specifically engineered to withstand harsh handling, making it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this label for applications requiring maximum durability and print longevity.
The Zebra LENS-M2500-0100 features a 25mm focal length, making it suitable for medium-range vision applications in industrial automation and quality control environments. This focal length provides a balanced field of view for capturing detailed images at moderate working distances. We offer this lens as part of our complete Zebra vision system solutions.
The ZD621 delivers a 30% performance increase over the ZD620 Series and nearly 300% more power than the GX Series, enabling you to run more tasks and perform more operations simultaneously. It replaces the legacy GX Series, ZD500, and ZD620 Series with an innovative new architecture ready for future capabilities, while maintaining backward compatibility with existing label formats and applications. The ZD621 also includes enhanced security features through Zebra's PrintSecure and improved remote management capabilities that the earlier models lack.
The Zebra PolyPro 4000T labels are made from Kimdura matte polypropylene with a permanent acrylic adhesive. This synthetic material offers flexibility for labeling curved surfaces and provides excellent resistance to scratching and smearing, making it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra Z-Perform 2000T is designed for thermal transfer printing and supports print speeds up to 8 inches per second. This coated paper label delivers excellent print quality for applications requiring thermal transfer technology, making it ideal for high-volume labeling operations in warehouses and logistics environments.
The Zebra 800077-747 produces 1250 images per roll, making it an economical choice for mid-to-high volume ID card printing operations. This yield is based on standard half-panel YMCKO color printing without waste, so your actual output may vary depending on your specific printing patterns and card design complexity.
The Zebra LENS-M1200-0100 features a 12mm focal length, making it suitable for medium-range vision applications in industrial automation and quality inspection systems. This focal length provides a balanced field of view for typical barcode scanning and machine vision tasks. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific application requirements.
The Zebra XSLATE L10 is built for extreme conditions and can operate indoors, outdoors, in freezers, sub-zero cold, heat, and even in forklifts and trucks. With an IP65 rating, it delivers reliable performance in oil, gas, mining, telecommunications, construction, military, warehouse, and manufacturing environments where standard tablets would fail.
The MC330L features an enhanced 6 ft./1.8 m drop specification across the operating temperature range and triple the tumble specification at 3000 drops from 3.3 ft./1 m, making it one of the most rugged devices in its class. It also includes IP64 dustproof sealing to protect against harsh warehouse and logistics environments. These durability enhancements make the MC330L ideal for demanding on-demand and e-commerce operations.
The Zebra ZT231 delivers industry-leading print speeds up to 12 inches per second (ips) at 203 dpi resolution, with an optional 300 dpi resolution available for applications requiring crisper text and barcode detail. This combination of speed and quality makes it ideal for high-throughput warehouse and logistics environments where both performance and print clarity are critical.
The DS4678 captures 1D and 2D barcodes, including UPC codes, DotCode, DataMatrix, and high-density codes found on jewelry tags. It can also read barcodes displayed on smartphones, printed labels, and even perform Optical Character Recognition (OCR) to capture data from ID cards and travel documents. This versatility makes it ideal for retail environments where you need to scan items of all sizes and barcode conditions.
The ZD621 replaces the legacy GX Series, ZD500, and ZD620 Series with a new innovative architecture that's 30% more powerful than the ZD620 Series and nearly 300% more powerful than the GX Series. This enables the ZD621 to run more tasks, perform more operations simultaneously, and maintain enhanced security while being ready for future capabilities. The ZD621 also offers a full-color optional 4.3" LCD touch display, improved remote management capabilities, and Zebra's Print DNA software suite for easier deployment and management.
The Cisco C1-C6840-X-LE-40G supports multiple high-speed connectivity options including 40 Gbps, 25 Gbps, 10 Gbps, and 1 Gbps uplinks, with flexible downlinks offering Cisco 10G Multigigabit copper or 25 Gbps, 10 Gbps, and 1 Gbps fiber options. The router also provides Perpetual Cisco 90W UPOE+, Cisco UPOE, and PoE+ power delivery options for connected devices. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity configuration best fits your network architecture.
The Cisco Catalyst 9300-24H-A is a 24-port UPoE+ network router that supports flexible uplink speeds ranging from 1 Gbps to 40 Gbps, with options for both copper and fiber connectivity. This model includes perpetual Cisco 90W UPOE+ power delivery, supports advanced security features like MACsec-256 encryption and Cisco Umbrella cloud security, and is ENERGY STAR® certified for efficient operations in enterprise environments.
The Cisco C9400-LC-48U is a 48-port UPOE (Universal Power over Ethernet) line card designed for the Catalyst 9400 Series chassis, ideal for campus and branch applications requiring enhanced performance for large file transfers and network backups. This module supports enterprise and commercial design for data-only user access with support for jumbo frames up to 9216 bytes.
The Cisco C9400-PWR-3200DC is a 3200W DC power supply designed for the Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series switches, providing reliable power delivery for enterprise-grade network deployments. This accessory ensures consistent power availability for high-performance switching infrastructure in data centers and large network environments. We offer this power supply as part of our comprehensive Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series component selection.
The Cisco CV-CPU-I5218 features an Intel 5218 processor running at 2.3GHz with 125W power consumption, 16 cores, and 22MB cache with DDR4 memory support. This processor is designed for high-performance computing environments requiring robust processing capabilities. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking product line available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco RC460-BHTS1 is a CPU heat sink designed for the Cisco UCS C460 M1 rack server. This component is essential for thermal management, helping to dissipate heat from the processor and maintain optimal operating temperatures in high-performance server environments. We offer this OEM part from Cisco to support your data center infrastructure needs.
The Cisco UCS-CPU-E52667E is an 8-core processor running at 3.20 GHz with a 135W power envelope and 25MB cache. This Xeon E5-2600 v4 series processor is designed for high-performance computing environments and offers excellent processing capability for data center applications. We offer this processor component for organizations upgrading their Cisco UCS infrastructure.
The Cisco UCS-CPU-E78890D is an Intel Xeon E7-8890 v3 processor featuring 18 cores, a 2.5GHz base clock speed, 45MB L3 cache, and a 165W thermal design power. This processor uses the 22nm process technology and is compatible with Socket R LGA-2011, making it suitable for high-performance server environments requiring multi-threaded workload processing.
The Cisco UCS-ML-X32G2RS-H= is equipped with 32GB DDR4-2666-MHz LRDIMM memory (PC4-21300) for reliable data center performance. This memory module is designed for high-density server deployments requiring fast, efficient RAM configurations. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco server parts inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCS-ML-X64G4RS-H is a 64GB DDR4-2666-MHz LRDIMM module with PC4-21300 specifications, designed for high-capacity memory configurations in Cisco UCS server systems. This module is ideal for memory-intensive workloads in warehouse management and logistics operations that require reliable, enterprise-grade RAM. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco server parts inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCS-MR-2X162RX-C= features 2x16GB DDR3-1333-MHz RDIMM modules with PC3-10600 compatibility, providing 32GB total memory capacity for enterprise server deployments. This configuration is optimized for high-performance computing environments requiring reliable registered DRAM. We offer this memory module as part of our comprehensive Cisco UCS component inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCS-SD16TM1X-EV is a 1.6TB 2.5-inch enterprise-class storage drive featuring 6G SATA connectivity. This capacity and interface make it suitable for enterprise server environments requiring reliable, high-performance storage solutions. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive Cisco UCS component inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCS-SD38T61X-EV is a 3.8TB enterprise-grade storage drive with a 2.5-inch form factor, designed for high-performance server environments. This drive features 6G SATA connectivity, making it suitable for dense server deployments where space efficiency is critical. We offer this Enterprise Value drive as part of our comprehensive Cisco UCS component inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCS-SD480GBKS4-EV= is a 480 GB 2.5 inch Enterprise Value 6G SATA solid-state drive designed for Cisco UCS server systems. This drive delivers reliable performance for enterprise storage applications while maintaining cost efficiency through its value-tier positioning. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive Cisco server component inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCS-SD480GM1X-EV= features 480 GB of storage in a 2.5-inch form factor, designed as an Enterprise Value SSD for Cisco UCS server environments. This drive is optimized for high-performance storage operations in data center deployments. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco UCS parts inventory at barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCS-SD800G123X-EP is an 800GB 2.5-inch solid-state drive designed for enterprise performance applications. This high-capacity SSD is optimized for data-intensive workloads in Cisco UCS server environments. Contact us today to verify current availability and pricing for this enterprise storage component.
The Cisco UCS-SP-B200M5C-B is a blade server configured with 2x Intel Xeon 4210R processors, delivering enterprise-grade performance for virtualization and data center workloads. This model supports up to 768GB of DDR4 SDRAM across 12 DIMM slots and includes dual 10Gb Ethernet connectivity for high-speed networking. We offer this server as part of our comprehensive Cisco UCS portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco VIP-SFP-1GE-BASET is a 1000BASE-T SFP transceiver that supports copper UTP Category 5e connections with a maximum transmission distance of 100 meters. This makes it ideal for short-to-medium distance Gigabit Ethernet deployments within data centers, server rooms, and office environments where Cat5e cabling is already in place.
The Cisco WS-C6513-E is a 13-slot chassis that occupies 19 rack units (19RU) in a standard 19-inch rack. This enterprise-grade switch is designed for high-density deployments in data center and core network environments where space efficiency and modularity are critical.
The Cisco Catalyst C9300X-48HX-A is a 48-port manageable Ethernet switch supporting 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity with 10GBase-T technology. It features modular architecture, 1100W power consumption, 90W PoE+ budget, and is rack-mountable with a Layer 3 switching capability. The switch comes with a lifetime limited warranty and supports twisted pair connections with PoE ports for flexible network deployments.
The Cisco C9400-LC-48H is a 48-port line card designed for the Catalyst 9400 Series switch chassis, providing high-density connectivity for enterprise networks. This module delivers functional transparency and modular versatility, allowing you to expand your switch fabric with additional ports without replacing the entire chassis. We offer this line card as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions portfolio.
The Cisco C9400-LC-48HN is a 48-port UPoE+ 5G line card designed for the Catalyst 9400 Series chassis, ideal for campus and branch applications requiring enhanced performance for large file transfers and network backups. This module supports enterprise and commercial design for data-only user access with support for jumbo frames up to 9216 bytes.
The C9300X-NM-4C supports multiple high-speed uplink options including 100 Gbps, 40 Gbps, 25 Gbps, 10 Gbps, and 1 Gbps connections via QSFP+/QSFP28 interfaces. This modular design allows you to scale your network infrastructure to match your bandwidth requirements. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco Catalyst 9300 series networking solutions.
The Cisco C9300X-NM-8M is an eight-port 25 Gigabit Ethernet network module designed for the Catalyst 9300X switch platform. It features SFP28 optical fiber connectivity supporting 25GBase-X standards, making it ideal for high-speed uplink applications in enterprise data networking environments. This modular expansion option provides flexible port density for organizations requiring increased network capacity.
The Cisco C9400-LC-48HN-B is a network switch line card designed for the Catalyst 9400 Series switching platform. This modular component provides 48 ports of high-speed connectivity, enabling organizations to expand their network capacity and support diverse connectivity requirements within a single chassis. We offer this line card as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions.
The Cisco C9400-LC-48HN-B1 is a 48-port line card designed for the Catalyst 9400 Series switches, ideal for campus and branch applications requiring enhanced performance for large file transfers and network backups. This enterprise-grade module supports up to 9216 bytes and is optimized for data-only user access in high-density network deployments. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco C9300X-48HX-E is a 48-port manageable Ethernet switch supporting 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity with 10GBase-T capability. It features modular architecture, 1100W power consumption, 90W PoE+ budget, and is designed as a Layer 3 switch for enterprise networking environments. The switch is rack-mountable and backed by Cisco's Lifetime Limited Warranty, making it suitable for demanding data center and campus network deployments.
The Cisco C9400-LC-48XS is a 48-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet line card designed for the Catalyst 9400 Series switch chassis. It features SFP+ fiber connectivity and supports enterprise-grade performance for campus and branch network deployments requiring high-density 10 GbE aggregation. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The C9400-LC-48HX is a 48-port line card module designed for the Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series, featuring 10G MGIG (Multi-Gigabit) connectivity with UPoE+ (Ultra Power over Ethernet Plus) support. This configuration enables high-density, high-speed connectivity ideal for modern data center and enterprise network deployments. Contact us today to verify exact port configurations and compatibility with your existing infrastructure.
The Cisco C9404-FAN= is a spare fan tray assembly designed for the Catalyst 9400 Series 4-slot chassis switches. This cooling fan module helps maintain optimal operating temperatures in enterprise-grade network switching environments. We offer this genuine Cisco accessory as a replacement part for organizations requiring reliable thermal management in their data center infrastructure.
The Cisco Catalyst 9600 Series delivers up to 25.6 Tbps of total switching capacity with 6.4 Tbps per slot, making it ideal for enterprise core and campus networks requiring high-speed connectivity. This exceptional throughput ensures your network can handle demanding traffic loads while maintaining performance. We offer the C9600-10GLR-24 configuration for organizations needing scalable, future-ready switching infrastructure.
The C9400X-SUP-2XL Supervisor Engine delivers 480 Gbps of bandwidth per slot across all Catalyst 9400 chassis models (C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R) with a 1:1 oversubscription ratio. This high-performance throughput makes it ideal for data-intensive warehouse and logistics operations requiring reliable network switching.
The Catalyst 9600X SUP-2 builds on the 9600 SUP-1 foundation with enhanced security and QoS capabilities. Key upgrades include Cisco WAN MACsec encryption support, which the SUP-1 lacks, and improved Class/Color-aware Queuing using Virtual Output Queuing (VoQ) instead of Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ). Both modules support critical resiliency features like Stateful Switchover and In-Service Software Upgrades, making the 9600X SUP-2 ideal for enterprises requiring advanced WAN encryption and optimized traffic management.
The Cisco CBS350-12XT features 10 x 10G copper ports plus 2 x 10G copper/SFP+ combo ports, along with 1 x GE out-of-band management port. This configuration provides flexible 10 Gigabit connectivity suitable for high-speed data center and enterprise network deployments. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco switching portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco C9400X-SUP-2 delivers 240 Gbps of bandwidth per slot with a 1:1 oversubscription ratio across all Catalyst 9400 chassis models (C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R). This makes it ideal for enterprise-class access layer deployments that require consistent, non-blocking performance with 100G uplinks.
The Cisco C9400X-SUP-2XL Supervisor Module delivers 480 Gbps of bandwidth per slot with a 1:1 oversubscription ratio, making it ideal for enterprise-class core and aggregation layer deployments. This high-performance specification supports demanding network traffic patterns without bottlenecks across the Catalyst 9400 Series chassis options.
The Cisco CBS250-48T-4G features 48 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus 4 SFP uplink ports, providing 52 total Gigabit Ethernet ports. This configuration makes it ideal for mid-to-large enterprise deployments requiring extensive port density without requiring 10 Gigabit speeds. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco switching portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The CBS250-8T-D is a compact 8-port Gigabit Ethernet switch designed for desktop deployment. It features 8 Gigabit Ethernet ports with an external power supply, making it ideal for small office or branch locations requiring basic network connectivity without the need for Power over Ethernet capabilities.
The Cisco CBS350-24XT features 20 x 10G copper ports plus 4 x 10G copper/SFP+ combo ports, along with 1 x GE out-of-band management port. This configuration makes it ideal for high-speed data center and enterprise network deployments requiring multiple 10 Gigabit connections. We offer the CBS350-24XT as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking switch portfolio.
The CBS350-16T-E-2G-NA features 16 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus 2 SFP (Small Form-factor Pluggable) ports for uplink connectivity, providing a total of 18 Gigabit Ethernet connections. This configuration makes it ideal for mid-sized network deployments where you need reliable 1GbE connectivity with flexible uplink options. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco CMICR-4PT is a Catalyst Micro Switch designed for desktop deployments, offering compact form factor networking for small office and distributed environments. This switch is engineered for organizations requiring reliable Ethernet connectivity in space-constrained settings. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to verify current specifications and availability for your deployment.
The CBS350-8S-E-2G-NA features 8 Gigabit SFP ports and 2 Gigabit Ethernet combo ports, providing flexible connectivity options for fiber and copper connections. This configuration makes it ideal for compact network deployments that require SFP fiber connectivity alongside traditional Ethernet ports. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco switching inventory at barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco CMICR-4PS is a compact Catalyst Micro Switch designed for wall jack deployment in space-constrained environments. It features a small footprint measuring 279 x 170 x 44 mm with 2 Mbit packet buffer capacity, making it ideal for distributed network deployments. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions portfolio—contact us today for detailed configuration options and availability.
The Cisco CBS350-8XT features 6 x 10G copper ports plus 2 x 10G copper/SFP+ combo ports, providing flexible connectivity for high-speed network deployments. It also includes 1 x Gigabit Ethernet out-of-band management port for administrative access. This configuration makes it ideal for environments requiring multiple 10 gigabit connections with the flexibility to use either copper or fiber optics.
The Epson 111198300 labels measure 3" x 1" and come in rolls of 1000 labels per roll. Each case contains 50 rolls, giving you 50,000 labels total per case order. This makes them ideal for high-volume barcode labeling operations in warehouses and logistics environments.
The Epson TM-H2000 uses inked ribbons for its endorsement printing function. The printer is compatible with the ERC-43B ribbon in black, which delivers up to 3,000,000 characters of print life. We offer a full range of replacement ribbons for the TM-H2000 to keep your printer running at peak performance—contact us today for availability and pricing.
The Epson 12000XL-PH offers scanning speeds of 25 ppm in simplex mode and 50 ipm in duplex mode at 300 dpi for full color, grayscale, and monochrome documents. This sheet-fed, one-pass duplex scanner uses ReadyScan LED technology to deliver consistent performance across all color modes.
The Epson A41A266211 offers a fastest desktop scanning speed of up to 200 documents per minute (dpm), making it one of the fastest check readers available for branch and retail environments. This high-speed capability helps streamline check processing workflows while maintaining the highest MICR accuracy in its class.
The Epson CaptureOne TM-S1000 offers a scanning speed of 500mm/sec with throughput capabilities of 30 DPM (documents per minute) for one-by-one scanning or 60 DPM for continuous scanning. This performance level makes it suitable for both branch banking and retail deposit applications where check volume varies.
The Epson DFX-9000 delivers speeds up to 1550 cps, making it well-suited for high-volume printing environments. This speed capability allows you to efficiently process large batches of reports, forms, and shipping documents without sacrificing throughput.
The Elo E384627 features the Zebra SE4720 scan engine, a performance-class 2D barcode scanner that delivers reliable scanning across a wide range of barcode formats. This proven engine is built into the scanner to ensure consistent read performance in self-service environments.
The Elo 2294L is a 21.5-inch open-frame LCD touchscreen with a 16:9 aspect ratio and 1920 x 1080 resolution. Its slim design and narrow outside dimensions make it ideal for space-constrained kiosk and industrial automation installations.
The Elo 1991L features projected capacitive 10-touch technology, delivering accurate and responsive touch input ideal for high-traffic kiosk and industrial automation environments. This technology provides drift-free operation and stable performance for demanding commercial applications.
The Elo 1093L open-frame touchscreen features multiple video connectivity options including HDMI, VGA, and Display Port interfaces. This multi-interface design ensures compatibility with a wide range of host systems and controllers, making integration straightforward in diverse environments.
The Elo 2294L features a 21.5-inch open-frame LCD display with a 1920 x 1080 resolution, 16:9 aspect ratio, and 16.7 million colors. It delivers 225 nits brightness (typical) with a 1000:1 contrast ratio and uses an energy-saving LED backlight that reduces power consumption and heat generation compared to traditional displays.
The Elo Huddle Kit runs Microsoft Windows 10 64-bit, providing a familiar and stable platform for enterprise collaboration. This OS supports all major web conferencing applications, making it software agnostic and compatible with your existing communication tools.
The Elo 2094L open-frame touchscreen features multiple video interfaces including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort connections. This versatile connectivity allows you to integrate the display with various systems and equipment commonly found in kiosk, retail, and industrial automation environments. We include HDMI and VGA cables in the box to get you started right away.
The Elo E554932 Z20 POS Stand is designed for use with Elo I-Series 4 and I-Series 5 10-inch Android POS systems. This accessory provides a stable mounting solution specifically engineered for these Elo touchscreen models, ensuring optimal positioning in your POS workstation environment.
The Elo E263167 EloPOS Pack 2 is powered by Intel's 14th-generation Raptor Lake processors, delivering exceptional speed and efficiency for demanding point-of-sale and self-service kiosk applications. This enterprise-grade processor ensures reliable performance in high-volume retail and hospitality environments.
The Elo E375459 features a 22-inch touchscreen display with a 1920 x 1080 resolution and 16:9 aspect ratio. This provides a clear, modern interface suitable for point-of-sale and self-service applications. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive POS terminal lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Elo E939305 features a 15.6-inch touchscreen display with a 16:9 aspect ratio and Full HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels. This modern display size provides excellent visibility for both staff and customers in point-of-sale environments while maintaining a compact footprint suitable for various counter configurations.
The Elo 1291L is a 12.1-inch open-frame LCD touchscreen with projected capacitive 10-touch technology, 800 x 600 resolution, and 405 nits brightness for excellent visibility. It features a wide viewing angle WVA panel, LED backlight for energy efficiency, 1500:1 contrast ratio, and zero-bezel design—making it ideal for kiosks, retail self-service, casino and amusement, and industrial automation applications.
The Elo 1590L is a 15-inch open-frame LCD touchscreen with a 1024 x 768 resolution and 4:3 aspect ratio, delivering 264 nits brightness and 700:1 contrast ratio. It features SecureTouch single-touch technology, an energy-saving LED backlight that reduces power consumption and heat generation, and anti-glare coating for clear visibility. The display is designed for drift-free operation and accurate touch responses, making it ideal for commercial and industrial applications.
The Elo 1790L 17-inch open-frame touchscreen is designed for commercial kiosk applications including self-service systems, gaming, industrial automation, casino and amusement environments, retail self-service, and healthcare settings. Its industrial-grade construction makes it ideal for OEMs and systems integrators requiring reliable, cost-effective solutions for their customers.
The Elo 1990L is a 19-inch open-frame LCD touchscreen with a 1280 x 1024 SXGA resolution, IntelliTouch single-touch technology, and 225 nits brightness. It features an energy-saving LED backlight that reduces power consumption and heat generation, along with a 1000:1 contrast ratio and support for 16.7 million colors, delivering reliable performance for commercial and industrial applications.
The Elo 1991L features a 19-inch open-frame LCD display with a wide viewing angle (WVA) panel and LED backlight technology. The LED backlight is energy-efficient, using less electricity to operate and generating less heat compared to traditional backlighting, making it ideal for extended commercial use.
The Elo I-Series 10-inch AiO features a Qualcomm Snapdragon SDA660 processor with 4GB of RAM and 64GB of internal storage in the standard model. This combination delivers responsive performance for retail applications, point-of-sale systems, and interactive kiosks in high-traffic environments.
The Elo E104131 features a 55-inch wide LCD monitor with 4K UHD resolution. This large format display is ideal for retail, hospitality, healthcare, and wayfinding applications where visibility and image clarity are essential for customer engagement.
The Elo 5054L is a 50-inch 4K UHD touchscreen monitor designed for continuous commercial use in high-traffic environments. It supports up to 40 simultaneous touches with palm rejection, features anti-friction glass to minimize heat during use, and offers lightning-fast responsiveness for superior user experience. The display is UL-60950 and IK-07 compliant, making it engineered to withstand the demands of 24/7 operation.
The Elo 1590L is a 15-inch open-frame LCD touchscreen with a 1024 x 768 resolution, 4:3 aspect ratio, and IntelliTouch single-touch technology. It features a slim design with energy-saving LED backlight, 270 nits brightness, 700:1 contrast ratio, and anti-glare coating for reliable operation in commercial kiosk and industrial automation environments.
The Elo E441193 features a 15.6-inch touchscreen display with HD resolution (1366 x 768) in a 16:9 aspect ratio. The display supports 262k colors and includes anti-glare coating with a zero-bezel design for a modern, seamless appearance suitable for point-of-sale environments.
The Elo 1790L features a 17-inch diagonal display with a native resolution of 1280 x 1024 at 60Hz and a 5:4 aspect ratio. The active display area measures 337.9 x 270.3 mm (13.3 x 10.6 inches), making it ideal for point-of-sale, kiosk, and digital signage applications where space is limited.
The Elo 1715L offers three touch technology options to suit different application needs. You can choose between AccuTouch five-wire resistive technology or IntelliTouch surface acoustic wave (SAW), both designed for reliable performance in retail and hospitality environments. Contact us today to discuss which touch technology best fits your specific use case.
The Elo E103351 supports up to 40 simultaneous touches with projected capacitive technology and palm rejection, ensuring accurate multi-touch interaction. The display features anti-friction glass that minimizes heat as fingertips drag across the screen, prioritizing responsiveness and user experience in high-traffic environments.
The Elo 3204L is a 32-inch FHD touchscreen monitor designed for continuous commercial use in high-traffic environments. It supports up to 40 simultaneous touches with palm rejection, features anti-friction glass to minimize heat during use, and offers lightning-fast responsiveness. The display includes HDMI 1.4 and DisplayPort 1.2 connectivity, USB-C, and can be integrated with the Elo Backpack or a Brightsign player to function as a versatile, life-sized tablet.
The Elo 2094L features projected capacitive 10-touch technology, which delivers accurate and responsive touch input for high-traffic kiosk and industrial applications. This technology enables drift-free operation and reliable performance across commercial, retail, and automation environments.
The Elo 1990L features projected capacitive 10-touch technology, delivering accurate and responsive touch input across the 19-inch display. This technology provides drift-free operation and reliable performance for high-traffic kiosk and industrial applications.
The Elo 1991L features a 19-inch open-frame LCD display with WVA (Wide Viewing Angle) panel technology and an energy-saving LED backlight. This combination delivers outstanding image clarity and light transmission while using less electricity and generating less heat than traditional backlighting solutions.
The Elo E330225 features projected capacitive 10-touch technology, which delivers accurate, drift-free touch responses ideal for high-traffic kiosk and industrial automation environments. This proven Elo touch technology provides stable operation and reliable performance for demanding commercial applications.
The Elo 1715L offers three touch technology options to suit your application needs. You can choose between AccuTouch five-wire resistive technology, IntelliTouch surface acoustic wave (SAW), or other compatible options. We offer all variants available from us today to match your specific retail or hospitality environment requirements.
The Elo E981371 EloPOS Pack is powered by an Intel Core i5-9500TE processor with Intel's 8th generation technology, paired with 16GB of RAM and a 256GB SSD. This combination delivers enterprise-ready performance in a compact form factor, making it ideal for demanding retail and hospitality environments. We offer this system as a complete, ready-to-deploy solution.
The Elo E326347 is a 17-inch open-frame LCD touchscreen with a 1280 x 1024 resolution, 5:4 aspect ratio, and AccuTouch single-touch technology. It features an energy-saving LED backlight, 200 nits brightness, 1000:1 contrast ratio, and delivers stable, drift-free operation with accurate touch responses. The slim design and narrow outside dimensions make it ideal for space-constrained installations in kiosks and industrial environments.
The Elo 1502LM Medical Grade Touchscreen Monitor meets IEC 60601-1 compliance and carries an IP-22 rating, making it suitable for healthcare environments where regulatory standards and protection against dust and moisture are essential. These certifications ensure the monitor is designed and tested for safe use in medical applications.
The Elo 1291L features multiple video interfaces including HDMI, VGA, and Display Port, giving you flexibility in connecting to various host systems. This multi-interface design ensures compatibility with both legacy and modern equipment in your installation environment.
The Elo 1590L is a 15-inch open-frame LCD touchscreen with a 4:3 aspect ratio and 1024 x 768 resolution, delivering 16.2 million colors at 240 nits brightness. It features AccuTouch single-touch technology, a 700:1 contrast ratio, LED backlight for energy efficiency, and anti-glare coating for clear visibility in commercial environments. The slim design and narrow dimensions make it ideal for space-constrained kiosk and industrial automation installations.
The Elo E328700 is a 19-inch open-frame LCD touchscreen with a 1280 x 1024 SXGA resolution, 5:4 aspect ratio, and 225 nits brightness (typical). It features a wide viewing angle WVA panel with 16.7 million colors, 1000:1 contrast ratio (typical), and an anti-glare finish for clear visibility in commercial environments.
The Elo 1590L is a 15-inch open-frame LCD touchscreen with a 4:3 aspect ratio and 1024 x 768 resolution. This compact size makes it ideal for kiosk installations and space-constrained industrial automation environments where a standard 16:9 display may not fit your application requirements.
The Elo 4304L features a 43-inch active matrix TFT LCD display with 1920 x 1080 full HD resolution, delivering crisp and vibrant visuals for retail, kiosk, wayfinding, and healthcare applications. This high-resolution output is ideal for interactive digital signage in commercial spaces requiring clear, detailed content.
The Elo 5054L features a native resolution of 3840 x 2160 @ 60 Hz, delivering sharp 4K image quality ideal for retail and public display environments. This high resolution combined with a 50-inch diagonal screen size ensures crisp, detailed content visibility across large spaces.
The Elo 5554L features TouchPro PCAP (Capacitive) touch technology with support for up to 40 simultaneous touches and built-in palm rejection. This advanced multi-touch capability ensures precise interaction whether you're using gloves or your fingers, making it ideal for high-traffic retail and hospitality environments.
The Panasonic Toughbook 20 features a magnesium alloy chassis and is MIL-STD-810G and IP65 certified, making it built to withstand harsh job site conditions. Its gloved multi-touch display is sunlight-viewable, ensuring usability in outdoor environments where standard laptops would struggle.
The JZ340A is a Wi-Fi 6E access point with tri-band operation, supporting 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz bands via dual 2×2:2 radios. This configuration delivers a combined aggregate data rate of 3.6 Gbps, with peak rates of 2.4 Gbps on 6 GHz, 1.2 Gbps on 5 GHz, and 287 Mbps on 2.4 GHz. The dual-radio design ensures optimal performance for bandwidth-intensive applications like video conferencing and streaming in high-density environments.
The HPE Aruba JL630A delivers 880 Gbps of switching capacity with a throughput capacity of 654 Mpps, making it suitable for high-performance data center and enterprise network environments. This robust performance is backed by a Quad Core Arm Cortex A72 processor running at 1.8 GHz and 8 GB of DDR4 memory to handle demanding network traffic.
The Aruba 7200 series Mobility Controller JW838A supports up to 32,000 mobile devices, making it ideal for large enterprise deployments with extensive BYOD and 802.11ac device requirements. This capacity is enabled by its advanced eight-core central processor with four threads each, delivering the performance needed for high-density wireless environments.
The HPE Aruba 570 Series AP-574 supports 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6) with 2x2:2 and 4x4:4 dual radio configurations, delivering next-generation wireless performance for demanding warehouse and logistics environments. This TAA-compliant access point is designed for outdoor deployments with connectorized antenna options. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 is equipped with a 12th Generation Intel Core i5/i7 processor with integrated Intel Iris X graphics, delivering excellent performance for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. The laptop supports up to 64GB DDR4 RAM, enabling you to handle heavy multitasking and data-intensive workloads without performance degradation. We offer this model configured with 32GB RAM as standard, with upgrade options available.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 1,400-nit sunlight-readable display with LumiBond 2.0 technology, ensuring excellent visibility even in bright daylight conditions. Combined with its MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 rating, and 6-foot drop resistance, this fully rugged laptop is engineered for demanding outdoor and field environments. We offer this model with the advanced display technology that sets it apart for mobile workforce applications.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 1,400-nit sunlight-readable display with LumiBond 2.0 technology, ensuring clear visibility even on the brightest days in outdoor settings. Combined with MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 rating, and a 6-foot operating drop rating, this rugged laptop is built to withstand harsh warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this model with optional salt fog resistance for corrosive environments, making it ideal for demanding mobile operations.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 1,400-nit sunlight-readable display that ensures clear visibility even on the brightest days, making it ideal for outdoor warehouse and logistics environments. Combined with its IP66 certification and MIL-STD-810H ruggedness rating, this laptop delivers reliable performance in demanding field conditions. We offer this model fully configured and ready for immediate deployment in your operations.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 12th Generation Intel Core i5-1240P processor with integrated Intel Iris X graphics and comes standard with 16GB DDR4 RAM, with support for up to 64GB DDR4 RAM for heavy workloads. This combination delivers top-of-the-line computing performance for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. We offer this model fully configured and ready to deploy from our warehouse.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 1,400-nit sunlight-readable display with LumiBond 2.0 technology, ensuring exceptional clarity even on the brightest days. Combined with its MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 rating, and 6-foot drop resistance, this fully rugged laptop is engineered for demanding outdoor and field environments. We offer this model as a premium solution for logistics and warehouse operations requiring reliable mobile computing in harsh conditions.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 is equipped with a 12th Generation Intel Core i5-1240P or i7 processor paired with integrated Intel Iris X graphics and up to 64GB DDR4 RAM. This combination delivers exceptional performance for heavy workloads in field operations. We offer this rugged laptop configured to your exact specifications—contact us today for custom builds.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 1,400-nit sunlight-readable display that ensures readability even on the brightest days, making it ideal for outdoor warehouse environments. Combined with its MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 rating, and 6-foot drop resistance, this fully rugged laptop is built to withstand demanding logistics and warehouse conditions. We offer this model configured with Windows 11 Pro and up to 64GB RAM for reliable mobile productivity in any environment.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i5/i7 processor with integrated Intel Iris X graphics, delivering exceptional performance for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. The laptop supports up to 64GB DDR4 RAM, enabling you to handle heavy multitasking workloads without performance degradation. This combination makes it ideal for resource-intensive RFID and barcode scanning operations in the field.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 1,400-nit sunlight-readable display with LumiBond 2.0 technology, ensuring clear visibility even on the brightest days in outdoor environments. Combined with its MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 rating, and 6-foot drop resistance, this fully rugged laptop is engineered to perform reliably in demanding warehouse and logistics settings. We offer this model configured for immediate deployment in mobile productivity scenarios.
The Getac S410-G5 is powered by the 13th generation Intel Core CPU, delivering exceptional processing power for demanding mobile computing tasks. This latest-generation processor provides faster boot times and improved performance while maintaining efficient power consumption for extended field operations.
The Getac S410-G5 is powered by a 13th generation Intel Core CPU, delivering exceptional processing power for data-intensive tasks and multi-tasking in mobile computing environments. This latest generation processor offers faster boot times and improved performance while maintaining energy efficiency, making it ideal for field operations where battery life is critical.
The Getac V120 is purpose-built for logistics with an optional 1D/2D barcode reader for inventory scanning, a sunlight-readable 12.2" display at 1,000 nits for outdoor use, and MIL-STD-810H certification with IP66 sealing for harsh warehouse environments. Its LifeSupport swappable dual batteries and 4ft drop resistance ensure reliable operation through long shifts and accidental impacts. We offer this model fully configured with barcode scanning capabilities to streamline your field operations.
The Getac A140 G2 features a large 14" IPS LumiBond® 2.0 sunlight-readable display with Full HD resolution and 800 NITs brightness, making it clearly visible even in challenging outdoor environments. The revolutionary LumiBond 2.0 technology bonds the display glass with the touch panel and LCD into a single durable panel that offers superior contrast and crisp colors compared to standard rugged displays. We offer this tablet with advanced touch modes that support operation in rain, with gloves, and using the included hard-tip stylus for precise data capture.
The Getac ZX10 is a fully rugged tablet certified to MIL-STD-810H standards and IP66 rating, meaning it can withstand 6-foot drops and is protected against dust and water immersion. These certifications make it ideal for demanding warehouse, logistics, and field operations where equipment faces harsh environmental conditions. We offer this tablet for organizations requiring mission-critical mobile computing solutions.
The Getac UX10 Gen3 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 processor, delivering enterprise-grade performance for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. This processor is paired with Thunderbolt 4 connectivity to ensure fast data transfer and peripheral support in field operations.
The Getac ZX80 is engineered for the toughest conditions with MIL-STD-810H certification for durability and IP67 rating for water and dust resistance. Its 8" LumiBond display delivers 1,000 nits brightness for visibility in direct sunlight, and the hot-swappable battery design enables continuous operation without downtime—making it ideal for professionals working in extreme environments. We offer this fully rugged tablet with a 3-year B2B warranty to ensure reliability in the field.
The Getac ZX80 features an 8" LumiBond display with 1,000 nits brightness, providing unparalleled visibility even in direct sunlight. Combined with its glove-enabled touchscreen, the tablet ensures reliable operation in challenging outdoor environments where standard displays would be difficult to read.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 1,400-nit sunlight-readable display that ensures readability even on the brightest days, making it ideal for outdoor warehouse operations. Combined with its MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 rating, and 6-foot drop resistance, this fully rugged laptop is built to withstand demanding logistics and inventory management tasks in any environment.
The Getac GSSKX1 Drive provides 512GB of removable PCIe SSD storage in a secure canister design. This capacity is ideal for field professionals and mobile workers who need reliable, high-speed data access on rugged devices like the Getac F110G6 laptop.
The Getac S510 is the world's first AI-ready rugged laptop, equipped with Intel Core Ultra 5/7 processors featuring Intel AI Boost and Intel Graphics specifically designed for AI workloads. This combination makes it ideal for professionals in utilities, public safety, manufacturing, and automotive industries who need both rugged durability and advanced AI capabilities in a single device.
The Zebra ZT610 offers 600 dpi printing resolution, enabling precise output for labels as small as 3 mm high for applications like circuit boards, chips, and miniature components. This high-precision capability, combined with highly precise registration and print line adjustment, eliminates wasted expensive media due to improper printing.
The Zebra 3PL Central MC9300 Kit includes a spare battery, single slot charger, power supply with cords, 3 year comprehensive coverage, Enterprise Browser device license, and 1 year Emkat-hosted Soti License with maintenance. This complete bundle is designed to get your warehouse operations up and running immediately with all essential accessories and software licenses included.
The CT47-X0N-37D100G features Wi-Fi 6E connectivity for high-speed wireless data transfer in warehouse and logistics environments. This model comes with no SIM card slot, making it ideal for operations that rely on Wi-Fi networks rather than cellular connectivity. Contact us today to discuss connectivity solutions that fit your facility's infrastructure.
The Zebra VC8300 runs on the Android platform and is specifically designed to offer seamless migration from outdated Windows systems. It includes Zebra Mobility DNA tools that make the transition to Android straightforward, allowing your team to adopt modern mobile computing without extensive retraining or system overhauls.
Zebra Premier PVC Cards offer customizable overt, covert, and forensic security features to combat counterfeiting and unauthorized alterations. Overt features visible to the human eye include holograms, optical variable ink, contact chips, and serialization. Covert features like infrared ink printing and micro-text require special devices to authenticate. Forensic elements such as nano-text are microscopic and extremely difficult for counterfeiters to detect and replicate.
The CK67 is powered by a Qualcomm 4490 octa-core processor with future-proofed memory technology that ensures compatibility with Android OS versions 14 through 18. This modern processor includes a Qualcomm AI engine and graphics processing capabilities, enabling the device to handle both traditional warehouse applications and new demanding workflows your team is developing.
The Zebra FX9600 offers industry-leading RF sensitivity for enhanced performance in dense RF environments, a compact design for simplified deployment, and rugged die-cast aluminum construction that meets IP53 standards for durability. It supports both PoE and PoE+ power options, includes advanced processing power for high-traffic throughput, and features an optional 4G LTE modem with GPS tracking capabilities. We offer the FX9600 in both 4-port and 8-port configurations to match your warehouse or dock requirements.
The Honeywell CT47-X0N-38D100G features Wi-Fi 6E connectivity for high-speed wireless data transmission. This advanced connectivity standard delivers superior performance for warehouse and logistics operations requiring real-time data exchange. Contact us today to discuss how this device fits your network infrastructure.
The Zebra DS3678-DP captures both 1D and 2D barcodes displayed on screens or printed on labels in practically any condition. It also excels at reading direct part marks regardless of size, surface, contrast, density or type, including challenging dot peen, chemical or laser etch, ink, inkjet mold, cast or thermal spray marks.
The Honeywell CT45P-X0N-38D100G runs Android and is guaranteed to support Android 11 through Android 13, with Android 14 and 15 committed subject to feasibility. This ensures your investment in mobile computing infrastructure remains current and secure for years to come. Contact us today to discuss long-term OS support requirements for your fleet.
The CT-S4500AETUBK comes standard with USB 2.0, and we offer optional interfaces including Bluetooth with Apple MFi compatibility, Serial (RS-232C), Compact Wireless LAN, Ethernet, and USB with hub configurations. This flexibility allows you to integrate the printer into various POS and mobile environments. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity option best fits your warehouse or retail setup.
The Honeywell Voyager 1200g is a 1D laser scanner that provides fast and reliable scanning of linear barcodes across its full working range. It excels at scanning high-density barcodes with resolution down to 3.5 mil, eliminating the need to purchase specialty scanners for most applications.
We offer HID 1326 ProxCard II cards in three format options: 26 Bit H10301 Format (requires you to specify facility code and card start number), 37 Bit H10302 Format (HID controls numbering to prevent duplication), and 40 Bit C10106 Format (HID assigns sequential numbering and is compatible with Casi Rusco systems). Each format provides over 137 billion unique codes for your access control needs.
The ET56 offers flexible scanning solutions to match your workflow. You can add the Zebra SE4710 scan engine for light scanning or the SE4750 for moderate to heavy scanning via an easy-to-install expansion pack, pair any Zebra Bluetooth scanner with your tablet, or use the integrated 8MP rear-facing camera for occasional imaging. All options deliver superior scanning performance with PRZM Intelligent Imaging for first-time, every-time capture of 1D or 2D barcodes in any condition.
The Lenovo Chromebox Micro is designed primarily for commercial applications such as digital signage and kiosks. Its compact form factor, dual 4K display output capability, and remote management features make it ideal for businesses deploying interactive displays and signage solutions at scale.
The SocketScan S740 is a 2D/1D imager barcode scanner that reads both 1D barcodes (such as Codabar and UPC) and 2D barcodes (such as QR Code and PDF417). It can scan barcodes printed on paper or displayed on screens, making it versatile for retail, inventory, and field service applications.
The Zebra GX430t features a 300 dpi printhead, which ensures high-quality, crisp, clear printing of 2D barcodes, fine text, and complex graphics. This resolution is ideal for high-density data on small labels where detail and accuracy are critical for warehouse and logistics operations.
The Magicard Enduro Duo offers dual-sided printing with magnetic stripe encoding, edge-to-edge print quality, and Magicard's HoloKote anti-counterfeit watermarking technology. It features an intuitive LCD interface with easy menu navigation, supports both batch printing (100-card capacity hopper) and single card on-demand printing, and is compatible with standard dye-sublimation, thermal resin, and rewritable card stocks.
The Cisco SFP-10G-SR-S supports 10GBASE-SR transmission over multimode fiber with a maximum distance of 26 to 400 meters. This makes it ideal for short-reach data center and campus network deployments where high-speed connectivity is needed within building infrastructure.
The Dell Latitude 7320 Rugged features a 12th Generation Intel Core i5-1240U deca-core processor running at 1.10 GHz with 16 GB of RAM and 256 GB SSD storage. This configuration delivers reliable performance for field operations and warehouse management tasks while maintaining excellent battery efficiency in demanding environments.
The Dell 9442G offers multiple display configurations to suit different operational needs. You can choose between a 14.0" HD (1366x768) standard LED display or a 14.0" HD (1366x768) resistive touchscreen LED display, both featuring wide-view outdoor visibility. Both options include impact-resistant protective front glass for durability in demanding warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to discuss which display configuration best fits your workflow requirements.
The Dell SP325 is a professional wired speakerphone designed for unified communications platforms like Zoom and Microsoft Teams. It features an omni-directional microphone array for 360-degree audio pickup and a 60mm dynamic speaker for clear audio output. The device is portable and includes Dell Display and Peripheral Manager compatibility for easy deployment in enterprise environments. We offer the SP325 as a reliable solution for conference calls and collaborative meetings.
The Dell YHVV1 comes standard with 16 GB of Intel DDR5 SDRAM and a 512 GB SSD for fast boot and application loading. This configuration provides solid performance for warehouse management systems, inventory tracking, and logistics applications. We offer this model ready to deploy from our inventory at barcodesinc.com.
The Dell 2G8GH is an LTO-8 tape cartridge offering 12 TB of native storage capacity, with up to 30 TB when using compression. This makes it ideal for high-capacity backup and archival applications in enterprise environments. We offer this genuine Dell media in single-pack quantities for reliable long-term data storage.
The Dell Latitude 7320 Rugged features a 13-inch Full HD Plus display (1920 x 1200 resolution), Intel Core i5-1140G7 11th Gen quad-core processor running at 1.80 GHz, 8 GB RAM, and 256 GB SSD storage. It runs Windows 10 Pro and is available from us with a silver finish, making it ideal for demanding field operations and mobile workforce environments.
The Dell 6KV2D is a high-yield black toner cartridge rated for approximately 20,000 pages per cartridge. This high page yield makes it an economical choice for busy office environments and helps reduce replacement frequency. We offer this genuine Dell original toner to ensure optimal print quality and device compatibility.
The Dell OptiPlex 3000 (GT4TJ) features an Intel Core i5 12th Gen i5-12500T processor, 8 GB of DDR4 SDRAM, and a 256 GB PCI Express NVMe 3.0 x4 SSD for fast storage performance. It includes Intel UHD Graphics 770, runs Windows 10 Pro, and comes with an English (US) keyboard—making it a capable micro PC for business and warehouse environments.
The Dell M797K is a Use and Return toner cartridge (OEM# 330-4131) designed for the Dell 2230D printer with a yield of 3,500 pages. This genuine Dell cartridge is engineered to deliver consistent print quality throughout its lifecycle. We offer this OEM cartridge as part of our comprehensive Dell supplies inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Dell Latitude 7440 features a 14" Full HD Plus display (1920 x 1200), Intel Core i7 13th Gen i7-1355U Deca-core processor running at 1.20 GHz, 16 GB on-board RAM, and 512 GB SSD storage. It runs Windows 11 Pro with Intel Iris Xe Graphics and includes an English (US) keyboard, front-facing webcam, and Wi-Fi connectivity. We offer this model as a reliable business notebook for enterprise environments.
The Dell H82PN is a 3.84 TB solid state drive with a 2.5" form factor, SATA (SATA/600) interface, and read-intensive optimization. It features 512e format and hot-pluggable capability, making it ideal for enterprise storage applications requiring high performance and reliability. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and compatibility information for your infrastructure.
The Dell HT2DT is a 1.20 TB internal hard drive featuring a 2.5" form factor with SAS (12Gb/s) interface and 3.5" carrier compatibility. It operates at 10,000 RPM and supports hot-swappable, hot-pluggable operation with 512n format, making it ideal for server and storage system applications. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive Dell storage solutions.
The Dell 400-ALYF is a 400 GB solid state drive with a 2.5" form factor, featuring 12Gb/s SAS connectivity and a 3.5" carrier for hot-plug installation. This mixed-use SSD is designed for enterprise environments requiring reliable, high-speed storage with minimal downtime. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive Dell storage solutions for warehouse and logistics operations.
The Dell 4GN49-RF is a 300 GB hard drive with a 2.5" internal form factor, operating at 15,000 RPM with 6Gb/s SAS connectivity. This drive is designed for server and storage system devices, offering enterprise-grade performance and reliability for data-intensive applications in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Dell 61XPF-RF is a 146 GB hard drive with 2.5" form factor, 15000 rpm speed, and SAS (6Gb/s) interface designed for server and storage system devices. This high-performance drive is ideal for enterprise environments requiring fast data access and reliable performance in demanding applications.
The Dell 407-BBVK is a 10GBase-SR SFP+ transceiver module designed for high-speed data networking over optical fiber. It supports 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity and is ideal for warehouse management systems, logistics networks, and enterprise data centers requiring reliable optical network infrastructure. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive AIDC networking solutions.
The Dell 5JH5X is a 4 TB hard drive with a 3.5" form factor designed for internal storage in Dell storage systems. It features a 12Gb/s SAS interface, making it suitable for enterprise-level data center and server environments requiring high-speed data transfer and reliable performance.
The Dell 55H49 is a 3 TB hard drive with a 3.5" form factor, operating at 7200 rpm and featuring SAS (6Gb/s) connectivity. This drive is designed for storage system applications and delivers reliable performance for enterprise environments. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive storage solutions inventory.
The Dell 6DFD8-RF is a 146 GB hard drive with a 2.5" form factor, featuring SAS (6Gb/s) connectivity and 15,000 RPM spindle speed. This drive is designed for server, workstation, and storage system applications, making it suitable for high-performance enterprise environments. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive Dell storage component inventory.
The Dell 0F9W8 is a 4TB 3.5" internal hard drive featuring SAS (12Gb/s) connectivity, 7200 RPM spindle speed, and 512n format. This drive is designed for storage system devices and delivers enterprise-grade performance suitable for data-intensive warehouse and logistics operations. We offer this genuine Dell component as part of our comprehensive storage solutions.
The Dell 740Y7-RF supports multiple storage configurations including 7200 rpm SATA drives up to 750GB, 5400 rpm SATA drives up to 320GB, encrypted FDE/OPAL options at 320GB, and solid state drives up to 256GB for mobility applications. We offer this drive as part of Dell's comprehensive storage solutions for servers, workstations, and storage systems. Contact us today to discuss the right storage configuration for your infrastructure needs.
The Dell C722T-RF is a 2.5" internal hard drive with 146 GB storage capacity, featuring SAS (6Gb/s) interface and 10,000 RPM spindle speed. This enterprise-grade drive is designed for high-performance server and storage applications where reliability and speed are critical. Contact us today to confirm current availability and pricing for this Dell OEM component.
The Dell 400-BLLE is an 8TB internal hard drive with a 3.5" form factor, SATA/600 interface, and 7200 RPM rotational speed. It features 512e format and is hot-pluggable, making it ideal for server environments that require reliable storage with quick replacement capabilities. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive Dell parts inventory at barcodesinc.com.
The Dell 400-ATNJ is a 1.92 TB solid state drive with a 2.5" internal form factor and SATA (SATA/600) interface. This drive is hot-pluggable, making it ideal for systems requiring quick storage upgrades or replacements without downtime. We offer this genuine Dell component for enterprise and mobile computing environments.
The Dell 400-AHZL is an 8 TB hard drive with a 3.5" internal form factor, SATA (SATA/600) interface, and 7200 rpm rotational speed. It features 512e format and is designed for server device support. We offer this drive as a reliable storage solution for enterprise and high-performance computing environments.
The Dell 400-AGTM is a 1.80 TB hard drive with a 2.5" internal form factor, featuring SAS (6Gb/s) connectivity and 10,000 RPM spindle speed. It supports hot-swappable and hot-pluggable operation, making it ideal for enterprise storage environments where drive replacement without downtime is critical. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive Dell parts inventory for server and storage upgrades.
The Dell 400-ANPB is an 8 TB hard drive with a 3.5" internal form factor, SATA/600 interface, and 7200 rpm rotational speed. It's designed as a hot-swappable server device, making it ideal for enterprise storage environments that require reliable, high-capacity data storage with minimal downtime during replacements.
The Dell 400-AIDY is a 2 TB hard drive with a 2.5" form factor, featuring SAS (12Gb/s) connectivity and 7200 RPM rotational speed. It uses 512e format and is designed for server device support. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive storage solutions for enterprise environments.
The Dell 400-AMRW is an 8 TB hard drive with a 3.5" form factor, designed for internal installation in server and storage environments. It operates at 7200 rpm using Near Line SAS (NL-SAS) protocol with 12Gb/s SAS connectivity, making it ideal for high-capacity storage applications requiring reliable performance.
The Dell 400-ANUJ is an 8 TB internal hard drive with a 3.5" form factor, SATA 600 interface, and 512e format support. It's designed for server and workstation environments where reliable high-capacity storage is essential. We offer this genuine Dell component as part of our comprehensive AIDC and IT infrastructure solutions.
The Dell 400-ABQI is a 200 GB solid state drive with a 2.5" form factor designed for internal installation. It features SAS (6Gb/s SAS) connectivity and is engineered as a write-intensive, hot-swappable drive for enterprise storage applications. We offer this genuine Dell component for systems requiring reliable solid-state storage performance.
The Dell VW69J is a 12 TB internal hard drive with a 3.5" form factor, SATA/600 interface, and 7200 RPM spindle speed. It features 512e format and is designed for server device applications. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive storage solutions for enterprise environments.
The Dell 400-ALYR is a 1.60 TB solid state drive with a 2.5" form factor that uses SAS (12Gb/s SAS) interface technology. It features hot-swappable capability, making it ideal for high-availability server and storage environments where drive replacement without downtime is critical. We offer this enterprise-grade SSD for customers requiring reliable, fast storage solutions.
The Dell 341-3932 is a 500 GB hard drive with a 3.5" form factor, 7200 rpm speed, and SATA/300 interface. This drive is designed as an internal storage solution and supports hot-pluggable operation for easy replacement in compatible systems. We offer this genuine Dell component for customers requiring reliable internal storage upgrades.
The Dell 341-7441 is a 73 GB hard drive with a 2.5" internal form factor, operating at 15000 rpm with SAS (3Gb/s) interface. This drive is hot-pluggable, making it ideal for enterprise environments where drive replacement without system shutdown is critical. We offer this genuine Dell component for customers requiring high-performance storage solutions.
The Dell 341-7438 is a 146 GB hard drive with a 2.5" internal form factor, operating at 10,000 RPM with SAS (3Gb/s) interface. This drive is hot-pluggable, making it ideal for enterprise environments where drive replacement without downtime is critical. We offer this genuine Dell component for systems requiring high-performance storage solutions.
The Dell 342-5541 is a 2.5" internal hard drive with 900 GB capacity, operating at 10,000 RPM with a 6Gb/s SAS interface. This enterprise-grade drive is designed for high-performance storage in servers and workstations requiring fast data access and reliability. We offer this genuine Dell component as part of our comprehensive AIDC and storage solutions catalog.
The Dell 342-2978 is a 900 GB hard drive with a 2.5" form factor, featuring SAS (6Gb/s) interface and 10,000 RPM spindle speed. This high-performance drive is designed for enterprise storage applications requiring fast data access and reliable performance in server and storage environments.
The Dell 341-7440 is a 73 GB hard drive with a 2.5" form factor, featuring SAS (3Gb/s SAS) interface and 10,000 RPM spindle speed. This drive is designed as a hot-pluggable internal storage solution for Dell servers and storage systems. We offer this genuine Dell component for customers requiring reliable enterprise-grade storage.
The Dell 342-0206 is a 600 GB hard drive with a 3.5" form factor, featuring SAS (6Gb/s) connectivity and 15,000 RPM spindle speed. This high-performance drive is designed for enterprise server and storage environments requiring fast data access and reliable performance. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive Dell parts inventory for data center upgrades and replacements.
The Dell 341-3363 is a 73 GB hard drive with a 2.5" internal form factor, operating at 10,000 RPM with SAS (3Gb/s) interface. It features hot-pluggable design, making it ideal for server and storage environments where drive replacement is needed without system downtime. We offer this genuine Dell component for enterprise and high-performance computing applications.
The Dell 341-7414 is a 500 GB hard drive with a 3.5" internal form factor, featuring Near Line SAS (NL-SAS) interface at 3Gb/s speed and 7200 RPM rotational speed. This drive is designed for reliable performance in enterprise storage environments and is available from us for immediate deployment in your data center infrastructure.
The Dell 18C6P is a 300 GB hard drive with a 2.5" form factor featuring SAS (12Gb/s) connectivity, 15,000 RPM speed, and a 3.5" carrier for compatibility with larger systems. It supports hot-plug operation and uses 512n format, making it ideal for high-performance server and storage environments requiring fast data access.
The Skorpio X5 is a fully rugged mobile computer with an IP65 sealing rating and withstands repeated drops from 1.8 meters (6.0 feet) to concrete, making it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics environments. It's built to face the toughest enterprise challenges in data capture while maintaining reliable performance in harsh conditions.
The Datalogic 95ACC6170 is a Safety Interface designed for the Datalogic SL2/4 SLIM system, featuring 3NO (normally open) + 1NC (normally closed) outputs. This lighting module is essential for warehouse and logistics environments where safety signaling and interlock control are required as part of an automated scanning or data capture system. We offer this component as part of our complete Datalogic accessory lineup to support your AIDC infrastructure.
The DataLogic 94ACC1381 is a power supply designed specifically for the Datalogic Skorpio X4 mobile computer and its single slot dock. This power device ensures reliable charging and operation of your Skorpio X4 terminal in warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this accessory as part of our comprehensive Datalogic product line to keep your mobile devices powered throughout your operations.
The Verkada CF83-E delivers 180-degree coverage horizontally, vertically, and diagonally from a single camera location. This expansive fisheye coverage helps reduce blind spots and captures wide-area surveillance across large spaces like warehouses, campuses, and parking areas with minimal camera deployment.
The Verkada LIC-CAM-MLT4-5Y-RNW-G is a 5-year renewal license for the Verkada four-camera multisensor system, designed for government surveillance applications. This license enables continued access to Verkada's cloud-based security platform and AI-powered analytics for organizations that need comprehensive multi-angle coverage in high-security environments. Contact us today to learn more about licensing options available from us.
The Verkada LIC-MNFC-20-10Y-RNW is a mobile NFC credential license that adds support for up to 20 users with NFC-based authentication for a 10-year period. This renewal license extends your existing Verkada surveillance system's mobile credential capabilities, allowing secure access control and authentication across your security infrastructure. We offer this license as part of our comprehensive Verkada product lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Verkada LIC-MT-5Y-RNW is a 5-year renewal license for Verkada's Security Trailer Cloud surveillance software platform. This solution is ideal for warehouse managers, logistics operations, and security teams who need continuous cloud-based monitoring and video management across multiple camera locations. We offer this renewal license to help you extend your existing Verkada deployment without interruption.
The Verkada BH61-HW is a wireless hub designed for Verkada's Classic Alarms security system, enabling wireless connectivity for alarm sensors and devices across your facility. This hub serves as the central communication point for your alarm network, allowing seamless integration with Verkada's cloud-based security platform. We offer the BH61-HW as part of our comprehensive Verkada security product lineup to support North American deployments.
The CD53-256E-HW-F is the outdoor-rated variant of the Verkada CD53 surveillance camera, featuring IP66/67 weather protection and IK10 impact resistance for harsh outdoor environments. While the standard CD53 is optimized for indoor use in lobbies and retail spaces, the CD53-E model we offer is engineered for transit hubs, public spaces, and intersections with superior durability and environmental resilience.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14s Gen 2 20XF0076US features an AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 5850U processor paired with 16 GB of RAM, delivering strong performance for multitasking and business applications. This configuration is ideal for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need reliable computing power for inventory management and data analysis tasks. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Lenovo laptop selection at barcodesinc.com.
The Lenovo 4XE1F30278 is a resettable security cable lock designed to protect monitors, notebooks, desktop computers, and docking stations from theft. With its 5.91-foot length and 4-digit resettable combination, it provides flexible positioning while securing your valuable equipment in shared or high-traffic environments.
The Lenovo ThinkCentre Tiny-In-One 22 Gen 5 features a 21.5-inch Full HD IPS display with 1920 x 1080 resolution, 250 nits brightness, and a 16:9 aspect ratio. It offers 99% sRGB color gamut with 16.7 million colors, anti-glare screen treatment, and a 4ms response time in extreme mode, making it ideal for professional workspace applications.
The Lenovo Legion Y25-30 features a 24.5-inch Full HD IPS display with 1920 x 1080 resolution, 16.7 million colors, and a 280 Hz refresh rate. With 500 nits brightness and FreeSync Premium support, this monitor is engineered for responsive gaming and professional work. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive display solutions for demanding users.
The Lenovo 4XH0R55468 is a 2.4G wireless USB receiver designed to enable wireless connectivity for compatible Lenovo systems. This external adapter operates on the 2.4 GHz ISM band and connects via USB, making it ideal for adding wireless capability to desktop workstations and servers. We offer this genuine Lenovo component as part of our comprehensive computer accessories inventory.
The Lenovo InFlex 15.6" touchscreen features a 10-point capacitive touch interface, 1920x1080 full HD resolution, optically bonded hardened glass for durability, and USB-C connectivity. It integrates seamlessly with Lenovo Chromebox micro systems and includes VESA-compatible mounting for flexible installation in retail and kiosk environments. The display also supports micro-USB accessories and comes with a 3-year warranty for reliable performance.
The Lenovo 82W0000PUS runs ChromeOS, which provides managed access to browser-based learning tools and Google services. This cloud-based operating system is optimized for classroom environments and simplifies device management across school device fleets.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14s 2-in-1 G1 features an Intel Core Ultra 7 265U vPro processor with E-cores up to 4.20GHz, a 14-inch WUXGA touchscreen display, 32GB of RAM, and a 1TB PCIe Gen4 SSD. It runs Windows 11 Professional 64-bit and includes integrated Intel Graphics, Bluetooth 5.4, Intel BE201 vPro WiFi, a 5MP RGB+IR camera, and a 58Wh 3-cell lithium-ion battery with 65W charging. We offer this model for organizations requiring high-performance mobile computing with 2-in-1 versatility.
The ThinkPad P16v Gen 3 features Intel Core Ultra H-series processors (Series 2) with options ranging from Core Ultra 5 to Core Ultra 9, supporting up to 16 cores for demanding mobile workflows. These high-performance processors are paired with professional NVIDIA graphics options to deliver the processing power needed for CAD, engineering, architecture, and software development applications.
The Lenovo ThinkPad P1 Gen 8 (21Q8001CUS) features Intel Core Ultra 5, 7, or 9 H-series processors from Series 2, with configurations up to 16 cores. This model specifically includes the Intel Core Ultra 7 255H processor, which delivers high-performance processing ideal for demanding mobile workloads in engineering, architecture, and software development. We offer this workstation configured and ready to ship from our warehouse.
The Lenovo ThinkPad P16 Gen 2 21FA002VUS is a 16-inch mobile workstation featuring a 2560 x 1600 WQXGA display with 165 Hz refresh rate and IPS technology. It's powered by an Intel Core i7-13850HX processor with vPro Technology, paired with 32 GB of RAM, 1 TB SSD storage, and an NVIDIA RTX 2000 Ada GPU with 8 GB dedicated memory, running Windows 11 Pro. We offer this model as a premium solution for professionals requiring high-performance computing on the go.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14 Gen 6 features Intel Core Ultra 5 or 7 processors from Series 2, including Arrow Lake and Lunar Lake options. These modern processors support business productivity applications, collaboration, and multitasking with vPro Technology for enhanced security and manageability. Contact us today to configure the processor option that best fits your deployment needs.
The Lenovo K14 Gen 2 (model 21G00002US) features a 14-inch WUXGA display (1920 x 1200), Intel Core i3-1315U 13th Gen processor, 8GB RAM, and 256GB SSD storage. It runs Windows 11 Pro with Intel UHD Graphics and includes an IPS display technology for superior viewing angles. We offer this model as a reliable option for business and productivity-focused users.
The SATO 3MX-CLV-D1S is a barcode code validator equipped with Datalogic 1D scanning technology, designed for quality assurance and verification in warehouse and logistics operations. It helps ensure barcode accuracy and readability before labels are applied or shipments are processed. We offer this scanner as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions for businesses requiring reliable barcode validation.
The SATO CT4-LX offers comprehensive connectivity with USB, Ethernet, Wi-Fi (802.11b), and Bluetooth capabilities, allowing you to integrate seamlessly into your warehouse or retail environment. This multi-protocol support ensures flexibility whether you're connecting to fixed workstations or mobile devices. We offer this model fully configured and ready to deploy from barcodesinc.com.
The SATO CT4-LX is a 4-inch desktop thermal printer that combines industrial-grade features in a compact design, including a full-color touchscreen display, 305 dpi print resolution, and print speeds up to 6 inches per second. It features patented label waste prevention technology, user-replaceable printhead and platen roller for easy maintenance, and the latest wireless connectivity options alongside USB and Ethernet connectivity. We offer this model as a complete solution that delivers enterprise functionality without requiring industrial floor space.
The SATO CT4-LX offers multiple connectivity options including USB, Ethernet, Wi-Fi (802.11b), and Bluetooth, giving you flexibility to integrate the printer into your existing warehouse or office network. This range of wireless and wired connections ensures compatibility with various systems and mobile devices. We offer this model with all these connectivity features standard, making it easy to deploy across your operation.
The SATO CT4-LX offers multiple connectivity options including USB, Ethernet, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth, allowing flexible integration into your warehouse or office network. This range of connectivity ensures compatibility with various systems and mobile devices, making it suitable for both stationary and mobile printing workflows. We offer this printer with all these connectivity features standard.
The SATO CT4-LX is a 4-inch desktop thermal label printer capable of printing at 305 dpi resolution with a maximum print speed of 6 inches per second. It features a 4.1-inch maximum print width, accommodates 1.5-inch core rolls with up to 5-inch outer diameter, and includes both USB and Ethernet connectivity for flexible integration into your warehouse or retail environment.
The SATO R37902000 printhead delivers 609 DPI (24 dots/mm) resolution, enabling precise printing of small barcodes and detailed label graphics. This high-resolution option is ideal for applications requiring micro labels as small as 10mm. We offer this printhead as a replacement component for the CL4NX printer series.
The SATO CL4NX Plus supports multiple connectivity standards including USB, Ethernet, Bluetooth, Serial, Parallel, NFC, Wi-Fi, and an External Signal Interface (EXT) for seamless integration into your warehouse or logistics environment. This extensive connectivity ensures compatibility with legacy systems and modern IoT infrastructure, making it ideal for flexible deployment across your operation.
The SATO SR30LT-18388 labels measure 3 x 5 inches with a 3-inch inner diameter and 8-inch outer diameter. These Duramark Gloss White Polyester labels come perforated and wound inward, with 1,200 labels per roll and 4 rolls per case. We offer these labels as a complete case unit for consistent supply to your thermal printing operations.
The SATO SR10LD-20125 is a direct thermal barcode label made from Direct 200P top-coated direct thermal paper with permanent adhesive. This label type is ideal for applications requiring durable, long-lasting barcode identification without the need for thermal transfer ribbons, making it cost-effective for high-volume printing operations.
The SATO 53S002012 labels measure 4" x 2" and are designed in a rectangle format. Each roll contains 3,000 labels, with 4 rolls per case, making them ideal for high-volume industrial printing operations. These direct thermal labels come in bright white and are optimized for SATO industrial thermal printers.
The SATO SW10-B-80300 is a wax thermal transfer ribbon measuring 3.15 inches wide by 984 feet long with a 1-inch core. This ribbon is wound out and comes in cases of 12 rolls, making it ideal for high-volume printing operations. We offer this ribbon as part of our full selection of wax and resin thermal transfer ribbons for SATO printers.
The SATO 59-C21A2-001 is a universal replacement printhead designed for all SATO thermal printers. We offer this printhead as a direct replacement component to restore printing functionality across SATO's product line. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific printer model.
The SATO 59-F10A1-001 is a universal replacement printhead designed for all SATO thermal printers. We offer this printhead as a direct replacement component, so compatibility depends on your specific SATO printer model. Contact us today with your printer model number, and our team can confirm compatibility and ensure you receive the correct replacement.
The SATO WWS8N32EA Print Engine delivers 203 dpi resolution, making it ideal for standard barcode labels and warehouse applications. This resolution provides excellent print quality for both linear and 2D barcodes while maintaining fast printing speeds for high-volume operations.
The Aruba 7200 series Mobility Controller supports up to 32,000 mobile devices, making it ideal for large enterprise deployments with extensive BYOD and 802.11ac device requirements. This capacity is backed by a next-generation central processor with up to eight cores and four threads each, providing the equivalent of 32 virtual CPUs for handling demanding wireless traffic.
The HPE Aruba JW703A is an Aruba 7010 Series controller featuring 12 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE/PoE+ ports (150W total capacity), 4 additional 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, and 2 1G BASE-X SFP ports. It supports up to 32 access points and 2,000 clients, making it ideal for branch office deployments requiring unified wireless, wired, and hybrid WAN services. The controller includes an integrated AC power supply and is TAA compliant for US government procurement.
The Aruba 7000 Series Mobility Controller supports up to 64 access points and can accommodate over 4,000 concurrent users, making it suitable for mid-to-large branch office deployments. This capacity allows enterprises to scale their wireless infrastructure efficiently while maintaining centralized management and policy enforcement.
The HPE Aruba JL745A is a 1G SFP transceiver module with LC connectors designed for short-range multimode fiber (MMF) connectivity up to 500 meters. This module is TAA-compliant and engineered for seamless integration with HPE Aruba networking switches. We offer this transceiver as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking solutions portfolio.
The HPE Aruba S0B65A is a Wi-Fi 6E access point that delivers tri-band coverage across 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz with 2×2:2 MIMO radios on dual independent radios. It supports up to 7 × 160 MHz channels in the 6 GHz band and achieves 3.6 Gbps aggregate throughput (2.4 Gbps on 6 GHz + 1.2 Gbps on 5 GHz + 287 Mbps on 2.4 GHz). This makes it ideal for high-capacity deployments in hotels, residence halls, and branch offices where bandwidth demands are significant.
The AP-505H features dual-radio 802.11ax with tri-stream Wi-Fi 6 capability, delivering up to 1.2 Gbps on the 5 GHz band (HE80) and 287 Mbps on the 2.4 GHz band, for a combined aggregate data rate of 1.5 Gbps. This dual-radio architecture with 2×2:2 MIMO ensures concurrent operation on both bands to serve multiple device types simultaneously.
The HPE Aruba 560 Series delivers up to 1.49 Gbps aggregate throughput across its dual 2×2:2 radios, with 1.2 Gbps on the 5 GHz band (HE80) and 574 Mbps on the 2.4 GHz band (HE40). OFDMA and MU-MIMO technologies optimize capacity for efficient multi-user access in high-density environments like campuses and venues. We offer this access point as an ideal solution for enterprises requiring enterprise-class Wi-Fi 6 performance in outdoor deployments.
The HP J3E86A supports a wide range of operating systems including Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista, and Windows XP SP3 (32-bit), as well as OS X v10.8 Mountain Lion, OS X v10.9 Mavericks, and OS X v10.10 Yosemite. This broad compatibility ensures seamless integration with most existing IT environments in your warehouse or logistics operation.
The HP W2023A (414A) magenta toner cartridge delivers a page yield of 2100 pages, making it suitable for moderate to high-volume printing environments. This yield helps optimize your printing costs per page in warehouse and logistics operations.
The HP Engage Go Mobile supports Windows 10 Pro 64-bit, Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB 64-bit, and FreeDOS. This flexibility allows you to choose the operating system that best fits your retail or hospitality environment. Contact us today to discuss which configuration is right for your business.
The HP CF410A (410A) Original Toner Cartridge delivers a page yield of 2,300 pages in black. This cartridge is designed for HP LaserJet Pro M477 series printers and provides reliable performance for high-volume printing environments.
The HP 981X (L0R10A) is a high-yield magenta ink cartridge rated for approximately 10,000 pages. This high-yield capacity makes it an economical choice for moderate to high-volume printing environments. We offer this cartridge as an original HP supply to ensure quality and compatibility with your inkjet printers.
The HP F9K01A is a magenta ink cartridge designed for HP inkjet printers. This cartridge is compatible with HP's inkjet printing systems and delivers consistent magenta color output for your printing needs. We offer this cartridge as a reliable replacement for your HP inkjet printer supplies.
The HP 727 (F9J78A) is a yellow ink cartridge designed for HP inkjet printers. This single-pack cartridge delivers yellow color output for your printing needs. We offer this original HP cartridge to ensure compatibility and print quality with your HP inkjet system.
The HP C9374A is an HP 72 Original Ink Cartridge designed for gray ink output. Based on HP's product documentation, this cartridge is compatible with HP OfficeJet Pro wide-format printer systems. For specific printer model compatibility, we recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com to confirm your exact equipment requirements.
The HP P57688-B21 is equipped with 1 x Intel Xeon Gold 5416S processor running at 2 GHz. This single-socket configuration delivers enterprise-class performance suitable for a variety of server workloads in data center environments.
The Fargo 47700 is a Contact Smart Card Encoder designed as a field upgrade for Fargo ID card printers. It enables your existing printer to encode data onto contact smart cards, expanding your card personalization capabilities without requiring a complete system replacement. We offer this upgrade to enhance the functionality of compatible Fargo printer models.
The Fargo DTC4500e is a single-sided ID card printer built on an extremely robust and reliable print engine designed for high-volume production. It features high-capacity ribbons that enable printing twice as many full-color cards compared to most printers before ribbon changes are needed, ensuring continuous high-quality card printing and encoding with ISO magnetic stripe capability.
The Fargo DTC4500e ID Card Printer features both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your network infrastructure or direct connection to workstations. This dual-connectivity approach ensures compatibility with various IT environments and enables centralized card production workflows.
The Fargo DTC4500e is a high-volume dual-sided ID card printer built on an extremely robust and reliable print engine that delivers speed, power, and versatility. It features high-capacity ribbons that enable you to print twice as many full-color cards as most printers before ribbon changes are needed, ensuring continuous high-quality card printing and encoding with minimal downtime.
The Fargo DTC4500e is a high-volume single-sided ID card printer built on an extremely robust and reliable print engine that delivers speed, power, and versatility. It features high-capacity ribbons that enable the printer to produce twice as many full-color cards as most printers before ribbon changes are required, ensuring continuous high-quality card printing and encoding with minimal downtime.
The Fargo DTC4500e is a single-sided ID card printer built on an extremely robust and reliable print engine designed for high-volume production. It delivers speed, power, and versatility with high-capacity ribbons that enable printing twice as many full-color cards as most printers before ribbon changes are required, ensuring continuous high-quality card printing and encoding.
The Fargo DTC4500e is a high-volume dual-sided ID card printer built on an extremely robust and reliable print engine that delivers speed, power, and versatility. It features high-capacity ribbons that enable printing twice as many full-color cards as most printers before ribbon changes are needed, ensuring continuous high-quality card production. The printer also includes dual-input hoppers with locking mechanisms and supports ISO magnetic encoding for enhanced card functionality.
The Fargo DTC4500e ID Card Printer supports both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your existing network infrastructure. This dual connectivity enables you to connect the printer directly to a workstation or deploy it across your facility on a networked system. Contact us today to discuss the best connectivity setup for your operation.
The Fargo DTC4500e ID Card Printer features both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your network infrastructure. This dual connectivity enables you to connect the printer directly to workstations or deploy it as a shared network resource across your organization.
The Fargo HDP8500 delivers variable print speeds depending on your ribbon configuration: 7 seconds per card for black-only (K), 12 seconds for black with overlay (KO), 24 seconds for full-color YMCKO, and 31 seconds for dual black panels with color (YMCKOK). These speeds make it ideal for high-throughput credential issuance in demanding environments.
The Fargo 45105 Red Cartridge with Cleaning Roller is compatible with multiple Fargo ID card printer models including the DTC1000, DTC1000M, DTC1000Me, DTC1250e, DTC4000, and DTC4250e. This ribbon cartridge works across both entry-level and mid-range Fargo printer systems, making it a versatile supply option for organizations with multiple printer deployments.
The Fargo 45702 ECO Standard Black ribbon is rated for 3000 images per cartridge. This yield helps you plan supply orders and manage printing costs effectively for your ID card operations. Contact us today to order ribbons for your Fargo printer.
The Fargo 45714 ECO YMCKO Half Panel ribbon produces 850 images per cartridge. This half-panel configuration delivers higher yield than full-panel YMCKO ribbons, making it an economical choice for high-volume ID card printing operations. The ribbon includes an integrated cleaning roller that is automatically replaced with each new ribbon cartridge.
The Fargo 84510 supports multiple ribbon configurations including full-color with resin black and overlay panel (YMCKO) for 750 images, full-color with two resin black panels (YMCKOK), and single-color options like resin black or dye-sublimation black. We offer all these ribbon variants to match your specific ID card printing and security requirements.
The Fargo 045421 is compatible with the Fargo DTC4500 and C50 (LM) ID card printers. This ECO YMCKO ribbon includes an integrated cleaning roller that is automatically replaced with each new ribbon used, ensuring consistent print quality across your card production.
The Fargo 045422 YMCKO ribbon cartridge produces 250 full-color images per ribbon. This yield makes it suitable for medium-volume ID card issuance operations. We offer this ribbon as a cost-effective consumable for your Fargo C50 printer.
The Fargo 81579 printhead is designed for use with Fargo Persona Card Printers, as well as C15, 4225, and 4250 models with serial numbers greater than 90320134. We offer this thermal printhead as a replacement part to keep your card printing operations running smoothly. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
The Fargo 88063 is a replacement printhead designed for Fargo HDP600 card printers. We offer this thermal printhead as a genuine Fargo replacement part to maintain optimal print quality and performance for your ID card printing operations.
The Fargo 47711 is an Ethernet Module with Print Server designed for the Fargo DTC4000 card printer. This accessory enables network connectivity and print server functionality, allowing you to integrate your card printing operations into your enterprise network infrastructure. We offer this module as an essential upgrade for organizations requiring networked card printing capabilities.
The Fargo 45000 YMCKO ribbon cartridge offers full-color dye-sublimation and resin thermal transfer printing with a cleaning roller included. This cartridge produces 250 images per ribbon and is compatible with Fargo DTC1250e, DTC1000, and DTC1500 printers, making it ideal for organizations that need consistent, colorful ID card output with crisp text and precise barcodes.
The Fargo 44203 is compatible with the Persona C30, C30e, and M30e ID card printers. This ribbon is designed specifically for these Fargo printer models, ensuring reliable performance and print quality for your card production needs.
The Fargo 45102 Standard Black K Cartridge is compatible with the DTC1000, DTC1250e, DTC4000, DTC4250e, and C50 ID card printers. This ribbon cartridge includes an integrated cleaning roller that is automatically replaced with each new ribbon used, ensuring consistent print quality across all compatible models.
The Fargo 45106 ID Card Ribbon is designed for the Fargo DTC1000 and DTC4000 printer models. This white cartridge with integrated cleaning roller produces up to 1,000 images per ribbon. We offer this ribbon as an OEM-certified supply to ensure optimal printer performance and image quality.
The Fargo DTC4500e is a high-volume, single-sided ID card printer built on an extremely robust and reliable print engine that delivers speed, power, and versatility. It features high-capacity ribbons that enable it to print twice as many full-color cards as most printers before ribbon changes are needed, ensuring continuous high-quality card printing and encoding. The printer supports both USB and Ethernet connectivity, ISO magnetic stripe encoding, and includes same-side input/output hopper functionality.
The Fargo 45010-FGO ribbon is designed to work seamlessly with the Fargo DTC1250e ID card printer. This full-color dye-sublimation ribbon is specifically engineered for optimal performance with this printer model to ensure consistent, high-quality output.
Yes, the Fargo 86208 is specifically designed as a compatible ribbon for the Fargo DTC550 ID card printer. This white monochrome ribbon produces up to 1000 images and is engineered to work seamlessly with your DTC550 system. We offer this ribbon as a certified supply to ensure optimal print quality and printer performance.
The Fargo DTC4500e is a high-volume dual-sided ID card printer featuring an extremely robust and reliable print engine that delivers speed, power, and versatility. It includes high-capacity ribbons that enable printing twice as many full-color cards compared to most printers before ribbon replacement is needed, ensuring continuous high-quality card printing and encoding capabilities.
The Fargo DTC4500e is a high-volume dual-sided ID card printer featuring an extremely robust and reliable print engine that delivers speed, power, and versatility. It includes high-capacity ribbons that enable printing twice as many full-color cards as most printers before ribbon changes are needed, ensuring continuous high-quality card production and encoding capabilities.
The Fargo 45101 Premium Black (K) EZ Cartridge delivers 1,000 images per roll, making it an economical choice for high-volume ID card printing operations. This yield applies across all compatible printer models, including the DTC1000, DTC4000, and DTC4250e.
The Fargo 45111 is a black monochrome (KO) EZ Cartridge with integrated cleaning roller designed for Fargo ID card printers. This ribbon produces 500 images and includes both a resin black panel for printing text and images on the front of the card, plus an overlay panel that provides an extra layer of protection. We offer this ribbon as a cost-effective solution for high-volume black-only card printing operations.
The Fargo 84500 Standard Clear Film ribbon is designed to print approximately 1,500 images per cartridge. This yield makes it suitable for moderate to high-volume ID card printing operations. Contact us today to order this ribbon or discuss your specific printing volume needs.
The DTC4250e comes with the printer unit and power cord. We offer this system as a complete base model ready for immediate setup and deployment in your organization.
The Epson TM-U675 is a multifunction printer designed to handle receipts, slips, and validation documents all in a single compact unit. It supports receipt or journal paper up to 82.5mm wide, slip documents ranging from 70–148mm wide by 150–210mm long, and validation documents from 148–150mm wide by 70–210mm long, making it ideal for retail and banking environments.
The Epson C31CD51242 supports POSReady 7, Windows 7 Pro, and Linux operating systems. This flexibility allows you to choose the OS that best fits your retail environment and existing infrastructure.
The Epson TM-U675 is a multifunction printer designed to handle receipts, slips, and validation documents all in a single compact unit. It supports receipt or journal paper up to 82.5mm wide, slip media ranging from 70–148mm wide by 150–210mm long, and validation media from 148–150mm wide by 70–210mm long, making it ideal for retail and banking environments.
The Epson TM-U220 series supports adjustable paper width options of 58mm, 70mm, or 76mm, giving you flexibility to choose the right size for your receipts and reducing paper waste. This feature allows you to optimize costs while maintaining compatibility with your existing receipt formats.
The Epson CaptureOne TM-S1000 delivers a scanning speed of 500mm/sec with throughput of 30 documents per minute (DPM) in one-by-one mode or 60 DPM in continuous mode. This performance level makes it suitable for both branch and RDC (Remote Deposit Capture) banking applications where check processing efficiency is critical.
The Epson 111196900 labels are sized at 1.34" x 1.00" and are fully compatible with the Epson TM-L90 thermal printer. These labels support the printer's 40mm and 80mm paper width capabilities, making them ideal for compact labeling applications in warehouses and retail environments. We offer these labels in rolls of 450 per box, with 10 rolls included per package.
The Dell Y3KJN is an SFP+ transceiver module designed for high-speed optical networking applications, specifically supporting 10 Gigabit Ethernet and Fiber Channel connectivity. It operates over single-mode optical fiber and is compatible with 10GBase-SR networks, making it ideal for data center and enterprise network infrastructure. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment portfolio.
The Dell 407-BBOK is a 10 Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver module designed for high-speed data networking applications. It supports 10GBase-SR connectivity over optical fiber with a maximum transmission distance of 0.50 km, making it ideal for enterprise data center and network infrastructure deployments requiring fast, reliable optical connections.
The Dell T1HD3 features an Intel Core i5-13500 14-core processor running at 2.50 GHz base frequency, paired with 8 GB of DDR4 SDRAM memory. This configuration delivers solid performance for business applications, warehouse management systems, and logistics software commonly used in enterprise environments. The system supports up to 64 GB of DDR4 memory for organizations requiring higher capacity.
The QD2220 is a linear imager that autodiscriminates all standard 1D barcode codes, including GS1 DataBar linear codes, postal codes, and stacked codes like EAN/JAN Composites and GS1 DataBar variants. This makes it ideal for retail POS environments where 1D barcodes remain the standard. We offer the QD2220 as a complete kit that includes the scanner, USB cable, and stand to get you up and running immediately.
The Datalogic QW2520 is a 2D VGA imager that reads all standard 1D barcodes including GS1 DataBar linear codes, as well as 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and PDF417. This makes it a versatile choice for general-purpose applications across retail, warehousing, and light manufacturing environments.
The Memor 17 features Datalogic's advanced Halogen DE2121-DL barcode scanning engine with Green Spot feedback technology, which provides immediate good-read confirmation directly on the label to boost worker productivity. This standard-range 2D imager delivers fast and reliable scanning performance across various barcode types and environmental conditions. Contact us today to learn how this scanning performance can optimize your warehouse operations.
The Datalogic PowerScan 9600 series features an ultra-rugged design engineered specifically for the toughest industrial conditions, combining exceptional durability with an ergonomic shape that reduces operator stress. Its cordless Bluetooth 5.0 technology and innovative wireless charging system ensure uninterrupted operation and increased efficiency in demanding warehouse applications. We offer this scanner as part of our comprehensive industrial AIDC solutions—contact us today for deployment in your facility.
The Datalogic QW2520 is a 2D VGA imager that reads all standard 1D linear barcodes as well as 2D codes including QR codes, Data Matrix, Aztec, and other common formats. This makes it versatile for general-purpose applications across retail, manufacturing, and logistics environments. We offer the QW2520 as a complete kit with USB cable for immediate deployment.
The Magellan 9800i is a high-performance 2D imaging scanner that reads both 1D and 2D barcodes. It autodiscriminates all standard 1D codes including GS1 DataBar linear codes, and supports 2D codes such as Aztec Code, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR. The scanner also decodes stacked codes including EAN/JAN Composites, GS1 DataBar Composites, PDF417, and MicroPDF417, making it ideal for diverse retail and logistics environments.
The Datalogic Magellan 3450VSi reads both 1D linear codes (including GS1 DataBar) and 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and MaxiCode. It also decodes stacked codes like PDF417, MicroPDF417, and GS1 DataBar Composites, making it versatile for high-volume point-of-sale environments where you encounter a wide variety of barcode formats.
The Magellan 9400i features digital imagers in all planes that seamlessly read both 1D and 2D barcodes without requiring item orientation by the cashier. This multi-plane imaging capability makes it ideal for high-speed POS and self-checkout environments where items are presented at various angles.
The Datalogic ZSN5DS811031 automatically discriminates all standard 1D linear codes including GS1 DataBar linear codes, as well as 2D codes such as Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR. It also supports stacked codes including EAN/JAN Composites, GS1 DataBar Composites, PDF417, and MicroPDF417, making it versatile for warehouse and logistics applications. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific barcode requirements.
The Datalogic ZSN5DS811051 autodiscriminates all standard 1D linear codes including GS1 DataBar™ linear codes, as well as stacked codes like EAN/JAN Composites, GS1 DataBar variants, MicroPDF417, and PDF417. It also reads 2D codes including Aztec Code, Data Matrix, and QR Code, making it versatile for warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this scanner for applications requiring broad barcode format support.
The DataLogic Skorpio X5 features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor clocked at 2.2 GHz, Android 10 operating system, a 4.3-inch display (the largest in its category), 3GB RAM/32GB Flash storage, and a 2D imager with Green Spot technology. This fully rugged device is IP65-rated and can withstand 1.8m (6.0 ft) repeated drops to concrete, making it ideal for demanding warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics environments.
The Skorpio X5 is a fully rugged mobile computer with an IP65 sealing rating and can withstand 1.8 meter (6.0 ft) repeated drops to concrete, making it built for the toughest warehouse and logistics environments. Its ergonomic pistol grip design with rubber boot provides secure handling during demanding data collection operations. We offer this device for professionals working in distribution centers, retail stores, manufacturing floors, and logistics facilities.
The Skorpio X5 is powered by a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 Octa-core processor clocked at 2.2 GHz and runs Android 10 with Google Mobile Services. It is validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' (AER) device, ensuring enterprise-grade security and performance for demanding warehouse and logistics applications.
The Datalogic Skorpio X5 features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor clocked at 2.2 GHz, a 4.3-inch display, 4GB RAM with 64GB Flash storage, Android 10 operating system, and a 2D imager scan engine with Green Spot technology. It includes a 47-key keypad, Bluetooth 5 connectivity, and an extended battery for all-day operation in demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The Joya Touch 22 features a Megapixel imager with advanced scanning capability that supports both 1D and 2D barcodes, making it ideal for fast checkout and self-scanning applications. The device includes white illumination and a high-definition green spot for enhanced scanning performance in various in-store lighting conditions.
The Datalogic Skorpio X5 features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor running at 2.2 GHz, Android 10 with Google Mobile Services, a 4.3-inch WVGA display (800x480), 3GB or 4GB RAM with 32GB or 64GB flash storage, and a 2D imager for barcode scanning. It weighs 488g with a standard battery and measures 218 x 78.5 x 31.3 mm, making it lightweight and ergonomic for extended use in demanding environments.
The Skorpio X5 is built for the toughest environments with an IP65 sealing rating and proven drop resistance of up to 1.8 meters (6 feet) to concrete. Its fully rugged design makes it ideal for warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics operations where equipment faces demanding conditions. We offer this device as a reliable solution for professionals who need dependable data capture in challenging settings.
The Skorpio X5 is powered by a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 Octa-core processor clocked at 2.2 GHz and runs Android 10 with Google Mobile Services. It is validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' device, ensuring enterprise-grade security and performance for demanding applications in warehouses, retail, and manufacturing environments.
The Skorpio X5 features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor running at 2.2 GHz, Android 10 operating system with Google Mobile Services, 3GB RAM with 32GB Flash storage, and a 4.3-inch display with 800x480 WVGA resolution. It weighs 488g and has an IP65 sealing rating with drop resistance up to 1.8 meters (6 feet) to concrete, making it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The Skorpio X5 features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 Octa-core processor running at 2.2 GHz, Android 10 with Google Mobile Services, a 4.3-inch WVGA display (800x480 resolution), 3GB or 4GB RAM options, and 32GB or 64GB flash storage. It includes a 2D imager for barcode scanning, a 47-key keypad, and weighs 488g with the standard battery, making it lightweight yet fully rugged for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The Skorpio X5 is built with an IP65 sealing rating and can withstand repeated drops up to 1.8 meters (6 feet) to concrete, making it fully rugged for demanding warehouse and logistics operations. Its lightweight, ergonomic design combined with a powerful Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor ensures reliable performance during continuous data capture in distribution centers and logistics facilities. We offer the Skorpio X5 as an ideal solution for professionals who need durability without compromising on speed and usability.
The Datalogic Skorpio X5 features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor clocked at 2.2 GHz, a 4.3-inch display (the largest in its category), Android 10 with Google Enterprise Recommended certification, and comes with 3GB RAM/32GB Flash storage. It includes a 2D imager with Green Spot technology, 28-key keypad, Bluetooth 5 connectivity, and is available from us with either standard or extended battery options to suit your operational needs.
The DataLogic 94ACC0165 is a SH15 Blackline DC power cable measuring 2.9 meters in length. This cable comes included with the Rhino II/SH15 DC main unit, so you won't need to purchase it separately when you acquire the main terminal. We offer this cable as part of our complete DataLogic accessory lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Datalogic Gryphon GD4520 is a 2D imager that reads both 1D linear codes (including GS1 DataBar) and 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and Micro QR Code. It also decodes postal codes and stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Composites, making it ideal for general-purpose warehouse and logistics applications. We offer this scanner as part of a complete kit that includes the USB cable for immediate deployment.
The Datalogic QW2520 is a 2D VGA imager that reads all standard 1D linear barcodes as well as 2D codes including QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and postal codes. This makes it ideal for general-purpose applications across retail, warehousing, and logistics environments where you need versatile barcode reading capability.
The Datalogic G5110215 is a tubular photoelectric sensor designed for automated identification and detection applications across warehousing, logistics, and manufacturing environments. It uses retroreflective technology to detect items based on barcode reading, image analysis, and product profiling—from medication identification in healthcare to parcel dimension scanning for accurate billing in logistics operations.
The Datalogic 95B066210 is an inductive proximity sensor with a 2mm diameter, standard non-flush 6.5mm design, PNP output, and M8 connection. It features 3-wire connectivity and operates in NO (normally open) mode, making it suitable for automated identification and detection applications in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Datalogic VLASE GREEN 10 operates at 532nm (green wavelength) using Diode Pumped Solid State (DPSS) laser technology with intracavity second harmonic generation (SHG). This green emission is ideal for marking applications in automotive and electronics industries where visibility and precision are critical.
The Datalogic UniQ features a rugged IP54 grade housing designed to withstand harsh conditions in automotive and general manufacturing industries. Its ultra-compact all-in-one fiber laser design eliminates external fiber optic delivery cables and external controllers, reducing vulnerability to environmental damage while maintaining 15W average output power for reliable performance in demanding settings.
The Skorpio X5 features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor running at 2.2 GHz, Android 10 with Google Mobile Services, a 4.3-inch WVGA display (800x480 resolution), 3GB or 4GB RAM, and 32GB or 64GB flash storage. It includes a 2D imager for barcode scanning, 47-key keypad, Bluetooth connectivity, and weighs 488g with the standard battery. We offer this model with flexible configuration options to meet your specific warehouse and logistics needs.
The Datalogic QW2520 is a 2D VGA imager that reads all standard 1D barcodes including GS1 DataBar linear codes, as well as 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and postal codes. This makes it versatile for general-purpose scanning applications across retail, manufacturing, and logistics environments.
The Skorpio X5 is a fully rugged mobile computer with an IP65 sealing rating, making it resistant to dust and water ingress. It withstands repeated drops from 1.8 meters (6.0 feet) to concrete, ensuring reliable performance in the toughest warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics environments. These rugged specifications make it ideal for demanding enterprise data capture applications.
The Magellan 9800i is capable of reading both 1D and 2D barcodes seamlessly without requiring item orientation. It autodiscriminates all standard 1D codes including GS1 DataBar linear codes, and supports 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and Micro QR, as well as stacked codes like PDF417 and MicroPDF417. We offer this multi-plane imaging scanner with optional support for Digimarc digital watermarks.
The Skorpio X5 features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor running at 2.2 GHz, a 4.3-inch display (the largest in its category), 4GB RAM with 64GB Flash storage, Android 10 operating system, and a 38-key functional keypad. It includes a 2D imager with Green Spot technology and supports both Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 5 connectivity. We offer this rugged mobile computer with an extended battery option for all-day operations in demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The QW2520-BK is a 2D VGA imager that reads all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar codes, as well as 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and MaxiCode. It also supports postal codes and stacked codes like PDF417 and MicroPDF417, making it versatile for most general-purpose scanning applications.
The Memor 11 builds on the Memor 10 with enhanced durability—the tough rugged material can withstand more impacts. Additionally, the Memor 11 features improved scanning capabilities with accurate 2D scans in dark environments, making it better suited for challenging warehouse and logistics applications. Both models are enterprise-ready, but the Memor 11 represents the latest generation with these performance upgrades.
The Skorpio X5 features a 4.3-inch display, Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor clocked at 2.2 GHz, Android 10 operating system, and comes in configurations with 3GB or 4GB RAM and 32GB or 64GB flash storage. It includes a 2D imager with green spot technology, 28 or 38-key functional keypad options, and Bluetooth 5 connectivity. The device is fully rugged with IP65 sealing and withstands 1.8m (6 ft) repeated drops to concrete, making it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The Skorpio X5 features a 4.3-inch display (the largest in its category), Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor clocked at 2.2 GHz, Android 10 with Google Mobile Services, 4GB RAM with 64GB Flash storage, and a 47-key keypad. It includes a 2D imager scan engine with Green Spot technology and supports Bluetooth 5 and Wi-Fi connectivity. We offer this fully rugged device with an IP65 sealing rating and the ability to withstand 1.8-meter drops to concrete.
The PM9600-HP High Performance model features dual cameras and a 1280 x 1024 imager sensor, enabling longer-distance reading capabilities compared to standard single-camera variants. The HP model achieves 2.5 mil resolution for 1D codes and 4 mil for 2D codes, making it ideal for applications requiring extended reading ranges. We offer the PM9600-HP as part of our complete kit that includes the cradle, power supply, and all necessary accessories for immediate deployment.
The Datalogic GD4590 features Motionix motion-sensing technology that automatically detects user actions and switches between handheld and presentation reading modes. This intelligent technology works seamlessly with or without a stand, eliminating the need for manual mode switching or scanning configuration labels. Both the aimer and sensor can be programmed to your preferred settings for maximum flexibility.
The Zebra Z-Band Comfort is available in three sizes to accommodate different patient populations: Adult, Pediatric, and Infant. This range ensures proper fit and comfort across all age groups in hospital and medical settings. Contact us today to order the size that best fits your facility's needs.
Yes. The DYMO Rhino 6000 offers PC connectivity, allowing you to create labels on your Windows-based PC and download them to the printer before reaching the worksite. Alternatively, you can create or edit labels directly on-site using the printer's intuitive graphical interface. This flexibility helps you save time and standardize labels across multiple locations or projects.
The Zebra EC50 runs Android 10, which delivers all the benefits of the latest version of Android. This means your workers get a device they already know how to use, which virtually eliminates training time and adoption curves.
The Zebra Z-Band Fun wristband uses direct thermal printing technology, allowing you to print information and bar codes directly onto the wristband. This enables quick, on-demand customization without the need for ink or ribbons, making it ideal for rapid guest check-in and access control at events.
The Zebra 6100 is a thermal transfer ribbon with a special wax/resin ink formulation engineered for Zebra thermal transfer printers. It delivers outstanding print quality combined with chemical and solvent resistance, making it ideal for applications requiring durability in harsh environments. The ribbon provides smear and scratch resistance on both coated paper and matte synthetic label stocks.
The ZT421R comes standard with Ethernet, USB, dual USB Host, and Bluetooth 4.1 for reliable wired and wireless connections. You can add an optional dual-band wireless card with 802.11ac Wi-Fi and its latest security protocols for blazing fast and reliable wireless connectivity. The dual USB Host ports allow you to directly connect multiple devices like scanners and keyboards simultaneously without needing to plug and unplug peripherals.
The Granit XP 1990iXLR can read UPCs at 2 meters (6.6 feet) and 100 mil codes at up to 24 meters (79 feet), thanks to Honeywell's advanced XLR technology and exceptional depth of field. This ultra-long range capability makes it ideal for warehouse environments where barcodes may be at varying distances.
The RT10W features a FlexRange dual-lens imager capable of scanning from less than 0.1 m (5 in) all the way out to 10.7 m (35 ft), allowing users to capture barcodes from across the room without needing to get close to the target. This near, mid, and far-range capability includes instantaneous autofocus for lightning-fast scan speeds.
The Honeywell CN80G runs Android and is built on the Mobility Edge platform, which guarantees compatibility through Android R with a product lifecycle extending across four generations of Android. This extended support maximizes your return on investment and provides a lower overall total cost of ownership compared to devices with shorter lifecycles.
The Zebra AN660 is designed for diverse environmental needs with versatile options for both indoor and outdoor use, making it suitable for rugged environments. It's ideal for applications in retail, logistics, and healthcare where reliable RFID performance is essential. The antenna is built to withstand varied conditions while maintaining high-performance communication with UHF tags.
The Zebra ChemResist Resin Ribbon provides exceptional resistance to strong chemicals such as acetone and xylene, making it ideal for manufacturing applications where labels must withstand harsh chemical exposure. When paired with compatible synthetic materials like Z-Xtreme White and Silver, this ribbon delivers high-quality and durable print that maintains legibility in chemically aggressive environments.
The Zebra 6000 Wax Ribbon features a standard wax ink formulation optimized for printing high-quality, durable bar codes on Zebra's coated paper stocks. We recommend testing this ribbon for use on non-coated paper stocks before full deployment to ensure optimal performance in your specific application.
The Zebra 800350-350 YMCKO ribbon includes yellow, magenta, cyan, black resin, and clear overlay panels, plus a cleaning roller. This combination allows you to print full-color images alongside text and barcodes in a single pass, with the overlay panel providing protection to your printed cards.
The Zebra 800300-307 is a metallic silver resin monochrome ribbon designed for printing text and one-color line art on one or both sides of ID cards. This ribbon is ideal for adding silver-colored graphics and text to your card designs when used with compatible Zebra card printers.
The Zebra 800350-360 YMCKOK ribbon includes yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C) color panels for full-spectrum color printing, an O panel which is a clear protective overlay, and two K panels made of black resin for text and barcode printing. This ribbon also includes a cleaning roller to maintain your printer's performance.
The Zebra 800350-321 KrO ribbon includes a black resin (Kr) panel paired with a thin protective overlay (O) panel, plus a cleaning roller. This combination delivers 700 prints per ribbon and is designed for use with Zebra ZC350 card printers.
The Zebra 800082-079 1.0 Mil holographic laminate is compatible with all Zebra ZXP Series 8 and Zebra ZXP Series 9 ID card printers that have lamination capability. We offer this genuine Zebra laminate to ensure optimal performance and card quality with your compatible printer.
The Zebra 105909-169 cleaning kit includes 50 cleaning cards and 24 cleaning swabs designed to clean your printer's printhead and other dust-prone areas. This combination of supplies provides a complete maintenance solution for routine printer cleaning and helps maintain optimal image quality and extend your printer's lifespan.
The Zebra 800017-248 YMCKOK ribbon is designed for Zebra P120i card printers. This dual-sided ribbon delivers 165 prints per cartridge and includes a cleaning roller to maintain optimal print quality. We recommend verifying your printer model before ordering to ensure compatibility.
We offer two external keyboard layouts for the Datalogic Rhino II: the 95ACC1331 with ABCD layout and the 95ACC1330 with QWERTY layout. Both keyboards are designed to enhance data entry efficiency in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to order the keyboard configuration that best fits your operational needs.
The Dell CK3MN is a 2 TB hard drive with a 2.5" internal form factor, SATA (SATA/600) interface, 7200 RPM spin speed, and 512n format. We offer this drive as a reliable storage solution for enterprise and data center environments. Contact us today for availability and pricing.
The Intermec PM43c is a third-generation industrial label printer designed to maximize uptime with quick deployment and the fastest print speed in its class. It features a tamper-proof, 10-language color touch-screen interface with universal-icon support to reduce workforce training and support needs. The printer delivers proven reliability and is available from us with multiple connectivity options including Ethernet and USB.
The Cisco Catalyst IE3100 Rugged Series is engineered to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from -40°C to 75°C, making it suitable for harsh industrial environments found in manufacturing plants, energy facilities, and smart cities. This wide temperature tolerance ensures reliable performance in demanding conditions where standard switches would fail.
The Lenovo inTouch 101 features a 10.1-inch touchscreen with a resolution of 1280 x 800 pixels, brightness of 300 cd/m², and a contrast ratio of 1000:1. The display offers wide viewing angles of 89° across all directions, ensuring clarity from multiple perspectives in retail environments.
The Memor 17 features the advanced Datalogic Halogen DE2121-DL barcode scanning engine with Green Spot feedback, enabling fast and reliable scanning across various environments and barcode types. This proven scanning technology delivers consistent performance even in challenging conditions, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations.
The inTouch 270 is built with a precision aluminum chassis and antimicrobial Corning® Gorilla® Glass, ensuring durability and hygiene in high-traffic environments. This commercial-grade construction makes it ideal for retail, kiosk, and point-of-sale applications where the display experiences frequent customer interaction.
The M70q Gen 5 supports up to 64GB of DDR5 memory through two SO-DIMM slots and accommodates dual M.2 SSDs, each up to 2TB, providing ample and fast storage solutions. This configuration delivers enterprise-level performance for demanding business applications. We offer this system fully configured or ready for custom upgrades to meet your specific needs.
The QW2500 reads both 1D linear codes and 2D codes including QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec, PDF417, and postal codes. Its omnidirectional reading capability allows it to scan barcodes at various angles—pitch ±65°, roll 360°, and skew ±65°—making it versatile for retail and service environments where speed and accuracy matter.
The HPE Aruba CX6300 delivers up to 1760 Gbps switching capacity with a forwarding throughput of 1310 Mpps, making it suitable for enterprise network access, aggregation, core, and data center top-of-rack deployments. This high-capacity performance is built on Aruba's Gen7 ASIC architecture designed to support IoT, mobile, and cloud applications seamlessly.
The PowerScan PM9100 features Datalogic's innovative green 'laser-like' acquisition system based on a pioneering miniaturized scan engine with outstanding 1D decoding capability. It also includes Datalogic's exclusive 3GL (3 Green Lights) technology for superior good-read feedback, setting it apart from earlier generations in the PowerScan line.
The SATO PW2NX offers multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0 (Type B), Bluetooth® Ver. 3.0 with iOS support, NFC, and an optional Wireless LAN Kit for Wi-Fi® connectivity. This versatile connectivity ensures seamless integration with mobile devices, tablets, smartphones, and computers, making it ideal for flexible warehouse and logistics operations.
The ThinkPad P14s Gen 4 is equipped with up to 13th Generation Intel Core i7 processors, supporting up to 14 cores and speeds reaching 5.2GHz. This high-performance processor delivers the computing power needed for demanding professional workloads in engineering, design, and finance applications.
The ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 11 is powered by up to 13th Gen Intel Core i7-1370P processors and supports up to 64GB of LPDDR5/x-6000 soldered memory. This combination ensures robust performance for multitasking and demanding applications in enterprise environments.
The Lenovo ThinkEdge SE10 is powered by Intel Atom® dual and quad-core processors, designed to deliver reliable performance for data-capturing tasks at the edge while maintaining low power consumption.
The ThinkCentre M75q Gen 5 is equipped with up to an AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8700GE processor, featuring 8 cores with base clock speeds of 3.65 GHz and boost speeds up to 5.10 GHz. This processor delivers robust performance suitable for multitasking and demanding professional applications in a compact 1-liter form factor.
The Lenovo inFlex 215 features a 10-point capacitive touchscreen with a 10 ms response time and optically bonded hardened glass for durability and easy cleaning. This advanced touch technology ensures reliable performance in high-traffic commercial environments like POS systems and self-service kiosks.
The Lenovo ThinkCentre Neo 50q Gen 4 is equipped with up to 13th Gen Intel Core i5 H-series mobile processors, delivering efficient multitasking and performance for business applications. This processor choice makes it suitable for standard business computing tasks without excessive power consumption.
The HP P2W02A is compatible with Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista, and Windows XP SP3 (32-bit versions), as well as OS X v10.8 Mountain Lion, OS X v10.9 Mavericks, and OS X v10.10 Yosemite. We offer full driver support across these platforms to ensure seamless integration with your existing systems.
The HP F9K00A is an HP 745 Original Ink Cartridge in Chromatic Red designed for HP inkjet printers. This genuine HP cartridge is engineered to work with HP inkjet systems that support the 745 cartridge format. For specific printer model compatibility, we recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com to verify your equipment matches this cartridge specification.
The HP P2V63A is a magenta inkjet cartridge designed for HP inkjet printing systems. This cartridge is compatible with HP POS and business printing solutions that require high-quality color output. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific HP printer model.
The HP 4VW66AT is a touchscreen component from HP's Engage One Prime I/O Hub product line, designed for POS and retail environments. We offer this touchscreen as part of HP's comprehensive point-of-sale system solutions for businesses requiring interactive display capabilities.
The HP W2021A (414A) cyan toner cartridge delivers a page yield of 2,100 pages, making it suitable for small to medium-volume printing environments. This yield is based on standard 5% page coverage, which is typical for business documents.
The HP CF230A (HP 30A) Original Toner Cartridge delivers a page yield of 1600 pages. This standard-yield cartridge is designed for moderate-volume printing environments and provides reliable performance across compatible HP LaserJet printers.
The HP Q6582A is HP Universal Inkjet Photo Paper designed for high-quality photo and graphics printing. With a 50-inch width and 100-foot roll length, this semi-gloss paper at 50.50 lb basis weight is ideal for professional photo output and color graphics applications in warehouse and logistics environments where visual labeling and documentation are required.
The HP C29Z6AA is a wireless handheld barcode scanner designed for retail and logistics environments. It integrates with HP's point-of-sale systems and enterprise solutions to streamline inventory management, order processing, and asset tracking operations.
The HP 980 (D8J07A) cyan ink cartridge delivers approximately 6600 pages per cartridge. This yield is based on standard testing conditions and may vary depending on your specific printing patterns and document complexity.
The HP 2HV27AA operates reliably in environments with temperatures between 10 to 35°C and humidity levels from 10 to 90% RH. These specifications make it suitable for standard warehouse and retail environments where temperature and moisture control are maintained.
The NETGEAR STM300B-10000S is a 1-year service subscription bundle that provides technical support for your NETGEAR data networking equipment. This subscription ensures you have access to expert assistance for your network infrastructure throughout the year. Contact us today to learn more about coverage details and how this bundle supports your operations.
The SocketScan S700 uses Bluetooth wireless technology to enable cordless scanning. This allows you to scan barcodes on paper or screen without being tethered to a device, providing flexibility and mobility in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Socket Mobile CX4040-3103 is a wireless handheld barcode scanner designed for mobile data capture in warehouse, logistics, and inventory management environments. It enables real-time barcode scanning and data collection across your operation, helping streamline product tracking and parts management workflows.
The SocketScan S720 reads both 1D and 2D barcodes, including QR Codes, Data Matrix, and PDF417 formats. It can scan barcodes on paper and digital screens, making it versatile for inventory, point-of-sale, and digital ID scanning applications.
The SocketScan S740 is a 1D/2D imager barcode scanner capable of reading both one-dimensional and two-dimensional barcodes. This dual-format capability allows it to scan traditional linear barcodes as well as QR codes and other 2D formats, making it versatile for diverse warehouse and logistics applications. We offer this scanner to help streamline your barcode capture needs across multiple barcode types.
The SocketScan S740 is a 2D/1D imager barcode scanner that can read both 1D and 2D barcodes on paper or screen. This dual-capability makes it versatile for warehouse, retail, and logistics environments where you encounter various barcode formats including QR codes and traditional linear barcodes. We offer this scanner as a flexible solution for mixed-barcode workflows.
The SocketScan S740 is a 2D/1D imager that scans both 1D and 2D barcodes on paper or screen. This dual-capability makes it versatile for warehouse, retail, and logistics environments where you encounter various barcode formats including QR codes and traditional linear barcodes. We offer this scanner to handle mixed barcode environments without requiring multiple devices.
The Socket Mobile CX3458-1926 is a 1D laser barcode scanner designed to read one-dimensional barcode formats. This makes it ideal for standard retail, warehouse, and logistics applications where 1D barcodes are the primary labeling standard. We offer this scanner as part of our comprehensive Socket Mobile product line for businesses requiring reliable 1D barcode capture.
The Socket Mobile CX3459-1927, also known as the SocketScan S730, is a 1D laser barcode scanner with Bluetooth wireless connectivity. It's designed for handheld use and is available from us in white and black color options to suit your warehouse or retail environment.
The SocketScan S740 is a 2D/1D imager barcode scanner that can read both one-dimensional and two-dimensional barcodes, including QR codes. It works on both paper barcodes and barcodes displayed on screens, making it versatile for warehouse and retail environments.
The SocketScan S740 reads both 1D and 2D barcodes, making it versatile for scanning traditional linear barcodes as well as modern 2D formats like QR codes. The imager technology enables scanning of barcodes on paper or directly from screens, giving you flexibility across different barcode sources.
The Socket Mobile CX3531-2133 is a 2D/1D imager barcode scanner capable of reading both 1D and 2D barcodes on paper or screen. This versatility makes it suitable for a wide range of warehouse, retail, and logistics applications where you need to scan multiple barcode formats. We offer this scanner as part of our comprehensive Socket Mobile product line.
The DuraSled DS800 is designed for Apple iPhones and iPods. Simply insert your device into the sled, pair it via Bluetooth wireless technology, and you're ready to start scanning. This makes it an ideal solution for mobile-driven applications where you need to leverage existing Apple devices.
The SocketScan S730 is compatible with iOS, Android, and Windows devices. It is certified by Apple for iOS devices including iPad, iPhone, and iPod Touch, and works seamlessly with any Bluetooth-enabled smartphone, tablet, notebook, or desktop computer. We offer this scanner as a versatile solution for multi-platform warehouse and logistics operations.
The S800 connects seamlessly to iOS, Android, and Windows devices via Bluetooth wireless technology. With a Bluetooth range of up to 10 meters (33 feet), it provides flexible connectivity for mobile point-of-sale systems, inventory management applications, and field service operations. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific device ecosystem.
The DuraSled DS800 is compatible with iPhone models 6, 7, 8, SE 2020, X, XR, Xs, Xs Max, 11, 11 Pro, and 11 Pro Max, as well as iPhone 6 Plus, 7 Plus, and 8 Plus. It also works with iPod touch 5th, 6th, and 7th generation devices. This wide compatibility ensures your scanning solution can adapt as you upgrade your Apple devices.
The Magicard 3652-3012 is the Rio Pro 360 Secure, a single-sided ID card printer manufactured by Magicard. We offer this printer as part of our comprehensive selection of plastic ID card printing solutions for organizations that need reliable, secure card production.
The Magicard Rio Pro 360 Xtended is a single-sided ID card printer designed for organizations that need to produce plastic identification cards on demand. It's ideal for employee badges, student IDs, visitor passes, and other credential applications where professional-quality card printing is required.
The Magicard CLM-PBBM37FCN is a 125MHz clamshell credential card encoded in H10304 format with 37-bit functionality. This standard configuration makes it compatible with most access control systems that support Magicard proximity credentials. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific infrastructure.
The AirLink GX450 delivers LTE coverage on major global networks and includes multiple connectivity interfaces: Ethernet, Serial, USB, and GPS. This multi-interface design allows you to consolidate all communications over a single data plan and connect a wide range of devices and applications across your mobile fleet.
The Janam BTS-01 supports a comprehensive range of 1D and 2D barcodes. For 1D symbologies, it reads Codabar, Code 11, Code 128, Code 2 of 5, Code 39, Code 93, EAN/JAN variants, UPC-A/E, GS1 DataBar, and postal codes. For 2D symbologies, it decodes Codablock, PDF417, Aztec Code, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Han Xin code, among others. This versatility makes it suitable for diverse warehouse and logistics applications.
The Janam XG200 is optimized for warehouses, distribution centers, loading docks, and other environments where rugged, gun-shaped mobile computers are deployed. Its industry-leading design makes it ideal for demanding logistics and warehouse operations where durability and reliability are essential.
The Janam XT100 features high-performance 2D barcode scanning to enhance operational efficiency in warehouse and logistics environments. This integrated scanning capability allows mobile workers to capture data quickly and accurately without requiring external scanning devices, streamlining inventory management and asset tracking workflows.
The VeriFone PWR132-001-01-C accepts 100-240VAC input, making it compatible with standard electrical outlets worldwide. This wide input voltage range ensures reliable operation across different geographic locations and power environments.
The Poly 1465-49603-001 is a 60W power supply that accepts 120V AC or 230V AC input and delivers 12V DC output. This universal voltage input design makes it suitable for deployment across different regional electrical standards without requiring multiple power supply units.
The ISC250 accepts all preferred methods of electronic payment, including magnetic stripe, EMV smart card, and contactless payments. This multi-payment capability expands consumer choice at checkout and future-proofs your payment infrastructure.
The ISC480 features a 7-inch widescreen multimedia touchscreen with 800 x 480 resolution (16:9 aspect ratio) and 262,000 colors (18-bit). The display uses projected capacitive technology and supports both finger and stylus touch input, making it ideal for interactive customer transactions.
The Lane 7000 supports all major forms of electronic payments including EMV chip & PIN, chip & sign, magstripe, signature capture, and NFC/contactless payments. It features dual-head magstripe readers, EMV Level 1 compliant smart card readers (both contact and contactless), and a dedicated NFC reader zone with backlit glass for seamless contactless transactions.
The Ingenico PWN30110969A is a charger-only power device designed specifically for the MOVE 3500 terminal. It does not include communications or Bluetooth capabilities—it is purely a charging solution for your MOVE 3500 device. We offer this power device as a replacement or additional charger option available from barcodesinc.com.
The Ingenico IMP657-USSCN01A accepts all major payment methods including EMV chip and PIN, magstripe, and NFC/contactless payments. This multi-method capability ensures your business can process transactions from virtually any customer payment type, making it ideal for high-volume retail and hospitality environments.
The CradlePoint 170718-000 is a mounting adapter for CradlePoint routers and expansion modules. It's designed to securely mount CradlePoint networking equipment in various installation environments, making it an essential accessory for deploying CradlePoint network infrastructure in warehouses, logistics facilities, and enterprise locations.
The Toshiba BX730165AS2E Ribbon is designed for use with the Toshiba B-SX8, B-SX6, B-882, and B-872 thermal transfer printers. This black ribbon comes in a 6.5-inch width and is sold as a case of 5 rolls, though we also offer it as a single roll (Part# BX730165AS2E-R) if you need smaller quantities.
The Toshiba BX760048AG2E ribbon is designed for use with the Toshiba B-SX4T, B-SX5, 472, 572, and 482 printer models. This WAX/RESIN ribbon is available from us in convenient 10-roll cartons, with pricing calculated per individual roll for your budgeting needs.
The Toshiba BX730220AG4E ribbon is designed for use with the Toshiba B-SX8, B-SX6, B-882, and B-872 printer models. This thermal transfer ribbon ensures optimal performance across this family of Toshiba barcode label printers. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific equipment.
The Toshiba BX760089AG4E is a premium wax/resin ribbon designed for use with the Toshiba B-SX4, SX5, 472, 572, and 482 printer models. We offer this ribbon in a convenient 5-pack carton format, with each roll measuring 3.5 inches wide. Contact us today to ensure you have the correct ribbon for your Toshiba thermal printer.
The Toshiba BX760106AS1E resin ribbon is compatible with the Toshiba B-SX4, SX5, 472, 572, and 482 printer models. We offer this ribbon in cases of 5 rolls, and it's also available as a single roll (Part# BX760106AS1E-R) if you need smaller quantities.
The Toshiba BX760114AG2E ribbon is designed for use with the Toshiba B-SX4, SX5, 472, 572, and 482 thermal label printers. This WAX/RESIN ribbon is sold as a 5-pack carton, with pricing available per roll. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model and order the correct ribbon configuration for your operation.
The Toshiba BX760130AS1E resin ribbon is compatible with the Toshiba B-EX4T1, B-SX4, SX5, 472, 572, and 482 printer models. This ribbon comes in a case of 5 rolls, each 5.12" wide by 1968' long with a 1" core, and we offer it with a minimum order quantity of 4 cases.
The Toshiba B-EX904-R-QM-R is a Save Module designed for the B-EX4T Type 1 barcode label printer. This module extends the functionality and data storage capabilities of your B-EX4T printer system. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Toshiba printer accessory lineup to help you maximize your printing operations.
The Toshiba TFC50UM is a standard yield magenta toner cartridge with a page yield of 28,000 pages. This makes it suitable for moderate-volume printing environments where cost-per-page efficiency is important.
The Toshiba TFC25Y Original Toner Cartridge delivers a page yield of 26,800 pages, making it suitable for high-volume printing environments in warehouses and logistics operations. This capacity helps reduce consumable replacement frequency and total cost of ownership.
The Toshiba TFC200UY Yellow Toner Cartridge delivers a 33,600-page yield, making it an economical choice for high-volume printing environments. This substantial yield helps reduce consumable costs and minimizes replacement frequency in busy warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to order this cartridge or learn about bulk pricing options.
The Toshiba TFC200UM magenta toner cartridge delivers a page yield of 33,600 pages. This high-capacity yield makes it an economical choice for high-volume printing environments in warehouses and logistics operations. Contact us today to order this cartridge or learn about bulk pricing options available from us.
The Toshiba TFC415UM magenta toner cartridge delivers a page yield of 33,600 pages, making it an economical choice for high-volume printing environments. This original Toshiba toner is designed to provide consistent quality across your laser printing operations.
The Toshiba TFC415UC cyan toner cartridge delivers a page yield of 33,600 pages, making it an economical choice for high-volume printing environments. This substantial yield helps reduce the frequency of cartridge replacements in busy warehouse and logistics operations.
The Toshiba TFC30UC cyan toner cartridge delivers a page yield of 33,600 pages, making it suitable for high-volume printing environments. This capacity helps reduce cartridge replacement frequency in busy warehouse and logistics operations.
The Toshiba MG04ACA600E offers 6 TB of storage capacity, making it suitable for high-capacity data retention in surveillance and archival applications. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive selection of enterprise storage solutions.
The Evolis Primacy 2 LE prints up to 280 cards per hour for color printing on single-sided cards. This high-performance speed makes it ideal for businesses that need to issue large volumes of employee IDs, event passes, or membership cards quickly without sacrificing quality.
The Tattoo RW is a ribbon-free printer that uses rewritable cards with thermochromatic material, allowing you to erase and print on the same card up to 500 times. This reversible printing process makes it ideal for temporary or frequently updated data, such as loyalty points, special offers, or visitor badge details, while reducing card waste and long-term costs.
The Evolis Primacy 2 delivers up to 280 cards per hour for color printing on a single side, making it one of the quickest card printers available for medium and large volume operations. For dual-sided color printing, the speed is 140 cards per hour. We offer this high-performance printer to help you meet demanding production schedules.
The Evolis A5010 power cord is compatible with a wide range of Evolis ID card printers, including Pebble 3, Pebble 4, Tattoo, Tattoo 2, Tattoo Rewrite, Dualys 3, Zenius Classic, Zenius Expert, Primacy, and Quantum models. This makes it an ideal replacement or spare cable for most Evolis printer deployments in your facility.
The Evolis R3013 is compatible with the Evolis Securion ID card printer. This ribbon is designed specifically for Evolis half-panel overlay systems, so we recommend verifying your printer model before ordering. Contact us today if you need help confirming compatibility for your setup.
The Evolis R3314 is compatible with the Evolis Securion ID card printer. This ribbon is designed specifically for use with Securion systems, ensuring reliable performance and print quality for your ID card production needs.
The Evolis R3111 is a 5-panel color ribbon using dye sublimation and thermal transfer technology, designed to print up to 1000 cards per ribbon. This YMCKO ribbon configuration delivers sharp, bright images and clear text while maintaining optimal cost-per-card efficiency for your ID card printing operations.
The Evolis R3511 is a YMCKO color ribbon designed for dye sublimation and thermal transfer printing. This ribbon type produces sharp, bright images and clear text, making it ideal for high-quality ID card printing at an optimal cost-per-card.
The Evolis R3514 is rated for 500 prints per ribbon. This yield allows you to produce a substantial volume of ID cards before needing to replace the ribbon, making it a cost-effective supply option for medium-volume card printing operations.
No, the Evolis VBDG204EU is a color ribbon designed exclusively for the Badgy-Basic printer model. It is not compatible with other Badgy series printers. Always verify your printer model before ordering to ensure proper compatibility with your ID card printing system.
The Evolis R2014 is compatible with the Evolis Securion ID card printer. This ribbon is designed specifically for Securion systems, so we recommend verifying your printer model before ordering. Contact us today if you need help confirming compatibility with your equipment.
The Evolis R2017 is compatible with the Evolis Securion ID card printer. This ribbon is designed specifically for Securion systems, ensuring reliable performance and print quality for your ID card production needs. We offer this ribbon as a genuine Evolis supply to maintain compatibility and warranty coverage.
The Evolis R2131 is a black ribbon designed for both thermal transfer and dye sublimation printing technologies. This dual-technology compatibility makes it versatile for different Evolis ID card printer models and printing requirements.
The Evolis R2030 is compatible with the Evolis Securion ID card printer. We offer this ribbon as a genuine Evolis supply to ensure optimal print quality and reliability with your Securion system. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific setup.
The Evolis A5004 DustClean kit includes pre-saturated cleaning cards and pre-saturated cleaning lint-free wipes designed for routine printer maintenance. This kit is specifically formulated to help remove dust and dirt that accumulate during plastic card printing operations.
The Evolis A5024 is a DustClean Kit that includes 40 pre-saturated lint-free cleaning cloths packaged in individual foil pouches. These cloths are specifically designed for cleaning the rollers of your Evolis printer to maintain optimal performance and extend equipment lifespan.
The Evolis S4510 ID Printer Cleaner is a card cleaning roller designed to maintain the print quality and longevity of your Evolis ID card printer. Regular cleaning with this roller helps remove dust, debris, and residue from the printer's components, ensuring consistent card output and reducing maintenance issues over time.
The Evolis ACL003 is an adhesive card cleaning kit designed specifically for cleaning the roller mechanism in Evolis ID card printers. It contains 50 adhesive cards that effectively remove dust, debris, and residue buildup to maintain optimal printer performance and print quality.
The Evolis R4213 is a Registered Globe Design Hologram Overlay ribbon designed specifically for the Evolis Securion printer. It produces high-quality ID card printouts with security hologram features, delivering sharp, bright images and clear text on each card.
The Evolis R4002 is a hologram overlay varnish ribbon compatible with multiple Evolis card printer models including the Pebble, Dualys 3, Quantum 2, and Securion. This broad compatibility makes it a versatile supply option if you operate any of these printer models. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer configuration.
The Evolis R4221 is a laminate ribbon designed for ID card printing. It's formulated to produce sharp, bright images and clear text on ID cards while maintaining optimal cost-per-card efficiency. We offer this ribbon as part of our complete Evolis supplies lineup to ensure high-quality printouts with minimal defects.
The Evolis LPS034NAA is a clear lamination film designed for ID card printing applications. It provides a protective overlay layer for printed ID cards, helping to extend card durability and protect printed information from wear and damage.
The Evolis R2016 is compatible with the Evolis Securion ID card printer. This ribbon is designed specifically for Securion systems, ensuring reliable performance and print quality. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model or to explore our full range of Evolis supplies.
The Evolis S10000 Printhead is designed as a replacement printhead for the Pebble 4, Dualys 3, Quantum 2, and Securion ID card printers. We offer this genuine Evolis component to keep your printer running at peak performance. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific model.
The Evolis ACL004 is a presaturated cleaning card designed for Badgy 100 and Badgy 200 ID card printers. It helps maintain printer performance by removing dust and residue from critical printer components. We offer this cleaning card as an essential maintenance supply to keep your Evolis printer operating at peak efficiency.
The Evolis A5002 PrinterClean Cleaning Kit includes pre-saturated cleaning cards, swabs for printhead cleaning, and pre-saturated lint-free wipes for roller cleaning. This comprehensive kit is designed to perform extensive cleaning of your Evolis printer to maintain optimal performance and extend equipment lifespan.
The Evolis R2011 is compatible with the Evolis Securion ID card printer. This ribbon is specifically designed for Securion systems, ensuring reliable performance and print quality. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific setup or to explore other Evolis ribbon options available from us.
The Evolis R3012 is compatible with the Evolis Securion ID card printer. This ribbon is designed specifically for Securion systems, ensuring reliable performance and print quality for your card production needs.
The Evolis ACL005 is a Badgy 100/200 Printhead Cleaning Pen designed to maintain and clean the printer head of compatible Evolis ID card printers. Regular cleaning with this pen helps ensure optimal print quality and extends the life of your printer's printhead. We offer this cleaning pen as part of our comprehensive Evolis supplies selection.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features 8 strategically-placed microphones coupled with Jabra's advanced beamforming technology to ensure you are heard clearly even in the most disruptive environments. This multi-microphone design delivers outstanding call performance and noise isolation for improved focus in noisy surroundings.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features revolutionary dual-foam technology in the ear cushions combined with an ergonomic earcup design and re-engineered leatherette ear cushion pattern for improved ventilation. This design reduces pressure and ensures gentle, comfortable wear from your first call to your last, even during extended use.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 is engineered for maximum comfort over extended wear times with revolutionary dual-foam technology, an ergonomic earcup design, and a re-engineered leatherette ear cushion pattern for improved ventilation. These design features work together to keep you comfortable from the first call to the last.
The Jabra Engage 65 provides superior wireless connectivity with a range of up to 150 meters (490 feet). This extended range enables seamless communication across large office spaces without loss of connection quality.
The Panasonic WV-S15500-V3LN is a 5MP outdoor bullet camera designed with vandal-resistant construction for demanding surveillance environments. It combines high-resolution imaging with rugged durability, making it suitable for protecting facilities that require both image clarity and physical protection against tampering or damage.
The Panasonic FZ-55JA60CBM is equipped with an Intel Core i7-1370P vPro processor capable of speeds up to 5.2GHz. This processor delivers enterprise-grade performance for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. Contact us today to verify current processor configurations available from our inventory.
The Panasonic TH-43EQ2W is a 43-inch large format display featuring 4K UHD resolution. This makes it ideal for high-visibility applications in retail, warehouse, and logistics environments where detailed visual information needs to be displayed clearly to multiple viewers.
The Panasonic JS980MR010 is a magnetic stripe card reader designed for encrypted credit card processing. It is compatible with the JS-980 system and provides secure card reading capabilities for point-of-sale and transaction environments. We offer this reader as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions for retail and hospitality applications.
The TOUGHBOOK S1 features a 7-inch WXGA 1280 x 800 sunlight-viewable display with patented rain mode and glove touch capabilities. These features make it ideal for outdoor workers in logistics, retail, and field service who need to operate the device in challenging weather conditions or while wearing protective equipment.
The LiteBeam 5AC Gen 2 is an airMAX CPE with dedicated Wi-Fi management that directs RF energy in a tighter beamwidth to improve noise immunity in crowded RF environments. It features Ubiquiti's InnerFeed technology, which integrates the radio into the antenna feedhorn to eliminate cable losses and improve performance. The unit supports both point-to-multipoint and point-to-point configurations with up to 450 Mbps throughput and runs airOS v8 software.
The UAP-AC-LITE supports IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac standards, delivering maximum speeds up to 867 Mbps on the 802.11ac band. This dual-band design operates on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies, making it compatible with a wide range of wireless devices. We offer this access point for deployments requiring modern Wi-Fi performance across mixed client environments.
The PowerBeam 5AC Gen 2 delivers up to 450+ Mbps throughput with a maximum outdoor range of 15.5 miles. This high-performance airMAX ac bridge is designed for long-range point-to-point and point-to-multipoint wireless deployments. We offer this model as a cost-effective solution for extending network coverage across distributed locations.
The US-16-XG delivers a total non-blocking throughput of 160 Gbps with a switching capacity of 320 Gbps and a forwarding rate of 238.10 Mpps. This enables simultaneous processing of traffic on all ports at line rate without packet loss, making it ideal for high-bandwidth aggregation in enterprise networks.
The US-8-60W is powered by its included power adapter and features four auto-sensing PoE ports that deliver up to 15.4W of power per port. This makes it ideal for powering UniFi Access Points and UniFi G3 Video Cameras throughout your network.
The RP-5AC-Gen2 supports Access Point and Station modes with airMAX ac and airPrism technologies for high-density wireless deployment. It offers flexible channel bandwidth configuration (10/20/30/40/50/60/80 MHz in PtP mode and 10/20/30/40 MHz in PtMP mode) and includes automatic channel selection, transmit power control, and dynamic ACK timing for optimal performance.
The Ubiquiti Networks NBE-5AC-Gen2 is an airMAX CPE (Customer Premises Equipment) designed for point-to-multipoint and point-to-point wireless deployments. It can function as a client device in airMAX PtMP networks or as a powerful wireless client for long-range point-to-point links, making it versatile for various network topologies.
The UAP-AC-LITE supports 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac standards, delivering wireless speeds up to 867 Mbps on the 802.11ac band. This dual-band access point operates on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies, making it compatible with a wide range of wireless devices. We offer this model as part of our Ubiquiti networking solutions for enterprise and high-density deployments.
The UAP-AC-M-PRO delivers simultaneous dual-band 802.11ac wireless with 1.71 Gbit/s maximum throughput, operating on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies. It features 3x3 MIMO technology with built-in dual-band omnidirectional antennas that provide expanded range coverage, making it suitable for outdoor deployments requiring powerful coverage.
The Ubiquiti LiteBeam M5 LBE-M5-23-US operates in the 5 GHz band, specifically covering 5.15 GHz to 5.88 GHz. This frequency range is ideal for point-to-point wireless data networking applications in outdoor environments. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Ubiquiti wireless networking inventory.
The UAP-AC-PRO supports 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac standards with maximum data rates up to 1300 Mbps on 802.11ac, 450 Mbps on 802.11n, and 54 Mbps on 802.11a/g. It delivers simultaneous dual-band operation across both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies with 3x3 MIMO technology for reliable coverage in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Ubiquiti Networks UK-ULTRA-US is a dual-band Wi-Fi 5 access point that supports IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac standards. It operates simultaneously on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands, delivering speeds up to 866.70 Mbit/s with MIMO technology for improved coverage and capacity.
The UVC-G4-DOORBELL delivers 1080p Full HD video at 1920x1080 resolution with a maximum frame rate of 30 FPS, ensuring clear and smooth doorbell footage. This resolution is ideal for identifying visitors and monitoring your entryway with reliable detail.
The INS-3AF-O-G is an Instant 802.3af Passive PoE to 802.3af Adapter that converts passive PoE input to standard 802.3af output. It's designed to power devices that require 802.3af PoE when used with non-PoE switches or when upgrading legacy systems. We offer this adapter as a solution for extending compatibility across your UniFi network infrastructure.
The INS-3AF-I-G is an Instant 802.3af Passive PoE to 802.3af Adapter that converts passive PoE power to standard 802.3af format. It's designed to bridge compatibility gaps in UniFi deployments, particularly for devices like UniFi Access Points and G3 Video Cameras that require 802.3af power when connected to switches that only provide passive PoE or lower power outputs.
The UVC-G4-PRO captures 4K video at 3840 x 2160 resolution with an 8-megapixel sensor. It delivers professional-grade clarity for detailed surveillance in warehouses, logistics facilities, and outdoor monitoring applications. Contact us today to confirm current specifications and availability.
The Ubiquiti US-8-60W-5 delivers non-blocking throughput of up to 8 Gbps with a switching capacity of 16 Gbps, allowing simultaneous traffic processing on all ports without packet loss. This fully managed gigabit switch features 8 Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports in a compact form factor, making it ideal for enterprise network expansion and robust performance requirements.
The UVC-G4-DOORBELL-PS-US accepts 120 V AC input and delivers 20 V AC at 700 mA output. This power supply is designed specifically to support Ubiquiti UniFi G4 Doorbell installations. Contact us today to ensure you have the correct power supply for your doorbell camera setup.
The Ubiquiti Networks UNVR is a UniFi Protect Network Video Recorder designed to centralize and manage security camera feeds from your UniFi security system. It serves as the core recording and management hub for Ubiquiti's UniFi Protect ecosystem, allowing you to store, monitor, and review video surveillance across your facility. Contact us today to learn how we can integrate this into your security infrastructure.
The U7-PRO-XGS-B-US is a tri-band Wi-Fi 7 access point that supports IEEE 802.11n/ac/ax/be/v/r/k standards across 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz frequency bands. This multi-band design enables simultaneous connectivity across all three bands with MIMO and Multi-User MIMO technology for improved capacity and performance in high-density environments.
The UAP-AC-M supports 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac wireless standards, delivering simultaneous dual-band performance across 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies. This makes it compatible with a wide range of client devices while providing modern AC-wave performance for high-speed applications.
The US-8 features 8 Gigabit Ethernet ports (10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45) in a compact form factor, delivering a total non-blocking throughput of 8 Gbps and a switching capacity of 16 Gbps. This makes it ideal for small to medium network deployments requiring high-speed connectivity.
The Ubiquiti AF-2X delivers up to 500+ Mbps of real throughput with a maximum outdoor range of up to 200+ km. This performance is powered by Ubiquiti's INVICTUS™ custom silicon, which is engineered specifically for long-distance outdoor wireless applications and provides industry-leading spectral efficiency of up to 17.1 Mbps/MHz.
The PAK-620-US is a Precision Alignment Kit with a 620 mm form factor designed for optimal aiming of point-to-point wireless links. This kit enables precise alignment for improved PtP link performance and is compatible with multiple Ubiquiti dish antennas including the airFiber AF-5G30-S45, PowerBeam PBE-5AC-620, and RocketDish RD-5G30-LW models.
The AP-5AC-90-HD-US delivers dual-band performance with 800 Mbps on 2.4 GHz and 1733 Mbps on 5 GHz, both using 4x4 MU-MIMO technology for simultaneous multi-user connectivity. This high-density access point is designed for enterprise environments requiring maximum wireless performance and complex operations like guest control and advanced filtering.
The Ubiquiti FC-SM-200 is a 200-foot fiber optic patch cable featuring LC Male connectors on both ends. This length makes it ideal for longer-distance network runs in warehouse and data center environments where standard copper cabling falls short.
The FC-SM-100 features LC Male connectors on both ends, making it compatible with standard fiber optic network devices, switches, and routers that accept LC-terminated connections. This is a common connector type for single-mode fiber applications in enterprise networking environments.
The Ubiquiti FC-SM-300 is a 295.28 ft fiber optic patch cable featuring LC Male connectors on both ends. This extended length makes it suitable for longer-distance network runs in enterprise environments where standard copper patch cables would be insufficient.
The Ubiquiti PowerBeam M5 PBE-M5-300-ISO delivers a maximum outdoor range of 12.4 miles, making it ideal for long-distance point-to-point wireless bridge applications. This extended range is achieved through its 22 dBi directional antenna gain and IEEE 802.11n 5 GHz transmission standard.
The PBE-5AC-400-ISO delivers a maximum outdoor range of 15.5 miles, making it ideal for long-distance point-to-point wireless bridge deployments. This extended range is achieved through its 25 dBi directional antenna gain and IEEE 802.11ac 5 GHz technology.
The UAP-AC-HD is an 802.11ac Wave 2 enterprise Wi-Fi access point featuring simultaneous dual-band 4x4 multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO) technology with four-stream capability. This advanced technology delivers up to 1.69 Gbit/s throughput across the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands, making it ideal for high-density client deployments requiring low latency and high uptime performance.
The Ubiquiti UAP-AC-SHD supports 802.11ac Wave 2 technology with simultaneous dual-band operation across 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies. This enterprise-grade access point delivers up to 1.69 Gbit/s throughput and uses 4x4 Multi-User MIMO for improved performance in high-density environments. We offer this model as part of our complete UniFi wireless solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The UACC-G5-PTZ-CA is a Ubiquiti mounting adapter designed for PTZ (pan-tilt-zoom) camera installations. Constructed from polycarbonate, this adapter enables secure and flexible mounting of compatible Ubiquiti camera systems in indoor and outdoor environments. Contact us today to discuss how this adapter fits your surveillance infrastructure.
The UACC-INTERCOM-WM is a Ubiquiti corner mount accessory designed for intercom installations. Constructed from polycarbonate and brass materials, it provides a durable mounting solution for Ubiquiti intercom systems in both indoor and outdoor environments. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Ubiquiti Networks product line available at barcodesinc.com.
The UA-G3-W supports 802.11 b/g/n on the 2.4 GHz band and 802.11 a/n on the 5 GHz band, enabling simultaneous dual-band operation. This dual-band capability allows the access point to serve both legacy and modern wireless devices across separate frequency spectrums for optimized performance.
This Ubiquiti UniFi patch cable is a Category 6 network cable with RJ-45 connectors on both ends, rated for VW-1 fire safety. The cable measures 5.91 inches (0.15M) in length and comes in a 24-pack configuration, making it ideal for standardized network deployments across access points and switches.
The UACC-PSU-UDW is a 550 W power module that supports both 120 V AC and 230 V AC input, making it suitable for diverse deployment environments. This dual-voltage capability ensures compatibility with standard power infrastructure in different regions and facilities.
The Ubiquiti UISP-P-PRO is a wireless access point power supply unit designed for enterprise Wi-Fi deployments. It features an LCD display and provides 27 V DC output from 120 V AC or 230 V AC input, making it suitable for powering Ubiquiti access points in both indoor and outdoor installations. We offer this unit as part of our comprehensive Ubiquiti Networks product line available from barcodesinc.com.
The Ubiquiti Networks UACC-READER-JB-B is a mounting box designed for card reader access devices and intercoms. It provides a polycarbonate housing solution that is VESA mount compatible, making it ideal for securing access control equipment in indoor and outdoor environments.
The UACC-OFC-S2-LULU-1M-50 features duplex LC UPC fiber patch connectors on both ends, with LC Network Male connectors. This 50-pack includes 1-meter (3.28 ft) cables designed for high-speed data transmission up to 100 Gbit/s.
The UTP-TOUCHMAX-WHITE-U supports IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac wireless standards, delivering flexible connectivity across multiple frequency bands. This multi-standard support ensures compatibility with a wide range of devices and networks in your warehouse or logistics facility. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Ubiquiti wireless access point lineup.
The UAP-AC-HD-US is an 802.11ac Wave 2 enterprise Wi-Fi access point that delivers simultaneous dual-band 4x4 multi-user MIMO technology with four-stream capability. This advanced standard provides up to 1.69 Gbit/s throughput across the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands, making it ideal for high-density client deployments requiring low latency and high uptime performance.
The SRP-F310II includes multiple connectivity options: USB 2.0, Ethernet on board, and RS-232C serial connectivity. It also features a USB host port for WLAN dongle support, making it flexible for various network environments. We offer this printer ready to integrate into your existing POS or warehouse management system.
The SLP-DX220WG delivers printing speeds up to 6 inches per second (152 mm/sec), making it suitable for high-volume label production in retail, healthcare, and logistics environments. This speed, combined with 203 dpi resolution, ensures fast and high-quality barcode label output without compromising print clarity.
The Bixolon SLP-TX220EG prints at speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with a high resolution of 203 dpi. This combination delivers fast data processing for various label types while maintaining sharp, professional print quality for barcode and text applications.
The Bixolon SRP-350plusV delivers print speeds up to 400 mm/sec, enabling rapid receipt generation for high-volume retail, restaurant, and hospitality environments. This fast printing speed helps reduce customer wait times while maintaining consistent print quality.
The Bixolon XT5-40S delivers printing speeds up to 14 inches per second (ips), making it one of the fastest 4-inch industrial label printers available. This high-speed capability is ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations where throughput is critical. We offer this model to help you maximize productivity in demanding environments.
The Bixolon XD5-40DEK delivers 300 dpi print resolution, ensuring exceptional print quality for barcode labels, text, and graphics. This high resolution is ideal for applications requiring crisp, scannable barcodes and detailed label content. We offer this model to meet demanding warehouse and logistics labeling requirements.
The SLP-DX220EG delivers print speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with 203dpi print quality, making it ideal for high-volume label applications. This combination of speed and resolution ensures fast data processing while maintaining barcode readability across various label types.
The SRP-S3000WDK supports Linerless Extreme, Restick, and Liner Label media including Gap, Black Mark, Notch, and Continuous formats. Media width options range from 40 mm to 83 mm, with roll diameters up to 103 mm and thickness between 0.06–0.09 mm. This versatility makes it ideal for warehouses and logistics operations requiring flexible label solutions.
The Bixolon BK3-32Z delivers high-speed printing at 150mm/sec with a 203 dpi resolution, ensuring fast and precise output for demanding kiosk applications. This combination of speed and clarity makes it ideal for ticketing, labeling, and wristband printing in transportation, healthcare, and retail environments.
The SPP-L3000 delivers fast printing speeds of up to 5 inches per second (127 mm/sec) with a print resolution of 203 dpi. This combination of speed and clarity makes it ideal for high-volume mobile labeling applications in logistics, retail, and healthcare environments.
The Bixolon XM7-30 has a maximum print width of 72 mm, making it ideal for standard shipping labels, warehouse tags, and retail applications. This 3-inch model strikes a balance between portability and label size capability, fitting seamlessly into mobile logistics workflows. We offer the XM7-30 alongside the 2-inch (XM7-20) and 4-inch (XM7-40) models to match your specific printing requirements.
The Bixolon XT3-40 delivers fast print speeds of up to 8 inches per second (203 mm/sec) with a high print resolution of 203 dpi, ensuring sharp and clear labels for your warehouse and logistics operations. This combination of speed and quality makes it ideal for high-volume labeling environments where both efficiency and precision are critical.
The Bixolon BK5-31 delivers fast printing speeds of up to 150 mm/sec at a resolution of 203 dpi, ensuring crisp and clear output for labels, tickets, and wristbands. This combination of speed and resolution makes it ideal for high-demand environments where both quality and efficiency are critical.
The Bixolon SRP-Q300II delivers print speeds up to 250 mm/sec with a resolution of 203 dpi, ensuring fast and crisp receipt printing for high-volume retail and hospitality environments. This combination of speed and clarity makes it ideal for businesses that require both efficiency and professional-quality output.
Yes, the SM-T300i is Apple MFi certified for use with iPod Touch, iPhone, and iPad. Beyond iOS devices, it also pairs seamlessly with Android and other popular mobile platforms, making it a versatile choice for multi-platform mobile printing environments.
The Star SK1-311 delivers print speeds of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, making it an efficient choice for high-volume kiosk applications. This speed ensures quick transaction processing without sacrificing print quality.
The Star 37964521 is a money tray insert accessory designed for the Star SMD2 Max Series cash drawers. It includes a 4-bill and 4-coin configuration to organize and separate currency denominations within your cash drawer system.
The Star CD3-1616 measures 16" x 16" x 4.4" and features a 5-bill and 5-coin compartment design, making it ideal for retail and hospitality environments. This compact footprint fits easily under most countertops while providing reliable cash storage for daily operations.
The Star CD3-1616 cash drawer measures 16" x 16" x 4.4", making it a compact value option for point-of-sale environments. This size fits well in standard counter setups without taking up excessive space. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive cash drawer selection.
The Star 37964301 cash drawer measures 16 inches wide by 17 inches deep by 4.4 inches high, providing a compact footprint for most point-of-sale counters. It features a 5-bill and 5-coin media configuration, allowing you to organize and store multiple denominations securely. Contact us today to verify capacity requirements for your specific operation.
The Star mPOP is a hybrid mobile point of purchase peripheral that combines a receipt printer and cash drawer in one compact device, specifically designed for tablet and mobile device-based POS systems. It's the first integrated solution of its kind that transforms your tablet into a fully functional POS system with convenient Bluetooth and USB connectivity.
The Star SK1-321 supports receipt, ticket, and label media, making it versatile for various kiosk printing applications. It also features Black Mark label capability for enhanced label printing functionality. This multi-media support allows you to use a single printer for diverse output needs in your kiosk environment.
The Star SK1-221 delivers high-speed printing at up to 250mm/sec, making it ideal for fast-paced kiosk environments like gas stations where transaction speed is critical. This performance ensures minimal customer wait times while maintaining print quality.
The Star SK1-311 delivers print speeds of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, making it suitable for high-volume kiosk environments where fast, reliable receipt printing is essential. This combination of speed and clarity ensures professional-quality output for customer receipts and transaction records.
The Star mPOP is the first hybrid peripheral that combines a receipt printer and cash drawer in one compact device, specifically designed for tablet and mobile device-based POS systems. Simply connect your tablet or mobile device via Bluetooth or USB, and the mPOP transforms your tablet into a fully integrated POS system without requiring separate peripherals.
The Star SK1-211 delivers print speeds of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, making it an efficient choice for high-volume kiosk environments. This speed ensures fast transaction processing without compromising print quality. We offer the SK1-211 as a reliable solution for retail and self-service kiosk applications.
The Star SK1-311 delivers print speeds of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, making it efficient for high-volume kiosk applications. This speed ensures quick transaction receipts and minimal customer wait times. Contact us today to confirm this printer meets your throughput requirements.
The Star SK1-321 is a compact 3-inch thermal receipt printer designed for kiosk environments with high-speed printing up to 250mm/sec. It features an auto-cutter with command-selectable full and partial cut capability, drop-in paper loading for easy setup, and support for receipt, ticket, and label media including Black Mark label capability. We offer this printer with RS-232C and USB connectivity options to fit your kiosk integration needs.
The Star SK1-221 is a compact thermal printer designed specifically for kiosk environments where space is limited. It offers high-speed printing at up to 250mm/sec (9.84 ips), supports receipt, ticket, or label media, and features an automatic cutter with command-selectable full and partial cut options. The printer includes drop-in paper loading for easy setup and a 3.26-inch paper roll holder, making it ideal for kiosk applications such as gas stations.
The Star SK1-211 offers both RS-232C serial and USB interface connections, making it compatible with a wide range of kiosk systems and point-of-sale platforms. This dual connectivity ensures flexible integration into your existing infrastructure. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific setup.
The Star SK1-211 offers both RS-232C serial and USB interface connections, giving you flexibility in how you integrate it into your kiosk environment. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with a wide range of kiosk systems and legacy equipment. Contact us today to confirm which interface best suits your installation.
The Star SK1-311 offers both RS-232C and USB interface connections, giving you flexibility in how you integrate it with your kiosk system. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with a wide range of legacy and modern hardware configurations. We offer the SK1-311 with your choice of connection type to match your existing infrastructure.
The Star mPOP is a hybrid mobile point of purchase peripheral that combines a cash drawer and receipt printer in one compact, integrated device. It's specifically designed as the first hybrid solution for tablet POS systems, transforming your tablet or mobile device into a fully functional POS system with both printing and cash handling capabilities. We offer the mPOP as an ideal solution for businesses looking to streamline their tablet-based checkout operations.
The Star SK1-311 offers both RS-232C and USB interface connections, making it compatible with a wide range of kiosk systems and point-of-sale environments. This dual connectivity ensures flexibility when integrating the printer into your existing infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss which connection type best suits your deployment.
The Star SK1-211 delivers a print speed of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, making it a fast and efficient choice for high-volume kiosk environments. This speed ensures minimal wait times for customers while maintaining print quality. We offer the SK1-211 as a reliable solution for retail and service kiosks that demand quick transaction receipts.
The Star SK1-211 delivers a print speed of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, making it ideal for high-volume kiosk environments that require fast, reliable receipt printing. This combination of speed and resolution ensures clear, legible receipts without slowing down transaction processing.
The Star SK1-211 delivers print speeds of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, making it an efficient choice for high-volume kiosk environments. This speed ensures quick transaction receipts without sacrificing print quality. We offer the SK1-211 as a reliable solution for retail and service kiosks that demand fast, consistent output.
The Star SP742 is a 42-column impact receipt printer with an internal power supply and built-in cutter. It features Ethernet connectivity and comes in gray, making it suitable for point-of-sale and kitchen environments. The printer includes spill-proof and heat-resistant construction with two-color printing capability.
The Star SK1-311 delivers print speeds of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, making it an efficient choice for high-volume kiosk environments. This combination of speed and clarity ensures fast, legible receipt output without compromising print quality.
The Star SK1-211 offers a print speed of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, making it an efficient choice for high-volume kiosk environments. This speed ensures quick transaction receipts without sacrificing print quality.
The Star mPOP provides convenient Bluetooth and USB connectivity, including USB-C and Lightning connections, making it compatible with a wide range of tablets and mobile devices. This flexible connectivity ensures you can seamlessly integrate the printer with your preferred POS platform.
The Star SK1-311 is a 3-inch thermal receipt printer designed specifically for kiosk applications, offering a print speed of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution. It features a command-selectable full or partial cut function and is available in both horizontal and vertical formats, with optional presenter configurations to match your kiosk layout. We offer this model to provide a reliable, maintenance-free printing solution for high-volume kiosk environments.
The Star SK1-211 offers both RS-232C serial and USB interface connections, making it compatible with a wide range of kiosk systems and point-of-sale platforms. This dual connectivity ensures flexible integration into your existing infrastructure without requiring additional adapters or workarounds.
The Star SK4-21/31 is available in two models: the SK4-21 with a 2" paper width and the SK4-31 with a 3" paper width. Both models support a maximum print width of 72mm and can accommodate paper rolls up to 83mm in diameter. We offer both configurations to match your specific kiosk or point-of-sale application requirements.
The Star 37966480 receipt paper is 2.28 inches (58mm) wide and 50 feet (15 meters) long per roll. This size is compatible with Star portable receipt printers like the SM-L200, making it ideal for mobile point-of-sale and logistics applications where compact, portable printing is needed.
The Star SM-S230i features Bluetooth connectivity, allowing you to switch between iOS, Android, and Windows devices seamlessly. This wireless capability makes it ideal for mobile warehouse and logistics operations where flexibility and portability are essential.
The Toshiba BX710106AG2E Ribbon is designed for use with the Toshiba B-SX4, B-SX5, 472, 572, and 482 printer models. This wax/resin thermal transfer ribbon comes in a case of 10 rolls and is also available as a single roll for smaller operations.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 is engineered with 8 strategically-placed microphones coupled with Jabra's advanced beamforming technology to ensure you are heard clearly even in the most disruptive environments. This multi-microphone design delivers outstanding call performance with noise isolation capabilities.
The Jabra Biz 2300 is available in multiple connectivity configurations, including QD (Quick Disconnect) models for desk phones and USB-A/USB-C models for softphone integration. We offer both mono and duo variants to match your communication setup, whether you're managing single-device or multi-device environments.
The Jabra BIZ 2300 Duo supports multiple connectivity options including Bluetooth® for wireless pairing with up to 8 devices, with the ability to connect 2 Bluetooth® devices simultaneously. It also features USB connectivity and can connect to analog deskphones, providing flexible deployment across different office environments and communication platforms.
The Jabra BIZ 2400 II Duo is a professional telecommunications headset engineered for optimal performance in demanding work environments. It features dual microphone noise cancellation technology and is designed for professionals who require crystal-clear HD voice quality during calls, making it ideal for contact centers, offices, and field professionals who need reliable communication.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II MS Mono is a telecommunications headset engineered for professional communication in office and remote work environments. It delivers HD voice quality and is optimized for Microsoft Teams and other leading unified communications platforms. Contact us today to learn how this headset can enhance your team's collaboration and call clarity.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II connects via a 3.5mm audio jack, making it compatible with a wide range of devices including computers, phones, and UC platforms. This wired connection ensures reliable audio without the need for wireless pairing or battery management.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II UC Mono is a telecommunications headset engineered for professional communication in office and remote work environments. It delivers HD voice quality and is compatible with leading unified communications platforms, making it ideal for users who need reliable, hands-free calling throughout their workday. Contact us today to find the right Jabra headset for your organization's needs.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II MS Stereo is a telecommunications headset designed for professional communication. It is optimized for stereo audio delivery and Microsoft Teams compatibility, making it ideal for office workers, remote employees, and contact center professionals who require reliable HD voice quality for calls and media streaming.
The Jabra BIZ 2300 Mono features USB connectivity, making it easy to connect directly to your computer or UC platform. This wired connection ensures stable, reliable communication without the need for wireless pairing or battery management.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Mono USB is a telecommunications headset from Jabra's professional product line. It is engineered for business communication and is available from us for organizations requiring reliable, straightforward mono headset solutions for desk-based work environments.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Mono QD is a telecommunications headset designed for professional communication environments. It features a mono design with Quick Disconnect (QD) connectivity, making it ideal for warehouse managers, logistics coordinators, and IT professionals who need reliable hands-free communication throughout their workday. Contact us today to learn how this headset can integrate with your team's communication infrastructure.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Duo QD is a telecommunications headset from Jabra's professional product line. It is engineered for business communications and is compatible with leading unified communications platforms. Contact us today to learn how this device can enhance your team's communication capabilities.
The Jabra Speak 710 features a high-performing omni-directional microphone and HiFi-grade speaker with Digital Signal Processing (DSP) technology and wideband audio/HD voice capability. The device delivers immersive sound for both conference calls and music playback, and you can pair two Speak 710 units together for a full stereo experience.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Duo USB is a telecommunications equipment product from Jabra designed for professional communication needs. It is part of Jabra's telecommunications product line and offers reliable connectivity for business users who require dependable audio equipment for calls and communications.
The Jabra Speak 710 features a high-performing omni-directional microphone and HiFi-grade speaker with Digital Signal Processing (DSP) technology and wideband audio/HD Voice support. You can pair two Speak 710 devices together for a full stereo experience, delivering immersive sound quality for both conference calls and music playback. We offer this model as part of our telecommunications equipment lineup for professionals who demand premium audio quality.
The Jabra PRO 920/930 Duo is a telecommunications headset designed for professional use. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Jabra telecommunications product line. Contact us today to learn more about its specific capabilities and how it fits your communication needs.
The Jabra Speak 710 features a high-performing omni-directional microphone and HiFi-grade speaker with Digital Signal Processing (DSP) technology and wideband audio/HD voice capability. This combination delivers immersive sound quality for both conference calls and music playback, and you can pair two Speak 710 devices together for a full stereo experience.
The Jabra PRO 920 Duo is a telecommunications product designed for professional use. For detailed specifications and feature information, we recommend visiting our product page or contacting us today so our team can provide you with complete technical details on this Jabra device.
The Jabra PRO 925/935 Mono headset features dual connectivity, allowing you to connect to multiple devices simultaneously. This dual connection capability makes it ideal for professionals who need to switch between softphones, desk phones, and other communication devices without manual reconnection.
The Jabra 14401-13 is a professional telecommunications headset designed for business use. While specific features vary by model variant, Jabra's professional headset line typically includes HD voice technology, noise cancellation, and compatibility with leading UC platforms to support seamless communication in office and remote work environments.
The Jabra C300-XT delivers 80% noise cancellation, ensuring you can hear and be heard clearly even in demanding working environments with high levels of disruptive noise. This makes it ideal for busy warehouses and customer-facing roles where call clarity is critical.
VoiceControl Pro is a voice-control technology on the B550-XT that allows you to control the headset using only your voice by saying 'Hello BlueParrott.' This hands-free capability lets you activate the headset and control calls, GPS directions, music, voice assistants, and more without touching the device, keeping your hands free for your job.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features revolutionary dual-foam technology in the ear cushions combined with an ergonomic earcup design and re-engineered leatherette ear cushion pattern for improved ventilation. These design elements work together to reduce pressure and keep you comfortable from the first call to the last, even during extended wear times.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features revolutionary dual-foam technology in the ear cushions combined with an ergonomic earcup design and re-engineered leatherette ear cushion pattern for improved ventilation. These design elements work together to reduce pressure and keep you comfortable from the first call to the last, even during extended wear times.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features revolutionary dual-foam technology in the ear cushions combined with an ergonomic earcup design and re-engineered leatherette ear cushion pattern for improved ventilation. These innovations reduce pressure and enhance comfort, allowing you to wear the headset from the first call to the last without fatigue.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features revolutionary dual-foam technology in the ear cushions combined with an ergonomic earcup design and re-engineered leatherette ear cushion pattern for improved ventilation. These design elements work together to reduce pressure and keep you comfortable from the first call to the last, even during extended wear times.
The Jabra Evolve2 30 cancels 48% more noise than comparable models through noise-isolating foam oval ear cushions and an angled earcup design for passive noise cancellation. It also features an advanced 2-microphone audio system that analyzes and reduces background noise, delivering 12% less background conversation noise on calls for clearer communication in dynamic work environments.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features revolutionary dual-foam technology in the ear cushions combined with an ergonomic earcup design and re-engineered leatherette ear cushion pattern that improves ventilation and reduces pressure. These design elements work together to keep you comfortable from the first call to the last, even during extended wear times.
The Datacard 532000-053 is a black HQ ribbon compatible with the SD260 and SD360 ID card printers. This monochrome ribbon is designed as a certified Datacard supply featuring Intelligent Supplies Technology for automatic identification and validation with compatible printer models.
Yes, the Datacard 532000-007 is a Graphics Monochrome Ribbon Kit specifically designed for compatibility with the Datacard SD460 ID card printer. Each kit includes one ribbon, one isopropanol cleaning card, and one adhesive cleaning card to support optimal printer performance.
The Datacard 546504-999 printhead is compatible with Datacard SD160, SD260, SD360, and SD460 ID card printers. This thermal printhead assembly works across multiple Datacard printer models, making it a versatile replacement or spare part for your card production environment. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
The Datacard 534000-002 YMCKT full-color ribbon is compatible with the Datacard SD260, SD360, and SD460 ID card printers. This ribbon is designed specifically for these SD Series models and will work seamlessly with their quick-change ribbon cassette systems.
Each kit includes one graphics monochrome ribbon in red, one isopropanol cleaning card, and one adhesive cleaning card. These supplies are designed to work together to maintain optimal print quality and printer performance for your Datacard ID card printer.
Each Datacard 532000-006 monochrome ribbon kit includes one graphics monochrome ribbon, one isopropanol cleaning card, and one adhesive cleaning roller. These supplies are designed to work together to maintain optimal print quality and printer performance for your Datacard SD460 printer.
Each Datacard 532000-008 monochrome ribbon kit includes one graphics monochrome ribbon, one isopropanol cleaning card, and one adhesive cleaning card. These supplies are designed to work seamlessly with Datacard SD460 ID card printers to maintain optimal print quality and printer performance.
Each Datacard 532000-009 ribbon kit includes one monochrome graphics ribbon with scratch-off silver wavy design, one isopropanol cleaning card, and one adhesive cleaning component. This complete kit is designed for use with Datacard SD460 ID card printers and features Datacard Certified Supplies with Intelligent Supplies Technology for automatic identification and validation.
The Datacard 532000-054 monochrome ribbon kit includes one graphics monochrome ribbon with metallic silver finish, one isopropanol cleaning card, and one adhesive cleaning card. This complete kit is designed to work with Datacard SD460 ID card printers and features Datacard Certified Supplies with Intelligent Supplies Technology for automatic identification and validation.
Each Datacard 532000-055 ribbon kit includes one monochrome graphics ribbon with metallic gold, one isopropanol cleaning card, and one adhesive cleaning component. This complete kit is designed to work seamlessly with Datacard SD460 ID card printers and features Datacard Certified Supplies with Intelligent Supplies Technology for automatic identification and validation.
Each Datacard 532000-003 ribbon kit includes one monochrome graphics ribbon in dark blue, one isopropanol cleaning card, and one adhesive cleaning card. This complete kit is designed for use with the Datacard SD460 ID card printer and provides everything needed for ribbon replacement and printer maintenance.
The Datacard 508668-501 is a DuraGard laminate designed for full-card protection on ID card printing systems. This 0.5 mil clear laminate is applied during the card printing process to enhance durability and protect printed card surfaces from wear, moisture, and UV exposure.
Each Datacard 532000-004 monochrome ribbon kit includes one graphics monochrome ribbon, one isopropanol cleaning card, and one adhesive cleaning roller. This complete kit ensures you have everything needed for proper printer maintenance and operation when you replace your ribbon.
The Datacard 810499-001 is a 72W power supply that delivers 24VDC at 3A output. This power device is designed to reliably support Datacard ID card printer operations with consistent voltage and current delivery.
The SD260 delivers up to 200 cards per hour for full-color, one-sided printing and up to 830 cards per hour for monochrome printing. This makes it an efficient choice for small- to medium-sized operations that need reliable desktop card production without a large footprint.
Yes, the Datacard 534000-007 YMCKTK ribbon is fully compatible with the SD460 printer. It is also compatible with the SD360 model. This ribbon delivers 375 prints per cartridge and includes one isopropanol cleaning card and one adhesive cleaning sleeve to maintain optimal print quality.
The Datacard 534000-005 ID Card Ribbon is compatible with the SD260, SD360, and SD460 printer models. This KT black ribbon is designed as a certified supply featuring Intelligent Supplies Technology for automatic identification and validation across these Datacard SD series printers.
The Datacard CR805 uses thermal transfer ribbons designed specifically for ID card printing. We offer a selection of Datacard CR805 thermal transfer ribbons that are compatible with this printer model. Contact us today via phone or online chat to find the right ribbon option for your needs.
The NETGEAR MS510TXM is a manageable 8-port Ethernet switch that supports 3-layer networking architecture, making it suitable for enterprise environments. It supports both twisted pair and optical fiber connectivity options, allowing flexible deployment in diverse network infrastructures. We offer this switch as a reliable solution for organizations requiring managed switching capabilities.
The UAP-AC-M supports 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac wireless standards, delivering dual-band performance across 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies. This ensures compatibility with a wide range of client devices while providing modern AC-wave speeds up to 1.27 Gbit/s total throughput.
The UAP-AC-PRO supports 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac wireless standards, delivering simultaneous dual-band operation across 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies. This multi-standard support ensures compatibility with a wide range of client devices in your warehouse or facility.
The R5AC-LITE features airMAX ac technology designed for high performance wireless connectivity. This access point delivers up to 500+ Mbps throughput, making it suitable for point-to-point backhaul and point-to-multipoint deployments. The airMAX Engine with custom IC provides superior processing power for reliable long-range links.
The Ubiquiti UAP-AC-SHD is an IEEE 802.11ac access point with a maximum throughput of 1.69 Gbit/s across simultaneous dual-band operation at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz. It uses MIMO technology to deliver enterprise-grade performance for high-density deployments. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive UniFi wireless solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Ubiquiti POE-54V-80W delivers 54V DC at 1.50A output, providing up to 80W of power delivery. This injector accepts 120V AC or 230V AC input and features greater than 86% efficiency to minimize power loss during conversion.
The US-48-500W UniFi Switch features 48 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 Ethernet ports for Gigabit connectivity. Additionally, it includes two 1/10 Gbps SFP+ ports and two 1 Gbps SFP ports for fiber uplinks, providing flexible expansion options for your network infrastructure.
The Ubiquiti US-8-5 features 8 Gigabit Ethernet ports (10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45) in a compact form factor. These ports deliver high-speed connectivity with a total non-blocking throughput of 8 Gbps and a switching capacity of 16 Gbps, making it suitable for building and expanding enterprise networks.
The US-24 features 24 Gigabit RJ45 Ethernet ports and 2 SFP ports for fiber connectivity. It also includes 1 serial console port for out-of-band management. This combination of copper and fiber ports makes it ideal for expanding networks with both standard and long-distance uplink requirements.
The Ubiquiti AM-5G17-90 is a Carrier Class 2x2 Dual Polarity MIMO Sector Antenna designed to integrate seamlessly with RocketM radios to create powerful BaseStation solutions. This versatile antenna gives network architects unparalleled flexibility and convenience for wireless deployments across the 4.90 GHz to 5.85 GHz frequency range with 17.1 dBi gain.
The AM-5AC22-45 operates in the 5 GHz frequency band, specifically from 5.15 GHz to 5.85 GHz. This wide frequency range makes it compatible with worldwide regulatory standards across multiple U-NII bands.
The Ubiquiti NBE-16-WM is a window mount accessory for Ubiquiti wireless access points, designed for outdoor installations. It supports both pole-mount and wall-mount configurations, with a pole-mount kit included for flexible deployment options.
InnerFeed technology integrates the entire radio system directly into the feedhorn of the antenna, creating a complete antenna and radio system integration. This revolutionary design provides affordable cost/performance solutions while maintaining the high performance and robust all-in-one construction that makes the AG-HP-5G23 ideal for wireless broadband applications.
The IsoStation is a 5 GHz airMAX ac Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) designed for point-to-multipoint wireless deployments. It provides high isolation solutions through interchangeable horn antennas optimized for urban environments, making it ideal for fixed wireless access and multi-sector network expansion where RF congestion is a concern.
The Ubiquiti Networks IS-M5 IsoStation is a 5 GHz airMAX ac Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) designed for point-to-multipoint wireless deployments in urban environments. It provides high isolation solutions through interchangeable horn antennas optimized for increased co-location performance, making it ideal for congested RF environments where noise immunity and beam shaping are critical. We offer this solution for warehouse networks, logistics facilities, and distributed site connectivity where reliable long-distance wireless links are required.
The Ubiquiti Networks UDC-2 is a transceiver module designed for high-speed data networking applications. It supports 10 Gbit/s connectivity and is compatible with Ubiquiti's UniFi switch ecosystem, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics environments requiring reliable network infrastructure.
The airMAX 900 MHz YAGI Antenna achieves distances of 20+ kilometers with throughput exceeding 90 Mbps, making it ideal for extended wireless backhaul links and multi-point network connections. This high-performance combination ensures reliable long-range connectivity for both small businesses and corporate environments.
The SLP-DX220 delivers print speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with 203dpi resolution, making it ideal for fast label processing in warehouse and logistics environments. This combination of speed and clarity ensures crisp barcode output for scanning accuracy across various label applications.
The SRP-S300LHK supports five media width choices: 40mm, 58mm, 62mm, 80mm, and 83mm. This flexibility allows you to optimize label sizes for different warehouse and logistics applications without requiring multiple printers.
The Bixolon SLP-DL413G delivers fast printing speeds up to 5 inches per second (127 mm/sec) and supports dual resolution options of 203dpi or 300dpi for high-quality text, graphics, and barcode output. This combination of speed and resolution makes it ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics environments where both performance and print quality are critical.
The Bixolon SRP-S200 is the first 2-inch (58 mm) thermal linerless printer in the world, making it uniquely suited for light-adhesive labeling applications. Its compact design and IP23 rating make it ideal for tight spaces like kitchen environments, and we offer this innovative model to help you reduce media waste and total cost of ownership.
The SRP-S3000K supports Linerless Extreme, Restick, and Liner Label media including Gap, Black Mark, Notch, and Continuous formats. Media width options range from 40mm to 83mm, with roll diameters up to 103mm and thickness between 0.06–0.09mm, making it versatile for various labeling applications in warehouse and logistics environments.
The SRP-S300 supports five media width options: 40mm, 58mm, 62mm, 80mm, and 83mm. This flexibility makes it ideal for various labeling applications across different warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this multi-width capability to accommodate diverse operational needs without requiring multiple printer models.
The SRP-S3000XK supports Linerless Extreme, Restick, and Liner Label media including Gap, Black Mark, Notch, and Continuous formats. Media width options range from 32 mm to 80 mm, with roll diameters up to 103 mm and thickness between 0.06–0.09 mm. This versatility makes it ideal for warehouses and logistics operations requiring flexible label solutions.
The SRP-S3000XWDK supports Liner-Free Labels, Restick labels, and traditional Liner Labels with gap, black mark, notch, and continuous detection. Media width options range from 40 mm to 83 mm, with roll diameters up to 103 mm and thickness between 0.06–0.09 mm, making it versatile for warehouse labeling, inventory management, and logistics applications.
The Bixolon SLP-DX220G delivers print speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with a high-resolution 203dpi print quality. This combination ensures fast label production without compromising on barcode clarity and readability for your warehouse and logistics operations.
The SLP-DX220DG delivers print speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with 203dpi resolution, making it ideal for high-volume label applications like order labeling and barcode printing. This combination of speed and resolution ensures both fast processing and crisp, scannable output for your warehouse operations.
The SLP-DX220DEG delivers print speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with 203dpi print quality, making it ideal for fast label production in warehouse and logistics environments. This combination of speed and resolution ensures crisp barcode readability while maintaining efficient throughput for high-volume labeling operations.
The SLP-DX220 delivers print speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with 203dpi resolution, making it ideal for high-volume labeling applications. This combination of speed and clarity ensures fast data processing for various label types without sacrificing print quality.
The Bixolon SLP-DX220CE delivers print speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with a high resolution of 203 dpi, making it suitable for applications requiring both speed and clarity. This combination of performance ensures fast data processing for various label types while maintaining barcode readability and print quality.
The SLP-TX220G offers multiple connectivity options including USB, Serial, and optional Bluetooth or Wi-Fi connectivity. The Bluetooth feature includes MFi iAP2 certification and a smart Bluetooth Auto Switch that allows easy switching from iOS settings to standard Bluetooth mode, making it ideal for mobile and desktop environments.
The SLP-DX220CEG delivers print speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with a high resolution of 203dpi, making it ideal for fast-paced labeling operations that require crisp barcode quality. This combination of speed and clarity ensures reliable scanning performance across warehouse and logistics applications.
The SLP-TX220DG prints at speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with a high resolution of 203 dpi, delivering fast data processing for various label types. This combination of speed and clarity makes it ideal for applications requiring both efficiency and print quality.
The SLP-TX220DEG offers multiple connectivity options including Ethernet, USB, and Serial connections. It also features optional Bluetooth with MFi iAP2 certification and optional Wi-Fi, making it versatile for various warehouse and logistics environments. The built-in Bluetooth includes a smart Auto Switch that allows easy switching from iOS settings to standard Bluetooth mode.
The Bixolon SLP-TX220CG prints at speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with a high resolution of 203 dpi. This combination delivers fast processing for various label types while maintaining sharp barcode and text quality for warehouse and logistics applications.
The SLP-TX220CEG offers multiple connectivity options including Ethernet, USB, and Serial connections. It also features optional Bluetooth with MFi iAP2 certification and optional Wi-Fi capabilities, making it flexible for various warehouse and logistics environments. The printer includes a smart Bluetooth Auto Switch that allows easy switching from iOS settings to standard Bluetooth mode.
The Bixolon XT5-46SP delivers printing speeds up to 14 inches per second and offers three resolution options: 203, 300, or 600 dpi. This combination of speed and resolution flexibility makes it suitable for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations where both throughput and print quality matter.
The Bixolon SRP-Q302HW is compatible with all major operating systems including Android, iOS, and Windows. We offer this printer with comprehensive driver and SDK support across these platforms, making integration straightforward for your mPOS environment.
The SRP-Q302HWK delivers print speeds up to 250 mm/sec with a 203 dpi resolution, making it ideal for high-volume receipt printing in retail and mPOS environments. This combination ensures fast transaction processing without sacrificing print quality for barcodes and receipt text.
The Bixolon SRP-Q302W is compatible with all major operating systems including Android, iOS, and Windows. This broad compatibility makes it an ideal choice for diverse mPOS environments across different platforms and devices.
The SRP-Q302WK is compatible with all major operating systems including Android, iOS, and Windows. We offer this printer with multiple connectivity options—USB, Ethernet, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth—to ensure seamless integration with your existing infrastructure. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific devices.
The Bixolon BK3P-31ZC delivers high-speed printing at 150mm/sec with a 203 dpi resolution, ensuring fast and precise output for ticketing, labeling, and wristband applications. This combination makes it ideal for demanding environments where both speed and quality are critical.
The Bixolon BK5-31AB delivers print speeds up to 150 mm/s with a resolution of 203 dpi, ensuring fast and high-quality output for ticketing, labeling, and wristband applications. This combination of speed and clarity makes it ideal for high-volume kiosk environments in transportation, healthcare, and retail settings. We offer this printer for businesses requiring reliable performance in demanding applications.
The SRP-F310II provides multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, Ethernet, RS-232C, and IEEE1284 interfaces. It also features a USB host port for WLAN dongles, giving you flexibility to integrate it into various network environments. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity option best fits your POS setup.
The SRP-F310II is certified as IP12 Class and features Bixolon's Liquid-Barrier™ front exit design, which includes dual-layer protection on both sides of the printer to prevent liquid infiltration. The printer also includes a drainage outlet at the bottom to safely discharge any liquid that may seep through the cover opening, making it ideal for high-moisture warehouse and retail environments.
The SRP-F310II provides multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, Ethernet, and RS-232C serial connections. It also features a USB host port for WLAN dongles, making it flexible for various POS environments. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity setup works best for your operation.
The Bixolon SRP-F310II delivers a print speed of 270mm/sec with a standard resolution of 180 dpi (7 dot/mm). This combination makes it ideal for high-volume receipt printing in retail and hospitality environments where speed and clarity are essential.
The SRP-F310II offers multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, Ethernet on board, RS-232C, and IEEE1284 interfaces. It also features a USB host port for WLAN dongle support, making it flexible for various deployment environments. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity option best fits your POS system.
Yes, the UAP-AC-HD-US is compatible with 802.3at PoE+ power delivery. This allows you to power the access point through a single Gigabit Ethernet cable, simplifying installation and reducing the need for additional power infrastructure in your facility.
The UAP-AC-M can support 250+ concurrent clients, making it suitable for high-density deployments in warehouses, logistics facilities, and campus environments. Each unit features up to four BSSIDs per radio for flexible network segmentation.
The UAP-AC-PRO supports 250+ concurrent clients, making it suitable for medium to large deployments in warehouses, logistics facilities, and enterprise environments. This capacity allows you to maintain reliable connectivity across multiple mobile devices and scanning equipment simultaneously.
The R5AC-LITE is designed to pair with airMAX ac antennas for optimal performance. For point-to-point backhaul links, we recommend the RocketDish ac antenna, while point-to-multipoint deployments work best with the airMAX ac Sector antenna. These combinations ensure maximum coverage and throughput for your wireless network.
Yes, the UAP-AC-SHD is compatible with IEEE 802.3at PoE+ power standards, allowing you to power the access point directly from a compatible PoE switch without requiring a separate power adapter. This simplifies installation and reduces cable clutter in your facility. Contact us today to discuss PoE switch options that work with this model.
The POE-54V-80W features both input and output ports that support 10/100/1000Base-T Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. This allows it to inject power while maintaining full gigabit data rates across your network infrastructure.
The US-8-5 can be powered by 802.3af/at PoE, 48V passive PoE, or the included external AC/DC adapter (48V, 0.5A). Port 8 supports 48V PoE passthrough to deliver up to 12W of power to connected devices when the switch is powered by 802.3at PoE or the included power supply.
The US-48-500W delivers a switching capacity of 140 Gbps with a total non-blocking throughput of 70 Gbps and a forwarding rate of 104.16 Mpps. This means the switch can simultaneously process traffic on all ports at line rate without any packet loss, making it ideal for high-performance network environments.
The US-24 delivers a non-blocking throughput of 26 Gbps with a total switching capacity of 52 Gbps and a forwarding rate of 38.69 Mpps. This means the switch can simultaneously process traffic on all ports at line rate without any packet loss, making it suitable for demanding warehouse and logistics network environments.
No, the RocketM radio is sold separately and must be purchased in addition to the AM-5G17-90 antenna. The antenna is designed to pair with RocketM radios to form a complete BaseStation solution.
Yes, the AM-5AC22-45 is compatible with RocketM5 models, though optimal performance is achieved when paired with Rocket5ac radios. The antenna's advanced 2x2 MIMO design is specifically engineered to complement the Rocket5ac for best results.
The NBE-16-WM features a 16 dBi gain antenna with dual linear polarization and operates across 5150–5875 MHz frequency bands. It includes a single 10/100 Ethernet port for connectivity and consumes a maximum of 6W power via 24V PoE, with dimensions of 140 x 140 x 54 mm and a weight of 0.320 kg.
The AG-HP-5G23 operates in the 5 GHz frequency range, specifically supporting worldwide frequencies from 5170–5875 MHz (with USA operation from 5725–5850 MHz). This license-free frequency band enables deployment without regulatory licensing requirements.
The IsoStation features interchangeable horn antennas with tailored radiation patterns that spatially filter both in-band and out-of-band spurious RF emissions, significantly increasing noise immunity in congested RF environments. Its flexible sectorization and horn antenna design are optimized for improved co-location performance without sacrificing gain, making it cost-effective for urban deployments.
The IS-M5's interchangeable horn antennas feature tailored radiation patterns that spatially filter both in-band and out-of-band spurious RF emissions, significantly increasing noise immunity in congested RF environments. The flexible sectorization allows you to select optimal antenna beamwidths for your specific deployment and environment needs, improving beam shaping without sacrificing gain. This design enables high throughput and cost-effective deployment across multiple locations.
The Ubiquiti Networks UDC-2 includes a 6.56 ft network cable, providing flexible connectivity options for your data networking devices. This length is suitable for standard rack and equipment configurations in warehouse and facility environments.
Yes, the airMAX 900 MHz YAGI Antenna (model AMY-9M16) is specifically designed for seamless integration with the Rocket M900 radio, which is sold separately. The antenna features a tool-free mounting system for quick and easy setup with the RocketM900.
The SLP-DX220 comes standard with USB and Serial interfaces, with optional Ethernet and WLAN connectivity available. This dual-interface design allows you to integrate the printer into your existing network infrastructure or connect directly to individual workstations based on your operational needs.
Yes, the SRP-S300LHK is the world's first liner-free label printer equipped with specialized back-feed technology. It also features an enhanced paper saving mode that can reduce label usage by up to 25 percent, making it cost-effective for high-volume operations.
The SLP-DL413G is capable of printing both 1D and 2D barcodes, making it versatile for a wide range of labeling applications in inventory management, shipping, and asset tracking. The 300dpi resolution option ensures crisp, scannable barcode output even for dense 2D formats.
The SRP-S200ESK delivers print speeds of up to 150 mm per second at 203 dpi resolution. This combination provides fast, high-quality barcode and label output, making it suitable for moderate-volume labeling operations available from us.
We offer dual interface connectivity including USB V2.0 FS, Serial, Parallel, Ethernet, WLAN (802.11b/g/n), Bluetooth V4.2 FH+ EDR (Class 1, 100m range), and Powered USB. This range of connection options ensures compatibility with your existing warehouse management and POS systems.
Yes, the SRP-S300 features multiple interface options including USB, Serial, Parallel, Ethernet, WLAN (802.11b/g/n), and Bluetooth V4.2. This comprehensive connectivity suite allows seamless integration into your existing network infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss which interface configuration best fits your warehouse setup.
The printer offers dual interface connectivity including USB V2.0, Serial, Parallel, Ethernet, WLAN (802.11b/g/n), Bluetooth V4.2 (Class 1, 100 m range), and Powered USB. This multi-connectivity approach ensures compatibility with legacy warehouse systems and modern mobile devices, available from us for immediate deployment.
The printer features dual interface connectivity including USB 2.0 FS, Serial (RS-232), Parallel, Ethernet, WLAN (802.11b/g/n), Bluetooth 4.2 (Class 1, 100 m range), and Powered USB. This multi-connectivity design allows seamless integration into existing warehouse networks and mobile computing environments.
The SLP-DX220G comes standard with USB and Serial interfaces, with optional Ethernet and WLAN connectivity available. This dual-interface design allows you to integrate the printer into your existing network infrastructure or connect directly to individual workstations based on your operational needs.
The SLP-DX220DG comes standard with USB and Serial interfaces, with optional Ethernet and WLAN connectivity available. This dual-interface design allows you to integrate the printer into your existing network infrastructure, whether you need direct desktop connection or networked deployment across your facility.
The SLP-DX220DEG comes standard with USB and Serial interfaces, with optional Ethernet and WLAN connectivity available. This dual-interface design allows flexible integration into your existing warehouse management systems and network infrastructure.
The SLP-DX220 comes standard with USB and Serial interfaces for reliable connectivity. Optional Ethernet and WLAN connectivity are also available, giving you flexibility to integrate the printer into your warehouse or logistics network based on your infrastructure needs.
The SLP-DX220CE comes standard with USB and Serial interfaces, with optional Ethernet and WLAN connectivity available. This dual-interface design provides flexibility for integration into different warehouse and logistics environments, whether you need direct desktop connection or networked deployment.
The SLP-TX220G prints at speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with a high resolution of 203 dpi. This combination delivers fast data processing speeds while maintaining quality output for various label types including barcodes, wrist bands, and order labels.
The SLP-DX220CEG comes standard with USB and Serial interfaces, with optional Ethernet and WLAN connectivity available. This dual-interface design allows you to integrate the printer into your existing network infrastructure whether you need direct desktop connection or networked deployment across your facility.
The SLP-TX220DG features USB and Serial connectivity as standard, with optional Bluetooth or Wi-Fi capabilities available. The Bluetooth option includes MFi iAP2 certification and features a smart Bluetooth Auto Switch that allows easy switching from iOS settings to standard Bluetooth mode.
The SLP-TX220DEG prints at speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with a high resolution of 203 dpi. This combination delivers fast data processing and crisp barcode quality suitable for order labeling, wrist banding, and barcode printing applications.
The SLP-TX220CG offers USB and Serial connectivity as standard interfaces. Optional Bluetooth and Wi-Fi connectivity are also available, with the Bluetooth version featuring MFi iAP2 certification and a smart Bluetooth Auto Switch for easy switching between iOS and standard Bluetooth modes.
The SLP-TX220CEG prints at speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with a high resolution of 203 dpi. This combination provides fast data processing speeds while maintaining quality output for barcode labels, wrist bands, and order labels in demanding warehouse applications.
The XT5-46SP supports multiple connectivity methods including Ethernet, USB, Serial, and WiFi, giving you flexibility in how you integrate it into your warehouse or retail network. You can also transfer data via USB storage and copy printer settings wirelessly for convenient deployment across your facility.
The SRP-Q302HW features multiple connectivity options including 4 USB Type-A ports (Host), 1 USB Type-B port, 1 USB Type-C port with power delivery charging (up to 18W), and Ethernet. The printer also supports optional Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity, along with NFC configuration for easy setup.
We offer the SRP-Q302HWK with multiple connectivity options including USB Type-A (3 ports), USB Type-B, USB Type-C with power delivery charging up to 18W, and Ethernet as standard. Optional configurations add Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connectivity, with easy NFC-based printer configuration for seamless deployment in mobile and wireless environments.
The SRP-Q302W offers multiple connectivity options including Wi-Fi, USB, and Ethernet. It also features easy Bluetooth pairing and Wi-Fi configuration, plus printer configuration via NFC for streamlined setup and deployment in your warehouse or retail environment.
The SRP-Q302WK delivers print speeds up to 250 mm/sec with a resolution of 203 dpi, making it ideal for high-volume receipt printing in retail and hospitality environments. The 3-inch desktop format prints up to 72 mm width, supporting both standard 80 mm and optional 58 mm media widths available from us.
The BK3P-31ZC supports adjustable media widths from 20mm to 83mm, making it versatile for various label and ticket sizes. The printer uses direct thermal printing technology, which means it works with direct thermal media without requiring ink or toner.
The BK5-31AB supports media widths ranging from 20mm to 83mm and accommodates both tickets and labels with gap or black mark detection. Media roll diameters of 130mm and 150mm are supported, with media thickness between 0.05 and 0.20mm. The side-open frame design enables quick and easy media loading, reducing downtime in busy kiosk operations.
Yes, the SRP-F310II is specifically designed with liquid-barrier protection and is IPX2 Class certified for electrical protection against liquid infiltration. It features an exterior cover with dual-layer construction and a drainage outlet at the bottom to prevent liquid from entering the printer, making it ideal for high-moisture environments.
We offer the SRP-F310II with multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, Ethernet on board, RS-232C, and IEEE1284 parallel interface. The printer also features a USB host port that supports WLAN dongles, giving you flexibility to integrate it into your existing network infrastructure.
Yes, the SRP-F310II is specifically designed as a front exit type receipt printer with IP12 Class certification for liquid protection. It features dual-layer construction on both sides and a bottom outlet to prevent liquid infiltration, making it ideal for environments where spills or moisture exposure is a concern.
Yes, the SRP-F310II is specifically designed for wet environments with its Liquid-Barrier™ front exit design and IPX2 Class certification. It features dual-layer protection on both sides, an exterior cover, and a drainage outlet at the bottom to prevent liquid infiltration, making it suitable for kitchens, bars, and other moisture-prone locations.
Yes, the Panasonic Toughbook 20 is a 2-in-1 device that detaches to become a 10.1" tablet with just one hand. The built-in handle functions as both a carrying grip and kickstand, providing flexibility for on-the-job use in various configurations.
Yes, the WV-S15500-V3LN is specifically engineered for outdoor security applications. Its vandal-resistant design makes it ideal for exposed locations where cameras may face environmental stress or intentional interference.
Yes, the Panasonic Toughbook 55 series is built to withstand harsh conditions with a magnesium alloy chassis and meets MIL-STD-810H durability standards for drop, shock, vibration, dust, and temperature extremes. The device features a spill-resistant keyboard and raised bezel for LCD impact protection, making it ideal for warehouse and field operations. We offer the FZ-55JA60CBM as part of our rugged mobile computing solutions.
The TH-43EQ2W delivers 500 cd/m² brightness, which is significantly higher than standard displays. This brightness level ensures excellent visibility in well-lit environments such as warehouses, distribution centers, and retail spaces where ambient lighting is typically high.
Yes, the Panasonic JS980MR010 is specifically designed to be compatible with the JS-980 system. This ensures seamless integration with your existing Panasonic POS infrastructure. Contact us today if you need assistance confirming compatibility with your specific setup.
The TOUGHBOOK S1 comes with a standard Li-ion 3,200mAh battery, and we offer an optional extended-life 5,580mAh battery that provides up to 14 hours of use. The tablet also features warm swap battery functionality, allowing you to replace the battery without shutting down the device, ensuring continuous productivity in the field.
The LiteBeam 5AC Gen 2 supports IEEE 802.11ac wireless standards with airMAX ac protocol support, MIMO technology, and WPA2 security. It offers selectable channel widths from 10 to 80 MHz for point-to-point links and 10 to 40 MHz for point-to-multipoint configurations, with automatic channel selection and transmit power control capabilities.
The UAP-AC-LITE can support 250+ concurrent clients, making it suitable for medium-sized office, warehouse, or retail environments. With advanced traffic management features including per-user rate limiting and guest traffic isolation, you can maintain network performance even under high client load. Contact us today to discuss deployment sizing for your facility.
The PowerBeam 5AC Gen 2 directs RF energy in a tighter beamwidth, focusing transmission in one direction while blocking or spatially filtering out noise from other RF signals. This improved noise immunity is especially important in areas crowded with other signals on the same or similar frequency. Available from us for deployments requiring robust performance in interference-prone environments.
The US-16-XG features 16 total ports: 12 SFP+ ports supporting 1/10 Gbps fiber connectivity and 4 RJ45 ports supporting 1/10 Gbps twisted pair connections. This combination of fiber and copper ports provides flexible deployment options for your network infrastructure.
The US-8-60W supports non-blocking throughput of up to 8 Gbps with a switching capacity of 16 Gbps, allowing it to simultaneously process traffic on all ports at line rate without any packet loss. This robust performance makes it suitable for enterprise-level network deployments.
The RP-5AC-Gen2 includes a 24V, 1A Gigabit PoE adapter and features one 10/100/1000 Ethernet port with passive PoE support (pairs 4, 5+ and 7, 8 return). It has a maximum power consumption of 9.5W and supports a voltage range of 18-26VDC, making it suitable for various outdoor deployment scenarios.
The NBE-5AC-Gen2 directs RF energy in a tighter beamwidth, which focuses transmission in one direction and blocks or spatially filters out noise from other RF signals. This improved noise immunity is especially important in areas crowded with other RF signals of the same or similar frequency.
The UAP-AC-LITE can support 250+ concurrent clients, with up to four BSSIDs per radio for network segmentation and guest access. This capacity makes it suitable for warehouse, retail, and office environments requiring reliable multi-user connectivity. Contact us today to discuss deployment sizing for your facility.
The UAP-AC-M-PRO supports multiple power options including 802.3af compatible PoE switches, UniFi PoE Switches, or the included Gigabit PoE adapter for single-pack units. The primary Gigabit Ethernet port handles both data and PoE delivery, while the secondary port is available for bridging purposes.
The LBE-M5-23-US features a 23 dBi directional antenna, which provides strong signal focus for long-distance point-to-point links. This high gain makes it suitable for warehouse-to-warehouse or remote site connectivity. Contact us today to discuss whether this antenna gain meets your specific deployment requirements.
The UAP-AC-PRO is powered via Passive Power over Ethernet (PoE) at 48V with a supported voltage range of 44 to 57VDC, compatible with 802.3af and 802.3at standards. Maximum power consumption is only 9W, making it efficient for deployment across multiple access points. Note: Only single-pack units include a PoE adapter; five-pack units require separate power infrastructure.
Yes, the UK-ULTRA-US is designed for both indoor and outdoor use. It features an IPX6 rating for weather resistance and can be mounted on walls, ceilings, or poles, making it versatile for various deployment scenarios in warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the UVC-G4-DOORBELL is designed for outdoor installation with an operating temperature range of -30 to 70°C (-22 to 158°F) and operating humidity tolerance of 20–90% noncondensing. The injection-molded polycarbonate and die-cast aluminum enclosure provides durability in harsh weather conditions.
The INS-3AF-O-G accepts 48V DC input and provides 24V, 500mA output, delivering up to 12W of power to connected devices. This makes it suitable for powering UniFi access points and other devices that require 802.3af PoE at these power levels. Contact us today if you need to verify compatibility with your specific equipment.
The INS-3AF-I-G accepts 48V DC input and outputs 24V at 500mA. It features one 10/100/1000Base-T input port and one 10/100/1000Base-T output port for Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. This makes it suitable for powering compatible UniFi devices in network installations.
Yes, the UVC-G4-PRO is powered via 24V Passive PoE, making it easy to deploy on existing network infrastructure without running separate power lines. A 24V, 0.5A PoE adapter is included with single-pack purchases available from us.
The US-8-60W-5 is powered by its included power adapter and features four auto-sensing PoE ports that deliver up to 15.4W of power per port. This configuration makes it well-suited for powering UniFi access points, video cameras, and other PoE-compatible devices directly from the switch.
The UVC-G4-DOORBELL-PS-US is engineered specifically for the UniFi G4 Doorbell with its 20 V AC/700 mA output specification. For compatibility with other UniFi camera models, we recommend contacting our team to verify the correct power supply for your specific camera model.
The UNVR is compatible with Ubiquiti's UniFi G3 camera line, including the UVC-G3 and UVC-G3-DOME models. These cameras work seamlessly with the UNVR to provide a unified video surveillance solution. For a complete list of compatible cameras and to determine the right setup for your facility, contact us today.
The U7-PRO-XGS-B-US delivers up to 8.60 Gbit/s total throughput and features multiple high-speed connectivity options including 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 5 Gigabit Ethernet, 2.5 Gigabit Ethernet, and standard Gigabit Ethernet ports via RJ-45 connections. This versatile port configuration accommodates both modern high-speed backhaul requirements and legacy network infrastructure.
The UAP-AC-M supports 250+ concurrent clients, making it suitable for medium to large deployments in warehouses, logistics facilities, and campus environments. This capacity ensures reliable connectivity even in high-density user scenarios.
The US-8 can be powered by 802.3af/at PoE input on Port 1, 48V passive PoE, or the included external AC/DC adapter (48V, 0.5A). When powered by 802.3at PoE or the power adapter, Port 8 supports 48V PoE passthrough to deliver up to 12W of power to connected devices.
The AF-2X operates on the 2.4 GHz frequency band and features full-band certification including DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection). This makes it suitable for worldwide license-free operation in carrier backhaul and enterprise building-to-building wireless links.
The Precision Alignment Kit PAK-620-US is compatible with the airFiber AF-5G30-S45, PowerBeam PBE-5AC-620, and RocketDish RD-5G30-LW dish antennas. This compatibility makes it a versatile alignment solution across multiple Ubiquiti wireless product lines.
Yes, the AP-5AC-90-HD-US is fully compatible with 802.3at PoE+ power delivery. Single-pack units include a PoE adapter, while five-packs do not; we recommend powering multiple UniFi APs with a UniFi PoE Switch (sold separately) for simplified deployment.
The FC-SM-200 is compatible with network switches, routers, and other network devices that feature LC fiber optic ports. We offer this cable as part of our comprehensive data networking solutions for enterprise infrastructure deployments.
The FC-SM-100 provides 100 feet of fiber optic connectivity, making it suitable for longer-distance network runs within data centers, server rooms, or between network closets without signal degradation typical of copper cabling over extended distances.
The FC-SM-300 is a single-mode fiber optic cable with 9/125 µm specifications, which is the standard for long-distance telecommunications and data networking applications. Single-mode fiber allows for greater distances and higher bandwidth compared to multimode alternatives.
The PBE-M5-300-ISO requires a 24V, 0.5A PoE power supply using passive PoE on pairs 4, 5+ and 7, 8 return, with a supported voltage range of 20-26VDC. Maximum power consumption is only 6W, making it efficient for remote outdoor deployments.
The unit requires 24V, 0.5A Gigabit PoE (Power over Ethernet) using passive PoE on pairs 4, 5+ and 7, 8 return, with a supported voltage range of 20-26VDC. Maximum power consumption is 8.5W, making it highly efficient for outdoor installations.
Yes, the UAP-AC-HD is 802.3at PoE+ compatible, which simplifies installation by allowing both power and data to be delivered through a single Ethernet cable. This eliminates the need for separate power connections and reduces installation costs.
The UAP-AC-SHD is compatible with 802.3at PoE+ (Power over Ethernet Plus), allowing you to power and connect the access point using a single Ethernet cable. This eliminates the need for separate power supplies at the installation location and simplifies deployment in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today for installation guidance and PoE+ infrastructure recommendations.
The UACC-G5-PTZ-CA operates reliably in temperatures from -30 to 70° C (-22 to 158° F) and humidity levels between 20 and 90% noncondensing. This wide environmental tolerance makes it suitable for both indoor and outdoor deployments across diverse climates. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific installation location.
The UACC-INTERCOM-WM is constructed from polycarbonate and brass, combining weather-resistant polymer material with brass hardware for durability and longevity. This material combination ensures reliable performance in various environmental conditions. Contact us today to order this mounting accessory for your intercom deployment.
Yes, the UA-G3-W is compatible with both Ubiquiti PoE and standard 802.3af PoE, allowing flexible power delivery options. This compatibility simplifies deployment in locations where dedicated power outlets are unavailable or inconvenient.
While the product data identifies this as a standard Cat.6 patch cable for network devices, Ubiquiti's documentation emphasizes that shielded Ethernet cable and proper earth grounding must be used for outdoor installations as conditions of product warranty. We recommend contacting our team to confirm outdoor suitability for your specific deployment environment.
The UACC-PSU-UDW power module is designed to support Ubiquiti Networks access points within the UniFi ecosystem. For specific compatibility with your access point model, we recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your particular UniFi AP deployment.
The UISP-P-PRO accepts 120 V AC and 230 V AC input power and delivers 27 V DC output through three Power TransPort receptacles. This dual-voltage input capability makes it flexible for deployment in different geographic regions and facility power configurations. Contact us today for detailed power management requirements for your deployment.
Yes, the UACC-READER-JB-B is designed for both indoor and outdoor use. Its polycarbonate construction and black finish provide durability for various mounting scenarios, including outdoor access point deployments.
Yes, the UACC-OFC-S2-LULU-1M-50 is constructed with LSZH (Low Smoke Zero Halogen) material, making it suitable for various deployment environments. We offer this cable in bulk 50-packs, ideal for warehouse and logistics infrastructure upgrades.
The UTP-TOUCHMAX-WHITE-U features 2 x Network (RJ-45) ports for Ethernet connectivity with PoE (Power over Ethernet) support. This dual-port configuration allows flexible deployment options and network redundancy in your facility. Contact us today for installation guidance and compatible PoE power supplies available from us.
Yes, the STM300B-10000S is designed to work with NETGEAR wireless controllers, wireless routers, and wireless client adapters as part of a comprehensive data networking solution. This makes it suitable for organizations looking to maintain and support a complete NETGEAR wireless infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible NETGEAR equipment available from us.
Yes, the SocketScan S700 features a long-lasting battery designed to withstand entire work days. Its light-weight, ergonomic structure makes it comfortable for extended use in warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the CX4040-3103 is a wireless handheld barcode scanner that provides the mobility and flexibility needed for on-the-floor operations. This wireless design allows your team to scan barcodes from anywhere in your facility without being tethered to a fixed terminal.
Yes, the SocketScan S720 is fully compatible with iOS, Android, Windows, Mac, and Linux platforms. Its Bluetooth connectivity enables seamless integration with a wide range of mobile devices and operating systems.
Yes, the SocketScan S740 features Bluetooth wireless technology, enabling seamless connectivity with mobile devices including iPhones, iPads, and Android phones. This wireless capability allows your team to scan barcodes directly into mobile applications without the need for cables or desktop connections. Contact us today to integrate this mobile-ready scanner into your operations.
Yes, the CX3444-1907 features Bluetooth wireless technology for cable-free operation. The scanner has a scan distance of up to 19.50 inches, allowing operators to capture barcodes from a comfortable working distance without being tethered to a device. Contact us today to discuss Bluetooth connectivity options for your mobile or stationary setup.
Yes, the CX3445-1908 features Bluetooth wireless technology, enabling seamless connectivity with iPhones, iPads, and Android devices. This wireless capability allows your team to integrate the scanner directly into mobile workflows without cables or external adapters. Contact us today to discuss mobile deployment options for your operation.
Yes, the Socket Mobile CX3458-1926 features Bluetooth wireless technology, enabling cordless operation and mobility across your workspace. The wireless connectivity eliminates cable constraints, making it suitable for mobile scanning in warehouses, retail environments, and field operations. Contact us today to learn how Bluetooth-enabled scanning can improve your team's productivity.
Yes, the SocketScan S730 is compatible with iPhone, iPad, and Android devices through its Bluetooth wireless technology. This makes it an excellent choice for mobile scanning applications across various platforms. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing mobile infrastructure.
Yes, the SocketScan S740 features Bluetooth wireless connectivity, allowing you to scan without being tethered to a device. This wireless capability makes it ideal for mobile warehouse operations and inventory management tasks where freedom of movement is essential.
Yes, the SocketScan S740 connects via Bluetooth wireless technology and is compatible with iPhone, iPad, and Android devices. This makes it an ideal choice for mobile-first warehouse and logistics operations where you need scanning capability on your existing smartphones or tablets.
Yes, the Socket Mobile CX3531-2133 features Bluetooth wireless technology for cordless scanning operations. The scanner includes indicator lights for Bluetooth notifications, making it easy to confirm connectivity status during use. This wireless capability is ideal for mobile warehouse environments where freedom of movement is essential.
The DuraSled DS800 is a 1D barcode scanning sled, meaning it reads traditional linear barcodes. This makes it suitable for most standard retail, warehouse, and logistics applications where 1D barcode formats are used.
The SocketScan S730 delivers over 16 hours of battery life on a single charge, with standby time exceeding 20 hours. The scanner uses two AA NiMH rechargeable batteries that charge in 6 hours, ensuring your team stays productive throughout the entire workday. Contact us today for bulk orders and battery management solutions.
The S800 delivers over 16 hours of battery life with up to 8,000 scans per charge, making it ideal for full-shift warehouse and retail operations. The lithium-ion rechargeable battery charges fully in 4 hours, minimizing downtime between work periods. We offer this scanner as a reliable choice for high-volume scanning environments.
The DuraSled DS800 provides up to 8 hours of active scanning time on a single charge thanks to its rechargeable Lithium Ion Polymer battery. The sled features fast charging with simultaneous charging for both the sled and scanner through integrated connectors, and magnetic docking ensures convenient charging between shifts.
The Magicard 3652-3012 comes with a 3-year UltraCoverPlus warranty. This extended coverage is included to provide peace of mind and protection for your investment in card printing technology. Contact us today to learn more about warranty details and support options.
The Magicard Rio Pro 360 Xtended (model 3652-3008) is a single-sided ID card printer, meaning it prints on one side of the card only. This makes it suitable for applications where single-sided identification is sufficient.
The Magicard CLM-PBBM37FCN is manufactured from PVC (polyvinyl chloride), a durable plastic material commonly used for credential cards in enterprise and facility access applications. This material provides reliable performance for standard indoor use in secure credential programs.
Yes, the AirLink GX450 is specifically designed as a rugged, secure mobile gateway for in-vehicle applications. It extends enterprise network and management capabilities to your fleet, ensuring reliable, secure broadband data access for mobile users in the field with mission-critical communication requirements.
The BTS-01 uses Bluetooth 4.0 HS BLE for wireless connectivity to smartphones, tablets, and mobile computing devices. Pairing is simple—you read the terminal's Bluetooth address as a barcode on your host device. We also include a USB Dongle for PC connection, along with a Micro USB adapter and multiple plug options (US/EU/UK) for charging flexibility.
The Janam XG200 combines super-fast processing speed with superior barcode scanning technology to streamline mobile worker operations. With this device, you can expect mobile worker productivity to increase by more than 25 percent, making it a valuable investment for your warehouse team.
Yes, the Janam XT100 is sealed to IP65 rating, which provides dust and water resistance for demanding work environments. Additionally, it features a 4.3-inch Gorilla Glass 3 display for durability and can withstand multiple 4-foot drops, making it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and field operations.
This power supply delivers 12 VDC at 1A output, designed to reliably power compatible VeriFone payment terminals and related devices. The consistent 12V DC output ensures stable operation for payment processing equipment.
Yes, this 60W power supply is designed to work with Poly communication and collaboration equipment. Poly offers a broad ecosystem of devices including IP phones, video conferencing systems, and studio cameras that may utilize external power adapters of this specification.
The ISC250 features a 4.3-inch widescreen touchscreen display (480 x 272 resolution, 16:9 aspect ratio) with 65K colors and projected capacitive technology. The display supports both finger and stylus touch input, making it ideal for interactive POS applications.
The ISC480 accepts multiple payment methods including magnetic stripe cards (triple track ISO 1, 2, 3 with dual heads), EMV smart cards (Level 1, rated for 500,000 insertions), and contactless payments via integrated or external antenna options. This multi-method capability allows merchants to accept virtually any preferred electronic payment from customers.
Yes, the Lane 7000 is PCI-PTS 5.x certified and meets the latest hardware and software security requirements. It uses the Telium TETRA OS with advanced cryptographic schemes and future-proof key length to protect payment data. Optional Kensington lock receptacles and secure mounts are also available for additional anti-theft protection.
The PWN30110969A operates on 11-14VDC at 1.2A with a 24W power supply rated for 60 Hz operation. These specifications ensure reliable charging performance for your MOVE 3500 terminal in standard North American electrical environments.
Yes, the Ingenico IMP657-USSCN01A is PCI v4.0 certified, meeting the highest current payment card industry security standards. This certification ensures your payment processing meets all regulatory requirements for secure card handling and data protection.
Yes, the CradlePoint 170718-000 mounting adapter is designed for use with CradlePoint routers and expansion modules. We recommend verifying your specific router model compatibility by contacting us today, and our team can confirm the exact compatibility for your deployment.
Yes, we offer the Toshiba BX730165AS2E Ribbon in both case quantities and as individual single rolls. The single roll version is available under Part# BX730165AS2E-R. Contact us today to determine which format best fits your warehouse or logistics operation needs.
The Toshiba BX760048AG2E is a WAX/RESIN combination ribbon in black, measuring 1.89 inches wide. Each carton contains 10 rolls, making it an economical choice for high-volume printing operations in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Toshiba BX730220AG4E ribbon is 8.66 inches wide and features a wax/resin thermal transfer composition in black. This configuration makes it suitable for a variety of barcode labeling applications requiring durable, high-contrast printing.
The BX760089AG4E is a premium wax/resin blend ribbon, which combines the benefits of both wax and resin formulations for versatile barcode and label printing. This hybrid composition provides excellent print quality on a wide range of label materials. We stock this ribbon in black color for standard barcode and label applications.
This is a black resin ribbon with a width of 4.17 inches, designed for high-quality barcode and label printing on Toshiba thermal printers. Resin ribbons provide excellent durability and are ideal for applications requiring resistance to chemicals, abrasion, and harsh environments.
The Toshiba BX760114AG2E is a WAX/RESIN combination ribbon in black, measuring 4.49 inches wide. It is supplied in a carton of 5 rolls, with per-roll pricing available. This ribbon type is ideal for applications requiring both wax and resin properties for durability and print quality on various label materials.
The BX760130AS1E is a resin ribbon designed for high-performance thermal transfer printing on industrial labels and tags. Each roll measures 5.12" wide by 1968' long with a 1" core, and the product is sold per case containing 5 rolls, making it ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations.
The B-EX904-R-QM-R Save Module is specifically designed for the B-EX4T Type 1 printer model. If you have a B-EX4T Type 1 system, this module is the correct fit for your equipment. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific setup or to discuss your printer configuration needs.
Yes, the Toshiba TFC50UM is an original Toshiba toner cartridge. We offer genuine Toshiba consumables to ensure optimal print quality and compatibility with your equipment. Contact us today for availability and pricing.
Yes, Toshiba is committed to environmentally responsible manufacturing. All Toshiba products, including the TFC25Y toner cartridge, are RoHS compliant and designed with ecological policies in mind. Toshiba uses recyclable materials and maintains ISO14001 standards in design and manufacturing.
Yes, the Toshiba TFC200UY is the yellow toner cartridge designed specifically for the Toshiba e-STUDIO2000AC and e-STUDIO2500AC multifunction systems. This ensures optimal print quality and device performance when used with these models. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific equipment or contact our team for assistance.
The Toshiba TFC200UM is designed for use with the Toshiba e-STUDIO2000AC and e-STUDIO2500AC multifunction printers. These models are commonly deployed in office and warehouse environments for document management and label production. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific equipment or contact our team for assistance.
The Toshiba TFC415UM is a magenta toner cartridge, which indicates it is designed for color laser printing systems. This cartridge works as part of a multi-color printing setup where magenta is one of the primary color components.
Yes, the Toshiba TFC415UC is an original Toshiba toner cartridge, ensuring compatibility and print quality for your Toshiba laser printer. We offer genuine Toshiba supplies to maintain optimal performance and reliability of your printing equipment.
Yes, the Toshiba TFC30UC is an original Toshiba toner cartridge manufactured by Toshiba. We offer genuine Toshiba supplies to ensure compatibility and print quality for your equipment.
The Toshiba MG04ACA600E features a SATA interface, which is the standard connection protocol for 3.5" internal hard drives. This makes it compatible with most DVR, NVR, and server systems that support SATA connectivity.
Yes, the Primacy 2 LE supports both single-sided and dual-sided printing with edge-to-edge capability. This flexibility allows you to maximize card real estate for additional information, security features, or branding on both sides of your ID cards.
The Evolis Tattoo RW offers both Ethernet and USB connectivity, making it easy to integrate into your existing network infrastructure or connect directly to a workstation. This dual connectivity ensures flexibility in deployment across warehouse, logistics, or corporate badge environments.
The Primacy 2 supports multiple encoding options including magnetic stripe encoding (ISO 7811 and JIS Type II), contact smart card encoding (PC/SC, EMV 2000-1), and contactless encoding (ISO 14443A/B, ISO 15693, MIFARE, DESfire, HID iCLASS, and Legic). These options can be combined and factory-installed or installed on-site to meet your security requirements. Contact us today to configure the encoding solution that fits your card program needs.
Yes, the Evolis A5010 power cord requires the ESA5008 power supply to operate. When ordering this cable, ensure you have the compatible ESA5008 power supply unit available, or contact us today to bundle both components for your Evolis printer setup.
The Evolis R3013 ID Card Ribbon has a yield of 400 cards per ribbon. This capacity makes it suitable for medium-volume ID card production in warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this ribbon as a reliable supply option to keep your Evolis printer running efficiently.
The Evolis R3314 ribbon has a yield of 200 cards per ribbon. This makes it an economical choice for medium-volume ID card printing operations available from us.
Evolis High Trust ribbons are specifically formulated to eliminate defects and deliver high-quality printouts at an optimal cost. All Evolis ribbons are engineered to produce consistently sharp, bright images and clear text, making them a reliable choice for professional ID card production.
The Evolis R3511 ribbon is rated for 500 pages of printing capacity. This yield makes it a cost-effective supply option for organizations running regular ID card production.
The Evolis R3514 is compatible with the Evolis Quantum 2 and Securion card printers. If you operate either of these printer models, we offer this ribbon as a direct supply solution available from us.
The Evolis VBDG204EU is a color ribbon designed for ID card printing. It delivers full-color output for professional identification card production on Badgy-Basic systems available from us.
The Evolis R2014 ribbon has a yield of 1,000 cards per ribbon. This capacity makes it suitable for moderate-volume ID card printing operations in warehouses and logistics facilities. We offer bulk ordering options if you need higher volumes—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for volume pricing.
The Evolis R2017 ID Card Ribbon has a yield of 1000 cards per ribbon. This capacity makes it suitable for medium-volume ID card printing operations in warehouses, facilities, and logistics environments. Contact us today for bulk ordering options if you need higher volumes.
The Evolis R2131 ribbon is rated for 3000 pages of printing capacity. This yield helps optimize your cost-per-card and reduces the frequency of ribbon changes in high-volume ID card printing operations.
The Evolis R2030 uses dye sublimation and thermal transfer printing technology, delivering high-quality color and monochrome ID card output. This dual-technology approach provides versatility for various card personalization needs. We stock this ribbon to support your ID card production requirements.
We recommend cleaning your Evolis printer every time you change your ribbon, and every time that the cleaning LED is on. Regular maintenance using the A5004 kit helps maintain your printer's performance and extends its lifespan by removing static charges and dust that cards can attract.
The A5024 DustClean Kit is compatible with Evolis Tattoo, TattooRW, Pebble, Dualys, Securion, and Quantum printer models. We recommend checking your specific printer model documentation to ensure compatibility before ordering.
The Evolis S4510 comes as a pack of 2 card cleaning rollers, giving you a spare for continuous printer maintenance without downtime. This two-pack format is ideal for high-volume printing environments where regular cleaning is essential.
The ACL003 cleaning kit is compatible with Evolis Zenius, Primacy, and Elypso ID card printers. This makes it an ideal maintenance solution if you operate any of these printer models in your facility.
The Evolis R4213 ribbon is rated for 400 imprints, making it suitable for small to medium-volume ID card production runs. This yield helps you manage cost-per-card efficiently while maintaining consistent print quality.
The Evolis R4002 delivers 350 prints per ribbon, providing a reliable supply capacity for mid-volume ID card production environments. This yield helps you plan replacement schedules and manage supply costs effectively. We offer this ribbon in stock and ready to ship from barcodesinc.com.
The Evolis R4221 is a 1.0 mil laminate ribbon. This thickness specification is engineered by Evolis to deliver consistent protection and image quality for ID card printing applications. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific printer model.
The Evolis LPS034NAA laminate film is rated for 600 prints per roll. This coverage allows you to laminate a substantial volume of ID cards before needing to replace the film supply.
The Evolis R2016 ID Card Ribbon is rated for 1000 card prints per ribbon. This yield makes it an economical choice for organizations with moderate to high-volume ID card production needs. We offer competitive pricing on bulk orders—visit barcodesinc.com to check current inventory and pricing.
Yes, the Evolis S10000 Printhead is a genuine Evolis replacement component manufactured by Evolis. Using authentic printheads ensures optimal print quality and printer reliability. Available from us with full manufacturer support.
The Evolis ACL004 comes as a pack of 10 presaturated cleaning cards. This quantity provides multiple cleaning cycles for regular maintenance of your Badgy printer. Contact us today to order your supply and ensure consistent print quality.
The A5002 PrinterClean Cleaning Kit is compatible with Evolis Tattoo, Tattoo RW, Pebble, Dualys, Securion, and Quantum printer models. We recommend verifying your specific printer model against the kit documentation before ordering to ensure compatibility.
The Evolis R2011 ID Card Ribbon has a yield of 1000 cards per ribbon. This capacity makes it suitable for medium-volume ID card production environments. We offer this ribbon as a cost-effective supply option for organizations running regular card issuance programs.
The Evolis R3012 ribbon has a capacity of 500 cards per ribbon. This yield makes it an economical choice for mid-volume ID card printing operations available from us.
The ACL005 Printhead Cleaning Pen is specifically designed for the Badgy 100 and Badgy 200 ID card printers. If you're using other Evolis models such as the Primacy 2 or Zenius, contact us today to confirm the correct cleaning solution for your specific printer model.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve2 75 is certified for Microsoft Teams and meets Microsoft Teams Open Office requirements. It also works with all UC platforms and is certified for Skype for Business and Cisco systems.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 is engineered with 8 strategically-placed microphones coupled with Jabra's advanced beamforming technology. This configuration ensures you are heard clearly even in the most disruptive environments, making it ideal for open office settings.
The Evolve2 75 is engineered with 8 strategically-placed microphones coupled with Jabra's advanced beamforming technology to ensure that you are heard clearly even in the most disruptive environments. This multi-microphone approach delivers outstanding call performance in noisy office settings.
The Jabra Engage 65 delivers up to 13 hours of talk time per charge, helping your team stay productive throughout the workday. It also features fast charging capability—reaching 0-40% charge in just 30 minutes.
Yes, the Evolve2 75 is engineered for maximum comfort over extended wear times with revolutionary dual-foam technology, an ergonomic earcup design, and a re-engineered leatherette ear cushion pattern for improved ventilation. The unique dual-foam design enhances comfort while ensuring noise isolation and reducing pressure for gentle all-day wear.
Yes, the Jabra Biz 2300 is certified for Skype for Business and compatible with major UC systems including Cisco and Avaya. When paired with the Jabra Link 260 MS adapter, the QD Wideband models meet Skype for Business standards, making it a reliable choice for enterprise unified communications deployments.
This Jabra model includes both active and passive noise cancellation technology with 4-microphone ambient noise cancellation to filter background noise during calls. The advanced microphone array ensures clear voice transmission for outgoing audio while reducing distracting environmental sounds for both you and your call recipients.
The Jabra BIZ 2400 II Duo is equipped with advanced dual microphone noise cancelling technology that delivers 82 dB of noise cancellation (82 NC), enabling clear calls even in loud environments. This dual-microphone system reduces background noise on outgoing voice audio, ensuring your voice remains clear to the person you're speaking with.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve 30 II MS Mono is compatible with all leading UC platforms, including Microsoft Teams. It integrates seamlessly with modern communication software, making it an ideal choice for enterprises standardizing on cloud-based collaboration tools. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific platform or contact our team for detailed integration support.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve 30 II is a call and music headset designed to handle both professional communications and audio playback. Its versatile design makes it ideal for professionals who need a single headset for unified communications and personal audio needs.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve 30 II UC Mono is compatible with all leading UC platforms, ensuring seamless integration with your existing communications infrastructure. This broad compatibility makes it a flexible choice for enterprises using various softphone and collaboration tools. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify specific platform compatibility for your deployment.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve 30 II MS is specifically certified for Microsoft Teams and compatible with all leading UC (Unified Communications) platforms. This ensures seamless integration with your existing enterprise communication infrastructure.
Yes, the Jabra BIZ 2300 Mono is designed with UC compatibility in mind and integrates with leading unified communications platforms. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific UC system.
Yes, Jabra telecommunications products are designed to be compatible with all leading UC (Unified Communications) platforms. This ensures seamless integration with your existing business communication infrastructure. Contact us today to verify specific platform compatibility for your deployment.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Mono QD features Quick Disconnect connectivity, which is a standard interface used across many professional phone systems and communication platforms. For specific compatibility verification with your current setup, we recommend contacting our team—we can confirm whether this model works with your existing infrastructure and help you select the right solution.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Duo QD features intuitive plug-and-play connectivity, making it easy to set up without requiring specialized user training or IT support. It is designed to work seamlessly with all leading UC platforms for flexible deployment across your organization.
The Jabra Speak 710 features a rechargeable battery that provides up to 15 hours of talk time, making it ideal for extended meetings and calls. The device takes approximately 4 hours to fully charge.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Duo is engineered for seamless connectivity with professional communication platforms. For specific compatibility details with your particular devices and systems, we recommend contacting us today so our team can confirm compatibility with your setup.
The Jabra Speak 710 delivers up to 15 hours of talk time on a single charge, with a charging time of approximately 4 hours. This extended battery life makes it ideal for long meetings and on-the-go professionals who need reliable performance throughout the day. Contact us today if you need a portable speakerphone solution for your team.
Jabra telecommunications products are engineered for compatibility with leading unified communications platforms. For detailed compatibility information specific to the PRO 920/930 Duo model, we recommend visiting barcodesinc.com or contacting our team directly to confirm support for your particular system.
The Jabra Speak 710 features a rechargeable battery that provides up to 15 hours of talk time, with an approximate charging time of 4 hours. This extended battery life makes it ideal for professionals who need all-day portability for conference calls and meetings.
Jabra telecommunications products are generally designed to work with leading unified communications platforms. For specific compatibility information regarding the PRO 920 Duo with your particular systems, contact us today and our team can verify compatibility details for your environment.
Yes, the Jabra PRO 925/935 is available in both stereo and mono convertible versions. This flexibility allows you to choose the wearing style that best suits your work environment and personal preference, whether you need single-ear or dual-ear audio monitoring.
Jabra professional headsets are engineered for multi-device compatibility across leading unified communications platforms. For detailed compatibility information specific to the Jabra 14401-13 and your equipment setup, we recommend visiting Jabra.com or contacting us today—our team can confirm compatibility with your existing infrastructure.
The C300-XT comes with three wearing style options included: an ear hook, neckband, and headband. This flexibility allows you to choose the most comfortable and discreet option for your work environment.
The B550-XT features industry-leading noise cancellation that blocks out 96% of background noise, ensuring you're heard clearly no matter what type of high-noise environment you're working in.
The Evolve2 75 is engineered with 8 strategically-placed microphones coupled with Jabra's advanced beamforming technology to ensure you are heard clearly even in the most disruptive environments. This multi-microphone configuration delivers outstanding call performance regardless of your surroundings.
The Evolve2 75 is engineered with 8 strategically-placed microphones coupled with Jabra's advanced beamforming technology to ensure you are heard clearly even in the most disruptive environments. It also features fully adjustable Jabra Advanced Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) to help you maintain focus in open office settings.
The Evolve2 75 is engineered with 8 strategically-placed microphones coupled with Jabra's advanced beamforming technology to ensure you are heard clearly even in disruptive environments. This multi-microphone design isolates your voice and minimizes background noise for superior call clarity.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 is available in both UC and MS Teams variants and works with all major UC platforms. It is certified for Microsoft Teams and meets Microsoft Teams Open Office requirements, ensuring seamless integration with your collaboration tools.
The Jabra Evolve2 30 offers flexible connectivity with USB-A or USB-C ports for computer connection and a 3.5mm jack for smartphones and tablets. Simply plug the headset into your device's corresponding port for plug-and-play setup that works out of the box with all leading Unified Communications platforms.
The Evolve2 75 is engineered with 8 strategically-placed microphones coupled with Jabra's advanced beamforming technology to ensure you are heard clearly even in the most disruptive environments. It also features fully adjustable Jabra Advanced Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) to help you maintain focus in open office settings.
The Datacard 532000-053 ribbon yields 1,500 images per cartridge. This high-capacity monochrome ribbon helps reduce your cost-per-card and minimize supply changeovers in high-volume ID card production environments.
The Datacard 532000-007 ribbon kit includes one monochrome graphics ribbon, one isopropanol cleaning card, and one adhesive cleaning card. These components work together to maintain print quality and ensure proper printer operation for your ID card production.
This printhead uses direct-to-card dye-sublimation and resin thermal transfer technology. This technology enables the SD260 and compatible printers to produce full-color and monochrome edge-to-edge printing on ID cards with 300 dots per inch resolution and 256 shades per color panel for professional-quality results.
Each Datacard 534000-002 ribbon yields approximately 250 card images in full-color YMCKT (yellow, magenta, cyan, black, and topcoat) before requiring replacement. This capacity helps you plan supply ordering and manage printing costs effectively.
The Datacard 532000-005 monochrome ribbon is compatible with the Datacard SD460 ID card printer. We offer this ribbon as part of our certified supplies selection to ensure reliable performance and automatic identification with your printer's Intelligent Supplies Technology.
The Datacard 532000-006 monochrome ribbon is compatible with the Datacard SD460 ID card printer. We offer this ribbon as part of our complete line of Datacard supplies to ensure you have the right consumables for your specific printer model.
The Datacard 532000-008 monochrome ribbon is compatible with the Datacard SD460 ID card printer. We offer this ribbon as part of our complete line of Datacard-certified supplies featuring Intelligent Supplies Technology for automatic identification and validation.
The Datacard 532000-009 ID Card Ribbon is compatible with the Datacard SD460 printer. We offer this ribbon as a genuine Datacard supply option to ensure optimal print quality and printer performance for your ID card issuance operations.
The Datacard 532000-054 is compatible with the Datacard SD460 ID card printer. This ribbon is part of the SD Series ribbon lineup and is engineered specifically for use with Datacard's certified supply ecosystem to ensure optimal print quality and printer performance.
The Datacard 532000-055 monochrome ribbon is compatible with the Datacard SD460 ID card printer. This ribbon is part of Datacard's certified supplies line, which ensures optimal performance and reliability with compatible Datacard printer models.
The Datacard 532000-003 monochrome ribbon is compatible with the Datacard SD460 ID card printer. We offer this ribbon as a certified supply featuring Intelligent Supplies Technology™, which enables automatic identification and validation for optimal printer performance.
Yes, the Datacard 508668-501 DuraGard laminate is compatible with the Datacard ID Printer 1210 and other Entrust Datacard systems. We offer this laminate as an official Datacard accessory specifically designed for use with Datacard card printing equipment.
The Datacard 532000-004 monochrome ribbon is compatible with the Datacard SD460 ID card printer. This ribbon is designed as a certified supply featuring Intelligent Supplies Technology for automatic identification and validation with compatible Datacard systems.
The Datacard 810499-001 Power Device is compatible with the SD260 and SD360 Datacard ID card printers. We offer this power supply as an essential component to keep your card printing systems operational.
Yes, the SD260 is compatible with Windows 7, Windows Vista (32 and 64 bit), Windows Server 2008 (64 bit), Windows XP SP3, and Windows Server. We include the necessary USB cable and drivers to get you up and running quickly.
YMCKTK refers to the ribbon panel composition: Yellow (Y), Magenta (M), Cyan (C), Black resin (K), and Topcoat (T), followed by a second Black (K) panel. This configuration enables full-color printing with enhanced durability and protection through the topcoat layer, ideal for ID cards that require both vibrant color and long-lasting image quality.
The Datacard 534000-005 ribbon yields 1,000 images per cartridge. Each ribbon kit includes one isopropanol cleaning card and one adhesive cleaning sleeve to maintain print quality throughout the ribbon's lifespan.
The Datacard CR805 Ribbon is designed specifically for the Datacard CR805 ID Card Printer. Using ribbons matched to your exact printer model ensures optimal print quality and reliability. Our expert team can help you verify compatibility—reach out to us today for assistance.
Yes, the NETGEAR MS510TXM is designed as a rack-mountable switch, making it ideal for data center and server room deployments where space efficiency is critical. It also supports desktop placement for smaller installations. Contact us today to discuss the best deployment option for your facility.
Yes, the SRP-F310II is specifically designed with liquid protection features and is certified as IPX2 Class, meeting electrical protection standards for liquid infiltration prevention. It features a front exit design with dual-layer construction on both sides and a discharge outlet at the bottom to prevent liquid from seeping inside. This makes it ideal for environments where spills or moisture exposure is a concern.
Yes, the SRP-F310II is specifically designed for liquid protection with its Liquid-Barrier™ front exit design and IPX2 Class certification. It features dual-layer construction on both sides to prevent liquid infiltration, plus a discharge outlet at the bottom for any moisture that may seep through the cover button area. This makes it ideal for high-moisture warehouse and food service environments available from us.
The SLP-DX220WG offers dual interface connectivity with USB and Serial ports, plus built-in Bluetooth for wireless printing to smart mobile devices. This cost-efficient combination of wired and wireless options provides flexibility for various workspace configurations available from us.
The SLP-TX220EG offers multiple connectivity options including Ethernet, USB, and Serial connections. Additionally, the optional Bluetooth or Wi-Fi modules are available, making it versatile for different warehouse and logistics environments.
The SRP-350plusV comes standard with USB 2.0 and Ethernet connectivity. Optional connectivity includes Bluetooth, WLAN, Serial, and Parallel interfaces, allowing you to integrate this printer into virtually any POS system architecture. Contact us today to configure the connectivity combination that best fits your deployment needs.
The Bixolon XT5-40S is available in three resolution options: 203 dpi, 300 dpi, or 600 dpi. This flexibility allows you to choose the resolution that best matches your label quality requirements, from standard barcodes to high-detail graphics and text. Contact us today to select the right resolution for your application.
The XD5-40DEK supports multiple connectivity options including USB, USB Host, Serial, Ethernet (10/100), and WLAN (802.11a/b/g/n) for flexible network integration. This allows you to connect the printer to your warehouse management system via wired or wireless networks. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm which connectivity option best fits your facility's infrastructure.
The SLP-DX220EG comes standard with USB and Serial interfaces, with optional Ethernet and WLAN connectivity available. This dual-interface design provides flexibility for integration into different warehouse and logistics environments, whether you need direct desktop connection or networked printing.
We offer dual interface connectivity with USB V2.0 FS + Serial, plus optional Ethernet, WLAN (802.11b/g/n), Bluetooth V4.2, and Powered USB. The printer also features 2 drawer ports via y-type adaptor, enabling seamless integration into diverse warehouse management and POS systems.
The BK3-32Z supports adjustable media widths from 20mm to 83mm, accommodating a wide range of label and ticket sizes. The media roll diameter can be up to 250mm (130x339x145mm dimensions), making it flexible for various labeling applications.
The SPP-L3000 supports simultaneous Bluetooth and WLAN connections, allowing flexible deployment in mobile workflows. It features Easy Bluetooth Pairing™ via NFC and is compatible with major operating systems including Android, iOS, and Windows for seamless integration with your existing infrastructure.
The XM7-30 supports USB, Bluetooth, and WLAN connectivity, allowing seamless integration with iOS, Android, and Windows devices. This versatile connectivity enables flexible deployment across warehouse management systems, mobile devices, and networked environments without requiring extensive infrastructure changes. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing systems.
The XT3-40 features extensive connectivity options including USB, Serial, Ethernet, Bluetooth, and WLAN, allowing seamless integration into your existing systems. This versatility ensures compatibility with various warehouse management systems and mobile devices used in logistics operations.
The BK5-31 supports ticket and label formats with gap and black mark detection, accommodating media widths of 20, 58, 60, 80, and 83 mm. Media roll diameters of 130 and 150 mm are available, with media thickness ranging from 0.05 to 0.20 mm, making it versatile for various labeling applications.
The SRP-Q300II comes standard with USB Type-A (3 ports), USB Type-B, USB Type-C with power delivery charging, and Ethernet connectivity. Optional wireless capabilities include WLAN and Bluetooth, giving you flexibility to integrate the printer into various POS setups available from us.
The SM-T300i delivers a reliable print speed of 75mm per second, allowing field workers and retail staff to generate receipts quickly without compromising output quality or durability.
The Star SK1-311 comes with both RS-232C and USB interface connections, giving you flexibility in how you integrate it into your kiosk system. Both connection types are available from us to support your existing infrastructure.
Yes, the Star 37964521 is specifically designed as an accessory for Star SMD2 Series cash drawers, including the SMD2 Max Series models. This ensures proper fit and functionality with your existing Star cash drawer hardware.
Yes, the Star CD3-1616 is a printer-driven cash drawer that connects via the included CD1 cable, allowing seamless integration with compatible Star receipt printers. This design eliminates the need for separate power supplies and simplifies your POS setup.
The Star CD3-1616 is a printer-driven cash drawer, meaning it opens automatically when triggered by your receipt printer or POS system. This integration streamlines checkout operations and reduces manual handling. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing hardware setup.
Yes, the Star SMD2-1617 is a printer-driven cash drawer, meaning it connects directly to your thermal receipt printer for seamless integration. This design allows the drawer to open automatically when a transaction is completed, improving checkout efficiency. We offer this model with the necessary CD1 cable included for easy installation.
The Star mPOP offers multiple connectivity options including Bluetooth, USB-C, and Lightning connections, making it compatible with a wide range of tablets and mobile devices. This flexibility allows you to connect your preferred device regardless of its operating system or port type.
The Star SK1-321 prints at high speeds of up to 250mm/sec, enabling fast transaction processing in busy kiosk environments. This speed helps reduce customer wait times and improves overall operational efficiency for restaurants and other point-of-service locations.
The SK1-221 supports receipt, ticket, and label media, providing versatility for multiple kiosk applications. This multi-media capability makes it suitable for various retail and service industry use cases beyond standard receipts.
The SK1-311 comes equipped with both RS-232C and USB interface connections, giving you flexibility to integrate it into your existing kiosk infrastructure. This dual-connectivity approach ensures compatibility with a wide range of kiosk systems and POS platforms available from us.
The Star mPOP offers convenient Bluetooth and USB connectivity, including USB-C and Lightning connections, making it compatible with a wide range of tablets and mobile devices. This multi-connectivity approach ensures flexibility in connecting your preferred device to the printer and cash drawer.
The Star SK1-211 supports both USB and RS-232 Serial connectivity, giving you flexibility in how you integrate it into your kiosk system. This dual-interface design accommodates both modern and legacy system architectures. Contact us today to confirm connectivity requirements for your specific deployment.
The Star SK1-311 comes equipped with both RS-232C and USB interface connections, giving you flexibility in how you integrate it into your kiosk system. These dual connectivity options ensure compatibility with most legacy and modern kiosk platforms. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific setup.
The Star SK1-321 offers dual connectivity with both RS-232C serial and USB interfaces, allowing flexible integration into various kiosk and POS systems. This dual-interface design makes it easy to connect to legacy systems or modern devices depending on your infrastructure requirements. Contact us today to confirm the specific interface configuration available from us.
The Star SK1-221 offers dual connectivity with both RS-232 serial and USB interfaces, allowing flexible integration into various kiosk systems. This dual-interface design ensures compatibility with legacy serial connections as well as modern USB-based platforms.
The Star SK1-211 prints at up to 250mm/sec (9.84 inches per second) at 230dpi resolution, providing fast, clear receipt output for high-traffic kiosk environments. This combination of speed and resolution ensures legible receipts without sacrificing throughput. We offer this model to meet demanding kiosk printing requirements.
The Star SK1-211 delivers print speeds of up to 250mm/sec (9.84 inches per second) at 230dpi resolution, ensuring fast and crisp receipt output for high-traffic kiosk applications. This combination of speed and clarity makes it ideal for retail, ticketing, and self-service environments. We offer this printer ready to ship from our warehouse.
The SK1-311 delivers print speeds of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, providing fast and clear receipt output for high-volume kiosk environments. This combination of speed and resolution ensures legible receipts without sacrificing throughput. Contact us today to confirm this printer meets your specific performance requirements.
The Star mPOP offers convenient dual connectivity with both Bluetooth and USB options, including USB-C and Lightning connectors. This versatility allows you to connect to virtually any tablet or mobile device of your choice, whether you prefer wireless or wired connections. The multiple connectivity standards ensure compatibility across different platforms and devices available from us today.
The SK1-311 delivers print speeds of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, providing fast and clear receipt output for high-volume kiosk applications. This combination of speed and resolution ensures legible, professional-quality receipts without slowing down customer transactions. We offer this printer as a reliable solution for demanding kiosk environments.
The Star SK1-211 supports both USB and RS-232 Serial connectivity, giving you flexibility in how you integrate it into your kiosk system. These wired connections ensure stable, uninterrupted communication with your point-of-sale or kiosk application. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific integration requirements.
The Star SK1-211 is available in both vertical and horizontal formats to fit your kiosk layout requirements. Each orientation can be configured with or without a presenter, giving you four configuration options to match your specific installation needs.
The Star SK1-211 is available with both USB and RS-232 Serial connectivity options, allowing flexible integration into existing kiosk systems. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with a wide range of hardware configurations. Contact us today to confirm which connection type best suits your deployment requirements.
The Star 39336532 features Ethernet connectivity, allowing for reliable network integration in your POS or kitchen environment. This makes it ideal for centralized receipt printing across multiple workstations without requiring individual USB connections.
The SK1-311 comes with both RS-232C and USB interface connections, giving you flexibility in how you integrate the printer into your kiosk system. Both connection types are available from us to meet your specific installation requirements.
The Star SK1-211 is available with both USB and RS-232 Serial connectivity options, allowing flexible integration into existing kiosk systems. An external power supply is required for operation.
Yes, the Star mPOP is specifically designed as the first hybrid peripheral for tablet POS systems. It combines an integrated printer and cash drawer in one compact unit, transforming your tablet or mobile device into a fully functional POS system with a universal tablet stand included.
The Star SK1-311 connects via RS-232 serial or USB, making it compatible with most kiosk systems and point-of-sale platforms. These dual connectivity options ensure flexibility during installation and integration with your existing infrastructure. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific system.
The SK1-211 prints at speeds up to 250mm/sec (9.84 inches per second) at 230dpi resolution, providing fast and legible receipt output for high-volume kiosk environments. This combination of speed and clarity ensures efficient customer transactions without sacrificing print quality.
The Star SK4-21/31 delivers printing speeds of 150 mm/sec, providing fast receipt output for high-volume kiosk and self-checkout environments. This speed combined with its compact design makes it ideal for applications requiring quick transaction processing. Contact us today to discuss which model best fits your throughput needs.
Yes, the Star 37966480 receipt paper is BPA-free, making it a safer choice for food service, healthcare, and retail environments where chemical-free receipt paper is preferred. We offer this paper in cases of 12 rolls, priced per individual roll.
The Star SM-S230i comes with a battery pack, USB cable, AC charger, and a belt clip for convenient carrying. These accessories ensure you have everything needed to start printing immediately upon receipt.
The BX710106AG2E is a black wax/resin thermal transfer ribbon with a width of 4.17 inches. It comes packaged as 10 rolls per case, making it suitable for high-volume barcode label printing operations in warehouses and logistics environments.
This Cisco router includes enterprise-grade security capabilities such as MACsec-256 encryption in hardware, 100G IPsec hardware acceleration, IPsec support, and integration with Cisco Umbrella cloud security. It also supports application hosting including ASAc firewall and Docker containers for flexible security deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about security options available with this platform.
The C9300-24H-A offers perpetual Cisco 90W UPOE+ (Ultra Power over Ethernet Plus) as the standard option, with additional UPOE and PoE+ alternatives available depending on your deployment requirements. These flexible power delivery options support a wide range of powered devices across your network infrastructure.
The C9400-LC-48U delivers bandwidth per slot that varies based on the supervisor engine installed: 80 Gbps with the C9400-SUP-1, up to 240 Gbps with the C9400-SUP-1XL or C9400-SUP-1XL-Y, and up to 480 Gbps with the C9400X-SUP-2XL or C9400X-SUP-2, with 1:1 oversubscription ratios across all configurations.
The C9400-PWR-3200DC is specifically designed for the Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series switches and may not be compatible with other series such as the Catalyst 4500 or 3750 models, which use different power supply specifications. For compatibility verification with your specific switch model and chassis configuration, contact us today for technical guidance from our team.
Yes, the Cisco CV-CPU-I5218 is engineered for compatibility with Cisco 1000 Series routers and related networking infrastructure. This processor integrates seamlessly with Cisco's integrated services router platforms. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific router model and discuss integration requirements.
The RC460-BHTS1 heat sink is specifically engineered for the Cisco UCS C460 M1 rack server. While it may not be compatible with other server generations or models, we recommend verifying compatibility with your specific hardware configuration. Contact us today if you need clarification on compatibility for your particular server setup.
Yes, the UCS-CPU-E52667E is specifically designed for Cisco UCS server platforms and integrates seamlessly with compatible UCS models. This processor upgrade allows you to enhance the computational power of existing Cisco UCS deployments without replacing entire systems. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific UCS server configuration.
The Cisco UCS-CPU-E78890D uses the Socket R LGA-2011 interface, which is compatible with Cisco UCS C-Series servers and other systems supporting this socket type. To verify compatibility with your specific hardware, we recommend contacting us today with your server model details, and our team can confirm whether this processor will work with your infrastructure.
The UCS-ML-X32G2RS-H= is a memory module designed for specific Cisco UCS server platforms within the UCS M-series architecture. Compatibility depends on your exact server model and slot configuration. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your existing infrastructure—our team can help identify the correct memory upgrades for your deployment.
The UCS-ML-X64G4RS-H is compatible with Cisco UCS servers that support DDR4 LRDIMM memory modules, including legacy and mid-generation UCS systems. For specific compatibility with your existing server infrastructure, we recommend contacting our team today to verify your exact server model and memory slot configuration. Our technical specialists can ensure you select the correct memory upgrade for your deployment.
Yes, the UCS-MR-2X162RX-C= is designed as a memory upgrade module for Cisco UCS server systems, supporting enterprise-class blade and rack server deployments. The DDR3-1333 RDIMM standard ensures compatibility with multiple UCS generations requiring registered memory modules. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific UCS server model and configuration requirements.
Yes, the UCS-SD16TM1X-EV is designed specifically for Cisco Unified Computing System (UCS) servers and integrates seamlessly with UCS blade and rack-mount platforms. This drive is engineered to meet Cisco's enterprise performance and reliability standards for integrated compute environments. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific UCS configuration.
Yes, the Cisco UCS-SD38T61X-EV is designed for integration within Cisco's Unified Computing System infrastructure, including both blade and rack server configurations. The 2.5-inch form factor and 6G SATA interface ensure compatibility with standard UCS storage slots and controllers. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific UCS configuration and deployment model.
The UCS-SD480GBKS4-EV= is compatible with Cisco Unified Computing System servers that support 2.5 inch SATA drives with 6G connectivity. This drive integrates seamlessly into Cisco UCS C-series and B-series server architectures for flexible storage expansion. Contact us today for detailed compatibility information with your specific server model.
Yes, the UCS-SD480GM1X-EV= is designed for integration within Cisco Unified Computing System environments, supporting both blade and rack server configurations. This drive is engineered to work seamlessly with Cisco's fabric-based infrastructure architecture. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific UCS server model.
Yes, the UCS-SD800G123X-EP is engineered specifically for Cisco Unified Computing System servers and integrates seamlessly with UCS infrastructure. This drive is designed to work with Cisco's fabric-based architecture, supporting enterprise deployments that require reliable, high-performance storage. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible UCS server configurations available from us.
Yes, the UCS-SP-B200M5C-B is a blade server module designed to operate within Cisco UCS B-Series chassis, including the UCS 5108 and later generation enclosures. This modular architecture allows for flexible deployment and hot-swapping capabilities within your existing UCS infrastructure. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific chassis configuration.
The Cisco VIP-SFP-1GE-BASET is compatible with Cisco switches that support 1000BASE-T SFP modules, including the Cisco 100 Series, CBS220, CBS250, and CBS350 switch families. We recommend verifying your specific switch model's supported SFP compatibility list before ordering—contact us today if you need help confirming compatibility with your equipment.
Yes, the WS-C6513-E is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations that require robust, scalable Ethernet switching. Its 13-slot modular design allows you to configure it with multiple line cards for extensive port density, supporting the high-traffic demands of RFID systems, barcode scanners, and mobile computer networks across large facilities.
Yes, the C9300X-48HX-A is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations requiring high-speed, reliable network infrastructure. Its 48-port configuration with 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity supports multiple connected devices, while the robust PoE+ capability powers network equipment across your facility. The modular design and rack-mountable form factor make it ideal for data center and network closet deployments in logistics environments.
Yes, the C9300X-NM-4C is specifically designed for the Cisco Catalyst 9300X modular platform, providing flexible network module expansion. The Catalyst 9300 series offers both fixed and modular options, with the C9300X supporting multiple expansion slots for network modules like this one. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific switch configuration.
The bandwidth per slot depends on your supervisor engine: the C9400-SUP-1 provides 80 Gbps, the C9400-SUP-1XL provides 240 Gbps, and the C9400X-SUP-2XL provides 480 Gbps, all with 1:1 oversubscription ratios across C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R chassis configurations.
The C9400-LC-48H is designed as a line card module for the Catalyst 9400 Series switch platform, enabling modular port expansion across compatible chassis models. Compatibility depends on your specific Catalyst 9400 switch configuration and available line card slots. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your existing infrastructure and ensure proper integration.
The C9300X-NM-8M is specifically designed as a network module for the modular Catalyst 9300X platform. While Cisco offers both fixed (C9300L/C9300LM) and modular (C9300X and C9300) switch options, this module is engineered for the C9300X series. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific switch chassis and confirm the correct module for your deployment.
Yes, the C9400-LC-48HN-B is fully compatible with the Catalyst 9400 Series chassis and works alongside other line cards in the series, including models like the C9400-LC-48TX, C9400-LC-12QC, and C9400-LC-24XY. This modular versatility allows you to mix and match line cards to create a customized switching solution that meets your specific network requirements. Contact us today to discuss your multi-line-card configuration needs.
The C9400-LC-48HN-B1 line card is compatible with multiple Catalyst 9400 chassis models including the C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R, each supporting different bandwidth configurations depending on the supervisor engine installed. Bandwidth per slot ranges from 80 Gbps to 480 Gbps depending on your supervisor engine type (C9400-SUP-1, C9400-SUP-1XL, C9400X-SUP-2XL, etc.). Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific chassis configuration.
The C9400-LC-48XS line card is compatible with multiple Catalyst 9400 chassis models including the C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R, and works with various supervisor engines such as the C9400-SUP-1, C9400-SUP-1XL, C9400-SUP-1XL-Y, C9400X-SUP-2XL, and C9400X-SUP-2. Bandwidth availability varies by supervisor engine and chassis combination, with options ranging from 80 Gbps to 480 Gbps per slot. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific infrastructure requirements.
Yes, the C9400-LC-48HX is part of the Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series modular architecture, which supports multiple line card options including the C9400-LC-48TX, C9400-LC-24XY, and C9400-LC-48UX. This modular versatility allows you to mix and match line cards based on your specific connectivity requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss the best combination of modules for your network topology.
Yes, the C9300X-48HX-E supports PoE with a 90W PoE+ budget across its ports, allowing you to power compatible networked devices directly from the switch. This capability is particularly valuable in warehouse and logistics environments where you need to deploy IP cameras, wireless access points, or mobile computers without separate power infrastructure. We offer this switch with full PoE+ support for flexible deployment options.
The Catalyst 9600 Series supports multiple Ethernet speeds including 400G, 200G, 100G, 40G, and 10G connectivity options. This multi-speed capability allows you to mix and match port types based on your specific network requirements and upgrade paths. Contact us today to discuss which port configurations best suit your infrastructure needs.
The C9404-FAN= is specifically engineered for the Catalyst 9400 Series 4-slot chassis configuration. While Cisco offers various fan modules across its product line (such as the C9500X-FAN-1U-F for different platforms), compatibility is model-specific. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your exact switch model and ensure you have the correct replacement part.
Yes, the C9400X-SUP-2XL Supervisor Module is compatible with Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series chassis including the C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R models. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions to support your infrastructure upgrades.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 9600X SUP-2 supports comprehensive high availability features including Stateful Switchover (SSO) with dual supervisors via StackWise Virtual, In-Service Software Upgrade (ISSU) capability, and Graceful Insertion and Removal (GIR) for non-disruptive maintenance. These features ensure your network maintains continuous operation during software updates and component replacements, critical for mission-critical enterprise environments.
Yes, the CBS350-12XT is ideal for mixed environments thanks to its 2 x 10G copper/SFP+ combo ports, which support both copper and SFP+ fiber connections. This flexibility allows you to scale your network infrastructure without replacing the entire switch as your connectivity needs evolve. Contact us today to discuss your specific deployment requirements.
Yes, the Cisco C9400X-SUP-2 Supervisor Module is compatible with the C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R chassis models. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions—contact us today to verify your specific chassis configuration and ensure proper integration.
The C9400X-SUP-2XL is compatible with the Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R chassis platforms. All three chassis configurations support the full 480 Gbps per slot bandwidth capacity when equipped with this supervisor module.
Yes, the CBS250-8T-D is suitable for warehouse and logistics applications where you need reliable Gigabit Ethernet connectivity for barcode scanners, mobile computers, and network devices. Its compact desktop form factor allows flexible placement in control rooms or equipment racks, and we offer this switch as part of our comprehensive AIDC networking solutions available from us.
Yes, the CBS250-48T-4G is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments, offering the port density and reliability needed for high-device-count networks common in distribution centers. Its 48 Gigabit Ethernet ports support numerous access points, mobile computers, and IoT devices typical in AIDC operations. Contact us today to discuss how this switch integrates with your warehouse infrastructure.
Yes, the CBS350-8XT is designed for enterprise-grade networking with its 10 gigabit port density and managed switching capabilities. The combination of copper and SFP+ combo ports allows for scalable, high-performance deployments in data centers, campus networks, and large warehouse environments. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking solutions portfolio.
Yes, the CBS350-8S-E-2G-NA is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments where managed switching and reliable connectivity are essential. Its compact 8-port SFP design with combo ports allows for efficient network segmentation and uplink configurations in distributed warehouse locations. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can integrate into your warehouse network infrastructure.
The Cisco CMICR-4PT Catalyst Micro Switch is ideal for warehouse and logistics operations requiring dependable network infrastructure in compact deployments. Its desktop-optimized design makes it suitable for inventory management systems, barcode scanning networks, and distributed logistics hubs. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive networking solutions for warehouse automation—visit barcodesinc.com to explore how it fits your infrastructure needs.
Yes, the CBS350-24XT is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments requiring robust, high-throughput network infrastructure. Its 24 10G ports provide the bandwidth necessary for real-time inventory tracking, barcode scanning systems, and mobile device connectivity across large facilities. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can support your warehouse networking needs.
Yes, the CBS350-16T-E-2G-NA is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations where reliable network connectivity is critical for inventory management, barcode scanning, and RFID systems. Its managed switch capabilities provide VLAN support, QoS features, and network security controls needed in demanding industrial environments. Contact us today to discuss how this switch integrates with your warehouse automation infrastructure.
The Cisco CMICR-4PS supports multiple connectivity options including RJ-45 based Ethernet ports and SFP-based ports for fiber connectivity. It is compatible with various SFP modules including multimode fiber (500m), single-mode fiber (10km and 40km), and UTP Cat 5e connections, providing flexibility for different network topologies. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Cisco switching solutions and compatible accessories.
The Zebra CS-CAB-4-ASM-B-N includes multiple built-in security options: cradle lock for device-level security, PIN access control, and optional RFID lock functionality. These layered security features ensure that your enterprise mobile assets are protected against unauthorized access while maintaining efficient workflow management in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Zebra CS-CAB-4-FP-B-C6-N is a large 4-shelf cabinet with a single-sided configuration that can store up to 30 devices. If you need higher capacity, Zebra also offers double-sided configurations with up to 60 device capacity. Contact us today to determine the right cabinet size for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The X-Large model with 5 shelves can hold up to 60 devices depending on the specific devices and cradles you're using. This capacity makes it ideal for mid-to-large warehouse operations that need centralized storage and management of mobile computers, tablets, and scanners.
The Zebra ZD611t provides a maximum print speed of 8 inches per second at 203 dpi resolution, with an optional 300 dpi upgrade available for higher-detail label requirements. The 203 dpi standard resolution is ideal for most barcode and label applications in warehouse and logistics operations. Both resolution options can be factory-installed or field-upgraded, giving you flexibility as your needs evolve.
This Zebra printer supports USB, USB Host, Ethernet, and Bluetooth 5.0 (BTLE5) connectivity, providing multiple ways to integrate with your warehouse management or inventory systems. The combination of wired and wireless options ensures you can deploy the printer in various operational environments. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity configuration best fits your facility's network infrastructure.
The ZT610 supports multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, RS-232 Serial, Gigabit Ethernet, and Bluetooth 4.1, providing flexibility for integration into various warehouse management systems. This advanced connectivity allows seamless communication with your existing IT infrastructure and mobile devices. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity configuration best fits your operational needs.
The EC55AK-21B222-NA offers both WiFi and cellular connectivity, along with Bluetooth 5.0 for reliable short-range connections. This dual-connectivity design ensures your workers stay connected whether they're on the warehouse floor, in the back office, or out in the field for last-mile operations.
The MC330L-SE2EG4NA comes standard with a 7000 mAh extended capacity battery pack that provides power for up to three shifts, eliminating the need for mid-shift charging in most warehouse and logistics operations. This extended battery life is a significant upgrade from previous mobile computer generations.
The MC3300x comes standard with a 7000 mAh extended capacity battery pack that provides power for up to three shifts, eliminating the need for mid-shift battery swaps in typical warehouse operations. This extended battery life is a key advantage for all-day productivity in demanding environments.
The CS-CAB-2-ASM-B-N is a compact Intelligent Cabinet with a capacity of 5 devices, making it ideal for smaller warehouse operations or departmental storage needs. With its compact footprint of 328 x 580 x 230 mm (12.9" x 22.8" x 9"), it fits efficiently in space-constrained environments while maintaining secure device management.
The CS-CAB-2-FLTPK-B-N includes a keyed lock system with two keys for secure device storage and asset protection. The cabinet is designed to keep your mobile computers, scanners, and tablets secured when not in use, helping prevent unauthorized access and device loss in warehouse and logistics environments.
This compact Zebra Intelligent Cabinet model features 2 shelves and can store up to 5 devices depending on the specific mobile computers, tablets, and scanners you're deploying. The modular design allows you to optimize shelf configuration based on your device types and cradle requirements.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-AS-B-C6-N Midi 3-shelf cabinet is designed as a compact storage solution with a device capacity of 5 units, depending on the specific devices and cradles you're using. This makes it ideal for smaller warehouse operations or departmental device management where space is limited.
Yes, the CS-CAB-3-ASM-B-N comes fully assembled and ready to deploy. It includes internal IEC power cables, PDU barrel lock, 2 keys, and standard shelves, though you will need to provide external power leads and any additional accessories specific to your device configuration.
The CS-CAB-2-FP-B-C6-N includes multiple built-in security options: cradle lock for device-level security, PIN access control, and optional RFID lock capabilities. These features work together to ensure assets and workflows function at optimal security, protecting your valuable mobile computing equipment from unauthorized access. We offer this cabinet with all these security features integrated.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-FP-B-C6-N is a Midi 3-shelf cabinet designed for mid-range device capacity, though exact device count depends on the specific cradles and device types you're storing. We offer this model as part of Zebra's standardized modular portfolio, which ranges from compact 5-device units to extreme-capacity 100-device solutions. Contact us today for capacity planning assistance based on your specific fleet requirements.
The CS-CAB-4-AS-B-C6-N includes built-in cradle lock security, PIN access control, and optional RFID lock capabilities to protect your mobile device assets. These multi-layer security options ensure that only authorized personnel can access stored devices, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations. We offer this cabinet with all standard security features included.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5EXT-AS-B-C6N Extreme cabinet can store up to 100 devices depending on the specific device types and cradles used. With 5 shelves and stadium shelf configurations, it provides flexible storage for mobile computers, tablets, scanners, and printers in high-volume warehouse and logistics operations.
The CS-CAB-5-EXT-FLTPK-B-N includes multiple security options: a keyed lock with 2 keys included, RFID lock capability (available as a quotable option), cradle lock functionality, and PIN access control. These layered security features ensure your mobile devices and assets remain protected while stored in the cabinet.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5-EXT-ASM-B-N Extreme cabinet has a device capacity of up to 100 devices, depending on the specific device types and cradles used. This makes it ideal for large warehouse and logistics operations that need centralized storage and management of mobile computers, tablets, and scanners.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5EXT-FP-B-C6N Extreme model can store up to 100 devices depending on the specific device types and cradles used. With 5 shelves plus 5 stadium shelves, this cabinet provides flexible storage capacity for large-scale mobile device deployments in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5XL-ASM-B-N X-Large model features 5 shelves and can store up to 60 devices depending on the specific devices and cradles used. This capacity makes it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations requiring centralized device management and storage.
The CS-CAB-5XL-AS-B-C6-N X-Large cabinet has a device capacity of 60 units, depending on the specific devices and cradles used. This makes it ideal for mid-to-large warehouse and logistics operations that need centralized storage and management of mobile computers, tablets, and scanners.
The CS-CAB-3-FLTPK-B-N Midi cabinet with 3 shelves is designed as a compact storage solution in Zebra's modular portfolio. Device capacity depends on the specific cradles and devices you're storing, so we recommend contacting us to confirm capacity for your warehouse or logistics operation.
No, the CS-CAB-4-FLTPK-B-N is a flat pack cabinet, meaning it requires assembly. However, it includes all necessary internal IEC power cables, a PDU barrel lock, two keys, and standard shelves to get you started. Contact us today for installation support or guidance on setup.
The Zebra L10 offers two battery options to match your operational needs. The standard 36 WHr battery provides up to 9.8 hours of runtime, while the extended 98 WHr battery delivers up to 26 hours of continuous operation, making it ideal for extended field deployments. Contact us today to determine which battery configuration best suits your workflow requirements.
The DS3678 Series is specifically engineered as an ultra-rugged scanner designed to withstand the demanding conditions of manufacturing and warehousing activities. It delivers continuous full-shift power and can read barcodes that are far away, broken, or covered by shrink-wrap, making it ideal for harsh operational environments. Contact us today to discuss how the DS3678 can handle your facility's specific durability requirements.
This label features a high-performance permanent acrylic adhesive designed for secure, long-lasting adhesion in demanding environments. The permanent acrylic formula ensures reliable bonding even under challenging conditions and is suitable for applications requiring durable label attachment.
This label uses an all-temp permanent acrylic adhesive that provides reliable adhesion across a wide temperature range, making it versatile for diverse warehouse and logistics environments. The permanent nature of the adhesive ensures labels remain securely attached during handling, storage, and transport. Contact us today to confirm adhesive performance for your specific application requirements.
Yes, the Zebra PolyPro 4000T labels are rated for 1-2 years of outdoor exposure and can withstand temperatures up to 250 degrees Fahrenheit. The permanent acrylic adhesive and polypropylene construction provide excellent weather resistance for outdoor labeling applications.
The DS8108 Series delivers an impressive scanning range of up to 24 inches (61 cm), enabling faster checkout speeds and improved productivity in retail and logistics operations. This extended range, combined with its bright aiming spot and high-resolution imaging sensor, allows operators to scan barcodes quickly and accurately from greater distances. Contact us today to learn how this performance advantage can benefit your operation.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is UL recognized for both indoor and outdoor use when paired with compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons. The label offers resistance to chemicals and UV exposure, making it well-suited for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the EC55AK-11B112-NA model features both WiFi and cellular (WWAN) connectivity, allowing your workers to stay connected whether they're inside your facility or out in the field. The device also includes Bluetooth 5.0 for reliable wireless connections to peripherals and accessories. This dual connectivity makes it ideal for warehouse managers and logistics teams who need seamless coverage across multiple work environments.
The Zebra 800077-719 monochrome ribbon has a yield of 4,000 images, making it suitable for moderate-volume ID card production environments. This capacity helps you plan supply ordering and manage printing costs effectively for your organization. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing for regular ribbon orders.
Yes, the Zebra 800077-781 is fully compatible with ZXP Series 7 card printers. We offer this ribbon as a genuine Zebra supply option to ensure optimal print quality and printer performance.
The 105912G-708 cleaning cassette is specifically designed for the Zebra P330i printer line. For compatibility with other Zebra printer models, we recommend contacting us today so our team can identify the correct cleaning supplies and maintenance kits for your specific equipment.
Yes, these wristbands are specifically designed for hospital and medical patient identification applications. Their ultra-soft synthetic material, combined with permanent adhesive closure and hand sanitizer resistance, makes them ideal for continuous patient wear in clinical settings. The MR-Safe designation means they're safe for use in MRI environments, and the multiple size options (adult, pediatric, infant) accommodate different patient populations.
Yes, Zebra PS-BABY wristbands are specifically designed for secure and comfortable identification of newborns in healthcare settings. They offer excellent print quality and durability essential for accurate tracking and record-keeping in hospital environments. The clip closure provides secure fastening while the soft vinyl material ensures comfort for delicate infant skin.
Yes, the Zebra LB2-BABY-L wristbands are designed to print both wristbands and patient chart labels on a single 8.5x11" sheet using a standard laser printer. This dual-printing capability significantly speeds up patient admissions and reduces material waste by consolidating your labeling needs into one print job.
Yes, the Z-Band Direct wristbands are engineered to resist water, alcohol, mild cleaners, blood, and other common hospital substances. The direct thermal printing and coated polypropylene face stock ensure that printed images remain resistant to smear and abrasion, making them reliable for demanding medical and laboratory settings.
Z-Band Splash wristbands use direct thermal printing technology, which means they print without requiring ink or ribbons—reducing operational costs and complexity. We offer compatible Zebra printers like the HC100 that are specifically designed for wristband cartridge loading and can print at speeds up to 4 ips for Z-Band Splash media, enabling on-demand printing for cashless point-of-sale and access management.
The Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands use direct thermal printing technology, which means they require no ink or ribbon—only heat from a compatible Zebra printer to produce the barcode and text. This makes them cost-effective and simple to implement for on-demand printing of guest identification and cashless payment systems.
The MC3300x comes standard with a 7000 mAh extended capacity battery pack that provides power for up to three shifts. This extended battery life reduces downtime and charging requirements, allowing your team to maintain productivity throughout extended work periods without frequent battery swaps.
Each box of Zebra 104524-122 plastic ID cards contains 500 cards, providing a reliable supply for medium to large-scale ID card printing projects. This quantity is ideal for organizations managing employee badges, visitor passes, or membership cards. Contact us today to order bulk quantities or discuss volume pricing options.
Yes, the RFD40 is built for rugged warehouse conditions with a 5-foot drop to concrete specification and 500 cycle 0.5 meter tumble specification to withstand real-world impacts. Its IP54 sealing provides protection against dust and water, making it suitable for demanding logistics and inventory management operations. We offer the RFD40 as a reliable solution for facilities that require dependable RFID performance in challenging environments.
Yes, the DS3608-XR is built ultra-rugged and withstands drops of up to 10 feet (3 meters) onto concrete, plus 7,500 tumbles during its lifecycle. It also features dual IP65/IP68 sealing for protection against extreme temperatures and environmental hazards, making it suitable for demanding warehouse and outdoor logistics environments.
The TC58A1 delivers the latest wireless technologies including Wi-Fi 6E for class-leading speeds, 5G FR1 for cellular connectivity, and CBRS (Citizen Broadband Radio Service) support in the US for cost-effective private LTE networks in large indoor and outdoor facilities. These advanced wireless options give your workers faster and more reliable access to the information they need, whether they're on the warehouse floor, in the field, or at remote job sites. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity configuration best fits your operational needs.
Yes, the Zebra CA1220 Power Device features waterproof construction, making it suitable for use in wet or harsh environmental conditions common in warehouses and outdoor logistics operations. This durability ensures reliable power delivery even in challenging settings. Contact us today to learn more about our full range of rugged power accessories.
The Zebra Silverline Classic II is specifically designed and verified to work with Zebra's Custom ZT410 RFID Silverline and ZT411 On Metal printers. Other Zebra printers are not recommended or supported, so we recommend verifying printer compatibility before ordering to ensure proper encoding and printing performance.
Yes, the DS2278 is designed to be backward-compatible with Zebra's LS2208 1D scanner accessories, allowing you to leverage your current investment in cables and cradles when upgrading to 2D imaging capability. This compatibility reduces the total cost of converting your scanning infrastructure to handle both 1D and 2D barcodes. Contact us today to confirm specific accessory compatibility for your setup.
Yes, the Zebra VC8300 10-Inch includes built-in support through Android 14, ensuring compatibility with current and future operating system versions. This forward compatibility helps protect your investment and allows access to the latest Android features and security updates available from us.
The ZQ610 Plus features a 3250 mAh (nominal) 23.4 Wh removable, rechargeable PowerPrecision+ Li-Ion battery that powers the longest shifts with advanced battery technology. The removable design allows operators to swap batteries without stopping work, and the rapid wake-up capability ensures the printer is always ready when needed. Contact us today to discuss battery performance for your specific operational requirements.
Yes, the DS2278 is backward compatible with universal cables and accessories from Zebra's LS2208 1D scanner line, allowing you to leverage your current accessory investment when upgrading to 1D/2D imaging. This compatibility reduces the total cost of migration from older scanner models.
Yes, the DS9908-HD is designed to read UHF RFID barcodes in one pass without requiring line of sight, making it highly efficient for inventory and asset tracking applications. This RFID capability operates in the 902-928 MHz frequency range, enabling seamless integration into RFID-enabled workflows. Contact us today to learn how this dual-capability scanner can enhance your asset management processes.
Yes, the CBL-DC-451A1-01 features an integrated filter in the DC line cord, which helps protect your Zebra 3600 Series devices from electrical noise and power fluctuations. This filtering capability extends the lifespan of your equipment and ensures stable power delivery during operations. Contact us today to verify this component meets your facility's power requirements.
The ZD621 comes standard with Ethernet, Serial, USB 2.0, and USB Host connectivity. An optional dual wireless radio is available as a factory- or field-installable upgrade, providing 802.11ac Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 4.1 for flexible network integration. Additionally, the printer supports Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) for pairing with the Zebra printer setup mobile app on Android and iOS devices, and includes an NFC Print Touch tag for quick mobile device pairing.
Yes, the ZD621 is backwards compatible with virtually any existing thermal printer. It supports both EPL and ZPL programming languages and can emulate languages normally associated with other printer brands using Zebra's Print DNA tool, Virtual Devices, so you can use the same label formats and applications you're using today without disruption.
Yes, the DS2278 is designed for backward compatibility with Zebra's LS2208 accessory ecosystem. You can reuse your current cables and cradles when upgrading to the DS2200 Series, which significantly reduces the total cost of migration from 1D to 1D/2D imaging technology.
No, the power cord is not included with this Zebra power device. You will need to source a compatible power cord separately to complete your setup. Contact us today if you need assistance identifying the correct cord for your facility's electrical specifications.
Yes, the Zebra P1086845-004 Power Device is compatible with the ZD510-HC healthcare printer. This 75W power supply is engineered to meet the power requirements of Zebra's healthcare printing solutions, ensuring stable operation in medical facilities and clinical environments.
The Zebra P1037750-097 is designed as an upgrade kit for specific Zebra printer models, so compatibility depends on your current equipment. We recommend verifying your printer model against the compatibility specifications before purchasing. Contact us today to confirm whether this print server will work with your existing Zebra printers.
The Zebra Z-Perform 1000D is designed for use with mobile direct thermal printers, particularly the QLn Series and ZQ500 Series. This paper is optimized for direct thermal printing technology, which means it requires no ribbon and prints by applying heat directly to the label surface. We recommend pre-testing the media with your specific printer model to ensure it meets your application requirements.
The Zebra P1072539-001 is a thermal printhead designed for thermal transfer printing applications. It delivers 203 dpi resolution, making it suitable for barcode labels, shipping labels, and asset tags that require durability and clarity in warehouse and logistics environments.
The P1080383-229 printhead kit upgrades your printer to 300 dpi (dots per inch) resolution. This higher resolution is ideal for applications requiring crisp barcode readability, detailed graphics, and professional label appearance in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today if you need guidance on whether 300 dpi meets your printing requirements.
Yes, the Zebra 05100BK13145 ribbon is specifically recommended for use with Z-Supreme products, particularly in printed circuit board applications. This combination delivers optimal performance and durability when paired with Zebra-approved labels for certified results.
Yes, the Zebra 5095 Performance Resin ribbon offers exceptional chemical resistance along with superior durability and print quality. It is UL recognized and CSA component acceptable when used with Zebra approved labels, ensuring reliable performance in demanding industrial environments.
The Zebra 05555GS08407 ribbon measures 84mm x 74m (3.31" x 242') with a standard 12mm (0.5") core size. Each box contains 12 rolls, and the ribbon prints at speeds up to 6 inches per second, making it suitable for high-volume barcode printing operations. We offer this ribbon in configurations compatible with Zebra desktop thermal transfer printers.
The Zebra SAM5178 labels are rated to withstand temperatures up to 250 degrees Fahrenheit, making them suitable for harsh industrial applications and temperature-sensitive environments. Combined with their outdoor durability rating of 1-2 years, these labels maintain their integrity in challenging conditions. Contact us today if you need labels for specific temperature requirements.
The ZD621d-HC provides multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, USB Host, Ethernet, Serial, and Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE5) for flexible integration into your network infrastructure. This range of communication protocols ensures compatibility with various warehouse management systems, healthcare IT environments, and legacy equipment.
The X-Large 5-shelf model (CS-CAB-5XL-FLTPK-B-N) has a device capacity of 60 units, depending on the specific devices and cradles used. This makes it ideal for mid-to-large warehouse operations that need centralized storage and management of mobile computers, tablets, and scanners. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore cabinet sizing options for your operation.
The MC330L-SE4EG4NA comes standard with a 7000 mAh extended capacity battery pack that provides power for up to three shifts, eliminating the need for mid-shift battery changes in most warehouse operations. This extended battery life is a significant advantage over earlier mobile computer models in demanding, fast-paced environments.
Each roll of Zebra Z-Ultimate 4000T labels measures 2x1" (50.8x25.4mm) and contains 4,300 labels per roll. The labels come with a 3" (76.2mm) core, and you receive 4 rolls per box for a total of 17,200 labels per box when ordering from us.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Select 4000D direct thermal label is specifically designed for cold temperature applications and produces high-contrast, black, visible light images in these conditions. However, it is not recommended for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat, as these conditions can degrade label quality and readability.
This roll features 3.5 mil thickness, dimensions of 3.125 inches x 645 feet (79.4mm x 196.6m), a 1-inch (25.4mm) core, and comes with 645 feet per roll and 8 rolls per box. It is direct thermal compatible and designed for use with mobile and industrial label printers.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Select 4000D direct thermal labels are specifically designed for cold temperature applications and will produce high-contrast, black images in these conditions. However, we do not recommend these labels for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat, as they are not rated for those environments.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Select 4000D is specifically formulated for cold temperature applications with its all-temp adhesive and bright white coated paper construction. However, these labels are not recommended for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat, so they're ideal for refrigerated warehouses and freezer environments.
Yes, the Z-Select 4000D direct thermal paper used in the FINALE-4X1DT is specifically designed for cold temperature applications and produces high-contrast, black visible light images. However, these labels are not recommended for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat, so they're ideal for indoor warehouse and inventory tracking in temperature-controlled environments.
No, the CS-RAC-NA-MLEAD is specifically designed for North American (NA) electrical systems and is not suitable for international use. If you require power solutions for different regions, contact us today to discuss alternative Zebra power accessories that meet your geographic requirements.
No, the Zebra Z-Select 4000D direct thermal label is not recommended for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat. This label is specifically designed for cold temperature applications where high-contrast, black visible light images are required. For outdoor or heat-exposed applications, we recommend consulting our team about alternative label materials available from us.
The Zebra Z-Perform 1000D labels measure 2.953" x 1" (75 x 25.4mm) with a 0.75" (19.1mm) core. This compact label size is ideal for shipping labels, product identification, and other industrial applications where space is limited. Contact us today to confirm label dimensions match your specific printer and application requirements.
Yes, the DS2278 is designed to work with universal cables and accessories from Zebra's 1D LS2208 scanner line, allowing you to reduce conversion costs if you're upgrading from a 1D scanner. This backward compatibility means you can leverage your current accessory investment when moving to a 1D/2D imager.
Yes, the Cisco UCSC-C3X60-14HD4 supports multiple Intel Xeon processor families including Bronze, Silver, Gold, and Platinum variants. This flexibility allows you to configure the server based on your performance requirements and budget constraints. We offer this system available from us with various processor configurations to meet your specific needs.
The UCS-SP-5108-AC3 supports flexible unified ports that enable Ethernet, FCoE (Fibre Channel over Ethernet), and native Fibre Channel connectivity through Cisco Fabric Extenders. The system can accommodate up to two fabric extenders for distributed connectivity and management, with the Cisco UCS 2208XP providing up to 160 Gbps per blade chassis when paired with Cisco UCS 6200 Series Fabric Interconnects. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss connectivity requirements for your infrastructure.
Yes, the C9500-32QC-EDU is specifically designed for educational deployments, as indicated by the 'EDU' designation in the model number. This Catalyst 9500 series switch provides enterprise-grade performance and reliability needed for campus networks, research facilities, and data centers in K-12 and higher education environments. Contact us today to discuss how we can support your institution's networking infrastructure.
Yes, the C9500X-28C8D is designed for high-performance data center and enterprise campus networks requiring 100G and 400G connectivity. Its modular architecture and support for multiple gigabit ethernet standards make it ideal for organizations needing scalable, future-proof network infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss how this switch fits your data center architecture.
Yes, the HX-CPU-I6238R is designed as a processor upgrade for Cisco HyperFlex converged infrastructure systems. It uses Socket 3647 and is compatible with Cisco HX-series servers, allowing you to upgrade existing systems with enhanced computing performance.
The Cisco C9500-32QC ships with your choice of 650W, 950W, 1500W, or 1600W AC power supply as the default configuration, depending on your deployment requirements and redundancy needs. This flexibility allows you to right-size power delivery for your specific network infrastructure. Contact us today to specify your preferred power supply configuration when ordering.
The NIM-8CE1T1-PRI is designed as a Network Interface Module (NIM) that installs into compatible Cisco routers and integrated services routers (ISRs). Compatibility depends on your specific router model and available NIM slots. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your equipment and ensure proper installation.
The UCS-FI-6536-U supports multiple connectivity standards including Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 25 Gigabit Ethernet, 40 Gigabit Ethernet, and 100 Gigabit Ethernet. It features flexible unified ports that support Ethernet, FCoE (Fibre Channel over Ethernet), and native Fibre Channel connectivity, enabling low-latency, lossless communication across your infrastructure.
Cisco Small Business support services extend technical coverage to three years, providing extended protection beyond the standard 1-year limited warranty included with most Cisco Small Business products. This subscription-based service helps protect your investment and ensures you have access to support resources throughout the contract term. Contact us today to discuss coverage options that fit your operational timeline.
Yes, the Cisco ASA 5500 Series is designed to protect networks of all sizes, making it an excellent choice for organizations seeking to lower deployment and operational costs while maintaining comprehensive security. The modular product family allows you to customize features and capabilities based on your specific network requirements. Contact us today to discuss the right ASA configuration for your organization.
Yes, the Cisco ASA 5500 Series is designed to protect networks of all sizes, making the ASA 5505 an excellent choice for small to medium-sized organizations. It provides comprehensive multilayer security while helping lower overall deployment and operations costs compared to larger appliances.
The Botnet Traffic Filter License is specifically designed for the Cisco ASA 5505 model. If you're deploying other ASA 5500 Series appliances like the 5510, 5520, 5540, or 5550, you may need different license SKUs tailored to those models. Contact us today to verify licensing requirements for your specific ASA deployment.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 4500 Series is designed with both backward and forward compatibility across generations, protecting your investment in existing network infrastructure. This modular platform allows you to upgrade components without requiring a complete system replacement. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for guidance on upgrading your current Catalyst deployment.
The CON-OSP-SP6508A2 is specifically designed for the Cisco UCS SP B Base 5108 Blade Server chassis. We offer a range of Cisco service contracts for different UCS configurations and models. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to find the right service contract option for your specific Cisco equipment.
The Cisco 2911 Integrated Services Router supports up to 50 Cisco Unified SRST (Survivable Remote Site Telephony) sessions and 50 Cisco Unified CCME (Call Manager Express) sessions, making it ideal for branch offices requiring centralized voice and data consolidation. These capabilities enable businesses to deploy intelligent branch-office solutions that reduce total cost of ownership while maintaining reliable communications.
The CON-3SNT-C375X12S service contract is specifically designed for Catalyst 3750X switches with 12 SFP ports and IP Base software. The Catalyst 3750 Series supports stackable, fixed-configuration switches with up to 48 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus SFP connectivity, allowing you to build unified, highly resilient switching systems. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific switch configuration.
The CON-3SNT-ISR4331K SmartNet contract delivers 8x5x NBD support, meaning you receive assistance during 8 AM to 5 PM business hours, Monday through Friday, with Next Business Day hardware replacement and onsite support when needed. This level of service is ideal for businesses that require reliable support during standard operating hours. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about SmartNet coverage options available from us.
The SFP-10G-LR-S= is an enterprise-class 10 Gigabit SFP+ module with an LC connector that supports Digital Optical Monitoring (DOM) for real-time performance tracking. It's designed for commercial temperature range operation and works with Cisco switches and compatible equipment that accepts SFP+ transceivers. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific hardware configuration.
Yes, the SFP-10G-ER-S is an enterprise-class transceiver module designed for Cisco equipment and supports Digital Optical Monitoring (DOM) for real-time performance monitoring. We recommend verifying your specific switch model's compatibility with 10GBASE-ER modules—contact us today and our team can confirm compatibility with your infrastructure.
Yes, the VMware vSphere 5 Enterprise Plus license is designed to integrate with Cisco's comprehensive networking and data routing solutions. As a virtualization platform license from Cisco, it works seamlessly with Cisco's data router products and networking ecosystem. Contact us today to discuss your specific infrastructure requirements and compatibility needs.
Yes, the Cisco CON-SNT-2248PQFA service contract is designed for Cisco 2900 Series data networking equipment. This contract provides the essential SMARTNET support needed to maintain uptime on these routers. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific 2900 Series model.
Yes, the CON-SAU-UCSMGRAS is designed for UCS Central management on a per-domain basis, making it applicable to environments with multiple UCS domains that require centralized management and support. Each domain license requires its own service contract for comprehensive coverage. We offer this contract to support your multi-domain UCS infrastructure needs.
The Cisco CON-SAU-7DCSANSB is specifically tailored for DCNM SAN Advanced Edition deployments on Nexus platforms. While this contract is designed for SAN Advanced Edition, compatibility with your specific Nexus configuration should be verified before purchase. Contact us today to confirm this service contract matches your data center environment and licensing requirements.
This service contract is designed for organizations running Cisco networking equipment in warehouse, logistics, and IT environments where standard business-hour support is sufficient. It's ideal for companies seeking cost-effective coverage with Next Business Day response times rather than 24/7 emergency support. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to determine if this contract matches your operational requirements.
No, the Cisco CON-SNT-N7K4S2 is a US-only service contract. If you require international coverage or support in other regions, contact us today to explore alternative service options available from us that may better suit your global deployment needs.
Yes, the CON-SW-WSC296XT service contract is specifically designed for the Cisco Catalyst 2960-X 24 GigE switch with 4X1G SFP uplinks. This contract ensures you receive manufacturer-backed support and software updates tailored to your switch configuration. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific hardware setup.
8X5XNBD stands for 8 hours per day, 5 days per week service with Next Business Day hardware replacement. This support level ensures your network infrastructure receives prompt assistance during standard business hours, with replacement parts shipped the next business day when hardware issues occur. This is ideal for organizations that operate primarily during business hours.
This SmartNet contract is specifically designed for the Cisco ASR 9001 chassis within the ASR 9000 Series router family. The ASR 9000 Series includes multiple compact high-performance router models with varying port densities and specifications. We recommend verifying your exact chassis model before purchasing to ensure proper coverage alignment with your equipment.
The CON-SNTP-9372PXBN is specifically designed for the Cisco Nexus 9372PX bundle. We offer a range of SMARTNET service contracts for other Cisco platforms, including Nexus, NCS, and ONS series equipment. Contact us today to find the right service contract for your specific Cisco hardware.
Yes, the CON-SNT-A9KMPA4X service contract is specifically designed for Cisco ASR 900 series equipment with 4-port 10GE module port adapters. This contract ensures your ASR 900 infrastructure receives manufacturer-backed support and maintenance. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific ASR 900 configuration.
The Cisco VMW-VS5-ENT-1A has dimensions of 1.70 x 6.80 x 12.25 inches (4.32 x 17.27 x 31.12 cm) and weighs 3.00 lb with the power supply included. These compact specifications make it suitable for standard rack-mounted deployments in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today for detailed installation guidance.
The ASA-IC-6GE-CU-C interface card is specifically designed for Cisco ASA 5545-X and 5555-X series appliances. We recommend verifying your current ASA model before ordering to ensure compatibility. Contact us today to confirm if this card will work with your specific firewall configuration.
Yes, the Cisco LIC-SPCHVIEWPRO-1Y is specifically designed for Cisco Unity Connection deployments and integrates seamlessly with existing Cisco unified communications platforms. This license enables SpeechView Pro functionality across your Unity Connection environment. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific system configuration.
Yes, the Cisco AIR-AP2802I-B-K9 is designed for enterprise deployments including warehouse and logistics operations where reliable wireless coverage is critical. The dual Gigabit Ethernet ports and 4x4 internal antenna configuration provide robust performance for mobile computing devices used in inventory management and material handling. We offer this access point as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions for warehouse automation. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment guidance.
Yes, the Cisco AIR-AP1562I-N-K9 features both wall-mountable and pole-mountable design options, making it versatile for various deployment scenarios including outdoor environments. Its robust construction supports flexible installation in challenging locations. Contact us today to discuss the best mounting solution for your specific deployment needs.
Yes, the AIR-AP1572EC1-B-K9 is specifically designed as an outdoor access point with external antenna connectors, making it ideal for warehouse yards, loading docks, and outdoor logistics operations. The extended antenna configuration provides improved coverage in open outdoor spaces where indoor access points would be insufficient. Contact us today to discuss outdoor wireless deployment solutions for your facility.
The A9K-MOD200-FC is designed as a modular line card for the Cisco ASR 9000 series router platform, ensuring compatibility with existing ASR 9000 chassis deployments. The Flexible Consumption model architecture allows for seamless integration into current network environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific ASR 9000 configuration and chassis version.
The A9K-MPA-20X1G-FC is specifically designed as a modular port adapter for Cisco ASR 9000 Series routers. Compatibility depends on your exact ASR 9000 model and available MPA slots. Contact us today with your current router model and configuration, and our team can verify compatibility and recommend the right expansion options for your network infrastructure.
The A900-IMA2F includes one multiband swivel-mount dipole antenna (LTE-ANTM-SMA-D) as standard. For optimal 2X2 MIMO coverage in warehouse and logistics environments, Cisco recommends ordering a second antenna option. Contact us today to configure the antenna setup that best fits your deployment needs.
Yes, the A9K-MPA-4X10G-FC is specifically designed as a modular port adapter for Cisco ASR 9000 series routers. This adapter integrates seamlessly into the ASR 9000 line card architecture, allowing you to expand your router's port capacity and connectivity options. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific ASR 9000 configuration.
Yes, the device supports remote firmware upgrades over LTE, remote data callbacks via voice and SMS, and SIM lock/unlock capabilities for flexible remote management. Additionally, it supports SMS messaging with a maximum of 160 characters per message, enabling secure communication in field deployments. These remote management features are ideal for logistics and warehouse operations requiring centralized device administration.
The C1000-16T-E-2G-L is designed as a basic data router without PoE capability on its standard ports. If your warehouse or logistics operation requires PoE functionality for powering devices like IP cameras or wireless access points, we can recommend alternative Cisco Catalyst models with PoE+ support. Contact us today to discuss your specific power delivery requirements.
Yes, the Catalyst 1000 series is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments requiring reliable, manageable switching infrastructure. The 16-port configuration provides adequate capacity for distributed locations, and the SFP uplinks enable backbone connectivity to larger network segments. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can support your warehouse network architecture.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Select 4000D is specifically designed for cold temperature applications and delivers high-contrast, black, visible light images in these conditions. However, these labels are not recommended for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat, so ensure your environment matches these specifications before deployment.
The MC3300x comes standard with a 7000 mAh extended capacity battery pack that provides power for up to three shifts, eliminating the need for mid-shift battery swaps in most warehouse operations. This extended battery life is a key advantage for on-demand and e-commerce logistics workflows.
Yes, the Zebra 74776 Ribbon is specifically engineered with a unique resin base that provides excellent resistance to outdoor elements and chemical solvents. This makes it ideal for applications requiring durability in harsh environments, such as shipping labels, industrial asset tags, and outdoor storage scenarios where exposure to moisture and chemicals is a concern.
The MXC7000-L accessory kit is specifically designed for the Zebra MP7000 series mobile computers. While Zebra devices share common architectural elements, accessory compatibility varies by model. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific device model and ensure you select the correct accessories for your deployment.
Yes, the Zebra 105912G-157 power supply is designed to support Zebra printers built for high-volume warehouse and manufacturing applications. Zebra printers powered by this device feature all-metal construction and robust mechanisms engineered to perform 24/7 in tough operational environments. Contact us today to ensure this power solution meets your specific facility requirements.
The Zebra 10007010 features 3.5 mil direct thermal paper with dimensions of 8.5 inches x 565 feet (215.9mm x 172.2m), a 2-inch (50.8mm) core, and comes in rolls of 565 per roll with 4 rolls per box. This uncoated paper with permanent acrylic adhesive is optimized for direct thermal printing applications.
The ZD621R supports multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, USB Host, Serial, Ethernet, and Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE) for flexible integration into your warehouse or logistics environment. This multi-protocol approach ensures compatibility with existing systems and mobile devices. We offer the ZD621R configured for USA/Canada standards, making it ready to deploy in North American operations.
The Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands are available in 7 different colors, allowing you to differentiate guest types, access levels, or special offers at your venue. This variety helps with visual organization and guest experience management.
Yes, the Z-Ultimate 3000T labels are UL recognized for both indoor and outdoor use when used with compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons. The labels offer high resistance to chemicals and UV exposure, making them suitable for harsh environmental conditions including water-immersed applications and labels in contact with moving parts.
The ZLED-XS40WH-0000 is specifically designed as a spare part for the Zebra FS40 printer. We recommend verifying compatibility with your specific printer model before ordering. Contact us today if you need clarification on whether this lighting component will work with your equipment.
Yes, the LENS-M0800-0100 features a standard C-Mount connection, making it compatible with Zebra vision systems that support C-Mount lenses. The 25.5mm filter thread allows integration with standard optical filters and accessories. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific Zebra vision hardware configuration.
The Zebra LENS-M3500-0100 features a 25.5mm filter thread, allowing you to attach standard optical filters and accessories to customize the lens for your application. This thread size is commonly used in industrial vision systems for adding polarizing, ND, or color filters. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss filter options available from us.
Yes, the Zebra LENS-M1600-0100 is a C-Mount lens, making it compatible with any standard C-Mount camera interface commonly used in industrial vision systems. C-Mount is an industry-standard interface that ensures broad compatibility across vision platforms. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific camera model.
Yes, the LENS-U1600-0100 features a standard C-Mount interface, making it compatible with any C-Mount camera body. The 16mm focal length and large format design make it suitable for applications requiring wide field-of-view imaging in industrial settings. Contact us today if you need guidance on pairing this lens with specific camera systems for your application.
Yes, the Zebra LENS-U0800-0100 is a C-Mount lens, which is the industry standard interface for industrial vision cameras. C-Mount compatibility ensures seamless integration with a wide range of vision systems and industrial cameras used in manufacturing and logistics environments. Contact us today if you need guidance on integrating this lens into your existing vision setup.
Yes, the Zebra LENS-U1200-0100 uses a C-Mount connection, which is the industry standard for machine vision and industrial camera applications. This universal mount ensures compatibility with a wide range of vision systems and imaging devices available from us.
Yes, the LENS-U3500-0100 is a C-Mount lens, making it compatible with standard C-Mount camera interfaces widely used in industrial vision systems. This industry-standard mount ensures broad compatibility with vision platforms and inspection equipment. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific camera system.
The LENS-U2500-0100 features a 37mm filter thread, allowing you to attach compatible filters and accessories for enhanced image capture in various lighting conditions. This standard filter size provides flexibility for customizing your vision system setup based on your specific application requirements.
Yes, the LENS-XTC70-0000 is engineered as part of Zebra's Industrial Machine Vision and Fixed Scanner portfolio, and it integrates seamlessly with the Zebra Aurora software platform for setup, deployment, and operation. The lens adaptor works with the VS70 vision camera system and supports C-mount lenses and filters for flexible configuration. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for compatibility details with your specific equipment.
The Zebra 800350-370 ribbon yields approximately 400 color images per roll. This capacity makes it an efficient choice for medium-volume ID card printing operations in warehouses, facilities, and logistics centers. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing for ongoing supply needs.
The LENS-XRC70-0000 is engineered as a replacement lens cover specifically for the Zebra Xs70 vision system. While Zebra manufactures various vision products, this lens is designed for Xs70 compatibility to ensure proper optical alignment and sealing. Contact us today if you need lens replacements for other Zebra vision models—our team can help identify the correct part for your equipment.
This premium lighting model includes a precision dual aimer, 360-degree green/red feedback indicators, and an integrated loudspeaker for operational feedback. The LED ring light design provides consistent white wavelength illumination with a 20-degree fan angle for optimal beam coverage. These features work together to enhance scanning speed and reduce read errors in demanding warehouse and logistics applications.
The Zebra 800350-320 ribbon yields approximately 700 images per cartridge, making it an economical choice for moderate-to-high-volume ID card production environments. This image capacity helps warehouses and logistics operations manage printing costs effectively while maintaining consistent color output quality.
Yes, the Zebra DS8108-DL includes built-in driver's license parsing capabilities, making it ideal for applications requiring ID verification and data extraction. This feature, combined with its high-resolution imaging sensor, enables reliable scanning and decoding of driver's licenses and other ID documents. Contact us today to discuss how this capability can enhance your checkout or verification workflows.
The Zebra 104523-117 cards are specifically designed for Zebra card printing systems and may not be compatible with all third-party printer brands. To ensure proper compatibility with your existing equipment, we recommend verifying your printer model against Zebra's specifications. Contact us today and our team can help confirm compatibility with your specific printing system.
The Zebra P1037974-011 printhead delivers 300 dpi (dots per inch) resolution, which is ideal for standard barcode labels, shipping labels, and product identification applications. This resolution provides crisp, scannable output for most warehouse and logistics labeling needs. Contact us today if you need higher resolution options for detailed graphics or small text.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is specifically designed as a thermal transfer label and requires compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons for printing. This polyester construction delivers outstanding print quality with unparalleled smear and scratch resistance compared to direct thermal alternatives.
Yes, the RS5100 is designed to pair with virtually any Zebra enterprise-class mobile device to unlock its full feature set. Additionally, it supports NFC connectivity, allowing workers to simply tap the scanner on NFC-enabled Zebra devices like the WT6000 Wearable Computer and TC52 Handheld Mobile Computer for seamless integration.
The Zebra LGHT-T400RD-0000 features an M12 connector, a standard industrial-grade connector widely used in factory automation and machine vision systems. This connector type ensures reliable, quick-disconnect capability for integration into vision systems and industrial equipment. Contact us today if you need assistance selecting compatible cabling or integration components.
The Zebra 800300-306 ribbon yields approximately 1500 images per cartridge, making it a cost-effective supply option for moderate to high-volume ID card production environments. This yield allows you to plan your supply inventory efficiently for warehouse and logistics operations.
The Zebra 800077-761 ribbon yields 2000 images per roll, providing substantial printing capacity for high-volume ID card operations. This yield makes it an efficient choice for organizations managing large employee badge programs or credential issuance systems.
The ZT411 comes standard with Ethernet, Serial (RS-232), USB 2.0, dual USB Host ports, and Bluetooth 4.2. An optional dual-band wireless card with 802.11ac Wi-Fi is available for blazing-fast and reliable wireless connections with the latest security protocols. Contact us today to configure the connectivity package that works best for your warehouse or manufacturing environment.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Ultimate 3000T is UL recognized for both indoor and outdoor use when used with compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons. The label offers high resistance to chemicals and UV exposure, making it suitable for outdoor shelf labels, scan-pallet labels, and other applications exposed to sunlight and environmental elements. Contact us today to ensure you select the correct ribbon for your specific outdoor application.
Yes, the LENS-M2500-0100 is a C-Mount lens, which is the industry standard interface for industrial vision cameras and Zebra vision systems. C-Mount compatibility ensures broad integration with most industrial machine vision platforms and Zebra vision solutions available from us. This standardized mounting allows for easy integration into existing vision inspection setups.
The ZD621 comes standard with Ethernet, Serial, USB 2.0, and USB Host connectivity, plus Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) 5 for mobile app integration. An optional dual wireless radio upgrade adds 802.11ac Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 4.1, available as either factory-installed or field-installable options. This comprehensive connectivity suite allows you to print from Windows, Android, or iOS devices and integrate seamlessly with your existing wired and wireless networks.
The Zebra PolyPro 4000T labels are rated to withstand temperatures up to 250 degrees Fahrenheit. They also maintain durability for 1-2 years in outdoor conditions, making them suitable for both indoor industrial applications and external labeling needs.
The Z-Perform 2000T features a permanent acrylic adhesive with high initial tack and excellent adhesion to corrugated surfaces. This makes it well-suited for box labeling, compliance labeling, and work-in-process applications where reliable bonding to cardboard and corrugated materials is essential.
Yes, the Zebra 800077-747 ID Card Ribbon is fully compatible with Zebra ZXP Series 7 card printers. This half-panel YMCKO IX Series ribbon is specifically designed for ZXP Series 7 compatibility, ensuring reliable performance and color quality in your ID card production workflow.
Yes, the Zebra LENS-M1200-0100 is a C-Mount lens, which is the industry standard interface for industrial vision cameras and Zebra vision systems. C-Mount compatibility ensures broad integration with existing machine vision setups and Zebra's vision product line. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed compatibility information with your equipment.
This rugged tablet includes Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, cellular (WWAN), GPS, and NFC connectivity to ensure workers stay connected in the field. These multiple connectivity options allow seamless data capture and real-time communication across your most demanding operational environments.
The MC330L comes standard with a 7000 mAh extended capacity battery pack that provides power for up to three shifts, eliminating the need for mid-shift charging in most warehouse and logistics operations. This extended battery life is a significant upgrade from earlier models in the MC3000 family.
Yes, the ZT231 is specifically designed for light industrial environments with its durable metal frame and metal enclosures that provide reliable performance in demanding conditions. The printer features tool-less platen and printhead removal for easy maintenance, and includes onboard analytics and printhead element out detection to help you plan maintenance in advance.
The DS4678 offers a scan range of 28 inches (71 cm), allowing cashiers to scan items in a shopping cart while remaining seated at the cash wrap. This extended range is particularly useful for capturing UPC codes on bulky items at the bottom of a cart and for auxiliary handheld scanning in high-volume checkout lanes.
Yes, the ZD621 is backwards compatible with virtually any existing thermal printer setup. It supports both EPL and ZPL printer languages and can emulate languages normally associated with other printer brands using Zebra's Print DNA Virtual Devices tool. This means you can integrate the ZD621 into your existing printer fleet and use the same label formats and applications you're using today without requiring major system changes.
MotionWorks Enterprise provides actionable information that boosts productivity and profitability while streamlining operations throughout your facility. The solution delivers real-time visibility into asset and personnel locations, enabling better resource allocation, faster workflows, and improved operational efficiency. Available from us, this software handles complex use cases that other RTLS solutions cannot address, making it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The MC330L comes standard with a 7000 mAh extended capacity battery pack that provides power for up to three shifts, eliminating the need for mid-shift battery swaps in most warehouse operations. This extended battery life is ideal for high-volume picking, receiving, and inventory management tasks. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore battery options and accessories available from us.
The PC42E-T features diverse connectivity options including USB, Ethernet, and optional Wi-Fi/Bluetooth capabilities, providing deployment flexibility across various warehouse and logistics environments. These multiple connection methods allow seamless integration with your existing systems and mobile devices. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity configuration best suits your operational requirements.
Yes, the CN85 is specifically designed for warehouse, cold storage, field mobility, and other challenging environments. It features an IP65/IP67 environmental rating for dust and water resistance, making it ideal for severe operating conditions where standard devices would fail.
Built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, the CN80G provides future-proof investment protection with support for four Android generations, starting with Android 7.1 and extending through Android R. Security updates are also available for up to two years past the last Google patch via the Honeywell Sentinel service plan, maximizing your return on investment and lowering overall total cost of ownership.
Yes, the CT40 XP is designed as a rugged mobile computer with IP65/IP67 ratings for dust and water resistance, making it suitable for demanding warehouse, logistics, and last-mile delivery environments. The device features a protective boot to avoid wear and tear while maintaining comfort for hours of productive use.
The PC42E-T offers diverse connectivity options including USB, Ethernet, and Wi-Fi/Bluetooth capabilities, providing flexible deployment across your warehouse or retail environment. These multiple connection types allow you to integrate the printer seamlessly into existing network infrastructure and mobile printing workflows.
The PC42E-T offers diverse connectivity options including USB, Ethernet, and Wi-Fi/Bluetooth capabilities, providing increased deployment flexibility for various warehouse and retail environments. These multiple connection methods ensure seamless integration with your existing network infrastructure and mobile devices.
The PC42E-T includes both USB and Ethernet connectivity, providing flexible deployment options for warehouse networks and direct computer connections. These industry-standard interfaces ensure compatibility with most warehouse management systems and labeling software platforms.
Yes, the EDA10A is equipped with a Honeywell enterprise-level SO703 imager for reliable barcode scanning capabilities. Combined with its 16MP auto-focus camera and 8MP front camera, it provides comprehensive data capture functionality for inventory management, receiving, and shipping operations. Contact us today to discuss how the EDA10A can enhance your mobile data capture workflow.
Yes, the CK67 is equipped with the latest 5G (SA and NSA) and 4G radios plus Wi-Fi 6E technology for futureproof connectivity in modern warehouse environments. This combination ensures your team stays connected with the fastest available wireless standards. Contact us today to learn how this advanced connectivity enhances your warehouse operations.
Built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, the CN80G provides future-proof investment protection with support for four Android generations, starting with Android 7.1 and extending through Android R. Security updates are available for up to two years past the last Google patch via the Honeywell Sentinel service plan, ensuring your device remains protected and compliant throughout its lifecycle. Contact us today to learn more about our support options available from us.
Built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, the CN80G provides future-proof investment protection with support for four Android generations, starting with Android 7.1 and extending through Android R. Security updates are also available for up to two years past the last Google patch via the Honeywell Sentinel service plan, maximizing your return on investment and lowering overall total cost of ownership. Contact us today to learn more about our lifecycle support options.
Yes, the CN80G features ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0 m (3.3 ft) tumbles. It carries IP65/IP67 ratings for dust and water resistance, making it ideal for warehouse, cold storage, and other challenging environments where durability is critical.
Built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, the CN80G offers future-proof investment protection with support for four Android generations, starting with Android 7.1 (N) and upgradable through Android R. Security updates are available for up to two years past the last Google patch via the Honeywell Sentinel service plan, ensuring your device remains protected and compliant long-term. This extended lifecycle management maximizes your return on investment and lowers overall total cost of ownership.
Yes, the CN80G features ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4-meter (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0-meter (3.3 ft) tumbles, making it ideal for demanding logistics and warehouse operations. It carries IP65/IP67 ratings for dust and water resistance, and the 4.2-inch touchscreen can be used with finger, glove, or stylus in indoor and outdoor conditions. This durability makes it perfect for cold storage, field mobility, and other challenging environments.
Yes, the CN80G is specifically designed for harsh environments with an IP65/IP67 rating for dust and water resistance, plus ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0 m (3.3 ft) tumbles. The large 4.2-inch touchscreen can be read easily indoors and outdoors and works with finger, glove, or stylus input. Available from us, it's an ideal choice for warehouse, cold storage, field mobility, and other challenging operational conditions.
The CK65 features a 7,000 mAh extended smart battery capable of up to 28 hours of continuous operation, with typical shift performance exceeding 18 hours. This extended battery life eliminates mid-shift downtime and keeps workers connected and productive through multiple shifts without requiring device swaps.
Yes, the CN80G is built for the most demanding environments with an IP65/IP67 rating for dust and water resistance, plus ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0 m (3.3 ft) tumbles. Its large 4.2-inch touchscreen is readable indoors and outdoors and works with finger, glove, or stylus, making it ideal for warehouse, cold storage, and field mobility applications.
Yes, the Thor VM3 is specifically designed as a full-sized vehicle-mounted computer for the toughest distribution center environments, freight operations, and manufacturing facilities. It features built-in ignition control to eliminate maintenance expenses and lost productivity from dead vehicle batteries, making it ideal for yard automation and port operations.
The SL42 features an integrated 2D imager with Adaptus imaging technology that reads standard 1D barcodes, PDF417, 2D codes, postal codes, and OCR symbologies. The green LED aimer provides precise targeting for accurate scanning in various lighting conditions. This comprehensive decode capability makes it ideal for retail, warehouse, and logistics environments where multiple barcode formats are common.
The CT47 is equipped with both 5G and Wi-Fi 6E connectivity, providing high bandwidth and low latency for data-intensive applications in logistics and warehouse environments. This dual connectivity ensures seamless communication and real-time data synchronization across your operations. Contact us today to learn how these advanced connectivity features can optimize your mobile workforce deployment.
Yes, the Voyager XP 1472g is specifically designed for in-store retail workflows and point-of-sale operations. Its extended scan distance allows employees to read barcodes from the bottom of shopping carts without bending over, improving efficiency and reducing strain during checkout transactions.
The 2105iSR is optimized for short-range scanning, reading both 1D and 2D barcodes from contact distance up to arm's length with superior speed and accuracy. Its AI-enhanced performance delivers 45% faster scanning speeds, even on damaged or low-quality barcodes that would challenge standard scanners. This makes it particularly effective for high-volume picking, packing, and receiving operations where scan reliability is critical.
The CN80G is built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform and supports four generations of Android starting with Android 7.1 Nougat, extending through Android R for maximum return on investment. Security updates are available for up to two years past the last Google patch via the Honeywell Sentinel service plan. This extended lifecycle management ensures your investment remains protected and compliant long-term, which is why we recommend it for organizations planning multi-year deployments.
Yes, the 1200g is built for durability with a shock-mounted PCB that delivers greater impact resistance and is designed to withstand 30 drops to concrete from 1.5 meters. It features a protected, scratch-resistant glass window, a recessed trigger button protected by integrated rubber, and an IP42 environmental sealing rating for protection against dust and moisture.
Built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, the CN80G supports four Android generations starting with Android 7.1 (N), with the device compatible up to Android R, ensuring extended investment protection. Security updates are available for up to two years past the last Google patch via the Honeywell Sentinel service plan. This extended lifecycle approach minimizes total cost of ownership and keeps your devices current in the field.
The CN80 is built on Honeywell's Mobility Edge platform and supports five generations of Android starting with Android 8 (Oreo), with compatibility extending through Android R and beyond. Security updates are available for up to two years past the last Google patch through Honeywell Sentinel, ensuring your investment remains secure and compliant. This extended lifecycle maximizes your return on investment and reduces overall total cost of ownership across multiple Android generations.
This model features Wi-Fi 6E connectivity for high bandwidth and low latency data-intensive applications. The CT47 is optimized for seamless wireless communication in warehouse and logistics operations, enabling workers to stay connected and productive throughout their shifts. Contact us today to discuss connectivity requirements for your specific deployment.
The PC42E-T features diverse connectivity options including USB, Ethernet, and Wi-Fi/Bluetooth capabilities, providing flexible deployment across various warehouse and retail environments. These multiple connection methods ensure compatibility with existing network infrastructure and mobile device integration.
Built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, the CN80G provides future-proof investment protection with support for four Android generations, starting with Android 7.1 (Nougat) through Android R. Security updates are available for up to two years past the last Google patch via the Honeywell Sentinel service plan, ensuring extended lifecycle management and lower overall total cost of ownership. Contact us today to discuss support options that match your deployment timeline.
Super capacitor technology offers enterprises flexibility in device fleet management by enabling battery-free operation without sacrificing performance. This approach reduces ongoing battery replacement costs and environmental waste while allowing mixed device pools where some scanners use batteries and others use super capacitors based on your operational needs.
Yes, the Thor VM3 is specifically designed for the toughest distribution center, manufacturing, and freight operation environments. The device features a resistive touchscreen with durability built for demanding conditions, and includes wireless connectivity options to keep operations running in challenging settings. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of rugged vehicle-mounted terminals.
Yes, the Honeywell 852-071-001 is a vehicle power adapter designed for mobile computing environments. It provides consistent power delivery for 70 Series Snap-on Adapters, making it ideal for in-vehicle barcode scanning and data collection in logistics and warehouse management workflows.
The HX-CPU-6132 is compatible with Cisco UCS C-series rack servers that support Intel Xeon processors in Socket 3647, including models like the UCSC-C240-M6SX, UCSC-C240-M7SX, and UCSC-C240-M8SX. These 2U rack-mountable systems support dual-processor configurations and are ideal for high-performance computing environments. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server model and get the right processor upgrade for your infrastructure.
The HX-CPU-5120 processor is compatible with Cisco's UCSC series rack servers, including the UCSC-C240-M8SX, UCSC-C240-M7SX, UCSC-C220-M8S, and UCSC-C220-M7S models. These servers support Intel Xeon processors across Bronze, Silver, Gold, and Platinum tiers. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server configuration.
Yes, the HX-CPU-6140 is designed as a processor upgrade for Cisco HyperFlex and HX-series systems, making it compatible with HyperFlex infrastructure platforms. This processor upgrade allows you to enhance computing performance in existing HyperFlex deployments. Contact us today for compatibility verification with your specific HyperFlex configuration and system requirements.
The HX-CPU-6140M is compatible with Cisco UCS and HyperFlex rack server systems that utilize Socket 3647 processors. We offer this processor upgrade for enterprise data center environments requiring high-performance multi-core processing capabilities. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific server configuration.
The HX-CPU-6126 is compatible with multiple Cisco UCS C-series rack servers including the UCSC-C240-M6SX, UCSC-C240-M6L, UCSC-C225-M6S, and other M6-generation platforms. These servers support Intel Xeon processors and are available from us for enterprise data center deployments.
The HX-CPU-6148 is compatible with various Cisco UCSC and UCSX server models, including the C240-M8SX, C240-M7SX, C245-M8SX, and UCSX-410C-M7 series. These 2U and 4U rack-mountable systems support multiple processor configurations for scalable data center deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible server platforms or contact our team for detailed compatibility verification.
Yes, the Cisco HX-CPU-6142 is compatible with Cisco UCS C-series rack servers such as the UCSC-C240-M6SX, UCSC-C240-M7SX, and UCSC-C240-M8SX models. These servers support Intel Xeon Gold processors and provide dual-socket configurations for maximum processing power in 2U rack-mountable form factors.
The HX-CPU-6146 is compatible with Cisco HyperFlex and UCS server platforms that support Socket 3647 processors. For specific server model compatibility, we recommend verifying the socket type and generation of your system. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your existing infrastructure.
The HX-CPU-6154 is compatible with Cisco HyperFlex systems and select UCS C-series rack servers that support Intel Xeon processors in the same generation. This processor integrates with multi-socket server configurations supporting dual-processor setups. Contact us today for detailed compatibility information with your specific server model.
The Catalyst 3750 Series delivers up to 48 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus 4 Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) ports per stackable switch, supporting Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, and 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. This flexible configuration is available from us to meet diverse network requirements across warehouse, logistics, and enterprise environments.
Yes, the Cisco AIR-CAP3602I is designed for both office and industrial applications with robust construction suitable for warehouses and factories. It features self-healing and self-optimizing wireless capabilities that reduce manual intervention in challenging RF environments. Contact us today to discuss deployment options for your warehouse or logistics facility.
Yes, the C6800-48P-TX-XL supports IEEE 802.3af PoE standards, enabling you to power compatible devices like IP phones and wireless access points directly through the network cable. This eliminates the need for separate power infrastructure for connected devices.
The C9500-48Y4C-A-BUN bundle includes 2 Cisco Catalyst 9500 C9500-48Y4C switches and 8 QSFP-40G-SR-BD transceivers for 40G connectivity. These optical modules support short-range multimode fiber connections, enabling high-speed uplink and inter-switch communications. Contact us today to verify current bundle configurations and availability.
Yes, the IE-1000-4P2S-LM is purpose-built for industrial applications with a hardened design that withstands extreme temperatures, shock, and vibration. It operates on redundant DC input voltage ranging from 9.6 to 60 VDC, making it compatible with industrial power systems. The switch also includes alarm I/O capabilities with two alarm inputs and one alarm output relay for critical infrastructure monitoring and control.
Yes, the L-MGMT3X-4K-K9 is designed to integrate with Cisco's enterprise management ecosystem, including Prime Infrastructure and APIC-EM platforms. We offer this license for customers looking to extend or upgrade their existing Cisco management capabilities. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific network configuration.
Yes, the CBS250-16P-2G-NA is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations where you need reliable PoE connectivity for access points, IP cameras, and mobile devices. The switch's intelligent PoE power management supports granular power negotiation with powered devices, ensuring efficient operation in demanding environments. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can support your warehouse infrastructure needs.
Yes, the MDS 9132T is designed to integrate seamlessly into existing Fibre Channel SAN environments and supports industry-standard FC protocols. Its 32G performance level ensures compatibility with modern storage systems while maintaining backward compatibility with earlier generation equipment. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific infrastructure.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst IE3300-16T is designed for DIN rail installation, making it ideal for industrial control systems and distributed automation environments. We also offer the STK-RACK-DINRAIL 19" DIN Rail mount kit for flexible deployment options. Contact us today to discuss your specific mounting requirements.
The CBS250-16T-2G-NA is a non-PoE model designed for standard Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. If your warehouse operations require Power over Ethernet capabilities for devices like IP cameras or wireless access points, we can help you identify the appropriate CBS250 PoE variant that meets your specific power requirements. Contact us today to discuss your deployment needs.
Yes, the CBS250-8PP-E-2G-NA is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations that require reliable network infrastructure with partial PoE support for powering devices like IP cameras, access points, and sensors. The switch's intelligent PoE power management supports granular power negotiation with connected devices, ensuring efficient resource allocation in demanding environments. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can support your warehouse network requirements.
Yes, the MS120-24 is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations that require stable, managed network infrastructure across multiple locations. Its cloud management capabilities allow IT teams to monitor and configure network switches remotely, which is ideal for distributed warehouse environments. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can support your logistics network infrastructure.
Yes, the CBS250-8P-E-2G-NA is specifically designed with PoE capability on its 8 Gigabit Ethernet ports, allowing you to power compatible devices directly through the network cable. The switch includes intelligent PoE power management with granular power negotiation via CDP/LLDP communication for optimal device compatibility. Contact us today to discuss your specific PoE power requirements and device deployment needs.
Yes, the MS120-48FP is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations that require robust network connectivity and centralized management. Its cloud-managed architecture allows IT teams to monitor and configure network infrastructure remotely, which is ideal for multi-site logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can support your warehouse networking needs.
The N9K-C93120TX-B18Q supports advanced Layer 3 routing protocols including OSPF, IS-IS, BGP, EIGRP, and RIPv2, along with HSRP and VRRP for high availability. It also features 64-way Equal-Cost Multipath (ECMP) routing, VRF-Lite support for IP VPN, and comprehensive ACL capabilities with up to 4096 ACL entries. These enterprise-grade features make it ideal for complex network architectures requiring redundancy and traffic optimization.
Yes, the Cisco SF350-48P is a 48-port 10/100 managed switch with integrated PoE capabilities, allowing you to power connected devices like IP phones, wireless access points, and security cameras directly through network cables. This eliminates the need for separate power supplies at each device location. Contact us today to discuss PoE power budget requirements for your specific deployment.
The NXA-PAC-1100W-PI2 delivers 1100W of AC power and supports both 120V AC and 230V AC input voltages, making it suitable for various data center environments. This dual-voltage capability ensures compatibility with different regional power standards. Contact us today for detailed electrical specifications and installation requirements.
The Cisco NXA-PAC-500W is specifically designed for Cisco Nexus switches that support 500W AC power supplies with forward airflow configuration. Compatibility depends on your specific Nexus model and chassis design. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your equipment, and our team can help you identify the correct power module for your switch.
Yes, the Cisco CAB-AC-US power cord is compatible with Cisco ASR 1000 Series routers, which support worldwide-ranging AC input specifications (85 to 264V; 120 or 240V; 60 or 50 Hz nominal). The 15A, 125V rating makes it suitable for standard US deployments of these routers. We offer this cable as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking accessories inventory.
Yes, the FPR9K-NM-4X100G is a hot-swappable plug-in module, allowing you to install or replace it without powering down your Cisco FirePower appliance. This design minimizes downtime during network upgrades or maintenance. We offer this module for immediate deployment in your existing FirePower infrastructure.
The XFP10GLR-192SR-L is engineered for single-mode fiber (SMF) connectivity with a maximum reach of 10 km, which is suitable for longer-distance connections compared to short-reach alternatives. This specification makes it ideal for connecting remote sites or spanning larger facility footprints while maintaining reliable 10 Gigabit Ethernet performance. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific network topology.
The Cisco C9800-80-K9-RF supports Cisco IOS XE Software Release 17.3.1 or later, ensuring compatibility with current and future Cisco wireless network deployments. The controller also supports Cisco Unified Wireless Network Software Release 8.10.MR3 or later for comprehensive WLAN management. We recommend verifying your current software version before deployment to ensure seamless integration with your existing infrastructure.
Yes, the MS120-24P is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations where you need dependable Ethernet connectivity across multiple devices and access points. Its 24-port configuration provides ample connectivity for barcode scanners, mobile computers, label printers, and other AIDC equipment commonly deployed in distribution centers. Contact us today to discuss how this switch fits your warehouse network infrastructure.
Yes, the MS120-8FP is purpose-built for small office and branch deployments where simplicity and ease of management are priorities. Its compact 8-port design with integrated PoE makes it ideal for locations with limited space and fewer connected devices. We offer this switch as part of our complete networking solutions for distributed office environments.
Yes, the CBS250-24FP-4X model includes full PoE capability across its 24 Gigabit Ethernet ports, allowing you to power compatible devices like IP cameras, wireless access points, and VoIP phones directly through the network cable. This eliminates the need for separate power infrastructure and simplifies deployment. Contact us today to verify power budget specifications for your specific deployment requirements.
Yes, the C9400X-SUP-2 Supervisor is compatible with the C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R chassis models in the Catalyst 9400 Series. Each chassis supports the same 240 Gbps bandwidth per slot performance, allowing flexibility in your network architecture. Contact us today to confirm your specific chassis requirements and ensure proper module selection.
Cisco desk phones in this product family are supported in Cisco Unified Communications Manager and Cisco Unified Communications Manager Business Edition Versions 7.1.2 and later using both Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) and SIP protocols. This ensures broad compatibility with enterprise communication systems. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to verify specific compatibility requirements for your deployment.
Yes, the Cisco CP-8845-3PCC-K9= includes ADA-compliant features such as a hearing-aid-compatible (HAC) handset with magnetic coupling support for approved hearing aids, and the dialing pad also meets ADA standards. These accessibility features ensure compliance with American Disabilities Act requirements for workplace telecommunications. Contact us today to learn more about ADA-compliant phone options we offer.
Yes, the Cisco CP-8861-3PCC-K9= is designed for integration with Cisco Unified Communications Manager and supports both Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) and SIP signaling protocols. This ensures compatibility with enterprise-grade Cisco telephony infrastructure and allows for centralized call control and management across your organization.
Yes, the ACC-LA-H-NM-NF is a genuine Cisco component designed for seamless integration with Cisco telecommunications systems and network architectures. As an authorized distributor, we ensure all Cisco products available from us meet manufacturer compatibility standards. Contact us today to verify integration requirements for your specific network configuration.
The CPS-UCSM4-2RU-K9 supports multiple UCS-E compute modules, including Intel Broadwell-based options (6-core, 8-core, and 12-core configurations) with up to 128 GB RAM and 1-4 HDD/SSD storage, as well as Intel Icelake 10-core processors with up to 128 GB RAM and SSD storage. These modular compute options allow organizations to scale performance based on security and throughput requirements. Contact us today to discuss which compute configuration best fits your deployment needs.
Yes, this AppX license is designed to work with Cisco ISR (Integrated Services Router) platforms that support WAAS and application acceleration features. The license activates advanced capabilities through Cisco's Universal Image architecture, allowing you to enable features based on your deployment needs. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific router model and IOS version.
The Cisco 100GQSFP-LR4 transceiver uses LC duplex connectors for optical fiber connectivity. These connectors are standard for high-speed data center and long-haul telecommunications applications, ensuring compatibility with existing infrastructure.
Yes, the CPAK-100G-SR10 is a 100 Gigabit Ethernet transceiver module that supports standard 100GBase-SR specifications for multimode fiber connectivity. It integrates seamlessly with Cisco switches and compatible networking equipment that support QSFP28 or similar form-factor modules. Contact us today for compatibility verification with your specific equipment.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst IE3400 series, including the IEM-3400-8S, is designed for rugged industrial applications with an IP30 rating and environmental compliance for demanding conditions. The module has an MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) rating of up to 549,808 hours, demonstrating exceptional durability for warehouse, logistics, and outdoor infrastructure deployments. Contact us today to discuss your specific environmental requirements and ensure proper installation.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst IE3400 series, which includes the IEM-3400-8T=, is specifically designed as a rugged switch for industrial and harsh environments. It meets the durability standards required for warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics operations where standard commercial switches would fail.
The IRM-1100-DINRAIL accepts nominal voltages of +12V and +24V, with a wide input range of 9V to 36V, making it suitable for diverse power environments. Power consumption ranges from 16W at idle (12V) to a maximum of 71W with PoE enabled. We offer this kit for applications requiring flexible power input and PoE capability for wireless access point expansion.
The Cisco IR800-IL-POE measures 2.20 x 11.04 x 8.06 inches (55.9 x 280.4 x 204.7 mm) and weighs 2.4 kg (5.3 lb) without modules, or 3.1 kg (6.8 lb) when fully configured. An optional IP54-KIT is available that increases the depth to 9.73 inches for enhanced environmental protection.
Yes, the IEM-3400-8P= is a network expansion module specifically designed for the Cisco Catalyst IE3400 Rugged Series switches. It integrates seamlessly with IE3400 PoE base modules to extend your network infrastructure while maintaining compatibility with Network Essentials and Network Advantage software licenses.
The IRM-1100-SP measures 2.20 x 11.04 x 8.06 inches (55.9 x 280.4 x 204.7 mm) and weighs 2.4 kg (5.3 lb) without modules, or up to 3.1 kg (6.8 lb) when fully configured. It can be mounted via DIN rail or panel mount options, making it flexible for various deployment scenarios.
The IRM-1100-SPMI measures 2.20 x 11.04 x 8.06 inches (55.9 x 280.4 x 204.7 mm) and weighs 2.4 kg (5.3 lb) without modules, or up to 3.1 kg (6.8 lb) when fully configured. The module can be mounted on DIN rail or panel-mounted, making it flexible for various deployment scenarios. An optional IP54-KIT is available if you need enhanced environmental protection, which increases dimensions to 2.20 x 11.04 x 9.73 inches.
The Z-Band Comfort is offered in 7 different colors, allowing your facility to use color-coding for patient identification, department assignment, or allergy alerts. This variety helps streamline workflows and improve patient safety in medical environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to view all available color options.
The Rhino 6000 includes a quick-charge Li-ion rechargeable battery pack with an on-screen life indicator, so you can monitor remaining battery power while working. The printer also comes with an AC adapter for charging. The on-screen indicator helps you plan your labeling work and avoid unexpected power loss during important jobs.
The Zebra EC500K-01B112-NA comes equipped with 3GB RAM and 32GB Flash storage. It also supports a Micro SD card slot for expandable storage, giving you flexibility for data-intensive applications.
Z-Band Fun wristbands feature a durable, water-resistant adhesive closure, making them suitable for attractions with minimal water exposure such as carnivals, amusement parks, festivals, zoos, concerts, and nightclubs. For venues with excessive water exposure like water parks and cruise lines, we offer the Z-Band Splash model instead.
We offer the Zebra 6100 for labels exposed to solvents, chemicals, water, steam, alkali, or acid solutions, as well as outdoor labeling in extreme environments. It's particularly well-suited for chemical drum labeling and any application where labels face abrasion or friction. The wax/resin formulation ensures excellent staying power and durability in these demanding conditions.
Yes, Zebra offers an optional on-metal RFID version (the ZT411) that enables printing and encoding on-metal RFID labels designed for challenging surfaces like IT assets, tools, equipment, and returnable containers. The ZT411 RFID On-metal Solution includes simple-to-install, field-upgradeable technology and 300 dpi print quality. However, the ZT421R itself is the 6-inch model; the on-metal capability is specifically available on the 4-inch ZT411 model.
The Granit XP 1990iXLR is engineered to withstand drops of up to 3 meters (10 feet) per MIL-STD-810G specification and can survive 7,000 tumbles at 1.0 meter. Its IP67 and IP65 environmental sealing protects against dust and moisture, making it built for the toughest warehouse and manufacturing environments.
Yes, the RT10W is built for durability with a rugged construction that withstands 1.2 m (4 ft) drops to concrete using MIL-STD-810G standards and features an IP65 rating against dust and water. Its light yet durable form factor makes it suitable for all-day use in demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the CN80G is specifically designed for US government agencies, contractors, and third parties. This model includes government FIPS 140-2 certification and non-incendive options, making it approved for use in regulated government environments and hazardous locations where standard mobile computers cannot operate.
The Zebra AN660 supports region-specific UHF frequency ranges: 865-868 MHz for EU applications and 902-928 MHz for US applications. These frequencies ensure compliance with local regulations while delivering optimal performance for your RFID deployment. The antenna is tested for compatibility with Zebra's fixed RFID readers across these frequency bands.
The Zebra ChemResist Ribbon is specifically designed to work with compatible synthetic materials, including Z-Xtreme White and Silver labels. Our supplies R&D team performs rigorous material compatibility testing to ensure proper adhesion of the ribbon to a wide range of materials across various printing speeds.
The Zebra 6000 Wax Ribbon supports print speeds up to 12 inches per second, making it suitable for high-volume labeling operations in warehousing and logistics environments. This speed capability allows you to maintain efficient production rates while maintaining print quality.
The Zebra 800350-350 ribbon is rated for 200 prints per cartridge. This yield makes it ideal for small to medium-volume ID card printing operations in schools, government offices, and corporate security departments.
The Zebra 800300-307 Silver Monochrome Ribbon is compatible with Zebra ZC100, ZC300, and ZC350 series card printers. We offer this genuine ribbon to ensure optimal performance and maintain your printer's warranty when used with these models.
Yes, the Zebra 800350-360 YMCKOK ribbon is specifically designed for dual-sided printing. The YMC, first K panel, and O panel print on the front side of the card, while the second K panel prints on the back side, making it ideal for comprehensive card designs.
The Zebra 800350-321 KrO ribbon is primarily used for printing text and one-color line art on one or both sides of a card. Black resin is essential for printing readable barcodes, making this ribbon ideal for applications requiring barcode output.
The Zebra 800082-079 features Zebra's "Safe Globe" holographic design embedded in the overlaminate to deter tampering and protect your printed cards from counterfeit reproduction. This laminate also includes advanced security features such as 2D/3D multi-plane images and Brick Matrix technology, which is only visible under a high-power microscope.
The Zebra 105909-169 cleaning kit is compatible with select P series Zebra printers. For a complete list of compatible models, please refer to the Specifications tab on this product page or contact us today for compatibility confirmation with your specific printer model.
YMCKOK stands for the color panels in the ribbon: Yellow (Y), Magenta (M), and Cyan (C) for full-color printing, one clear protective overlay (O) panel, and two black resin (K) panels for text and barcodes. The first K panel prints on the front of the card alongside YMC and O, while the second K panel prints on the back for dual-sided printing.
The Datalogic Rhino II supports several mounting solutions available from us, including the 94ACC0154 10-degree vehicle mounting bracket, the 94ACC0155 keyboard mount for external keyboards, and the 94ACC0034 RAM Mount with round base for vehicle-mounted applications. These accessories enable flexible deployment across your warehouse or fleet operations.
Yes, the Dell CK3MN Drive is designed for enterprise storage applications and can be integrated into warehouse management systems and logistics infrastructure. We offer this drive to support your data storage and AIDC system needs. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible storage solutions for your operations.
The PM43c offers a maximum print speed of 12 inches per second and supports multiple resolution options including 203 dpi, 300 dpi, and 406 dpi. At 203 dpi, the printer can handle a maximum print width of 4.25 inches and maximum length of 4.8 meters, making it suitable for a wide range of label sizes and applications.
The Cisco IE3100 supports up to 8 PoE/PoE+ ports with a total power budget of up to 240W. This allows you to power and manage multiple networked devices such as IP cameras, wireless access points, and industrial sensors directly from the switch without requiring separate power supplies.
The inTouch 101 is equipped with 10-point projected capacitive (PCAP) touch technology, which delivers responsive and accurate touch interactions ideal for point-of-sale and concierge applications. This technology supports multi-touch gestures for enhanced user experience.
Yes, the Memor 17 is built for demanding industrial environments with IP65/IP67 ratings for water and dust resistance, along with MIL-STD 810H drop and tumble protection. This rugged design ensures reliable operation in warehouses, outdoor logistics, and other harsh conditions typical of supply chain operations.
Yes, the inTouch 270 is engineered to operate seamlessly with ThinkCentre Nano and Tiny PCs. It features multiple video ports including HDMI, DisplayPort, and USB-C, providing flexible connectivity options for integration with your existing Lenovo infrastructure.
The M70q Gen 5 supports up to four independent displays via onboard DisplayPort, HDMI, and optional ports, catering to multi-monitor setups. With integrated Intel UHD Graphics 730 or 770 depending on configuration, it's ideal for warehouse managers and logistics teams requiring multiple monitoring stations. Contact us today to discuss your multi-display requirements.
Yes. The QW2500 features an IP52-rated enclosure that protects against dust and water spray, and it operates reliably across a wide temperature range from 0 to 50°C. Its rugged, durable housing and drop-resistant design make it well-suited for demanding warehouse and retail applications where durability is essential.
The CX6300 supports high-density Power over Ethernet (PoE) with up to 90W per port, compliant with IEEE 802.3af, 802.3at, and 802.3bt standards. This robust PoE support enables deployment of power-hungry devices such as security cameras, wireless access points, and other IoT endpoints across your network infrastructure.
The PM9100 is built on Datalogic's STAR Cordless System 2.0, a proprietary narrow band radio system that offers scalable solutions from simple point-to-point applications to point-to-multipoint applications. It also supports network connections combined with seamless roaming for complex installations, all without interference from existing wireless solutions like Wi-Fi or Bluetooth.
Yes, the SATO PW2NX is built to withstand tough environments with a compact, lightweight design weighing only 0.97 lbs and the ability to absorb drops from 8.2 feet. This durability makes it well-suited for on-the-go printing tasks in demanding warehouse, retail, and logistics settings.
Yes, the P14s Gen 4 offers flexible graphics options including integrated Intel Iris Xe or optional NVIDIA RTX discrete graphics, allowing you to choose the configuration that best matches your professional needs. We offer both configurations to support everything from standard productivity to graphics-intensive design and engineering work.
We offer two 14-inch display options: a WUXGA (1920 x 1200) IPS anti-glare display, or a premium 2.8K (2880 x 1800) OLED display with anti-reflection and anti-smudge coating. Both options are designed to support extended work sessions with excellent clarity and color accuracy.
Yes, the ThinkEdge SE10 features a rugged and flexible design built to withstand extreme temperatures and fit into constrained spaces, making it well-suited for various industrial applications and demanding environments.
The M75q Gen 5 supports up to 64GB of dual-channel DDR5 RAM at 5200MHz and accommodates two M.2 SSDs for flexible and extensive storage configurations. This combination provides ample memory and fast storage for multitasking and demanding workloads.
Yes, the inFlex 215 includes four micro-USB slots specifically designed for connecting accessories such as barcode scanners, cameras, and card readers. Additionally, it features USB-C connectivity with Power To Device (PTD) support for powering connected peripherals, making it ideal for integrated warehouse and retail solutions available from us.
The ThinkCentre Neo 50q Gen 4 supports up to 32GB of DDR4 RAM and accommodates two storage drives: one 2.5" HDD (up to 1TB) and one M.2 SSD (up to 1TB). This dual-drive configuration provides flexible storage solutions and allows you to balance capacity with performance.
For Windows systems, you'll need 2 GB of available hard disk space, a CD-ROM/DVD drive or Internet connection, a USB port, and Internet Explorer. Mac users require OS X v10.8 or later with 1 GB of hard disk space and Internet access. Contact us today if you need help verifying your system meets these requirements.
Yes, the HP F9K00A is an original HP cartridge, not a third-party or remanufactured alternative. Using genuine HP cartridges like the 745 ensures optimal print quality and reliability in your HP inkjet equipment. We offer authentic HP supplies to support your warehouse and logistics printing operations.
Yes, the HP P2V63A magenta inkjet cartridge is designed for HP POS systems and related inkjet printing devices. We offer this cartridge as part of our comprehensive AIDC supplies inventory to support your point-of-sale and business printing operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm compatibility with your exact HP system model.
Yes, the HP 4VW66AT touchscreen is designed to integrate with HP's POS system lineup, including models like the HP 1HX40US#ABA. This touchscreen functions as an optional feature that must be configured as part of your complete POS solution. Contact us today to discuss compatibility with your specific HP POS configuration.
Yes, the HP W2021A is a cyan laser toner cartridge designed for HP color laser printers that support the 414A cartridge series. We offer this cartridge as a genuine HP replacement for compatible color laser printing systems.
Yes, HP offers the 30X High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge as an alternative to the CF230A standard cartridge, providing higher page yields for higher-volume printing needs. Both cartridges are designed for the same printer models, allowing you to choose based on your printing volume requirements.
The HP Q6582A features a 50-inch width, 100-foot length roll format, semi-gloss finish, and 50.50 lb basis weight. This combination provides professional-grade photo paper suitable for inkjet printing applications requiring durability and color accuracy in high-volume printing scenarios.
Yes, the HP C29Z6AA barcode scanner is designed to work with HP POS systems and HP Engage Prime G2 environments. We offer this scanner as part of a complete POS ecosystem available from us to ensure seamless integration with your existing HP infrastructure.
The HP D8J07A is an original HP 980 cyan ink cartridge designed for HP inkjet printers that use 980 supplies. We recommend verifying your specific printer model supports HP 980 cartridges before ordering. Contact us today if you need help identifying compatible models for your equipment.
Yes, the HP 2HV27AA is designed to work with Windows environments. The device supports modern Windows configurations and includes HP driver packs and system software management tools for seamless integration into your IT infrastructure.
The SFP-10G-SR-S module uses multimode fiber (MMF) cable for connectivity. Multimode fiber is cost-effective for shorter distances and is commonly deployed in data centers and enterprise networks for 10 Gigabit Ethernet applications.
Yes, the Dell Latitude 7320 Rugged is engineered for demanding field conditions with MIL-STD-810G certification for shock, vibration, temperature, altitude, and humidity resistance. The tablet's rugged construction and environmental durability make it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and mobile workforce applications where standard devices would fail.
Yes, the Dell SP325 speakerphone is specifically designed to work with both Zoom and Microsoft Teams platforms. Its omni-directional microphone and dynamic speaker deliver professional-grade audio quality for virtual meetings on these widely-used collaboration tools. Contact us today to ensure compatibility with your specific IT infrastructure and deployment needs.
Yes, the Dell 9442G is specifically designed for outdoor-viewable operations with its wide-view LED display technology and impact-resistant protective front glass. The resistive touchscreen option provides reliable input in various environmental conditions, making it well-suited for warehouse managers and logistics professionals working in outdoor or semi-outdoor settings. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this rugged device can enhance your mobile operations.
Yes, the Dell YHVV1 is an excellent choice for warehouse operations. It features a slim desktop form factor with Windows 11 Pro, making it ideal for fixed workstations in receiving, shipping, and inventory management areas. Its 360W power supply and robust Intel Core Ultra 5 processor handle barcode scanning software, WMS platforms, and multi-tasking workflows efficiently.
Yes, the Dell 2G8GH is specifically designed as LTO-8 tape media and is fully compatible with any LTO-8 compliant tape drive. This ensures seamless integration with your existing LTO-8 backup infrastructure. Contact us today if you need compatible LTO-8 drives or additional media supplies.
Yes, the Dell Latitude 7320 Rugged is engineered for extreme conditions with rugged chassis materials and comprehensive environmental protection. We offer this model with durability features designed to withstand demanding warehouse, logistics, and field service applications where standard tablets would fail.
The Dell 6KV2D is a genuine Dell original toner cartridge, not a third-party compatible or remanufactured product. Genuine Dell toner ensures optimal performance, print quality, and reliability in your Dell laser printer. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific Dell printer model.
Yes, the Dell OptiPlex 3000 is well-suited for warehouse operations, featuring Windows 10 Pro, reliable Intel processing, and compact micro PC form factor that fits easily in tight spaces. We offer this system configured for barcode scanning integration and AIDC workflows common in logistics and inventory management. Contact us today to discuss deployment options for your warehouse environment.
The Dell M797K toner cartridge is specifically designed for the Dell 2230D printer model. For compatibility with other Dell printer models, we recommend contacting our team today to verify the correct cartridge for your equipment. Our experts can help ensure you get the right supplies for your printing infrastructure.
Yes, the Dell Latitude 7440 is well-suited for warehouse and logistics professionals who need portable computing with strong performance. The Intel Core i7 processor and 16 GB RAM handle data-intensive applications, while the Full HD Plus display provides clear visibility for inventory management and barcode scanning software. Contact us today to discuss how this laptop integrates with your AIDC infrastructure.
The Dell H82PN's 2.5" SATA interface makes it compatible with most modern servers, storage arrays, and data center systems that support standard SATA drives. However, compatibility depends on your specific hardware configuration and bay type. We recommend contacting our team to verify compatibility with your exact system before ordering—visit barcodesinc.com or reach out directly for assistance.
The Dell HT2DT is designed for server and storage system devices that support SAS (12Gb/s) interfaces with 3.5" carrier slots. Its hot-swappable design allows for easy installation and replacement without powering down your system. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific hardware configuration.
The Dell 400-ALYF uses industry-standard SAS (12Gb/s) connectivity, making it compatible with Dell servers and storage systems that support SAS drives with 3.5" carriers. The hot-pluggable design allows for seamless installation and replacement without shutting down your system. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific hardware configuration.
The Dell 6DFD8-RF is compatible with Dell servers, workstations, and storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives with 6Gb/s connectivity. To verify compatibility with your specific hardware model, contact us today—our team can confirm whether this drive will work with your existing infrastructure.
The Dell 5JH5X is specifically designed as a storage system device supported by Dell EMC systems. We recommend verifying compatibility with your specific storage system model before purchase. Contact us today and our team can help confirm compatibility with your existing infrastructure.
The Dell 61XPF-RF Drive is specifically designed for Dell servers and storage systems using SAS connectivity. To verify compatibility with your specific server model, we recommend contacting our team today—we can help identify the right drive configuration for your infrastructure and ensure proper installation.
Yes, the Dell 55H49 (Dell EMC ST3000NM0023) is specifically designed as a storage system device supported by Dell EMC infrastructure. The drive's SAS interface and 3.5" form factor make it compatible with Dell EMC storage arrays and systems. Contact us today for compatibility verification with your specific storage configuration.
The Dell 4GN49-RF is compatible with Dell servers and storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives. For specific compatibility verification with your equipment, contact us today at barcodesinc.com, and our team can confirm compatibility and provide installation guidance.
The Dell 407-BBVK uses 10GBase-SR (Short Range) technology, which operates over multimode optical fiber at distances up to 300 meters. This makes it suitable for intra-datacenter and local area network deployments where cost-effective, high-speed connectivity is required. Contact us today to discuss your optical networking requirements.
The Dell 0F9W8 uses standard SAS (12Gb/s) connectivity, making it compatible with most enterprise storage systems and servers that support SAS drives. However, compatibility depends on your specific hardware configuration and controller support. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your existing infrastructure and ensure proper integration.
Yes, the Dell 740Y7-RF is designed as a 2.5" internal SAS drive that supports server, workstation, and storage system devices with 6Gb/s SAS connectivity. Operating at 10000 rpm, it delivers the performance required for enterprise-class environments. We offer this genuine Dell component to ensure compatibility and reliability in your data center deployments.
The Dell C722T-RF uses the SAS interface standard, making it compatible with Dell servers, workstations, and storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives. To verify compatibility with your specific system model, we recommend checking your hardware documentation or contacting our team—we can help identify the right drive for your infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or reach out to confirm fitment before ordering.
Yes, the Dell 400-BLLE is specifically designed for server device support with its SATA/600 interface and hot-pluggable design. This makes it suitable for enterprise server environments where storage reliability and quick maintenance are critical. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server model.
Yes, Dell's SSD lineup includes encrypted options with FDE/SED FIPS Opal compliance for security-sensitive deployments. While the 400-ATNJ itself is a standard drive, we can help you identify compatible encrypted alternatives if your warehouse or logistics operations require FIPS-certified storage. Contact us today for encrypted storage solutions that meet your compliance needs.
The Dell 400-AHZL is specifically designed for server device support with its 3.5" internal form factor and SATA/600 interface. However, compatibility depends on your specific server model and available drive bays. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your particular server configuration.
The Dell 400-AGTM is a genuine Dell component designed for compatibility with Dell PowerEdge servers and storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives. To confirm compatibility with your specific server model, we recommend contacting our team today—we can verify your hardware configuration and ensure proper installation. Visit barcodesinc.com or reach out to our sales team for detailed compatibility verification.
Yes, the Dell 400-ANPB is specifically designed as a hot-swappable drive, allowing you to replace it without powering down your server. This feature is critical for maintaining continuous uptime in production environments and data centers where service interruptions are costly.
The Dell 400-AIDY is a SAS drive designed for server device support, making it compatible with most enterprise-class servers that have SAS connectivity. For specific compatibility verification with your particular server model, contact us today and our team can confirm compatibility and provide installation guidance.
The Dell 400-AMRW uses industry-standard NL-SAS (12Gb/s SAS) connectivity, which is compatible with most modern Dell servers and SAS-equipped storage systems. We recommend verifying your server's drive bay specifications and SAS controller support before installation. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific hardware configuration.
The Dell 400-ANUJ is engineered for server and workstation device support with standard SATA connectivity, making it compatible with most Dell and non-Dell systems that accept 3.5" SATA drives. However, we recommend verifying your specific system's drive bay compatibility and power requirements before installation. Contact us today for compatibility verification with your exact hardware configuration.
Yes, the Dell 400-ABQI drive is designed as a hot-swappable component, allowing you to replace it without powering down your system. This feature is essential for maintaining uptime in warehouse and logistics environments where continuous operation is critical. Contact us today to ensure proper installation in your Dell server or storage system.
The Dell VW69J is specifically engineered for server device support with its SATA/600 interface and enterprise-grade specifications. Compatibility depends on your server's drive bay configuration and SATA controller support. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server model and infrastructure requirements.
The Dell 400-ALYR uses the SAS (12Gb/s SAS) interface standard, which is compatible with most enterprise servers and storage arrays that support 2.5" SAS drives. To verify compatibility with your specific system, we recommend checking your server's storage specifications or contacting us today—our team can help ensure proper integration with your infrastructure.
Yes, the Dell 341-3932 is a hot-pluggable drive, meaning it can be safely removed and replaced without powering down your system. This feature is particularly useful in server and workstation environments where uptime is critical. Contact us today to ensure this drive is compatible with your specific system configuration.
The Dell 342-0206 is compatible with Dell PowerEdge servers and storage systems that support 3.5" SAS drives with 6Gb/s connectivity. To confirm compatibility with your specific server model, we recommend contacting our team today — our technical specialists can verify your configuration and ensure proper installation. Visit barcodesinc.com or reach out directly for compatibility verification.
The Dell 341-7438 is designed for Dell systems that support 2.5" SAS drives with 3Gb/s connectivity. Compatibility depends on your specific server or workstation model and its storage controller configuration. Contact us today with your system details, and our team can verify compatibility and ensure you receive the correct drive for your infrastructure.
The Dell 341-7441 is designed as a genuine Dell component and is compatible with Dell servers and workstations that support 2.5" SAS drives operating at 15000 rpm. To confirm compatibility with your specific system, we recommend checking your equipment's documentation or contacting our team today for technical assistance.
The Dell 341-3363 is a genuine Dell OEM component designed for Dell enterprise servers and storage systems. To verify compatibility with your specific server model, we recommend contacting our team today with your system details, and we can confirm whether this drive is the correct replacement or upgrade for your hardware configuration.
Yes, the Dell 341-7440 is a hot-pluggable drive, allowing you to remove and replace it without powering down your system. This feature is essential for maintaining high availability in production environments where downtime must be minimized. Contact us today if you need hot-pluggable storage solutions for your Dell infrastructure.
The Dell 342-5541 is compatible with Dell servers and storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives with 6Gb/s connectivity. To verify compatibility with your specific hardware, we recommend checking your system's documentation or contacting our team today—we can help ensure you select the correct drive for your infrastructure needs.
The Dell 342-2978 is a genuine Dell component designed for compatibility with Dell enterprise systems. We recommend verifying your specific system model and configuration before purchase. Contact us today for compatibility assistance with your particular Dell infrastructure.
Yes, the Dell 341-7414 drive is a genuine Dell component specifically engineered for enterprise server compatibility. Its Near Line SAS interface and 7200 RPM specification make it suitable for server storage applications where reliability and performance are critical. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server model.
Yes, the Dell 18C6P drive is hot-pluggable, allowing you to replace or upgrade the drive without shutting down your system. This feature is essential for maintaining uptime in warehouse management systems, logistics operations, and data centers where continuous availability is critical.
Yes, the Epson 111198300 Barcode Labels are specifically designed as compatible labels for Epson printers. We offer these labels as part of our Epson thermal label and receipt label product line. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific Epson printer model.
The Epson TM-H2000 delivers high-speed receipt printing at up to 260mm/second for thermal receipt output, with endorsement printing at up to 4.0 lines per second. This fast print speed helps increase productivity and keeps customer lines moving efficiently. The printer also prints both text and graphics at the same high speed.
The automatic document feeder supports a minimum document size of 2.1" x 2.9" and a maximum size of 8.5" x 36", with paper weight ranging from 45 to 200 g/m². The 75-sheet capacity allows for efficient batch scanning of standard business documents.
The Epson A41A266211 supports E13B, OCR A, and OCR B character recognition standards, ensuring compatibility with standard check formats used in banking and retail applications. This multi-standard support makes it suitable for diverse check processing environments.
The CaptureOne TM-S1000 supports E13B, OCR A, and OCR B character recognition standards, along with CMC7 MICR symbologies. It uses RDM Progressive MICR Method technology to deliver the highest MICR accuracy available, ensuring reliable check data capture for Check 21 compliance.
The DFX-9000 handles a wide variety of applications including reports, 10-part forms, shipping documents, mailing labels, spreadsheets, checks, invoices, and bar codes. Its advanced paper handling capabilities and two standard paper paths make it versatile enough to switch between multiple document types efficiently.
The Elo E384627 is compatible with multiple Elo touchscreen product lines, including the I-Series Touch Computers (available in both Android and Windows), 02-Series Touch Monitors, and EloPOS (Windows). The scanner snaps directly onto the edge of these displays as part of Elo's Edge Connect modular peripheral system.
The Elo 2294L features projected capacitive 10-touch technology, delivering accurate and responsive touch performance with drift-free operation. This advanced touch technology ensures stable, reliable interactions for high-traffic commercial and industrial environments.
The Elo 1991L offers multiple video input options including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort, along with USB touch controller interface for flexible integration into existing systems. We include all necessary cables—HDMI, VGA, and touch USB—in the box to get you up and running quickly.
Yes, the Elo 1093L is specifically designed for kiosks, retail self-service, casino and amusement, and industrial automation environments. Its 10.1-inch open-frame design with projected capacitive 10-touch technology and stable, drift-free operation makes it ideal for high-traffic public-facing applications.
The Elo 2294L is equipped with IntelliTouch single-touch technology, designed to provide accurate touch responses with stable, drift-free operation. This proven Elo expertise ensures reliable performance for interactive applications requiring consistent user input.
Yes, the Elo Huddle Kit is specifically designed for hybrid working environments, enabling seamless real-time information sharing between on-premise and remote teams. Its integrated 4K interactive display and conference camera with 96° field of view facilitate effective collaboration regardless of location.
Yes, the Elo 2094L 19.5-inch open-frame touchscreen is specifically designed for commercial kiosk applications including self-service environments. Its brilliant wide viewing angle panel and proven drift-free touch response make it ideal for applications where users need to interact with the display from various angles and positions. The industrial-grade construction ensures reliable operation in high-traffic kiosk settings.
Yes, the Elo E554932 is classified as a POS Workstation Accessory and is designed to support Elo I-Series touchscreen systems commonly deployed in retail, hospitality, and quick-service restaurant environments. It provides the mounting infrastructure needed for reliable point-of-sale operations.
The EloPOS Pack 2 is equipped with 17 I/O ports, including USB-C, multiple USB 3.0 ports, HDMI, and powered USB ports (12V and 24V). This robust connectivity supports a wide array of peripherals such as barcode scanners, receipt printers, cash drawers, and payment devices, making it ideal for comprehensive POS system integration.
The E375459 is available with no OS pre-installed, and has been pretested with Linux SuSE, Ubuntu, and Red Hat operating systems. It also supports Windows 10, giving you flexibility to choose the operating system that best fits your business environment. Contact us today to discuss which OS configuration meets your needs.
The E939305 is equipped with an Intel Core i5-8500T processor from the 8th generation lineup, paired with 16GB of RAM and a 256GB SSD for fast boot times and application performance. This configuration delivers the processing power needed for demanding POS operations and multi-tasking in retail environments.
The Elo 1291L offers multiple connectivity options including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort video interfaces, plus USB touch controller interface. We include HDMI and VGA cables in the box, along with a touch USB cable, so you can connect it to your system right away.
The Elo 1590L provides multiple video interface options including HDMI, VGA, and Display Port, allowing flexible integration with various systems and equipment. Touch input is handled through a USB controller interface, and the display includes an RJ45 OSD remote for on-screen menu control. We offer this model fully equipped with HDMI and VGA cables included in the box.
The Elo E334726 features multiple video interface options including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort connections. For touch control, it includes both Dual Serial and USB touch controller interfaces, providing flexibility for integration into various system configurations. The package includes HDMI and VGA cables plus a touch USB cable for immediate connectivity.
The Elo 1990L provides multiple video interfaces including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort, along with dual serial/USB touch controller interfaces for flexible integration. We include HDMI and VGA cables in the box, plus a touch USB cable, enabling seamless connection to various host systems and controllers.
The Elo 1991L includes SecureTouch single-touch technology with dual Serial/USB touch controller interface options. For video connectivity, it offers HDMI, VGA, and Display Port inputs, giving you flexibility in how you integrate this display into your system.
The Elo E412818 offers a 10.1-inch display with 1920 x 1080 resolution and projected capacitive 10-touch technology for reliable multi-touch interaction. The display provides 297.5 nits of brightness with the PCAP layer and supports a 16:9 aspect ratio, making it suitable for in-store signage and customer-facing applications.
The Elo 5554L supports up to 40 simultaneous touches with projected capacitive technology, enabling multi-user interactions and complex gesture recognition. This makes it suitable for collaborative applications, interactive kiosks, and high-traffic public environments.
The Elo E103538 includes HDMI 2.0, DisplayPort 1.4, and USB-C connectivity for flexible integration with various systems and devices. These connection options allow you to easily integrate the display into your existing infrastructure while supporting high-bandwidth video and data transfer requirements.
The Elo 1590L offers multiple video interface options including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort connections. Touch input is handled via USB controller interface, and the display also includes an RJ45 OSD remote connection for on-screen display control.
The Elo E441193 is equipped with Intel's 8th generation Core i3-8100T processor, paired with 4GB RAM and 128GB SSD storage. It comes standard with Windows 10, but we also offer models with no pre-installed OS that have been tested with Linux distributions including SuSE, Ubuntu, and Red Hat for maximum flexibility.
We offer the Elo 1790L with multiple touch technology options including AccuTouch, IntelliTouch, SecureTouch, and PCAP (Projected Capacitive). Each technology is optimized for different use cases and environments, with brightness levels ranging from 200 to 225 nits depending on the touch type selected.
Yes, the Elo 1715L supports multiple mounting options including wall-mount and pole-mount via standard VESA mount patterns, as well as tabletop placement with the included desktop stand. This flexibility allows you to install the touchscreen as either a desktop or wall-mounted unit depending on your space and workflow requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore mounting accessories available from us.
The Elo E103351 includes HDMI 1.4, DisplayPort 1.2, and USB-C connectivity, providing flexible integration with a wide range of devices and systems. These ports enable seamless connection to media players, computers, and peripheral devices for your signage applications.
The Elo 3204L is engineered for diverse commercial environments including retail endless aisle applications, self-service kiosks, interactive wayfinding systems, and healthcare settings where doctors and patients need intuitive interaction. Its sleek, minimalistic design and 24/7 operational capability make it ideal for any high-traffic environment requiring continuous touchscreen engagement.
The Elo 2094L offers multiple video connectivity options including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort interfaces. This versatility allows seamless integration with various systems and controllers, and we include HDMI and VGA cables in the box to get you started immediately.
The Elo 1990L offers multiple video interface options including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort connections. This versatility makes it compatible with a wide range of systems and allows flexible integration into existing setups.
The Elo E326541 1991L uses AccuTouch single-touch technology with dual Serial/USB touch controller interface options. It also includes HDMI, VGA, and Display Port video interfaces to support various system configurations and legacy equipment integration.
The Elo E330225 supports multiple video interfaces including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort, giving you flexibility in connecting to various systems and displays. The package includes HDMI and VGA cables for immediate setup with your equipment.
The Elo 1715L provides flexible mounting options for both wall and desktop installation. It supports standard VESA mount patterns for wall- and pole-mounting, and includes a stable desktop stand for tabletop use. This versatility allows you to deploy the touchscreen in any configuration that fits your space and workflow.
The Elo E981371 features versatile connectivity including Wi-Fi and 5GHz connectivity, Bluetooth, and multiple cable options for both modern and legacy devices. It supports USB-C, HDMI, USB, and RJ-50 to DB-9 connections, allowing you to integrate everything from Elo's latest monitors via single-cable USB-C to legacy printers requiring 12V powered-USB. This flexibility makes it easy to adapt as your business requirements change.
The Elo E326347 provides multiple video interface options including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort, allowing flexible integration with various systems. Touch control is managed via a dual serial/USB interface, and the display includes an RJ45 OSD remote connection for on-screen display adjustments. We offer this model with all necessary cables included: HDMI, VGA, and touch USB cables.
The Elo 1502LM features Projected Capacitive Touch technology with 10-touch capability, delivering responsive and accurate multi-touch performance ideal for medical applications. This advanced touch technology ensures consistent and reliable performance in patient-facing and clinical environments.
Yes, the Elo 1291L is specifically designed for retail self-service, kiosks, casino and amusement, and industrial automation environments. Its 12.1-inch open-frame design with brilliant wide viewing angles and proven Elo reliability makes it an ideal choice for customer-facing applications.
The Elo E326154 offers multiple video interfaces including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort, allowing flexible integration with various systems and controllers. Touch input is managed through a USB controller interface, and the display includes an RJ45 OSD remote for on-screen menu control. We include HDMI and VGA cables in the box, plus a touch USB cable and quick install guide to simplify deployment.
The Elo E328700 features IntelliTouch single-touch technology with a dual serial/USB touch controller interface. This proven Elo touch solution delivers stable, drift-free operation and accurate touch responses for reliable kiosk and industrial applications.
The Elo 1590L features projected capacitive 10-touch technology, which delivers accurate, drift-free touch responses and supports multi-touch gestures. This proven Elo touch technology provides reliable performance across commercial kiosk, retail self-service, and industrial automation applications.
The Elo 4304L supports up to 40 simultaneous touches using TouchPro PCAP technology with built-in palm rejection. This multi-touch capability ensures a responsive and user-friendly experience for complex interactive applications in high-traffic environments.
The Elo 5054L supports up to 40 simultaneous touches thanks to its TouchPro® PCAP technology, ensuring responsive and intuitive multi-touch interactions. This capability makes it excellent for interactive applications where multiple users may engage with the display at once.
The Elo 5554L offers a stunning 4K native resolution of 3840 x 2160 pixels at 60Hz with 500 nits brightness. This brilliant display delivers exceptional visual clarity and vibrant colors across its 47.62" x 26.79" active display area, perfect for engaging customers in any lighting condition.
Yes, the 560 Series is specifically engineered for outdoor deployment with an IP55-rated enclosure that resists dust and moisture. It operates reliably across extreme temperature ranges from –40 °C to +65 °C and is designed to withstand challenging weather and wind conditions. This rugged construction makes it ideal for campuses, industrial sites, and outdoor venues where standard indoor access points would fail.
Yes, the JZ340A is specifically designed for high-density hospitality environments where guests require seamless connectivity for video conferencing, streaming, and IoT services. Its tri-band Wi-Fi 6E capability and 3.6 Gbps aggregate throughput make it ideal for handling multiple simultaneous users and bandwidth-hungry applications typical in hotels, resorts, and conference centers. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive hospitality networking solutions.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JL630A is available in configurations with Class 6 PoE support for Smart Rate 1/2.5/5GbE ports, allowing you to power networked devices directly through Ethernet connections. We offer multiple PoE variants to match your specific power delivery requirements for access points, IP cameras, and other PoE-enabled devices.
The JW838A features 4x 10GBase-x ports (SFP/SFP+) and 2x dual media ports that support either 10/100/1000BASE-T or SFP connectivity. This flexible port configuration allows you to integrate the controller into various network topologies and upgrade paths within your infrastructure.
The AP-574 requires PoE power delivery at 48Vdc (nominal) using 802.3at/bt Class 4 or higher standards, and supports both 2.5Gbps NBase-T and standard 1000BASE-T Ethernet connections with auto-sensing link speed. It includes 802.3az Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) for reduced power consumption and supports Link Aggregation (LACP) between network ports for redundancy. Contact us today for deployment guidance on powering these access points in your facility.
Yes, the B360 Gen 2 is fully rugged and certified to MIL-STD 810H standards with a 6-foot operating drop rating and IP66 certification for dust and water resistance. This makes it ideal for harsh warehouse, field service, and outdoor logistics environments where standard laptops would fail. Optional salt fog resistance is also available for corrosive environments.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 is equipped with 12th Generation Intel Core i5 or i7 processors paired with integrated Intel Iris X graphics and up to 64GB DDR4 RAM, delivering exceptional performance for heavy workloads. The standard configuration includes 32GB RAM and 256GB PCIe SSD user-swappable storage. Contact us today to discuss processor and memory configurations that match your specific operational requirements.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 is equipped with 12th Generation Intel Core i5/i7 processors featuring integrated Intel Iris X graphics, paired with up to 64GB DDR4 RAM for exceptional performance under heavy workloads. This configuration delivers the computing power needed for resource-intensive applications in warehouse, logistics, and field service operations. Contact us today to configure the exact processor and memory specifications for your needs.
The B360 Gen 2 is equipped with 12th Generation Intel Core i5/i7 processors paired with integrated Intel Iris X graphics and up to 64GB DDR4 RAM, delivering exceptional performance for heavy workloads. The configuration available from us includes an Intel Core i7-1260P processor with 32GB RAM and a 512GB PCIe SSD for optimal mobile productivity. This combination ensures smooth multitasking and rapid data processing in field operations.
Yes, the B360 Gen 2 is fully rugged with MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 rating, and a 6-foot drop resistance rating. It's also MIL-STD-461G certified and optional salt fog resistance is available for corrosive environments. This makes it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and field operations where durability is critical.
Yes, the B360 Gen 2 is fully rugged with MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 rating for dust and water resistance, and is vibration and drop-resistant from 6 feet (1.8m). It also carries MIL-STD-461G certification for electromagnetic compatibility. These certifications ensure the laptop performs reliably in harsh warehouse, field, and outdoor environments.
The B360 Gen 2 is equipped with 12th Generation Intel Core i5/i7 processors featuring integrated Intel Iris X graphics, paired with up to 64GB DDR4 RAM for exceptional performance under heavy workloads. This configuration delivers cutting-edge computing power suitable for complex warehouse management systems and real-time logistics applications. Contact us today to configure the exact processor and memory specifications for your operational needs.
Yes, the Getac B360 Gen 2 is fully rugged and MIL-STD-810H certified with a 6-foot operating drop rating and IP66 certification for dust and water resistance. It's also vibration resistant and available with optional salt fog certification for harsh coastal or chemical environments. These certifications ensure reliable performance in warehouses, logistics yards, and outdoor supply chain operations where durability is critical.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 is powered by 12th Generation Intel Core i5 or i7 processors with integrated Intel Iris X graphics, delivering top-tier performance for heavy workloads. Memory configurations support up to 64GB DDR4 RAM, and the system includes a user-swappable 512GB PCIe SSD for main storage with optional secondary SATA SSD support. Contact us today to configure the exact specifications your logistics team requires.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 is equipped with 12th Generation Intel Core i5/i7 processors featuring integrated Intel Iris X graphics, paired with up to 64GB DDR4 RAM for handling heavy workloads. This configuration delivers top-tier computing performance for data-intensive warehouse management and logistics applications. Contact us today to discuss your specific performance requirements.
Yes, the S410-G5 features a sunlight-readable Full HD LCD display designed for visibility in challenging outdoor environments. The bright, high-contrast screen ensures you can work effectively in direct sunlight without compromising visibility or productivity.
Yes, the S410-G5 features a sunlight-readable Full HD LCD touchscreen display that remains clearly visible in bright outdoor conditions. This makes it well-suited for warehouse, logistics, and field-based operations where workers need reliable visibility regardless of ambient lighting.
Yes, the V120 integrates seamlessly with barcode infrastructure through its optional integrated 1D/2D barcode reader and supports standard enterprise connectivity via Thunderbolt 4, USB 3.2, and optional 4G/5G with GPS for real-time data transmission. The laptop runs Windows 11 Pro, ensuring compatibility with most warehouse management systems and AIDC software. Contact us today to discuss integration with your specific barcode or mobile computer ecosystem.
Yes, the Getac A140 G2 is ideal for warehouse and logistics environments with its MIL-STD 810G and IP65 certifications ensuring durability in harsh conditions. The tablet's optional 1D/2D imager barcode reader enables efficient inventory tracking and asset management directly from the device. Available from us with Windows 11 Pro, the A140 G2 delivers the processing power needed for real-time warehouse management systems and logistics applications.
Yes, the UX10 Gen3 is built for the harshest environments with an IP66-certified design that protects against dust and water ingress. The tablet features superior drop resistance, wide temperature tolerance, and a LumiBond sunlight-readable display that ensures usability in all weather and lighting conditions.
The ZX10 features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor running at 1.95GHz with a maximum boost to 2.2GHz, paired with a Qualcomm Adreno 512 GPU for graphics performance. This configuration, combined with up to 6GB RAM and 128GB storage options available from us, delivers the processing power needed for warehouse management systems, inventory tracking, and field logistics applications. The Android 11 operating system ensures compatibility with enterprise mobility solutions.
The hot-swappable battery design allows professionals to swap batteries without powering down the device, enabling continuous operation without downtime. This feature is critical for warehouse managers and logistics teams who need uninterrupted productivity throughout extended shifts in the field.
The ZX80 features Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth, dedicated GPS, and 4G LTE connectivity to keep you connected across multiple networks. This comprehensive connectivity suite ensures seamless communication whether you're in the warehouse, on the job site, or in remote locations. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity configuration best fits your operational needs.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 is equipped with 12th Generation Intel Core i5/i7 processors paired with integrated Intel Iris X graphics and up to 64GB DDR4 RAM. This combination delivers top-tier performance for heavy workloads common in warehouse management systems and complex logistics applications. We offer this model configured to your specific performance requirements—contact us today for custom specifications.
Yes, the Getac GSSKX1 Drive is specifically designed as a removable storage solution for the Getac F110G6 rugged laptop. The canister-based design ensures secure installation and removal for field operations and data transfers.
The S510 meets MIL-STD-810H and IP53 standards, ensuring it can withstand harsh industrial conditions and environmental exposure. Additionally, Getac demonstrates sustainability commitment by constructing the chassis from over 45% post-consumer recycled materials, making it an environmentally responsible choice for enterprise deployments.
The ZT610 is built to withstand the most demanding industrial conditions, virtually eliminating operational downtime due to printer failure. Additionally, its guided media paths change color when a media error occurs, providing simple visual cues that help users quickly locate and resolve problems without requiring support calls.
The MC9300 features a 2.2GHz processor, 4GB/32GB memory, a 4.3" WVGA color display (800 x 480), and a Li-Ion 7000 mAh battery with fast charging. It also includes a rear 13MP camera and front 5MP camera, with Bluetooth 5.0, NFC, and USB 2.0 connectivity for comprehensive enterprise mobility.
The CT47-X0N-37D100G is equipped with a Standard Range Engine red laser scanner, enabling reliable barcode capture for inventory and warehouse operations. It also includes front and rear cameras for additional data capture flexibility. We offer this model configured for demanding warehouse and logistics workflows where multi-modal scanning is essential.
Yes, the VC8300 is frost-resistant and rated for operation in temperatures as low as -22°F (-30°C), making it ideal for cold storage and freezer warehouse environments. Its robust design ensures reliable performance even in the harshest temperature conditions you'll encounter in logistics and warehouse operations.
Yes, Zebra Premier PVC Cards are compliant with FIPS 201, PIV, SWIFT, and UL standards. These certifications ensure the cards meet rigorous security and quality requirements for government, military, law enforcement, and high-security access control applications. We offer these cards to support organizations requiring secure issuance of long-lasting, tamper-evident IDs.
The CK67 is ultra-rugged and designed to withstand the most challenging warehouse and DC conditions. It can survive up to 8-foot drops across operating temperatures and endure 4,000 one-meter tumbles, making it one of the best-in-class devices for durability. The device undergoes intense durability testing before release to ensure maximum uptime and long-term reliability for your operations.
The FX9600 supports Power over Ethernet (PoE) and PoE+ for cost-effective installation without requiring dedicated power drops to each reader location. It also accepts a 24V external DC power supply as an alternative. This flexibility ensures you can deliver industry-best full output power even for longer cable runs. Contact us today to discuss the power configuration that best fits your facility.
Yes, the Honeywell CT47 Ultra-Rugged Mobile Computer is specifically designed as an ideal choice for users in transport, logistics, and warehouse operations. Its superior rugged design and balanced durability with functionality keep business workflows moving in demanding environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of warehouse mobile computers.
Yes, the DS3678-DP is a cordless barcode scanner that delivers ultimate scanning performance in manufacturing environments. The model DS3678-DP3U4212S1W includes USB connectivity via a shielded USB cable and standard cradle, making it easy to integrate into your existing infrastructure.
This mobile computer features Wi-Fi 6 technology for low-latency access to essential information in dense network environments, along with 4G-LTE advanced connectivity to keep workers connected outside the warehouse. It also includes Bluetooth 5.1 and Bluetooth Low Energy 2.0 for additional peripheral connectivity. These multiple connectivity options ensure your frontline workers can access critical data anywhere and anytime.
The CT-S4500AETUBK delivers fast thermal printing at up to 200 mm per second with a resolution of 203 dpi, making it ideal for high-volume receipt printing in logistics and warehouse environments. The maximum print width is 104 mm, supporting media between 58–112 mm wide. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific label or receipt requirements.
The Voyager 1200g is engineered to decode difficult-to-read barcodes with ease, whether they are poorly printed, smudged, or faded. This capability minimizes the need for extensive user training and reduces scanning errors in warehouse and retail environments.
Yes, HID 1326 ProxCard II cards provide universal compatibility with all HID proximity readers, making them ideal for seamless integration with existing access control systems. The RF-programmable design and external numbering ensure quick setup and easy system administration across your organization.
Yes, the ET56 supports LTE connectivity, giving your workers in the field a dependably fast cellular connection just about anywhere in the world. Combined with 802.11 WiFi support, the ET56 ensures constant connectivity your workforce needs to improve productivity and customer service quality.
The Chromebox Micro includes 2 USB Type-C ports, 2 USB Type-A ports, 1 HDMI port, 1 RJ45 Ethernet port, and 1 audio jack. It supports dual 4K display output via HDMI and USB-C, and the multiple connectivity options ensure compatibility with various peripherals and network environments.
The SocketScan S740 features a 2000 mAh NiMH replaceable battery that provides over 16 hours of active scanning time, allowing it to power through full workdays without interruption. The battery charges in approximately 6 hours and offers over 20 hours of standby time.
The GX430t includes USB v1.1, Serial, and Parallel connectivity as standard. Optional connectivity upgrades include Ethernet, 802.11b/g wireless, or Bluetooth 2.0, which can replace the parallel port to meet your network infrastructure needs.
Yes, magnetic stripe encoding comes standard with the Magicard Enduro Duo. This allows you to combine photo ID applications with access control, time and attendance tracking, debit transactions, and other encoded data applications on a single card.
The Dell Y3KJN is a 10GBase-SR SFP+ transceiver that supports 10 Gigabit Ethernet and Fiber Channel protocols over single-mode optical fiber. It features a 1 x FC connector interface and is engineered for reliable, high-speed data transmission in optical networking environments. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and compatibility information.
Yes, the Dell 407-BBOK transceiver is specifically designed for use with Intel X520 DA 10GB Dual Port SFP+ NICs. It features LC Duplex connectors that are compatible with standard SFP+ network interfaces, ensuring seamless integration with your existing Intel-based networking infrastructure.
The Dell T1HD3 comes standard with a 256 GB M.2 PCI Express NVMe SSD, providing fast boot times and application loading for warehouse and inventory management tasks. The small form factor design accommodates various internal storage configurations, and we can work with you to customize storage capacity based on your data retention and performance requirements. Contact us today to discuss storage options that fit your operational needs.
Yes, the QD2220 is built for durability with IP42 particulate and water sealing protection, and it withstands repeated drops from 1.5 meters onto concrete surfaces. The scanner also features a user-replaceable window pack, which lowers your cost of ownership by allowing you to replace damaged scan windows instead of replacing the entire unit. Contact us today to discuss the QD2220's durability features for your specific application.
Yes, the QW2520 features an IP52-rated rugged housing designed to withstand demanding warehouse environments. The scanner has a class-leading 10 million trigger hits with no moving parts except the trigger itself, ensuring long-term reliability and minimal maintenance in high-throughput operations.
Yes, the Datalogic PowerScan 9600 series is engineered for optimal flexibility in reading both 1D and 2D barcodes with multiple optic options available to meet diverse reading needs. The scanner delivers omnidirectional reading capabilities with outstanding optical characteristics, allowing it to read any barcode type regardless of orientation from contact distance to over 1.0 meter. Contact us today to discuss which optic configuration best fits your scanning requirements.
Yes, the Memor 17 is engineered for the toughest industrial environments with IP65 and IP67 ratings for water and dust protection, plus MIL-STD 810H certification for drop and tumble resistance. The 6-inch display features Corning Gorilla Glass protection against scratches and impacts, and the device includes a high-capacity swappable battery for extended field use without downtime. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this rugged design meets demanding warehouse requirements.
Yes, the QW2520 features an IP52-rated rugged housing designed to withstand demanding warehouse conditions. The scanner has only one moving part—the trigger—which is rated for 10 million hits, providing class-leading durability and reliability for high-volume scanning operations. Contact us today to learn more about our warranty options for warehouse deployments.
Yes, the Magellan 9800i is specifically designed as the world's first barcode scanner driven completely by high-performance digital imaging to increase checkout performance in the world's busiest checkout environments. Its state-of-the-art imaging technology and high reliability are engineered to provide maximum throughput for both 1D and 2D barcodes in demanding retail settings. Contact us today to learn how this scanner can optimize your checkout operations.
Yes, the M3450VSi is specifically designed to handle hard-to-read barcodes, including truncated (shortened), out-of-spec, and poorly printed codes. Its advanced imaging technology provides outstanding performance on challenging barcode conditions while maintaining high-speed scanning capabilities for standard codes.
Yes, the Magellan 9400i is specifically designed for self-checkout and POS environments. Its compact bonnet height and large horizontal and vertical windows allow optimum positioning alongside touchscreens, payment terminals, and printers while maintaining ergonomic comfort for both seated and standing operators.
The Datalogic ZSN5DS811031 operates reliably in temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F) with humidity levels up to 95% non-condensing and ambient light conditions up to 86,080 lux. The scanner features IP65 protection class rating and includes 25kV ESD protection, ensuring durability in demanding warehouse environments. For storage and transport, the unit tolerates temperatures from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F).
The Datalogic ZSN5DS811051 operates reliably in temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F) with humidity levels between 5-95% non-condensing, and handles ambient light conditions up to 86,080 lux. It features 25kV ESD protection for air discharge, making it suitable for demanding warehouse and industrial environments. Contact us today for deployment guidance in your specific facility conditions.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is purpose-built for warehouse, distribution center, and logistics facility operations. Its lightweight, ergonomic design combined with comprehensive barcode scanning capabilities, rugged construction, and Android Enterprise Recommended certification make it an excellent choice for data collection and validation in high-demand environments. We offer this model with various configurations to match your specific warehouse needs.
The Skorpio X5 is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 platform clocked at 2.2 GHz and runs Google Android 10 with GMS certification. It is validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' (AER) rugged device, ensuring top performance for demanding enterprise applications. Contact us today to learn more about deployment options for your warehouse or logistics operations.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is a fully rugged mobile computer designed for the toughest enterprise environments. It features an IP65 sealing rating for protection against dust and water, and withstands repeated drops from 1.8 meters (6.0 feet) to concrete, making it ideal for distribution centers, manufacturing floors, and logistics facilities.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is fully rugged with an IP65 sealing rating and can withstand repeated drops from up to 1.8 meters (6 feet) to concrete. This durability makes it ideal for distribution centers, manufacturing floors, and logistics facilities where equipment faces harsh handling and environmental conditions.
The Joya Touch 22 features unique wireless charging technology that eliminates the hassle of plugging and unplugging traditional charging pins, reducing downtime from damaged connectors. The Boost Recharge feature ensures quick wireless recharging, optimizing the number of devices needed per store and improving overall operational efficiency.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is fully rugged with an IP65 sealing rating and can withstand repeated drops up to 1.8 meters (6 feet) to concrete. This durability makes it ideal for warehouse, manufacturing, retail, and logistics facilities where equipment faces harsh conditions and frequent handling.
The Skorpio X5 is powered by a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 Octa-core processor clocked at 2.2 GHz and runs Android 10 with Google Mobile Services (GMS). It is validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' device, ensuring top performance for demanding applications and enterprise-grade security. This combination delivers the processing power needed for complex data collection tasks in distribution centers and retail environments.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is fully rugged with an IP65 sealing rating and withstands repeated drops from up to 1.8 meters (6 feet) to concrete. This durability combined with its lightweight, ergonomic design makes it ideal for professionals working in warehouses, distribution centers, manufacturing floors, and logistics facilities where equipment reliability is critical.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is purpose-built for warehouse, distribution center, and logistics operations. Its rugged design, 2D imager for barcode scanning, 47-key keypad, and Android 10 platform make it perfect for data collection applications across distribution centers, retail stores, manufacturing floors, and any logistics facility. We offer this kit fully configured and ready for deployment in your warehouse environment.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is built for the toughest environments with an IP65 sealing rating and drop resistance up to 1.8 meters (6 feet) to concrete. Its fully rugged design makes it ideal for distribution centers, manufacturing floors, retail stores, and any logistics facility where durability and reliability are critical. We offer this device specifically for professionals working in demanding conditions.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 offers flexible charging options with a contactless 15-watt wireless charging system or traditional wired charging via pogo-pin connectors. The wireless charging version eliminates maintenance issues associated with contact wear, while the wired option also provides Ethernet connectivity through the cradle. Both configurations support hot-swappable batteries for uninterrupted 24/7 operations, and we can help you select the right charging option for your facility's needs.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is fully rugged with an IP65 sealing rating and withstands repeated drops from 1.8 meters (6.0 feet) to concrete, making it ideal for the toughest warehouse, distribution center, and logistics facility conditions. Its ergonomic pistol grip design and lightweight construction make it a reliable business companion for professionals working in demanding environments. We offer this device specifically configured for high-impact warehouse operations.
The 94ACC0165 is specifically designed as a DC power cable for the SH15 Blackline system and is included with Rhino II/SH15 DC main units. For compatibility with other DataLogic terminal models, we recommend contacting us today to verify your specific equipment configuration, as cable compatibility varies by model and power requirements.
Yes, the Datalogic GD4520 is built for tough warehouse conditions with an IP52 rating for particulate and water sealing, and it withstands repeated drops from 1.8 meters (6 feet) onto concrete. It also features 16 kV ESD protection and operates reliably in ambient light conditions from 0 to 100,000 lux, making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor warehouse settings. Contact us today to discuss durability requirements for your specific application.
Yes, the QW2520 features an IP52-rated rugged housing designed to withstand harsh warehouse environments. The scanner has only one moving part—the trigger—which is rated for 10 million hits, providing class-leading durability and reliability for high-volume scanning operations.
The G5110215 features a 3-wire connection supporting 15-264 VAC input, with an operating distance range of 0.1 to 4 meters. It operates in dark-on mode with radial optic emission and is housed in a durable plastic enclosure, making it suitable for industrial environments where reliable detection is critical.
The Datalogic 95B066210 operates reliably in temperatures between 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F), with storage and transport capability from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F). This temperature range makes it suitable for standard warehouse and indoor logistics applications.
The VLASE GREEN 10 delivers 10W average output power, making it suitable for various electronics industry applications where reduced thermal effects are needed. The high peak power combined with 10W average output enables efficient marking and material processing for coating removal and paint stripping applications.
Yes, the UniQ's ultra-compact design and high-efficiency, low-noise cooling system make it ideal for easy integration even in tight spaces and complex environments. The all-in-one fiber laser architecture without external fiber delivery constraints allows for flexible placement and simplified installation in constrained manufacturing layouts.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is fully rugged with an IP65 sealing rating and can withstand repeated drops from up to 1.8 meters (6 feet) to concrete, making it ideal for demanding warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics facilities. Its durable design ensures reliable operation in harsh conditions while maintaining performance for data collection applications. Contact us today to discuss which rugged configuration best fits your facility's requirements.
Yes, the QW2520 features an IP52-rated rugged housing designed to withstand harsh warehouse conditions. It withstands repeated drops from 1.5 meters onto concrete and includes ESD protection up to 16 kV, making it reliable for demanding logistics and inventory management applications.
The Skorpio X5 features a 2D imager with Datalogic's new Extra Long Range (XLR) scan engine, delivering best-in-market reading performance even on damaged or covered barcodes. It can decode all standard 1D codes including GS1 DataBar linear codes, as well as 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, and PDF417. The device includes Green Spot technology for visual scan confirmation.
Yes, the Magellan 9800i is specifically designed for high-performance scanning in the world's busiest checkout environments, delivering maximum throughput for both 1D and 2D barcodes. Its digital imaging technology and optimized ergonomic design with a lower bonnet height make it ideal for high-volume retail operations. We offer this scanner as a complete solution for retailers looking to increase checkout performance.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is specifically designed for warehouse, shop floor, manufacturing, and logistics facilities. It features an IP65 sealing rating and is fully rugged with the ability to withstand 1.8-meter (6.0-foot) repeated drops to concrete, making it ideal for harsh industrial environments. The ergonomic pistol grip design reduces operator fatigue during extended use in distribution centers and receiving areas. Contact us today to find the right configuration for your facility's data capture needs.
Yes, the QW2520-BK features an IP52-rated rugged housing that withstands repeated drops from 1.5 meters onto concrete and operates in temperatures from 0 to 50°C. With only a trigger as the moving part, it delivers 10 million trigger hits, providing class-leading durability for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, we offer the Memor 11 in two connectivity options: Wi-Fi only or Wi-Fi/Cellular (LTE) models. This flexibility allows you to choose the configuration that best fits your operational needs, whether you need coverage within your premises or require mobile connectivity across multiple locations. Contact us today to determine which option is right for your warehouse or logistics operation.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is purpose-built for warehouse, distribution center, and logistics operations. Its lightweight ergonomic design, rugged IP65 rating, and powerful 2D imager with extra-long-range (XLR) scanning capabilities make it perfect for inventory management, receiving, and data collection tasks. The device is validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' (AER) rugged device, ensuring enterprise-grade reliability for demanding warehouse environments.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is specifically designed for warehouse, shop floor, manufacturing, and logistics environments. Its lightweight ergonomic gun grip design, rugged construction, and comprehensive data capture capabilities make it ideal for distribution centers and inventory management. The device's durability and performance in demanding environments make it the perfect business companion for logistics professionals—contact us today to find the right configuration for your operation.
The PM9600-HP reads both 1D and 2D barcodes, including Data Matrix, PDF417, QR codes, and GS1 DataBar formats. It also supports digital watermarking with Digimarc barcodes on HP and Document Capture models. This versatility makes it suitable for diverse warehouse and logistics applications requiring multiple barcode standards.
The GD4590 is an omnidirectional 2D imager that reads all common 1D and 2D codes, including QR codes, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and postal codes. It also decodes stacked and composite codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar formats, making it suitable for diverse warehouse and retail applications. The advanced Megapixel sensor with white-illumination technology ensures reliable reading across colored labels and various code types.
The Skorpio X5 is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 platform clocked at 2.2 GHz and runs Google Android 10 with GMS certification. It's validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' (AER) rugged device, ensuring top performance for demanding applications in distribution centers, retail, and manufacturing environments.
The 95ACC6170 is designed to work with Datalogic SL2/4 SLIM safety interface systems and supports standard industrial AC power requirements (100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz) typical of Datalogic's lighting and control modules. For precise electrical specifications and power consumption details specific to this model, contact us today—our team can provide complete technical documentation to ensure proper integration with your existing systems.
Yes, the DataLogic 94ACC1381 comes with regional plugs included, making it suitable for use in different geographic locations and power systems. This feature eliminates the need to purchase separate adapters when deploying your Skorpio X4 across multiple facilities or regions. Contact us today to confirm specific regional compatibility for your location.
Yes, the CF83-E features 20m/66ft IR night vision range, enabling clear visibility in dark or low-light environments. Combined with its 1/1.6" progressive CMOS sensor and onboard CV72S Ambarella processor, it delivers reliable 12.5MP image quality around the clock.
The Verkada four-camera multisensor delivers four independent 4K image sensors with 360° field of view and up to 98 feet of IR range for exceptional low-light performance. It includes AI-powered analytics for line crossing and loitering alerts, IP66/IP67 weather protection, and IK10 impact rating for durability in harsh environments. Installation is streamlined with a single PoE+ cable and alignment presets, making deployment quick and efficient.
This license supports up to 20 users with mobile NFC credential access. Each user can leverage NFC technology for secure authentication and access control within your Verkada surveillance and security system for the full 10-year license period.
This is a renewal license (indicated by the 'RNW' designation) designed for customers whose existing 5-year Verkada Security Trailer Cloud license is expiring. The renewal maintains your current subscription and cloud access for an additional 5 years. Contact us today to verify your current license status and ensure seamless renewal coverage.
The Verkada BH61-HW has been discontinued and is no longer available for new orders. If you're looking for current Verkada wireless connectivity solutions or alarm system components, contact us today to explore alternative options that meet your security infrastructure needs.
Yes, the CD53-256E-HW-F is powered via PoE+ (IEEE 802.3at Type 2), allowing for simplified installation with a single network cable that provides both power and data connectivity. This PoE+ support reduces the need for separate power infrastructure, making deployment more cost-effective for warehouse and logistics facilities.
Yes, the ThinkPad T14s Gen 2 is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments with its durable ThinkPad design, Windows 11 Pro operating system, and robust AMD Ryzen 7 PRO processor. The 14-inch Full HD display with IPS technology provides excellent visibility for reading barcodes and managing inventory systems in various lighting conditions. Contact us today to discuss how this laptop integrates with your AIDC and barcode scanning infrastructure.
Yes, the Lenovo 4XE1F30278 features a resettable 4-digit combination lock, allowing you to change the code as needed without replacing the entire cable. This makes it ideal for shared workspaces or when you need to update security credentials across your organization.
This model includes 1x HDMI 1.4, 1x DisplayPort 1.2, 1x USB 3.2 Gen 1, and 1x USB-B 3.2 Gen 1 connectivity. It also features a Kensington Security Slot for physical security and an integrated FHD 1080p camera with microphone for video conferencing capabilities.
This Lenovo monitor includes HDMI and DisplayPort connectivity options, along with an integrated USB hub for convenient peripheral connections. These multiple input options ensure compatibility with a wide range of systems and peripherals available from us.
The Lenovo 4XH0R55468 is compatible with Windows 7 Professional and other Windows-based systems, as Lenovo recommends Windows 7 Professional for optimal performance with this adapter. For specific compatibility with other operating systems or newer Windows versions, contact us today and our team can verify compatibility with your exact system configuration.
Yes, the InFlex 15.6" touchscreen is specifically designed for point-of-sale, self-service kiosks, and signage applications. Its 10-point capacitive touch interface provides responsive multi-touch capability, while the optically bonded hardened glass ensures durability in high-traffic retail environments. The compact 15.6" form factor and lightweight design make it ideal for counter and wall-mounted installations.
Yes, the Lenovo 100e Chromebook Gen 4 features student-focused durability with a reinforced, spill-resistant design specifically engineered for shared classroom use. This design helps protect the device from accidental spills and the wear-and-tear typical in educational environments.
Yes, the ThinkPad T14s 2-in-1 G1 is designed for business professionals with its Intel vPro processor, Windows 11 Professional operating system, and enterprise-grade security features including fingerprint reader and IR camera for facial recognition. The 2-in-1 form factor provides flexibility for presentations, fieldwork, and collaborative environments. Contact us today to discuss how this model fits your organization's mobility and productivity requirements.
Yes, the ThinkPad P16v Gen 3 is specifically designed as a premium mobile workstation for high-performance creative and technical work. Selected configurations are ISV-certified for professional engineering and creative applications, and the system combines high-performance processing with workstation-grade NVIDIA graphics and a detailed 16-inch 16:10 display optimized for detailed technical and creative tasks.
Yes, the ThinkPad P1 Gen 8 is specifically designed for professional creative and technical work, featuring NVIDIA RTX PRO Blackwell laptop graphics with 8GB dedicated memory on this configuration. Selected configurations are ISV-certified for professional engineering and creative applications, making it ideal for media production, 3D rendering, and AI development workflows. Contact us today to discuss which configuration best fits your professional graphics requirements.
Yes, the ThinkPad P16 Gen 2 is specifically designed as a mobile workstation and is excellent for professional design, video editing, and engineering applications. The combination of the Intel Core i7-13850HX processor, 32 GB RAM, NVIDIA RTX 2000 Ada graphics, and high-refresh 2560 x 1600 display makes it ideal for GPU-accelerated creative workflows. Contact us today to learn how this workstation can support your professional requirements.
Yes, the ThinkPad T14 Gen 6 is specifically designed for enterprise deployments with commercial-grade construction and ThinkPad durability testing to support daily travel and hybrid work environments. It includes ThinkShield security features and available biometric controls to protect business data, making it ideal for finance, healthcare, government, education, and professional services industries. We offer this model configured for managed enterprise deployments.
Yes, the Lenovo K14 Gen 2 is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments with its durable construction, Windows 11 Pro operating system, and solid performance specifications. The 14-inch form factor provides portability for mobile operations, while the Intel Core i3 processor handles inventory management and data entry tasks efficiently. Contact us today to discuss how this laptop integrates with your warehouse management systems.
Yes, the SATO 3MX-CLV-D1S supports USB connectivity, making it easy to integrate into existing warehouse management systems and point-of-sale environments. This wired connection ensures stable, real-time data transmission without the need for wireless configuration. Available from us with full technical support for seamless deployment.
Yes, the CT4-LX is designed for user-replaceable components including the printhead and platen roller, minimizing downtime and maintenance costs. This design philosophy means your team can quickly perform routine maintenance without requiring specialized technician visits. Contact us today if you need guidance on maintenance best practices for your operation.
The SATO CT4-LX delivers a maximum print width of 4.1 inches with a resolution of 305 dpi, making it ideal for standard barcode labels, shipping labels, and product identification tags. The 6 inches per second print speed ensures efficient label production without sacrificing quality. This combination of specs makes it suitable for most desktop barcode labeling applications in warehouses and logistics operations.
The SATO CT4-LX supports multiple connectivity options including USB, Ethernet, and the latest wireless connectivity standards to integrate seamlessly into your existing network infrastructure. This flexibility allows you to deploy the printer in various warehouse and logistics environments without extensive reconfiguration. Contact us today to discuss the specific wireless protocols available for your deployment needs.
Yes, the SATO CT4-LX is designed for reliable barcode label printing with a print speed of 6 inches per second and 305 dpi resolution, making it capable of handling consistent production demands in warehouse and logistics environments. The printer features a user-replaceable printhead and platen roller for easy maintenance and minimal downtime. Its compact 4-inch form factor makes it ideal for space-constrained facilities while maintaining industrial-grade performance available from us.
The SATO CT4-LX offers both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing you to connect directly to your computer or integrate seamlessly into your network infrastructure. These connectivity options provide flexibility for various deployment scenarios, whether you need a standalone workstation or networked label printing across multiple locations.
Yes, the SATO R37902000 is designed specifically for the CL4NX Plus printer and features Smart Printhead technology that integrates seamlessly with this model. The CL4NX Plus supports multiple resolution options including the 609 DPI capability of this printhead. Contact us today for compatibility verification with your specific configuration.
The SATO WWCLP2A01-WAR offers a maximum print width of 4.1 inches and supports media up to 10 inches in outside diameter with a 3-inch core. It can accommodate ribbon lengths up to 1,968 feet, providing extended printing capability before requiring media changes in high-volume operations.
Yes, the SATO SR30LT-18388 labels are specifically designed for use with SATO SF300 thermal printers. These labels are engineered to work seamlessly with SATO's printer specifications, ensuring optimal print quality and performance. Contact us today if you need guidance on matching labels to your specific SATO printer model.
The SR10LD-20125 features 2 X 1 inch label dimensions with 1-inch inner diameter and 5-inch outer diameter perforation specifications. Each roll contains 2,700 labels, and each carton includes 4 rolls for a total of 10,800 labels per case, providing efficient inventory management for warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the SATO 53S002012 labels are specifically engineered for SATO thermal printers and will work seamlessly with compatible SATO printer models. We offer a full selection of thermal transfer and direct thermal barcode labels for SATO printers, so contact us today if you need to verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
The SATO SW10-B-80300 ribbon is compatible with SATO thermal printers that support the T101A ribbon specification. To confirm compatibility with your specific SATO printer model, we recommend contacting us today so our team can verify your equipment and ensure you receive the correct ribbon configuration.
Yes, the SATO 59-C21A2-001 printhead supports both direct thermal and thermal transfer printing modes. This dual-capability design makes it a versatile replacement option for various SATO printer configurations and labeling applications. We stock this printhead to support diverse warehouse and logistics printing needs.
Yes, the SATO 59-F10A1-001 printhead supports both direct thermal and thermal transfer printing modes. This dual-capability design makes it a versatile replacement option for various SATO printer configurations used in warehouse and logistics operations. Available from us for immediate shipment to keep your printing operations running smoothly.
Yes, the SATO WWS8N32EA supports optional Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11 b/g/n) and Bluetooth 2.0+ EDR connectivity in addition to standard USB, RS232, Ethernet, and IEEE1284 interfaces. The wireless options use secure protocols including WEP, WPA, and WPA2 encryption for safe network integration.
The JW830A features 4x 10GBase-x (SFP/SFP+) ports and 2x dual media ports that support either 10/100/1000BASE-T or SFP connectivity. This flexible port configuration allows you to integrate the controller into both copper and fiber-based network infrastructures, providing high-speed uplink capacity for your wireless network.
The HPE Aruba JW703A supports up to 32 access points and 2,000 concurrent clients, providing scalable wireless coverage for enterprise branch locations and mid-sized deployments. This capacity makes it suitable for organizations looking to consolidate their wireless infrastructure without requiring larger 7000 Series controllers like the 7024 or 7030 models.
The Aruba 7008 features 8 ports with 100W PoE+ support and 10/100/1000BASE-T connectivity, along with 24 total Ethernet ports for flexible network design. Key capabilities include integrated WAN compression, health checks, zero-touch configuration, policy-based routing, and stateful firewall enforcement to secure both cloud and data center connections.
The JL745A is compatible with HPE Aruba switches featuring SFP ports, including the Aruba 6100 series and 2930F series switches. According to HPE specifications, supported 1G SFP transceivers should be revision 'B' or later for optimal performance. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific switch model and ensure proper configuration.
The S0B65A offers flexible power delivery through PoE-PD (802.3af/at/bt) or 12 V DC input, making it compatible with standard PoE infrastructure. It features dual multi-gigabit uplinks: one 2.5 GbE port and one 1 GbE port, plus two additional 1 GbE PSE ports for powering connected devices. This dual uplink design ensures continuous service and network redundancy in mission-critical environments.
Yes, the AP-505H is purpose-built for hospitality environments including hotels, residence halls, and remote sites. It includes embedded Bluetooth 5 and Zigbee radios for asset tracking and IoT deployments, plus Aruba's AI-driven ClientMatch technology to resolve sticky-client issues and maintain seamless performance in high-density guest networks.
For Windows systems, you'll need Windows 10, 8.1, 8, or 7 (32-bit or 64-bit) with 2 GB available hard disk space, a CD-ROM/DVD drive or internet connection, USB port, and Internet Explorer. For Mac systems, you need OS X v10.11 El Capitan, OS X v10.10 Yosemite, or OS X v10.9 Mavericks with 1 GB HD and internet access. Contact us today to ensure your infrastructure meets these requirements.
The HP W2023A is a magenta toner cartridge designed for HP color laser printers that support the 414A cartridge series. We recommend verifying your specific printer model supports the 414A cartridge family before ordering. Contact us today if you need help confirming compatibility with your equipment.
The HP 6K9B2AA is a convertible system that works both ways—it functions as a traditional stationary POS when docked and as a mobile point of sale when undocked. This versatility enables your workers to process transactions wherever your retail and hospitality customers are located. We offer this system to help you maximize flexibility in your sales environment.
Yes, the HP CF410A is compatible with a wide range of operating systems including Windows Client OS (32/64 bit), Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, macOS Sierra v10.12, macOS High Sierra v10.13, and macOS Mojave v10.14. This broad compatibility ensures seamless integration across most modern IT environments.
Yes, the HP 981X (L0R10A) magenta cartridge is designed for HP inkjet systems, including HP POS Touch Computer models. For specific printer model compatibility, contact us today and our team can verify your exact equipment configuration to ensure proper fit and performance.
Yes, the HP F9K01A cartridge works with HP printers that support multiple operating systems including Windows 10, 8.1, 8, 7, Vista, and XP SP3 (32-bit), as well as OS X v10.8 Mountain Lion, OS X v10.9 Mavericks, and OS X v10.10 Yosemite. The cartridge itself is platform-agnostic and will function with any compatible HP inkjet printer regardless of your system. Contact us today if you need help determining compatibility with your specific setup.
Yes, the HP 727 (F9J78A) is an original HP ink cartridge, not a third-party or remanufactured alternative. Original HP cartridges are engineered to work seamlessly with compatible HP inkjet printers and deliver consistent color quality. We stock genuine HP supplies to support your printing operations.
The HP C9374A comes as a single pack—one cartridge per unit. This original HP ink cartridge delivers gray color output for your printing needs. Contact us today if you need to order multiple cartridges for your operation.
The HP P57688-B21 supports up to 2.04 TB of RAM and comes standard with 32 GB of RAM installed. This substantial memory capacity enables efficient handling of demanding applications and large datasets in enterprise environments.
The Fargo 47700 is compatible with the Fargo 5121 and 5125 ID card printers and requires one of these models to be previously installed. This field upgrade is designed specifically for these printer platforms, allowing you to add smart card encoding capabilities to your existing system. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific setup.
The Fargo DTC4500e model 55010 offers both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your existing network infrastructure or direct connection to individual workstations. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with various deployment scenarios in your organization.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e includes ISO magnetic stripe encoding capability, making it suitable for applications requiring both visual card printing and magnetic data encoding on a single device. This integrated functionality streamlines your ID card production process.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e is a dual-sided ID card printer that can print on both sides of cards in a single pass. It comes equipped with a dual-input hopper and locking hoppers for secure card handling and flexible workflow management.
The Fargo DTC4500e offers both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing you to integrate it seamlessly into your network environment or connect it directly to a workstation. This dual connectivity provides flexibility for various deployment scenarios in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Fargo DTC4500e offers both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your network environment. This dual-connectivity approach ensures compatibility with various IT infrastructures and enables seamless deployment in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Fargo DTC4500e is available with both USB and Ethernet connectivity, making it flexible for integration into various network environments and direct computer connections. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with different IT infrastructure setups in warehouses, offices, and secure facilities.
Yes, the DTC4500e is specifically designed for high-volume printing with an extremely robust and reliable print engine that delivers speed and power. The printer features high-capacity ribbons that enable it to print twice as many full-color cards as most competing printers before ribbon replacement is needed, ensuring continuous production with minimal downtime. This makes it an excellent choice for organizations with demanding card printing requirements.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e is a dual-sided ID card printer, delivering full-color printing on both sides of your cards in a single pass. This capability makes it ideal for comprehensive ID solutions that require front and back printing without manual card flipping.
The HDP8500 accepts standard CR-80 cards (3.375" x 2.125") and CR-79 adhesive-back cards, with card thickness ranging from .009" to .040" (9 mil to 40 mil). The printer's print area extends edge-to-edge on CR-80 cards, maximizing your design space for ID badges and credentials.
The Fargo 45105 produces up to 1,000 images per cartridge, making it an economical choice for moderate-to-high-volume ID card printing operations. This yield helps reduce the frequency of ribbon changes and supply chain management overhead in busy card issuance environments.
The Fargo 45702 ribbon is compatible with multiple Fargo printer models including the DTC4500e and DTC5500LMX series. We offer this ribbon as an official Fargo supply, ensuring reliable performance across these systems. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
The Fargo 45714 YMCKO half-panel ribbon is compatible with Fargo ID card printer models including the DTC1000, DTC4500e, and DTC5500LMx series. We recommend verifying your specific printer model against our compatibility documentation to ensure proper ribbon installation. Contact us today to confirm compatibility for your equipment.
The Fargo 84510 YMC full-color ribbon with resin black and overlay panel yields 750 images per ribbon. If you opt for the half-panel YMCKO configuration, you can print up to 1,050 cards per ribbon, providing cost-effective options depending on your printing volume needs.
The Fargo 045421 YMCKO ribbon supports 100 card prints. This full-color ribbon with resin black and overlay panel is ideal for standard-volume ID card issuance in warehouse, logistics, and IT environments.
Yes, the Fargo 045422 is specifically designed for compatibility with the Fargo C50 (LM) printer model. This EZ YMCKO cartridge is engineered to work seamlessly with your C50 system. Contact us today to ensure you have the correct ribbon for your specific printer configuration.
The Fargo 81579 is a thermal printhead designed for Fargo's card printing systems. This component works with Fargo's print method technology to deliver consistent, high-quality card output. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed specifications on how this printhead integrates with your Persona or compatible printer.
The Fargo 88063 printhead delivers 300 dpi (11.8 dots/mm) continuous tone resolution, enabling sharp, professional-quality ID card printing with up to 16.7 million colors and 256 shades per pixel. This resolution standard is ideal for detailed card designs and security features.
Yes, the Fargo 47711 Accessory is specifically designed as a compatible module for the Fargo DTC4000 card printer. This accessory integrates seamlessly with the DTC4000 to add Ethernet and print server capabilities to your system. Contact us today to confirm your specific printer model and ensure proper compatibility.
The Fargo 45000 YMCKO cartridge with cleaning roller prints up to 250 images per ribbon. This yield is typical for full-color YMCKO ribbon configurations and helps organizations plan their supply costs for regular ID card production.
The Fargo 44203 ID Card Ribbon is rated for 1000 images per cartridge. This yield helps you plan your supply inventory and understand the cost per printed card for your organization's ID card production.
The Fargo 45102 ribbon cartridge yields 1,000 images per cartridge. This monochromatic resin black ribbon is ideal for high-volume printing applications where you need reliable, consistent output without the cost of full-color printing.
The Fargo 45106 ribbon cartridge yields 1,000 images. This high-yield capacity makes it an economical choice for medium to high-volume ID card printing operations. Each cartridge also includes an integrated cleaning roller that is automatically replaced with each new ribbon.
The Fargo DTC4500e offers both USB and Ethernet connectivity, making it flexible for integration into various IT environments and network configurations. This dual connectivity allows you to choose the connection method that best suits your facility's infrastructure and workflow requirements.
The Fargo 45010-FGO is a full-color (YMCKOK) EZ Cartridge that prints in yellow (Y), magenta (M), cyan (C), and black (K). The ribbon also includes an overlay (O) layer for protection and a second black (K) panel for printing on the back of the card, enabling both full-color front printing and black text on the reverse side.
The Fargo 86208 white ribbon is rated for 1000 images, making it an economical choice for moderate-volume ID card production. This yield is based on standard CR-80 card printing and represents a cost-effective supply option for your DTC550 printer. Contact us today for volume pricing on replacement ribbons.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e is a dual-sided ID card printer with a dual-input hopper, allowing you to print on both sides of ID cards in a single pass. This feature significantly increases productivity for high-volume card production environments.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e is a dual-sided ID card printer designed for organizations that need to print on both sides of identification cards. It comes equipped with a dual-input hopper to support high-volume production workflows.
The Fargo 45101 ribbon is compatible with seven Fargo printer models: DTC400, DTC1000, DTC4000, C50, DTC1000Me, DTC1250e, and DTC4250e. This broad compatibility makes it a versatile supply option for organizations with multiple Fargo printer deployments.
The Fargo 45111 ribbon (also known as part number 045111) is compatible with the DTC400, DTC1000, DTC4000, DTC4500, C50, DTC1000Me, DTC1250e, DTC4250e, and DTC4500e printer models. This broad compatibility makes it a versatile supply option across multiple Fargo printer generations. Contact us today if you need to verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
The Fargo 84500 ribbon is compatible with Fargo HDP5600 series ID card printers. We offer this ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of Fargo supplies and consumables. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
Yes, the DTC4250e is a dual-sided printer that enables you to print on both sides of ID cards, providing more space for cardholder information and security features. This makes it ideal for comprehensive identification systems available from us.
The Epson TM-U675 delivers approximately 5.14 lines per second when printing 40 columns at 17.8 characters per inch. This speed enables fast, productive printing of receipts and slips to keep transaction processing moving smoothly in high-volume retail and banking settings.
The OmniLink TM-T70II-DT offers multiple connectivity options including Ethernet, USB, and Serial interfaces. This range of connection types ensures compatibility with various POS systems and network configurations in retail and kiosk environments.
The Epson TM-U675 delivers approximately 4.6 lines per second for standard receipt printing. This speed enables fast, productive printing of receipts and slips while maintaining consistent quality in high-volume retail and banking operations.
Yes, the Epson TM-U220 supports two-color printing in black and red, allowing you to highlight special offers, print more visible logos, and create visually distinct sections on your receipts. This capability helps draw customer attention to important information without requiring multiple passes.
The CaptureOne TM-S1000 supports E13B, OCR A, and OCR B character recognition, along with CMC7 and E13B MICR symbologies using RDM Progressive MICR Method. This comprehensive character support ensures accurate reading of both personal and business checks for Check 21 compliance.
Each box contains 10 rolls of Epson 111196900 labels, with 450 labels per roll, giving you a total of 4,500 labels per box. This bulk quantity is designed to support high-volume printing operations in logistics and warehouse settings. Contact us today to order the quantity that matches your printing needs.
The HP J3E86A features WiFi and WiFi Direct connectivity, along with Web Services capabilities for flexible network integration. These connectivity options allow your warehouse team to print and manage documents from multiple devices across your facility.
The HP W2023A is a magenta toner cartridge that produces vibrant magenta color output for professional documents and labels. It is sold individually, so you can replace just the magenta cartridge when needed without replacing other color supplies.
The HP Engage Go Mobile features Intel Kaby Lake Core and Pentium processors integrated with a Kaby Lake Premium PCH. This processor architecture delivers reliable performance for retail and hospitality POS operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm the specific processor configuration for your model.
HP includes a one-year, next-business day, onsite warranty with the CF410A cartridge. Warranty and support options may vary by product, country, and local legal requirements, so we recommend reviewing the specific terms for your region.
The HP 981X (L0R10A) is a magenta ink cartridge, ideal for color printing applications in retail, logistics, and warehouse environments. This single-pack cartridge delivers vibrant magenta output for labels, receipts, and other business-critical documents.
For Windows systems, you'll need Windows 10, 8.1, 8, or 7 (32-bit or 64-bit) with 2 GB available hard disk space, a CD-ROM/DVD drive or Internet connection, USB port, and Internet Explorer. For Mac systems, you'll need OS X v10.8 or later with 1 GB of hard disk space and Internet access. Visit barcodesinc.com for assistance in verifying your system meets these requirements before ordering.
The HP 727 (F9J78A) is an original ink cartridge designed for HP inkjet printers. This cartridge is compatible with HP's inkjet printer lineup. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model and ensure proper installation.
The HP C9374A is an inkjet cartridge designed for inkjet printer systems. It delivers gray ink output and is engineered to work with HP's inkjet printer lineup. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for guidance on integrating this cartridge into your printing workflow.
The HP P57688-B21 is a 1U rack server featuring 8 x SFF (Small Form Factor) drive bays for internal storage expansion. The 1U form factor makes it ideal for high-density rack deployments in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Fargo 47700 is a field upgrade, meaning it can be installed on-site without requiring your printer to be sent back to the manufacturer. This allows you to add contact smart card encoding functionality to your existing Fargo 5121 or 5125 printer with minimal downtime. Our team can assist with installation guidance and support.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e features a dual-input hopper that accommodates different card feeding needs for your ID card printing operations. This versatility allows you to manage various card types and production workflows efficiently.
The Fargo DTC4500e is equipped with high-capacity ribbons that enable printing of twice as many full-color cards compared to most standard printers before ribbon replacement is needed. This extended ribbon life minimizes interruptions and maintenance cycles in high-volume card production environments.
The Fargo DTC4500e provides both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing you to integrate it into your network infrastructure or connect it directly to a workstation depending on your operational needs.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e is specifically designed for high-volume printing operations. Its robust print engine and high-capacity ribbons enable continuous production of full-color cards with minimal interruptions, making it ideal for organizations that require consistent, large-scale ID card printing.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e includes ISO magnetic stripe encoding capability, enabling you to encode data directly onto ID cards during the printing process. This integrated encoding feature streamlines card production workflows and eliminates the need for separate encoding equipment.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e is a dual-sided ID card printer capable of printing on both sides of cards in a single pass. This dual-sided capability, combined with its high-volume print engine, makes it ideal for organizations that need to produce large quantities of professional identification cards efficiently.
The Fargo DTC4500e features a same-side input/output hopper design with locking hoppers for secure card handling and storage. This configuration streamlines your workflow by consolidating card input and output in one location while maintaining security through the locking mechanism. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about how this design fits your facility layout.
The Fargo DTC4500e supports ISO magnetic stripe encoding, enabling you to encode data directly onto ID cards during the printing process. This integrated encoding feature streamlines card production for access control and payment applications.
We offer multiple encoding modules for the HDP8500, including 125 kHz HID Prox readers, 13.56 MHz contactless encoders (iCLASS, MIFARE, ISO 14443 A/B, ISO 15693), contact smart card encoders for ISO7816 cards, and ISO magnetic stripe encoding with dual high- and low-coercivity support on Tracks 1, 2, and 3. This flexibility supports virtually any credential technology requirement.
Yes, the Fargo 45105 is an EZ Red Cartridge that includes an integrated cleaning roller. The cleaning roller is automatically replaced with each new ribbon cartridge used, ensuring consistent print quality and printer maintenance without requiring separate cleaning supplies or manual intervention.
The Fargo 45702 is a monochrome ribbon in black (K) color, designed as an ECO Standard option for Fargo ID card printers. This ribbon type is ideal for single-color ID card printing applications. We stock this ribbon and can ship it quickly to support your ID card production needs.
The Fargo 45714 ribbon supports standard CR-80 cards (3.375″L x 2.125″W) and CR-79 adhesive back cards (3.313″L x 2.063″W). The ribbon is designed for use with PVC or polyester cards with polished PVC finish, and card thickness must fall between 0.009″ and 0.040″ (9–40 mil). The print area covers edge-to-edge on CR-80 cards at 3.36″L x 2.11″W.
The Fargo 84510 accepts standard CR-80 cards (3.375" L x 2.125" W) and CR-79 adhesive back cards, with a print area of 3.36" L x 2.11" W for edge-to-edge printing. Card thickness compatibility ranges from 0.009" to 0.040" (9 mil to 40 mil), supporting both PVC and polyester cards with polished PVC finish.
The Fargo 045421 is an YMCKO ribbon, which means it prints full-color (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, blacK) with an overlay (O) panel for enhanced durability and security. This configuration delivers up to 16.7 million colors with 256 shades per pixel for professional-quality ID cards.
The YMCKO configuration provides full-color printing with Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black (resin), and an Overlay panel. This combination delivers up to 16.7 million colors with 256 shades per pixel for professional-quality ID cards. The overlay panel adds durability and protection to printed cards.
Fargo's Persona Card Printers equipped with this printhead deliver 300 dpi (11.8 dots/mm) continuous tone resolution, enabling professional-quality ID card printing with up to 16.7 million colors and 256 shades per pixel. This resolution standard ensures sharp text, detailed images, and vibrant color reproduction on every card. Contact us today for more information on printhead specifications.
The Fargo 88063 supports standard CR-80 cards (3.375˝L x 2.125˝W) and CR-79 adhesive back cards (3.313˝L x 2.063˝W), with an accepted card thickness range of .009˝ to .040˝ (9 mil to 40 mil). The printer accommodates both PVC and polyester cards with polished PVC finish.
Yes, the Fargo 47711 Ethernet Module with Print Server is designed to add network connectivity and print server functionality to your Fargo DTC4000 printer. This allows multiple users on your network to send print jobs to your card printer without requiring a direct USB connection. We offer this accessory to help streamline your card printing workflow across your organization.
The Fargo 45000 ribbon (also known as part number 045000) is compatible with the DTC1250e, DTC1000, and DTC1500 printer models. We offer this ribbon to support your existing Fargo printer infrastructure and ensure seamless integration with your ID card production workflow.
The Fargo 44203 is a blue monochrome ribbon cartridge with an integrated cleaning roller. The cleaning roller helps maintain optimal print head condition and ensures consistent image quality throughout the ribbon's lifespan.
Fargo offers multiple ribbon options including full-color combinations (YMCKO, YMCKOK, YMCFKO), monochromatic resin black and overlay panels (KO), dye-sublimation black options (BO), and specialty colors like green, blue, red, white, silver, and gold. Each ribbon type is available in different panel configurations and print yields to match your specific application requirements.
Yes, the Fargo 45106 ribbon cartridge includes an integrated cleaning roller that automatically replaces with each new ribbon you install. This built-in cleaning system helps maintain print quality and card feed reliability throughout the ribbon's 1,000-image lifespan.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e supports ISO magnetic stripe encoding, allowing you to print and encode ID cards with magnetic stripe data in a single pass. This capability makes it suitable for organizations that need integrated card printing and encoding functionality.
The Fargo 45010-FGO ribbon yields 200 images per roll, making it suitable for moderate-volume ID card printing operations. This capacity helps you plan your supply needs and manage printing costs effectively.
The Fargo 86208 is a monochrome white ribbon that uses resin thermal transfer technology for durable, long-lasting ID card printing. Unlike full-color YMCKO ribbons, this single-color option is ideal for applications requiring white printing on ID cards, such as overlays or accent printing. We stock this ribbon as part of our comprehensive Fargo supplies inventory.
The Fargo DTC4500e provides both USB and Ethernet connectivity, giving you flexibility in how you integrate the printer into your network or connect it directly to a workstation. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with various IT infrastructure setups.
The Fargo DTC4500e provides both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your network infrastructure and support for multiple connection methods depending on your deployment needs.
Yes, the Fargo 45101 black ribbon can print text and one-color images on one or both sides of the card, giving you flexibility in card design and personalization. The integrated cleaning roller ensures consistent print quality across both sides of your cards.
The Fargo 45111 ribbon supports standard CR-80 cards (3.375" L x 2.125" W / 85.6mm L x 54mm W) and CR-79 adhesive back cards. Compatible printers accept card thicknesses ranging from .009" to .040" (9 mil to 40 mil / .229mm to 1.016mm), allowing flexibility for various card stock options. The print area on CR-80 cards extends edge-to-edge at 3.36" L x 2.11" W for maximum card utilization.
The Fargo 84500 features a Standard Clear Film overlaminate, which provides protection and durability to printed ID cards. This clear film option is ideal for applications where card visibility and readability are important. We have this and other overlaminate options available from our inventory.
The DTC4250e includes an integrated OMNIKEY 5127CK Mini contactless encoder with support for both iCLASS and MIFARE/DESFire technology cards. This allows you to encode access control and other technology-based applications directly during the printing process.
The TM-U675 builds upon the strengths of the popular TM-U375 predecessor with enhanced features and performance. While the TM-U375 prints at 3.5–5.4 lps, the TM-U675 delivers consistent 5.14 lps performance, and it supports larger slip and validation document sizes (up to 210mm length versus 257mm on the U375), making it better suited for modern retail and banking workflows.
This direct thermal printer delivers 9.84 inches per second monochrome print speed with 180 x 180 dpi resolution. The 2.83-inch print width accommodates standard receipt and label formats commonly used in retail operations.
The TM-U675 uses a 9-pin serial impact dot matrix print method with font options of 5×9 or 7×9 pixels. It supports 95 alphanumeric characters, 37 international characters, and 128×11 graphic characters, allowing for flexible receipt and slip customization.
The Epson TM-U220 delivers a maximum print speed of 350mm/sec with a default speed of 300mm/sec, ensuring fast throughput for high-volume receipt and kitchen order printing. This speed optimization helps reduce customer wait times and improves operational efficiency in busy retail and food service environments.
The scanner accommodates personal and business-size checks with lengths from 120mm to 235mm (4.8" to 9") and heights from 65mm to 125mm (2.5" to 4.9"). Document thickness ranges from 0.075mm to 0.200mm (0.003" to 0.008"), and it supports check weights from 60 to 120 g/m² (16lb to 32lb).
The Epson TM-L90 supports a comprehensive range of barcode symbologies including UPC-A, UPC-E, CODE39, CODE93, CODE128, PDF417, QR CODE, and many others. This versatility makes the Epson 111196900 labels suitable for diverse supply chain, inventory, and shipping applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible label stock for your specific barcode requirements.
The Epson 111198300 Barcode Labels are black paper labels, making them suitable for standard thermal and thermal transfer printing applications. The paper construction provides good durability for typical warehouse and logistics labeling needs.
Yes, the Epson TM-H2000 is a dual-function printer designed for retail environments. It combines thermal receipt printing with serial impact dot matrix endorsement capabilities, making it ideal for check processing and receipt generation in a single device. This multifunction design reduces equipment footprint while maintaining high performance.
The Epson 12000XL-PH delivers a native optical resolution of 600 dpi with output resolution options ranging from 75 to 600 dpi. It features a Color Epson Matrix CCD line sensor with effective pixels of 5,100 x 21,600 for high-quality document capture.
Yes, the CaptureOne TM-S1000 can be used by banks in both branch and RDC (Remote Deposit Capture) applications, and it also allows retailers to scan, capture, and deposit checks directly to their merchant accounts. This versatility helps reduce check costs and improve cash flow for both financial institutions and retail businesses.
The scanner accepts personal and business-size checks with document lengths from 120mm to 235mm (4.8" to 9") and heights from 65mm to 125mm (2.5" to 4.9"). It handles check paper weights between 60 to 120 g/m² (16lb to 32lb) and thickness from 0.075mm to 0.200mm (0.003" to 0.008").
The DFX-9000 comes standard with Parallel, Serial, and USB interfaces, plus a type-B slot for optional connectivity such as Ethernet. This multi-interface design allows you to easily integrate the printer into new or legacy systems in both standalone and networked environments.
Yes. The Elo Edge Connect system allows you to attach up to four peripherals simultaneously to the edge of your touchscreen, including EMV readers, NFC/RFID readers, and barcode scanners in any combination. You can add, remove, or reconfigure peripherals later as your business needs change.
The Elo 2294L offers multiple video connectivity options including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort interfaces, plus a USB touch controller interface. We include HDMI and VGA cables in the box, along with a touch USB cable and RJ45 OSD remote for easy setup and control.
Yes, the Elo 1991L is specifically designed for self-service kiosk, retail, gaming, and amusement applications. Its 19-inch open-frame design with brilliant wide viewing angles and vivid image clarity instantly grabs user attention in high-traffic commercial environments.
The Elo 1093L utilizes projected capacitive 10-touch technology, which delivers accurate and responsive touch input. This proven Elo touch expertise ensures reliable performance for multi-touch interactions in demanding commercial environments.
The Elo E327914 supports multiple video interfaces including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort, allowing flexible integration with various systems. Touch input is handled via USB controller interface, and the display includes an RJ45 OSD remote connection for on-screen display control.
The Elo Huddle Kit features an Intel Core i5-7500T processor running up to 3.30 GHz paired with 16 GB of DDR4 memory, which is expandable up to 64 GB for demanding applications. This configuration delivers reliable enterprise-grade performance for collaborative workloads.
The Elo 2094L features IntelliTouch single-touch technology with a dual serial/USB touch controller interface. This proven touch solution delivers accurate, drift-free touch responses that are essential for reliable kiosk and industrial automation applications. The touch interface is integrated directly into the open-frame design for seamless operation.
The Elo E554932 Z20 POS Stand is specifically designed for Elo I-Series 4 and I-Series 5 10-inch Android systems. If you have an older Elo POS model, we recommend contacting us today to verify compatibility and explore alternative mounting solutions available from us.
Yes, while the EloPOS Pack 2 comes with Windows 10 pre-installed, the system is pretested for compatibility with Linux distributions including SuSE, Ubuntu, and Red Hat. This operating system flexibility provides versatility for different user preferences and enterprise requirements.
The E375459 includes an integrated expansion hub that allows you to connect essential POS peripherals such as customer-facing displays, payment readers, receipt printers, cash drawers, barcode scanners, and scales. Connectivity options include USB, Ethernet, Serial, and Bluetooth ports to support your complete POS ecosystem. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible peripherals we offer.
Yes, the EloPOS System was purpose-built to offer flexibility across environments, supporting both fixed-lane point-of-sale systems and self-order solutions. Its modular design and integrated expansion hub allow you to configure it for your specific operational needs, whether stationary or mobile deployment.
Yes, the Elo 1291L is designed with industrial-grade reliability and stable, drift-free operation for accurate touch responses in demanding environments. It features a slim, compact design with an energy-saving LED backlight that generates less heat, making it well-suited for industrial automation, retail self-service, and amusement applications where durability is essential.
Yes, the Elo 1590L is specifically designed for kiosk and retail self-service environments, as well as gaming, casino, and amusement applications. Its open-frame design, reliable touch response, and vivid image clarity make it an excellent choice for customer-facing self-service solutions. The industrial-grade construction ensures dependable performance in high-traffic commercial settings.
The Elo E334726 delivers a 1280 x 1024 resolution with a 5:4 aspect ratio and supports 16.7 million colors. With 220 nits brightness (typical) and a 1000:1 contrast ratio (typical), the display provides outstanding image clarity and vivid visuals suitable for high-traffic commercial environments.
Yes, the Elo 1990L is specifically designed for kiosk applications including self-service, gaming, retail, and industrial automation environments. Its open-frame design, proven reliability, and drift-free touch response make it an ideal choice for high-traffic commercial and industrial settings that demand consistent performance.
This 19-inch open-frame touchscreen delivers 1280 x 1024 SXGA resolution with a 5:4 aspect ratio, 200 nits brightness (typical), and 1000:1 contrast ratio (typical). The display supports 16.7 million colors and features an anti-glare surface for clear visibility in commercial environments.
This model includes 802.11a/b/g/n/ac Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.0, and Gigabit Ethernet for flexible network connectivity. It also features 4x micro-USB 2.0 Elo Edge Connect ports, USB 3.0 support, and a Micro SD card slot for expandable storage and peripheral integration.
The Elo E104131 offers HDMI 2.0 and DisplayPort 1.4 connectivity, along with USB ports for peripheral integration. Additionally, you can integrate Elo Edge Connect accessories including cameras, payment devices, NFC/RFID, and scanners to create a comprehensive interactive solution.
You can transform the Elo 5054L into a versatile, life-sized 50-inch tablet by combining it with the Elo Backpack or a Brightsign player. This flexibility allows you to deploy the display as either a standalone touchscreen monitor or as a fully-integrated digital signage solution depending on your application needs.
Yes, the Elo 1590L is designed as an industrial-grade solution for OEMs and systems integrators. Its open-frame design, proven Elo reliability, stable drift-free operation, and versatile touch technology make it ideal for kiosks, retail self-service, industrial automation, healthcare, casino, and amusement applications.
The Elo E441193 provides multiple connectivity options including USB, Ethernet, Serial, and Bluetooth. It also features an integrated expansion hub that allows you to connect peripherals such as customer-facing displays, payment readers, printers, cash drawers, barcode scanners, and scales directly to the terminal.
The Elo 1790L delivers excellent visibility with brightness levels of 200–250 nits depending on the touch technology chosen, and a contrast ratio of 800:1. The display supports 16.7 million colors and offers a 5ms response time for smooth performance in retail and hospitality environments.
The Elo 1715L features a 17-inch display with a 5:4 aspect ratio, 1280 x 1024 resolution, 16.7 million colors, 200 nits brightness, and a 1000:1 contrast ratio. The monitor includes an anti-glare display to reduce reflections in bright retail and hospitality environments. We offer this model with all these professional-grade specifications at an affordable price point.
Yes, the Elo E103351 is engineered specifically for high-traffic environments with 24/7 use and meets UL-60950 and IK-07 compliance standards. This makes it ideal for retail, healthcare, hospitality, and other demanding commercial applications that require continuous operation.
Yes, the Elo 3204L is designed for high-traffic environments with 24/7 use and meets UL-60950 and IK-07 compliance standards. These certifications ensure the display can withstand the demands of continuous commercial operation and environmental stress.
Yes, the Elo 2094L is specifically designed for self-service kiosk environments and delivers the reliability and image clarity needed for retail, gaming, and amusement applications. Its wide viewing angle panel and vivid display instantly capture user attention while maintaining stable, drift-free touch responses.
Yes, the Elo 1990L is specifically designed for self-service kiosk environments and is part of Elo's 90-Series product line built for commercial kiosk applications. Its open-frame design, zero-bezel construction, and proven reliability make it ideal for retail self-service and customer-facing installations.
The Elo 1991L is designed for commercial kiosk applications including self-service systems, gaming, retail environments, casino and amusement venues, industrial automation, and healthcare settings. Its slim design, wide viewing angle, and reliable touch response make it ideal for customer-facing and industrial automation environments.
Yes, the Elo E330225 is specifically designed for self-service kiosk applications, including retail, casino, amusement, and gaming environments. Its open-frame design with zero-bezel flush mount capability and vivid 1280 x 1024 display instantly grab and hold user attention in commercial settings.
The Elo 1715L features a VGA video interface for display connectivity and a Dual Serial/USB touch controller interface for touch input. It is ready for integration into retail and hospitality systems with these standard connectivity options. Contact us today if you need assistance selecting the right cable configuration for your setup.
Yes, the EloPOS Pack is designed with backward compatibility in mind. It includes support for legacy connections such as 12V powered-USB for older printers and RJ-50 to DB-9 cables for serial devices. Contact us today to discuss your specific peripheral requirements and ensure seamless integration with your existing equipment.
The Elo E326347 is engineered for commercial kiosk applications including self-service, gaming, retail point-of-service, casino and amusement environments, industrial automation, and healthcare settings. Its open-frame design, reliable touch response, and vivid image clarity make it well-suited for applications requiring instant user engagement and dependable performance in demanding environments.
The Elo 1502LM offers multiple connectivity options including USB-C, HDMI, and VGA inputs, along with a USB controller for flexible integration into medical systems and devices. This variety of connection types allows seamless compatibility with different healthcare IT infrastructure setups.
The Elo 1291L features IntelliTouch single-touch technology with a dual serial/USB touch controller interface. This proven touch technology delivers stable, drift-free operation for accurate and responsive touch interactions.
Yes, the Elo 1590L is specifically designed for commercial kiosk applications including self-service, gaming, retail, and industrial automation environments. Its open-frame design, proven Elo reliability, stable drift-free touch operation, and vivid image quality make it an excellent choice for applications requiring accurate touch responses and long-term dependability in demanding settings.
The Elo E328700 includes HDMI, VGA, and Display Port video interfaces for flexible integration with various systems. It comes with an HDMI cable, VGA cable, and touch USB cable in the box, along with an RJ45 OSD remote for convenient control.
The Elo 1590L offers multiple video interfaces including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort, along with a USB touch controller interface. This versatile connectivity allows seamless integration with various systems and OEM platforms, and we include HDMI and VGA cables with your purchase.
The Elo 4304L is compatible with VESA mounting, providing flexible installation options for various commercial environments. This versatile mounting compatibility makes it easy to deploy the display in retail kiosks, wayfinding systems, and other commercial spaces.
The Elo 5054L integrates with EloView for built-in IoT control and supports third-party management platforms including Crestron and other MDM software. This flexibility allows you to effortlessly manage and update your displays from a central location, making it ideal for multi-location deployments.
The Elo 5554L includes multiple I/O ports for flexible integration, featuring two HDMI inputs, USB-C, and DisplayPort connectivity. It also includes RS232C serial control input for advanced system integration and supports built-in IoT control for seamless management within your business operations.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Band Comfort features superior resistance to hand sanitizers, making it ideal for healthcare environments where frequent sanitization is critical. This durability ensures the wristband and printed barcode remain intact and readable throughout patient use. We offer this product specifically for medical settings that require reliable, long-lasting identification solutions.
The Rhino 6000 has the ability to save over 1,000 custom labels, which helps installers and facility managers save typing time by reusing frequently created label formats. Additionally, the printer includes a customizable label library with over 150 industry terms and over 100 pre-programmed symbols for versatile labeling options across electrical, datacom, facility maintenance, and security applications.
The Zebra EC50 is equipped with an SE4100 barcode scanner, making it suitable for inventory capture, data collection, and barcode scanning operations in warehouse and retail environments. The device is purpose-built for work and designed to handle scanning-intensive tasks.
Z-Band Fun wristbands are designed for one-day use and feature an adhesive closure that keeps them securely fastened throughout the day. They are tamper-evident and nontransferable, ensuring that access and payment information remain secure during single-day events.
Yes, the Zebra 6100 carries UL, cUL, and CSA certifications when used with Z-Xtreme 4000T White and Silver label stocks, as well as Z-Xtreme 4000T High-Tack White and Silver materials. These certifications make it suitable for compliance-critical labeling applications. Contact us today to discuss your specific certification requirements.
The ZT421R features an integrated UHF RFID system that is user-upgradeable in the field and supports tags compatible with UHF EPC Gen 2 V2.1, ISO/IEC 18000-63, and RAIN RFID protocols. It can print and encode tags with a minimum pitch of 0.6 inches (16 mm) and includes adaptive encoding technology that eliminates complex RFID placement guidelines for excellent media flexibility. The printer also includes RFID job-monitoring tools and supports industry standard multi-vendor chip-based serialization (MCS).
The Granit XP 1990iXLR features high-performance scanning that reads damaged and low-quality barcodes with ease, including UPCs and 100 mil codes. Its area imager scan pattern with motion tolerance up to 4500 mm/s (177 in/s) ensures reliable decoding even in fast-paced warehouse operations.
The RT10W runs Windows 10 IoT Enterprise (64-bit) and offers both Wi-Fi (802.11 a/b/g/n/ac) and 4G LTE connectivity options, making it suitable for virtually any enterprise environment. It also includes Bluetooth 5.0 for additional wireless capability.
The CN80G is equipped with a 6603ER Extended Range Imager for advanced 1D/2D barcode scanning. The extended range imager provides read capabilities across the distances typically required in warehouse and logistics operations, enabling efficient data capture from various distances.
The Zebra AN660 features easy installation with multiple mounting options including flush and VESA mounting configurations. You can mount it on ceilings, walls, or even the ground depending on your facility layout and scanning requirements. This flexibility makes it adaptable to various warehouse, retail, and logistics environments.
The ribbon's formulation is engineered to minimize backcoating buildup on the printhead, which is critical for extending printhead life and reducing operational costs. We measure ribbon backcoating buildup during our stringent testing process to ensure minimal printhead impact while maintaining consistent print quality.
Yes, the Zebra 6000 Wax Ribbon is ideal for warehouse and inventory tracking applications. Suggested uses include shelf and scan-pallet labels, shipping and receiving, inventory tracking, warehousing, and general purpose labeling—all common in warehouse management operations.
The Zebra 800350-350 YMCKO ribbon is designed for the Zebra ZC350 card printer. We recommend using only genuine Zebra ribbons to ensure proper printer function and maximum printed card quality.
The Zebra 800300-307 Silver Monochrome Ribbon provides 1,500 prints per ribbon. This yield allows you to produce a substantial volume of silver-colored ID cards before needing to replace the ribbon.
The Zebra 800350-360 ribbon is designed for use with Zebra ZC350 printers. To ensure proper printer function and card quality, always use genuine Zebra ribbons that are specifically matched to your printer model.
The Zebra 800350-321 KrO ribbon is designed for use with Zebra ZC350 card printers. To ensure proper operation and maintain your printer's warranty, it is important to use genuine Zebra ribbons. We offer authentic Zebra 800350-321 ribbons as an authorized Zebra Solution provider.
The Zebra 800082-079 laminate roll provides 625 imprints, allowing you to apply durable holographic protection to a full roll of ID cards. This yield is designed to work seamlessly with standard card production workflows on compatible ZXP Series 8 and 9 printers.
When stored under proper conditions, the Zebra 105909-169 cleaning kit has a shelf life of up to one year. Cleaning supplies older than one year that are improperly stored will not clean optimally and can result in higher maintenance costs and reprinting expenses. We guarantee that all cleaning kits available from us are stored properly and always fresh.
Yes, the Zebra 800017-248 has replaced the discontinued Zebra 800015-948 ribbon. If you were previously using the 800015-948, you can confidently upgrade to the 800017-248 for your P120i printer with the same dual-sided printing capability.
Yes, the Datalogic Rhino II features Bluetooth 4.0 wireless technology for personal area network (WPAN) connectivity. This allows cordless operation via cradle and Bluetooth pairing, providing mobility and flexibility for warehouse and logistics workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete Rhino II accessory lineup.
The Dell CK3MN Drive uses a SATA (SATA/600) interface, which is the standard connection type for 2.5" internal drives in enterprise systems. This interface ensures reliable data transfer and compatibility with most server and storage configurations. Contact us today if you need assistance selecting the right drive for your infrastructure.
The PM43c comes equipped with Ethernet and USB interfaces as standard, providing flexible connectivity options for warehouse and logistics environments. These interfaces enable seamless integration with existing network infrastructure and direct computer connections for label printing workflows.
We offer the Cisco IE3100 in multiple port configurations: 6, 10, 12, and 20 Gigabit Ethernet ports. This range of options allows you to select the model that best fits your space-constrained deployment requirements while maintaining high-speed connectivity across your industrial network.
Yes, the inTouch 101 is built for durability with a tempered glass display featuring an anti-microbial coating to enhance hygiene in high-traffic settings. The sturdy aluminum chassis provides structural durability, and the unit comes with a standard 3-year manufacturer warranty for added reliability and support.
The Memor 17 delivers superior connectivity with Wi-Fi 6/6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and 5G support, powered by the Qualcomm QC4490 Octa-core processor. These advanced connectivity features ensure fast, reliable data transmission for real-time warehouse management and logistics applications.
The inTouch 270 delivers 4K resolution at 3840 x 2160 pixels with a 16:9 aspect ratio, 350 cd/m² brightness, and 1000:1 contrast ratio. It supports 1.07 billion colors and provides exceptional viewing angles of 89° across all directions, making it suitable for retail environments where customers view from multiple angles.
The M70q Gen 5 features robust security measures including a discrete TPM 2.0 chip, Kensington Security Slot, chassis intrusion switch, and BIOS security functions like administrator password and secure boot. It also supports Intel vPro® Enterprise for advanced remote management capabilities, safeguarding sensitive data and hardware in enterprise environments.
The QW2500 features USB-only interface connectivity, with a USB-C connector cable available. This wired connection ensures stable, power-efficient operation with operating current under 400 mA at 5V, making it ideal for fixed point-of-sale and stationary scanning stations.
Yes, the CX6300 is a stackable Layer 3 switch that supports the HPE Aruba Networking Virtual Stacking Framework (VSF), allowing you to stack up to 10 switches together. The stacking bandwidth reaches 400 Gbps, providing simplified management and operational efficiency across your network backbone.
Yes. The PM9100 has been tested to withstand extreme environmental conditions and is suitable for even the toughest industrial applications, making it an excellent choice for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The SATO PW2NX delivers print speeds of up to 6 inches per second (152 mm/sec) with a print resolution of 203 dpi (8 dots/mm) using direct thermal printing. This combination ensures high-quality, clear prints suitable for barcode labels, inventory identification, and food safety labeling applications.
The workstation supports up to 64GB of LPDDR5x RAM for seamless multitasking and efficient handling of demanding applications, along with up to 2TB PCIe 4×4 M.2 2280 SSD for high-speed data access. This combination ensures smooth performance and ample space for files and projects.
The X1 Carbon Gen 11 features an integrated 57Wh battery with Rapid Charge technology for quick top-ups during busy workdays. This configuration is engineered to support all-day battery life for professionals working on the road or in remote locations.
The ThinkEdge SE10 utilizes low-power Intel Atom CPUs within a fanless enclosure, ensuring efficient performance in environments where power consumption and noise are critical considerations. This design eliminates the need for cooling fans while maintaining reliable operation.
The M75q Gen 5 offers comprehensive connectivity with front ports including 1x USB-C 3.2 Gen 2, 2x USB-A 3.2 Gen 2, and a headphone/microphone combo jack, plus rear ports with 1x USB-A 3.2 Gen 2, 3x USB-A 2.0, HDMI 2.1, DisplayPort 1.4, and Gigabit Ethernet. It also features optional punch-out ports for additional connectivity including VGA, serial, or extra USB ports based on your specific needs.
The inFlex 215 features a 21.5-inch Full HD display with 1920x1080 pixel resolution, a 16:9 aspect ratio, and 400 cd/m² brightness. This provides clear, vibrant visuals suitable for digital signage, hospitality applications, and point-of-sale environments.
The ThinkCentre Neo 50q Gen 4 features multiple USB ports including USB-A 3.2 Gen 2 and USB-C 3.2 Gen 2, HDMI 2.1, DisplayPort 1.4, Gigabit Ethernet, and Wi-Fi 6E. This comprehensive connectivity suite ensures compatibility with modern peripherals, displays, and network infrastructure.
The HP P2W02A offers black print speeds up to 10 ppm on AC power and 9 ppm on battery, with color printing up to 7 ppm on AC and 6 ppm on battery. Print resolution reaches up to 1200 x 1200 dpi for black and up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi for color, delivering professional-quality output for your warehouse and logistics documentation needs.
The HP F9K00A cartridge delivers Chromatic Red ink, which is part of HP's expanded color palette for professional-quality inkjet output. This specialized red tone is useful for applications requiring precise color reproduction in labeling and documentation tasks.
The HP P2V63A is sold as a single cartridge unit. If you need multiple cartridges for your printing operations, we can help you order the quantities required for your warehouse or retail environment.
The HP 4VW66AT connects via the Engage One Prime I/O Hub, which provides integrated network connectivity including 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet for reliable data transmission. The system also supports standard USB connections for peripheral devices and peripherals commonly used in retail environments.
This product includes 1 HP W2021A toner cartridge per package. If you need to stock multiple colors or backup supplies for your warehouse or office, contact us today to discuss bulk ordering options available from us.
Printers compatible with the HP CF230A support a wide range of operating systems including Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista, Windows XP SP3 (32-bit), macOS Sierra v10.12, macOS High Sierra v10.13, macOS Mojave v10.14, iOS, and Android. This broad compatibility ensures seamless integration across most enterprise and office environments.
No, the HP Q6582A is universal inkjet photo paper and is not designed for thermal label printers. It is formulated for inkjet printing technology. If you need thermal label solutions for barcode printing and warehouse labeling, we offer dedicated thermal transfer and direct thermal label options available from us at barcodesinc.com.
Yes, the HP C29Z6AA wireless handheld barcode scanner is ideal for warehouse managers and logistics teams who need mobile scanning capabilities. Its wireless design allows operators to move freely throughout warehouse floors while capturing barcode data in real time.
HP printer drivers compatible with this cartridge support Windows 10, 8.1, 8, 7, Vista, and XP SP3 (32-bit), as well as OS X v10.8 Mountain Lion through OS X v10.10 Yosemite. Mac printer drivers are available for download from HP.com, and Linux systems can use the in-OS HPLIP software.
The HP 2HV27AA includes comprehensive security management features such as administrator password protection via BIOS, DriveLock, power-on authentication, and a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 2.0 embedded security chip certified to Common Criteria EAL4+ standards. It also supports Windows Defender and HP Sure Click for additional protection.
Yes, the SFP-10G-SR-S includes Digital Optical Monitoring (DOM) support, which allows real-time monitoring of optical signal strength, temperature, and transceiver health. This enables proactive network management and faster troubleshooting in enterprise environments.
The tablet features a 12-inch Full HD display with a 1920 x 1200 resolution, providing clear visibility for barcode scanning, inventory management, and data entry in various lighting conditions. The rugged screen is designed to withstand the rigors of mobile operations in logistics and warehouse environments.
The Dell 9442G features Intel Core i5 and i7 dual-core processor options paired with up to 8GB of DDR3 SDRAM running at 1333 MHz or 1600MHz. The system includes 2 memory slots supporting 2GB, 4GB, or 8GB DIMMs, allowing you to configure the device based on your application demands. This flexibility ensures adequate performance for warehouse management systems and logistics software applications.
The Dell SP325 is a wired speakerphone, connecting via USB or standard audio connectors to your computer or device. This wired connection ensures stable, latency-free audio performance without the need for wireless pairing or battery management. Available from us with full technical support for integration into your existing workspace setup.
The Dell YHVV1 includes essential connectivity with USB ports, HDMI output, and network connectivity via Ethernet (RJ-45). These connections support barcode scanners, label printers, mobile devices, and network-based RFID readers commonly used in logistics operations. Contact us today for guidance on integrating your AIDC equipment with this desktop.
The Dell Latitude 7320 Rugged includes multiple connectivity options to support your mobile operations. Contact us today to discuss the specific wireless, Bluetooth, and optional mobile broadband configurations available for your logistics and warehouse management needs.
The Dell 2G8GH features 3,149.61 feet of tape length, which is standard for LTO-8 media. This tape length supports the full 12 TB native capacity while maintaining compatibility with LTO-8 drive specifications. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific tape library or drive model.
The Dell 6KV2D is designed for Dell laser printers that support this cartridge model number. To confirm compatibility with your specific printer model, we recommend checking your printer's documentation or contacting our team. Visit barcodesinc.com or reach out to verify the correct toner for your device before ordering.
We offer a range of Dell memory accessories compatible with the OptiPlex 3000, including DDR4 SDRAM modules in various capacities (8GB, 16GB, and 32GB options). These upgrades allow you to expand the system's base 8 GB configuration to meet higher performance demands for multi-tasking and data-intensive applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore available memory upgrade options.
The 'Use and Return' designation indicates that this is a genuine Dell cartridge designed for return to Dell or authorized recycling programs after use, supporting environmental sustainability. This OEM cartridge maintains Dell's quality standards and is fully compatible with your 2230D printer. Contact us today if you need guidance on our cartridge recycling and return options.
The Dell Latitude 7440 includes Wi-Fi and wireless LAN connectivity, along with a network connector (RJ-45) for wired connections when needed. It features multiple USB ports, HDMI output, and a stereo headphone/microphone combo jack for comprehensive peripheral support. We offer this model with optional USB 3.0 modules for expanded connectivity in mobile computing scenarios.
Read-intensive SSDs, like the Dell H82PN, are optimized for workloads with higher read operations than write operations, making them ideal for databases, analytics, and archival applications. Write-intensive drives are better suited for transactional environments with frequent data modifications. The H82PN's read-intensive design delivers cost-effective performance for read-heavy enterprise workloads.
The Dell HT2DT combines high performance with reliability through its 10,000 RPM speed and hot-swappable architecture, enabling seamless drive replacement during operation. The SAS 12Gb/s interface provides enterprise-grade data transfer rates, and the 512n format ensures broad compatibility with legacy and modern storage systems. We offer this drive for mission-critical warehouse and logistics infrastructure.
The Dell 400-ALYF is engineered as a mixed-use SSD, delivering consistent performance for both read-heavy and write-heavy workloads common in warehouse management systems and logistics operations. Its hot-pluggable design minimizes operational disruption during maintenance or upgrades, critical for 24/7 warehouse operations. The SAS interface provides enterprise-grade reliability and speed for demanding AIDC and inventory management applications.
The Dell 61XPF-RF Drive features a SAS (6Gb/s) interface, which provides enterprise-grade performance and reliability for server and storage applications. SAS drives offer superior speed and data transfer rates compared to standard SATA drives, making them ideal for high-demand environments.
The Dell 4GN49-RF operates at 15,000 RPM with a 6Gb/s SAS interface, delivering high-speed data transfer suitable for enterprise storage applications. This rotational speed makes it ideal for environments requiring rapid data access and consistent performance in server deployments.
The Dell 6DFD8-RF provides 146 GB of storage capacity and operates at 15,000 RPM, delivering high-speed performance for demanding server and workstation applications. The 6Gb/s SAS interface ensures fast data transfer rates suitable for enterprise-level operations. This makes it ideal for environments requiring consistent, reliable performance.
The Dell 55H49 operates at 7200 rpm and uses a 6Gb/s SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) interface, making it suitable for high-performance storage applications requiring fast data access. This combination provides excellent throughput for enterprise workloads. We stock this drive for immediate availability from our warehouse.
The Dell 5JH5X drive uses a 12Gb/s SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) interface, which provides enterprise-grade performance and reliability for data center applications. This interface standard ensures compatibility with Dell EMC storage systems and delivers consistent high-speed data transfer rates.
Yes, the Dell 407-BBVK is a standard SFP+ module that plugs directly into any SFP+ port on compatible networking equipment, switches, and servers. This universal compatibility ensures seamless integration into existing network infrastructure without requiring specialized adapters. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific equipment.
The 7200 RPM spindle speed provides faster data access and transfer rates compared to slower 5400 RPM drives, which is critical for high-throughput warehouse management systems and real-time inventory tracking. This performance level ensures minimal latency when accessing barcode scanning data, shipping records, and inventory databases. Available from us, this drive is ideal for operations requiring rapid data retrieval and processing.
The Dell 740Y7-RF supports encrypted storage options including FDE (Full Disk Encryption) and SED (Self-Encrypting Drive) with FIPS Opal compliance for enhanced data protection. These security features are available in both traditional HDD and solid state configurations. Contact us today if you need encrypted drive solutions that meet your compliance requirements.
The 10,000 RPM spindle speed on the Dell C722T-RF delivers faster data access times and higher throughput than 5,400 or 7,200 RPM drives, making it ideal for I/O-intensive warehouse and logistics operations. This higher rotational speed reduces latency in database queries and file transfers, improving overall system responsiveness. For mission-critical AIDC and inventory management systems, the performance difference can significantly impact operational efficiency.
512e format (512-byte emulation) means the drive uses 4KB physical sectors but reports 512-byte logical sectors to the operating system, providing backward compatibility with legacy systems while maintaining modern performance standards. This format is standard on contemporary enterprise drives and ensures broad compatibility across different server platforms. Our team can help you understand how this specification fits your infrastructure needs.
The 2.5" SATA form factor is widely compatible with Dell laptops, mobile workstations, and server systems that support SATA/600 interfaces. This drive is particularly suitable for mobile computing environments and systems with secondary storage bays. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific Dell hardware configuration.
The Dell 400-AHZL operates at 7200 rpm, which provides faster data access compared to lower-speed drives while maintaining reliability for continuous server operations. This speed is ideal for applications requiring consistent I/O performance in data center and enterprise storage environments.
With a 10,000 RPM spindle speed and SAS 6Gb/s interface, the Dell 400-AGTM delivers enterprise-class performance suitable for database servers, virtualization hosts, and high-transaction environments. The 1.80 TB capacity provides substantial storage in a compact 2.5" form factor, balancing performance with power efficiency compared to larger 3.5" drives. This drive is optimized for 24/7 continuous operation in data center applications.
The Dell 400-ANPB uses a SATA/600 interface, which is the standard connection for modern servers and storage systems. We recommend verifying your server's drive bay specifications and SATA controller support before purchasing—contact us today if you need assistance confirming compatibility with your specific hardware configuration.
The Dell 400-AIDY provides 2 TB of storage capacity with a 7200 RPM spindle speed, delivering reliable performance for data-intensive server applications. The 12Gb/s SAS interface ensures fast data transfer rates suitable for enterprise storage requirements.
The 512e (512 bytes emulation) format provides advanced sector formatting that improves data integrity and performance for modern server and workstation applications while maintaining backward compatibility with existing systems. This format is particularly valuable in enterprise environments where data reliability is critical. We stock 512e-formatted drives like the Dell 400-ANUJ for organizations requiring certified enterprise-grade storage.
The Dell 400-AMRW's 8 TB capacity and 7200 rpm speed make it well-suited for nearline storage applications, including RAID arrays, backup systems, and high-capacity data centers where cost-effective bulk storage is required. Its NL-SAS interface ensures reliable performance in 24/7 enterprise environments.
The Dell 400-ABQI uses SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) 6Gb/s interface, which is the standard enterprise-grade connection for high-performance storage devices. This interface provides superior reliability and speed compared to SATA connections, making it ideal for demanding data center and warehouse management applications. We stock this drive for immediate availability from our warehouse.
The Dell VW69J delivers 7200 RPM performance, which provides reliable throughput for server workloads requiring consistent data access speeds. The SATA/600 interface ensures maximum bandwidth utilization for your storage infrastructure. This drive is ideal for environments prioritizing reliability and sustained performance in 24/7 server operations.
Hot-swappable drives like the Dell 400-ALYR allow you to replace failed or aging storage without powering down your system, minimizing downtime in mission-critical environments. This feature is essential for data centers, warehouses, and logistics operations where continuous availability is required. We offer hot-swappable SAS drives to support your high-availability infrastructure needs.
The 10,000 RPM spindle speed delivers high performance for I/O intensive workloads, while the hot-pluggable design allows technicians to replace failed drives without system downtime. The SAS interface provides reliable, enterprise-grade connectivity compared to consumer-grade SATA drives. We recommend this drive for mission-critical applications where uptime and performance are essential.
SAS drives like the Dell 342-5541 operating at 10,000 RPM deliver faster data transfer rates and lower latency compared to standard SATA drives, making them ideal for enterprise environments with high I/O demands. The 6Gb/s SAS interface provides superior performance for mission-critical applications, database servers, and virtualized environments requiring consistent, reliable access speeds.
The Dell 341-7440 uses a 3Gb/s SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) interface, which provides reliable connectivity for enterprise storage applications. SAS drives like this one are ideal for server environments requiring consistent performance and redundancy. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Dell storage components.
The Dell 341-3363 uses SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) technology, which offers superior performance and reliability compared to SATA drives, making it better suited for enterprise servers and data centers. SAS drives support higher RPM speeds, better error recovery, and multi-initiator capability, which is why they're preferred for mission-critical applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of enterprise storage solutions.
The Dell 342-0206 operates at 15,000 RPM, positioning it in the high-performance tier for enterprise storage applications. This speed delivers faster data access times and throughput compared to standard 7,200 RPM drives, making it ideal for I/O-intensive workloads in data centers and server environments. We stock this drive for customers requiring maximum performance in their storage infrastructure.
SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) drives like the Dell 342-2978 offer higher reliability, faster data transfer rates (6Gb/s), and better performance under heavy workloads compared to SATA drives. SAS drives are ideal for enterprise environments, data centers, and high-availability systems where continuous uptime is critical.
The Dell 341-3932 uses a SATA/300 interface, which is the standard connection type for internal hard drives in most Dell systems and compatible computers. The SATA interface provides reliable data transfer and is widely supported across Dell's product lineup. We stock genuine Dell drives like this to ensure optimal compatibility with your existing infrastructure.
The Dell 341-7441's 15000 rpm speed and SAS interface deliver high-performance I/O for data-intensive applications, while its hot-pluggable design enables maintenance without system downtime. This makes it ideal for warehouse management systems, logistics operations, and other mission-critical environments where availability is essential. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of enterprise storage solutions.
The Dell 341-7414 uses a Near Line SAS (NL-SAS) interface operating at 3Gb/s, which provides a balance between performance and cost-effectiveness for enterprise storage solutions. This interface standard is ideal for RAID configurations and multi-drive storage systems commonly found in data centers and server environments.
The Dell 18C6P uses a SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) 12Gb/s interface, which provides high-speed data transfer and reliability for enterprise storage applications. This interface is standard in server and storage systems used in warehouse and logistics environments where performance and dependability are essential.
The DataLogic Skorpio X5 features comprehensive scan engine options including a new Extra Long Range (XLR) 2D imager with superior reading performance on damaged or covered barcodes. It delivers best-in-class snappiness and can decode all standard 1D and 2D codes including Data Matrix, QR Code, and GS1 DataBar formats.
The 95ACC6170 Lighting is specifically designed as an accessory for the Datalogic SL2/4 SLIM safety interface platform. While Datalogic manufactures a broad range of barcode readers and data capture devices with various interface options, compatibility depends on your specific system configuration. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your current Datalogic equipment and ensure proper installation.
The DataLogic 94ACC1381 is designed to work with standard AC power inputs of 100-240 VAC at 50-60 Hz, providing reliable power delivery for your Skorpio X4 mobile computer. This universal voltage range ensures compatibility across North American and international facilities. For detailed technical specifications or integration questions, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team.
The CF83-E supports advanced AI-powered analytics including AI search, motion trajectory mapping, line crossing alerts, loitering alerts, and people and vehicle analytics. These features help organizations monitor high-traffic areas more efficiently and detect security events in real time.
The Verkada four-camera multisensor features four 1/2.8" progressive CMOS image sensors, each delivering 4K resolution (3856 x 2228) for exceptional detail capture. This configuration ensures stunning image quality in both bright daylight and challenging low-light conditions, making it ideal for busy spaces like hallway intersections and open atriums where comprehensive coverage is critical.
The LIC-MNFC-20-10Y-RNW is a renewal license, as indicated by the 'RNW' designation in the part number. This renewal extends your existing mobile NFC credential capabilities for an additional 10 years. Contact us today to ensure your license renewal is processed smoothly.
The Verkada LIC-MT-5Y-RNW is available for US customers only, as indicated by the product specifications. If you're located outside the United States and need Verkada licensing solutions, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss alternative options or regional availability.
Verkada offers a comprehensive suite of security products including surveillance cameras, wireless hubs, and alarm accessories designed to work together in integrated security systems. Their product line includes outdoor fisheye cameras, bullet cameras with advanced analytics, and connectivity hubs like the BH61-HW for classic alarm systems. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our full selection of Verkada security equipment and find the right components for your facility.
The Verkada CD53-256E-HW-F delivers a 30-meter (98-foot) infrared range with integrated IR illumination, ensuring clear nighttime visibility across large outdoor areas. The 1/2.8" progressive CMOS sensor combined with the varifocal lens provides excellent performance in varying light conditions, making it ideal for 24/7 surveillance in logistics and warehouse environments.
The Lenovo 20XF0076US includes a 512 GB SSD for fast data access and application loading, plus IEEE 802.11ax wireless LAN (Wi-Fi 6) for reliable connectivity in warehouse facilities. The combination of fast storage and modern wireless standards ensures seamless communication with barcode scanners, label printers, and mobile computing devices throughout your operation. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this laptop works with our complete AIDC solutions.
The Lenovo 4XE1F30278 MicroSaver Cable Lock provides 5.91 feet of cable length, giving you sufficient reach to secure equipment to fixed anchor points in offices, warehouses, and logistics facilities while maintaining flexibility in equipment placement.
Yes, the ThinkCentre Tiny-In-One 22 Gen 5 supports both Windows 10 and Windows 11 operating systems, ensuring compatibility with modern enterprise environments. This flexibility makes it suitable for businesses looking to maintain compatibility across different OS versions.
Yes, the Lenovo Legion Y25-30 is specifically designed for gaming with its 280 Hz refresh rate, FreeSync Premium technology, and IPS panel that delivers smooth motion and vibrant colors. The 500 nit brightness and Full HD resolution provide excellent visual clarity for competitive gaming and content creation. Contact us today to learn how this gaming monitor can enhance your setup.
The Lenovo 4XH0R55468 connects directly to any available USB port on your computer, making installation straightforward and requiring no additional power sources. Once connected, the 2.4 GHz wireless receiver will enable wireless connectivity for compatible Lenovo peripherals and devices. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today if you need assistance with setup or driver installation.
The Lenovo InFlex 15.6" touchscreen provides USB-C connectivity as its primary interface, along with micro-USB slots for accessory support. This modern connectivity approach ensures compatibility with contemporary computing devices and peripherals, while the USB-C standard offers both data and power delivery capabilities for streamlined integration.
The Lenovo 82W0000PUS is available with either 4GB or 8GB of soldered LPDDR5 memory, and storage options include 32GB or 64GB eMMC storage. These configurations support efficient cloud-based learning without requiring large local storage capacity.
The Lenovo 21R30012US includes Bluetooth 5.4 for wireless peripheral connections and Intel BE201 vPro WiFi for high-speed wireless networking. The model does not include wired Ethernet connectivity, making it optimized for modern wireless-first business environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to review the complete I/O port specifications and available docking solutions we offer.
The P16v Gen 3 supports up to 96GB of DDR5 CSODIMM memory and offers PCIe NVMe SSD storage options for fast data access. This configuration provides the capacity and speed necessary for handling large design files, video editing, and complex engineering simulations typical in professional workstation environments.
This model features a 16-inch display with 1920 x 1200 WUXGA resolution, 60 Hz refresh rate, and Eyesafe IPS (In-plane Switching) technology for accurate color reproduction and comfortable viewing angles. The 16:10 aspect ratio provides additional vertical screen real estate compared to standard widescreen displays, supporting detailed technical, analytical, and creative work. We offer this premium display configuration optimized for professional workloads.
The ThinkPad P16 Gen 2 includes IEEE 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6E) wireless connectivity for fast, reliable network access in enterprise environments. The model features modern ports suitable for docking stations and peripheral connections typical of professional workstations, enabling seamless integration into warehouse, logistics, and IT infrastructure setups. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed port specifications and compatible docking solutions available from us.
The ThinkPad T14 Gen 6 features a 14-inch 16:10 display with WUXGA resolution (1920 x 1200) and 60 Hz refresh rate, providing productivity-focused vertical workspace for documents and applications. The display includes In-plane Switching (IPS) technology and Eyesafe certification for comfortable extended viewing. Available from us with touchscreen capability for enhanced interaction.
The Lenovo K14 Gen 2 includes IEEE 802.11ax wireless LAN standard for fast and reliable network connectivity in warehouse and office environments. The laptop also features a front-facing webcam for video conferencing and communication. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore additional connectivity accessories we offer to complement this device.
The SATO 3MX-CLV-D1S is a 1D barcode scanner, meaning it reads linear barcode formats such as Code 128, UPC, EAN, and other standard 1D symbologies commonly used in retail and logistics. It does not read 2D formats like QR codes or Data Matrix. Contact us today if you need clarification on specific barcode format compatibility for your application.
The SATO CT4-LX delivers 203 dpi resolution at 8 inches per second print speed, providing clear, scannable barcode labels suitable for most warehouse and retail applications. The 4.1-inch maximum print width accommodates standard label formats while maintaining the compact desktop footprint. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific label requirements.
The SATO CT4-LX supports a maximum print width of 4.1 inches and accommodates label rolls with a 1.5-inch core and 5-inch outer diameter maximum. This configuration is suitable for standard barcode labels, shipping labels, and compliance labeling in logistics and warehouse operations. The printer includes an integrated cutter for automated label separation.
Yes, the SATO CT4-LX is purpose-built for warehouse, logistics, and inventory management applications where reliable barcode label printing is critical. Its 305 dpi resolution ensures accurate barcode scanning, while the 6 ips print speed supports high-volume labeling operations without slowing production. The user-replaceable components and patented waste prevention feature minimize downtime and operational costs—ideal for demanding warehouse environments.
Yes, the SATO CT4-LX features user-replaceable printhead and platen roller components, allowing your team to perform routine maintenance without requiring technician support. This design minimizes downtime and keeps your business running smoothly during peak operations. We recommend having replacement parts on hand to ensure continuous productivity.
Yes, the SATO CT4-LX is designed for easy maintenance with user-replaceable printhead and platen roller components, minimizing downtime and reducing service costs. This user-friendly design allows your team to quickly perform routine maintenance and get your business back up and running without waiting for technician support.
At 609 DPI resolution, the SATO CL4NX Plus printer operates at 6 inches per second (152 mm/s). This speed balances high-resolution output with reasonable throughput for applications requiring detailed label printing. We have this printhead available for immediate shipment to support your production needs.
Yes, the SATO CL4NX Plus is equipped with UHF RFID technology, enabling you to encode RFID tags directly during the label printing process. This integrated capability streamlines supply chain tracking, asset management, and inventory operations without requiring separate encoding equipment.
These labels are constructed from Duramark Gloss White Polyester, a durable synthetic material that provides excellent resistance to moisture, chemicals, and abrasion. The polyester composition makes them ideal for warehouse, logistics, and outdoor applications where standard paper labels may fail. We stock this material type for customers requiring long-lasting label durability.
Yes, the SR10LD-20125 is specifically designed for SATO thermal printers. We offer a full selection of thermal transfer and direct thermal barcode labels compatible with SATO equipment. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific SATO printer model and discuss your labeling requirements.
Direct thermal labels use heat-sensitive material that darkens when exposed to the printer's thermal head, requiring no ink or ribbon. Thermal transfer labels require a ribbon to apply ink to the label surface, offering better durability and color options. The SATO 53S002012 uses direct thermal technology, making it cost-effective for applications where label longevity isn't critical.
Wax ribbons, like the SW10-B-80300, are ideal for general-purpose barcode and label printing on coated papers and synthetic materials, offering excellent print quality at a lower cost. Resin ribbons provide superior durability and resistance to chemicals, moisture, and abrasion, making them better suited for harsh environments and outdoor applications. We offer both wax and resin options to match your specific printing requirements.
Printhead replacement is typically needed when you experience print quality degradation, missing lines, or inconsistent barcode output. Regular maintenance and proper cleaning can extend printhead life, but thermal printheads are consumable components that naturally wear over time with heavy use. If you're experiencing printing issues, contact us today and our team can help diagnose whether replacement is necessary.
Printheads typically require replacement after extended use due to wear from contact with labels and ribbons. Signs of degradation include faded or missing print areas, streaking, or inconsistent output quality. If you're experiencing print quality issues, we can help you determine if a printhead replacement is needed—visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for diagnostics.
The SATO WWS8N32EA supports comprehensive barcode formats including linear codes (Code 39, Code 128, EAN-8/13, GS1 DataBar, UPC-A/E) and 2D symbologies (QR Code, PDF417, Data Matrix, Micro QR, and Composite Symbologies). This versatility makes it suitable for diverse labeling requirements across warehousing and logistics operations.
AppRF provides unique application-level visibility that allows IT teams to see applications by user, including popular web-based applications like Facebook and Box. This granular visibility enables better network management, policy enforcement, and bandwidth optimization across your wireless infrastructure.
The JW703A provides 150W total PoE/PoE+ power capacity across its 12 PoE ports, allowing you to power access points and other networked devices directly from the controller. This integrated power delivery simplifies deployment in branch offices by reducing the need for separate power infrastructure and enabling zero-touch configuration for rapid AP provisioning.
Yes, the Aruba 7000 Series is specifically designed to optimize cloud services and secure enterprise applications across hybrid WAN environments at branch offices. It combines wireless, wired, and hybrid WAN services with integrated compression and health checks to reduce deployment complexity while enhancing security and performance.
The JL745A transceiver supports a maximum transmission distance of 500 meters over multimode fiber (MMF) cabling. This makes it ideal for intra-building and campus network deployments where short-to-medium range connectivity is required. Visit barcodesinc.com for additional transceiver options suited to different distance requirements.
Yes, the S0B65A includes embedded Bluetooth 5 and IEEE 802.15.4/Zigbee radios for seamless IoT connectivity, allowing it to integrate with smart building and asset tracking systems. It also features onboard GPS and barometric sensors that enable automatic self-location and indoor mapping capabilities without requiring external coordination. These features make it particularly valuable for hospitality and campus environments where location awareness enhances guest experience and operational efficiency.
The AP-505H features one Smart Rate 1 GbE uplink port for network connection and four PoE-PSE downlink ports to power downstream devices, plus a USB-A interface for edge services. The access point draws a maximum of 14 W DC power or up to 27.5 W via PoE-PD, providing flexible deployment options for various installation scenarios.
The HPE Aruba 560 Series integrates Bluetooth 5 and Zigbee radios alongside Wi-Fi 6, enabling seamless IoT device integration without requiring separate hardware. These built-in radios allow you to connect and manage IoT sensors, beacons, and smart devices directly through the access point. This unified approach simplifies deployment and reduces infrastructure complexity across your wireless network.
The JZ340A features flexible power and network connectivity with a 1×2.5 GbE PoE-PD uplink for backbone connection and four 1 GbE PoE-PSE downstream ports for powering connected devices. Power options include IEEE 802.3at/802.3bt PoE or 12 V DC input, with maximum power consumption of 14.9 W on DC or 27.5 W when using PoE-PSE. Additionally, a USB 2.0 host port enables connection of edge computing or security appliances for on-premises services.
The HPE Aruba 6300 series includes models with 24-port and 48-port 1GbE configurations, along with 4-port SFP56 uplink ports for high-speed connectivity. We offer configurations ranging from 12-port to 48-port models depending on your deployment needs, with options for both PoE and non-PoE variants available from us.
The JW838A performs stateful firewall policy enforcement at 40 Gbps, providing enterprise-grade security throughput for organizations managing complex security policies across thousands of mobile devices. This performance level ensures that security policies don't become a bottleneck in your network.
Yes, the AP-574 is specifically designed as a connectorized outdoor access point with an operating temperature range of -40°C to +65°C (-40°F to +149°F), making it suitable for warehouse exterior areas, loading docks, and outdoor logistics operations. The rugged design and environmental specifications ensure reliable performance in demanding conditions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss outdoor deployment options.
The B360 Gen 2 can be configured with an optional integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader, making it excellent for inventory management, receiving, and shipping operations in warehouse environments. This built-in capability eliminates the need for external barcode scanners and streamlines mobile data capture workflows. Contact us today to discuss barcode reader configurations that match your specific logistics needs.
Yes, the Getac B360 Gen 2 comes equipped with an integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader, enabling seamless inventory tracking and logistics operations without requiring external scanning devices. This built-in functionality streamlines warehouse workflows and reduces equipment costs. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about how this integrated scanner enhances your AIDC operations.
Yes, the B360 Gen 2 offers integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader capabilities as standard, along with optional HF RFID reader functionality for enhanced inventory and asset tracking. We also provide optional LF/HF RFID capabilities on select configurations, making this laptop ideal for warehouse management and logistics applications. These features integrate seamlessly with enterprise software for real-time data capture.
The B360 Gen 2 includes Intel Wi-Fi 6E (802.11ax), Bluetooth 5.3, and optional 4G LTE with integrated GPS/GLONASS for comprehensive mobile connectivity. Multiple I/O configurations are available, including RS232 serial ports, VGA, USB 3.1 Gen 2, Display Port, and dual LAN (RJ45) options to support legacy and modern enterprise systems. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the connectivity configuration that best fits your infrastructure.
The B360 Gen 2 features a 13.3-inch Sunlight Readable Full HD LCD with 1,400 nits brightness, ensuring excellent readability even on the brightest days. The display includes capacitive touchscreen functionality and is paired with Getac's LumiBond 2.0 technology for superior outdoor visibility in logistics and warehouse environments.
The B360 Gen 2 offers comprehensive connectivity including Intel Wi-Fi 6E AX211 (802.11ax), Bluetooth 5.3, dual Gigabit Ethernet ports, optional 5G Sub-6 with integrated GPS, and multiple ports including USB, HDMI 1.3, DisplayPort, and serial RS232. Optional dedicated GPS/GLONASS and LF/HF RFID readers are also available. Contact us today to configure the connectivity options that match your logistics and field operations needs.
Yes, the B360 Gen 2 includes an optional integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader, making it ideal for inventory management and asset tracking in warehouse environments. The laptop also features the Getac Barcode Manager software pre-installed for streamlined scanning operations. We offer this device fully configured with barcode scanning to support your AIDC infrastructure—visit barcodesinc.com to explore barcode reader options.
Yes, the Getac B360 Gen 2 comes equipped with an integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader, enabling seamless scanning of inventory and shipment labels directly from the device. This built-in functionality eliminates the need for external scanning hardware and streamlines warehouse operations. Available from us with pre-installed Getac Barcode Manager software for immediate productivity.
Yes, the Getac B360 Gen 2 comes pre-installed with Getac Barcode Manager software and supports optional HF RFID reader capabilities, making it well-suited for warehouse inventory and asset tracking applications. The system also offers optional 1D/2D imager barcode reader integration for seamless scanning workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore RFID and barcode reader configurations available from us.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 comes standard with an integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader for seamless scanning operations. Optional HF RFID reader capability is also available, allowing you to support both barcode and RFID workflows from a single device. Contact us today to configure the exact scanning capabilities you need for your warehouse or logistics operations.
The S410-G5 comes standard with Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth 5.3 for seamless connectivity. Optional 4G-LTE and 5G Sub-6 capabilities are available, making it a true mobile-first solution that supports cloud, edge, and live streaming scenarios anywhere you operate.
The S410-G5 offers comprehensive connectivity including Wi-Fi 6E, optional 4G-LTE with integrated GPS/GLONASS, optional 5G Sub-6 capabilities, and Bluetooth 5.3 for seamless IoT connectivity in dense deployments. It also includes Thunderbolt 4 ports and an integrated TraCS-compatible barcode reader for enterprise workflows.
The V120 features dual 4070mAh Li-ion batteries with LifeSupport swappable technology, allowing hot-swapping without powering down—critical for continuous logistics operations. Optional high-capacity battery packs are available from us to extend runtime for all-day field service. The swappable design means you can carry spare batteries and maintain productivity without returning to a charging station.
The Getac AM2O64QAXDBX configuration includes an Intel Core i5-10210U processor with 16GB of RAM and 256GB PCIe SSD storage, delivering solid performance for multitasking and data-intensive applications. The processor clocks up to 2.6GHz with Turbo Boost speeds reaching 3.4GHz, providing the power needed for demanding warehouse and logistics tasks. This configuration runs Microsoft Windows 11 Pro x64, making it compatible with enterprise software and systems.
The Getac UX10 Gen3 supports multiple security features including an integrated fingerprint reader, smart card reader, magnetic stripe reader, and Windows Hello face-authentication camera. These customizable security options allow you to implement multi-factor authentication protocols tailored to your organization's requirements.
The Getac ZX10 includes Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.0, dedicated GPS/GLONASS, and an optional 4G LTE module (EM7511) to keep your team connected in any situation. Additional I/O interfaces include USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-C with DisplayPort and Power Delivery, USB 2.0 Host, and an optional RF antenna pass-through for enhanced wireless capabilities. We offer fully configured models with all connectivity options integrated for seamless deployment.
Yes, the Getac ZX80 comes equipped with an integrated barcode reader that supports both 1D and 2D image barcode scanning. This built-in capability eliminates the need for external scanning devices, streamlining inventory management and asset tracking workflows. We offer this kit with the barcode reader pre-integrated, ready for immediate deployment in your warehouse or logistics operations.
Yes, the Getac ZX80 is certified to MIL-STD-810H standards for durability and IP67 for water and dust resistance, making it engineered for the toughest environments. It operates reliably across a wide temperature range of -29°C to 63°C (-20°F to 145°F), ensuring performance in extreme conditions.
Yes, the Getac B360 Gen 2 comes standard with an integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader for rapid inventory and shipment scanning. Additionally, we offer optional HF RFID reader integration, allowing you to equip your mobile workforce with comprehensive AIDC (Automatic Identification and Data Capture) capabilities. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure your preferred connectivity options.
The Getac GSSKX1 Drive utilizes PCIe technology for fast data transfer speeds, making it suitable for demanding applications that require quick access to large files. This interface provides superior performance compared to traditional SATA storage solutions.
Yes, the S510 features a 15.6-inch full HD display with 1,000 nits of brightness, specifically designed for sunlight readability and outdoor use. This high brightness level ensures visibility and usability even in direct sunlight conditions common in field operations and outdoor industrial environments.
The ZT610 features multiple connectivity options including Serial, USB, Gigabit Ethernet, Bluetooth 4.1, and USB Host ports. It also has two open communication slots for fast and easy addition of connectivity options including 802.11ac, parallel, Ethernet, IPv6, and applicator interface.
Yes, the MC9300 is built for demanding conditions with IP67 and IP65 ratings and drop resistance to 8 feet. Freezer and HazLoc options are also available, making it ideal for cold storage facilities and hazardous locations commonly found in 3PL and logistics operations.
Yes, the CT47 Ultra-Rugged Mobile Computer features an IP65/68 rating, designed to withstand demanding warehouse and logistics environments. Its superior rugged design balances durability with functionality to keep operations flowing in challenging conditions. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of rugged mobile computers for your facility.
The VC8300 features a large 10.4-inch color XGA display (1024 x 768) with 400 NITS brightness and capacitive multi-touch support with Corning Gorilla Glass. The large screen and multi-touch gestures enhance visibility and usability for interactive warehouse applications.
Yes, Zebra Premier PVC Cards support multiple encoding options including magnetic stripes for data storage and both contact and contactless chips for smart card applications. When used with Zebra Security class card printers, you can encode magnetic stripes, RFID tags for proximity cards, or smart chips for enhanced data security. This flexibility allows organizations to choose the encoding method that best fits their access control and identification needs.
The CK67 features Honeywell's innovative FlexRangeXLR scan engine, which provides quick and accurate data capture from as close as 3 inches up to 80 feet. This extended range supports virtually every scanning use case in a single device without compromising speed, allowing operators to maintain optimal safety and convenience while improving overall uptime.
Yes, the FX9600 is engineered for high-volume, rugged environments with an IP53-rated die-cast aluminum housing designed to ensure durability and uptime in challenging conditions. It operates reliably across a wide temperature range from -4° to +131° F, and can be stored in temperatures from -40° to +158° F. This rugged construction makes it ideal for tough warehouse, dock, and receiving areas where extreme conditions are present.
The CT47-X0N-38D100G is equipped with a FlexRange Engine featuring a green laser for barcode capture. This scanning solution enables quick and accurate data capture across your warehouse or logistics operations. Contact us today for detailed specifications on scan range and performance metrics.
This kit includes the DS3678-DP2F003VZWW scanner, CBA-U42-S07PAR shielded USB cable, STB3678-C100F3WW cradle, PWR-BGA12V50W0WW power supply, CBL-DC-451A1-01 DC cord, and 23844-00-00R AC cord. Everything you need for immediate deployment in your warehouse or manufacturing facility is available from us.
The CT45P-X0N-38D100G features a 5-inch 1920 x 1080p Full HD display and dual cameras rated at 13MP and 8MP with FlexRange imaging capability. The high-resolution display and flexible scanning cameras enable efficient barcode capture and data entry in various warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare display options across our mobile computer lineup.
Yes, the CT-S4500AETUBK is explicitly designed as mobile-POS ready and features a compact footprint with a sleek design. With optional Bluetooth and wireless LAN connectivity available, it integrates seamlessly into mobile and distributed warehouse operations. We offer this model specifically for teams requiring portable thermal printing solutions.
The Honeywell 1200G-2USB-1 is a corded scanner that connects via USB. This wired connection provides reliable power and data transmission without the need for battery charging or wireless configuration.
The minimum order quantity for HID 1326 ProxCard II cards is 100 units, and we offer them in increments of 100. This allows flexibility in ordering quantities that match your organization's needs.
The ET56 is built to handle demanding environments—it withstands drops to concrete, rain, snow, dust, extreme heat, subzero temperatures, spilled liquids, and full-force hose-downs. The Corning Gorilla Glass display provides shatter- and scratch-resistance, and you can virtually double the concrete drop specification from 3.2 ft. to 5.9 ft. with the optional rugged frame. Vibration testing ensures it's ideal for use in forklifts, delivery trucks, and other vehicles.
Yes, the Chromebox Micro features a fanless, ventless, and dust-proof design that ensures silent operation and durability even in high-traffic areas. This sealed design eliminates moving parts and reduces maintenance requirements in demanding commercial environments.
The SocketScan S740 works seamlessly with iOS (iPad, iPhone, iPod Touch), Android, and Windows 10/8/7 devices via Bluetooth wireless technology. It connects easily to a wide range of Bluetooth-enabled smartphones, tablets, notebooks, and desktop computers without requiring software changes.
The GX430t prints up to 4 inches per second, making it suitable for moderate-to-high volume labeling tasks in warehouse and distribution environments where throughput is important but not at maximum speed.
HoloKote is Magicard's exclusive anti-counterfeit watermarking feature that prints directly during the normal card printing cycle using the O panel of a standard color ribbon—no additional cost or expensive holographic lamination required. The watermark is visible when the card is viewed at an angle and can be enabled or disabled in the printer driver. HoloKote is available in four patterns: globes, keys, interlocking squares, or waves, and when combined with Magicard HoloPatch cards, one area becomes a high-visibility security seal at a fraction of the cost of traditional holograms.
The Dell Y3KJN is compatible with systems and switches that support SFP+ transceiver modules and 10GBase-SR optical networking standards. To ensure compatibility with your specific equipment, we recommend verifying that your network infrastructure supports single-mode fiber connections and 10 Gigabit Ethernet or Fiber Channel protocols. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for compatibility verification with your existing hardware.
The Dell 407-BBOK utilizes LC Duplex connectors for optical fiber connections, which are standard connectors in enterprise networking environments. The transceiver supports 10GBase-SR technology, which operates over multimode optical fiber for short-range, high-speed data transmission.
Yes, the Dell T1HD3 OptiPlex 7010 is well-suited for warehouse management, inventory tracking, and logistics operations. The Intel UHD Graphics 770 and Windows 11 Pro operating system support barcode scanning software, WMS applications, and RFID data collection systems commonly deployed in distribution centers. Its small form factor makes it ideal for space-constrained office and dock environments where compact computing solutions are needed.
The QD2220-BKK1S model features USB connectivity, making it straightforward to integrate with most POS systems and computers without additional adapters. The kit includes the USB cable, so you have everything needed for immediate deployment. If you require different connectivity options, our team can help you explore alternative QuickScan models available from us.
The Datalogic QW2520-BKK1S kit includes USB interface connectivity with a USB cable (90A052258) and a stand (STD-QW25-BK) for hands-free reading. The USB connection ensures straightforward integration with modern warehouse management systems and point-of-sale terminals.
The Memor 17 delivers enterprise-grade connectivity with Wi-Fi 6/6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and 5G support, powered by a Qualcomm QC4490 Octa-core processor for superior performance and reliability. It also includes NFC capability and PTT (Push-to-Talk) functionality for seamless communication across your operation. Contact us today to discuss how these connectivity features integrate with your existing infrastructure.
The PBT9600-ARRB utilizes Bluetooth 5.0 technology, providing extended wireless range for maximum mobility and productivity across warehouse operations. This cordless capability eliminates cable tangling and allows operators to move freely throughout your facility while maintaining reliable connectivity. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn more about range specifications for your specific deployment environment.
The Datalogic QW2520-BKK1 connects via USB interface, making it compatible with most modern POS systems, warehouse management systems, and computers without requiring additional adapters. The kit includes the USB cable (90A052258) for immediate connectivity. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific system.
The Magellan 9800i features multiple interface options including USB, RS-232, and IBM 46XX multi-interface support. It includes powered auxiliary ports for remote scale display, EAS controller connections, and two powered USB Host (Type A) ports. The scanner comes with a USB cable and US standard power brick included, making it easy to integrate into existing retail systems. We offer this scanner ready to connect to your infrastructure.
The M3450VSi supports multiple interface options including USB, RS-232, Keyboard Wedge, and IBM 46xx connectivity. It comes with a USB cable included and features a powered RS-232 auxiliary port, giving you flexibility to integrate it into various point-of-sale and retail systems.
This model includes a serial cable for connectivity and comes with a power supply for operation. The scanner/scale combination provides flexible integration options for retail POS systems and self-checkout installations available from us.
This fixed scanner offers multiple connectivity options including RS-232, USB multi-interface, and IBM 46XX compatibility, with powered USB Host ports (Type A x2) for flexible integration. The device supports WMI (OPOS and JavaPOS) compliance and MBeans for JavaPOS, plus remote management capabilities including host download and support for IBM Director and Wavelink Avalanche ERP solutions. We offer full technical support to integrate this scanner with your existing warehouse systems.
This fixed scanner offers multiple interface options including RS-232, IBM 46XX, and USB multi-interface configurations, plus powered USB Host ports (Type A x2) for flexible integration. It supports remote management capabilities including diagnostic reporting and WMI (OPOS and JavaPOS) compliance, enabling seamless ERP system integration. We can help you select the right connectivity configuration for your warehouse management system—visit barcodesinc.com for details.
The Skorpio X5 features comprehensive scan engine options including a new near-far Extra Long Range (XLR) imager with best-in-market snappiness and reading performance, even on damaged or covered barcodes. This 2D imaging technology with Green Spot indicator makes it ideal for high-volume data capture in retail, warehouse, and manufacturing environments. Available from us in multiple configurations to match your specific scanning requirements.
The Skorpio X5 in this kit features a 2D imager with Green Spot technology that delivers top reading performance on standard, damaged, and covered barcodes. DataLogic also offers optional Extra Long Range (XLR) scan engine options for applications requiring extended read distances, providing flexibility for different data capture scenarios across your facility.
The Skorpio X5 with its 2D imager can read all standard 1D barcodes including GS1 DataBar linear codes, as well as 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, PDF417, and other formats. The device features an Extra Long Range (XLR) scan engine option with excellent performance on damaged or covered barcodes.
The Joya Touch 22 provides comprehensive wireless connectivity with 802.11 A/B/G/N/AC Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 5.1 support, enabling reliable communication in retail and warehouse environments. These connectivity standards ensure compatibility with modern network infrastructure and mobile device ecosystems.
The Skorpio X5 offers two charging solutions: a wireless charging option with industry-first 15-watt contactless technology, or a traditional wired pogo-pin connector that also supports Ethernet connectivity within the cradle. Both options are designed to reduce maintenance costs and support hot-swappable batteries for uninterrupted 24/7 operations.
We offer two charging configurations for the Skorpio X5: a wireless charging option with Datalogic's industry-first 15-watt contactless system, or a traditional pogo-pin connector version that supports both wired charging and Ethernet connectivity through the cradle. Both options feature hot-swappable batteries to enable uninterrupted 24/7 operations without downtime. The wireless charging option eliminates maintenance issues associated with traditional contact-based charging.
The Skorpio X5 offers two charging solutions: wireless charging using Datalogic's industry-first 15-watt contactless system, or traditional wired charging with industry-standard pogo-pin connectors that also support ethernet connectivity in the cradle. Both options feature hot-swappable battery capability to ensure uninterrupted 24/7 operations.
The Skorpio X5 features a 4.3-inch TFT display with 800x480 WVGA resolution and Gorilla Glass for excellent visibility even in direct sunlight. Memory options include 3GB or 4GB RAM and 32GB or 64GB Flash storage, with support for microSD cards up to 256GB for expanded capacity when needed.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexibility with two charging options: a contactless wireless charging system (15 watts) for ultra-reliable operation without maintenance issues, or industry-standard pogo-pin connector wired charging that also enables ethernet connectivity within the cradle. Both options support hot-swappable batteries for uninterrupted operations in your facility.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexible charging options with your choice of either a contactless 15-watt wireless charging system or industry-standard pogo-pin wired charging with Ethernet connectivity. Both options support hot-swappable batteries, allowing uninterrupted 24/7 operations in warehouse and logistics applications. Contact us today to discuss which charging configuration best fits your operational needs.
The Skorpio X5 runs Android 10 with Google Mobile Services and is validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' device, ensuring security and enterprise-level support. It's powered by a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor clocked at 2.2 GHz, delivering top performance for demanding applications in retail, manufacturing, and logistics environments. Contact us today to learn how this platform supports your enterprise mobility requirements.
The Skorpio X5 features a 2D imager that reads both 1D linear codes (including GS1 DataBar) and 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and PDF417. The device also includes Datalogic's new Extra Long Range (XLR) scan engine option for superior reading performance on damaged or covered barcodes. Contact us today to discuss which scan engine configuration best fits your data capture requirements.
DataLogic cables are engineered to operate reliably in warehouse and logistics environments with humidity levels from 5-95% (non-condensing) and operating temperatures between 10-40°C (50-104°F). The cable maintains performance in storage/transport conditions ranging from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F), making it suitable for varied climate conditions in distribution centers.
The Datalogic GD4520 connects via USB interface only, with a USB cable included in the kit (model 90A052258). The scanner operates on 5 VDC power input and draws less than 300 mA during operation, making it compatible with standard USB hubs and computer systems. For multi-interface connectivity needs, we offer other models in the Gryphon series that support RS-232 and keyboard wedge options.
The Datalogic QW2520-BKK11S comes with a USB interface and includes a USB coiled cable for connection to your host system. This corded configuration ensures reliable, continuous power and data transmission without the complexity of wireless pairing or battery management.
Yes, the G5110215 connects via cable connector and is compatible with standard industrial automation systems that support photoelectric sensors. We recommend contacting us today to verify integration with your specific warehouse management system or RFID infrastructure to ensure seamless deployment.
Yes, the Datalogic 95B066210 is rated for non-condensing humidity levels between 5-95%, making it well-suited for warehouse, distribution center, and cold storage environments where moisture levels fluctuate. This durability specification ensures reliable performance in demanding logistics settings.
Yes, the VLASE GREEN 10 is available with a detachable 3-meter fiber delivery cable that provides flexible positioning for marking operations. The compact resonator design combined with the fiber delivery system allows for versatile installation in production environments.
The Datalogic UniQ is powered by the latest version of Lighter, Datalogic's comprehensive laser marking software suite. Lighter provides maximum ease of use and great flexibility in system integration, enabling operators to configure and manage marking operations efficiently.
The Skorpio X5 offers two charging solutions: a wireless charging option with industry-leading 15-watt contactless technology, or a traditional wired pogo-pin connector version that also supports ethernet connectivity through the cradle. Both options include hot-swappable battery capabilities for uninterrupted 24/7 operations, and the wireless version eliminates maintenance issues from contact wear. We can help you select the charging solution that best matches your operational workflow.
The Datalogic QW2520-BKK11 kit includes a USB interface with a coiled USB cable, providing straightforward plug-and-play connectivity to computers and point-of-sale systems. The USB connection ensures fast data transfer and compatibility with standard warehouse management software.
The Skorpio X5 runs Google Android 10 with GMS and is validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' (AER) rugged device. It is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 platform clocked at 2.2 GHz, providing top performance for demanding applications in distribution centers, retail stores, and manufacturing environments.
The Magellan 9800i is available with RS-232 connectivity and supports ICL 9620 and NCR PC interfaces, making it compatible with most legacy and modern POS systems. The scanner also features an integrated customer-facing mobile device reader for mobile commerce capabilities. Contact us today to confirm specific interface requirements for your POS configuration.
The Skorpio X5 features a 2D imager with Datalogic's new Extra Long Range (XLR) technology, which delivers best-in-market reading performance even on damaged or covered barcodes. The XLR scan engine provides exceptional snappiness and accuracy across near and far distances, making it ideal for high-volume data collection applications. We offer the Skorpio X5 with Green Spot technology, which provides visual feedback for successful scans in any lighting condition.
The QW2520-BK uses a USB interface for connectivity and comes as a corded barcode scanner kit that includes the scanner, USB cable, and necessary connectors. This wired connection ensures reliable data transmission without the complexity of wireless setup, ideal for stationary workstations in warehouses and distribution centers.
The Memor 11 features a high-performance 2D imager with Datalogic's proprietary 'Green Spot' technology, which provides accurate scanning even in dark environments. This makes it ideal for warehouse operations, back-room inventory management, and logistics applications where lighting conditions may be challenging. The enhanced scanning capabilities ensure reliable barcode capture across diverse working conditions.
The Skorpio X5 supports Wi-Fi (802.11a/b/g/n) and Bluetooth 5 for wireless connectivity, allowing seamless integration with your warehouse management systems and mobile applications. These connectivity options enable real-time data synchronization and communication with backend systems, essential for modern logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity configuration best fits your facility's needs.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexibility with both wireless charging and classic contact-based wired charging options. You can choose a fully contactless device with 15-watt wireless charging capability, or opt for traditional contact charging depending on your operational needs. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the available configurations and charging solutions we offer.
The PM9600-HP is built for industrial durability, withstanding 50 drops from 2.5 meters at 20°C and 50 drops from 2.0 meters at -20°C. It features IP67 and IP65 sealing ratings, operates in temperatures from -20 to 50°C, and includes 20 kV ESD protection for harsh warehouse conditions. The trigger mechanism is rated for 10 million hits, ensuring long-term reliability in demanding logistics operations.
The GD4590 provides multi-interface connectivity with USB, Serial (RS-232), and Keyboard Wedge (KBW) options, allowing easy integration into existing warehouse management and POS systems. This flexibility means you can deploy the scanner across different environments without requiring separate hardware configurations. Contact us today to discuss which interface best fits your infrastructure.
The SRP-F310II delivers a print speed of 270mm/sec with a standard resolution of 180 dpi (7 dot/mm). It supports a print width of 80/83mm and can handle paper roll diameters up to 105mm maximum. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm compatibility with your receipt paper specifications.
The SRP-F310II delivers a print speed of 270mm/sec (approximately 13.78 inches per second) with a standard resolution of 180 dpi. It supports an 80/83mm paper width and can handle up to 42 characters per line in Font A, making it efficient for high-volume receipt printing in logistics and retail operations.
The SLP-DX220WG supports label media widths from 15 to 60 mm and can handle gap, black mark, and continuous media types. This range makes it versatile for different barcode label formats used in warehouse, retail, and logistics operations.
Yes, the SLP-TX220EG is the world's first 2" thermal transfer desktop printer with built-in Bluetooth featuring MFi iAP2 certification for iOS compatibility. It includes a smart Bluetooth Auto Switch that allows easy switching from iOS settings to standard Bluetooth mode.
Yes, the SRP-350plusV features 16-shade grayscale printing at 180 dpi resolution, enabling sharp, high-quality graphics and images on receipts. This capability is ideal for businesses that want to enhance branding, promotional content, or detailed visual information on customer receipts.
The XT5-40S connects via WiFi, Ethernet, USB, and Serial interfaces, providing flexible deployment options for your warehouse or logistics network. It also features USB storage capability for data transfer and twin function settings copy, making it easy to configure multiple printers with identical settings. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about integration with your existing systems.
Yes, the XD5-40DEK is fully compatible with market-leading programming languages including SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-E, while also supporting Smart Switch Programming Language. Additionally, we offer Windows, OPOS, Linux, and MAC drivers, plus SDKs for developing your own custom applications. This broad compatibility makes integration with existing warehouse systems straightforward.
The SLP-DX220EG is fully compatible with market-leading programming languages including SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-E. This multi-language support ensures seamless integration with existing label design software and enterprise systems.
The SRP-S3000WDK supports multiple programming languages including BXL/POS, SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-C emulation. We provide Windows, OPOS, and JPOS drivers, plus Linux/Mac CUPS drivers and SDKs for iOS, Android, and Windows, ensuring broad compatibility with enterprise software environments.
We offer this printer with multiple connectivity options including USB, Serial, and Ethernet, allowing seamless integration into your existing kiosk or point-of-sale infrastructure. This versatility ensures compatibility with most warehouse management and ticketing systems.
The SPP-L3000 features an IP54 water and dust-proof rating and can withstand a 2.1-meter (7-foot) drop, making it built for challenging warehouse, logistics, and outdoor conditions. Its robust design ensures reliable performance in demanding mobile printing applications.
The XM7-30 features IP54 sealing and drop protection, providing robust protection against dust, moisture, and accidental drops common in warehouse and logistics environments. These durability features ensure reliable performance in demanding on-the-go printing scenarios. The printer's compact design at 795 grams also makes it easy to carry throughout your facility without fatigue.
The XT3-40 is compatible with multiple media types including gap, black mark, notch, continuous, and fan-fold media, with a maximum print width of up to 108 mm. This flexibility allows you to use the printer for a wide range of labeling applications across different industries.
The BK5-31 offers multiple interface options including USB and Serial connectivity, making it easy to integrate into existing systems and workflows. These connectivity choices provide flexibility for deployment in different operational environments.
Yes, the SRP-Q300II's compact cube design measuring 128 x 125 x 125 mm and lightweight construction at 1.23 kg make it ideal for mobile carts, kiosks, and space-constrained retail locations. Its USB Type-C port also supports power delivery charging for mobile devices, delivering up to 18 W of charging capability.
Yes, the SM-T300i is dust protected and splash-proof resistant with IP54 certification, making it rugged enough for outside field workers and demanding retail and hospitality environments where moisture and dust exposure are concerns.
Yes, the Star SK1-311 supports Black Mark label compatibility and features command-selectable full or partial cut options, allowing you to print receipts, labels, and other formats with precision. This versatility makes it suitable for diverse kiosk applications.
The Star 37964521 accessory features dimensions of 13 inches wide by 17 inches deep, making it compatible with Star SMD2 Max Series cash drawers of that size specification.
The Star CD3-1616 includes 2 keys for secure access and a CD1 cable for printer connectivity. We offer this drawer ready to integrate into your existing POS system without additional hardware purchases.
The Star CD3-1616 features a 5-bill and 5-coin configuration, providing dedicated slots for organizing currency denominations. This layout helps cashiers quickly locate and count the correct change during transactions. Available from us with all necessary hardware included.
The Star SMD2-1617 connects via printer-driven integration using the included CD1 cable, which links it directly to your receipt printer. This connection method eliminates the need for separate USB or network configuration, simplifying your POS setup. Visit barcodesinc.com for compatibility details with your specific printer model.
Yes, the Star mPOP is specifically designed for mobile point of purchase applications with its compact, stylish design that integrates both printing and cash drawer functionality. It comes with an internal power supply and universal tablet stand, making it ideal for businesses that need portable POS solutions.
The Star SK1-321 features drop-in paper loading, making it easy to set up and maintain with minimal training required. This user-friendly design reduces downtime and simplifies daily operations for kiosk staff.
Yes, the SK1-221 features drop-in paper loading, which simplifies media replacement and reduces downtime in busy kiosk operations. This user-friendly design minimizes training requirements for staff managing the printer.
Yes, the SK1-311 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format to accommodate different kiosk designs and space constraints. Both orientations are offered with or without a presenter option, allowing you to choose the configuration that best fits your specific kiosk requirements.
Yes, the Star mPOP includes a universal tablet stand as part of the package. This integrated stand allows you to position your tablet at a comfortable angle while using the printer and cash drawer during transactions.
Yes, the SK1-211 features command-selectable full or partial cut capability, allowing you to customize paper handling based on your receipt requirements. This flexibility is particularly useful in kiosk environments where different transaction types may require different cutting options. We offer this feature as part of the printer's standard functionality.
Yes, the Star SK1-311 supports Black Mark label compatibility and features command-selectable full or partial cut options, allowing you to customize your receipt and label output. This versatility makes it suitable for various kiosk printing scenarios beyond standard receipts. We offer this printer with the flexibility you need for diverse applications.
Yes, the Star SK1-321 is specifically designed as an ideal printer for kiosk solutions such as restaurants. Its compact 3-inch format, minimal space footprint, high-speed printing at 250mm/sec, and easy drop-in paper loading make it well-suited for self-service ordering and payment kiosks in food service environments.
The Star SK1-221 supports a maximum paper width of 2.36 inches, making it ideal for compact kiosk receipt and ticket printing applications. The printer includes a 3.26-inch paper roll holder for convenient media loading.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 features a command-selectable full or partial cut capability with an integrated auto-cutter. This maintenance-free cutting system reduces manual intervention and improves operational efficiency in kiosk applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of auto-cutter receipt printers.
Yes, the SK1-211 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format to match your kiosk design requirements. Both orientations are offered with or without a presenter accessory, allowing you to customize the printer to your specific kiosk layout. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore all configuration options.
Yes, the SK1-311 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format to accommodate different kiosk designs and space constraints. Each orientation is also available with or without a presenter, allowing you to customize the printer to your exact kiosk configuration. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore all available format options.
Yes, the Star mPOP is purpose-built for tablet and mobile device-based POS systems. Its compact and stylish design makes it an excellent choice for businesses that operate on tablets or mobile platforms, providing integrated printing and cash drawer functionality in a single peripheral. This makes it particularly valuable for mobile vendors, pop-up retailers, and tablet-based point-of-sale environments.
Yes, the SK1-311 is available in both standard horizontal and vertical formats to accommodate different kiosk designs and space constraints. Each format is available with or without a presenter option, allowing you to customize the printer to match your specific kiosk layout. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore all available configuration options.
Yes, the SK1-211 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format to accommodate different kiosk designs and space constraints. Both orientations are offered with or without a presenter, allowing you to choose the configuration that best fits your kiosk layout. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore all available format options.
The Star SK1-211 features both USB and RS-232 Serial connectivity, allowing flexible integration with most kiosk systems and POS environments. These dual interfaces ensure compatibility with legacy and modern kiosk platforms available from us.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 features command-selectable full or partial cut capability, giving you control over how receipts are presented to customers. This flexibility allows you to customize your receipt format based on your specific business needs. We offer the SK1-211 configured to your cutting preferences.
Yes, the Star 39336532 comes with an internal universal power supply included, so you won't need to purchase a separate external power adapter. This reduces setup complexity and cable clutter at your point-of-sale or kitchen station.
Yes, the SK1-311 supports Black Mark label compatibility and features a command-selectable full or partial cut capability, allowing you to customize paper handling for receipts, labels, or other kiosk output. This versatility makes it suitable for diverse kiosk applications.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 features command selectable full or partial cut capability, giving you flexibility in how receipts are presented to customers. This versatility supports different kiosk application requirements.
The Star mPOP comes with an integrated receipt printer and cash drawer, USB-C and Lightning connectivity options, a universal tablet stand, and an internal power supply. We offer this complete solution from Barcodes Inc to give you everything needed for mobile point-of-purchase operations.
The Star SK1-311 supports a maximum paper width of 3.26 inches and features a 4.72-inch paper roll holder. This size is ideal for compact kiosk installations where space is limited but reliable receipt printing is essential.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 is purpose-built for kiosk environments and is available in both horizontal and vertical formats to match your specific kiosk layout. It can be configured with or without a presenter to accommodate different user interaction preferences, making it an ideal choice for self-service kiosks.
The Star SK4-21/31 supports both USB and RS-232 serial connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your existing kiosk or point-of-sale infrastructure. The printer includes a Windows Utility driver that provides remote status monitoring capabilities for centralized management. We can help you select the right connection type for your deployment.
The Star 37966480 receipt paper is compatible with the Star SM-L200 and SM-S220I portable receipt printers. Both models are designed to work with 58mm thermal paper, and we have these printers available from our inventory to pair with this paper supply.
The Star SM-S230i features a 'one finger' lever opening design with drop-in and print paper loading, making it extremely user-friendly for field operators. This design eliminates complicated setup procedures and reduces downtime in your warehouse or logistics operations.
Yes, we offer the Toshiba BX710106AG2E Ribbon as both a case of 10 rolls and as individual single rolls. The single roll option is available under part number BX710106AG2E-R, giving you flexibility to purchase the quantity that matches your printing needs.
The STM300B-10000S is a technical service subscription that provides support for your NETGEAR data networking devices over a 1-year period. This subscription-based service helps ensure your network infrastructure remains operational and supported. Contact us today to discuss the specific support features and response times included in this bundle.
The SocketScan S700 is a 1D barcode imager scanner, capable of reading one-dimensional barcodes. It scans effectively on both paper labels and digital screens, making it versatile for various scanning scenarios.
The Socket Mobile CX4040-3103 is a wireless handheld scanner built for mobile connectivity in warehouse and logistics environments. For detailed connectivity specifications and integration requirements, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific deployment needs.
The SocketScan S720 features a rechargeable, replaceable battery that provides over 16 hours of continuous active use on a single charge. This extended battery life makes it ideal for full-shift warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the SocketScan S740 can scan both paper-based barcodes and barcodes displayed on screens. This flexibility is particularly useful in modern logistics environments where digital barcode delivery and mobile ticketing are increasingly common. We offer this capability to support your full range of barcode scanning scenarios.
The SocketScan S740 is designed with a long-lasting battery engineered to withstand entire work days without requiring a charge. This makes it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations where continuous scanning throughout a shift is essential. We offer this scanner as a reliable choice for extended-use environments.
The SocketScan S740 offers a 19.50" scan distance, allowing operators to capture barcodes from a practical working distance without requiring close proximity to labels. This range supports efficient scanning workflows in warehouse and logistics settings where speed and ergonomics matter.
Yes, the Socket Mobile CX3458-1926 is compatible with iPhone, iPad, and Android devices through its Bluetooth wireless connection. This compatibility makes it an excellent choice for businesses looking to integrate barcode scanning into existing mobile workflows and applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how mobile barcode scanning solutions can streamline your operations.
The SocketScan S730 features a long-lasting battery designed to withstand your entire work day without requiring a charge. This ensures you can maintain continuous scanning operations throughout your shift without interruption.
The SocketScan S740 has a scan distance of 19.49 inches, providing a practical working range for scanning barcodes at typical warehouse and retail distances. This range supports efficient scanning workflows without requiring the scanner to be held extremely close to the barcode.
The SocketScan S740 offers a scan distance of up to 19.49 inches, allowing you to capture barcodes from a comfortable working distance without requiring the scanner to be held extremely close to the target.
The Socket Mobile CX3531-2133 offers a scan distance of up to 19.49 inches, allowing operators to scan barcodes from a practical working distance without requiring close proximity to labels. This range is suitable for most standard warehouse and retail scanning applications.
Yes, the DuraSled DS800 is ideal for delivery services, stock counting, ticketing, and other application-driven mobile solutions. The sled design protects your device from tumbles, making it well-suited for the demanding environment of warehouse and field operations.
The SocketScan S730 features a long read range of up to 45 inches, making it ideal for scanning barcodes on high shelves and other hard-to-reach areas in warehouses and retail environments. The Class 2 laser can rapidly decode all 1D and stacked barcodes, including ISBN and VIN numbers, even on worn, damaged, or tightly spaced codes.
Yes, the S800 is specifically designed for retail point of sale, inventory management, sales order entry, and field service applications. Its compact size (less than ½ inch thick and under two ounces), one-handed operation with attachable clip, and antimicrobial material make it well-suited for both retail and warehouse environments. Available from us with full technical support for your deployment.
The DuraSled DS800 has a Bluetooth wireless range of up to 10 meters (33 feet), allowing you to scan barcodes from a comfortable distance while maintaining a reliable connection to your iPhone or iPod. This range is ideal for warehouse operations, delivery services, and stock counting applications.
Yes, the Rio Pro 360 Secure is specifically designed with security features for ID card production. We offer this model to organizations requiring secure card issuance solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for details on security features and compliance capabilities.
The Magicard Rio Pro 360 Xtended comes with a 3-year UltraCoverPlus warranty. This extended coverage is available from us and provides comprehensive protection for your card printing investment.
Yes, the Magicard CLM-PBBM37FCN cards are available in sequential numbering, which is ideal for asset tracking and credential management programs. The minimum order quantity is 100 cards, and pricing is per card. Contact us today for volume pricing and ordering details.
The Sierra Wireless GX450 supports LTE Bands 2, 4, 5, and 17, along with HSPA+ connectivity. This band coverage ensures compatibility with major global networks, including AT&T service in North America.
The BTS-01 delivers a decode range of 1.5 to 19.5 inches depending on barcode symbology, with a 42° horizontal and 28° vertical field of view. It features a 640 x 400 pixel sensor resolution and supports a 360° roll tolerance with ±60° pitch and skew tolerance, enabling flexible scanning angles. The hyper red 660nm illumination LED allows operation in ambient light up to 10,000 foot candles.
The Janam XG200 features industry-leading design, super-fast processing speed, and superior barcode scanning technology. These capabilities are specifically engineered to meet the unique requirements of warehouse and distribution center operations where efficiency and accuracy are critical.
The Janam XT100 offers 4G LTE, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth v4.1 connectivity for fast data transmission and seamless integration with enterprise systems. This multi-connectivity approach ensures reliable communication in various warehouse and logistics environments, whether you need cellular, wireless network, or short-range device pairing.
The VeriFone PWR132-001-01-C features a 5.5X2.1X9.5 connector with C-type configuration and includes a C14 connector for AC input. This standard connector design ensures compatibility with VeriFone payment terminals that support this power interface.
The Poly 1465-49603-001 complies with major international safety standards including UL 60950-1/62368-1, CE Mark, CAN/CSA C22.2 No 60950-1/62368-1-1, EN 60950-1/62368-1, IEC 60950-1/62368-1, and AS/NZS 60950-1. These certifications ensure the power device meets rigorous safety requirements for use in enterprise environments.
Yes, the ISC250 includes integrated signature capture capability that supports up to 1 million signatures. This feature enhances transaction security and enables digital receipt signing at the point of sale.
The ISC480 is powered by a Thunder ARM9 main processor running at 450 MIPS and a Booster ARM7 crypto processor at 50 MIPS. It includes 128 MB Flash NAND and 128 MB DDR2 RAM internally, with support for microSD cards up to 32 GB for external storage expansion.
The Lane 7000 offers multiple connectivity options including wired Ethernet (10/100 base T) with optional Ethernet switch, and wireless connectivity via optional WiFi and Bluetooth (including BLE). It also features USB Host and Slave ports, RS232 serial connection, and optional powered Ethernet with POE compliance (802.3af).
The Ingenico PWN30110969A measures 1.5" (38 mm) x 6.5" (165 mm) x 6.0" (152 mm) and weighs 14.5 oz (0.5 kg). Its compact footprint makes it easy to integrate into warehouse, retail, or logistics workstations without taking up significant counter or desk space.
The terminal features a 2.8" backlit color display designed for clear visibility in various lighting conditions. The display is glare-resistant and sealed to withstand accidental liquid spillage without damage, making it reliable for busy transaction environments.
CradlePoint routers equipped with this mounting adapter support advanced routing capabilities including policy-based routing, NAT, WAN affinity, virtual server/port forwarding, and IPv6 support. They also feature dual-modem capability, integrated LTE Advanced modems with failover, and tri-band WiFi with 802.11ac wave 2 support for comprehensive connectivity options.
The UAP-AC-HD-US is managed through UniFi Controller software, a powerful, centralized management platform accessible through any standard web browser. The software enables enterprise Wi-Fi network configuration and administration without special training, and includes RF mapping, real-time status monitoring, automatic device detection, and advanced security options.
The 5-pack operates on 24V Passive PoE (Pairs 4, 5+ and 7, 8 Return) or 802.3af Alternative A, with a supported voltage range of 44 to 57VDC. Maximum power consumption is only 8.5W per unit, enabling efficient operation in large deployments. Note: only the single-pack includes a PoE adapter.
The UAP-AC-PRO delivers maximum data rates up to 1.27 Gbit/s (1300 Mbps on 802.11ac), with support for rates ranging from 6.5 Mbps to 1300 Mbps depending on the wireless standard and modulation scheme used. This throughput is ideal for bandwidth-intensive applications like real-time inventory tracking and mobile barcode scanning.
Yes, the R5AC-LITE offers flexible channel bandwidth configuration subject to local country regulations. For point-to-point mode, you can select from 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, or 80 MHz bandwidths, while point-to-multipoint mode supports 10, 20, 30, or 40 MHz options. The device also features automatic channel selection to optimize your deployment.
The UAP-AC-SHD supports both ceiling and wall mounting with all necessary accessories included in the package. Its sleek design integrates seamlessly into any environment, making it suitable for warehouse, logistics, and IT infrastructure deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com for installation guidance and mounting hardware availability.
This injector maintains excellent power stability with line regulation under 1% and load regulation under 3%, ensuring consistent 54V output across varying network loads. The output ripple is specified at 200mVpp, providing clean power delivery to connected devices.
Yes, the US-8-5 includes PoE input on Port 1 and PoE passthrough output on Port 8, supporting multiple PoE modes (802.3af/at and 48V passive). This allows you to power devices like access points and cameras directly through the Ethernet cable while maintaining network connectivity.
Yes, the US-48-500W is a fully managed PoE+ Gigabit switch with auto-sensing IEEE 802.3af/at PoE capability. The switch automatically detects PoE devices and delivers power without requiring manual configuration, simplifying your infrastructure deployment.
The US-48 offers double the Gigabit ports (48 vs. 24) and significantly higher performance with 70 Gbps non-blocking throughput compared to the US-24's 26 Gbps. The US-48 also includes 2 SFP+ ports for 10 Gbps uplinks in addition to 2 standard SFP ports, whereas the US-24 has only standard SFP ports. Choose the US-48 for larger deployments requiring higher capacity and faster fiber connectivity.
The AM-5G17-90 operates in the 5 GHz frequency band, specifically from 4.90 GHz to 5.85 GHz. This makes it suitable for long-range point-to-multipoint wireless deployments in the airMAX ecosystem.
The AM-5AC22-45 features an innovative deflector design with reduced sidelobes and backlobes that actively reject interference from other transmitters in co-location deployments. This noise isolation capability makes it highly resistant to interference, even when multiple antennas are mounted on the same tower.
Yes, the NBE-16-WM is built for outdoor deployment with UV-stabilized plastic enclosure and passes rigorous environmental testing including salt fog, vibration, temperature shock, UV, and wind-driven rain tests per IEC and MIL-STD standards. It survives wind speeds up to 200 km/h (125 mph) with a wind loading of 21.4 N at that speed.
The AG-HP-5G23 delivers breakthrough performance with up to 100+ Mbps in real outdoor throughput and an incredible range of up to 30+ km. It features a 23 dBi antenna gain and operates using Ubiquiti's airMAX TDMA protocol technology for robust point-to-multipoint wireless connectivity.
Yes, the IsoStation is built on airMAX ac technology and supports 802.11ac wireless standards. It includes dedicated Wi-Fi management capabilities as part of its latest-generation CPE design.
The IS-M5 is specifically optimized for urban environments where RF congestion and interference are common challenges. Its horn antenna sectors are designed for increased co-location performance, allowing multiple units to operate in close proximity without performance degradation. The high isolation solutions and spatial filtering of spurious RF emissions make it especially effective in densely populated areas with multiple wireless networks operating simultaneously.
Yes, the UDC-2 transceiver module is part of Ubiquiti's UniFi product ecosystem and is designed to work with UniFi switches. For specific compatibility with your switch model, we recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com to verify your exact configuration requirements.
The antenna is outdoor-rated with an operating temperature range of -30 to 75°C and can survive winds up to 120 mph, ensuring durability in harsh environments. Its robust mechanical design makes it suitable for demanding outdoor applications requiring reliable, long-term performance.
The SLP-DX220 is fully compatible with market-leading programming languages including SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-E. This broad language support ensures seamless integration with your existing label design software and warehouse management systems.
The SRP-S300LHK offers multiple interface options including USB, Serial, Parallel, Ethernet, WLAN (802.11b/g/n), and Bluetooth V4.2. These connectivity choices allow seamless integration into diverse warehouse management and logistics systems.
Yes, the SLP-DL413G features Smart Media Detection, which automatically detects label and receipt media types during operation. This intelligent capability reduces manual configuration time and minimizes printing errors when switching between different label stocks.
The back-feed function, when used with the paper-saving mode, can reduce total media consumption by up to 40%, lowering your total cost of ownership while delivering environmental benefits. This feature makes the SRP-S200ESK an economical choice for organizations focused on sustainability.
The printer supports multiple programming languages including BXL/POS, SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-C. Available drivers include Windows, OPOS, JPOS, Linux/Mac CUPS, and Virtual COM drivers, plus SDKs for iOS, Android, and Windows, allowing seamless integration with your enterprise systems.
The Bixolon SRP-S300 delivers 203 dpi print resolution at speeds up to 200 mm/sec, ensuring sharp, scannable barcode labels for efficient warehouse operations. This combination of quality and speed makes it suitable for high-volume labeling environments where both clarity and throughput are critical.
The SRP-S3000XK supports multiple programming languages including BXL/POS, SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-C, with drivers available for Windows, OPOS, JPOS, Linux/Mac CUPS, and Virtual COM over USB/Ethernet. SDKs are provided for iOS, Android, and Windows, enabling seamless integration into your existing warehouse management systems.
The SRP-S3000XWDK delivers 203 dpi print resolution with print speeds up to 170 mm/s (for the standard model), ensuring sharp barcode quality and efficient label production for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations. The color LCD display allows real-time monitoring and adjustment of printer settings.
The SLP-DX220G is fully compatible with market-leading programming languages including SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-E. This broad compatibility ensures seamless integration with your existing label design software and warehouse management systems.
The SLP-DX220DG is fully compatible with market-leading programming languages including SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-E. This multi-language support ensures seamless integration with your existing label design software and warehouse management systems without requiring custom development.
Yes, the SLP-DX220DEG is fully compatible with market-leading programming languages including SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-E. This broad compatibility ensures seamless integration with your current label design software and barcode printing workflows without requiring system modifications.
The SLP-DX220 supports multiple label formats including standard labels, tickets, gap labels, black mark labels, notch labels, continuous form, and fanfold media. With a 2.13" print width and adjustable paper guides, it accommodates various media sizes for different applications from wrist banding to order labeling.
The SLP-DX220CE is fully compatible with market-leading programming languages including SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-E. This broad compatibility ensures seamless integration with existing label design software and enterprise systems without requiring custom development.
The SLP-TX220G supports a maximum print width of 2.13 inches and a maximum print length of 78.74 inches. It accommodates multiple label formats including gap, black mark, notch, continuous, and fanfold labels, with support for label widths up to 2.36 inches and features an adjustable paper guide for flexibility.
The SLP-DX220CEG supports a print width up to 2.13 inches and can handle various label formats including gap, black mark, notch, continuous form, and fanfold media with a label width of 2.36 inches. The adjustable paper guide and dynamic design enable easy loading and support for different media sizes across your labeling applications.
Yes, the SLP-TX220DG is a 2-inch desktop thermal transfer label printer designed for a range of applications including wrist banding, order labelling, and barcode printing. The optional Bluetooth connectivity makes it well-suited for mobile printing scenarios when paired with compatible devices.
Yes, the SLP-TX220DEG is the world's first 2-inch thermal transfer desktop printer with built-in Bluetooth featuring MFi iAP2 certification, making it fully compatible with iOS devices. The smart Bluetooth Auto Switch allows seamless switching from iOS settings to standard Bluetooth mode for flexible mobile printing.
The SLP-TX220CG supports a 2.13" print width with up to 78.74" print length capability. It accommodates multiple label formats including gap, black mark, notch, continuous, and fanfold labels with a maximum label width of 2.36", making it versatile for wristbanding, order labeling, and barcode printing.
Yes, the SLP-TX220CEG is the world's first 2" thermal transfer desktop printer with built-in Bluetooth featuring MFi iAP2 certification, making it fully compatible with iOS devices. The printer's smart Bluetooth Auto Switch enables seamless switching from iOS settings to standard Bluetooth mode for flexible mobile printing solutions.
The XT5-46SP accommodates a maximum print width of 4.16 inches and a print length up to 39.37 inches, supporting various label formats including gap, black mark, notch, continuous, and fanfold labels with widths up to 4.49 inches. This versatility makes it ideal for diverse labeling needs in warehouse, logistics, manufacturing, and retail environments.
The SRP-Q302HW delivers print speeds up to 250 mm/sec with a resolution of 203 dpi, providing sharp, high-quality receipts. This combination makes it ideal for high-volume retail and hospitality environments where speed and clarity are essential.
Yes, the SRP-Q302HWK is compatible with all major operating systems including Android, iOS, and Windows, making it versatile for retail, hospitality, and logistics applications. The printer supports easy Bluetooth pairing and Wi-Fi configuration, enabling quick integration with mobile devices and tablets.
The SRP-Q302W delivers print speeds up to 250 mm/sec with a resolution of 203 dpi, enabling fast and high-quality receipt printing for busy operations. The 80 mm print width accommodates standard receipt paper, with optional 58 mm media available.
The SRP-Q302WK features easy Bluetooth pairing, Wi-Fi configuration, and printer setup via NFC for quick deployment. It includes standard USB Type-A and Type-C ports plus Ethernet connectivity, with USB Type-C supporting power delivery charging up to 18 W for mobile devices. Our team can walk you through setup—visit barcodesinc.com for detailed configuration guides.
We offer this printer with multiple connectivity options including USB, Serial, and Ethernet interfaces, allowing flexible integration into different kiosk and point-of-sale environments. These connection types ensure compatibility with a wide range of systems and applications.
The BK5-31AB features multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0 and Serial interfaces, with USB Type B and 9-pin serial connectors available. Power is supplied via DC-Jack or 2-pin connector, providing flexibility in installation configurations. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity setup best fits your warehouse or kiosk environment.
The SRP-F310II supports a comprehensive range of barcode symbologies including 1D formats (EAN-13, EAN-8, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, ITF, Codabar, UPC-A, UPC-E) and 2D formats (PDF417, QR Code). This makes it versatile for retail, warehouse, and logistics applications requiring multiple barcode standards.
The SRP-F310II prints at 270mm per second (approximately 10.6 inches per second) with a standard resolution of 180 dpi (7 dots/mm). This combination delivers fast, high-quality receipt printing suitable for high-volume point-of-sale and warehouse operations.
The SRP-F310II prints at 270mm/sec (approximately 13.78 in/s) with a standard resolution of 180 dpi. This combination provides fast, clear receipt output suitable for high-volume retail and hospitality applications.
The SRP-F310II provides multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, Ethernet on board, RS-232C, and IEEE1284 interfaces. It also includes a USB host port for WLAN dongles, giving you flexibility in network deployment. We offer this printer ready to integrate into your existing POS infrastructure.
This model includes an Intel Core i5-7Y57 1.20GHz vPro processor, 16GB RAM, 256GB SSD storage, 10.1" WUXGA 10-point gloved multi-touch display with digitizer, Windows 10 Pro, Intel Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, TPM 2.0, and dual-pass WWAN/GPS connectivity. It also features a 2D barcode laser scanner and 4G LTE-Advanced multi-carrier modem.
The WV-S15500-V3LN features vandal-resistant construction that protects the camera from physical damage and tampering in high-risk outdoor environments. This design is essential for facilities requiring reliable surveillance in areas prone to vandalism or rough handling.
The Panasonic FZ-55JA60CBM features a 14.0-inch display, providing ample screen real estate for warehouse management systems and logistics applications. The display includes a raised bezel for impact protection and supports a replaceable screen protector for extended durability in demanding environments.
The Panasonic TH-43EQ2W supports multiple input and output connections for flexible integration into your facility's systems. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com for detailed connectivity specifications and to discuss which connection options best suit your warehouse or logistics operation.
The JS980MR010 is a fixed magnetic stripe card reader with encryption capability. It is designed for stationary installation in point-of-sale environments where secure credit card transactions are required. Available from us as a reliable solution for encrypted payment processing.
Yes, the TOUGHBOOK S1 offers an optional integrated 1D/2D barcode reader that supports both landscape and portrait orientations. This makes it an excellent choice for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need efficient data capture capabilities built directly into their mobile device.
The LiteBeam 5AC Gen 2 includes a 24V, 0.2A PoE adapter with passive PoE power delivery and has a maximum power consumption of 4W. It features one Gigabit Ethernet RJ-45 port for network connectivity and operates at 25 dBm output power with transmission rates up to 450+ Mbps.
The UAP-AC-LITE operates via Passive Power over Ethernet (PoE) at 24V, 0.5A, with a maximum power consumption of just 6.5W. A 24V Gigabit PoE adapter is included with single-pack purchases, simplifying installation and eliminating the need for additional power outlets. This low-power design reduces operational costs and supports flexible ceiling or wall mounting.
InnerFeed technology integrates the radio directly into the antenna's feedhorn, eliminating the need for external cables. This integrated design improves overall performance by removing cable losses that typically degrade signal quality. Contact us today to learn how this innovative approach delivers better efficiency in your wireless infrastructure.
Yes, the US-16-XG is fully rack-mountable as a 1U device and includes mounting brackets. It measures 443 x 221 x 43 mm (17.44 x 8.70 x 1.69 inches) and weighs 2.62 kg without brackets or 2.71 kg with brackets, making it compact for standard 19-inch rack installations.
Yes, the US-8-60W is fully compatible with UniFi G3 Video Cameras and all UniFi Access Point models, including UAP, UAP-LR, UAP-PRO, and the entire UAP-AC series. This compatibility allows you to build an integrated UniFi ecosystem for your network.
Yes, the RP-5AC-Gen2 is designed for outdoor deployment with a die-cast aluminum enclosure featuring white powder coating and waterproof RP-SMA connectors. It operates reliably in extreme temperatures from -40 to 80°C (-40 to 176°F) and in humidity levels from 5 to 95% noncondensing, meeting ETSI300-019-1.4 shock and vibration standards.
The NBE-5AC-Gen2 operates on IEEE 802.11ac at 5 GHz with throughput up to 450 Mbps and features dual gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE support. It includes a dedicated Wi-Fi management radio and runs airOS 8, Ubiquiti's operating system for airMAX ac products.
The UAP-AC-LITE operates via Passive Power over Ethernet (24V) and draws a maximum of 6.5W during operation. A 24V, 0.5A Gigabit PoE adapter is included with single-pack units, though 5-packs require separate PoE infrastructure. This low power consumption makes it ideal for energy-efficient network deployments available from us.
The UAP-AC-M-PRO offers flexible mounting with both wall and pole-mounting capabilities, and all necessary mounting accessories are included. This versatility makes it ideal for diverse outdoor deployment scenarios such as university campuses, stadiums, and parks.
Yes, the LBE-M5-23-US is specifically designed as an outdoor, pole-mounted wireless data networking device. Its rugged construction supports outdoor deployment scenarios common in logistics and warehouse network expansion. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of outdoor wireless networking solutions.
The UAP-AC-PRO can be mounted on walls or ceilings, with mounting kits included in the package. The compact dimensions of 196.7 x 196.7 x 35 mm and lightweight design of 350 g make it ideal for flexible deployment in warehouses, distribution centers, and logistics facilities.
The Ubiquiti UK-ULTRA-US supports both Ubiquiti PoE and standard 802.3af Power over Ethernet, consuming 8 W of power. This allows for flexible installation options without requiring dedicated power lines, simplifying deployment in your facility.
The UVC-G4-DOORBELL uses 24V Passive PoE (Power over Ethernet) for both power and data delivery, with a maximum power consumption of 4W. A 24V, 0.5A PoE adapter is included with the single-pack for easy installation.
Yes, the INS-3AF-O-G is compatible with UniFi switches and is specifically listed as a required adapter for certain UniFi AP and camera models that need 802.3af power when used with switches that provide only 802.3af output. According to Ubiquiti documentation, models like the UVC-G3 and UVC-G3-DOME require the INS-3AF-O-G or INS-3AF-I-G converter. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your exact switch and endpoint models.
According to Ubiquiti compatibility documentation, certain UniFi Access Points and G3 Video Cameras require the Instant 802.3af Gigabit PoE Converter (INS-3AF-I-G or INS-3AF-O-G) when used with UniFi switches that provide only 802.3af power. Specific models include the UVC-G3 and UVC-G3-DOME cameras when paired with compatible switches.
The UVC-G4-PRO supports wall, ceiling, and pole mounting configurations, giving you flexibility to deploy in various warehouse and logistics environments. The multiple mounting options allow you to position the camera for optimal coverage of your facility.
Yes, the US-8-60W-5 is fully compatible with the UniFi ecosystem, including UniFi Access Points and UniFi G3 Video Cameras. It integrates seamlessly with the UniFi Controller software, allowing you to manage your network devices centrally and monitor performance across your deployment.
This power supply requires a standard 120 V AC input and outputs 20 V AC at 700 mA. The output voltage and amperage are optimized for the UniFi G4 Doorbell camera. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today if you need to verify compatibility with your existing electrical setup.
Based on Ubiquiti's UniFi Protect architecture, the system includes 2 GB DDR3 RAM and 4 GB of on-board flash storage for the operating system and core functions. Additional storage capacity depends on your deployment configuration. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed specifications and storage expansion options.
Yes, the U7-PRO-XGS-B-US is designed for both ceiling and wall mounting, making it flexible for various deployment scenarios in warehouses, data centers, and enterprise facilities. The access point's mounting capability allows for optimal RF coverage positioning without requiring dedicated floor or rack space.
The UAP-AC-M supports both 24V Passive PoE (Pairs 4, 5+ and 7, 8 Return) and 802.3af Alternative A power delivery, with a supported voltage range of 44 to 57VDC. A 24V, 0.5A Gigabit PoE adapter is included with single-pack purchases, simplifying deployment in facilities without existing PoE infrastructure.
Yes, the US-8 is a fully manageable switch that integrates with the UniFi Controller software, providing intuitive configuration and monitoring capabilities. It supports in-band Ethernet management and multi-site management for centralized network oversight across multiple deployments.
Yes, the AF-2X is part of Ubiquiti's modular airFiber X system and is designed to be compatible with a variety of Ubiquiti antennas. This modular design allows you to customize airFiber backhaul links or upgrade existing Rocket Point-to-Point links with flexibility.
Compatible antennas operate across the 5 GHz frequency band with worldwide support for 5150–5875 MHz. In the USA, operation is segmented into U-NII bands: U-NII-1 (5150–5250 MHz), U-NII-2A (5250–5350 MHz), U-NII-2C (5470–5725 MHz), and U-NII-3 (5725–5850 MHz), with channel sizes available from 5 to 40 MHz.
The AP-5AC-90-HD-US supports both ceiling and wall mounting with all accessories included. Its sleek design integrates seamlessly into any environment and is compatible with existing UAP-AC-PRO mounts.
Yes, the FC-SM-200 is designed for professional network installations. As with all Ubiquiti networking equipment, proper installation practices and adherence to local regulations are essential to maintain product warranty and ensure optimal performance.
The Ubiquiti FC-SM-100 is a fiber optic patch cable designed to connect network devices, switches, and routers that have LC fiber optic ports. It's ideal for backbone connections and high-speed data transfers in professional networking installations.
The FC-SM-300 is designed for use with network devices including switches and routers that feature LC fiber optic ports. We offer this cable as part of our comprehensive Ubiquiti Networks data networking product line available from Barcodes Inc.
Yes, the PBE-M5-300-ISO is built for harsh outdoor conditions with an outdoor UV-stabilized plastic enclosure, operating temperature range of -40 to 70°C, and operating humidity tolerance of 5 to 95% non-condensing. It also features wind survivability rated to 200 km/h (125 mph) and has passed salt fog testing per IEC 68-2-11 standards.
Yes, the PBE-5AC-400-ISO is built for demanding outdoor conditions with UV-stabilized plastic enclosure, operating temperature range of -40 to 70°C, and humidity tolerance of 5 to 95% non-condensing. It also features salt fog testing compliance (IEC 68-2-11) and can withstand wind speeds up to 200 km/h (125 mph).
The UAP-AC-HD is managed through UniFi Controller software, which can be deployed on an on-site PC, Mac, or Linux machine, in a private cloud, or using a public cloud service. You also have the option of deploying the compact UniFi Cloud Key with built-in software for centralized enterprise Wi-Fi network administration without requiring special training.
The Ubiquiti UAP-AC-SHD is designed for both ceiling and wall mounting, with included mounting hardware for flexible deployment. This versatility makes it ideal for various warehouse layouts and facility configurations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore mounting accessories or contact our team for site-specific installation recommendations.
The UACC-G5-PTZ-CA is constructed from polycarbonate, a durable thermoplastic material that provides weather resistance and structural integrity for outdoor and indoor mounting applications. This material selection ensures long-term reliability in demanding surveillance environments.
The UACC-INTERCOM-WM is specifically designed as a corner mount accessory for Ubiquiti intercom systems rather than standard access points. It integrates with Ubiquiti's intercom product ecosystem to provide secure, professional mounting. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for compatibility details with your specific intercom model.
The UA-G3-W operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -10 to 45°C (14 to 113°F) and humidity levels from 10 to 90% noncondensing. These specifications make it suitable for both indoor and outdoor deployment in varied environmental conditions.
The UACC-CABLE-PATCH-EL-0.15M-W-24 features RJ-45 network connectors on both ends—one male connector on the first end and one patch cable connector on the second end. This configuration allows direct connection between network devices such as switches and access points.
Yes, the UACC-PSU-UDW is engineered as a power module for network appliances and can support UniFi switches and access points in your infrastructure. Its 550 W capacity provides sufficient power for multiple networked devices in a unified deployment.
Yes, the UISP-P-PRO is designed to support both indoor and outdoor access point deployments as part of Ubiquiti's enterprise Wi-Fi system. It integrates with outdoor models such as the UAP-Outdoor+ and UAP-Outdoor5 within the unified UniFi management ecosystem. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss your outdoor deployment requirements.
The UACC-READER-JB-B features VESA mount compatibility, allowing flexible installation on walls, poles, and other standard mounting surfaces. This makes it suitable for diverse deployment environments in warehouses, logistics facilities, and access control systems.
The UACC-OFC-S2-LULU-1M-50 supports data transmission speeds up to 100 Gbit/s, making it suitable for high-performance network infrastructure in modern data centers and enterprise environments.
Yes, the UTP-TOUCHMAX-WHITE-U is designed for both indoor and outdoor use, making it ideal for warehouse perimeters, loading docks, and outdoor logistics areas. The device is built to withstand demanding environments typical in distribution and fulfillment operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of outdoor-rated wireless infrastructure solutions.
Yes, the Jabra Engage 65 can connect to up to two devices simultaneously—one USB device (such as a softphone or desk phone) and one analog phone. This dual-device connectivity increases availability for calls without requiring manual switching.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features fully adjustable Jabra Advanced Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) to help you maintain focus. This allows you to customize the noise cancellation level to your specific environment and needs.
The Jabra Biz 2300 features a noise-cancelling microphone with G-MOS technology (4.3 rating) and a wideband speaker (6.8 kHz) for clear conversations. USB models include Hi-Fi sound capability up to 16 kHz and digital signal processing for enhanced audio clarity, plus user sound protection including PeakStop technology and acoustic shock protection.
The Jabra BIZ 2300 Duo delivers up to 18 hours of talk time and up to 17 hours of music time on a single charge, with approximately 15 days of standby time. The rechargeable battery charges in approximately 2 hours, ensuring minimal downtime between work sessions.
Yes, the Jabra BIZ 2400 II Duo is compatible with all leading UC platforms and can connect to multiple device types. For detailed compatibility information specific to your systems, we recommend visiting Jabra.com or contacting us today so our team can verify compatibility with your organization's infrastructure.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II MS Mono features HD voice technology with advanced microphone and speaker design to ensure crystal-clear audio during calls. It incorporates noise-canceling capabilities to filter out background distractions, allowing for professional communication in various work environments. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive telecommunications equipment lineup.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II features leatherette ear cushions that provide comfortable padding for extended use. These cushions are designed to reduce fatigue during long workdays while maintaining a professional appearance suitable for office environments.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II UC Mono features HD voice technology with advanced microphone and speaker design to deliver crystal-clear audio for professional calls. The device is engineered to provide exceptional sound quality for both the user and call participants, supporting wideband audio for enhanced voice clarity. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Jabra telecommunications product lineup.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II MS delivers HD voice quality with advanced noise-cancelling microphone technology for clear communication in office environments. The stereo configuration provides enhanced audio for both calls and media playback, supporting professional-grade sound reproduction.
The Jabra BIZ 2300 Mono is engineered as a telecommunications headset with a mono design, making it ideal for professionals who need hands-free communication while managing warehouse operations or logistics tasks. Its straightforward USB connection allows quick deployment across your facility without complex setup.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Mono USB features USB connectivity, providing a direct, plug-and-play connection to computers and compatible devices without requiring additional adapters or complex setup. This makes it ideal for office environments where straightforward wired connectivity is preferred.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Mono QD uses Quick Disconnect (QD) connectivity, a professional-grade connection standard that allows for easy connection and disconnection from compatible phone systems and communication devices. This design is particularly useful in fast-paced warehouse and logistics environments where users need flexibility and quick transitions between devices.
Yes, the Jabra BIZ 1500 Duo QD is designed with portability in mind for professionals who need reliable telecommunications on the go. Its lightweight design and straightforward connectivity make it ideal for remote workers and field-based teams. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore this option for your mobile workforce.
The Jabra Speak 710 comes with intuitive plug-and-play connectivity and includes a pre-connected Jabra Link 370 USB adapter. The device supports both USB and Bluetooth connections, allowing flexible integration with your existing communication setup.
Jabra telecommunications products are built with professional-grade audio quality and reliable connectivity features that support clear communication in demanding work environments. These products are designed to enhance communication and customer interactions, making them ideal for teams that need dependable audio equipment for coordinating operations.
The Jabra Speak 710 provides in-room coverage for up to 6 people, making it suitable for small collaboration groups and individual use. Its omni-directional microphone ensures clear audio capture for all participants in the room. We offer this device as an excellent solution for flexible conferencing needs in warehouse management and logistics operations.
The Jabra PRO 920/930 Duo is a professional telecommunications headset available from us. For specific details about its connectivity standards and supported connection types, please contact us today and our team can provide comprehensive technical specifications.
Yes, the Jabra Speak 710 offers intuitive plug-and-play connectivity with no need for user training or IT support. It comes pre-connected with a Jabra Link 370 USB adapter, allowing you to connect and start using it immediately.
The Jabra PRO 925/935 Mono headset is equipped with advanced audio technology including a directional noise-cancelling microphone and premium speaker quality. These features ensure clear, professional-grade audio for your business communications in various office environments.
The Jabra PRO 920 Duo is a professional telecommunications equipment from Jabra. For detailed connectivity specifications including USB, Bluetooth, or other connection types, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to speak with our team about the specific connectivity features you need.
Jabra's professional telecommunications equipment typically supports multiple connectivity options including USB and desk phone connections to accommodate various workplace setups. For specific connectivity details on the Jabra 14401-13, contact us today and our team can provide complete technical specifications for your deployment.
The C300-XT offers up to 10 hours of talk time and up to 300 hours of standby time. The headset charges in approximately 2 hours via a 200mA charging current, keeping you productive throughout your workday.
The BlueParrott B550-XT delivers up to 24 hours of talk time with 400 hours of standby time, so you won't need to cut short your conversations or recharge frequently during your workday.
The Evolve2 75 features fully adjustable Jabra Advanced Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) to help you maintain focus. This allows you to customize the level of noise cancellation based on your environment and preferences.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 is available in both UC and Microsoft Teams variants. It is certified for Microsoft Teams and meets Microsoft Teams Open Office requirements, ensuring compatibility with major unified communications platforms.
The Evolve2 75 features fully adjustable Jabra Advanced Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) to help you maintain focus during calls and work. This technology allows you to customize the level of noise cancellation based on your environment and needs.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 is engineered with 8 strategically-placed microphones coupled with Jabra's advanced beamforming technology to ensure you are heard clearly even in the most disruptive environments. This multi-microphone approach with noise-isolating design provides outstanding call performance in open office settings.
The Jabra Evolve2 30 features an integrated busylight that automatically turns on when you're on a call to signal 'do not disturb' mode and protect your focus. You can also manually activate the busylight at any time to indicate you need peace and quiet, making it clear to colleagues when you're unavailable.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 supports dual Bluetooth connectivity, allowing you to connect two Bluetooth-enabled devices at the same time, such as a mobile device and computer. You can pair up to 8 devices total, and it comes with a Jabra Link 380 Bluetooth adapter with USB-A or USB-C variant offering up to 30m/100ft wireless range.
Each Datacard 532000-053 ribbon kit includes one isopropanol cleaning card and one adhesive cleaning sleeve to maintain optimal print quality and printer performance. These supplies help ensure consistent image output and extend the life of your printer's printhead.
The Datacard 532000-007 is a monochrome graphics ribbon with gold coloring, designed for single-color ID card printing on compatible Datacard printers. It delivers consistent, professional-quality monochrome output for ID card issuance applications.
With the Datacard SD260 printer equipped with this printhead, you can achieve up to 200 cards per hour for full-color single-sided printing (YMCKT) and up to 155 cards per hour for two-sided printing. For monochrome printing, the SD260 delivers up to 830 cards per hour single-sided, making it ideal for high-volume ID card production. Visit barcodesinc.com for current availability and specifications.
The Datacard 534000-002 ribbon package includes one isopropanol cleaning card and one adhesive cleaning sleeve to maintain optimal print quality and printer performance. These supplies help ensure consistent color output and extend the life of your printhead.
Datacard certified supplies feature Intelligent Supplies Technology with automatic identification and validation for ribbons, adjustable low ribbon and cleaning cycle alerts, and ribbon saver functionality. These features help optimize printer performance and reduce downtime in high-volume card production environments.
Datacard Certified Supplies featuring Intelligent Supplies Technology provide automatic identification and validation for ribbons, adjustable low ribbon and cleaning cycle alerts, and ribbon saver functionality. These features help optimize printer performance and reduce waste while ensuring consistent image quality.
Datacard certified supplies feature Intelligent Supplies Technology that provides automatic identification and validation of ribbons, adjustable low ribbon and cleaning cycle alerts, and a ribbon saver function. These features help you achieve the best image quality, most reliable printer performance, and lowest possible cost-per-card when used with compatible Datacard printers.
Datacard Certified Supplies featuring Intelligent Supplies Technology provide automatic identification and validation for ribbons, adjustable low ribbon and cleaning cycle alerts, and ribbon saver functionality. These certified supplies are engineered to work seamlessly with compatible Datacard printers to maintain consistent print quality and reduce waste.
Datacard Certified Supplies feature Intelligent Supplies Technology that provides automatic identification and validation of ribbons, adjustable low ribbon and cleaning cycle alerts, and ribbon saver functionality. These features help optimize printer performance, reduce downtime, and lower cost-per-card for high-volume ID card issuance operations.
Datacard Certified Supplies feature Intelligent Supplies Technology that provides automatic identification and validation of ribbons, adjustable low ribbon and cleaning cycle alerts, and a ribbon saver function. These features help maximize printer performance, reduce waste, and ensure consistent image quality for your ID card printing operations.
Datacard certified ribbons feature Intelligent Supplies Technology™ for automatic identification and validation, adjustable low ribbon and cleaning cycle alerts, and a ribbon saver function to extend supply life. These supplies are engineered to work seamlessly with Datacard printers and maintain consistent print quality throughout the ribbon's lifespan.
The Datacard 508668-501 DuraGard laminate is 0.5 mil thick. This thickness provides a balance between protective coverage and card flexibility for full-card lamination applications.
The Datacard 532000-004 is a graphics monochrome ribbon kit, which means it produces black and white printing on ID cards. This ribbon type is ideal for applications requiring single-color output such as text, barcodes, and monochrome graphics.
Yes, the Datacard 810499-001 is an ideal replacement or backup power device for your SD260 and SD360 printer fleet. Having spare power supplies on hand ensures minimal downtime in your ID card production environment.
Your SD260 printer includes the printer unit, USB cable, cleaning pen, ID Works Intro Software, and power cord. Ribbons and blank cards are sold separately, allowing you to choose the materials that best fit your specific ID card needs.
The Datacard 534000-007 ribbon yields 375 prints per cartridge. This yield is based on standard full-color printing and may vary depending on your specific print job complexity and card design.
Each Datacard 534000-005 ribbon kit includes one isopropanol cleaning card and one adhesive cleaning sleeve. These supplies help maintain optimal print head performance and are essential for regular maintenance of your SD260, SD360, or SD460 printer.
Datacard CR805 Ribbons are used for thermal transfer printing on the Datacard CR805 ID Card Printer, making them ideal for organizations that need to produce identification cards, badges, and secure credentials. These ribbons deliver consistent, high-quality color transfer for professional card production. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to explore ribbon options for your card printing application.
The NETGEAR MS510TXM has a power consumption rating of 47 watts, making it an energy-efficient choice for continuous network operations. This low power draw helps reduce operational costs in warehouse and logistics environments. Available from us with full technical support for your deployment.
The Toshiba BX730165AS2E is a thermal transfer ribbon available in wax and wax-resin formulations, making it suitable for printing barcode labels and other thermal transfer applications. The specific material composition allows for reliable printing on compatible media with the Toshiba B-SX series printers.
Toshiba is committed to strict ecological policies in its manufacturing. The company uses recyclable chromium-free metal and halogen-free plastic in its products, packages them in recyclable paper products, and designs equipment for long life cycles with ISO14001 manufacturing standards.
The standard case of Toshiba BX730220AG4E ribbon contains a minimum order quantity of 25 rolls per case. We also offer this ribbon available as a single roll (Part# BX730220AG4E-R) for smaller volume needs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for single roll pricing and availability.
The Toshiba BX760089AG4E is sold per roll, with 5 rolls included in each carton. This multi-pack format helps reduce your consumables costs and ensures you have backup ribbon supplies available. Visit barcodesinc.com to order your supply today.
Each case of the Toshiba BX760106AS1E contains 5 rolls of ribbon. If you need smaller quantities, we also offer single roll options available from us.
Toshiba designs its products with strict ecological policies in mind. The BX760114AG2E ribbon is part of Toshiba's commitment to sustainability, with products manufactured using recyclable chromium-free metal, halogen-free plastic, and recyclable paper packaging. Toshiba's design and manufacturing processes follow ISO14001 environmental standards.
The Toshiba BX760130AS1E ribbon has a minimum order quantity of 4 cases. Pricing is per case, with each case containing 5 rolls. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to place your order and confirm current availability and pricing for your warehouse needs.
The B-EX4T Type 1 is an industrial desktop barcode label printer manufactured by Toshiba. It is designed for warehouse and logistics environments where reliable, high-volume label printing is essential. The B-EX904-R-QM-R Save Module we offer enhances this printer's capabilities for demanding operations.
The Toshiba TFC50UM is a magenta toner cartridge, designed for color laser printing applications. It is supplied as a single cartridge per package.
The Toshiba TFC25Y is a yellow toner cartridge designed for laser printing applications. It is an original Toshiba consumable product engineered for use with compatible Toshiba laser printers.
Toshiba products, including this toner cartridge, are RoHS compliant and manufactured under strict ecological policies that benefit both the environment and customers. The company is committed to reducing environmental impact through responsible design and production practices. We offer Toshiba's full range of environmentally conscious consumables to support your sustainability goals.
Yes, Toshiba is committed to environmentally responsible manufacturing and design. All Toshiba products, including toner cartridges, are RoHS compliant and manufactured according to ISO14001 standards. Toshiba uses recyclable materials and halogen-free components in their product lines to reduce environmental impact.
The Toshiba TFC415UM is an original laser toner cartridge manufactured by Toshiba. Each package contains one cartridge and is engineered to meet Toshiba's quality standards for reliable printing performance.
The Toshiba TFC415UC is a cyan toner cartridge, designed for color laser printing applications. It comes as a single cartridge unit ready for installation in compatible Toshiba laser printers.
The Toshiba TFC30UC cyan toner is designed for laser printers manufactured by Toshiba. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model and ensure proper installation.
Yes, the Toshiba MG04ACA600E is designed for security and surveillance applications, including DVR systems. Its 6 TB capacity and SATA interface make it well-suited for continuous video recording and archival in security deployments.
The Primacy 2 LE offers multiple encoding options including magnetic stripe (ISO 7811 and JIS Type II), ISO 7813 smart card contact stations, and contactless encoding (ISO 14443A, B, ISO 15693, MIFARE, DESfire, HID iCLASS, and Legic). These options can be factory-installed or installed on-site, and can be combined to meet your specific security and identification needs.
The Evolis Tattoo RW delivers monochrome printing at 8 seconds per card with a resolution of 300 dpi, providing clear and professional-quality output for ID badges and loyalty cards. The 1.89-inch print width accommodates standard card formats with consistent quality.
Yes, the Primacy 2 supports both single-sided and dual-sided printing with edge-to-edge coverage. This versatility allows you to maximize card real estate for complex designs, magnetic stripes, and security features. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our duplex printing capabilities.
The Evolis A5010 is a power cord and connector assembly designed as both a replacement cable for existing Evolis printers and as a spare accessory for facilities managing multiple ID card printing systems. We offer the A5010 as part of our comprehensive Evolis supplies and parts inventory to keep your operations running smoothly.
The Evolis R3013 uses both dye sublimation and thermal transfer printing technologies. This dual-technology approach enables high-quality color ID card production with the YMCKO (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black, and Overlay) panel configuration available from us.
The Evolis R3314 uses dye sublimation and thermal transfer printing technologies. This dual-technology approach delivers vibrant, high-quality color output suitable for professional ID card production.
The Evolis R3111 is designed for Evolis ID card printers. We recommend verifying your specific printer model's compatibility with this ribbon before purchase. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your equipment, and our team can help you find the right ribbon for your printer.
The Evolis R3511 is compatible with Evolis ID card printers that support YMCKO dye sublimation and thermal transfer ribbon formats. We recommend verifying your specific printer model against our compatibility database or contacting us today to confirm the right ribbon for your equipment.
The Evolis R3514 is a 6-panel color ribbon with YMCKOK configuration, which stands for Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black, Overlay, and Black panels. This multi-panel design enables full-color ID card printing with protective overlay capability in a single ribbon pass.
Yes, the Evolis VBDG204EU (part #BDG101FRU) is the original color ribbon for Badgy-Basic printers and serves as the standard replacement consumable. Contact us today to order this ribbon for your Badgy-Basic printer maintenance and supply needs.
The Evolis R2014 uses dye sublimation and thermal transfer printing technology to produce high-quality ID card images. This dual-technology approach ensures reliable, professional-grade output for security and identification applications.
The Evolis R2017 uses dye sublimation and thermal transfer printing technology to produce high-quality monochrome ID cards. This dual-technology approach delivers sharp, durable images suitable for identification and security applications. Available from us with full technical support for your printing setup.
Evolis offers multiple ribbon types including color ribbons, monochrome ribbons, and security ribbons to meet different ID card printing needs. The R2131 is a black monochrome ribbon, but we offer the full range of Evolis ribbon options to support various card designs and security requirements.
The Evolis R2030 ribbon has a yield of 1000 pages, making it suitable for medium-volume ID card printing operations. This capacity helps reduce supply changeover frequency in busy card issuance environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to order replacement ribbons before you run out.
Plastic cards can have high static charges and attract dust and dirt during printing, which can degrade print quality and damage your equipment. The Evolis A5004 cleaning kit helps you perform routine maintenance to prevent these issues and maintain optimal printer performance.
Evolis recommends cleaning your printer every time you change your ribbon, and every time the cleaning LED indicator is on. Regular maintenance with pre-saturated cleaning supplies helps prevent dust and dirt buildup caused by high static charges on plastic cards.
The S4510 cleaning roller is compatible with Evolis ID printers, including the Quantum 2 printer series. We recommend consulting your printer's documentation or contacting us today to confirm compatibility with your specific Evolis model.
The Evolis ACL003 Adhesive Card Cleaning Kit includes 50 adhesive cleaning cards per package. This quantity provides multiple cleaning cycles, making it a cost-effective maintenance supply for regular printer upkeep.
No, the Evolis R4213 is specifically formulated for the Evolis Securion printer. Using genuine Evolis ribbons ensures optimal performance and helps you avoid defects while benefiting from high-quality printouts.
The Evolis R4002 is a hologram overlay varnish ribbon designed to add protective and security features to ID cards printed on compatible Evolis printers. The globe design pattern provides both aesthetic appeal and tamper-evident protection for enhanced card security. This overlay layer is essential for organizations requiring professional-grade ID card finishing.
Evolis offers three main ribbon types: color ribbons, monochrome ribbons, and security ribbons. Each is formulated to produce sharp, bright images and clear text at an optimal cost-per-card. We stock the full range of Evolis ribbon options, including laminate ribbons like the R4221, to support various ID card printing needs.
The Evolis LPS034NAA features a 0.5 mil laminate thickness, which provides a thin, clear protective layer suitable for standard ID card lamination without significantly adding to card thickness.
The Evolis R2016 uses dye sublimation and thermal transfer printing technology to produce high-quality color ID cards. This dual-technology approach delivers vibrant, durable images suitable for professional identification applications. Our team can help you select the right ribbon type for your specific card design requirements.
Printhead replacement is typically needed after extended use or if you notice print quality degradation, streaking, or color inconsistencies on your ID cards. The S10000 is a direct replacement for worn printheads in Pebble 4, Dualys 3, Quantum 2, and Securion printers. Contact us today if you're unsure whether your printhead needs replacement.
The ACL004 cleaning card is compatible with Badgy 100 and Badgy 200 ID card printers. If you operate other Evolis printer models such as Primacy or Zenius series, we recommend verifying compatibility with our team before ordering. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm the right cleaning supplies for your specific printer model.
Evolis recommends cleaning your printer every time you change your ribbon and every time the cleaning LED is on. Regular cleaning is essential because plastic cards can have high static charges and attract dust and dirt, which can impact print quality and printer performance.
The Evolis R2011 uses dye sublimation and thermal transfer printing technology to produce high-quality monochrome black ID cards. This dual-technology approach delivers sharp, durable images suitable for professional identification applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare this ribbon with other Evolis printing options.
The Evolis R3012 uses both dye sublimation and thermal transfer printing technologies. This dual-technology approach delivers high-quality, durable ID card prints with excellent color reproduction and longevity.
The Evolis ACL005 comes with 3 printhead cleaning pens, providing multiple cleaning cycles for your Badgy printer. This quantity allows for regular maintenance without frequent reordering. Available from us as part of our full range of Evolis cleaning kits and supplies.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 is engineered for maximum comfort over extended wear times with revolutionary dual-foam technology, an ergonomic earcup design, and a re-engineered leatherette ear cushion pattern for improved ventilation. These features keep you comfortable from the first call to the last.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 works with all UC platforms and is certified for Microsoft Teams, Skype for Business, Cisco, and other major unified communications systems. It meets Microsoft Teams Open Office requirements, making it suitable for modern workplace environments.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve2 75 features fully adjustable Jabra Advanced Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) to help you maintain focus. The adjustable feature allows you to customize the level of noise cancellation based on your environment.
Yes, the Catalyst 3750 Series includes integrated Power over Ethernet (PoE) supporting both Cisco pre-standard and IEEE 802.3af standards, with options for up to 24 ports at 15.4 watts or 48 ports at 7.3 watts per port. This capability enables simplified deployment of IP phones, wireless access points, and other PoE-enabled devices throughout your facility. Contact us today for configuration options that match your PoE requirements.
CleanAir technology provides advanced spectrum analysis with Spectrum Expert Connect for real-time, raw spectrum data to diagnose difficult interference problems. The system includes an Air Quality Index that offers a snapshot of network performance and interference impact, plus historic interference information for back-in-time analysis. This enables faster problem resolution and proactive network optimization available from us.
The C6800-48P-TX-XL includes robust security features such as Access Control Lists (ACLs), Secure Shell (SSH) version 1 and 2 protocols, and SNMPv3 for secure remote access and network management. These protections help prevent man-in-the-middle attacks, IP spoofing, and unauthorized access to your network.
The Cisco Catalyst 9500 series switches, including the C9500-48Y4C, ship with power supply options of 650W, 950W, 1500W, or 1600W AC as default configurations depending on the specific model variant. The appropriate power supply is selected based on your deployment requirements and port density needs. Our team can help you select the right configuration for your infrastructure.
The Cisco IE-1000-4P2S-LM consumes between 9.5-15W under normal operating conditions, making it highly efficient for deployment in remote or power-constrained industrial locations. This low power draw, combined with its redundant DC input capability, allows for flexible installation in warehouses, manufacturing facilities, and logistics operations where energy efficiency is critical.
This license activates Prime Infrastructure 3.x for comprehensive network device management, Application Streaming capabilities for application delivery optimization, and APIC-EM for intent-based networking and policy enforcement. Together, these features provide visibility, control, and automation across your enterprise network infrastructure.
The CBS250-16P-2G-NA includes a Cisco Standard RJ45 console port for direct management, a USB Type-A slot for easy file and image management, and system LEDs for monitoring Link/Act, PoE status, and speed. The switch uses an 800 MHz ARM processor with 512 MB of DRAM and 256 MB of Flash memory to handle network operations efficiently. These features ensure straightforward deployment and ongoing management in your facility.
The MDS 9132T is ideal for enterprise data centers, virtualized environments, and organizations requiring high-speed SAN connectivity for critical storage applications. It's commonly deployed in environments where low-latency, high-throughput Fibre Channel connectivity is essential for database servers, virtual machines, and backup infrastructure. We can help you determine if this switch meets your specific storage networking requirements.
The Cisco Catalyst IE3300 series supports multiple expansion modules including configurations with additional copper ports, PoE/PoE+ capabilities, SFP fiber ports, and 2.5G copper options. Available expansion modules include the IEM-3300-6T2S, IEM-3300-14T2S, IEM-3300-8P, IEM-3300-16P, and IEM-3300-4MU for enhanced network capacity. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore all compatible expansion options for your deployment.
The CBS250-16T-2G-NA includes a Cisco Standard RJ45 console port for direct management, a USB Type-A slot for easy file and image management, and LED indicators for System, Link/Act, and Speed monitoring. The switch runs on an 800 MHz ARM processor with 512 MB DRAM and 256 MB Flash memory, providing reliable performance for enterprise-class network operations.
The CBS250-8P-E-2G-NA is equipped with an 800 MHz ARM CPU, 512 MB of DRAM, and 256 MB of Flash memory for reliable performance and storage of network configurations. These specifications support managed switching functionality suitable for warehouse and logistics environments requiring consistent network uptime. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed technical documentation and deployment guidance.
The Cisco Meraki MS120-24 features 24 ports of 1 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity, providing ample port density for small to mid-sized network deployments. This port configuration makes it suitable for connecting multiple devices, access points, and network equipment in warehouse and office environments. We have this model available from our inventory for immediate deployment.
The CBS250-8PP-E-2G-NA features an 800 MHz ARM processor, 512 MB of DRAM, and 256 MB of Flash storage for robust performance and reliable operation. These specifications provide sufficient processing power and memory for managing network traffic and storing configuration data in mid-sized network deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to review the complete technical specifications or contact our team for detailed hardware information.
The MS120-48FP features cloud-based management through Cisco Meraki Dashboard, providing centralized control, real-time monitoring, and automated updates without requiring on-premises infrastructure. This cloud-managed approach simplifies network administration and reduces the operational overhead typically associated with traditional switches. Available from us with full support for deployment and configuration assistance.
Yes, the N9K-C93120TX-B18Q is purpose-built for data center deployments with its high-speed 40 Gigabit QSFP connectivity, support for jumbo frames up to 9216 bytes, and advanced Layer 3 switching capabilities. Its modular design, rack-mountable form factor, and support for Cisco EtherChannel technology with up to 24 ports per channel make it well-suited for demanding data center infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss how this switch fits your data center networking requirements.
The SF350-48P is a managed Layer 2 switch that supports VLAN segmentation, QoS optimization, and advanced security features to help you control network traffic and protect critical data. These enterprise-grade management capabilities make it ideal for small to medium-sized business networks requiring better performance and security than unmanaged switches. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configuration options and technical specifications.
The NXA-PAC-1100W-PI2 is engineered as a replacement power supply for Cisco Nexus switches and related networking devices. To confirm compatibility with your specific equipment model, we recommend consulting your device documentation or reaching out to our team. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility before ordering.
The Cisco NXA-PAC-500W delivers 500W of AC power and is designed to operate with standard AC input voltage (120V and 230V AC). This power supply features forward airflow design for optimal thermal management in Nexus switch deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed technical specifications and datasheet information.
The Cisco CAB-AC-US power cord is rated to operate in environments ranging from -40°C to standard operating temperatures. This extended low-temperature specification makes it suitable for deployment in cold environments, data centers with strict climate control, or outdoor installations where temperature fluctuations may occur.
The Cisco FPR9K-NM-4X100G uses QSFP28 transceiver slots that support 100 Gigabit Ethernet optical modules with standards like 100GBase-LR4 for long-distance single-mode fiber connections. The module supports optical fiber connectivity with transmission distances up to approximately 10 km depending on the specific transceiver type. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss transceiver options for your deployment.
Yes, the XFP10GLR-192SR-L supports Digital Optical Monitoring (DOM), which enables real-time monitoring of optical signal parameters such as transmit and receive power levels. DOM support provides critical diagnostic capabilities for proactive network management and troubleshooting. This feature is essential for maintaining optimal performance in mission-critical data center and enterprise network environments.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 9800 Series Wireless Controllers, including the C9800-80-K9-RF, are designed for enterprise-grade deployments in complex environments like warehouses and logistics facilities. These controllers provide centralized management of wireless networks with advanced security features and can support multiple access points across large facilities. Contact us today to discuss how this controller can optimize mobility and RFID integration for your warehouse operations.
The MS120-24P features cloud-managed architecture through Cisco Meraki, eliminating the need for dedicated on-premises management hardware or complex configuration. This cloud-first approach simplifies network deployment and ongoing management, allowing your IT team to monitor and configure the switch remotely from any location.
The MS120-8FP provides eight 1 Gigabit Ethernet ports with integrated PoE support, allowing you to connect multiple network devices and power them simultaneously through a single cable. This integrated approach reduces installation complexity and cable management overhead in branch office settings. Contact us today to discuss your specific connectivity requirements.
The CBS250-24FP-4X is equipped with an 800 MHz ARM CPU, 512 MB of DRAM, and 256 MB of Flash memory, providing sufficient processing power for enterprise-class switching and management features. These specifications support advanced networking capabilities while maintaining energy efficiency. Visit barcodesinc.com for complete technical documentation.
The C9400X-SUP-2 works with Catalyst 9400 Series line cards, including the C9400-LC-48H UPOE+ line card that supports 48-port 10/100/1000 connectivity with Universal Power over Ethernet Plus (UPOE+) capabilities. This combination enables you to power and connect high-power devices like wireless access points, security cameras, and IoT devices over a single cable. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible line card options available from us.
Cisco IP phones feature 10/100BASE-T Ethernet connectivity through dual RJ-45 ports—one for LAN connection and one for downstream device connection (such as a PC). This dual-port Ethernet switch design reduces cabling infrastructure costs while maintaining network flexibility. We offer this bundle as a complete solution for organizations looking to streamline their desktop networking.
The Cisco CP-8845-3PCC-K9= supports essential call management features including call transfer, call hold/resume, call waiting, call forwarding, conference calling, and message-waiting indicators. The phone includes adjustable volume controls for the handset, monitor speaker, and ringer, plus multiple user-adjustable ring tones for easy customization. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore this model and other Cisco desk phones suited for your enterprise environment.
The Cisco CP-8861-3PCC-K9= supports a comprehensive suite of business call features including call transfer, call hold/resume, call forwarding, call waiting, conference calling, call pickup, and group call pickup. Additional features include redial, message-waiting indicators, music on hold, and shared line capabilities, providing users with professional communication tools for enterprise environments.
The ACC-LA-H-NM-NF is engineered as an outdoor antenna lightning arrestor module, providing protection against electrical surges and environmental hazards in outdoor deployments. This makes it suitable for harsh wireless network environments where equipment protection is critical. For detailed environmental specifications and durability ratings, contact our team today.
Yes, the platform supports extensive voice integration through multiple Network Interface Modules (NIMs) and Service Modules, including FXO/FXS ports, BRI interfaces, and high-density voice DSP modules ranging from 32 to 3,080 channels. This makes it suitable for unified communications deployments that require integrated security and voice services. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore voice module compatibility options available from us.
Cisco licenses are managed through Cisco License Manager, a secure client-server application that handles IOS Software activation and license deployment across your platforms. The License Manager provides centralized management for staging, deployment, and changes to your licenses across multiple devices. Our team can assist you with license activation and provide guidance on using Cisco's management tools.
Yes, the Cisco 100GQSFP-LR4 is a hot-swappable QSFP module, allowing you to install or replace it without powering down your network equipment. This minimizes downtime during maintenance and upgrades in production environments.
The CPAK-100G-SR10 operates over multimode fiber (MMF), which is commonly used in shorter-distance applications up to 100 meters. Multimode fiber is cost-effective for data center and building backbone connections where extended distances are not needed. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible multimode fiber options available from our inventory.
The IEM-3400-8S module supports Cisco IOS Software with both Network Essentials and Network Advantage feature sets, depending on your licensing needs. Network Advantage includes all Network Essentials features plus additional capabilities for advanced management and security. Our team can help you select the appropriate license level for your network infrastructure—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for licensing guidance.
The Cisco IR800-IL-POE has a maximum power consumption of 27W without PoE and 71W with PoE enabled. At idle, the device consumes 16W at 12V or 17W at 24V, with typical operation at 22W (12V) or 23W (24V).
The IRM-1100-SP accepts nominal input voltages of +12V and +24V, with a range of 9V to 36V, and draws between 1.99A and 7.56A depending on configuration. Power consumption ranges from 16-17W at idle, 22-23W typical operation, and up to 27W without PoE or 71W with PoE enabled.
The IEM-3400-8P= is supported exclusively with IE3400 PoE base modules to provide a combined total PoE budget of 480W. This allows you to power multiple networked devices across your industrial or warehouse facility without requiring separate power infrastructure.
The IEM-3400-8T= module supports Cisco IOS Software with Network Essentials features when paired with compatible IE3400 base platforms. For advanced functionality, Network Advantage licenses are available on select IE3400 configurations, though the specific module itself operates as an expansion component.
The IRM-1100-DINRAIL comes with an IP40 rating standard, and can be upgraded to IP54 rating with the additional IR1800-IP54-KIT for enhanced environmental protection. This makes it suitable for both indoor and moderately harsh outdoor deployments where dust and moisture protection is needed. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order the IP54 upgrade kit if required for your environment.
The IRM-1100-SPMI accepts nominal voltage of +12V and +24V, with a minimum and maximum input voltage range of 9V to 36V. Power consumption varies from 16W at idle (12V) to a maximum of 71W when PoE is enabled, ensuring efficient operation across different power scenarios. This flexible power input makes it suitable for various deployment environments including vehicle-mounted and stationary installations.
The RFD40 RFID Reader connects to eConnex-enabled Zebra mobile computers, allowing you to integrate RFID capabilities into your existing Zebra device ecosystem. This connection enables seamless data capture and real-time inventory visibility across your operations. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific Zebra mobile computer model.
The DS3608-XR captures both 1D and 2D barcodes with equal proficiency, including commonly used 2D formats which it scans nearly 40% farther than competing devices. This versatility makes it compatible with traditional barcode systems as well as modern 2D implementations across supply chain operations.
The TC58A1 withstands multiple 6-foot drops to concrete with the rugged boot (5 feet to tile over concrete), 2,000 tumbles, and meets IP65 and IP68 sealing standards for protection against dust, water, and wash-downs. Its advanced manufacturing and materials technology make it thinner than previous generations while maintaining exceptional durability for demanding logistics, transportation, and retail environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the full range of protective accessories available to enhance durability for your specific use case.
The Zebra CA1220 Power Device is designed specifically for Symbol products, providing DC power connectivity for compatible mobile computers and handheld devices. For detailed compatibility information with your specific Symbol device model, we recommend contacting our technical team—visit barcodesinc.com to reach us with your device specifications.
The Silverline Classic II features a high-performance acrylic adhesive specifically formulated for metallic and painted metal surfaces, combined with a durable long-lasting PET face that withstands industrial environments. Its metal frame construction and optimized inlay placement deliver reliable RFID performance on metal containers where standard labels often fail.
This model features USB connectivity via a shielded USB cable (CBA-U21-S07ZBR) included in the kit, making it suitable for direct integration with point-of-sale systems and retail checkout environments. The cordless design with cradle charging provides flexibility for mobile scanning while maintaining reliable wired data transfer. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore additional connectivity options available for the DS2200 series.
The Zebra VC8300 10-Inch features a 10-inch capacitive touch screen with 1024 x 768 resolution, providing a large, responsive display optimized for vehicle-mounted and fixed-mount warehouse applications. The all-touch interface enables intuitive operation in fast-paced warehouse environments.
The ZQ610 Plus provides Bluetooth 4.x connectivity, delivering the quickest and most stable wireless connections within building environments. This modern wireless standard ensures reliable communication with your mobile devices and warehouse management systems while maintaining compatibility with existing infrastructure. Our team can help you integrate the ZQ610 Plus into your current network architecture—visit barcodesinc.com for more details.
This model features USB connectivity via a Micro USB cable included in the kit. The scanner operates as a cordless/wireless handheld device and works with standard keyboard wedge interfaces, making it compatible with most point-of-sale and inventory management systems.
Yes, the DS9908-HD features an exclusive capacitive touch sensor for hand detection and accelerometer technology for motion detection, allowing it to seamlessly switch between hands-free and handheld modes automatically. Simply pick up the scanner to activate handheld mode or put it down to return to hands-free presentation mode—no manual configuration needed. This intelligent switching enhances workflow flexibility in busy healthcare and retail environments.
The CBL-DC-451A1-01 is designed to work with Zebra's PWR-BGA12V50W0WW Level 6 AC/DC Power Supply, which delivers 12V power output at 50W capacity. This combination provides reliable power for Zebra 3600 Series mobile computers and printers in warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm specifications for your specific application.
Yes, the ZD621 is backward compatible with virtually any existing thermal printer environment. It supports both EPL and ZPL printer languages and can emulate languages normally associated with other printer brands using Zebra's Print DNA Virtual Devices tool. This means you can use the same label formats and applications you're currently running without requiring system redesign or retraining.
Every ZD621 comes standard with Ethernet, Serial, USB 2.0, and USB Host connectivity. You can also add an optional dual wireless radio with fast 802.11ac Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 4.1 as a factory- or field-installable option, allowing you to print from Windows, Android, or iOS devices and integrate with Zebra's printer setup mobile app using Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE).
This model features USB connectivity via the included Micro USB cable, making it suitable for point-of-sale and retail environments. The cordless design with presentation cradle and spare battery support provides flexibility for handheld scanning operations without tethering to a fixed location.
The Zebra P1080383-704 delivers 60W of power at 24V output, providing the necessary power capacity for continuous operation of ZD220 and ZD230 thermal label printers. This specification ensures stable performance for high-volume printing in warehouse and distribution environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific printer configuration.
The Zebra P1086845-004 delivers 75W of power output, providing sufficient capacity for Zebra's healthcare-grade printers and mobile computing devices. This power rating ensures reliable performance for continuous printing and data capture operations in demanding healthcare environments.
Yes, the Zebra P1037750-097 is specifically designed as a wireless upgrade kit for USA/North American environments. It enables wireless printing capabilities, allowing your warehouse team to send print jobs from multiple devices without physical network cables. This wireless functionality is ideal for dynamic warehouse operations where mobility and flexibility are essential.
The Zebra 10007009 features a 3.5 mil uncoated paper facestock with dimensions of 4.375 inches wide by 645 feet long (111.1mm x 196.6m). It comes with a 1 inch (25.4mm) core diameter and is packaged at 645 feet per roll with 8 rolls per box. The paper includes a permanent acrylic adhesive suitable for direct thermal printing applications.
203 dpi (dots per inch) is the standard resolution for industrial barcode printing, providing crisp, scannable barcodes and readable text for warehouse operations. This resolution balances print speed and quality, making it ideal for high-volume labeling in logistics and inventory management applications.
The P1080383-229 is a thermal transfer printhead, which means it requires ribbon media to transfer ink onto labels and tags. Thermal transfer printing is ideal for durability in harsh warehouse conditions, outdoor storage, and applications requiring long-lasting barcode labels. We stock thermal transfer supplies and compatible ribbons to support your printing operations.
This premium resin ribbon measures 131mm x 450m (5.16" x 1,476') with a 25mm (1") core diameter. Each box contains 6 rolls, providing substantial printing capacity for high-volume operations. The ribbon is UL recognized and CSA component acceptable when used with Zebra approved labels.
The Zebra 05095BK04045 ribbon measures 40mm x 450m (1.57" x 1476') with a 25mm (1") core and comes in a 6-box case. This configuration is ideal for high-volume barcode printing operations requiring extended ribbon length and consistent performance.
The Zebra 5555 Enhanced Wax-Resin ribbon is optimized for use with Zebra coated paper, matte synthetic materials, and polypropylene labels. The wax/resin formulation provides excellent adhesion and smear resistance on these surfaces, delivering professional-quality barcode images suitable for warehouse, logistics, and general industrial labeling applications.
Yes, the Zebra SAM5178 labels are designed for outdoor applications with a rated durability of 1-2 years in outdoor conditions. The Kimdura polypropylene material resists fading, moisture, and UV exposure, making these labels ideal for asset tracking and logistics operations exposed to the elements. We offer these as a reliable solution for outdoor labeling needs.
The ZD621d-HC delivers 300 dpi print resolution (12 dots per mm) with a maximum print speed of 6 inches per second at that resolution. This combination provides high-quality barcode and label output suitable for detailed healthcare labeling requirements and patient information printing.
The X-Large Intelligent Cabinet comes standard with a keyed lock and includes 2 keys for secure access control. Additional security options available include RFID lock and cradle lock configurations to meet your enterprise security requirements. We offer these security upgrades to ensure your mobile device assets remain protected in high-traffic warehouse environments.
The MC330L-SE4EG4NA supports Bluetooth 5.0 with Low Energy support and Wi-Fi IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac connectivity, ensuring reliable wireless communication in warehouse and logistics facilities. These dual connectivity options provide flexibility for various deployment scenarios and network infrastructure.
Yes, the top coating on Zebra Z-Ultimate 4000T labels is specifically designed to be suitable for fanfolding applications. This feature, combined with the polyester material and permanent adhesive, makes these labels excellent for high-speed automated labeling environments where consistent performance is critical.
The FINALE-4X6DT is a direct thermal label, meaning it requires a direct thermal printer to produce images without the need for thermal transfer ribbons. Direct thermal printing is faster and more cost-effective for high-volume operations, making it popular in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Z-Perform 1000D is recommended for use with Zebra's QLn Series and ZQ500 Series mobile printers. However, it works with any direct thermal printer, and we recommend pre-testing the labels with your specific equipment to ensure they meet your application requirements.
The Zebra FINALE-4X2DT labels are direct thermal paper labels, meaning they require a direct thermal printer to produce images without the need for thermal transfer ribbons. This makes them cost-effective for high-volume warehouse and inventory applications available from us.
Each roll contains 5,120 labels measuring 3.5 x 1 inch (88.9 x 25.4mm), with a 3-inch (76.2mm) core diameter. The labels come in a convenient 6-roll box configuration, making them easy to stock and manage in your warehouse or shipping department.
The FINALE-4X1DT uses direct thermal printing technology, which means no ink or toner ribbon is required. This makes it cost-effective for high-volume label printing and reduces ongoing supply expenses compared to thermal transfer methods.
The Zebra CS-RAC-NA-MLEAD features a 6-foot mains AC cord, providing adequate reach for most warehouse and retail installations. This length allows flexibility in positioning your Zebra device relative to available power outlets. For installations requiring longer cable runs, our team can recommend alternative power solutions available from us.
The Zebra FINALE-3X1DT uses direct thermal printing technology, which requires no ink or toner ribbons. This method is cost-effective for high-volume labeling and works by applying heat directly to the thermal-sensitive coating on the label surface to produce black images.
These labels are specifically designed for direct thermal printing, which means they require a direct thermal printer—no thermal transfer ribbon is needed. The uncoated paper facestock reacts directly to heat from the print head to produce clear, readable barcodes and text. We carry a full range of direct thermal printers compatible with this label stock.
The DS2278 connects via USB and includes a shielded USB cable and cradle in the kit. It also supports keyboard wedge connectivity, making it flexible for various point-of-sale and retail environments.
Yes, the Cisco C6840-X is specifically designed for enterprise backbone and collapsed access deployments, with support for Layer 2 to Layer 4 Jumbo Frames up to 9216 bytes and MACsec-256 capability in hardware. The modular architecture provides scalability for growing enterprise networks. We offer this router as part of our comprehensive enterprise networking solutions—contact us today for deployment guidance.
Yes, the C9300-24H-A supports Meraki cloud monitoring and management options, allowing you to manage and monitor your network infrastructure from the cloud. This makes it ideal for organizations seeking simplified operations and centralized visibility across their network.
The C9400-LC-48U is compatible with the Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series modular chassis including the C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R models. The line card's performance characteristics remain consistent across these chassis platforms when paired with supported supervisor engines.
The C9400-PWR-3200DC accepts DC input voltage, making it ideal for environments with dedicated DC power infrastructure or redundant power systems. This DC-based design provides flexibility for data center deployments that utilize centralized DC power distribution. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us for detailed electrical specifications and installation requirements.
The Cisco CV-CPU-I5218 operates at 125W power consumption, making it suitable for enterprise networking environments with managed power budgets. This specification ensures efficient operation within standard data center power infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed power supply recommendations for your deployment.
As a component designed for enterprise-grade Cisco UCS C460 M1 servers, the RC460-BHTS1 is built to operate in standard data center environments with controlled temperature and humidity conditions. The heat sink maintains performance in typical server room settings where ambient temperatures are regulated. For specific environmental specifications or operating limits, contact us today for detailed technical documentation.
The Cisco UCS-CPU-E52667E has a power consumption of 135W, making it suitable for data centers with managed thermal and power budgeting requirements. This moderate power envelope allows for efficient deployment in high-density server environments while maintaining reliable performance. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore power-efficient processor options for your infrastructure.
The E7-8890D features 18 cores at 2.5GHz, while related processors like the E7-8880E offer 22 cores at 2.2GHz and the E7-8870E provides 20 cores at 2.1GHz. The E7-8890D is optimized for workloads requiring balanced core count and clock speed, whereas higher-core variants prioritize throughput and the lower-core E7-8867L focuses on power efficiency at 105W. We offer the complete E7-8800 series lineup—visit barcodesinc.com to explore all options.
64GB DDR4 memory modules like the UCS-ML-X64G4RS-H are essential for data-intensive warehouse management systems, real-time inventory tracking, and complex logistics software that requires substantial RAM for optimal performance. This capacity supports multiple concurrent database operations, advanced RFID processing, and barcode scanning system integration without performance degradation. Contact us today to discuss memory upgrades that match your warehouse IT infrastructure requirements.
This 32GB DDR4 LRDIMM is ideal for warehouse management systems, logistics platforms, and enterprise data center applications requiring high-density memory configurations. It supports demanding workloads in virtualization, database operations, and real-time inventory management systems. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss memory solutions for your specific infrastructure needs.
The UCS-MR-2X162RX-C= delivers DDR3-1333-MHz performance with PC3-10600 standard compliance, supporting dual-rank RDIMM architecture for maximum reliability in data center environments. The registered DRAM design provides error correction capabilities essential for mission-critical server applications. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed technical specifications and compatibility documentation.
The 1.6TB UCS-SD16TM1X-EV is ideal for enterprise data centers, virtualization environments, and mission-critical applications requiring dependable storage performance. Its enterprise-grade design makes it suitable for warehouse management systems, logistics platforms, and IT infrastructure requiring consistent uptime. We recommend this drive for organizations standardizing on Cisco UCS infrastructure.
The UCS-SD38T61X-EV delivers enterprise-class performance with 6G SATA connectivity, providing reliable I/O throughput for mission-critical applications. As an Enterprise Value drive, it balances performance and cost-efficiency for standard workloads in virtualized and cloud environments. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed performance benchmarks and technical documentation.
The UCS-SD480GBKS4-EV= is positioned as an Enterprise Value drive, making it ideal for general-purpose workloads, backup storage, and cost-sensitive deployments rather than high-performance database applications. For mission-critical OLTP or data warehouse environments requiring maximum throughput, higher-performance SSD options may be more appropriate. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss the right drive tier for your specific performance requirements.
The 480 GB Enterprise Value SSD is ideal for virtualization, cloud computing, and general enterprise workloads requiring reliable mid-capacity storage in Cisco UCS systems. It delivers the performance and durability needed for data center environments while maintaining cost efficiency. Our team can help you determine if this drive meets your infrastructure requirements—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The UCS-SD800G123X-EP features 12G SAS connectivity, delivering enterprise-class performance for demanding applications. As a 2.5-inch form factor SSD, it provides faster data access compared to traditional spinning drives, making it ideal for virtualization, databases, and high-transaction environments. Our team can help you understand how this drive fits your specific performance requirements.
The UCS-SP-B200M5C-B is ideal for virtualization, cloud computing, database applications, and enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems requiring reliable dual-socket performance. Its Intel Xeon 4210R processors and substantial memory capacity make it well-suited for memory-intensive and compute-intensive workloads in mid-to-large data centers. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this server fits your infrastructure needs.
The Cisco VIP-SFP-1GE-BASET transceiver requires standard UTP Category 5e copper cabling for connectivity. Unlike fiber-based SFP modules, this transceiver eliminates the need for expensive fiber infrastructure and works seamlessly with existing twisted-pair Ethernet installations commonly found in enterprise networks.
The WS-C6513-E-RF model ships without power supplies (no PS), allowing you to select and install appropriate power modules based on your facility's power infrastructure. This flexibility enables configuration with AC or DC power supplies with redundancy options to match your specific operational requirements.
The Cisco C9300X-48HX-A delivers 1100W total power consumption with a 90W PoE+ budget, enabling you to power compatible network devices directly from the switch. This UPOE+ (Ultra Power over Ethernet Plus) capability reduces the need for separate power infrastructure and simplifies deployment of wireless access points, IP cameras, and other PoE-enabled equipment throughout your facility.
The C9400-LC-48HN line card is compatible with the Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series chassis including the C9404R, C9407R, and C9410R models. We offer complete compatibility information and can help you select the right supervisor engine and chassis combination for your deployment.
The C9300X-NM-4C supports enterprise-grade security including MACsec-256 encryption in hardware, IPsec capabilities with 100G IPsec support, and integration with Cisco Umbrella cloud security. These features ensure encrypted traffic between network segments and protect against unauthorized access. We offer complete Catalyst 9300 series solutions with all these advanced security capabilities built-in.
The C9400-LC-48H delivers 48 ports of connectivity, making it ideal for high-density deployments requiring significant port expansion. The module supports functional transparency across the Catalyst 9400 Series architecture, ensuring consistent performance and management capabilities. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss port specifications and your network requirements.
The C9300X-NM-8M provides eight 25 Gigabit Ethernet ports with SFP28 optical fiber connectivity using 25GBase-X transceivers. This module supports flexible fiber-based uplinks and is part of Cisco's comprehensive Catalyst 9300 architecture, which also offers downlink options ranging from 1 Gbps to 100 Gbps depending on your specific configuration needs.
The C9400-LC-48HN-B delivers functional transparency, modular versatility, and support for advanced optics technology within the Catalyst 9400 ecosystem. It provides energy-efficient Ethernet capabilities and Power over Ethernet (PoE) support, making it ideal for modern enterprise networks requiring flexible port density and power delivery. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this line card can optimize your network infrastructure.
The C9400-LC-48HN-B1 delivers variable bandwidth depending on your Catalyst 9400 supervisor engine, ranging from 80 Gbps per slot with the C9400-SUP-1 to 480 Gbps per slot with the C9400X-SUP-2XL supervisor. All configurations support 1:1 oversubscription ratios, ensuring consistent, non-oversubscribed performance for mission-critical applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your bandwidth requirements with our team.
The C9400-LC-48HX supports UPoE+ (Ultra Power over Ethernet Plus), which delivers enhanced power delivery to connected devices compared to standard PoE implementations. This capability is essential for powering high-performance access points, IP cameras, and other powered devices across all 48 ports simultaneously. We offer comprehensive support to help you design power budgets and deployments with this line card.
This 48-port 10 GbE line card is ideal for campus and branch applications requiring enhanced performance for large file transfers, network backups, and high-density fiber connectivity. Its enterprise design supports up to 9216-byte frames, making it suitable for core switch deployments in small to medium-sized networks. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this module fits your network architecture.
The C9300X-48HX-E (Network Essentials) and C9300X-48HX-M (Meraki) models are both 48-port switches with similar core specifications, but differ in software licensing and management capabilities. The C9300X-48HX-M includes Meraki cloud monitoring and management options for centralized visibility, while the C9300X-48HX-E provides traditional Cisco IOS XE management. Both support 10 Gigabit Ethernet, modular architecture, and 1100W power consumption. Contact us today to determine which licensing model best fits your network management strategy.
Cisco Catalyst 9400 series fans operate within specific temperature ranges depending on altitude. At elevations up to 6,000 feet, typical operating ranges are -5°C to +40°C (23° to 104°F), while at higher altitudes up to 10,000 feet, the range narrows to -5°C to +35°C (23° to 95°F). These specifications ensure reliable performance in various data center and network closet environments. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed environmental specifications for your deployment.
The C9400X-SUP-2XL provides 480 Gbps bandwidth per slot, while the C9400X-SUP-2 delivers 240 Gbps per slot—making the 2XL variant ideal for high-performance enterprise environments. Both maintain a 1:1 oversubscription ratio, but the 2XL is better suited for demanding logistics and warehouse network requirements.
Yes, the Catalyst 9600 is cloud-ready and integrates seamlessly with Cisco DNA Center for AI-powered automation and software-defined networking (SDN) capabilities. It provides real-time telemetry and simplified network management, making it an excellent choice for modern enterprise environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about how this switch supports your cloud infrastructure strategy.
The Cisco Catalyst 9600X SUP-2 delivers robust enterprise security including 256-bit AES-GCM MACsec encryption for both LAN and WAN traffic, Secure Boot, Image Signing, and Cisco Trust Anchor Module integration for hardware-based security. It also supports Object-Group ACLs for both IPv4 and IPv6, enabling granular access control policies across your network infrastructure.
The primary difference is bandwidth capacity: the C9400X-SUP-2 provides 240 Gbps per slot, while the C9400X-SUP-2XL delivers 480 Gbps per slot. Both maintain a 1:1 oversubscription ratio, but the 2XL is designed for higher-density deployments requiring double the throughput. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare specifications or contact us today for recommendations based on your network requirements.
The CBS350-12XT is optimized for pure 10G copper connectivity with 10 dedicated 10G copper ports, making it ideal for high-bandwidth environments. Other CBS350 models like the CBS350-12XS focus on SFP+ fiber connectivity, while models like the CBS350-24NGP-4X support mixed Gigabit and 5G speeds for broader network requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare all CBS350 options and find the right fit for your infrastructure.
The CBS250-48T-4G includes a Cisco Standard RJ45 console port for direct management access and a USB Type-A slot on the front panel for convenient file and image management. The switch also features system LEDs for monitoring link status, activity, PoE status, and port speed. These management capabilities ensure easy deployment and troubleshooting in enterprise environments.
The CBS250-8T-D includes essential management features with a USB Type-A slot on the front panel for easy file and image management, along with a reset button for device control. However, this model does not include a console port, distinguishing it from larger CBS250 variants that offer RJ45 console connectivity for advanced management.
The C9400X-SUP-2XL provides 480 Gbps per slot bandwidth with 1:1 oversubscription, while the older C9400-SUP-1XL-Y offers the same 480 Gbps but supports variable oversubscription ratios (1:1, 2:1, or 3:1) depending on the chassis. The C9400X-SUP-2XL is optimized for consistent, non-oversubscribed performance in modern enterprise networks.
The CBS350-8S-E-2G-NA is a managed switch that includes a Cisco Standard RJ45 console port and USB Type-A slot for file and image management, along with system monitoring via LEDs for link status and speed indication. These management features enable IT teams to configure, monitor, and troubleshoot the switch efficiently. Available from us with full technical support to help optimize your network operations.
The Cisco CMICR-4PT delivers Ethernet and network switching capabilities designed for reliable data transmission in enterprise environments. As a Catalyst series switch, it supports standard Gigabit Ethernet connectivity for seamless integration with modern IT infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss port configurations and connectivity requirements for your specific deployment.
The CBS350-16T-E-2G-NA is the 16-port Gigabit model with external power supply, while other CBS350 variants include 24-port and 48-port options with different uplink speeds (4G or 4X 10G SFP+ ports). The '-E-' designation indicates external power supply, whereas other models may feature PoE (Power over Ethernet) capabilities for powering network devices. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare all CBS350 models and find the right fit for your network scale.
Yes, the Cisco CMICR-4PS is well-suited for warehouse and logistics deployments due to its compact design and wall-mounted capability, which allows for flexible placement in tight spaces. Its robust specifications and support for multiple connectivity standards make it reliable for mission-critical network infrastructure in distribution centers and inventory management systems. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can optimize your warehouse network infrastructure.
The CBS350-8XT supports both 10G copper connections through its 6 dedicated copper ports and flexible 10G copper/SFP+ combo ports that accept either copper or SFP+ fiber transceivers. This dual-media capability allows you to mix connectivity types based on your infrastructure requirements and distance needs. Contact us today to discuss which transceiver options best fit your deployment.
The CBS350-24XT includes a dedicated 1 GE out-of-band management port for secure administrative access, along with standard Cisco management capabilities. This allows IT teams to monitor and configure the switch independently of production traffic. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about management options available with our Cisco switch offerings.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet supports Wi-Fi, 4G, and Ethernet connectivity, allowing seamless integration with your enterprise network infrastructure. These multiple connectivity options enable real-time device tracking, automated software updates, and centralized management across your warehouse or logistics facility.
This cabinet includes built-in cradle lock security as standard, with additional options for RFID lock and PIN access control. These multiple security layers help protect your valuable mobile assets and ensure only authorized personnel can access stored devices. We offer the full range of security configurations to meet your enterprise security requirements.
The CS-CAB-5XL-FP-B-C6-N includes multiple security options: keyed lock as standard, with RFID lock and cradle lock available as quotable options. These features ensure your enterprise mobile devices remain secure and protected from unauthorized access in warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the ZD611t is available in healthcare-compliant variants featuring a white color scheme, IEC 60601-1 certified power supply, and disinfectant-ready, easy-to-clean plastics designed for medical settings. These specialized models meet healthcare industry standards while maintaining the same performance and security features as standard versions. Contact us today to discuss healthcare-specific configurations available from our inventory.
Yes, the ZD421d is designed as a desktop industrial printer capable of handling demanding warehouse and logistics environments. Its direct thermal printing technology and 203 dpi resolution produce durable labels suitable for product identification, shipping labels, and inventory management. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Zebra printers and find the right model for your volume and speed requirements.
Yes, the ZT610 Micro Label variant features improved precision for labels as small as 3 mm, making it ideal for applications requiring detailed barcode labeling on compact items. The printer's maximum print width of 4.09 inches accommodates a wide range of label sizes while maintaining print quality. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our micro label printing solutions for your specific requirements.
Yes, the EC55 is specifically designed for warehouse, transportation, and logistics environments. Its compact 5-inch display, lightweight 173g design, and enterprise-grade security features make it ideal for individual assignment to workers who need mobility and productivity throughout their shift.
The MC330L-SE2EG4NA supports Bluetooth v5.0 with Low Energy capability and Wi-Fi IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac connectivity for seamless integration with warehouse management systems and enterprise networks. These dual wireless options ensure reliable communication in various operational environments.
The MC3300x features Bluetooth v5.0 with Low Energy support and Wi-Fi IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac connectivity, allowing seamless integration with your existing warehouse and logistics networks. These wireless standards ensure reliable communication for real-time inventory and order management applications.
The CS-CAB-2-ASM-B-N includes keyed lock security as standard, with RFID lock and cradle lock available as quotable options for enhanced asset protection. These multi-layer security options help prevent unauthorized device access and theft in warehouse and logistics facilities, ensuring your mobile computing assets remain secure.
This cabinet includes a keyed lock mechanism for access control, with two keys provided. The model also supports optional RFID lock and cradle lock security features, ensuring your enterprise mobile devices and scanners are protected from unauthorized access in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Zebra CS-CAB-2-FLTPK-B-N is a compact 2-shelf Intelligent Cabinet with a device capacity of approximately 5 devices, depending on the specific cradles and device types being stored. This makes it ideal for smaller warehouse operations or departmental device management.
This Intelligent Cabinet comes equipped with a keyed lock for physical security and includes 2 keys as standard. The cabinet also features a PDU barrel lock for power management security, ensuring both your devices and power infrastructure are protected in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-ASM-B-N features a keyed lock mechanism as standard security, with RFID lock and cradle lock available as quotable options depending on your security requirements. These multi-layer security options help protect your mobile computing assets in warehouse, transportation, and retail environments.
Yes, the CS-CAB-2-FP-B-C6-N is available as a flat-pack unit, meaning assembly is required but it's designed for straightforward setup. The cabinet includes internal IEC power cables, a PDU barrel lock, 2 keys, and standard shelves—everything you need to get started. Our team can provide guidance on installation if needed.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-FP-B-C6-N includes a keyed lock system for basic security, with optional RFID lock and cradle lock capabilities available. The cabinet also features built-in power management with RCD (residual current device), surge protection, and an inrush current limiter to safeguard your valuable mobile computing assets. We recommend wall mounting for optimal stability and security in warehouse and logistics operations.
This cabinet supports Wi-Fi, 4G, and Ethernet connectivity to enable seamless integration with your enterprise network and device management systems. The included CC6000 controller and internal IEC power cables facilitate full network connectivity and power distribution. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about network configuration options.
The cabinet comes standard with a keyed lock and includes 2 keys for secure access control. Additional security options available include RFID lock, cradle lock, and PIN access capabilities to meet different operational security requirements. We offer these options to ensure your mobile device assets are protected in warehouse and transportation environments.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5-EXT-FLTPK-B-N Extreme model has a device capacity of up to 100 devices depending on the specific device types and cradles used. With 5 shelves and stadium shelf configurations, it provides flexible storage for large-scale mobile device deployments in warehouse and logistics operations.
This cabinet includes a keyed lock as standard, with optional RFID lock and PIN access capabilities available. The Extreme model also features cradle lock functionality, providing multiple layers of security to protect your valuable mobile computing assets from unauthorized access.
The CS-CAB-5-EXT-ASM-B-N includes multiple security options: a keyed lock (with 2 keys included), RFID lock (available as a quotable option), cradle lock, and PIN access capability. These layered security features help protect your valuable mobile devices and ensure only authorized personnel can access stored equipment.
This cabinet includes a keyed lock with 2 keys and a PDU barrel lock for comprehensive security of your mobile devices and power distribution. Additional security options like RFID locks and PIN access are available as quotable options to meet your enterprise security requirements.
This X-Large Intelligent Cabinet comes equipped with a keyed lock as standard, and offers quotable options for RFID lock, cradle lock, and PIN access security. The cabinet also includes 2 keys for basic access control and supports wall-mounting to ensure stability and prevent tipping hazards in high-traffic warehouse environments.
This Intelligent Cabinet includes a keyed lock system with 2 keys included, providing secure access control for your mobile devices and scanners. The cabinet is designed to be wall-mounted for stability and security, ensuring your enterprise assets are protected in warehouse and transportation environments.
The cabinet includes internal IEC power cables and a PDU (Power Distribution Unit) barrel lock for secure power management. You will need to provide appropriate power leads and additional accessories based on your facility's electrical specifications. Our team can help you determine the correct power configuration for your deployment.
The Zebra L10 is equipped with comprehensive wireless connectivity including WiFi 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac, Bluetooth 5.0, and 4G LTE with dual Nano SIM support for global communication. This multi-connectivity approach ensures seamless data synchronization and communication whether your team is on-site or remote. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configuration options that match your enterprise network requirements.
The Zebra DS3678 reads at astounding lengths and speeds, capturing data despite physical barriers and label damage. Its advanced imaging technology enables it to decode labels that competitors' scanners struggle with, including those obscured by shrink-wrap or positioned at challenging distances. This capability helps warehouse and logistics teams meet strict deadlines without manual label correction or re-scanning.
Yes, the Z-Ultimate 4000T is specifically designed with a top coating that is suitable for fanfolding applications. This makes it an excellent choice for high-speed printing operations where labels need to feed continuously through thermal transfer printers without separation issues.
The Zebra 10039019 is designed for direct thermal printing at speeds up to 8 ips and features a white coated surface optimized for thermal print quality. Direct thermal technology eliminates the need for ink or toner ribbons, reducing operational costs and maintenance. We stock compatible Zebra direct thermal printers to pair with these labels for a complete RFID labeling solution.
The Zebra PolyPro 4000T labels feature a permanent acrylic adhesive that provides strong, long-lasting adhesion to a variety of surfaces. The adhesive is designed to work effectively on both flat and curved surfaces, offering flexibility for diverse labeling needs.
Yes, the DS8108-DL00006ZZWW includes driver's license parsing capabilities, making it an excellent choice for age verification, identity confirmation, and customer data capture applications. This feature enhances functionality beyond standard barcode scanning, providing retail and logistics operations with multi-purpose scanning solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this capability can streamline your verification processes.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is designed for use with compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons for thermal transfer printing. We recommend consulting with our team to ensure you select the correct ribbon specification for your specific printer model and application requirements.
The Zebra EC55 is powered by a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor paired with 3GB of RAM and 32GB of internal flash storage, delivering fast application performance for business-critical tasks. The device also supports microSD card expansion for additional storage capacity. This configuration provides the processing power needed for warehouse management systems, inventory tracking, and real-time logistics applications available from us.
The Zebra 800077-719 is a monochrome white ribbon, which means it prints in black and white only—ideal for text, barcodes, and simple graphics on ID cards. If you need full-color ID card printing, you would require a different ribbon type; our team can help you identify the right solution for your specific needs.
The Zebra 800077-781 is a color ribbon designed for the WRKR IX Series and ZXP Series 7 printers. It delivers vibrant, full-color printing for professional ID cards, badges, and credentials.
Regular cleaning is essential for maintaining print quality and extending printhead life, especially in high-volume printing environments. The frequency depends on your usage intensity and media type, but we recommend consulting your printer's user guide or contacting us today for specific maintenance schedules tailored to your operation.
The Zebra 10019015 wristbands maintain barcode scannability for up to 14 days of continuous wear. This extended durability is achieved through the direct thermal synthetic material and coated surface, ensuring reliable patient identification and tracking throughout a typical hospital stay.
The Zebra PS-BABY wristband features an integrated clip closure, which provides a secure fastening mechanism for newborn identification. This clip-based design differs from self-locking closure alternatives and is engineered to keep the wristband securely in place during patient movement and care activities.
Yes, the LB2-BABY-L designation indicates these are specifically designed as infant wristbands with sizing appropriate for newborns and young patients. The self-laminating protection keeps barcodes and patient data readable throughout the infant's hospital stay, even with frequent exposure to moisture and sanitizers common in neonatal care.
These wristbands measure 0.75" x 11" (19.1 x 279.4mm) and feature a 2.0 mil white coated polypropylene face stock with 1.5 mil polyester liner. They come with permanent acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, include black mark sensing for reliable printing, and are supplied at 200 wristbands per roll with 6 rolls per box.
The Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands are available in 7 different colors, allowing venues to use color-coding for different guest tiers, event days, or access levels. This color variety helps with quick visual identification and enhances the guest experience at attractions and hospitality venues.
The Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands measure 1x10 inches (25.4x254mm) with a 1-inch (25.4mm) core, and come with 350 wristbands per roll and 4 rolls per box. These direct thermal polypropylene wristbands are available in 7 different colors and feature black mark sensing for reliable barcode detection and scanning.
The MC3300x supports Bluetooth v5.0 with Low Energy capability and Wi-Fi connectivity via IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac standards. These dual wireless options ensure reliable connectivity in various warehouse and logistics environments while maintaining compatibility with modern enterprise networks.
Zebra 104524-122 plastic ID cards are specifically designed for Zebra card printing systems and compatible with most standard plastic card printers that support 30 mil PVC cards. Before purchasing, we recommend verifying your printer's specifications to ensure compatibility with composite PVC card stock. Our team can help you confirm compatibility with your existing equipment—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us for technical assistance.
Yes, the MWE-ASL-S is an Annual Software Usage License designed for small capacity deployments, making it suitable for smaller facilities or pilot implementations of MotionWorks Enterprise. This licensing tier provides full access to MotionWorks functionality while being cost-effective for organizations just beginning their RTLS journey. Contact us today to discuss whether small capacity licensing fits your deployment size and growth plans.
The MC330L supports both Wi-Fi (IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac) and Bluetooth v5.0 with Low Energy support, providing flexible connectivity for warehouse networks and mobile device pairing. These dual connectivity options ensure seamless integration with your existing AIDC infrastructure and mobile applications. We offer the MC330L with full technical support for deployment and configuration.
Yes, the PC42E-T ensures backward compatibility with previous models, helping protect your initial investments in Honeywell printing infrastructure. This compatibility extends to print languages including ESim (EPL), ZSim (ZPL-II), and Direct Protocol (DP), ensuring smooth transitions from older systems. We're available to help you with migration planning and integration support.
The CN85 supports LTE with dual micro-SIM slots, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and Zigbee connectivity. This comprehensive wireless suite ensures seamless communication across multiple network types and protocols, whether you're in the warehouse or field.
The CN80G includes advanced 2D imager scanning capabilities for efficient barcode and data capture, combined with comprehensive wireless connectivity including LTE with dual micro-SIM slots, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and Zigbee support. The device features a 5800 mAh battery with integrated diagnostics to support extended operations across multiple shifts without interruption.
The CT40 XP runs Android 11 (R) and is backed by Honeywell's Mobility Edge platform, which supports five generations of Android for investment protection and extended lifecycle. This ensures your devices remain compatible with future software updates and enterprise applications.
The PC42E-T's ECO button activates economy mode, which minimizes label wastage and reduces calibration waiting time during printing operations. This feature helps lower consumable costs and improves overall operational efficiency, particularly valuable for high-volume labeling environments.
The PC42E-T's ECO button enables economy mode, which effectively minimizes label wastage by reducing calibration waiting time. This feature helps lower consumable costs and improves operational efficiency, making it an economical choice for mid-volume printing operations.
The PC42E-T supports both 0.5-inch and 1-inch ribbon core sizes, allowing you to choose the configuration that best fits your operational needs and media replenishment schedules. Larger ribbon cores reduce downtime by extending the time between ribbon changes.
The EDA10A features Wi-Fi 6 connectivity for fast, reliable data throughput and supports Bluetooth 5.1 and NFC for additional wireless communication options. Wi-Fi 6 is particularly beneficial in dense warehouse environments with multiple connected devices, ensuring consistent performance for voice and video communications. We offer the EDA10A with these advanced connectivity features to keep your operations running smoothly.
The CN80G supports comprehensive wireless connectivity including LTE with dual micro-SIM slots, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and Zigbee capabilities. This multi-protocol support enables seamless integration with warehouse management systems, real-time data synchronization, and flexible deployment across various logistics and field mobility scenarios. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how these connectivity features can enhance your operations.
The CK67 features Honeywell's FlexRange™ XLR scan engine, which captures data from as close as 3 inches up to 80 feet, providing optimal operator safety and convenience across diverse warehouse applications. This extended range eliminates the need for workers to move closer to items, improving efficiency and reducing strain. We offer the CK67 with this advanced scanning capability as part of our mobile computer solutions.
The CN80G supports comprehensive wireless connectivity including LTE with dual micro-SIM slots, Wi-Fi 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/r/k/mc, Bluetooth, NFC, and Zigbee capabilities. This multi-protocol support ensures seamless integration with your existing warehouse management systems and enables real-time data synchronization across your logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss connectivity requirements for your specific deployment.
The CN80G supports comprehensive wireless connectivity including LTE with dual micro-SIM slots, Wi-Fi (802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/r/k/mc), Bluetooth, NFC, and Zigbee capabilities. This multi-connectivity approach ensures seamless integration with your existing warehouse management and logistics systems. Available from us with full technical support for deployment and configuration.
The CN80G includes a 2D imager for advanced barcode scanning, a 13-megapixel camera with autofocus, and supports multiple wireless connectivity options including 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/r/k/mc, Bluetooth, NFC, and LTE with dual micro-SIM slots. The device also features Zigbee support for comprehensive IoT integration. These capabilities ensure reliable real-time connectivity and efficient data capture across your entire operation.
The CN80G includes advanced 1D/2D scanning capabilities with an extended-range 2D imager for efficient data capture. It supports LTE with dual micro-SIM slots, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and Zigbee, ensuring real-time connectivity across diverse logistics and warehouse environments.
The CN80G features advanced 1D/2D imaging capabilities for efficient barcode and data capture in logistics and warehouse operations. It includes a 13.0-megapixel color camera with autofocus and advanced software features for enhanced image quality. The device combines these scanning capabilities with flexible data input through either a 40-key QWERTY or 23-key numeric keypad, supporting both legacy key-centric and newer touch-based applications.
Yes, the CK65 is specifically designed for warehouses transitioning from Windows to Android, as it combines both touchscreen and keypad data input to support both newer touch-based and older key-based legacy applications. This hybrid input approach provides investment protection while modernizing your mobile computing infrastructure.
The CN80G features advanced 1D/2D scanning capabilities, a 13.0-megapixel camera with autofocus, and comprehensive wireless connectivity including 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/r/k/mc, Bluetooth, NFC, and WLAN support. It also supports LTE with dual micro-SIM slots for reliable real-time connectivity in logistics operations.
The Honeywell VM3W2O2A1AUS1JA1 runs Windows 10 2019, providing a familiar platform for enterprise applications and custom development. This operating system supports standard terminal emulation and web browser applications, simplifying application development and system integration for warehouse management systems.
Yes, the SL42 is engineered for rugged mobile environments with an IP54 environmental sealing rating and the ability to withstand multiple 1.2-meter (4-foot) drops to concrete across all axes. It operates reliably in temperatures from 0°C to 35°C (32°F to 95°F) and maintains functionality in humid conditions up to 85% relative humidity. Contact us today to discuss how the SL42's durability specifications meet your specific operational requirements.
Yes, the CT47 is built on the durable Mobility Edge platform and is compatible with enterprise software solutions designed for retail, healthcare, and logistics operations. This compatibility enables seamless integration with your existing systems and workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how the CT47 can integrate with your enterprise infrastructure.
This model is available from us as a USB-connected kit, featuring a charge and communication base (Part# CCB01-010BT-V1N) and a 3.0-meter USB Type A cable (Part# CBL-500-300-S00) for reliable wired connection to your point-of-sale systems. The omni-directional design ensures scanning accuracy from any angle without repositioning.
The 2105iSR features a 3,300 mAh Li-ion battery that delivers up to 100,000 scans per charge, minimizing downtime during full shifts in warehouse operations. It offers Bluetooth 4.2 connectivity with a 330-foot wireless range, providing flexibility for large distribution centers and allowing operators to work across multiple zones without losing connection. Contact us today if you need details on battery replacement options or charging solutions.
The CN80G supports LTE with dual micro-SIM slots, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and Zigbee connectivity, ensuring real-time data transmission across your warehouse or field operations. This comprehensive wireless capability allows seamless integration with enterprise systems and enables workers to stay connected throughout their shift. Available from us with full technical support to help you implement the right connectivity solution for your operations.
The 1200g includes multi-interface connectivity with USB (HID Keyboard, Serial, IBM OEM), RS232 (TTL +5V), and KBW support. Additional connectivity options including RS-232C (+/-12V) and IBM RS485 are available through optional adapter cables, making it compatible with most warehouse management systems.
The CN80G combines a large 106.7 mm (4.2 in) touchscreen display with your choice of a 23-key numeric or 40-key QWERTY keypad, supporting both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch applications. It includes advanced 1D/2D scanning capabilities with a 2D imager for efficient barcode and data capture in any environment. The touchscreen can be operated with finger, glove, or stylus, making it practical for warehouse and cold storage operations.
Yes, the CN80 offers specialized configurations including cold storage and non-incendive options that allow operation in environments where standard mobile computers cannot be used. Its ultra-rugged construction and IP65/IP67 ratings make it suitable for severe settings including freezer operations and facilities with explosive atmospheres. Contact us today to discuss which CN80 configuration best fits your specific environmental requirements.
The CT47 is equipped with the FlexRange XLR scan engine featuring a red laser that enables quick and accurate data capture from 3 inches up to 80 feet. This extended range makes it ideal for capturing barcodes on items at various heights and distances in warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our CT47 scanning solutions.
Yes, the PC42E-T is specifically designed as a compact, high-speed desktop solution for mid-volume printing businesses requiring reliable and continuous operation. Its modular design and intelligent features make it ideal for retail, transportation, logistics, light manufacturing, and warehousing applications.
This model features an advanced 6603ER Extended Range Imager for 1D/2D barcode scanning, a 23-key numeric keypad for efficient data entry in harsh environments, and comprehensive wireless connectivity including 802.11a/b/g/n/ac Wi-Fi, WWAN (LTE with dual micro-SIM slots), and Bluetooth. The large 106.7 mm (4.2 in) touchscreen display can be used with finger, glove, or stylus for versatile input in warehouse, cold storage, and field mobility applications.
The SUPCAP-SCN11 features two independently configurable recharge alerts that remind operators when to place the scanner back into the charging base. These alerts ensure continuous operation by preventing power depletion and maintaining productivity throughout your warehouse or logistics operation.
The VM3W2O1A1AUS1JA1 provides Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity with an internal WLAN antenna for reliable wireless communication in warehouse and yard operations. These connectivity options enable seamless integration with your enterprise mobility systems and real-time data capture workflows. Our team can help you configure the right connectivity solution for your facility.
The Honeywell 852-071-001 is engineered to work with Honeywell's 70 Series mobile computers, which operate on 4.5 to 14 VDC power requirements. This wide voltage range ensures compatibility with various vehicle electrical systems and power sources commonly found in warehouse and field operations.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6132 has a 140W thermal design power (TDP), making it suitable for standard data center cooling infrastructure and power budgets. This power envelope is consistent with other enterprise-grade Xeon processors used in Cisco UCS servers. We can help you assess power and cooling requirements for your deployment—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for guidance on your specific environment.
The HX-CPU-6126 features 19.25MB of L3 cache and supports DDR4-3200/PC4-25600 memory modules. Compatible Cisco UCS servers can accommodate up to 8TB of total DDR4 SDRAM across 32 memory slots, providing substantial memory bandwidth for data-intensive applications.
The HX-CPU-5120 offers 14 cores with DDR4 support and improved cache performance compared to earlier generations. It provides a balance of processing power and efficiency at 105W, making it suitable for data center and warehouse automation applications. We can help you determine if this processor meets your performance requirements—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The HX-CPU-6140M delivers 18 cores at 2.3 GHz, positioning it between the 16-core HX-CPU-6142M (2.6 GHz) and the 24-core HX-CPU-8160M Platinum processor. For warehouse and logistics operations requiring balanced multi-threaded performance with lower power consumption than higher-core variants, the 6140M offers excellent value. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare all available Cisco processor options.
The HX-CPU-6142M features 16 cores at 2.60 GHz with a 22MB L3 cache and operates at 150W, making it a more power-efficient option compared to the HX-CPU-6140's 18-core design at 2.3 GHz. The 6142M also includes higher overclocking speeds at 3.70 GHz and is built on the same 14nm process technology. Both are available from us for different performance and power consumption requirements in your data center.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6146 has a thermal design power (TDP) of 165W, making it suitable for data center environments with adequate cooling infrastructure. This power specification should be factored into your server's power budget and cooling requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed technical documentation on power and thermal specifications.
The HX-CPU-6142 features 16 cores at 2.6 GHz with 22 MB L3 cache and 150W power consumption, while the HX-CPU-6138 offers 20 cores at 2.0 GHz with 27.5 MB L3 cache and 125W power consumption. The 6138 provides more cores for multi-threaded workloads, while the 6142 offers higher clock speeds for single-threaded performance and lower power requirements.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6154 features 24.75MB of total cache, optimizing performance for data-intensive warehouse and logistics operations. This cache size supports efficient processing of large datasets common in RFID inventory systems and barcode scanning applications. We stock this processor component for immediate deployment in your enterprise infrastructure.
The HX-CPU-6148 features a 27.50MB cache and supports systems with up to 8TB of DDR4/DDR5 SDRAM depending on the server model. Most compatible Cisco servers offer 32 total memory slots for maximum expandability in memory-intensive workloads. We offer complete configurations with verified memory compatibility—contact us today for recommendations.
The UCSC-C3X60-14HD4 features 14 drive bays configured with 4TB capacity per bay, supporting both 2.5" and 3.5" bay options depending on the specific model variant. It includes 24Gb/s SAS RAID controllers with support for Serial ATA and Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) configurations, providing enterprise-grade data protection and performance for mission-critical applications. Contact us today to discuss your specific storage requirements.
The UCS-SP-5108-AC3 is a blade chassis platform designed for modular, high-density deployments, while the UCSX-series (such as UCSX-210C-M7 and UCSX-410C-M7) are standalone rack servers offering different form factors. Blade systems like the 5108 provide centralized management through Cisco UCS Manager and support for fabric extenders, whereas rack servers offer independent deployment flexibility. We offer both blade and rack server solutions—visit barcodesinc.com to determine which architecture best fits your infrastructure needs.
The Cisco C9500X-28C8D ships with AC power supply options ranging from 650W to 1600W, allowing you to select the appropriate capacity based on your deployment requirements and redundancy needs. The modular power design supports various configurations for different network environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for specific power supply specifications for your installation.
The 28-core Intel Xeon Gold 6238R excels in high-throughput workloads including virtualization, database operations, analytics, and enterprise applications requiring parallel processing. Its 2.2GHz base frequency and 38.5MB cache make it ideal for organizations running compute-intensive tasks in warehouse and logistics management systems.
Yes, the C9500-32QC is part of Cisco's Catalyst 9500 Series, specifically engineered as a high-performance switch for demanding enterprise and data center environments requiring 40G or 100G connectivity. Its configurable port density and robust power options make it well-suited for large-scale network infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore this model and discuss your deployment requirements with our team.
The C9500-32QC-EDU features 40 Gigabit Ethernet ports with optical fiber connectivity, enabling high-speed data transmission across your network infrastructure. The modular design allows for flexible port configurations to meet specific deployment requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to explore port density options and connectivity modules available for your deployment.
The NIM-8CE1T1-PRI provides 8 individual T1/E1 ports, allowing you to connect up to 8 separate channelized trunk lines or ISDN PRI circuits simultaneously. This high-density port configuration makes it suitable for larger deployments requiring multiple WAN connections. We offer this module for customers needing consolidated trunk connectivity.
Yes, the UCS-FI-6536-U is designed to support a range of workloads including traditional applications, AI/ML, big data, and cloud-native solutions. The fabric interconnect's scalable architecture and high-speed connectivity options make it ideal for modern, compute-intensive workloads that require significant bandwidth and low-latency performance.
This contract includes access to the Cisco Small Business Support Center, which provides telephone technical support and online chat assistance from dedicated professionals worldwide. You'll also receive software updates and access to bug fixes throughout the contract period, helping you maintain optimal network performance. Our team can help you understand all the support benefits available from us.
The Cisco ASA 5500 Series measures 1.70 x 6.80 x 12.25 inches (H x W x D) and weighs 3.00 lb with the power supply included. The appliance has a maximum power consumption of 90W, making it energy-efficient for continuous network security operations. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed specifications on all available ASA models.
This software license upgrade extends the ASA 5505's user capacity from 50 to unlimited users, allowing your organization to scale security protections as your network grows. We offer this upgrade to help you maximize your investment in the ASA 5505 platform without requiring hardware replacement.
This is a 1-year software license that provides continuous botnet protection and threat intelligence updates throughout the subscription period. After the first year expires, you'll need to renew the license to maintain uninterrupted botnet filtering services. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss renewal options and multi-year licensing plans.
The Catalyst 4500 E-Series Supervisor is engineered for high-resiliency deployments in unified communications environments, supporting secure, resilient, and scalable data, voice, and video networks at the network edge. It's ideal for organizations of all sizes that need simplified operations and comprehensive intelligent network services. We offer this supervisor as part of a complete solution—contact us today to discuss your specific networking requirements.
The 24x7x4 designation indicates 24-hour availability, 7 days a week, with 4-hour on-site response time commitment. This ensures critical issues with your UCS infrastructure are addressed quickly to minimize downtime. Our team can provide detailed SLA documentation when you contact us today.
The Cisco 2911 features 3 total onboard WAN ports with 10/100/1000 Mbps capability, all RJ-45 based, plus 4 EHWIC slots and 2 double-wide EHWIC slots for additional service modules. This modular design allows you to expand connectivity and services as your business needs grow, supporting multiple applications on a single compact system.
8x5 Next Business Day (NBD) support means Cisco will respond to and resolve critical issues during standard business hours (8 AM to 5 PM) with hardware replacement arriving the next business day if needed. This support level is ideal for organizations that can tolerate brief downtime outside business hours but require rapid response during operational periods. Visit barcodesinc.com for details on upgrading to 24x7 support options if your operations require continuous availability.
The CON-3SNT-ISR4331K service contract is specifically designed for the Cisco ISR 4331/K9 router model and should not be used with other ISR variants. If you have different ISR models in your network, you'll need separate service contracts tailored to each device. We offer a full range of Cisco service contracts—contact us today to find the right coverage for your complete network infrastructure.
The Cisco SFP-10G-LR-S= operates at 1310 nm (nanometers), which is the standard wavelength for 10GBASE-LR long-reach optics. This wavelength is optimized for single-mode fiber transmission and provides excellent performance over the 10 km maximum distance specification. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of 10G transceiver options.
The SFP-10G-ER-S requires single-mode fiber (SMF) cable for operation. Single-mode fiber is essential for achieving the 40-kilometer transmission distance and is the standard for long-distance, high-speed 10 Gigabit Ethernet deployments in enterprise networks.
VMware vSphere 5 Enterprise Plus is ideal for enterprise data centers requiring advanced virtualization capabilities, high availability, and robust resource management. It supports complex multi-tier applications and provides the enterprise-grade features needed for mission-critical workloads in warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this solution fits your data center architecture.
The CON-SAU-7DCSANSB provides dedicated software application support and automatic upgrades for DCNM SAN Advanced Edition, going beyond standard hardware support to ensure your management software stays current and optimized. Basic Cisco support typically covers hardware issues and standard maintenance, while this contract focuses on proactive software updates and application-level support. We recommend this contract for organizations that require continuous SAN management software improvements and priority upgrade access.
The 8x5xNBD (Next Business Day) service level provides support during standard business hours (8am-5pm) with next business day hardware replacement. This is ideal for non-critical infrastructure where extended hours or same-day response isn't required. We offer various SMARTNET tiers—contact us today to find the right support level for your network requirements.
The 8x5x designation means support is available during standard business hours (8 AM to 5 PM, Monday through Friday), while 24x7 support provides round-the-clock assistance seven days a week. The CON-ECDN-INTP6K's 8x5x model is suitable for non-critical systems or businesses that can tolerate delayed response times outside business hours. For mission-critical infrastructure requiring constant monitoring, 24x7 contracts are available—contact us today to explore all options.
Software application support provides technical assistance and troubleshooting for your UCS Central software, while upgrades ensure you receive access to new software versions and feature enhancements throughout the 1-year contract period. Together, these components keep your UCS management platform current and fully supported. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for details on what's included in your specific deployment.
The Cisco CON-SNT-NM-4CU service contract is specifically designed for Cisco NetMod 4-Port 1 Gbps Copper Bypass modules. To verify compatibility with your specific network configuration, contact us today with your equipment details, and our team can confirm whether this contract applies to your infrastructure.
USSMARTNET 8X5XNB provides 8-hour response time with 5-day-a-week, next business day (NBD) hardware replacement coverage during standard business hours. This support tier is ideal for organizations that need reliable service without requiring 24/7/365 coverage. We offer this service contract as part of our comprehensive Cisco support solutions—contact us today for details on how this support level fits your operational needs.
This service contract is specifically designed for the Cisco Nexus 7004 4-slot chassis bundle. The Nexus 7004 is a modular switch platform that supports Cisco NX-OS Software and is built for high-availability data center environments with redundant power supplies and hot-swappable components.
SMARTNET 24X7X4 means your equipment receives support 24 hours a day, 7 days a week with a 4-hour response time guarantee for critical issues. This enterprise-grade service ensures minimal downtime for your Nexus 9372PX infrastructure and includes access to Cisco's technical support team.
The 8x5xNBD service level provides support during standard business hours (8 AM to 5 PM, Monday through Friday) with next business day hardware replacement for covered issues. This support tier is ideal for organizations with non-critical or secondary network infrastructure that can tolerate brief downtime outside business hours. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss whether this service level matches your operational requirements.
SmartNet service enables proactive and expedited issue resolution while lowering your total cost of ownership by leveraging Cisco expertise and knowledge. You gain 24x7 access to critical software updates, comprehensive technical support, and can access Cisco's technical repositories to stay ahead of potential network issues. This support is essential for maintaining high availability in warehouse and logistics environments.
This Cisco data router consumes a maximum of 90W and operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -13 to 158°F (-25 to 70°C). These specifications ensure stable performance in diverse warehouse and data center environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your facility's infrastructure requirements.
The Cisco ASA-IC-6GE-CU-C operates in temperatures ranging from 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C) with relative humidity between 5 to 95 percent noncondensing. The card has a maximum power consumption of 25W and meets international safety standards including UL 1950, CSA C22.2, and EN 60950 compliance.
The 1-year subscription provides a full year of licensing rights to use SpeechView Pro features within your Cisco Unity Connection system. This covers the software functionality and support during the subscription period. For detailed information about renewal options and what's included in your subscription, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team.
The Cisco AIR-AP1562I-N-K9 is equipped with 3 internal antennas and incorporates MIMO (Multiple-Input Multiple-Output) technology to enhance wireless coverage and performance. The integrated antenna design eliminates the need for external antenna connectors while maintaining reliable signal distribution. We offer complete technical support to help optimize antenna placement for your facility.
The Cisco AIR-AP2802I-B-K9 features 4x4 internal antennas that deliver enhanced coverage and capacity compared to earlier generation models. The internal antenna design simplifies installation and reduces the need for external antenna mounting hardware. Our team can help you determine the optimal placement for maximum coverage in your facility. Contact us today for site survey and installation support.
The Cisco AIR-AP1572EC1-B-K9 includes comprehensive security standards including WPA2 Enterprise and Personal modes, WPA Enterprise and Personal, 802.1X authentication, and AES/TKIP encryption protocols. It supports multiple EAP types including EAP-TLS, PEAP, and EAP-SIM for enterprise-grade authentication. These security features ensure your warehouse network data and device communications remain protected.
The A9K-MOD200-FC line card supports flexible Ethernet connectivity options across multiple speed tiers, including 10-Gbps, 25-Gbps, 40-Gbps, and 100-Gbps IEEE 802.3 compliant interfaces with full-duplex operation. The modular design enables organizations to configure ports based on their specific bandwidth and connectivity requirements. We offer this line card with comprehensive technical support—contact us today to discuss your connectivity architecture.
The A9K-MPA-20X1G-FC provides twenty 1 Gigabit Ethernet ports, making it ideal for organizations requiring multiple 1GbE connections without the need for higher-speed interfaces. Each port supports full-duplex Ethernet operation and standard IEEE 802.3 compliance. This adapter is particularly useful for expanding access-layer connectivity or connecting legacy systems that operate at 1Gbps speeds.
Yes, the A900-IMA2F supports remote firmware upgrades over LTE, remotely initiated data callbacks via voice or SMS, and SIM lock/unlock capabilities for secure device management. These features enable IT teams to maintain and update devices without physical access, which is critical for distributed warehouse and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our Cisco routing solutions with remote management capabilities.
This 4-port 10GbE Fibre Channel adapter is ideal for high-speed data center interconnects, service provider backbone networks, and storage area network (SAN) environments requiring reliable 10 Gigabit connectivity. The Fibre Channel capability makes it particularly suitable for enterprises needing both IP routing and SAN connectivity from a single platform. We supply this adapter to logistics and warehouse operations requiring robust network infrastructure.
The Cisco Catalyst 1000 series supports comprehensive Layer 2 management features including VLAN support, port security, RADIUS/TACACS+ authentication, and ACL functionality with support for up to 1,024 rules. The switch also provides multiple user privilege levels, Quality of Service (QoS) with 8 hardware queues, and storm control for broadcast and multicast traffic. These enterprise-grade features make it ideal for managed network environments in logistics and warehouse operations.
The Cisco ACC-LA-G-TM-TF features single SIM support with high reliability and cellular multihoming capabilities using a micro (3FF) SIM card socket that is compliant with ISO-7816-2 mechanical standards. The device includes Auto SIM carrier capability with correct firmware selection, making it compatible with multiple carrier networks available from us.
The Cisco C1000-16T-E-2G-L comes equipped with an external power supply as standard, which simplifies installation and provides flexibility for mounting in various network cabinet configurations. The external power design allows for easier maintenance and troubleshooting compared to internal power supplies. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed power specifications and redundancy options.
The Zebra HC10000684 is a direct thermal label compatible with Zebra direct thermal printers. Direct thermal printing requires no ink or toner—the thermal print head applies heat directly to the label's coated surface to produce images. We offer a full range of Zebra direct thermal printers that work seamlessly with these labels.
The MC3300x supports Bluetooth v5.0 with Low Energy support and Wi-Fi IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac connectivity, providing flexible wireless options for warehouse and logistics environments. These dual connectivity standards ensure compatibility with existing infrastructure while maintaining reliable data transmission.
The Zebra 74776 Ribbon offers exceptional abrasion and solvent resistance on a wide variety of substrates, making it a versatile choice for different label materials. Whether you're printing on synthetic labels, coated papers, or specialty materials, this resin ribbon delivers consistent performance and adhesion across diverse applications.
The MXC7000-L camera kit includes a landscape-oriented color camera module paired with illumination boards to support image capture in various lighting conditions. The included cabling harness ensures proper integration with your MP7000 device. This accessory package is ideal for applications requiring photo documentation, visual verification, or advanced data capture in warehouse and logistics environments.
Zebra printers powered by the 105912G-157 offer multiple standard connectivity options including USB 2.0, Serial, Parallel, and Ethernet ports for flexible network integration. These printers also support optional wireless connectivity through ZebraNet® Print Server for added deployment flexibility. We can help you select the right configuration for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The Z-Perform 1000D is recommended for use with Zebra's QLn Series and ZQ500 Series mobile printers. These printers are designed specifically for direct thermal printing on this type of receipt paper, making them ideal for field and mobile labeling operations.
The ZD621R is available in both 203 dpi and 300 dpi resolution options, with the ability to change resolutions on-site using accessory kits if your requirements evolve. The 300 dpi option delivers sharper barcode and RFID tag encoding for applications requiring higher detail, while maintaining 6 inches per second print speed. Visit barcodesinc.com to select the resolution that matches your labeling needs.
The Z-Band Splash wristbands use direct thermal printing technology, which means they don't require ink cartridges or ribbons—only heat and the thermal-sensitive wristband material. This reduces printing costs and simplifies operations compared to thermal transfer alternatives, while allowing you to print barcodes, text, and graphics on-demand.
The Z-Ultimate 3000T is a thermal transfer label, meaning it requires thermal transfer printing technology and compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons to produce optimal results. This printing method ensures outstanding print quality and durability compared to direct thermal alternatives.
The ZLED-XS40WH-0000 features white LED technology, which provides consistent, high-quality illumination for label printing and inspection tasks. The white LED design ensures accurate color representation and helps maintain print quality standards in demanding warehouse operations.
The LENS-M0800-0100 features an 8mm focal length, which provides a wider field of view suitable for close-range barcode scanning and inspection applications. This focal length is ideal for capturing larger areas while maintaining image clarity in warehouse and logistics environments where space may be limited.
The Zebra LENS-M1600-0100 has a 25.5mm filter thread, allowing you to attach standard optical filters for specialized imaging applications such as infrared filtering, polarization, or color correction. This standard thread size ensures you can source compatible filters from multiple suppliers. We have filter options and accessories available to support your vision system setup.
The Zebra LENS-M3500-0100 is currently listed as discontinued by the manufacturer. However, we may have existing inventory available, and our team can help you explore alternative Zebra vision lens options such as the LENS-U0800-0100, LENS-U1200-0100, or other models we offer. Contact us today to check availability and discuss replacement solutions.
The LENS-U1600-0100 is a 16mm focal length vision lens with a 35.5mm filter thread and C-Mount connection. It is engineered for large format imaging applications in industrial automation and quality control environments. For detailed optical specifications and performance data, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team directly.
The Zebra LENS-U0800-0100 features a 55mm filter thread, allowing you to attach standard optical filters for specialized imaging applications such as infrared filtering, polarization, or UV protection. This large format filter thread is common in professional industrial vision systems. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible filters and accessories for this lens.
The Zebra LENS-U1200-0100 features a 35.5mm filter thread, allowing you to attach compatible filters and optical accessories for enhanced image quality and specialized applications. This size is commonly used in professional vision systems for industrial automation and quality control.
The Zebra LENS-U3500-0100 features a 35.5mm filter thread, allowing you to attach compatible filters for optical adjustments and environmental protection. This specification is important for applications requiring polarizing filters, ND filters, or protective covers. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for filter recommendations.
Yes, this large format C-Mount lens is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments where reliable barcode scanning and product identification are critical. The 25mm focal length provides optimal depth of field for capturing clear images of labels and barcodes on packages and inventory items in fast-paced distribution centers.
YMCKO stands for Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black, and Overlay panels on the ribbon. This five-panel configuration allows the ZC350 printer to produce full-color ID cards with a protective overlay coating that enhances durability and print longevity. The half-panel design in this 1/2 YMCKO ribbon optimizes material usage while maintaining color quality.
The Zebra vision system supporting this lens handles extensive barcode symbologies including 1D codes (Code 39, Code 128, UPC/EAN, and more), 2D codes (QR Code, Data Matrix, PDF417, Aztec), and OCR capabilities through deep learning-based add-on licenses. The system supports multiple decoder packages at varying frame rates (5 FPS standard up to 60 FPS fast processing). We offer these complete vision solutions with flexible software licensing options.
The Zebra LENS-XRC70-0000 carries an IP67 rating, meaning it provides complete protection against dust ingress and can withstand temporary immersion in water up to 1 meter for 30 minutes. This industrial-grade environmental sealing makes it ideal for harsh warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics applications where moisture and particulate contamination are concerns. We stock this lens to help maintain your vision system's reliability in demanding conditions.
Yes, the Zebra LGHT-X020WH-0100 is designed as an integrated lighting accessory for Zebra vision-based mobile computers and scanning devices. The precision dual aimer and feedback system ensure seamless compatibility with Zebra's enterprise mobile computing platforms. Contact us today to verify specific device compatibility for your warehouse operations.
This is a Color-KDO (YMCKO) ribbon, which delivers full-color printing capabilities for professional ID cards with vibrant color reproduction. The YMCKO format includes yellow, magenta, cyan, black, and overlay panels, making it ideal for organizations requiring high-quality, full-color identification cards.
The DS8108-DL is a corded barcode scanner, providing a reliable, continuous connection without battery concerns. The corded design ensures consistent power delivery and uninterrupted scanning performance, making it ideal for fixed checkout stations and retail environments where mobility is not a primary requirement. We also offer wireless variants of the DS8108 Series if you need cordless flexibility.
15 mil PVC cards are commonly used for employee ID badges, access control cards, membership cards, and visitor credentials where durability and professional appearance are essential. The writeable back surface on these Zebra cards adds flexibility for manual notes or secondary information. These cards provide a balance between durability and cost-effectiveness for high-volume ID card production environments.
The Zebra P1037974-011 is a genuine Zebra OEM (original equipment manufacturer) printhead component, not a third-party compatible. Using authentic Zebra parts ensures optimal print quality, reliability, and compatibility with your ZT series printer. We stock genuine Zebra parts to guarantee performance and longevity in your operation.
The Z-Ultimate 2000T is a coated polyester label with superior durability for harsh environments, while the Z-Ultimate 1000T is an uncoated white paper tag stock designed for general-purpose applications. The 2000T offers exceptional chemical and UV resistance, making it better suited for outdoor and industrial use cases.
The RS5100 combines a featherweight, comfortable design with rugged industrial construction, making it ideal for all-day warehouse use. Its multiple back-mounted LEDs provide directional guidance to workers, helping them navigate efficiently through your facility while maintaining hands-free scanning capability with single-finger operation.
The semi-diffused configuration on this 400mm LED bar light provides balanced light distribution—more uniform than direct lighting but more focused than fully diffused options. The product includes both transparent and opaline window options, allowing you to optimize light spread based on your specific inspection or vision application requirements. Available from us with full technical support for your integration needs.
The Zebra 800300-306 is a mono-metallic gold ribbon, which means it produces a single-color metallic gold print on ID cards. This ribbon type is ideal for adding security features, decorative elements, or branding to identification cards without requiring multiple ribbon passes.
The Zebra 800077-761 is a color ribbon from the KRO IX Series, designed to produce full-color ID cards with vibrant, professional results. Color ribbons like this one enable printing of photographs, logos, and multi-color designs directly onto card stock.
Yes, the ZT411 includes Zebra's exclusive RFID On-metal Tagging Solution, which is the only dedicated option for printing and encoding thicker RFID labels designed specifically for metal containers and assets. This makes the ZT411 ideal for asset tracking and inventory management in demanding industrial environments where standard RFID tags would underperform.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 3000T is ideal for a wide variety of applications including shelf or scan-pallet labels, water-immersed labels, and labels in contact with moving parts. Its superior chemical and UV resistance makes it perfect for logistics, warehouse inventory management, and industrial environments where labels must maintain legibility and adhesion under challenging conditions. We recommend this label for any application requiring exceptional durability and print quality.
The Zebra LENS-M2500-0100 has a 25.5mm filter thread, allowing you to attach compatible optical filters for enhanced image capture and specialized lighting conditions. This filter thread size is commonly used in industrial vision applications for polarizing filters, neutral density filters, and other optical accessories. Contact us today for compatible filter recommendations for your specific application.
Yes, the ZD621 is backward compatible with virtually any existing thermal printer setup. It supports both ZPL and EPL programming languages and can emulate languages normally associated with other printer brands using Zebra's Print DNA Virtual Devices tool. This means you can use the same label formats and applications you're currently running without requiring modifications or reprinting.
The Zebra 10008530 is a 4x6 inch (101.6x152.4mm) thermal transfer label with a 3-inch core, supplied at 720 labels per roll with 4 rolls per box. This configuration is available from us and provides efficient inventory management for high-volume shipping and warehouse labeling operations.
We recommend the Z-Perform 2000T for a wide variety of industrial applications including box labeling, compliance labeling, work-in-process labeling, and indirect food labeling. The white coated paper construction and permanent adhesive make it versatile for most warehouse and logistics labeling needs.
YMCKO refers to the five color panels on the ribbon: Yellow (Y), Magenta (M), Cyan (C), Black (K), and Overlay (O). This configuration allows your ZXP Series 7 printer to produce full-color ID cards with protective laminate coating on the final panel, delivering vibrant images with enhanced durability and security.
The Zebra LENS-M1200-0100 has a 25.5mm filter thread, allowing you to attach standard optical filters for specialized imaging applications such as infrared filtration or polarization. This standard thread size enables easy integration of additional optical components into your vision system. We offer this lens as part of our complete vision solutions—contact us today for filter recommendations.
The Zebra RTL10B1-C4AS0X0000NA comes equipped with a standard battery designed to power a full shift of work. This ensures field workers can operate throughout their entire workday without needing to recharge.
The MC330L supports both Wi-Fi (IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac) and Bluetooth v5.0 with Low Energy support, ensuring reliable connectivity in modern warehouse networks. These dual connectivity options allow seamless integration with existing infrastructure and support for wireless peripherals and IoT devices.
The ZT231 includes standard connectivity options of USB 2.0, RS-232 Serial port, 10/100 Ethernet, USB Host, and Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE) technology. You can also add field-installable upgrades such as a second Ethernet port, 802.11ac wireless connectivity, or NFC Print Touch tag capability for mobile device printing.
Yes, the DS4678 is engineered for day-in, day-out dependability with IP52 sealing to protect against spills and an exclusive double-sealed optical system that guards against dust and liquid. The scanner is designed to survive multiple 6 ft (1.8m) drops to concrete and 2,000 tumbles in durability testing, making it ideal for high-traffic retail settings.
The ZD621 comes standard with Ethernet, Serial, USB 2.0, and USB Host connectivity. Optional dual wireless radio capability adds 802.11ac Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 4.1, available as either factory-installed or field-installable options. The printer also supports Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) for mobile app integration and includes a Print Touch NFC tag for easy pairing with compatible mobile devices.
The Z-Select 4000D is a high-performance, coated paper label with bright white finish designed to produce high-contrast images. The all-temp adhesive provides reliable label adhesion across varying environmental conditions, while the coating enhances print quality and durability compared to uncoated thermal label stock.
The MC3300x comes with 4 GB RAM and 32 GB Flash storage, with a MicroSD slot that supports cards up to 512 GB for expanded storage capacity. This configuration provides ample memory for running complex warehouse management applications and storing operational data.
The Zebra 74776 Ribbon comes in a 60mm x 300m (2.36" x 984') size with a 25mm (1") core, and each box contains 6 rolls. This configuration is designed for high-volume printing operations, providing extended print runs while maintaining the compact footprint needed for standard thermal transfer printer installations.
The Zebra MP7000 series, which this accessory supports, is engineered for enterprise use in demanding environments including warehouse floors and outdoor areas. The illumination boards included in the MXC7000-L kit help ensure reliable camera performance in variable lighting conditions. For specific environmental rating details and durability specifications, contact us today to discuss your operational requirements.
This power supply enables Zebra printers equipped with Element Energy Equalizer™ (E3™) technology, which provides multi-level energy distribution for superior and consistent print quality across all labels. The E3 technology also extends printhead life, reducing maintenance costs in high-volume printing environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about maximizing your printing investment.
The Z-Perform 1000D is an uncoated paper ideal for limited durability applications, while the Z-Perform 2000D is a coated direct thermal paper designed for longer-lasting labels and printing speeds up to 8 inches per second. Choose the 1000D for short-term temporary labels and the 2000D when extended durability is needed.
Yes, the ZD621R is engineered for high-volume RFID printing and encoding with thermal transfer print technology, dual-wall frame construction for durability, and a media dancer for smooth operation during continuous runs. It features a maximum print speed of 8 in/second at 203 dpi and supports label lengths up to 39 inches, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics environments requiring consistent daily output. Our team can help you configure the right setup for your volume requirements.
Each box of Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands contains 350 wristbands per roll with multiple rolls per box (typically 4 or 6 rolls depending on the specific SKU). This bulk packaging ensures you have sufficient inventory for high-volume venues like water parks and cruise lines.
We offer Z-Ultimate 3000T labels for a wide variety of demanding applications including shelf labels, scan-pallet labels, water-immersed labels, and labels that contact moving parts. Their superior smear and scratch resistance makes them ideal for warehouse, logistics, and industrial environments where label durability is critical.
The ZLED-XS40WH-0000 is a spare part component designed for the Zebra FS40. While some users may be able to perform replacement, we recommend consulting your printer's documentation or contacting our team for installation guidance to ensure proper setup and avoid equipment damage.
Zebra offers a comprehensive range of vision accessories compatible with the LENS-M0800-0100, including C-Mount filters, lens covers, external illumination systems, mounting brackets, and cables. These accessories help optimize image quality and system performance in various lighting and environmental conditions. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete selection of compatible vision components.
A 16mm focal length lens like the Zebra LENS-M1600-0100 is ideal for barcode scanning verification, label inspection, component identification, and quality assurance applications in manufacturing and logistics environments. It provides sufficient magnification for reading small details while maintaining a practical working distance. Our team can help you determine if this lens meets your specific inspection requirements—contact us today.
The 35mm focal length of the LENS-M3500-0100 makes it ideal for mid-range machine vision applications in warehouse automation, quality inspection, and logistics environments where moderate working distances are required. The C-Mount standard and 25.5mm filter thread provide flexibility for customization in industrial AIDC systems. Contact us today to discuss your specific vision application requirements.
The Zebra LENS-U1600-0100 features a 35.5mm filter thread, allowing you to attach standard optical filters for applications requiring UV, polarizing, or neutral density filtering. This large filter thread is ideal for industrial vision systems requiring robust optical accessories. We can help you select compatible filters—contact us today.
An 8mm focal length lens like the Zebra LENS-U0800-0100 is ideal for barcode verification, label inspection, and quality control applications in warehouse and logistics environments where medium-distance imaging is required. It provides sufficient magnification to capture fine details while maintaining a practical working distance from the target object. Our team can help you determine if this lens meets your specific warehouse automation needs—contact us today.
This large format vision lens is commonly used in automated inspection systems, barcode and label verification, document scanning, and machine vision applications where high-resolution imaging is required. The 12mm focal length makes it suitable for medium-range capture distances in warehouse and manufacturing environments.
This large format vision lens is designed for industrial machine vision applications including quality control, product inspection, and automated optical inspection systems. The 35mm focal length provides excellent detail capture for medium to long-distance inspection tasks in manufacturing and logistics environments. We offer complete vision solutions integrated with barcode scanning and RFID systems for comprehensive warehouse automation.
The Zebra LENS-U2500-0100 is a large format vision lens with a 25mm focal length, C-Mount connection, and 37mm filter thread. It's engineered for integration with Zebra vision systems to deliver precise optical performance in industrial automation and barcode capture applications.
The Zebra vision lens system is engineered to handle difficult environmental challenges and meets regulatory standards including EN 50581:2012 and EN IEC 63000:2018 for environmental compliance. The adaptable design allows deployment across varied warehouse and logistics environments with proper accessory support. Contact us today for specific environmental rating details and recommended accessories for your facility conditions.
You should replace the LENS-XRC70-0000 when the lens becomes scratched, cracked, cloudy, or when the IP67 seal is compromised, as these conditions degrade image quality and environmental protection. Regular inspection of your vision system's optical surfaces helps prevent scanning errors and system failures in your warehouse operations. Available from us as a genuine Zebra replacement part to restore your Xs70 to factory specifications.
The 800350-370 ribbon with 400-image capacity is ideal for medium-volume operations. For higher-volume facilities requiring continuous printing, we recommend evaluating your monthly card production needs and considering bulk ribbon orders to maintain consistent supply levels. Contact us today to discuss the right ribbon solution for your facility's throughput requirements.
The Zebra LGHT-X020WH-0100 is engineered for demanding warehouse, logistics, and retail environments where consistent lighting is essential for barcode scanning accuracy. The LED technology and white wavelength illumination perform reliably in varying ambient light conditions, from bright outdoor areas to dimly lit storage facilities. Its premium construction makes it suitable for high-volume scanning operations.
The DS8108-DL delivers faster checkout performance through its extended 24-inch scanning range, high-resolution imaging sensor, and bright aiming spot that enables faster barcode acquisition and decoding. The 800 MHz microprocessor and PRZM intelligent imaging technology work together to handle challenging barcode conditions, reducing rescan rates and checkout delays. Available from us, the DS8108-DL is engineered specifically to enhance retail productivity.
Yes, with a 700-image yield per ribbon, the Zebra 800350-320 is well-suited for medium to high-volume ID card printing in warehouse and logistics environments. We offer bulk ribbon supplies and can help you establish consistent ordering schedules to maintain uninterrupted production. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing and supply chain solutions for your facility.
The 15 mil PVC construction provides excellent durability for daily handling, moisture resistance, and longevity in warehouse and logistics settings where ID badges experience regular wear. The plastic material resists bending, tearing, and fading better than paper alternatives, making these cards suitable for outdoor or high-traffic facility environments. For extended durability, these cards can be laminated or used with protective overlays available from us.
Thermal printheads typically require replacement after 1-2 years of heavy use, depending on your print volume and maintenance practices. Signs of wear include faded print quality, uneven lines, or missing characters in your output. If you're experiencing print quality issues on your ZT210, ZT220, or ZT230, we can help you determine if a printhead replacement is needed—contact us today for diagnostics.
Yes, the top coating of the Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is specifically designed to be suitable for fanfolding, making it convenient for high-volume printing operations and automated label dispensing systems.
Yes, the RS51C0-TEDNWR model you're viewing includes an extended battery configuration, providing longer operational time between charges for extended shifts and high-volume scanning environments. Contact us today to discuss battery life specifications and charging options that fit your facility's workflow.
This 400mm red LED bar light is commonly used in machine vision systems, quality inspection stations, barcode verification, and automated sorting applications where red wavelength improves contrast and readability. The semi-diffused design with configurable window options makes it suitable for both close-range detail inspection and medium-distance monitoring tasks. We recommend consulting with our team to match this lighting solution to your specific warehouse or manufacturing environment.
Yes, with a 1500-image capacity per ribbon, the Zebra 800300-306 is well-suited for regular production environments in warehouses and logistics facilities. The mono-metallic gold design provides consistent, professional-quality output across large batches of ID cards.
Yes, with 2000 images per roll, the Zebra 800077-761 is well-suited for moderate to high-volume ID card printing operations. The substantial yield per roll reduces changeover frequency, making it practical for organizations that regularly issue employee badges, visitor credentials, or membership cards.
The ZT411 measures 19.5 inches long x 10.6 inches wide x 12.75 inches high and weighs 36 lbs., making it compact enough for space-constrained warehouse and manufacturing environments. With its bi-fold metal door design, the printer fits easily into tight spaces while maintaining a sturdy all-metal frame construction for industrial durability.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 3000T is designed for use with compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons for optimal performance and UL recognition. Resin ribbons provide superior adhesion and print quality on polyester labels, ensuring that your barcode and text remain crisp and scannable throughout the label's lifespan. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to select the correct resin ribbon for your specific printer model.
The 25mm focal length is ideal for warehouse automation, quality inspection on production lines, barcode verification, and general-purpose industrial vision applications where you need clear image capture at moderate distances. This lens works well in manufacturing environments requiring consistent, detailed image acquisition for automated decision-making. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore complete vision system packages that include this lens.
The ZD621 operates at 8 inches per second (203 mm per second) at 203 dpi standard resolution, or 6 inches per second (152 mm per second) at optional 300 dpi resolution. The resolution can be factory-installed or changed on-site via accessory kits, allowing you to upgrade from 203 dpi to 300 dpi or vice versa depending on your application needs. Maximum print width is 4.09 inches at 203 dpi or 4.27 inches at 300 dpi.
Yes, the PolyPro 4000T is designed for outdoor durability with a rated lifespan of 1-2 years outdoors. The Kimdura polypropylene material resists scratching, smearing, and weathering, making it an excellent choice for shipping labels, asset tags, and outdoor product identification.
The Zebra Z-Perform 2000T labels measure 4x6.5 inches (101.6x165.1mm) and come on a 3-inch (76.2mm) core with 900 labels per roll and 4 rolls per box. This configuration is standard for thermal transfer printing in warehouse and distribution center operations.
A half-panel ribbon uses only half the width of a standard full-panel ribbon, reducing material costs while maintaining image quality for standard ID card sizes. Half-panel ribbons are ideal for organizations printing standard CR80 cards (credit card size) in high volumes, offering significant savings compared to full-panel alternatives.
The 12mm focal length and C-Mount design make this lens ideal for warehouse barcode scanning systems, quality control inspection, label verification, and industrial automation environments. It delivers reliable performance in demanding logistics and manufacturing settings where accurate image capture is critical. We offer complete vision system integration—contact us today to discuss your application.
The 10.1-inch Active ViewAnywhere display features 1000 nits of brightness, making it highly visible even in direct sunlight and harsh outdoor lighting conditions. This high-brightness display ensures workers can view data clearly regardless of their work environment.
The MC330L includes 4 GB RAM and 32 GB Flash storage as standard, with an additional MicroSD slot that supports cards up to 512 GB for expandable storage. This configuration provides ample memory for running enterprise applications and storing barcode scanning data in logistics and warehouse environments.
Yes, the ZT231 supports field-installable UHF RFID printing and encoding as an optional upgrade, allowing you to incorporate greater visibility and tracking into your operations without replacing the entire printer. Zebra's adaptive encoding technology eliminates complex placement guidelines and provides greater media flexibility for simplified RFID calibration.
The DS4678 supports over 50,000 scans in a single charge, providing more than 13 hours of continuous scanning. This full-shift power ensures your workers can rely on the scanner throughout their entire shift without needing to recharge.
The ZD621 includes Zebra's PrintSecure as part of the Print DNA software suite, which shields printers from cyberattacks by allowing you to easily configure secure connections, identify vulnerabilities, and block unauthorized access. Additionally, the printer features an innovative architecture with constantly evolving security measures and remote management capabilities through Printer Profile Manager Enterprise, enabling you to manage, secure, and troubleshoot networked printers from a single location.
The Cisco C1-C6840-X-LE-40G supports Meraki cloud monitoring and management, embedded wireless controller functionality, and integration with Cisco Spaces and ThousandEyes Enterprise Agent for comprehensive visibility. Hot patching, NSF/SSO, and redundant power and fan options ensure high availability and minimal downtime. Our team can help you configure the right management stack for your infrastructure—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The C9300-24H-A includes enterprise-grade security capabilities such as MACsec-256 encryption, Cisco Umbrella cloud security integration, IPsec support with 100G hardware acceleration, and an embedded wireless controller. These features provide comprehensive protection for your network traffic and connected devices.
The C9400-LC-48U features 48 ports of UPOE connectivity, support for jumbo frames up to 9216 bytes, and enterprise-grade design optimized for high-density deployments. It is engineered for campus and branch network environments where reliable performance and power delivery over Ethernet are critical requirements.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series supports redundant power supply configurations, allowing you to deploy multiple power supplies for increased availability and failover protection. This redundancy design helps ensure uninterrupted operation and protection against single power supply failures in mission-critical network environments. Contact us today to discuss redundant power configuration options for your deployment.
The Cisco CV-CPU-I5218 delivers 16 cores with 22MB of L3 cache, providing substantial multi-threaded processing performance for demanding networking applications. This configuration supports high-throughput packet processing and complex routing operations. We offer this processor as part of our enterprise-grade Cisco components selection.
You may need to replace your heat sink if you experience thermal throttling, server shutdowns due to temperature warnings, or if the existing heat sink shows physical damage or corrosion. Preventive maintenance during server upgrades or when addressing cooling performance issues also makes this a good time to consider replacement. Our team can help you assess whether the RC460-BHTS1 is the right solution for your needs—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The UCS-CPU-E52667E offers 8 cores at 3.20 GHz, positioning it as a balanced option compared to higher core-count variants like the 14-core E5-2658 v4 or lower-core alternatives. The choice depends on your workload requirements—single-threaded performance benefits from higher clock speeds, while multi-threaded workloads may benefit from additional cores. Our team can help you select the right processor for your specific application needs.
The Cisco UCS-CPU-E78890D has a thermal design power (TDP) of 165W, which you should factor into your data center power budgeting and cooling infrastructure planning. When deploying multiple processors in a dual-socket or multi-socket configuration, ensure your system power supplies and cooling systems are sized accordingly to handle the aggregate thermal load.
The module operates at DDR4-2666-MHz with PC4-21300 specifications, delivering the bandwidth required for modern server architectures. This speed rating ensures optimal performance for multi-socket systems and memory-intensive applications in data center environments. We offer this component with full technical specifications—visit barcodesinc.com for detailed documentation.
DDR4-2666-MHz memory provides significantly faster data transfer rates and improved latency compared to DDR3 specifications, delivering better throughput for enterprise applications like warehouse management systems and logistics software. The enhanced bandwidth supports faster processing of barcode scanning data, RFID inventory updates, and real-time supply chain operations. We offer DDR4 upgrades that help maximize your existing Cisco UCS server investments with modern performance standards.
The UCS-MR-2X162RX-C= is designed as an upgrade component for compatible Cisco UCS server platforms, allowing you to expand memory capacity for improved performance and multitasking capabilities. Memory upgrades are straightforward for UCS systems, though compatibility depends on your specific server model and current configuration. Our team can help you determine the right upgrade path—contact us today for assistance.
The Cisco UCS-SD16TM1X-EV features a 2.5-inch form factor, which is the standard size for enterprise server storage drives in modern data center environments. This compact size allows for high-density storage configurations in Cisco UCS servers while maintaining excellent thermal and power efficiency. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed specifications and compatibility information.
The Cisco UCS-SD38T61X-EV supports deployment in RAID and redundant storage arrays within UCS systems, enabling fault-tolerant configurations for critical data. When configured with appropriate RAID levels through Cisco UCS storage controllers, this drive provides the reliability needed for enterprise workloads. Contact us today to discuss your high-availability storage requirements.
The Cisco UCS-SD480GBKS4-EV= features a 2.5 inch form factor with 6G SATA interface connectivity. This compact form factor is standard for modern enterprise storage in Cisco UCS systems, enabling flexible drive configurations and hot-swap capabilities. We have this drive available from barcodesinc.com for immediate deployment in your infrastructure.
The Enterprise Value designation indicates this drive offers a balance of performance and cost-effectiveness for standard enterprise workloads, making it suitable for organizations prioritizing value without sacrificing reliability. Cisco offers various SSD tiers optimized for different performance and capacity requirements across their UCS product line. We carry multiple Cisco UCS storage options—contact us today to discuss which variant best fits your needs.
The Cisco UCS-SD800G123X-EP uses a 2.5-inch form factor with 12G SAS interface connectivity. This compact size allows for high-density storage configurations in UCS blade and rack servers while maintaining enterprise-grade performance and reliability. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing UCS infrastructure.
The UCS-SP-B200M5C-B features dual 10Gb Ethernet ports that provide high-speed connectivity for both data and management traffic within your data center network. These ports integrate seamlessly with Cisco UCS Fabric Interconnects, enabling unified computing architecture benefits like centralized management and policy-based automation. We offer complete UCS networking solutions to optimize your deployment.
The Cisco VIP-SFP-1GE-BASET is designed for short-distance connections up to 100 meters and is not suitable for long-distance deployments. For extended distances beyond 100 meters, Cisco offers alternative SFP modules such as 1000BASE-LX (10 km), 1000BASE-LH (40 km), or 1000BASE-ZX (70 km) fiber transceivers—visit barcodesinc.com to explore these options.
Yes, the WS-C6513-E supports multiple redundancy features including supervisor module redundancy, switch fabric redundancy, power supply redundancy, and fan redundancy. These capabilities ensure continuous network operation critical for warehouse management systems, inventory tracking, and supply chain operations.
The Cisco Catalyst C9300X series supports flexible multigigabit connectivity including 10 Gbps, 5 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps, and 1 Gbps copper connections, along with optional fiber downlinks at 25 Gbps, 10 Gbps, or 1 Gbps. This multispeed architecture allows you to mix different connection speeds across your network infrastructure while maintaining compatibility with existing equipment and future upgrades.
The C9300X-NM-8M is ideal for high-performance data center and enterprise network deployments requiring multiple 25 Gbps uplinks, such as warehouse automation systems, logistics management networks, and RFID infrastructure. Its modular design allows you to scale network capacity as your AIDC and IoT device density increases without replacing the entire switch platform.
The C9400-LC-48HN-B includes detailed power consumption and Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) specifications designed for enterprise-grade reliability in data center and campus environments. The line card is engineered to meet stringent environmental standards and operational requirements for continuous network availability. We recommend reviewing the complete technical datasheet available from our team for detailed power and environmental parameters specific to your deployment.
Yes, the Catalyst 9300X platform supports Meraki cloud monitoring and management as an optional feature, allowing you to centrally manage your network infrastructure from the cloud. This provides visibility and control across your distributed network deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Cisco Catalyst 9300 series switches with cloud management options.
The Catalyst 9400 Series line cards, including the C9400-LC-48H, support Power over Ethernet capabilities as part of the platform's feature set. PoE functionality enables you to power connected devices directly through network cables, simplifying deployment in remote or difficult-to-access locations. Contact us today for detailed PoE specifications and power budget information for your deployment.
Yes, the C9400-LC-48HN supports jumbo frames up to 9216 bytes, enabling efficient handling of large file transfers and network backups in enterprise environments. Contact us today to discuss your specific throughput requirements.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series line cards, including the C9400-LC-48HN-B1, are designed for high-performance deployments in campus networks and small to medium-sized networks as core switches. The enterprise and commercial design with support for large frame sizes makes it ideal for backbone and aggregation layer deployments. We offer complete Catalyst 9400 solutions including supervisor engines and line cards—contact us today to design your network architecture.
The C9400-LC-48HX is engineered to meet Cisco's reliability standards and operates within specified temperature and humidity ranges typical of data center environments. The line card is covered under Cisco's Enhanced Limited Lifetime Hardware Warranty, ensuring long-term support and replacement coverage. Contact us today for detailed environmental specifications and warranty details specific to your deployment location.
The Cisco C9400-LC-48XS supports jumbo frames up to 9216 bytes, enabling efficient transmission of large data packets for bandwidth-intensive applications like backups and file transfers. This capability makes it well-suited for enterprise environments requiring optimized performance across high-speed fiber connections.
Yes, the C9300X-48HX-E is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments requiring high-performance connectivity for barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID equipment. Its 48-port capacity, 10 Gigabit Ethernet support, and modular design allow you to scale your network infrastructure efficiently. The switch's PoE+ capability and Layer 3 switching features support advanced network segmentation and device management critical to supply chain operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this switch integrates with your AIDC infrastructure.
The Catalyst 9400 Series platform supports UPOE+ line cards that are compatible with Supervisor modules, enabling 90W Ultra High Power over Ethernet for IoT devices, wireless access points, and security cameras. Contact us today to configure a complete solution with supervisor and line card options that meet your facility's power requirements.
Fan replacement may be necessary if you experience thermal warnings, reduced airflow, unusual noise, or system temperature alerts in your switch management interface. The C9404-FAN= is a genuine Cisco spare part designed for straightforward replacement in 4-slot chassis configurations. Contact us today if you need guidance on diagnostics or to order a replacement fan module.
The Catalyst 9600 Series is designed for always-on operations with redundant power supplies and hot-swappable components to minimize downtime and ensure network resilience. These features make it suitable for mission-critical environments where network availability is paramount. We offer comprehensive support and can help you implement redundancy best practices for your deployment.
The CBS350-12XT includes a dedicated 1 x GE out-of-band management port, enabling secure administrative access independent of data traffic. This out-of-band management capability ensures you can maintain network control even during high-traffic conditions or network issues. Our team can help you integrate this switch into your existing management infrastructure—contact us today.
The CBS250-8T-D is equipped with an 800 MHz ARM processor, 512 MB of DRAM, 256 MB of Flash memory, and packet buffering optimized for aggregate throughput across all ports. These specifications support reliable performance for small-to-medium deployments in warehouse and distribution center environments.
The C9400X-SUP-2 works with Catalyst 9400 Series line cards, including the C9400-LC-48H UPOE+ line card that supports 48-port 10/100/1000 connectivity with Cisco UPOE+ power delivery for IoT and digital building applications. We can help you select the right combination of supervisor and line cards for your infrastructure—contact us today.
The CBS250-48T-4G is equipped with an 800 MHz ARM CPU, 512 MB of DRAM, 256 MB of Flash memory, and packet buffering across all ports for optimal performance. These specifications support reliable switching of up to 52 Gigabit Ethernet ports with consistent throughput for enterprise-class deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed technical documentation and compatibility information.
Absolutely. The Cisco Catalyst 9600X SUP-2 includes Enterprise QoS capabilities such as Modular QoS CLI (MQC), Strict Priority Queuing, Virtual Output Queuing for optimized class/color-aware traffic management, and hierarchical QoS with policing, metering, and bandwidth shaping. These features ensure consistent application performance and prioritization across your network.
The Catalyst 9400 Series UPOE+ line cards (C9400-LC-48H) support Cisco UPOE+, UPOE, PoE+, and PoE standards, with IEEE 802.3bt compliance providing up to 90W per port. These cards are designed for powering wireless access points, security cameras, digital signage, thermal cameras, and other IoT devices over a single cable.
The CBS350-8S-E-2G-NA is equipped with an 800 MHz ARM CPU, 512 MB of DRAM, and 256 MB of flash memory for reliable performance and image storage. These specifications provide sufficient processing power for managed switching operations in mid-sized network environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed technical specifications and deployment recommendations.
Yes, the CBS350-24XT features 4 x 10G copper/SFP+ combo ports that support both copper and SFP+ fiber connections, providing flexibility in your network topology. The remaining 20 ports are dedicated 10G copper connections, allowing you to mix connectivity types based on your infrastructure requirements. We stock the CBS350-24XT with full technical support for your deployment.
The CBS350-16T-E-2G-NA is a managed switch that includes features such as VLAN support, QoS (Quality of Service), spanning tree protocol, and console/USB management interfaces for configuration and monitoring. It includes an 800 MHz ARM CPU, 512 MB DRAM, and 256 MB flash memory to handle advanced networking features. These capabilities allow IT teams to optimize network performance and security across warehouse and logistics operations.
The Cisco CMICR-4PS features a 400 MHz ARM processor with 128 MB of CPU memory, providing sufficient processing power for edge network switching applications. These specifications ensure reliable performance for managing network traffic in distributed deployment scenarios without requiring extensive computing resources. Our team can help you determine if this configuration meets your specific infrastructure requirements—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The CBS350-8XT is positioned as a high-density 10 gigabit switch with 8 total 10G ports, making it more compact than models like the CBS350-12XT (10 x 10G copper) or CBS350-24XT (20 x 10G copper). It's ideal for organizations needing significant 10G throughput in a smaller form factor, while larger deployments may benefit from the expanded port counts in higher-numbered models. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare all CBS350 variants available from us.
Yes, the Cisco CMICR-4PT is part of Cisco's Catalyst switch family and integrates seamlessly with existing Cisco networking equipment and management systems. This compatibility ensures consistent network management and operational efficiency across your enterprise. We offer comprehensive support for Cisco product integration—contact us today to discuss your network architecture requirements.
The Catalyst 3750 Series provides Layer 2-4 switching with intelligent services, dynamic IP routing, and IPv6 support, along with SNMP v1/v2c/v3, CLI, and web-based management interfaces. The integrated wireless LAN controller supports up to 200 access points, making it ideal for organizations needing converged wired and wireless infrastructure. We offer these advanced features to simplify network administration across your enterprise.
The Cisco AIR-CAP3602I includes industry-leading security with rogue access point detection and non-Wi-Fi detection for off-channel rogues, preventing unauthorized network access. It supports robust policy enforcement and denial-of-service detection to protect your wireless infrastructure. We offer this access point with enterprise-grade security suitable for logistics and warehouse operations.
Yes, the C6800-48P-TX-XL is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations that require reliable, high-density Ethernet connectivity for barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID systems. Its 48-port configuration and wire-speed performance make it ideal for facilities needing extensive network connectivity across multiple zones and equipment.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 9500 series is built on Cisco IOS XE, a common licensing-based operating system for the enterprise Catalyst 9000 family that supports model-driven programmability and streaming telemetry. The platform also supports Cisco Software-Defined Access (SD-Access) with policy-based automation from edge to cloud, managed through Cisco Identity Services Engine (ISE). This enables simplified operations and improved network assurance for enterprise deployments available from us.
The IE-1000-4P2S-LM comes equipped with 256MB DRAM with ECC memory and 64MB onboard flash memory for core operations. Additionally, it supports an optional 1GB removable SD flash memory card for expanded storage capacity. This configuration ensures reliable data retention and system performance for network management and logging applications.
This enterprise management license is ideal for large organizations, data centers, and IT teams managing complex network environments that require advanced policy-based infrastructure control and application-aware networking. It's particularly valuable for enterprises needing centralized management of multiple network devices and application delivery optimization.
The CBS250-16P-2G-NA is the 16-port PoE variant in the CBS250 Smart Managed series, offering a balance between port density and PoE capability. Other models in the series include the CBS250-24P-4G (24 ports) and CBS250-48P-4G (48 ports), which provide higher port counts for larger deployments. The 16-port model is ideal for smaller to mid-sized networks where you need PoE without the complexity or cost of larger configurations. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare all available CBS250 models and find the right fit for your infrastructure.
The Cisco MDS 9132T features 8-port activation, meaning you can enable up to 8 Fibre Channel ports for immediate use while the switch chassis supports expansion capability for future growth. This modular approach allows you to scale your SAN infrastructure as your storage demands increase. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss port configuration options for your deployment.
Cisco IE3300 switches come with Network Essentials licensing by default, providing core switching and management features. For enhanced capabilities, Cisco Catalyst Center licenses are available in Essentials and Advantage tiers with flexible 3, 5, and 7-year term options. Contact us today to determine the appropriate license level for your network management needs.
The CBS250-16T-2G-NA requires Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Category 5e or better for all 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet connections. This standard cabling compatibility ensures easy integration into existing warehouse network infrastructure without requiring specialized or proprietary cables. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore complete cabling solutions available from us.
The switch requires Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Category 5e or better cabling for 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet connections to ensure optimal performance and reliability. The 2 SFP uplink ports support small form-factor pluggable transceivers for extended connectivity options. We can provide compatible cabling solutions and transceivers—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for recommendations.
The CBS250-8P-E-2G-NA is the 8-port PoE model in the CBS250 smart switch family, which also includes 24-port and 48-port configurations with various uplink options (4G or 4X 10G SFP). The 8-port model is ideal for smaller deployments, while larger facilities may benefit from the 24-port or 48-port variants available from us. We can help you select the right configuration for your network infrastructure needs.
Cloud management through Meraki enables centralized control, monitoring, and configuration of your network switches from anywhere via the Meraki dashboard, eliminating the need for on-site management interfaces. The MS120-24 includes this capability, allowing IT teams to deploy updates, monitor performance, and troubleshoot issues without physical access to the switch. This feature is particularly valuable for organizations managing multiple locations or remote warehouse facilities.
The Cisco MS120-48FP features 48 ports operating at 1 Gigabit per second (1G), providing ample connectivity for mid-sized network deployments in enterprise environments. This port density makes it suitable for connecting multiple devices, workstations, and network equipment in warehouse and distribution center settings. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed specifications and ordering information.
The switch includes comprehensive security features such as ingress and egress ACLs, VLAN-based ACLs (VACLs), port-based ACLs (PACLs), and ACLs on virtual terminals (VTYs) for granular traffic control. It also supports standard and extended Layer 3 to 4 ACLs with IPv4, ICMP, TCP, and UDP matching capabilities, providing multiple layers of network security. These security mechanisms help protect your network infrastructure from unauthorized access and traffic threats.
Cisco includes software application updates for bug fixes, telephone technical support at no charge for the first 12 months following purchase, and access to software downloads through Cisco's support portal. Extended warranty and support options are available through Cisco's warranty program. Contact us today for information about extended support plans available from us.
Port side intake refers to the airflow orientation of the power supply, where cooling air is drawn in through the port-facing side of the unit. This design specification is important for proper thermal management and installation in your specific chassis configuration. Our team can help you determine if this airflow direction matches your equipment requirements.
The NXA-PAC-500W is a 500W AC power supply with specific form factor and connector requirements that vary from other Cisco power modules like the 1100W or 400W models. Each power supply is engineered for particular Nexus switch models and configurations. Contact us today to ensure you select the correct replacement power supply for your specific switch model.
The Cisco CAB-AC-US features a 2500mm (approximately 8.2 feet) cable length, providing adequate reach for typical rack installations and equipment placement in network environments. This length is standard for enterprise networking setups where power outlets may be positioned at moderate distances from equipment.
The FPR9K-NM-4X100G is designed for the Cisco FirePower 9000 series (FPR9K) platform and requires compatible chassis with available network module expansion slots. Before purchasing, verify your specific FirePower model supports this module—we recommend contacting our team to confirm compatibility with your current or planned deployment.
The Cisco XFP10GLR-192SR-L is available in commercial (COM) temperature range specifications, which typically support standard operating environments. For industrial or extended temperature range requirements, alternative configurations may be available. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss your specific environmental and operational requirements.
The Cisco C9800-80-K9-RF supports 802.11n version 2.0 and related capabilities, including 2x2 MIMO with dual spatial streams, Maximal Ratio Combining (MRC), and both 802.11a/g standards. The controller enables 20- and 40-MHz channel configurations with PHY data rates up to 444.4 Mbps, plus advanced packet aggregation features including A-MPDU and A-MSDU for optimized throughput. This makes it ideal for high-density wireless deployments in enterprise environments.
The Cisco MS120-24P includes 24 gigabit Ethernet ports, each operating at 1G speeds, providing consistent high-speed connectivity for your networked devices. This port density makes it suitable for medium to large deployments requiring multiple connection points for enterprise equipment and infrastructure.
The MS120-8FP integrates with Cisco's cloud management platform, enabling remote monitoring, configuration, and troubleshooting from a centralized dashboard. This eliminates the need for on-site IT staff to manage individual switches and provides real-time visibility into network health and performance. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our managed networking solutions.
Yes, the CBS250-24FP-4X features a fanless and energy-efficient design that delivers quiet operation and significantly reduced power consumption compared to fan-cooled alternatives. This makes it ideal for deployment in noise-sensitive environments like offices, classrooms, and healthcare facilities while lowering operational costs. Available from us with full technical support.
The primary difference is bandwidth capacity: the C9400X-SUP-2XL delivers 480 Gbps per slot, while the C9400X-SUP-2 provides 240 Gbps per slot. Both maintain 1:1 oversubscription ratios, but the 2XL is designed for higher-density deployments requiring maximum throughput. We offer both options to match your specific performance and budget requirements.
Cisco IP phones in this product line include hearing-aid-compatible (HAC) handsets that meet American Disabilities Act requirements and support magnetic coupling to approved hearing aids. The dialing pad also complies with ADA standards, ensuring accessibility for all users. Available from us with full documentation on accessibility features.
Yes, the Cisco CP-8845-3PCC-K9= features a removable dual-position foot stand and includes mounting holes on the base for wall mounting flexibility. This design allows you to choose between desktop or wall-mounted installation based on your workspace layout and preferences. We offer this phone and can assist with installation guidance—contact us today for deployment support.
The Cisco CP-8861-3PCC-K9= supports multiple audio codecs including G.711a, G.711µ, G.729, G.729a, and G.729b, ensuring voice quality optimization across different network conditions. The phone also includes comfort-noise generation (CNG) and voice-activity-detection (VAD) capabilities to enhance call clarity and reduce bandwidth consumption.
Yes, network switch modules like the ACC-LA-H-NM-NF are designed to expand and enhance network switching capabilities in telecommunications systems. They support modular network architecture, allowing organizations to scale their infrastructure as bandwidth demands grow. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us to discuss how this module fits your network expansion strategy.
The appliance includes dual out-of-band 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet management ports (mgmt0 and mgmt1 with 1/10G SFP+ support), RS-232 serial console access, and USB power-on auto-provision capabilities. Management protocols include CLI, SNMPv3, SSH v2, SFTP, and NX-API for RESTful HTTPS access, enabling flexible integration with enterprise network management systems. We offer comprehensive support for all management interfaces to ensure seamless deployment in your infrastructure.
RTU (Right-to-Use) licensing provides perpetual usage rights for the software without annual renewal fees, making it ideal for long-term deployments. This model differs from subscription-based licenses that require annual renewal and is often more cost-effective for organizations with stable infrastructure. We offer both RTU and subscription licensing options—contact us today to determine which model best fits your budget and deployment timeline.
The Cisco 100GQSFP-LR4 operates at 1310 nm wavelength, which is optimized for long-distance transmission over single-mode fiber. This wavelength is standard for LR4 modules and provides excellent performance over extended distances.
Cisco transceiver modules like the CPAK-100G-SR10 typically operate in commercial temperature ranges of 5 to 40°C (41 to 104°F), with storage capabilities from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F). These environmental specifications ensure reliable performance in standard data center and network closet environments. Contact us today if you need modules rated for industrial temperature ranges.
The IEM-3400-8S features 8 SFP fiber ports, while the IEM-3400-8T offers 8 copper RJ45 ports and the IEM-3400-8P provides 8 copper ports with PoE support (240W base, 480W with expansion). Choose the IEM-3400-8S for fiber uplink connectivity, the 8T for standard copper networks, or the 8P when you need power delivery to networked devices. We stock all three configurations—contact us today to determine which best fits your infrastructure needs.
The IEM-3400-8T= is an expansion module designed to work with Cisco IE3400 base platforms rather than function as a standalone switch. It provides additional copper port capacity to existing IE3400 deployments, allowing organizations to scale their network infrastructure without replacing core equipment.
The Cisco IR800-IL-POE is rated IP40 standard, which provides protection against solid objects larger than 1mm. For enhanced environmental protection in harsh warehouse or outdoor conditions, an optional IP54-KIT is available that upgrades the rating to IP54, protecting against dust and water spray.
The IEM-3400-8P= is engineered for rugged industrial environments where reliable network connectivity is critical, including warehouses, manufacturing facilities, and logistics operations. Its Gigabit Ethernet ports and PoE capability make it ideal for powering access points, IP cameras, and wireless devices in demanding settings.
The IRM-1100-SP comes with an IP40 rating standard, which provides protection against dust and splashing water. For enhanced environmental protection, you can upgrade to IP54 rating by adding the optional IR1800-IP54-KIT, making it suitable for more demanding outdoor and industrial environments.
The IRM-1100-DINRAIL measures 2.20 x 11.04 x 8.06 inches (55.9 x 280.4 x 204.7 mm) and weighs 2.4 kg without modules or 3.1 kg when fully configured. With the optional IP54-KIT, the depth increases to 9.73 inches (247.0 mm). These compact dimensions make it ideal for space-constrained DIN rail installations in network closets and industrial cabinets.
The Zebra RFD40 features a USB-C port for reliable wired connectivity and integrates with eConnex-enabled Zebra mobile computers for wireless operation. This dual connectivity approach gives you flexibility in how you deploy the reader across your warehouse or logistics operation. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore integration options for your specific workflow.
The DS3608-XR features a high visibility green laser aimer that is up to 7 times more visible than standard red lasers, facilitating precise scanning in varying lighting conditions—both indoors and outdoors. This enhanced aimer visibility reduces scanning errors and improves worker productivity across different warehouse environments.
Yes, the TC58A1 can be equipped with an integrated Time-of-Flight (ToF) sensor to support Zebra Dimensioning Certified Mobile Parcel, an industry-first solution that captures accurate 'legal for trade' parcel dimensions in seconds with a simple button press. This eliminates manual box measurement, improves pricing accuracy, and increases worker productivity—particularly valuable for transportation and logistics operations. We offer the TC58A1 with ToF capability pre-configured; contact us today to discuss your dimensioning requirements.
The Zebra CA1220 Power Device features a 6-inch power extension cable, offering a compact length suitable for direct device connections without excessive cable length. This shorter length makes it ideal for mobile computing applications where space and portability are important considerations. Contact us today if you need longer cable options for your specific setup.
The Zebra Silverline Classic II RFID label measures 3.94 x 1.5748 inches (100 x 40mm) and comes with 250 labels per roll on a 3-inch (76.2mm) core. This size provides a sizable surface for written text and barcode printing while maintaining optimal RFID performance in warehouse tracking applications.
The kit includes the DS2278-SR00006ZZWW scanner unit, a CBA-U21-S07ZBR shielded USB cable, and a CR2278-PC10004WW presentation cradle in white. This complete bundle provides everything needed for immediate deployment in a retail or point-of-sale environment. We offer the full kit with all necessary components to get your scanning solution operational right away.
The Zebra VC8300 10-Inch is equipped with a Qualcomm SD660 CPU, 4 GB of RAM, and 32 GB of MMC (pSLC) storage. This configuration delivers solid performance for warehouse management applications and data terminal operations available from us.
The ZQ610 Plus supports a 1.9" maximum print width with 2.2" maximum media roll size and 1" media width, making it ideal for standard barcode labels and receipts in mobile environments. It features direct thermal printing technology with a linerless platen and 0.75 core, providing flexibility in label stock options. We offer this printer configured for enterprise deployments—contact us today for media recommendations.
The DS2278 includes a three-year manufacturer's warranty against defects in workmanship and materials from the date of shipment. We also recommend Zebra OneCare Select or OneCare Essential service plans for extended coverage and support options.
As a high-density presentation area imager, the DS9908-HD reads 2D barcodes and is optimized for both standard and challenging barcode applications common in medical, pharmacy, and retail settings. Its high-density imaging capability allows it to capture small and complex barcodes that general-purpose scanners may miss. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm specific barcode format compatibility for your application.
Yes, the CBL-DC-451A1-01 is an authentic Zebra-manufactured power device, ensuring full compatibility and reliability with your Zebra equipment. Using genuine components like this helps maintain warranty coverage and optimal device performance in demanding warehouse environments. We stock genuine Zebra parts and can help you source the right components for your operation.
The ZD621 includes Zebra's PrintSecure, part of the Print DNA software suite, which shields printers from cyberattacks through secure configuration, vulnerability identification, and unauthorized access blocking. The printer's innovative architecture is designed with security as a core component, and it integrates with Printer Profile Manager Enterprise for centralized remote management and security monitoring across your entire printer fleet.
The ZD621 features Zebra's PrintSecure, part of the Print DNA software suite, which shields your printer from cyberattacks. PrintSecure makes it easy to configure printers via secure connections, identify vulnerabilities, and block unauthorized access, ensuring your sensitive data is protected while maintaining uninterrupted printing operations.
The Zebra DS2278 includes a three-year hardware warranty against defects in workmanship and materials from the date of shipment. Zebra also offers optional service plans including OneCare Select and OneCare Essential for extended support and coverage options.
The Zebra P1080383-704 is specifically engineered for the ZD220 and ZD230 direct thermal and thermal transfer printers. Using it with other printer models may result in improper operation or equipment damage. We recommend verifying compatibility with your exact printer model before purchase—contact us today for guidance.
The Zebra P1086845-004 Power Device kit comes with a Taiwan cord, which is designed to meet regional electrical standards and requirements. This cord is specifically configured for use with compatible Zebra healthcare devices like the GK4H, HC100, and ZD510-HC printers.
The Zebra P1037750-097 is configured for USA and North American (NA) wireless standards and regulations. If you operate in other regions, you may need a different model variant to ensure compliance with local wireless regulations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss regional requirements for your deployment.
No, the Zebra Z-Perform 1000D is specifically designed for applications requiring limited durability and is best suited for short-term, temporary labeling. If you need labels for harsh environments, outdoor use, or extended durability, Zebra offers other Z-Perform series options with enhanced durability. Contact us today to discuss which Zebra label stock best fits your specific application requirements.
Signs of printhead wear include faded or streaky print output, missing lines in barcodes, or inconsistent label quality. If your ZQ520 is producing poor-quality prints despite using fresh supplies, the printhead may need replacement. Contact us today to verify compatibility and order the correct replacement part for your device.
Yes, the P1080383-229 is specifically designed as an upgrade kit for ZD420T and ZD620T printers, converting them from their standard resolution to 300 dpi capability. The upgrade process is straightforward and can typically be completed by your IT or operations team. Contact us today for installation support or to discuss whether this upgrade aligns with your printing needs.
Resin ribbons like the Zebra 5100 offer superior durability and chemical resistance compared to wax or wax-resin alternatives, making them essential for applications requiring resistance to oils, solvents, and extreme temperatures. The premium formulation ensures crisp, dense black images that withstand harsh environments where other ribbon types would degrade.
Resin ribbons like the Zebra 5095 offer superior durability, chemical resistance, and print quality on synthetic materials, making them ideal for harsh environments and long-lasting labels. Wax-resin blends provide a middle ground between cost and performance, suitable for paper and cardboard applications where moderate durability is needed.
While both are wax-resin formulations available from us, the Zebra 5586 Premium offers enhanced scratch and smear resistance across a broader range of materials, including additional synthetic options. The Zebra 5555 is a solid standard-performance option for typical coated paper and matte synthetic applications at a more economical price point. Your choice depends on your specific label materials and environmental durability requirements.
The Zebra SAM5178 labels are thermal transfer labels, meaning they require a thermal transfer printer to produce high-quality, durable prints. Thermal transfer printing uses heat to transfer ink from a ribbon onto the label surface, creating permanent, smudge-resistant barcodes and text. Visit barcodesinc.com to find compatible thermal transfer printers for your labeling operations.
The ZD621d-HC supports ZPL II and EPL2 programming languages along with XML and ZBI firmware options, enabling seamless integration with existing label design software and warehouse systems. It can print linear and 2D barcode symbologies, text, and graphics with Unicode compliance for multi-language printing.
The X-Large 5-shelf cabinet measures 1912 x 700 x 437 mm (6'3.3" x 2'3.5" x 17.2") and is constructed from HPL composite material and mild steel for durability in warehouse settings. The cabinet includes a built-in power distribution unit (PDU) with barrel lock, RCD protection, surge protector, and inrush current limiter to safely power your mobile devices. The flat-pack design ships ready for assembly, making deployment straightforward for your logistics team.
The MC330L-SE4EG4NA features 4 GB RAM and 32 GB Flash storage, with a MicroSD slot that supports cards up to 512 GB for expanded storage capacity. This configuration provides ample memory for running enterprise applications and storing critical warehouse data.
The Z-Ultimate 4000T is a high-performance coated polyester label with permanent acrylic adhesive designed for demanding industrial applications requiring superior smear and scratch resistance. In contrast, the Z-Ultimate 1000T is an uncoated white paper tag stock primarily suited for general-purpose ticketing, shop floor tracking, and retail hang tags—making the 4000T the more durable choice for harsh environments.
The Zebra FINALE-4X6DT features bright white, coated paper construction designed to provide excellent contrast for barcode scanning and readability. The coated surface enhances print quality and durability for typical warehouse and shipping label applications.
The Z-Perform 1000D is an uncoated, value-tier option ideal for limited-durability applications. Unlike the Z-Perform 2000D (which is coated for longer durability and faster print speeds up to 8 inches per second), the 1000D is better suited for temporary labeling needs where cost is a primary concern.
The Zebra Z-Select 4000D labels are constructed from bright white, coated paper specifically engineered for direct thermal printing. The coating ensures high-contrast image quality and durability for typical warehouse inventory and shipping applications.
The Z-Select 4000D features a high-performance coated paper construction that delivers high-contrast, black, visible light images with exceptional print quality on direct thermal printers. The bright white surface and all-temp adhesive make it particularly versatile for various label applications, especially in temperature-controlled environments.
The FINALE-4X1DT features bright white, coated direct thermal paper that delivers excellent print quality and contrast for barcode scanning. The coating helps protect the labels and ensures reliable barcode readability in warehouse and inventory management applications.
The CS-RAC-NA-MLEAD is a single power device designed to supply AC power to compatible Zebra equipment. For multi-device power setups, contact us today to ensure you have the correct power accessories and configurations for your specific Zebra hardware deployment.
The Zebra Z-Select 4000D is a coated direct thermal paper label with a bright white surface designed to produce high-contrast, black visible light images. The coating ensures consistent print quality and durability for standard warehouse and inventory applications.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Perform 1000D is ideal for shipping and mailing label applications, as well as a wide variety of industrial uses. The permanent acrylic adhesive ensures labels stay securely attached during transit and handling, while the direct thermal paper provides cost-effective printing for high-volume shipping operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible direct thermal printers for your shipping label needs.
Yes, the DS2278 can read barcodes displayed on cell phone screens, enabling mobile loyalty programs and mobile couponing—critical capabilities for modern retail operations. This future-proof functionality supports emerging marketing and customer relationship management trends.
The UCSC-C3X60-14HD4 supports up to 8TB of DDR5 SDRAM with 32 total memory slots, enabling high-performance computing for data-intensive warehouse management and logistics applications. The DDR5 memory architecture provides improved bandwidth and efficiency compared to previous generations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore memory upgrade options available for your deployment.
The UCS-SP-5108-AC3 chassis features a design with fewer active components compared to traditional server deployments, resulting in lower overall power consumption while supporting more powerful blade servers. The unified fabric architecture eliminates redundant management points, further reducing operational overhead and energy requirements. Contact us today to learn how our Cisco blade solutions can optimize your data center power efficiency.
The HX-CPU-I6238R offers 28 cores at 2.2GHz with 165W power consumption, positioning it as a high-core-count option compared to lower-core alternatives like the HX-CPU-6138 (20 cores, 125W) or HX-CPU-6130 (16 cores, 125W). It provides superior multi-threaded performance for organizations requiring maximum parallel processing capacity.
The C9500X-28C8D is a 1U rack-mountable switch in gray, designed for standard 19-inch rack installations in data centers and network closets. Its compact form factor maximizes space efficiency while maintaining high port density and performance. We can assist with deployment planning and integration support—contact us today.
The C9500-32QC comes with a 1-year DNA Advantage license, which provides access to Cisco's network management and security capabilities. This license enables advanced features for network visibility, automation, and threat detection. Contact us today for details on license renewal options and what features are included in your specific purchase.
The Catalyst 9500 and 9500X series both support advanced features like Software-Defined Access (SD-Access), VXLAN, and programmability via NETCONF, RESTCONF, and gNMI/gNOI. The 9500X series represents the next generation with enhanced port speeds and updated management interfaces (USB-C vs. USB mini-B), while maintaining backward compatibility with existing network architectures. We offer both series to support your current and future network requirements—contact us today for detailed comparison guidance.
The NIM-8CE1T1-PRI differs from single and dual-port variants (NIM-1CE1T1-PRI and NIM-2CE1T1-PRI) by offering 8 ports instead of 1 or 2, providing greater scalability for larger networks. It also differs from the NIM-8MFT-T1/E1 module, which handles clear-channel data rather than channelized services. Available from us, the 8-port version is ideal when you need maximum trunk density in a single module.
The UCS-FI-6536-U is a 1U rack-mountable device with 36 manageable ports and a power consumption of 348W. Its compact form factor allows for efficient data center deployment while supporting enterprise-scale connectivity and management capabilities.
Yes, the Cisco CON-SAS-VSMFL100 is designed to support Cisco Small Business products, including the Cisco 100 Series switches and related networking equipment. This contract provides the comprehensive service coverage that Cisco 100 Series switches are backed by, offering affordable peace-of-mind protection. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific Cisco Small Business hardware.
Yes, the ASA 5505 includes integrated SSL and IPsec VPN capabilities, enabling secure encrypted communications for remote access and site-to-site connectivity. This makes it ideal for organizations requiring secure remote work and branch office connections.
The Cisco ASA 5500 Series meets rigorous safety and electromagnetic compatibility standards including UL 1950, CSA C22.2 No. 950, EN 60950, FCC Part 15 Class A, and CE marking requirements. These certifications ensure the appliance operates safely and reliably in enterprise environments. We provide fully compliant equipment that meets international regulatory requirements.
Yes, the Botnet Traffic Filter integrates seamlessly with the ASA 5505's modular security architecture, which includes firewall, VPN, IPS, and content security services. This allows you to deploy comprehensive multilayer security that protects against multiple threat vectors simultaneously. We can help you design a complete security solution that combines botnet protection with your other defense requirements.
The Catalyst 4500 Series extends a comprehensive set of intelligent network services to the network edge, including support for unified communications, security, quality of service, and advanced routing capabilities. The platform is designed to simplify network operations while delivering maximum performance and reliability. Available from us with full technical support—contact us today for detailed specifications.
The Cisco CON-OSP-SP6508A2 provides coverage for 1 year from the date of activation. This annual service contract can typically be renewed to maintain continuous support for your UCS infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss renewal options and multi-year coverage plans.
Yes, the Cisco 2900 Series, including the 2911 model, is specifically designed to consolidate the functions of many separate devices into a single, compact system. The 2911 includes embedded hardware-based cryptography and acceleration for IPSec and SSL, making it an excellent choice for branch offices seeking to streamline their network infrastructure.
A service contract like the CON-3SNT-C375X12S protects your network investment by providing guaranteed hardware replacement, technical support, and rapid response times when issues occur. Network switches are critical infrastructure—unplanned downtime can cost warehouses and logistics operations significant revenue and productivity losses. We recommend pairing your Catalyst 3750X deployment with appropriate service coverage to ensure maximum uptime and peace of mind.
This contract provides 3 years of continuous SmartNet coverage for your ISR 4331 router, protecting your investment and ensuring uninterrupted access to Cisco technical support throughout that period. The 3-year term is cost-effective for organizations planning long-term deployments. Available from us with flexible renewal options—visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your service contract needs.
The Cisco SFP-10G-LR-S= requires single-mode fiber (SMF) cable to achieve its full 10 km transmission capability. Single-mode fiber is specifically designed for long-distance, high-speed data transmission and is the industry standard for 10GBASE-LR deployments in enterprise networks. We can help you source compatible fiber infrastructure—contact us today for assistance.
The SFP-10G-ER-S provides 40 km reach over single-mode fiber, compared to the SFP-10G-LR (10 km on SMF) and SFP-10G-SR (400 m on multimode fiber). The ER variant is specifically designed for extended-range applications where longer distances are needed, making it the choice for campus-wide or metro-area network connections.
This product includes 1-year of VMware SnS (Support and Subscription) coverage, providing technical support and software updates throughout the subscription period. After the initial year, you can renew your support contract to maintain continuous coverage. We can help you plan your support renewal schedule—contact us today for details.
The Cisco CON-SAU-7DCSANSB provides 1 year of US-based software application support and upgrades for DCNM SAN Advanced Edition. After the initial 1-year term expires, you can renew the contract to maintain continuous coverage and access to software updates. Contact us today to discuss renewal options and multi-year pricing available from Barcodes Inc.
Yes, this Essential Operate service contract includes software updates (indicated by the 'SW' designation) to keep your Cisco equipment current with the latest patches and features. Software updates help maintain security, performance, and compatibility with your network infrastructure. Contact us today for details on update frequency and deployment support.
The Cisco CON-SAU-UCSMGRAS is specifically designed for physical UCS Domain licenses, as indicated by the 'Phy' designation in the product specification. If you operate virtual UCS environments, you may need to verify licensing requirements with our team. Contact us today to discuss your specific infrastructure configuration and ensure proper service contract alignment.
Yes, service contracts like the Cisco CON-SNT-2248PQFA are available as standalone purchases from us. We offer flexible service contract options that can be added to new or existing Cisco networking equipment. Contact us today to discuss your service contract needs and coverage options.
SMARTNET contracts like the CON-SNT-NM-4CU provide comprehensive hardware support with next business day replacement, technical assistance, and access to Cisco resources. Unlike basic warranties, SMARTNET includes proactive monitoring options and priority support, making it ideal for mission-critical network equipment. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to compare service contract options for your needs.
While standard limited lifetime warranty covers hardware defects, SmartNet service contracts provide comprehensive support including 24x7 telephone access to the Cisco Technical Assistance Center, proactive software updates, and web-based technical resources. SmartNet transforms reactive support into proactive management, helping prevent downtime before it impacts your operations.
Service contracts can typically be extended or upgraded to higher support tiers, though terms depend on your current coverage and Cisco's policies. We recommend reaching out to our team to discuss your long-term support needs and available options for your ASR 9001 deployment. Contact us today to explore contract extension or enhancement possibilities.
The Cisco CON-SNT-A9KMPA4X provides 1-year of continuous service coverage for your ASR 900 4-port 10GE module port adapter. This annual contract term ensures consistent support and maintenance throughout the coverage period. Available from us at barcodesinc.com, this service contract can be renewed to maintain continuous protection for your networking infrastructure.
The Nexus 7004 operates reliably in temperatures from 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C) with relative humidity between 5 to 95% non-condensing, and supports altitudes up to 13,123 feet during operation. The chassis features forward and reversed airflow cooling schemes with six hot-swappable redundant fans to maintain optimal performance in various data center environments.
The Cisco CON-SNTP-9372PXBN is designated for US-only deployment. If you require service contracts for international locations, we offer various Cisco SMARTNET options with different regional coverage. Contact us today to discuss service contract options for your geographic requirements.
The Cisco VMW-VS5-ENT-1A meets multiple international safety standards including UL 1950, CSA C22.2 No. 950, EN 60950, IEC 60950, and AS/NZS 3260. It also complies with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) standards including CE marking, FCC Part 15 Class A, and EN55022 Class A. These certifications ensure safe deployment in enterprise logistics and warehouse networks.
Yes, the ASA-IC-6GE-CU-C supports hybrid connectivity with both copper and fiber options. The four 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ45 ports handle copper connections, while the four SFP ports accommodate Gigabit Ethernet optical transceivers, allowing you to mix connection types based on your network topology needs.
Yes, Cisco software licenses like the SpeechView Pro can typically be renewed or extended beyond the initial 1-year term. We offer various licensing options to support your long-term unified communications needs. Contact us today to discuss renewal options and multi-year licensing arrangements that work best for your organization.
The Cisco AIR-AP2802I-B-K9 includes two Gigabit Ethernet ports for network connectivity and power delivery flexibility. This dual-port configuration allows for redundant network connections or daisy-chaining in network topologies. We can assist with network design and configuration to maximize your deployment. Visit barcodesinc.com for complete connectivity specifications.
The access point features 1 x Network (RJ-45) Ethernet port for wired connectivity to your network infrastructure. This single gigabit connection provides the backbone for wireless client access and management. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of network connectivity solutions and compatible equipment.
This model features dual RP-TNC connectors for both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands, allowing you to connect external antennas optimized for your specific outdoor deployment. The external antenna design is particularly valuable in warehouse environments where obstacles and distance require extended range coverage. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to select appropriate antenna configurations for your location.
The Cisco A9K-MOD200-FC is engineered to operate reliably in data center environments with operating temperatures ranging from 5 to 40°C (41 to 104°F) and relative humidity levels between 10 to 85%. The line card maintains performance at operating altitudes up to 4000 meters, making it suitable for diverse deployment scenarios. Available from us with full technical specifications—visit barcodesinc.com for detailed environmental compliance documentation.
The Cisco A9K-MPA-20X1G-FC is designed for standard data center and network equipment room environments with operating temperatures between 41 to 104°F (5 to 40°C) and operating humidity of 10 to 85% relative humidity. For storage, the adapter can tolerate temperatures from –40 to 158°F (–40 to 70°C). We recommend consulting the full technical specifications for your specific deployment environment to ensure optimal performance.
The A900-IMA2F features a single micro (3FF) SIM card socket that is ISO-7816-2 compliant with high reliability and cellular multihoming support. The module includes auto SIM carrier capability with correct firmware selection, providing flexibility for different carrier deployments. Our team can assist with SIM configuration and carrier selection—contact us today for support.
The A9K-MPA-4X10G-FC provides four independent 10 Gigabit Ethernet ports with native Fibre Channel support, enabling flexible deployment in multi-protocol environments. Both fiber optic cabling solutions are available for 10GbE connectivity, including Active Optical Cables (AOC) and Direct-Attached Cables (DAC). Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible cabling and transceiver options.
The C1000-16T-2G-L-RF provides 16 Gigabit Ethernet ports with 2 SFP uplinks, while the C1000-24FP-4G-L-RF offers 24 Gigabit Ethernet ports with Power over Ethernet (PoE) support and 4 SFP uplinks. The 24-port model with PoE is better suited for larger deployments requiring powered devices like IP cameras or wireless access points. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to determine which configuration best fits your network requirements.
The Cisco ACC-LA-G-TM-TF comes with one multiband swivel-mount dipole antenna (LTE-ANTM-SMA-D) included, and we offer a second matching antenna as an optional accessory for enhanced 2X2 MIMO coverage. We also provide various RF cables and adapters including SMA and TNC connectors in multiple lengths (10, 15, and 20 feet) to support flexible installation configurations in warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 1000 series supports comprehensive networking standards including IEEE 802.1q VLAN, port security with MAC address locking, and ACL (Access Control List) functionality for granular traffic management. It also supports industry-standard protocols like Spanning Tree Protocol and RADIUS authentication for enterprise-grade security. These features make it suitable for warehouse and logistics environments requiring network segmentation and controlled access.
The CS-CAB-4-ASM-B-N comes fully assembled and includes internal IEC power cables, a PDU barrel lock, two keys, and standard shelves. You'll need to provide your own power leads and additional accessories based on your specific deployment requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com for available power and accessory options.
The Zebra CS-CAB-4-FP-B-C6-N supports Wi-Fi, 4G, and Ethernet connectivity, enabling seamless integration with your network infrastructure. The cabinet also includes a power strip with RCD protection, surge protection, and inrush current limiter for safe device charging. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about network integration options.
This cabinet comes equipped with built-in power management including RCD (residual current device), surge protector, and inrush current limiter to protect your devices during charging. It also includes internal IEC power cables and a PDU barrel lock, with power leads and additional accessories available for your specific setup.
The ZD611t is equipped with PrintSecure, part of Zebra's proprietary Print DNA software suite, which provides enterprise-grade security to help you avoid costly cyberattacks and downtime. The printer also features a touch display for secure administration and the Link-OS operating system for centralized management and firmware updates. We recommend the ZD611t for organizations that prioritize security alongside printing performance.
Direct thermal printing uses heat-sensitive label material that darkens when exposed to the printer's heated printhead, eliminating the need for ink or toner ribbons. This technology is ideal for applications like shipping labels, warehouse inventory tags, and temporary identification labels where cost-per-label and simplicity are priorities. We recommend direct thermal for high-volume operations where label durability is needed for weeks rather than months.
The ZT610 offers print resolution options in 203 dpi, 300 dpi, and 600 dpi, allowing you to choose the clarity level that matches your barcode and label requirements. Higher resolutions like 600 dpi are particularly valuable for applications requiring detailed graphics or small text on labels. Contact us today to determine the optimal resolution for your warehouse labeling needs.
The EC55 runs the latest Android OS with a Qualcomm SD660 octa-core processor, delivering fast application performance while minimizing the learning curve for your workforce. This combination ensures quick adoption and reliable performance for business-critical applications.
The MC330L-SE2EG4NA features 4 GB RAM and 32 GB Flash storage as standard, with a MicroSD slot that supports cards up to 512 GB for expanded data storage needs. This configuration provides ample memory for running complex warehouse and logistics applications.
The MC3300x includes 4 GB RAM and 32 GB Flash storage as standard, with an additional MicroSD slot that supports cards up to 512GB for expanded storage needs. This configuration provides ample capacity for running enterprise applications and storing large datasets in the field.
Yes, the CS-CAB-2-ASM-B-N comes fully assembled and ready to deploy. It includes internal IEC power cables, PDU barrel lock, 2 keys, and standard shelves—you only need to connect external power leads and any additional accessories for your specific setup.
The CS-CAB-2-AS-B-C6-N comes equipped with internal IEC power cables, a PDU barrel lock, built-in RCD (residual current device), surge protector, and inrush current limiter. The cabinet requires external power leads and accessories to connect to your facility's power infrastructure.
This cabinet comes with built-in IEC power cables and a PDU barrel lock as standard components. It includes internal power management features such as RCD (residual current device), surge protection, and an inrush current limiter to safely charge and power your mobile devices and scanners.
This Midi 3-shelf cabinet measures 328 x 580 x 230 mm (12.9" x 22.8" x 9") and can accommodate up to 5 devices depending on the cradles and device types you're storing. The compact design makes it ideal for desk mounting or wall-secured installations in space-constrained warehouse and logistics facilities.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet supports Wi-Fi, 4G, and Ethernet connectivity, allowing seamless integration with your warehouse or logistics network infrastructure. It includes a power strip with RCD, surge protector, and inrush current limiter to safely manage power distribution for all connected devices. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about network integration options.
The CS-CAB-3-AS-B-C6-N comes fully assembled and ready to deploy, eliminating setup time for your warehouse operations. It includes the CC6000 controller, internal IEC power cables, and standard shelves—you only need to connect power leads and any additional accessories based on your configuration.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5EXT-AS-B-C6N measures 1912 x 1200 x 437 mm (6'3.3" x 3'11.2" x 17.2") and features HPL composite material with mild steel construction for durability. While the weight is supported on the floor, we recommend securing the cabinet to the wall to ensure stability and prevent tipping in active warehouse environments.
The cabinet includes a power strip with RCD (residual current device), surge protector, and inrush current limiter for safe, regulated power distribution to your devices. It comes with internal IEC power cables and a PDU barrel lock for secure power management. Power leads and additional accessories may be required depending on your facility's electrical infrastructure.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-FP-B-C6-N comes as a flat-pack unit that requires assembly, but includes all necessary components: the CC6000 controller, internal IEC power cables, PDU barrel lock, and two keys. The cabinet is constructed from durable HPL composite material and mild steel, and we recommend securing it to the wall to ensure stability. Our team at Barcodes Inc can assist with installation guidance and integration into your device management workflow.
The flat pack (FLTPK) configuration includes internal IEC power cables, a Power Distribution Unit (PDU) with barrel lock, 2 keys, and standard shelves. Assembly is required, and you'll need to provide power leads and any additional accessories specific to your device cradles—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for complete accessory recommendations.
Yes, this model comes fully assembled and includes internal IEC power cables, a PDU barrel lock, 2 keys, and standard shelves. You will need to provide power leads and any additional accessories specific to your device cradles, which are available from us at barcodesinc.com.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5EXT-FP-B-C6N measures 1912 x 1200 x 437 mm (6'3.3" x 3'11.2" x 17.2"). While the cabinet's weight is supported by the floor, we recommend securing it to the wall to ensure stability and prevent tipping risk, especially in high-traffic warehouse environments.
The CS-CAB-5XL-ASM-B-N includes built-in power management with RCD (residual current device), surge protection, and inrush current limiting to safeguard your devices. The cabinet comes with internal IEC power cables and includes a power distribution unit (PDU) for efficient device charging and management.
The CS-CAB-5XL-AS-B-C6-N includes built-in power management features such as RCD (residual current device), surge protection, and an inrush current limiter to protect your mobile devices during charging. The cabinet comes with internal IEC power cables and a PDU barrel lock, though you'll need to provide external power leads and accessories for your specific installation.
The CS-CAB-3-FLTPK-B-N includes internal IEC power cables and a PDU barrel lock for organized power distribution. Built-in power management options include RCD protection, surge protection, and inrush current limiting to safeguard your mobile computers and printers during charging.
The cabinet features four large shelves that can accommodate multiple mobile computers, tablets, printers, and scanners depending on device size and your storage layout. The adaptable shelf design allows you to configure storage based on your specific enterprise device portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for capacity planning assistance.
The Zebra L10 comes in three distinct models: the XSLATE (11in x 7.7in, 2.7 lbs) is the most compact and portable; the XPAD (11in x 10in, 3.0 lbs) offers balanced size and usability; and the XBOOK (11in x 8.2in, 4.4 lbs) features an integrated keyboard for data-intensive tasks. Each model maintains the same rugged specifications and performance capabilities, so your choice depends on portability needs and input method preferences. Contact us today to discuss which configuration aligns with your operational workflow.
The DS3678 Series is designed for tough enterprise environments, though specific environmental ratings depend on your operational conditions. We recommend contacting our team to review the detailed specifications and certifications for your particular use case—whether that's outdoor logistics, extreme temperature warehouses, or high-moisture manufacturing floors. Visit barcodesinc.com or reach out to confirm the DS3678 meets your environmental requirements.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 4000T is available in 3x2" (76.2x50.8mm) label dimensions with 2,280 labels per roll and 4 rolls per box. The labels are mounted on a 3" (76.2mm) core for compatibility with standard label printer spindles.
The Z-Perform 2000D is ideal for a variety of industrial applications requiring RFID tracking and identification, particularly in warehouse management, inventory control, and logistics operations. However, it is not recommended for applications involving direct exposure to sunlight or extreme heat, as these conditions may degrade label performance and adhesive integrity. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore RFID label solutions tailored to your specific environmental conditions.
Yes, the Zebra PolyPro 4000T labels offer flexibility for labeling curved surfaces thanks to their polypropylene construction and permanent acrylic adhesive. This makes them suitable for applications such as chemical drum labeling, product containers, and other non-flat surfaces.
The DS8108-DL00006ZZWW is a corded barcode scanner, providing a stable, continuous connection without the need for battery management. This wired configuration is ideal for fixed checkout stations and warehouse workstations where mobility is less critical and consistent power is preferred. We offer this model as a reliable choice for high-volume scanning environments.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is available in 1x0.5" (25.4x12.7mm) dimensions, configured 3 across on rolls with a 3" (76.2mm) core. Each roll contains 10,002 labels, and the product is supplied with 1 roll per box.
The EC55 provides a standard battery life of 10 hours for full-day operations, with an optional extended battery option that extends runtime to 13 hours. This ensures your warehouse and logistics teams can work extended shifts without interruption. Contact us today to discuss battery options that match your operational requirements.
Genuine Zebra ribbons like the 800077-719 are manufactured to exact specifications for your ZXP Series 7 printer, ensuring consistent print quality, proper ribbon advancement, and minimal printer wear. Using authentic Zebra supplies protects your equipment warranty and prevents potential damage from incompatible materials. Available from us with full manufacturer backing and support.
Organizations across government, corporate security, healthcare, education, and hospitality rely on Zebra ID card ribbons for employee badges, visitor credentials, and access control cards. The 2000-image yield makes this ribbon suitable for facilities with ongoing credential issuance needs.
The P330i printers feature thermal transfer or direct thermal printing with Element Energy Equalizer (E3) technology for superior print quality and extended printhead life. The 105912G-708 cleaning cassette helps maintain these performance standards by keeping the printhead clean and free from media residue. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete range of P330i supplies and accessories.
These wristbands are direct thermal printed, meaning they require a direct thermal printer such as Zebra's thermal printer lineup. No thermal transfer ribbon is needed—the barcode is created directly on the wristband material through heat. We offer compatible Zebra thermal printers and can help you select the right equipment for your facility's needs.
Each case of Zebra PS-BABY wristbands contains 25 sheets with 10 bands per sheet, totaling 250 wristbands per case. This packaging configuration makes it convenient for healthcare facilities to order and manage inventory for high-volume infant identification needs.
The Zebra LB2-BABY-L wristbands come hole-punched for easy attachment to patient charts, streamlining your documentation workflow. The adhesive-free areas around the holes and form edges prevent printing jams and eliminate expensive printer maintenance, making these wristbands a cost-effective solution for high-volume healthcare environments.
The Zebra Z-Band Direct wristbands use direct thermal printing technology, which means they require a direct thermal printer and no thermal transfer ribbon. This makes them cost-effective and simple to implement while delivering high-quality, durable barcode printing suitable for patient identification and medical tracking applications.
The Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands measure 1x10 inches (25.4x254mm) and come in rolls of 350 wristbands per roll, with multiple rolls per box depending on the specific SKU configuration. The 1-inch (25.4mm) core allows for easy loading into compatible Zebra wristband printers.
Yes—Z-Band Splash wristbands are blank and only gain value when printed on demand, making them tamper-evident and nontransferable, which significantly reduces ticket fraud and revenue losses. By enabling barcode scanning instead of cash transactions, they improve employee transaction speeds and enhance guest experience while offering lower total cost of ownership compared to RFID alternatives.
The MC3300x features 4 GB RAM and 32 GB Flash storage as standard, with a MicroSD slot that supports cards up to 512GB for expandable storage. This configuration provides ample capacity for running enterprise applications and storing operational data in the field.
30 mil plastic ID cards like the Zebra 104524-122 are ideal for employee badges, government IDs, student identification, access control cards, membership cards, and loyalty programs. The 30 mil thickness provides a balance between durability and cost-effectiveness for high-volume card production. These cards can be personalized with photos, barcodes, magnetic stripes, or RFID encoding depending on your printer capabilities.
MotionWorks Enterprise is built to tackle no use case too difficult, leveraging Zebra's extensive experience in location technology and logistics optimization. The Signature Service ensures your specific requirements—whether involving multi-site integration, complex workflows, or challenging environments—are properly architected and deployed. We work with you to customize and implement solutions that standard RTLS platforms simply cannot support.
The MC330L includes 4 GB RAM and 32 GB internal Flash storage, with an additional MicroSD slot that supports cards up to 512 GB for expanded data storage. This configuration provides ample capacity for running enterprise applications, storing barcode scanning data, and managing large inventory databases. Contact us today for guidance on memory specifications for your specific use case.
The PC42E-T supports both 0.5 inch and 1 inch ribbon core sizes, with a clever design that allows easy switching between them without tools or complex adjustments. The larger 1 inch ribbon core option enables longer printing runs before requiring media replenishment, improving workflow productivity. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore ribbon options available for your specific application.
Yes, the CN80G balances the ease of a large 106.7 mm (4.2 in) FWVGA touchscreen display with your choice of a 23-key numeric or 40-key QWERTY keypad for versatile data input. The touchscreen can be operated with finger, glove, or stylus, while the keypad option optimizes efficiency in harsh environments where touch input may be impractical. This dual-input design supports both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch applications.
Yes, the CN85 features a large 4.2-inch touchscreen display that can be read easily indoors and outdoors and used with your finger, glove, or stylus. This versatility makes it practical for workers in any environment without requiring device removal or special handling.
Yes, the CT40 XP features hot-swap capability with a warm swap function for the battery, allowing you to replace the battery without interrupting device operations. This is essential for maintaining continuous productivity in high-demand warehouse and retail environments.
Yes, the PC42E-T maintains compatibility with previous Honeywell models, which helps protect your existing investments in printer infrastructure and supplies. This backward compatibility ensures smooth transitions and reduces implementation costs when upgrading your printing fleet.
The PC42E-T supports flexible ribbon core sizes of both 0.5 inch and 1 inch, allowing easy switching between configurations to match your specific printing needs. This modular design helps maximize productivity and adapt to various labeling requirements without equipment changes.
Yes, the PC42E-T is purpose-built for warehouse operations, shipping and receiving, parcel labeling, and light manufacturing environments where reliable, consistent label output is essential. Its compact desktop design and quick-opening media access make it ideal for fast-paced logistics operations.
The EDA10A provides up to 12 hours of battery life on a single charge with its 8000mAh battery, ensuring your mobile workforce can complete full shifts without interruption. This extended battery performance is critical for logistics and warehouse operations where downtime for charging can impact productivity. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about this device's power management capabilities.
The CK67 is powered by a Qualcomm 4490 octa-core processor and supports Android OS versions 14 through 18, ensuring compatibility with current and future enterprise applications. This future-proof architecture protects your investment across multiple Android generations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this processing power supports your warehouse software requirements.
Yes, the CN80G is specifically designed for cold storage, outdoor, and field mobility applications with its IP65/IP67 environmental rating protecting against dust and water ingress. The large, vivid 4.2-inch touchscreen is readable both indoors and outdoors and can be operated with finger, glove, or stylus, making it ideal for temperature-controlled warehouses and external logistics operations. We offer the CN80G as a proven solution for these demanding environmental conditions.
Yes, the Honeywell CN80G is specifically designed with non-incendive construction, making it suitable for hazardous environments and government agency use. Its ultra-rugged design and environmental ratings (IP65/IP67) allow it to operate reliably in the most difficult conditions, including cold storage facilities and field mobility scenarios. We offer the CN80G to support US government agencies, contractors, and third parties requiring certified equipment for sensitive applications.
Yes, the CN80G offers flexibility with either a 23-key numeric keypad or 40-key QWERTY keypad, combined with a large 4.2-inch touchscreen display. This dual-input design supports both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch applications, allowing you to optimize efficiency for your specific operational needs. The device also includes dual side scan triggers for enhanced data capture functionality.
Yes, the CN80G offers a large 106.7 mm (4.2 in) FWVGA touchscreen display that works with finger, glove, or stylus, combined with your choice of a 40-key QWERTY keypad or 23-key numeric keypad. This dual-input design supports both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch applications, optimizing efficiency in all environments.
Yes, the CN80G's large, vivid 4.2-inch touchscreen display can be operated with fingers, gloves, or a stylus, making it ideal for outdoor and cold storage environments where traditional touch interfaces may be impractical. The bright color LCD is easily readable both indoors and outdoors, ensuring consistent performance across diverse operational settings. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of rugged mobile computers for your specific environment.
The CN80G supports comprehensive wireless connectivity including 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/r/k/mc Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and LTE with dual micro-SIM slots. This multi-protocol approach ensures seamless real-time connectivity across diverse warehouse and field environments. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity options best fit your logistics and mobility requirements.
Yes, the CN80G offers flexibility with a large touchscreen display combined with your choice of either a 40-key QWERTY keypad or 23-key numeric function keypad. This dual-input design supports both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch applications, optimizing efficiency in all warehouse and field environments.
The CK65 features Honeywell's advanced FlexRange FR imager with dual-lens architecture that simultaneously captures near, mid, and far-range barcodes with no moving parts. This innovation delivers lightning-fast scanning speed and the broadest range of workflow support, from picking operations to pallet and rack management.
This model includes 8GB of RAM and 128GB of Flash storage, delivering sufficient capacity for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. The robust specifications support multitasking and data-intensive operations required in supply chain automation environments.
The SL42 provides 802.11a/b/g/n WiFi connectivity, enabling seamless wireless communication for real-time data transmission in enterprise environments. This wireless capability allows mobile workers to stay connected to backend systems and access critical information at the point of decision. We offer the SL42 with complete wireless infrastructure support to ensure reliable connectivity across your facility.
The CT47 incorporates multi-factor biometric authentication to ensure robust security for user data and device access. Combined with the Mobility Edge platform's top-tier security standards, the device protects sensitive warehouse and logistics information from unauthorized access. We offer the CT47 with enterprise-grade security features that meet the demands of modern supply chain operations.
The 1472g features a durable form factor engineered to withstand the demands of busy retail environments and frequent daily scanning operations. Its robust construction, combined with the included charge and communication base, ensures reliable performance throughout extended shifts in fast-paced point-of-sale workflows.
The Honeywell Granit Ultra 2105iSR uses standard Bluetooth 4.2 connectivity, making it compatible with most modern warehouse management systems, mobile computers, and enterprise platforms that support wireless barcode input. Its ability to read both 1D and 2D barcodes ensures seamless integration with legacy systems and new cloud-based logistics platforms. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss integration requirements for your specific WMS environment.
Yes, the CN80G's 4.2-inch touchscreen can be operated with fingers, gloves, or a stylus, making it ideal for cold storage, outdoor field operations, and other challenging environments where traditional touchscreens may be difficult to use. The display is bright and vivid enough to be read clearly both indoors and outdoors, ensuring visibility and usability across all conditions. Contact us today to discuss how the CN80G can support your specific environmental requirements.
The Voyager 1200g scans across its full working range with a horizontal scan angle of 30°. For 5 mil narrow width barcodes, the depth of field is 40 units, providing consistent performance across typical warehouse scanning distances without requiring extensive user training.
The CN80G supports LTE with dual micro-SIM slots, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and Zigbee connectivity, ensuring real-time connectivity across diverse logistics and warehouse environments. This comprehensive wireless support allows seamless integration with your existing infrastructure and enables workers to stay connected throughout multiple shifts. Contact us today to discuss connectivity requirements for your specific deployment.
The CN80 offers a choice between a 23-key numeric keypad or a 40-key QWERTY layout to match your operational needs. The numeric keypad is optimized for high-speed transaction entry and performs better in extremely harsh environments, while the QWERTY layout supports more complex data entry and legacy applications requiring full keyboard input. Both options work seamlessly with the large touchscreen, allowing you to transition gradually from key-dependent to touch-based workflows.
The CT47 meets IP65/68 environmental ratings, providing protection against dust and water ingress for reliable operation in harsh conditions. With its ultra-rugged design engineered to withstand extreme drops and tumbles, the device is built to survive the demanding conditions of warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics operations. We offer the CT47 as a long-term investment in durability and performance.
The PC42E-T's ECO button enables economy mode, which effectively minimizes label wastage and reduces calibration waiting time. This feature helps maximize productivity while curtailing operational costs, making it an economical choice for organizations focused on cost optimization.
Yes, the CN80G is specifically designed for warehouse, cold storage, field mobility, and other challenging environments. Its large, vivid touchscreen display is readable indoors and outdoors, and the ultra-rugged construction with IP65/IP67 environmental ratings handles temperature extremes and moisture exposure. The extended battery life of 5800 mAh with integrated diagnostics supports multiple shifts without interruption, making it ideal for continuous warehouse operations.
Yes, the SUPCAP-SCN11 is designed for enterprise-level warehouse and logistics operations where continuous scanning performance is critical. The battery-free super capacitor technology combined with configurable recharge alerts makes it ideal for high-volume environments that require reliable, uninterrupted barcode scanning capabilities.
This vehicle-mounted computer is equipped with 8GB of RAM and 128GB of Flash storage, providing sufficient capacity for enterprise applications and local data caching in distribution center operations. The robust memory configuration ensures smooth multitasking and application performance in demanding logistics environments. Contact us today for detailed specifications on memory upgrades or alternatives.
The Honeywell 852-071-001 is built to support Honeywell's rugged mobile computing devices, which are sealed to IP65 specifications and operate reliably in temperatures from -30°C to 50°C. This makes it suitable for demanding warehouse, logistics, and outdoor scanning environments.
Yes, the HX-CPU-6126's 12-core architecture and support for enterprise operating systems including Windows Server and Red Hat Enterprise Linux make it well-suited for virtualization, cloud computing, and high-performance computing environments. The processor's balanced design delivers efficient performance for mixed workload scenarios in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6140 is compatible with Cisco HyperFlex HX-series systems and select Cisco UCS rack servers that support Socket 3647 processors. This processor upgrade works with systems like the UCSX-410C-M7 and other Intel Xeon Gold-compatible platforms in the Cisco portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific server model and current configuration.
The HX-CPU-6132 features 14 cores at 2.6 GHz with 19.25MB cache, while the HX-CPU-6130 offers 16 cores at 2.1 GHz with 22MB cache, and the HX-CPU-6138 provides 20 cores at 2.0 GHz with 27.5MB cache. The HX-CPU-6132 delivers a balanced performance profile with higher clock speeds than the higher-core-count options, making it suitable for latency-sensitive workloads. Available from us—contact us today to select the processor that best matches your performance requirements.
Yes, the HX-CPU-5120 processor is suitable for warehouse management systems, inventory tracking, and logistics automation when installed in compatible Cisco UCS servers. Its 14-core architecture and DDR4 memory support enable reliable performance for RFID integration, barcode scanning systems, and real-time inventory databases. We offer this component as part of our AIDC infrastructure solutions for logistics operations.
The HX-CPU-6140M operates at 140W TDP, making it suitable for data center environments with standard cooling infrastructure. Its 14 nm manufacturing process and efficient Socket 3647 design ensure reliable thermal performance in rack-mounted server deployments typical of warehouse management and logistics operations.
Yes, the HX-CPU-6154 with its 18 cores and DDR4 support is well-suited for virtualized environments, including hypervisor deployments and containerized workloads. The processor's architecture supports Intel virtualization extensions and is optimized for running multiple virtual machines simultaneously. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss virtualization solutions using this processor.
Yes, the HX-CPU-6148's 20-core architecture and high clock speed make it well-suited for virtualization, cloud computing, and data analytics workloads. Cisco's HyperFlex systems featuring this processor deliver integrated compute, storage, and networking for hyperconverged infrastructure deployments. We offer complete HyperFlex solutions—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your infrastructure requirements.
Cisco UCS servers compatible with the HX-CPU-6142 support up to 8 TB of DDR4 SDRAM with speeds of DDR4-3200/PC4-25600, with 32 total memory slots available across dual-socket configurations. This provides substantial memory capacity for demanding enterprise applications, virtualization, and data analytics workloads.
The HX-CPU-6146 operates at 3.2 GHz with 12 cores, while the HX-CPU-6142M runs at 2.60 GHz with 16 cores, and the HX-CPU-6138 operates at 2.0 GHz with 20 cores. The 6146 offers a balance of clock speed and core count for moderate workloads, while higher core-count options suit heavily threaded applications. We offer all three models to support different performance requirements—contact us today to discuss which processor best fits your workload.
The Dell Y3KJN transceiver is designed to work with single-mode optical fiber, which is the standard for long-distance, high-speed 10 Gigabit Ethernet and Fiber Channel applications. Single-mode fiber provides superior performance and distance capabilities compared to multi-mode alternatives. Our team can assist with fiber selection and installation guidance—contact us today for support.
The Dell 407-BBOK has a maximum transmission distance of 0.50 km (500 meters) over multimode optical fiber. This short-range capability makes it well-suited for intra-data center connections and enterprise network backbone applications where high speed and reliability are critical.
The Dell T1HD3 includes standard connectivity options such as USB ports, HDMI, and network connectivity (RJ-45) to support barcode scanners, label printers, and mobile computer peripherals. The system supports optional USB 3.0 modules and additional I/O expansion for integrating with warehouse automation equipment and AIDC devices. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify specific port configurations for your scanning and printing hardware.
Yes, the QD2220 is specifically designed to seamlessly read barcodes through plexiglass barriers, making it flexible for various checkout and retail environments where barriers may be present. This capability, combined with its ergonomic design and Datalogic's patented 'Green Spot' good-read feedback, provides operators with clear visual confirmation on the barcode itself. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about how the QD2220 can optimize your scanning workflow.
The QW2520-BKK1S kit comes complete with the QW2520-BK scanner, a USB cable (90A052258), and a stand (STD-QW25-BK) for hands-free scanning operations. This all-in-one package eliminates the need for separate purchases and gets you scanning immediately.
The Memor 17 includes a dual camera system with a 13MP rear camera featuring autofocus for capturing detailed images of damaged goods and barcode details, plus an 8MP front camera with fixed focus. These integrated cameras enable comprehensive documentation and asset verification directly from the handheld device without requiring separate equipment. Visit barcodesinc.com to see how this imaging capability streamlines your operational documentation.
The innovative Datalogic Wireless Charging System eliminates common battery contact issues that plague traditional chargers, reducing maintenance overhead and facilitating uninterrupted operation. Combined with quick battery replacement capabilities, this system enables 24/7 continuous scanning operations without downtime. We offer complete charging solutions as part of our PBT9600-ARRB package—contact us today to discuss your operational requirements.
The QW2520 is the most affordable and simplest model in Datalogic's 2500 Series, offering the same rugged IP52-rated housing as higher-end models while maintaining consistent, reliable barcode reading performance. It represents excellent value for money for applications requiring high efficiency and fast throughput without premium features. We offer the complete 2500 Series lineup—contact us today for model comparisons.
The Magellan 9800i operates reliably in temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F) with humidity levels between 5-95% non-condensing. It features robust ESD protection rated at 25kV air discharge and handles ambient light conditions from 0 to 86,080 lux, ensuring consistent performance in various retail lighting conditions. The scanner's durable construction makes it suitable for high-traffic checkout environments.
Yes, the M3450VSi is rated to operate in ambient light conditions from 0 to 86,100 lux, which covers typical retail and warehouse environments including bright fluorescent and natural lighting. This wide light tolerance ensures reliable scanning performance regardless of your store's lighting conditions.
The Datalogic Magellan 9400i comes with rail and flange mount accessories included in the package, allowing flexible installation configurations for counter-mounted POS and self-checkout applications. These mounting options accommodate various counter heights and layouts.
The scanner delivers scanning speeds up to 1000 scans per second (software programmable) with maximum resolution of 0.20mm (8 mils), enabling fast and accurate barcode capture in high-volume sorting and distribution operations. Reading distance extends up to 1000mm on 0.50mm barcodes with a depth of field up to 600mm, providing flexibility in mounting positions. Available from us with full technical specifications and integration support.
Yes, this fixed scanner delivers scanning speeds up to 1200 scans per second with a 16-line scan pattern, making it well-suited for high-volume warehouse and retail operations. The scanner maintains consistent performance across multiple scan directions and includes user-selectable audio feedback for read confirmation. Available from us with deployment support for logistics and automated warehousing environments.
The Skorpio X5 includes Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 5 connectivity for seamless integration with your enterprise systems and mobile networks. These wireless capabilities enable real-time data synchronization across distribution centers, retail locations, and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configuration options that match your connectivity requirements.
The DataLogic Skorpio X5 supports Wi-Fi (802.11a/b/g) and Bluetooth 5 connectivity, enabling seamless integration with your warehouse management systems and real-time data synchronization. These wireless capabilities allow mobile workers to maintain constant communication with your backend systems while moving throughout your facility.
The Skorpio X5 includes Wi-Fi (802.11a/b/g/n) and Bluetooth 5 wireless technology for seamless connectivity in warehouse and retail environments. Both connectivity options are integrated into the device, allowing you to choose the best option for your data collection application.
Yes, the Joya Touch 22 is built for durability with a drop resistance rating that withstands drops from 1.2 meters and an operating temperature range of -10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F). This rugged design makes it suitable for the most demanding self-scanning and checkout applications in retail settings.
The Skorpio X5 features a 4.3-inch TFT/Transflective LCD display with 800x480 WVGA resolution and Gorilla Glass for excellent visibility even in direct sunlight. Memory options include 3GB or 4GB RAM with 32GB or 64GB Flash storage, plus a microSD slot supporting up to 256GB expansion for large data collection applications.
The Skorpio X5 runs Android 10 with Google Mobile Services and is validated by Google as an Android Enterprise Recommended device. It includes Datalogic Shield for recurring security patches and firmware updates, pre-licensed device and browser lockdown via 42Gears, and is compatible with major MDM solutions including Microsoft Intune, VMware AirWatch, and SOTI MobiControl.
The Skorpio X5 features a 4.3-inch TFT display with 800x480 WVGA resolution and Gorilla Glass protection, making it the largest display in its category. This large screen ensures excellent visibility even in direct sunlight, which is critical for warehouse and retail applications. The transflective LCD technology provides clear readability in various lighting conditions.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexible charging options: a contactless wireless charging version with 15-watt capability or a traditional pogo-pin connector version that supports both wired charging and Ethernet connectivity. Both options feature hot-swappable batteries, allowing uninterrupted 24/7 operations in continuous-use environments.
The Skorpio X5 is compatible with enterprise-class MDM platforms including SOTI MobiControl, VMware AirWatch, Ivanti Avalanche, 42Gears SureMDM, and Microsoft Intune. It also supports provisioning through Scan2Deploy Studio and Android Zero-Touch enrollment, making it easy to manage fleets across your organization.
The Skorpio X5 runs Android 10 with Google Mobile Services and is validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' device. It supports enterprise-class device management through compatibility with SOTI MobiControl, VMware AirWatch, Ivanti Avalanche, 42Gears SureMDM, and Microsoft Intune, along with pre-licensed device lockdown powered by 42Gears for secure deployments.
The Skorpio X5 features comprehensive 1D and 2D barcode scanning capabilities with multiple range options, including standard range and extra-long-range (XLR) configurations to suit different warehouse and retail applications. The 2D imager provides reliable data capture across various barcode types and distances, making it versatile for distribution centers and shop floors. Available from us with configurations tailored to your specific scanning requirements.
The Skorpio X5 supports Wi-Fi (802.11a/b/g/n) with Cisco Compatible CCX v4 security and Bluetooth 5 for wireless communications with peripheral devices and enterprise systems. These connectivity options allow seamless integration into your existing warehouse management and logistics infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configuration options that match your network requirements.
The DataLogic 94ACC0165 SH15 Blackline DC power cable is 2.9 meters long, providing adequate reach for most vehicle-mounted and fixed terminal installations. This length accommodates typical mounting distances in warehouse vehicles and fixed data terminal setups without requiring extension cables.
The GD4520 features a 4-dot aimer with center cross to help operators precisely target barcodes, and it can read codes at multiple angles including ±50° pitch, ±35° roll, and ±65° skew. The scanner provides good read feedback through an adjustable beeper and green spot indicator, ensuring operators know when a barcode has been successfully captured. Available from us with full technical support for optimizing read performance in your warehouse.
Our kit includes the QW2520-BK scanner, a USB coiled cable (90A052285), and a stand (STD-QW25-BK) for hands-free reading. This complete package is ready to deploy immediately, whether you need handheld scanning or stationary point-of-sale applications.
The G5110215 is engineered for industrial use and maintains reliable performance across typical warehouse and logistics environments. For detailed environmental specifications including temperature and humidity ratings, contact us today—we can provide complete technical documentation and help you determine if this sensor meets your facility's conditions.
The Datalogic 95B066210 features M8 connection with 3-wire connectivity and PNP output, providing standard industrial sensor integration. This connection type is widely compatible with warehouse automation systems, conveyor controls, and barcode scanning infrastructure available from us.
The VLASE GREEN 10 is ideal for automotive and electronics applications including coating removal and paint stripping for both night and day operations. The high peak power and green wavelength make it effective for precision marking tasks where thermal effects need to be minimized.
The Datalogic UniQ delivers 15W average output power, providing sufficient capability for marking applications in automotive and general manufacturing industries. This power level is optimized for the system's compact form factor while maintaining marking speed and quality across various material types.
The Skorpio X5 runs Android 10 with Google Mobile Services and is validated as Android Enterprise Recommended by Google, ensuring security and enterprise-grade compatibility. It supports major mobile device management (MDM) platforms including SOTI MobiControl, VMWare AirWatch, Ivanti Avalanche, 42Gears SureMDM, and Microsoft Intune, plus terminal emulation solutions like StayLinked SmartTE. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore integration options with your existing IT infrastructure.
The QW2520 features a class-leading 10 million trigger hits, meaning the trigger mechanism is rated for millions of scans before requiring replacement. This exceptional durability makes it one of the most cost-effective handheld scanners for high-volume scanning operations.
The Skorpio X5 includes Wi-Fi (802.11a/b/g) and Bluetooth 5 connectivity for seamless integration with enterprise networks and peripherals. These wireless options enable real-time data synchronization and communication in warehouse and retail environments without the constraints of wired connections.
The Magellan 9800i is available as a scanner/scale combination with metric display options, including Scale Sentry and metric dual display configurations. This integrated design eliminates the need for separate hardware and reduces the overall footprint at the checkout station. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the available scale and display configurations for your specific needs.
The Skorpio X5 runs Google Android 10 with Google Mobile Services (GMS) and is validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' (AER) rugged device. This certification ensures compatibility with enterprise applications and security protocols required in warehouse and logistics operations. The Android 10 platform provides modern app support and regular security updates available through our team.
The QW2520-BK requires 5 VDC +/- 10% input voltage and draws approximately 170 mA during typical operation and 90 mA in standby mode. This low power consumption makes it efficient for continuous scanning operations in warehouse environments.
Absolutely. The Memor 11 is specifically designed for warehouse, logistics, and transportation operations with its semi-rugged, compact construction that withstands tough conditions. Its enterprise-ready Android 11 platform, robust battery management with swappable SafeSwap™ technology, and advanced 2D scanning make it an excellent choice for mobile workforce applications in these industries. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete range of warehouse mobile computers.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexibility with both wireless charging (15-watt contactless) and classic contact-based wired charging options. This allows you to choose the charging solution that best fits your operational workflow and infrastructure. We offer various charging dock configurations to support single or multiple device charging scenarios in your facility.
The Skorpio X5 is the next generation of Datalogic's Skorpio family with significant improvements including a larger 4.3-inch display, more powerful Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor, Android 10 (versus Windows CE), increased RAM and storage, and an advanced Extra Long Range (XLR) 2D imager option. The X5 also features improved ruggedness with IP65 sealing and enhanced wireless capabilities with Bluetooth 5. We offer both models to meet different budget and performance requirements.
The PM9600-HP910RBK30 kit includes 910MHz wireless connectivity via Ethernet, with the BC9630-910 cradle supporting multiple interface protocols including RS-232, USB, Keyboard Wedge, and Industrial Protocols. This connectivity flexibility allows seamless integration with existing warehouse management systems and networked environments. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity option best fits your infrastructure.
The GD4590 is built for demanding warehouse conditions with IP52 sealing for particulate and water resistance, and it withstands repeated drops from 1.5 meters (5 feet) onto concrete surfaces. It operates reliably in temperatures from 0 to 50°C and maintains performance in high ambient light conditions up to 100,000 lux. This rugged construction ensures long-term reliability in fast-paced logistics and inventory operations.
The Zebra Z-Band Comfort features an adhesive closure that provides secure, tamper-evident fastening. This design ensures the wristband stays securely attached to the patient while remaining comfortable for extended wear. The adhesive closure is ideal for hospital and medical applications where patient safety and identification integrity are essential.
Yes. The Rhino 6000 weighs only 1.98 lbs and measures 9.7" H x 4.9" W x 2.6" D, making it highly portable for worksite applications. It features an integrated impact bumper that protects against falls while allowing easy access to the label cartridge, and it produces durable RHINO labels designed to withstand harsh conditions, chemicals, and demanding environments.
Yes, the EC50 is designed to be individually assigned and always ready to work whether your workers are inside your facility or out in the field. With its sleek smartphone styling, it easily fits in a pocket or a wearable accessory for maximum portability and accessibility.
Z-Band Fun wristbands are perfect for patient ID in healthcare settings, access control at amusement parks and events, and streamlining point-of-sale transactions. Employees can simply scan the bar code on the wristband instead of exchanging cash, reducing transaction time and improving operational efficiency at venues like carnivals, festivals, and concerts.
The recommended storage conditions for the Zebra 6100 are 72°F (22°C) at 50% relative humidity, with a shelf life of one year. Proper storage ensures the ribbon maintains its ink formulation integrity and print quality. We recommend following these guidelines to maximize the performance of your ribbon inventory.
The ZT421R features a side-loading supplies path designed for simplified, faster, and more intuitive media and ribbon loading. The color-coded media path guides users on how to thread media and ribbon through the printer, while lighted paths make it easy to see even in poorly lit environments. This design makes the loading process straightforward for both experienced users and new operators.
The Granit XP 1990iXLR operates in temperatures from -30°C to 50°C (-22°F to 122°F) and can handle up to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). These wide environmental tolerances ensure reliable performance across diverse warehouse and manufacturing conditions.
The RT10W features a 10.1-inch bright, high-resolution display with 800 NIT brightness and 1920 x 1200 dpi resolution, protected by optically bonded Gorilla Glass 5. This display design ensures excellent visibility and durability for all-day field use.
This model features 802.11abgn and 802.11ac WLAN connectivity along with Bluetooth for comprehensive wireless communication. These connectivity options ensure reliable real-time data transmission in warehouse and field mobility environments.
The Zebra AN660 operates reliably across a wide temperature range of -30° to +70°C, making it suitable for both heated indoor facilities and unheated or outdoor storage areas. This broad temperature tolerance ensures consistent performance in diverse climate conditions without performance degradation.
We offer the Zebra ChemResist Ribbon in two stocked sizes: 110mm x 300 metres for industrial applications and 110mm x 74 metres for desktop printers. Both configurations are available with a 12.7-inch core and come in boxes of 12.
The Zebra 6000 Wax Ribbon features a polyester base film with a 4.5 micron caliper, a total caliper of 7.0 microns +/- 10%, and black ink color. It offers scanning capabilities for both infrared (IR) and visible light, ensuring compatibility with standard barcode scanning systems.
The YMCKO ribbon is ideal for printing a combination of full-color images and one-color text or barcodes on the same card. The yellow, magenta, and cyan panels blend using varying degrees of heat to create a full spectrum of colors, while the black resin panel handles text and barcode printing with the protective overlay ensuring durability.
The Zebra 800300-307 metallic silver ribbon is not suitable for printing readable barcodes on its own. Black resin is required to print barcodes that can be reliably scanned. The silver ribbon is best used for decorative text and one-color line art elements on your cards.
The Zebra 800350-360 Color Ribbon is rated for 200 prints. This yield allows you to produce a significant volume of high-quality ID cards before needing to replace the ribbon.
Using genuine Zebra 800350-321 ribbons maintains your Zebra card printer's warranty and ensures reliable performance. As an authorized Zebra Solution provider, we only sell genuine Zebra 800350-321 KrO Black Monochrome Ribbons, and we offer a low price guarantee on this product.
When stored under proper conditions, Zebra 800082-079 overlamination ribbons typically have a shelf life of up to one year. Ribbons stored improperly or more than one year old will not print optimally and can result in increased maintenance costs and card reprinting. We guarantee that our 800082-079 laminates are genuine Zebra products, stored properly, and always fresh.
Routine cleaning with the Zebra 105909-169 kit helps maintain optimal printing functionality and image quality while extending the life of your printer. Regular maintenance prevents dust and debris buildup on the printhead and other critical components, reducing the risk of print quality issues and costly repairs.
When stored under proper conditions, Zebra 800017-248 dye-sublimation ribbons have a shelf life of up to one year. Ribbons stored longer than one year or improperly stored may not print optimally and can result in increased maintenance costs and card reprinting. We store all our ribbons properly to ensure they remain fresh and perform at peak quality.
The Datalogic Rhino II is compatible with Datalogic Configuration Utility, Wavelink Terminal Emulation, Wavelink TermProxy, Wavelink Remote Control, and Wavelink Industrial Browser. These tools enable comprehensive device management, terminal emulation, and remote control capabilities for enterprise deployments. Contact us today for assistance selecting the right software configuration for your needs.
The Dell CK3MN Drive offers 2 TB of storage capacity, providing substantial data storage for enterprise applications, databases, and backup systems. Available from us, this drive delivers the capacity needed for modern warehouse and logistics data management. Visit barcodesinc.com to order.
Yes, the PM43c is a direct thermal printer, which means it prints without requiring ink or toner ribbons. This makes it cost-effective for high-volume label printing operations and reduces ongoing supply costs—ideal for warehouse and logistics applications where efficiency is critical.
The Cisco IE3100 includes built-in security through Cisco IOS® XE and Zero Trust Network Access (ZTNA) capabilities for secure remote access to operational technology assets. These features ensure your industrial network remains protected against unauthorized access while maintaining reliable connectivity.
The inTouch 101 offers Mini HDMI and USB-C inputs for versatile connectivity. Power is supplied via USB-C with input voltage ranging from 5 to 19V, and the unit consumes only 8W of power, making it energy-efficient for continuous retail operations.
The Memor 17 features a 6-inch FHD+ capacitive display protected by Corning Gorilla Glass, providing a high-quality viewing experience for warehouse and logistics tasks. The large, durable display is designed to withstand the rigors of industrial use while delivering clear visibility for barcode scanning and data entry.
The inTouch 270 utilizes advanced USB-C technology for enhanced touch responsiveness and connectivity, alongside traditional HDMI and DisplayPort inputs. This multi-port approach ensures compatibility with both modern and legacy systems while supporting high-speed data transfer and power delivery.
The Lenovo ThinkCentre M70q Gen 5 Tiny measures just 179 x 182.9 x 36.5 mm (7.05 x 7.2 x 1.44 inches) and weighs approximately 1.25 kg (2.76 lbs). This compact form factor fits easily into various workspace configurations, making it ideal for businesses seeking efficient and space-saving computing solutions.
The QW2500 includes Datalogic's 'Green Spot' technology that provides visual good-read feedback directly on the barcode, along with an adjustable beeper and good-read LED indicator. These multiple feedback mechanisms help operators confirm successful scans quickly and reduce scanning errors in busy retail environments.
The CX6300 supports multi-gigabit Ethernet connectivity including 1G, 2.5G, 5G, and 10G ports, with built-in high-speed uplinks available on select models. This flexible port configuration allows you to optimize connectivity based on your specific deployment requirements, whether for access, aggregation, or core network roles.
The PowerScan PM9100 is designed with outstanding 1D decoding capability, allowing it to effectively read one-dimensional barcode formats. We offer this scanner as a reliable solution for 1D barcode capture in your warehouse operations.
The SATO PW2NX supports a variety of media types including die-cut labels, continuous labels, and linerless labels on rolls. The printer accommodates label widths from 1.0 to 2.17 inches (25.4–55 mm) for continuous and tear-off options, and 1.06 to 2.28 inches (27–58 mm) for receipt printing.
The P14s Gen 4 features 2x Thunderbolt 4, 2x USB 3.2 Gen 1 (with 1 Always On port), HDMI, audio jack, and optional smart card reader for ports, plus Gigabit Ethernet and Wi-Fi 6E for fast, reliable network connections. These comprehensive connectivity options ensure compatibility with professional peripherals and seamless data transfer.
The ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 11 includes Intel Wi-Fi 6E AX211, Bluetooth 5.1, and optional 5G sub-6 with eSIM for flexible mobile connectivity. It also features 2 Thunderbolt 4 ports, 2 USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A ports, HDMI 2.0b, and a 3.5mm headphone/microphone combo jack.
Yes, the ThinkEdge SE10 offers expandable I/O capabilities with scalable vertical I/O options, allowing you to adjust configurations based on your specific business needs and application requirements.
Yes, the M75q Gen 5 offers Wi-Fi 6E (802.11ax) support along with Gigabit Ethernet, ensuring fast and reliable network connections for both wired and wireless connectivity.
Yes, the inFlex 215 includes a dedicated Chromebox Slot that allows you to install a Lenovo Chromebox Micro directly into the monitor. This enables an all-in-one solution with a single power supply, reducing cable clutter and simplifying deployment in commercial spaces.
Yes, the ThinkCentre Neo 50q Gen 4 is specifically designed for space efficiency, measuring just 182.9mm x 179mm x 34.5mm (7.20 x 7.04 x 1.35 inches) and housed in a compact 1-liter form factor. Its small footprint makes it ideal for warehouse offices, kiosks, or any environment where desk or mounting space is at a premium, without compromising on essential features.
The printer supports a wide range of media including plain paper, cardstock, glossy brochure paper at 180g, HP Advanced Photo Papers, light weight (60-74g), intermediate weight (85-95g), and letterhead. The maximum print area is 209.9 x 349.6 mm with 3 mm margins on all sides, and borderless printing is available up to 127 x 177 mm.
The HP F9K00A is sold as a single-pack cartridge, containing one ink cartridge per unit. If you need multiple cartridges for higher-volume printing operations, contact us today to discuss bulk ordering options available from us.
The HP P2V63A cartridge delivers magenta ink for color printing applications. This magenta cartridge is essential for producing full-color output in HP inkjet systems used in POS and business environments.
The HP 4VW66AT touchscreen is an optional feature that must be configured at the time of system setup or purchase. We recommend contacting our team today to discuss your current POS configuration and determine the best way to integrate this touchscreen into your retail environment.
The HP W2021A is a cyan (light blue) toner cartridge, one of the standard colors used in HP color laser printing systems. Cyan is essential for full-color document and image reproduction in professional printing workflows.
HP recommends that the number of printed pages per month remain within the stated duty cycle range for optimum device performance. This recommendation is based on factors including supplies replacement intervals and device life over an extended warranty period, ensuring both cartridge and printer longevity.
The HP Q6582A's semi-gloss finish and 50.50 lb basis weight deliver professional photo quality output with enhanced color vibrancy and durability. This paper is engineered for high-quality graphics and photo reproduction, making it suitable for applications requiring premium visual presentation in business and logistics documentation.
The HP C29Z6AA is engineered specifically for retail point-of-sale applications and works seamlessly with HP Engage Prime G2 systems. Its handheld wireless design enables checkout staff and inventory teams to scan products efficiently without being tethered to a fixed terminal.
Yes, the HP D8J07A original HP ink cartridge is compatible with HP SureSupply, which alerts you when your print cartridge is running low and helps you purchase online or locally through HP or participating retailers. Internet access is required to use this service.
The HP 2HV27AA comes with a power supply and AC cord included in the package. The device is designed for reliable operation in point-of-sale and receipt printing environments where consistent power delivery is essential.
The HP J3E86A comes with HP Printer Software, HP Update, and HP Photo Creations pre-installed. Additional software solutions are available for download from hp.com to extend functionality based on your specific warehouse or logistics needs.
Each HP W2023A purchase includes 1 magenta toner cartridge. If you need multiple colors or backup supplies for your warehouse printing operations, we offer them available from us individually or in bulk quantities—visit barcodesinc.com to explore package options.
The HP Engage Go Mobile includes a 12.3-inch diagonal capacitive multi-touch display with WUXGA+ resolution. This large, responsive touchscreen provides an intuitive interface for both staff and customers in retail and hospitality settings. Contact us today for detailed specifications on available configurations.
The HP CF410A is available as a single-pack toner cartridge, making it ideal for businesses that need to replace supplies without committing to larger quantities. We offer this cartridge in individual units for flexible procurement.
The HP 981X is a high-yield cartridge offering 10,000 pages per unit, providing greater page output compared to standard-yield versions. This extended capacity reduces the frequency of cartridge replacements, lowering total cost of ownership for organizations with consistent printing demands. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare our full range of HP ink cartridge options.
HP printers compatible with the F9K01A cartridge come bundled with HP Printer Software, HP Update, and HP Photo Creations. These tools help you manage printing tasks, keep your drivers current, and create photo projects directly from your printer. We stock cartridges for printers with full software support available from HP's support resources.
The HP 727 (F9J78A) is sold as a single-pack, meaning you receive one yellow ink cartridge per order. If you need multiple cartridges for your printing operations, we can help you source additional supplies. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order in bulk.
HP offers various cartridge capacities and yields to match different printing volumes. The HP 72 is part of HP's Original Ink Cartridge lineup, with page yield and cost-per-page performance based on published manufacturer specifications. For detailed comparisons with other HP ink supplies or high-capacity alternatives, contact us today to discuss your specific printing demands.
The HP P57688-B21 includes Gigabit Ethernet connectivity for reliable network communication. This enables seamless integration into existing IT infrastructure for warehouse management systems and logistics applications.
The Fargo 47700 is a contact smart card encoder, which means it encodes data onto contact-based smart cards. Contact smart cards feature metal contact points that interface with the encoder to store and transmit data securely. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for specific card compatibility details and recommendations.
The Fargo DTC4500e includes ISO magnetic stripe encoding capability, enabling you to produce ID cards with encoded magnetic data for secure access control and identification applications. Contact us today to discuss your specific encoding requirements and available options.
The Fargo DTC4500e features a dual-input hopper with locking hoppers, allowing you to load multiple card stocks or types simultaneously while maintaining security and preventing unauthorized access to blank card inventory.
The Fargo DTC4500e comes with a three-year warranty package that includes one year of full service warranty with loaner express plus two additional years of limited warranty covering parts and labor. We also offer extended warranty options—contact us today to discuss coverage that fits your organization's needs.
The Fargo DTC4500e comes with a three-year warranty that includes one year of full service warranty with loaner express plus an additional two years of limited warranty covering parts and labor. We also offer extended warranty options for this printer—contact us today to discuss coverage that fits your operational needs.
The Fargo DTC4500e features same-side input and output hoppers with locking mechanisms for enhanced security and workflow efficiency. This design allows cards to be fed and collected from the same location while the locking hoppers protect your card stock and printed materials.
The DTC4500e supports ISO magnetic encoding, allowing you to encode magnetic stripe data directly onto ID cards during the printing process. This integrated encoding capability streamlines card production workflows for organizations requiring both visual identification and magnetic data storage.
The Fargo DTC4500e is a single-sided ID card printer, making it ideal for applications that require printing on one side of the card only. If you need double-sided printing capabilities, our team can help you explore alternative Fargo models that better suit your requirements. Contact us today to discuss your specific printing needs.
The Fargo DTC4500e uses high-capacity ribbons that enable you to print twice as many full-color cards compared to most standard printers before ribbon replacement is needed. This extended ribbon life reduces downtime and maintenance costs while maintaining continuous high-quality card output.
The HDP8500 supports a comprehensive range of ribbon configurations including full-color YMCKO (250 prints), dual black YMCKOK (200 prints), fluorescent options YMCFKO/YMCFKOK, single-color resin ribbons (1,000 prints), and dye-sublimation black (500 prints). We also offer rewritable technology that requires no ribbon for specialized applications.
The Fargo 45105 is a resin black ribbon cartridge designed for single-color printing. This monochrome option is ideal for applications requiring durable, high-contrast ID cards such as employee badges, security credentials, or access control cards where color is not necessary.
Yes, the Fargo 45702 ID Card Ribbon is manufactured by Fargo, a trusted leader in ID card printing solutions. We offer genuine Fargo supplies to ensure optimal printer performance and print quality. Contact us today to purchase authentic Fargo ribbons and supplies.
The YMCKO configuration delivers full-color printing with resin black and a clear overlay panel, enabling up to 16.7 million colors with 256 shades per pixel at 300 dpi resolution. The resin black ensures durable, scratch-resistant card surfaces, while the clear overlay panel protects printed images from wear and fading during daily use.
Print speed varies by ribbon type: 7 seconds per card for single-color resin black (K), 12 seconds for black with overlay (KO), 24 seconds for full-color YMCKO, and 31 seconds for YMCKOK configurations. These speeds enable efficient high-volume ID card production across different security and color requirements.
Yes, the Fargo 045421 ribbon cartridge includes an integrated card cleaning roller that is automatically replaced each time you install a new ribbon. This ensures your printhead and card surfaces remain clean for optimal print quality throughout the ribbon's life.
Yes, the Fargo 045422 ribbon cartridge includes an integrated cleaning roller that automatically cleans cards during the printing process. The cleaning roller is automatically replaced with each new ribbon cartridge you install, ensuring consistent print quality throughout the ribbon's life.
Yes, Fargo Persona printers using the 81579 printhead accept standard CR-80 cards (3.375" L x 2.125" W) and CR-79 adhesive back cards, with card thickness ranging from .009" to .040" (9 mil to 40 mil). The printer accommodates both PVC and polyester cards with polished PVC finish. We offer this printhead as part of a complete card printing solution available from us.
Fargo HDP600 printers equipped with the 88063 printhead support multiple ribbon configurations including full-color YMCKO (250 prints), YMCKOK dual black (200 prints), KO resin black overlay (500 prints), and single-color options ranging from 500 to 1,000 prints. We also offer rewrite technology ribbons that require no ribbon cartridge for compatible applications.
The Fargo 47711 provides Ethernet connectivity and integrated print server capabilities for the DTC4000 card printer. This module enables network-based printing, allowing your organization to centralize card production and manage print jobs from multiple workstations. Available from us as a critical upgrade for enterprise card printing environments.
The Fargo 45000 ribbon supports 300 dpi (11.8 dots/mm) continuous tone resolution, which enables crisp text, precise barcodes, and high-quality color reproduction up to 16.7 million colors with 256 shades per pixel. This resolution is ideal for professional ID cards that require both visual clarity and machine-readable encoding.
The Fargo 44203 with its 1000-image capacity is well-suited for moderate to high-volume ID card production environments. For organizations requiring continuous card printing, we offer this ribbon as a reliable supply option to keep your Persona C30-series printers running efficiently.
Print speeds vary by ribbon configuration: monochromatic resin black (K) prints at 7 seconds per card, resin black with overlay (KO) at 12 seconds per card, full-color with black and overlay (YMCKO) at 24 seconds per card, and full-color with dual black panels and overlay (YMCKOK) at 31 seconds per card. These speeds are measured from card feed to ejection and do not include encoding or PC processing time.
The Fargo 45106 is a white resin thermal transfer ribbon designed for dye-sublimation and resin thermal transfer printing. Fargo ID card printers using this ribbon achieve 300 dpi resolution with up to 16.7 million colors and 256 shades per pixel for professional-quality ID card output.
The Fargo DTC4500e comes with a three-year warranty package that includes one year of full service warranty with Loaner Express Plus and two years of limited warranty covering parts and labor. We also offer extended warranty options for this printer—contact us today to discuss coverage plans that meet your organization's needs.
Yes, the Fargo 45010-FGO is an EZ Cartridge that includes an integrated cleaning roller. This built-in feature helps maintain print quality and extends the life of your DTC1250e printer by keeping the print head clean during operation.
The Fargo 86208 is specifically designed for the DTC550 printer model. While Fargo manufactures ribbons for various other ID card printer models, compatibility varies by printer. For questions about ribbon compatibility with other Fargo printers, contact us today and our team can recommend the correct supplies for your equipment.
The Fargo DTC4500e comes standard with a 3-year printer warranty and 1-year loaner coverage. We also offer extended warranty options for this printer—contact us today to discuss coverage that fits your operational needs.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e includes ISO magnetic stripe encoding capability, making it suitable for organizations that need to produce ID cards with encoded magnetic stripe data for access control and identification systems.
The Fargo 45101 is a Premium Black (K) EZ Cartridge that includes an integrated cleaning roller. The cleaning roller is automatically replaced with each new ribbon, eliminating the need for separate maintenance and ensuring optimal print head performance.
The Fargo 45111 KO ribbon (resin black with overlay) delivers a print speed of 12 seconds per card, which equates to approximately 300 cards per hour. This speed makes it suitable for moderate-volume ID card issuance operations where both print quality and production efficiency are important. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare this with other ribbon options for your specific throughput needs.
Yes, the Fargo 84500 ribbon with its 1,500-image capacity is suitable for high-volume printing environments. Fargo ID card printers are built for reliable, high-volume performance and can manage large volumes of card production efficiently. Contact us today to discuss your volume requirements and find the right ribbon solution.
The DTC4250e is compatible with Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 2008, Windows 2003, Windows 7, Windows 8, Mac OS X, and Linux. This broad compatibility ensures integration with most enterprise environments we support.
The TM-U675 uses a 9-pin serial impact dot matrix print method with 5×9 and 7×9 font options. This impact printing technology is proven for reliability and durability in high-volume POS environments and produces clear, legible receipts and validation documents.
Yes, the OmniLink TM-T70II-DT is specifically designed for mobile, web-based, and standalone POS and kiosk applications. It features Epson's ePOS-Print technology that enables browser-based printing, making it ideal for modern retail deployments.
The Epson C31C283A8561 includes an Ethernet interface for network connectivity, making it suitable for modern POS and retail environments. This model does not include MICR functionality and requires an external power supply (Part# C825343), which is available from us.
This printer offers multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0 Type A and Type B, Ethernet (100 Base-TX / 10 Base-T), and optional interfaces for Parallel, RS-232, Wireless LAN (802.11b/g/n or 802.11a/b/g/n), Bluetooth, and Powered USB. This range of connectivity ensures compatibility with diverse POS systems and network environments.
The CaptureOne TM-S1000 features 2 pockets with a total capacity of 250 sheets: the automatic sheet feeder (ASF) holds 100 sheets, subpocket #1 holds 100 sheets, and subpocket #2 holds 50 sheets. This configuration allows for efficient batch processing and sorting of checks during scanning operations.
The Epson TM-L90 delivers a print resolution of 203 x 203 dpi with a print speed of 90mm/second on label media, ensuring sharp, readable labels at production pace. This combination of speed and clarity is optimized for high-throughput warehouse and logistics operations. Our team can help you evaluate whether this performance meets your labeling volume requirements.
The Epson 111198300 labels fall within our direct thermal and thermal transfer label category, indicating they support both printing methods. This versatility allows you to choose the printing technology that best fits your operational requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for guidance on which method works best for your application.
The Epson TM-H2000 receipt station supports paper rolls of 79.5 ± 0.5mm width with an 83.0mm diameter. The endorsement station accommodates paper thickness from 0.09 to 0.22mm and can process one original plus two copies. Available from us with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for setup guidance.
Yes, the Epson 12000XL-PH is designed for demanding workflows with a daily duty cycle of 1,200 sheets and a roller assembly kit rated for 100,000 cycles. These specifications make it well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations requiring reliable, continuous scanning performance.
The Epson A41A266211 includes a 100-check document feeder, allowing for efficient batch processing of checks without requiring constant manual feeding. This capacity supports high-volume check processing in busy teller and retail environments.
The CaptureOne TM-S1000 features 2 pockets with a combined capacity of 250 sheets: the main automatic sheet feeder holds 100 sheets, subpocket #1 holds 100 sheets, and subpocket #2 holds 50 sheets. This multi-pocket design enables efficient batch processing in both branch and retail deposit environments.
The DFX-9000 features an MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) rating of 20,000 power-on hours, a 400-million-character print head life, and a 15-million-character ribbon cartridge. These specifications ensure reliable, long-term operation with minimal downtime and reduced maintenance costs.
The Elo E384627 is designed for self-service applications including endless aisle, self-order, and collaboration scenarios. Its modular Edge Connect design makes it ideal for retail and hospitality environments where you need flexible, easy-to-customize checkout and ordering solutions.
Yes, the Elo 2294L is purpose-built for commercial kiosk applications including self-service retail, gaming, casino and amusement, and industrial automation environments. Its brilliant wide viewing angle panel, vivid image clarity, and proven Elo reliability make it ideal for high-traffic customer-facing installations.
The Elo 1991L delivers 1280 x 1024 SXGA resolution with a 5:4 aspect ratio, 225 nits typical brightness, and 16.7 million colors on an LED backlit WVA LCD panel. The 1000:1 contrast ratio and zero-bezel flush mount design ensure outstanding image clarity and professional appearance.
The Elo 1093L comes with an HDMI cable, VGA cable, remote OSD control, flush mount brackets with screws, touch USB cable, quick install guide, and regulatory documentation. Optional accessories such as a stylus pen and external power brick are available separately from us.
The Elo 2294L is engineered for commercial kiosk applications including self-service systems, gaming, casino and amusement, retail environments, industrial automation, and healthcare settings. Its wide viewing angle panel and brilliant image clarity make it ideal for applications where user attention and engagement are critical.
Setup is effortless—simply connect the components with a single cable to get started. This streamlined design allows you to focus on what matters most: effective collaboration and productivity, rather than complex installation procedures.
The Elo 2094L delivers a 1920 x 1080 resolution with 16.7 million colors on a 19.5-inch WVA LCD panel. With 225 nits brightness (typical), a 3000:1 contrast ratio (typical), and a 16:9 aspect ratio, this display provides vivid images and excellent clarity for commercial and industrial applications. The LED backlight is energy-efficient, using less electricity and generating less heat than traditional backlighting.
The Elo E554932 is a Z20 POS Stand accessory that provides mounting and positioning support for 10-inch Elo I-Series 4 and I-Series 5 Android touchscreen systems. It helps organize your POS workstation by securely positioning your display for optimal ergonomics and customer interaction.
Yes, the EloPOS Pack 2 is designed with artificial intelligence applications in mind and offers an optional Hailo Neural Processing Engine capable of executing 50 trillion operations per second (TOPS). This advanced computing capability caters to modern AI-driven business solutions and analytics.
The E375459 is equipped with an Intel 8th Generation Core i3-8100T processor, integrated Trusted Platform Modules (TPM), and Intel vPro technology for enhanced security and reliability. These enterprise-grade components ensure dependable performance and data protection for your point-of-sale operations.
The E939305 includes Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity, allowing seamless integration with wireless peripherals and network infrastructure. These connectivity options provide the flexibility needed to connect payment terminals, printers, and other POS accessories without requiring extensive cabling.
The Elo 1291L comes with HDMI cable, VGA cable, RJ45 OSD remote, touch USB cable, quick install guide, and flush mount bracket with screws. Please note that the power brick is sold separately and is not included in the standard package.
The Elo 1590L delivers industrial-grade reliability with proven Elo expertise built into its design, featuring stable drift-free operation and accurate touch responses required for automation environments. Its energy-efficient LED backlight and compact slim design reduce operational costs and heat generation, while the open-frame construction provides the versatility needed for integration into industrial control systems and automation applications.
Yes, the Elo 1790L features a state-of-the-art, energy-saving LED backlight that uses less electricity to operate and generates less heat compared to traditional backlighting. This design contributes to its slim, compact form factor while reducing operational costs in kiosk and automation environments.
The Elo 1990L comes with side-mount brackets and screws for flexible installation in various enclosure configurations. The slim design and narrow outside dimensions make it easy to integrate into compact spaces while maintaining secure mounting for your application.
The Elo 1991L is purpose-built for self-service kiosks, gaming and casino applications, retail environments, industrial automation, and healthcare settings. Its slim design, reliable touch response, and vivid image clarity make it well-suited for any application requiring dependable interactive display solutions.
Yes, the Elo I-Series is specifically designed for in-store interaction, point of sale, self-service, wayfinding, and hospitality environments. Its commercial-grade touchscreen, compact form factor, and flexible mounting options make it ideal for shelf, aisle, kiosk, and point-of-purchase display installations to deliver promotional content and contactless payments.
Yes, the Elo 5554L is specifically designed for high-traffic environments with 24/7 use and meets UL-60950 and IK-07 compliance standards. Its durable construction and anti-friction glass minimize heat and wear during continuous operation, making it reliable for demanding commercial applications.
The Elo 5054L is engineered for diverse commercial environments including retail (endless aisle applications), customer engagement (self-service kiosks), hospitality (interactive wayfinding), and healthcare (doctor-patient interaction). Its sleek, minimalistic design and robust 24/7 reliability make it ideal for any high-traffic public-facing application.
The Elo 1590L features a state-of-the-art, energy-saving LED backlight that uses less electricity to operate and generates less heat compared to traditional backlighting. This design contributes to its slim profile and narrow outside dimensions while maintaining vivid image quality and accurate touch response.
Yes, the EloPOS E441193 is designed as a versatile system that works for both traditional point-of-sale and self-service applications. Its modular flexibility, commercial-grade reliability, and durable construction make it suitable for continuous public use in various retail environments.
The Elo 1790L provides horizontal viewing angles of 85°/170° and vertical viewing angles of 80°/160°, ensuring clear visibility from multiple positions around the display. This wide viewing angle range makes it suitable for shared-use applications like self-service kiosks and checkout counters.
Yes, the Elo 1715L is factory-sealed against dirt, dust, and liquids, making it suitable for demanding retail and hospitality environments. Additionally, the side-mounted controls can be locked out for public use, protecting the device from accidental or intentional tampering. This design ensures durability and reliability in high-traffic settings.
The Elo E103351 is designed for diverse applications including retail endless aisle displays, self-service kiosks, interactive wayfinding systems, and healthcare patient-provider interactions. Its sleek, minimalistic design and multi-touch capability make it adaptable to any commercial environment requiring interactive digital signage.
The Elo 3204L features HDMI 1.4, DisplayPort 1.2, and USB-C connectivity. It includes built-in IoT control and can be easily managed through EloView or Crestron, as well as your preferred MDM solution via APIs. The display also supports Elo Edge Connect accessories including cameras, payment devices, NFC/RFID, and scanners for integrated solutions.
The Elo 2094L features a zero-bezel, flush-mount design with included flush mount brackets and screws for seamless integration into kiosk frames and enclosures. The compact, slim design and narrow outside dimensions make it ideal for OEMs and systems integrators building custom solutions.
The Elo 1990L delivers 225 nits brightness (typical) and supports 16.7 million colors with a 1000:1 contrast ratio (typical). These specifications ensure vivid image clarity and outstanding visual performance in commercial environments.
The Elo 1991L ships with an HDMI cable, VGA cable, touch USB cable, and an RJ45 OSD remote control cable. These accessories enable immediate deployment across various display and control system configurations available from us.
The Elo E330225 features a state-of-the-art LED backlight that uses less electricity to operate while generating less heat compared to traditional backlighting. This energy-saving design delivers a slim, compact form factor without sacrificing the 225 nits brightness needed for clear visibility in commercial environments.
Yes, the Elo 1715L is factory-sealed against dirt, dust, and liquids, making it suitable for demanding retail and hospitality environments. The side-mounted controls and lock-out capability for public use further enhance its durability and security in high-traffic areas.
The Elo E981371 EloPOS Pack runs Windows 10, providing a secure, familiar platform backed by enterprise-grade infrastructure. The Windows-based system combined with Intel's Q370 Chipset ensures reliability and compatibility with standard retail and hospitality applications available from us.
Yes, the Elo E326347 is specifically designed as an industrial-grade, cost-effective solution for OEMs and systems integrators. The open-frame format allows for seamless integration into custom enclosures and applications, while Elo's proven reliability and expertise ensure stable performance for your customers' deployments.
The Elo 1502LM features a 15.6" wide Full HD LCD display with an anti-glare coating and zero-bezel design, optimizing visibility and usability in medical settings. The compact form factor and high-resolution display make it ideal for patient entertainment, monitoring systems, and laboratory applications.
Our package includes an HDMI cable, VGA cable, RJ45 OSD remote, touch USB cable, quick install guide, and side mount bracket with screws. Please note that the power brick is sold separately and available from us as a standalone accessory.
The Elo 1590L features a state-of-the-art LED backlight that uses less electricity to operate and generates less heat than traditional backlight technologies. This energy-saving design contributes to the display's slim profile and narrow outside dimensions while reducing operational costs and heat management requirements in your installation environment.
We offer the Elo E328700 for self-service kiosks, casino and amusement applications, retail point-of-sale, gaming, industrial automation, and healthcare environments. Its compact design, energy-efficient LED backlight, and reliable touch performance make it ideal for OEMs and systems integrators building commercial solutions.
The Elo 1590L features 270 nits brightness (typical) with LED backlight technology, making it suitable for well-lit indoor environments such as retail and gaming applications. For outdoor or extremely bright industrial settings, you may need to evaluate higher-brightness alternatives—contact us today to discuss your specific lighting requirements.
The Elo 4304L includes built-in IoT control that allows seamless device management via EloView and APIs. It also supports integration with Elo Edge Connect accessories like cameras and payment devices, enabling versatile applications and efficient remote management for optimal performance.
The Elo 5054L offers a wide viewing angle of ±89° horizontally and vertically with 500 nits typical brightness, ensuring excellent visibility from multiple angles and in various lighting conditions. These specs make it well-suited for high-traffic retail environments and transportation hubs.
Yes, the Elo 5554L features a sealed touchscreen design that provides enhanced protection against dust and moisture. This durability makes it well-suited for challenging retail, warehouse, and hospitality environments where environmental protection is essential.
The access point supports flexible power options: standard 802.3af/at Power over Ethernet (PoE) or direct 12 V DC connection, giving you deployment flexibility based on your infrastructure. Maximum power consumption is just 15.6 W under full load, with only 4.2 W during idle operation, making it energy-efficient for large-scale outdoor deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to discuss power infrastructure requirements for your specific deployment scenario.
Yes, the JZ340A incorporates TPM 2.0 hardware security for encrypted credential storage and secure boot, along with an automatic thermal shutdown mechanism to protect device integrity. The access point also includes a multi-GNSS L1 receiver for indoor positioning and asset tracking without requiring additional hardware. These features make it suitable for secure enterprise deployments requiring both data protection and location-based services.
The HPE Aruba JL630A supports stacking up to 10 kilometers with long-range transceivers, providing 200 Gbps of stacking bandwidth and supporting up to 10 member switches in a single stack. This extended stacking capability enables flexible network topology designs across distributed facilities.
AppRF is Aruba's unique technology that provides visibility into applications by user, including popular web-based applications like Facebook and Box. This granular application awareness enables IT teams to optimize bandwidth allocation, enforce policies, and troubleshoot performance issues with precision that traditional network monitoring cannot provide.
The AP-574 includes integrated Bluetooth 5 and 802.15.4 (Zigbee) radios on the 2.4 GHz band, enabling multi-protocol IoT deployments for inventory tracking and asset management in warehouse environments. Bluetooth 5 offers up to 8dBm transmit power with -95dBm receive sensitivity, while Zigbee provides -97dBm receive sensitivity for extended range connectivity. We offer complete solutions integrating these capabilities with your existing RFID and barcode infrastructure.
The B360 Gen 2 provides comprehensive connectivity including Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, 5G Sub-6 (EM9190), and dedicated GPS/Glonass for real-time location tracking in mobile operations. It also features configurable I/O options with RS232 serial port, VGA, USB 3.1, and optional DisplayPort or USB Type-C, allowing integration with legacy warehouse systems and modern docking stations. Available from us with your choice of connectivity configurations.
The B360 Gen 2 provides comprehensive connectivity including Wi-Fi 6E (802.11ax), Bluetooth 5.3, optional 5G Sub-6 with integrated GPS, and dedicated GPS/GLONASS support for real-time location tracking. It also features multiple I/O options including RS232 serial ports, VGA, and configurable passthrough connectivity for legacy system integration. We offer fully configured units with your preferred connectivity stack.
Yes, the B360 Gen 2 offers optional ANSI/UL 121201 certification for Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations (Groups A, B, C, D), making it suitable for certain industrial and explosive atmospheres when configured with this option. The laptop also supports optional salt fog certification for corrosive environments. Contact us today to discuss hazardous environment configurations and compliance requirements.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 includes Intel Wi-Fi 6E (802.11ax), Bluetooth 5.3, and optional 5G Sub-6 mobile broadband with integrated GPS for comprehensive connectivity. Additional connectivity options available from us include dedicated GPS/Glonass, LAN (RJ45), USB 3.1 Gen 2, and configurable serial or DisplayPort connections to meet diverse enterprise requirements. This multi-connectivity approach ensures reliable communication in any operational environment.
The B360 Gen 2 includes Intel Wi-Fi 6E AX211 (802.11ax), Bluetooth 5.3, and Gigabit Ethernet. Optional connectivity includes 5G Sub-6 with integrated GPS, 4G LTE with GPS, and dedicated GPS/GLONASS modules. We also offer configurable I/O ports including serial, USB 3.1, DisplayPort, and VGA options to match your integration needs.
Yes, the B360 Gen 2 comes standard with a 1D/2D imager barcode reader for scanning operations, and optional LF/HF RFID reader capability for inventory and asset tracking applications. These integrated readers eliminate the need for external devices, streamlining warehouse and logistics workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore barcode reader configurations for your specific use case.
The B360 Gen 2 delivers comprehensive wireless capabilities including Intel Wi-Fi 6E AX211 (802.11ax), Bluetooth 5.3, and optional 4G LTE with integrated GPS/GLONASS or 5G Sub-6 connectivity. Wired connections include Gigabit Ethernet, USB 3.1 Gen 2, and configurable I/O options such as serial ports, VGA, DisplayPort, or USB Type-C. These connectivity features ensure seamless integration with warehouse management systems and mobile logistics networks available from us.
The B360 Gen 2 offers comprehensive connectivity including Wi-Fi 6E (802.11ax), Bluetooth 5.3, optional dedicated GPS, and optional 5G Sub-6 mobile broadband with integrated GPS. It also features multiple configurable I/O ports including Ethernet, USB 3.1 Gen 2, and optional serial/display ports depending on your configuration. This flexibility ensures seamless integration with your existing warehouse management and logistics systems.
The B360 Gen 2 includes Intel Wi-Fi 6E AX211 (802.11ax), Bluetooth 5.3, dual Gigabit Ethernet ports, and optional 5G Sub-6 with integrated GPS for comprehensive mobile connectivity in warehouse environments. The system features multiple configurable I/O ports including serial, USB 3.1 Gen 2, DisplayPort, and VGA options to integrate with existing dock and infrastructure systems. We offer full configuration support to match your warehouse network requirements.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 provides comprehensive connectivity including Wi-Fi 6E (802.11ax), Bluetooth 5.3, optional dedicated GPS/GLONASS, and optional 5G Sub-6 mobile broadband with integrated GPS. Multiple configurable I/O ports support RS232, VGA, USB 3.1, and optional DisplayPort or USB Type-C connections. We offer fully customized configurations to match your warehouse network infrastructure.
The S410-G5 features hot-swappable batteries and offers the option of a third battery, allowing you to work well into extended shifts without interruption. The combination of efficient 13th-gen Intel processing and hot-swap capability ensures your operations continue uninterrupted throughout the day.
The S410-G5 features hot-swappable batteries and an optional third battery option, allowing extended operation well into overtime without interruption. This flexible battery system is essential for mobile computing in challenging environments where continuous uptime is required.
The Getac V120 is rated for operating temperatures from -20°F to 145°F (-29°C to 63°C), making it suitable for cold storage facilities, outdoor logistics hubs, and hot manufacturing floors. Its MIL-STD-810H and IP66 certifications provide protection against moisture, dust, and environmental stress, while the 1,000-nit LumiBond display remains fully readable in direct sunlight. We offer optional salt fog certification for coastal or corrosive environments.
The Getac A140 G2 includes 802.11ac WiFi, Bluetooth, Ethernet, and a Smart Card Reader for comprehensive connectivity and security options. Optional 4G LTE broadband wireless is available for deployments requiring mobile broadband connectivity beyond WiFi coverage. Contact us today to configure the connectivity features that best fit your operational requirements.
Yes, the ZX10 supports an optional 1D/2D imager barcode reader expansion module, making it suitable for warehouse receiving, inventory management, and asset tracking workflows. This modular approach allows you to customize the tablet based on your specific operational needs. Contact us today to configure a ZX10 with integrated barcode scanning for your logistics or manufacturing environment.
The UX10 Gen3 provides comprehensive connectivity with Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, 4G LTE (EM7511) with integrated GPS, Thunderbolt 4, RJ45 Ethernet, and passthrough capabilities. This multi-connectivity approach ensures reliable communication in warehouse, logistics, and field mobility scenarios where network redundancy is critical.
The ZX80 features an 8" WUXGA TFT LCD display (1920 x 1200) with 1,000 nits brightness and LumiBond technology, delivering exceptional clarity even in direct sunlight. The glove-enabled touchscreen allows operation while wearing work gloves, and the included stylus provides precise input for detailed documentation tasks. This combination makes the ZX80 highly practical for outdoor warehouse and field logistics applications.
The Getac ZX80 includes an optional 1D/2D image barcode reader that can be integrated into the tablet, allowing warehouse and logistics professionals to capture barcode data directly. We offer this as a configurable option to meet your specific AIDC requirements.
The B360 Gen 2 includes Wi-Fi 6E (802.11ax), Bluetooth 5.3, and optional 5G Sub-6 mobile broadband with integrated GPS for comprehensive field connectivity. It also features dedicated GPS/GLONASS positioning and multiple I/O options including Ethernet, USB 3.1, and configurable serial/display ports to integrate with your existing warehouse systems.
The Getac GSSKX1 Drive is available as a non-SED (Self-Encrypting Drive) model, meaning encryption must be managed at the operating system or application level. For enhanced security requirements, we recommend consulting with our team about encryption solutions that complement this storage option.
The S510 offers comprehensive connectivity including Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, optional 4G LTE/5G capabilities, and up to two Thunderbolt 4 ports for high-speed data transfer. This robust connectivity suite ensures seamless integration with modern enterprise networks and peripheral devices in warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the ZT610 is compatible with SOTI and AirWatch device management software through Mobile Device Management connectors that easily integrate networked printers into these systems. The printer also supports Link-OS Printer Profile Manager Enterprise, which allows administrators to monitor and manage networked Link-OS printers from a single browser-based interface.
The MC9300 supports multiple scanning options including 1D and 2D (QR code) scanning with choices ranging from long-range SE4770 to precision-focused SE4750-DPM and SE4750-DPW imagers. You can select the scanner configuration that best matches your specific warehouse or logistics application needs.
The CT47-X0N-37D100G features a 5.5-inch full touchscreen display with 6GB of RAM and 128GB of internal storage, providing responsive performance for warehouse management applications. This configuration supports enterprise software for retail, logistics, and warehouse operations. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and deployment options.
The VC8300 is built with robust IP66 sealing to withstand dust and water exposure, sealed connectors, and a clean flat front design that prevents dust and water from catching on the device. It has undergone extreme temperature, shock, and vibration testing to ensure reliability in the toughest warehouse environments.
Zebra Premier PVC Cards are guaranteed to be compliant with ISO standards, dust-free, and feature smooth edges that prevent print quality degradation and printhead damage. Poor quality cards often have uneven surfaces and burrs that reduce image sharpness and can damage printer equipment. Our pure PVC and Composite PVC cards deliver superior print quality with vivid colors and detailed, readable bar codes for maximum durability applications.
The CK67 is equipped with the latest 5G (SA or NSA) and 4G radios along with Wi-Fi 6E technology, supporting both private 5G networks and CBRS connectivity. These advanced connectivity options provide the highest bandwidth and lowest latency available, ensuring warehouse and DC workers stay reliably connected for data-intensive applications and continuous workflow operations.
The FX9600 delivers a maximum receive sensitivity of -86 dBm monostatic, providing exceptionally high RF sensitivity required for the greatest accuracy and longer read ranges. This advanced sensitivity performs reliably even in the densest of RF environments where metals, liquids, and other challenging materials are present. Available from us, the FX9600 ensures maximum visibility and efficiency in your warehouse or dock setting.
The CT47-X0N-38D100G features a 5.5-inch full touchscreen display with 6GB of RAM and 128GB of internal storage. These specifications provide sufficient processing power and screen real estate for warehouse management applications and logistics workflows. We offer this model configured and ready to deploy—contact us today for availability.
The DS3678-DP is engineered to capture direct part marks in manufacturing plants regardless of size, surface, contrast, density or type—including difficult-to-read dot peen, chemical or laser etch, and thermal spray marks. This ultra-rugged design with vibration motor feedback ensures superior barcode capture flexibility in demanding industrial conditions.
This model comes with 6GB of RAM and 64GB of internal storage, providing sufficient capacity for enterprise applications, data collection, and offline functionality. The configuration supports efficient multitasking and data processing for inventory management, order fulfillment, and stock lookup operations. We offer this model as part of our complete mobile computing solutions—contact us today for fleet deployment options.
The CT-S4500AETUBK supports media widths from 58 to 112 mm with a maximum roll outside diameter of 102 mm and media thickness between 65–150 µm. It features gap, reflective black mark, and paper end sensors for reliable media detection. Contact us today if you need guidance on compatible receipt or label stock for your operation.
Yes, the Voyager 1200g is designed to decrease downtime and service costs with several durability features: a single shock-mounted PCB for greater impact resistance, a recessed button protected by integrated rubber comold to minimize accidental drop damage, a protected scratch-resistant glass window, and an IP42 environmental rating.
Yes, HID 1326 ProxCard II cards include a slot punch to accommodate a strap and clip when used as a photo ID badge. Additionally, the cards can accept direct-print adhesive-backed labels, making them versatile for organizations that need combined proximity access and photo identification solutions.
The ET56 features a removable battery that allows hot-swapping without taking the tablet out of service—just swap in a fully charged battery at any time. For longer shifts, you can add a second optional hot-swappable battery via the innovative expansion back to more than double the battery run time, ensuring perpetual 24x7x365 power.
The Chromebox Micro is powered by an Intel Celeron N4500 processor and includes 8GB of LPDDR4x-4266 soldered memory. It also features 32GB of eMMC storage and Intel UHD Graphics, optimized for basic tasks such as web browsing and media playback.
The SocketScan S740 has a reading distance of up to 49.5 cm (1.5 to 19.5 inches) with scanning angles of 42° horizontally and 28° vertically. This omni-directional scanning capability with an LED aimer enables fast and accurate barcode reading from various angles and distances.
The GX430t offers optional cutter and dispenser attachments for flexible media handling. The dispenser includes label peel and present functionality with a label present sensor, allowing for automated label presentation in your workflow.
Yes, the Enduro Duo supports rewrite printing, which allows you to print, erase, and reprint cards for increased efficiency and cost savings. You can batch print a color design on one side, then use the rewrite feature with Magicard thermal rewritable card stock to individually print, erase, and update information on the other side using the hand-feed slot.
The IRM-1100-SPMI comes with an IP40 rating as standard, providing protection against dust and water splash for typical indoor and light outdoor use. For more demanding environments, an optional IP54-KIT upgrade is available, which provides enhanced protection against dust and water jets while maintaining compatibility with your existing deployment. Contact us today to discuss which environmental rating matches your specific installation requirements.
The SFP-10G-SR-S is rated for commercial operating temperatures. For enterprise-class deployments requiring extended temperature ranges, industrial-grade variants are available. Contact us today to discuss temperature requirements for your specific network environment.
The Dell Latitude 7320 Rugged supports microSD, microSDHC, and microSDXC cards with up to 32 GB capacity for expandable storage. This allows you to increase storage for applications, barcode databases, and offline inventory records without replacing the device.
We offer multiple storage configurations including 7200 rpm SATA hard drives up to 750GB, 5400 rpm SATA drives up to 320GB, and solid-state drive options up to 256GB for improved mobility and performance. The device also includes Dell's Fast Response Free Fall Sensor and HDD Isolation as standard features to protect your data during transport. Optional encrypted storage and media bay hard drive expansion are available for enhanced security and capacity requirements.
Yes, the Dell SP325 is designed as a portable speakerphone, making it suitable for mobile workers, traveling professionals, and flexible workspace setups. Its compact form factor and wired connectivity make it easy to transport and set up in various locations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore portable communication solutions for your team.
The Dell YHVV1 runs Windows 11 Pro with an Intel Core Ultra 5 235 processor, providing modern security features and compatibility with enterprise warehouse management software. Windows 11 Pro includes built-in support for device management and remote access, essential for IT procurement teams overseeing multiple logistics workstations.
Yes, LTO-8 tape media like the Dell 2G8GH is specifically designed for long-term archival and backup purposes, offering excellent data retention and durability. The LTO format is widely recognized as a reliable solution for enterprise data preservation and compliance requirements. We offer authentic Dell tape media to ensure your archival data meets industry standards.
The Dell Latitude 7320 Rugged is built with advanced rugged chassis design and engineered to withstand significant impacts in real-world field conditions. Its durable construction makes it suitable for warehouse and logistics environments where equipment durability is critical—contact us today for detailed durability specifications.
The Dell 6KV2D toner cartridge is sold as a single cartridge per pack. For high-volume printing environments, we offer bulk ordering options and can help you establish a supply chain solution. Contact us today to discuss multi-pack pricing and delivery schedules for your organization.
The Dell OptiPlex 3000 has a 65W power supply, making it an energy-efficient choice for warehouse and office deployments. This low power consumption reduces operational costs and heat generation, which is ideal for environments where multiple systems are deployed in close proximity.
The Dell M797K is a genuine OEM cartridge that guarantees compatibility, print quality, and reliability for your Dell 2230D printer. Genuine Dell supplies are engineered specifically for your equipment and backed by manufacturer specifications. We recommend OEM cartridges for mission-critical warehouse and logistics printing environments where downtime is costly.
The Dell Latitude 7440 includes a SmartCard reader, TPM (Trusted Platform Module) security chip, and optional fingerprint reader capabilities for enterprise-grade authentication. It also supports optional contactless SmartCard reader functionality and ControlVault™ security features for protecting sensitive data. These security options make it ideal for organizations handling confidential information in warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the Dell H82PN features hot-pluggable capability, allowing you to replace or upgrade the drive without powering down your system. This is essential for high-availability environments and reduces downtime during maintenance operations. Contact us today to discuss deployment strategies and best practices for your infrastructure.
Yes, the Dell HT2DT is both hot-swappable and hot-pluggable, meaning you can safely remove and install the drive while the system remains operational. This feature minimizes downtime in warehouse and logistics environments where continuous operation is essential. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of enterprise storage solutions.
Hot-pluggable technology allows you to replace or upgrade the Dell 400-ALYF drive without powering down your server, eliminating costly downtime in warehouse management systems. This is essential for logistics facilities that operate continuously and cannot afford service interruptions. We offer hot-pluggable Dell drives to keep your barcode scanning, RFID, and inventory systems running without interruption.
The Dell 6DFD8-RF uses SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) interface with 6Gb/s speed capability, which is the standard for enterprise-grade storage devices. SAS connectivity provides superior reliability and performance compared to SATA drives, making it the preferred choice for mission-critical server and storage applications.
The Dell 5JH5X offers 4 TB of storage capacity, providing substantial data storage for enterprise environments. This capacity makes it ideal for servers and storage systems requiring significant data retention without multiple drive installations.
The Dell 61XPF-RF Drive operates at 15000 rpm with a 146 GB capacity, delivering high-speed performance suitable for server workloads and storage systems. The 2.5" form factor and SAS interface make it an excellent choice for enterprises requiring reliable, fast data access in compact server configurations.
Yes, the Dell 4GN49-RF is designed for use in both internal server configurations and external storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives. Its enterprise-grade specifications make it suitable for various storage infrastructure setups in logistics and warehouse management operations.
The Dell 407-BBVK delivers 10 Gigabit Ethernet performance using the 10GBase-SR standard over single optical fiber connections. It is engineered for data networking and optical network applications, providing enterprise-grade reliability for mission-critical warehouse and logistics operations. Our team can help you select the right transceiver modules for your infrastructure.
The Dell 55H49 provides 3 TB of storage capacity in a 3.5" form factor, making it ideal for enterprise storage systems requiring substantial data capacity. This capacity is suitable for medium to large-scale storage deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to check current inventory and pricing.
The Dell 0F9W8 is a genuine Dell component designed as a replacement or upgrade for compatible Dell storage systems and servers. Before purchasing, verify that your system supports 3.5" SAS drives with 12Gb/s connectivity and has available drive bays. Contact us today and our team can help confirm compatibility and assist with proper installation.
The Dell 740Y7-RF operates at 10000 rpm, which provides faster data access and transfer rates compared to standard 7200 rpm or 5400 rpm drives. This higher rotational speed makes it ideal for performance-critical applications in server and workstation environments where I/O throughput is essential. We offer this high-speed drive option for organizations requiring enterprise-grade storage performance.
The Dell C722T-RF is an OEM component designed for specific Dell server and workstation models that support 2.5" SAS drives. While it may be compatible with some legacy systems, we recommend verifying your hardware specifications first. Contact us today with your system model number, and our team can confirm whether this drive is the correct replacement for your equipment.
Yes, the Dell 400-BLLE is designed as a hot-pluggable drive, meaning it can be safely removed and replaced without shutting down the server. This feature is essential for minimizing downtime in production environments and is a key advantage for data center operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of enterprise storage solutions.
Yes, the Dell 400-ATNJ is hot-pluggable, meaning it can be safely removed and replaced without powering down the system. This feature is valuable for warehouse and logistics operations where minimizing downtime is critical. We stock genuine Dell drives designed for enterprise-grade reliability and hot-swap capability.
Yes, the Dell 400-AGTM supports both hot-swappable and hot-pluggable operation, allowing you to replace the drive while the server remains powered on and operational. This capability is essential for maintaining high availability in production environments and minimizing downtime during maintenance or drive failures. We stock genuine Dell drives like the 400-AGTM to ensure seamless replacements in your infrastructure.
The 512e (512 bytes emulation) format means the drive uses 4 KB physical sectors internally while emulating 512-byte logical sectors for compatibility with legacy systems and software. This format provides improved efficiency and performance while maintaining backward compatibility with existing infrastructure.
The Dell 400-ANPB delivers 8 TB of storage capacity, making it suitable for enterprise servers and data centers requiring substantial storage for databases, virtual machines, and archival applications. This capacity balances high density with the reliability of proven SATA technology.
Yes, the Dell 400-ANUJ's SATA 600 interface and enterprise-class design make it suitable for RAID arrays in server environments. The drive's 8 TB capacity and 512e formatting support modern RAID implementations effectively. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for guidance on configuring multiple drives for your specific redundancy and performance requirements.
Yes, the Dell 400-AIDY's 2 TB capacity and enterprise-grade SAS interface make it suitable for backup and archival applications in server environments. Its 7200 RPM speed provides consistent performance for regular backup operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of enterprise storage solutions.
NL-SAS (Nearline SAS) drives like the Dell 400-AMRW are optimized for high-capacity storage at a lower cost than enterprise SAS drives, while maintaining SAS connectivity and reliability. They're designed for less frequent random access patterns, making them ideal for RAID and backup applications where sequential performance and capacity matter more than ultra-high I/O speeds.
The Dell 400-ABQI is optimized for write-intensive workloads common in database servers, transactional systems, and high-frequency data logging applications. Its design makes it particularly suitable for warehouse management systems, RFID inventory platforms, and logistics operations that require frequent data writes. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible Dell server configurations for your operation.
Yes, the Dell VW69J's enterprise-grade design and SATA/600 interface make it suitable for RAID array deployments in server environments. Its 7200 RPM performance and 512e format support modern RAID controllers and configurations. We recommend consulting with our team to ensure proper configuration for your specific RAID setup and redundancy requirements.
The 1.60 TB capacity of the Dell 400-ALYR provides substantial storage for enterprise applications while maintaining the speed advantages of solid-state technology over traditional spinning drives. This capacity strikes a balance between performance and cost-effectiveness for most server and storage array deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of enterprise storage solutions.
Yes, the Dell 342-0206 can serve as a replacement drive in compatible Dell systems that originally shipped with 3.5" SAS hard drives. However, you should verify that your system supports 15,000 RPM SAS drives and has available 3.5" drive bays. Contact us today for guidance on replacement procedures and to ensure the drive meets your system's requirements.
Yes, the Dell 342-5541 can be configured as secondary storage through compatible E-Module Bay II or media bay slots on supported Dell systems. Its 900 GB capacity and 10,000 RPM performance make it suitable for expanding storage while maintaining high-speed data access for applications requiring fast secondary drives.
Yes, the Dell 341-3363 is designed as a hot-pluggable drive, meaning it can be safely removed and replaced while the system is running without causing downtime. This feature is essential for enterprise environments where continuous operation is critical. Our team can help you ensure proper installation and compatibility with your existing infrastructure.
The Dell 341-3932 is a 3.5" internal hard drive with a 7200 rpm rotational speed and 500 GB storage capacity. Its standard 3.5" form factor makes it compatible with desktop systems, servers, and external enclosures that support this size. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific Dell system model.
The Dell 341-7440 provides 73 GB of storage capacity in a compact 2.5" form factor. This capacity makes it suitable for high-performance applications where space and speed are critical considerations. We offer this drive for customers upgrading or maintaining Dell server systems.
Yes, the Dell 342-2978 can function as a replacement or secondary drive in compatible Dell systems equipped with SAS connectivity. As a 900 GB capacity drive with 10,000 RPM performance, it's suitable for expanding storage or replacing failed drives in enterprise configurations. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm compatibility with your system.
SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) interfaces, like the 3Gb/s connection on the Dell 341-7441, offer superior performance, reliability, and hot-swap capability compared to SATA drives. SAS drives are designed for enterprise and server environments requiring high availability and continuous operation, while SATA drives are typically used in consumer and lower-demand applications. The Dell 341-7441's SAS interface makes it the preferred choice for critical business operations.
The 146 GB capacity offers a balance between performance and storage density for enterprise applications. Dell offers various capacity options in their drive lineup, but the 341-7438's combination of high RPM speed and manageable capacity makes it ideal for systems prioritizing performance over maximum storage volume. Contact us today to explore other capacity options if your requirements differ.
Yes, the Dell 341-7414's NL-SAS interface and 7200 RPM speed make it well-suited for RAID array deployments in enterprise environments. We offer genuine Dell drives like this one that are optimized for reliability and performance in multi-drive storage configurations used across warehouse and logistics operations.
The Dell 18C6P is a 2.5" internal drive that comes with a 3.5" carrier, allowing it to be installed in standard 3.5" drive bays found in servers and storage systems. This carrier compatibility makes it versatile for integration into existing infrastructure without requiring additional adapters or modifications.
The Skorpio X5 includes Wi-Fi (802.11a/b/g) and Bluetooth 5 connectivity for seamless integration with warehouse management systems and mobile networks. These wireless options enable real-time data synchronization across distribution centers, retail stores, and logistics facilities.
Datalogic lighting and safety interface modules are built to withstand demanding warehouse and logistics environments. Based on Datalogic's standard specifications for industrial lighting components, these devices typically operate reliably across a wide temperature range and with high humidity tolerance. For specific environmental ratings including temperature, humidity, and ESD protection for the 95ACC6170, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed technical specifications.
Yes, the DataLogic 94ACC1381 is engineered to operate reliably in warehouse environments with humidity levels from 5-95% (non-condensing) and temperatures ranging from 10-40°C during operation. This durability makes it suitable for demanding logistics and inventory management applications where environmental conditions vary. Our team can help you select the right power solution for your specific warehouse conditions.
Absolutely. The CF83-E is built for demanding outdoor conditions with an IP66/67 weather rating for protection against dust and water, plus IK10 impact resistance for durability. It operates reliably across a wide temperature range of -40°C to 50°C (-40°F to 122°F), making it ideal for retail, transportation hubs, and commercial facilities.
Yes, the Verkada four-camera multisensor is built for durability with an IP66/IP67 weather rating and IK10 impact resistance, making it suitable for harsh outdoor and industrial environments. Its robust, weatherproof housing ensures reliable performance across extreme conditions, and it offers onboard storage options ranging from 1TB to 8TB for continuous surveillance without network dependency.
This license is valid for 10 years from the date of activation. The extended 10-year term provides long-term coverage for up to 20 mobile NFC credential users, reducing the need for frequent license renewals. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify current activation dates and licensing terms.
Verkada's Security Trailer Cloud platform provides centralized video management and storage through the cloud, allowing you to access live and recorded footage from multiple camera locations through a unified dashboard. The cloud-based architecture eliminates the need for on-premise servers and enables remote monitoring from anywhere. This is particularly valuable for warehouse and logistics operations that require real-time visibility across distributed facilities.
The Verkada BH61-HW is specifically designated for North America and is classified as non-US only, meaning it is not compatible with international markets outside North America. If you require a wireless hub for regions outside North America, contact us today to discuss alternative Verkada solutions or regional product variants.
The CD53-256E-HW-F is available with 256GB of onboard storage, providing approximately 30 days of video retention at standard recording rates. The hybrid cloud architecture allows you to extend retention periods by utilizing Verkada's cloud platform, reducing bandwidth consumption while maintaining access to historical footage for compliance and security investigations.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14s Gen 2 features a 14-inch Full HD display with 1920 x 1080 resolution and IPS (In-plane Switching) technology for wide viewing angles and accurate color reproduction. The laptop supports external monitor connectivity, allowing you to expand your workspace for multi-screen barcode management and inventory tracking applications. We can help you configure the right display setup for your logistics operation—contact us today.
Yes, the Lenovo 4XE1F30278 is specifically designed to work with monitors, notebooks, desktop computers, and docking stations. Its universal design and adequate cable length make it suitable for securing multiple device types commonly found in enterprise IT environments.
The Lenovo ThinkCentre Tiny-In-One 22 Gen 5 comes with a 3-year limited warranty, providing extended protection for your investment. Contact us today to discuss warranty options and coverage details available from Barcodes Inc.
The Lenovo Legion Y25-30 utilizes WLED (White LED) backlighting technology, which provides consistent brightness across the display and contributes to the monitor's 500 nit brightness specification. This backlighting approach ensures reliable performance for extended use in various lighting environments.
The Lenovo 4XH0R55468 is designed as a genuine Lenovo component optimized for Lenovo systems and peripherals. While it may be compatible with some non-Lenovo devices that use the same wireless protocol, we recommend verifying compatibility before purchase. Contact us today to discuss your specific setup and ensure this adapter will work with your equipment.
Yes, the Lenovo InFlex 15.6" touchscreen features VESA-compatible mounting, which allows for flexible installation in portrait, landscape, or custom orientations. This versatility makes it suitable for various signage, kiosk, and display applications where mounting flexibility is essential.
The Lenovo 100e Chromebook Gen 4 features a 47Wh battery with up to 12 hours of battery life under Google power-load testing. This all-day battery performance, combined with rapid-charge support, helps keep devices available throughout the school day.
The ThinkPad T14s 2-in-1 G1's convertible design allows the 14-inch WUXGA touchscreen to rotate into tablet mode, enabling flexible use cases for warehouse management, logistics inspections, and on-site data collection. The touch-enabled display with backlit keyboard supports both traditional laptop productivity and intuitive touch-based workflows. We offer this model for teams requiring adaptable form factors in dynamic work environments.
The system features modern wired, wireless, and display connections including Intel BE201 vPro wireless, wired Ethernet, Bluetooth 5.4, and multiple display outputs to support docking stations and mobile workflows. The 16-inch WUXGA 16:10 display is available in multiple configurations to support detailed technical, analytical, and creative work whether at a desk or on the move.
The ThinkPad P1 Gen 8 supports up to 64GB of LPCAMM2 memory and features PCIe NVMe SSD storage options for fast data access. This model comes configured with 32GB RAM and a 512GB SSD, providing ample capacity for multitasking with demanding professional applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore memory and storage upgrade options available for your specific workflow needs.
Yes, the Lenovo ThinkPad P16 Gen 2 includes Intel vPro Technology, which provides advanced security and manageability features essential for enterprise IT environments. Windows 11 Pro also includes built-in security capabilities like BitLocker encryption and Windows Defender, making it suitable for organizations with strict data protection requirements. We can help you configure security options that meet your enterprise standards.
The ThinkPad T14 Gen 6 supports modern ports and wireless connectivity including IEEE 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6) for mobile work and full desktop setups. It includes integrated speakers and front-facing webcam for collaboration, with docking support for seamless transition between mobile and stationary work. We offer configuration options to match your connectivity requirements.
Yes, the Lenovo 21G00002US is configured with an English keyboard layout. The device is available in Onyx Gray color and ships ready for immediate deployment in English-speaking operations. We offer this model with full technical support and warranty coverage available from our team.
The SATO 3MX-CLV-D1S is a handheld barcode validator, providing flexibility for operators to scan items at various angles and positions during the validation process. Its portable design makes it ideal for mobile warehouse operations and quality control checkpoints. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our full range of handheld and fixed-mount scanning solutions.
The CT4-LX combines industrial-grade features like a full-color touchscreen display and patented label waste prevention technology in a compact desktop form factor, typically found only in larger industrial models. This balance of capability and size makes it ideal for space-constrained environments that still demand professional output quality. We offer the CT4-LX as the ideal solution for growing operations seeking to upgrade from basic desktop printers.
The SATO CT4-LX offers a maximum print width of 4.1 inches and accommodates label rolls with a 1.5-inch core and 5-inch outer diameter maximum. The printer includes a linerless cutter for flexible label sizing and waste reduction. We offer this configuration to maximize label yield while maintaining compact desktop dimensions.
The SATO CT4-LX combines industrial-grade features typically found in larger printers into a compact 4-inch desktop form factor, including a full-color touchscreen display and patented label waste prevention technology. The wireless connectivity options (Wi-Fi and Bluetooth) alongside traditional USB and Ethernet connections provide modern flexibility that older desktop models lack. Available from us, this printer delivers enterprise functionality in a space-efficient package ideal for growing operations.
The SATO CT4-LX combines industrial-grade features and functionality in a compact 4-inch desktop form factor, including a full-color touchscreen display, latest wireless connectivity options, and SATO's patented label waste prevention feature. This unique combination makes it ideal for businesses that need professional printing capabilities without the space requirements of larger industrial models.
Yes, the SATO CT4-LX features a full-color touchscreen display that simplifies operation and job management. The intuitive interface reduces training time for warehouse staff and allows for quick adjustments to print settings without requiring a connected computer. This user-friendly design is one of the key features we highlight when recommending this model.
The Smart Printhead technology in the SATO R37902000 provides enhanced durability and intelligence for the CL4NX Plus printer, supporting the printer's Micro Label Print Mode for higher accuracy on small pitch labels. This technology contributes to reliable performance across continuous, tear-off, cutter, dispense, and linerless printing modes. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of SATO replacement parts and printheads.
The Micro Label Print Mode provides higher print accuracy for small pitch labels, allowing you to dispense labels as small as 10mm with precision. This feature is essential for labeling small components, pharmaceutical items, or high-density inventory systems where space is limited and accuracy is critical.
Each case contains 4 rolls with 1,200 labels per roll, giving you a total of 4,800 labels per case. This bulk packaging is designed for high-volume operations and provides cost-efficient supply management. Visit barcodesinc.com to order cases and ensure continuous label availability for your printing needs.
The SATO SR10LD-20125 features permanent adhesive, ensuring labels remain securely attached to packages, pallets, and products throughout the shipping and handling process. This permanent bond makes it suitable for warehouse, logistics, and supply chain applications where label durability is critical.
These labels are ideal for warehouse shipping labels, product identification, inventory management, and logistics tracking in industrial environments. The 4" x 2" size provides ample space for barcode placement, product information, and shipping details while maintaining efficiency in high-volume operations. We recommend these labels for temperature-controlled environments where direct thermal printing meets your durability requirements.
The number of labels you can print depends on the label size and print density of your specific application. With 984 feet of ribbon per roll, a standard 4x6 label typically yields several hundred to over a thousand prints per roll. For exact yield calculations based on your label dimensions and print coverage, contact us today and our team can provide detailed estimates.
The SATO 59-C21A2-001 is a genuine SATO original equipment manufacturer (OEM) printhead, ensuring compatibility and performance reliability. Available from us, this authentic component maintains your printer's warranty coverage and print quality standards. We recommend OEM parts for mission-critical warehouse and logistics operations.
Installation procedures vary by SATO printer model, but generally involve opening the printer housing, removing the old printhead, and securing the new one in place. We recommend consulting your printer's service manual for detailed installation steps specific to your model. Our team is available to provide guidance—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us with your printer specifications for installation support.
No, the SATO WWS8N32EA features tool-free maintenance for print head and front-access roller replacement, significantly reducing downtime and service costs. The print engine also includes on-board instructional videos for training and maintenance procedures to simplify operations.
The JW830A performs stateful firewall policy enforcement at 40 Gbps, delivering enterprise-grade security without compromising network performance. This throughput capacity ensures that security policies can be applied consistently across all 32,000 supported mobile devices without creating bottlenecks.
Yes, the JW703A is specifically designed for hybrid WAN environments at branch offices and includes integrated WAN compression, health checks, and policy-based routing capabilities. It combines wireless, wired, and hybrid WAN services in a single controller, reducing deployment complexity while unifying policy management across multiple connection types and third-party security services.
Yes, the Aruba 7000 Series unifies policy management with third-party security services, enabling organizations to create a comprehensive digital workplace experience. This integration simplifies security administration and allows consistent policy enforcement across multiple security platforms without requiring separate management consoles.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JL745A transceiver module is TAA (Trade Agreements Act) compliant, making it suitable for government and federal procurement requirements. This compliance ensures the product meets stringent sourcing and manufacturing standards. We offer TAA-compliant networking components for organizations with federal purchasing requirements.
The S0B65A can support up to 512 clients per radio and provides 16 BSSIDs, enabling it to handle dense deployments typical in hotels, residence halls, and multi-tenant environments. This high client density combined with Wi-Fi 6E throughput ensures consistent performance even during peak usage periods.
The AP-505H implements enterprise-grade security including WPA3, Enhanced Open, MACsec, and a built-in TPM (Trusted Platform Module) for cryptographic operations. These features protect guest and corporate traffic while supporting modern security standards required in hospitality and remote work environments.
Each case of the Toshiba BX730165AS2E Ribbon contains 5 rolls of black ribbon, each 6.5 inches wide. This case quantity is ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations that require consistent ribbon supply.
The Toshiba BX760048AG2E offers a WAX/RESIN combination ribbon, which provides versatility for different printing applications. WAX ribbons are ideal for paper labels, while RESIN ribbons offer superior durability on synthetic materials—this hybrid approach gives you flexibility across multiple label types without changing ribbons.
Yes, in addition to the standard 25-roll case, we offer the Toshiba BX730220AG4E ribbon as a single roll under part number BX730220AG4E-R. This option is ideal for testing, replacement, or lower-volume printing operations. Contact us today for single roll availability and pricing.
The Toshiba BX760089AG4E ribbon is 3.5 inches wide, which is the standard width for the B-SX4, SX5, 472, 572, and 482 Toshiba thermal printer series. This width specification ensures proper alignment and performance in compatible Toshiba printers.
Yes, resin ribbons like the BX760106AS1E are specifically engineered for durability in demanding conditions. They provide superior resistance to chemicals, moisture, and abrasion compared to wax ribbons, making them ideal for warehouse, logistics, and outdoor labeling applications.
The Toshiba BX760114AG2E ribbon is packaged in a carton containing 5 rolls. We offer per-roll pricing for customers who need to purchase individual rolls or multiple cartons. Contact us today for bulk pricing and delivery options.
Toshiba manufactures products following strict ecological policies. While specific environmental certifications for this ribbon consumable are not detailed in our product documentation, Toshiba's manufacturing processes are designed with sustainability in mind. For detailed environmental specifications, contact us today.
The B-EX904-R-QM-R is engineered specifically for the B-EX4T Type 1 printer and is not compatible with other Toshiba models. Using accessories with non-compatible printer models may result in malfunction or damage. Contact us today if you need clarification on which module is right for your specific printer model.
The Toshiba TFC50UM is a laser toner cartridge designed for laser printing technology. This ensures sharp, professional-quality output for documents and labels in warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, we offer the Toshiba TFC25Y Original Toner Cartridge as part of our comprehensive AIDC consumables inventory. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability and pricing for your organization's printing needs.
Yes, Toshiba offers a complete one-stop solution that includes a full range of approved media, consumables, and related products alongside this toner cartridge. We provide access to Toshiba's entire portfolio of supplies and support services to streamline your procurement process. Contact us today to learn about bundled solutions and volume discounts available from our team.
We offer a complete one-stop solution including approved media, consumables, and technical support for Toshiba products. Toshiba maintains a support network in most countries with experienced engineers and service staff to ensure your equipment runs smoothly. Contact us today for service, supplies, or maintenance support.
Yes, we offer the Toshiba TFC415UM original toner cartridge as part of our comprehensive AIDC supplies inventory. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this magenta toner and ensure your laser printer maintains peak performance.
Yes, the Toshiba TFC415UC toner cartridge is available from us. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this genuine Toshiba supply, or contact us today for bulk pricing and supply chain solutions tailored to your warehouse or logistics operation.
Yes, Toshiba designs products with strict ecological policies in mind, utilizing recyclable materials and halogen-free plastic in their manufacturing process. Their commitment to ISO14001 design and manufacturing standards reflects their focus on environmental responsibility.
The Toshiba MG04ACA600E is a 3.5" internal hard drive, the standard size for desktop and enterprise server installations. This form factor is widely supported in surveillance systems, NAS devices, and data center environments.
The Primacy 2 LE comes with a Quick Start Guide with URL links for documentation, a starter cleaning kit, USB cable (1.80m), reject tray/output hopper, power supply, and region-specific power cord. We also offer a complete range of consumables including cards, ribbons, and additional cleaning kits available from us to support ongoing operations.
The Evolis TTR201BBH is a single-sided rewritable card printer, designed for applications that require frequent updates to one side of the card. This configuration keeps the printer affordable while maintaining the flexibility to update data up to 500 times on the same card.
The Primacy 2 features a 100 or 200-card input feeder (the 200-card feeder can be integrated on-site), with a 100-card output hopper and a 30-card reject tray. This high-capacity design minimizes downtime during medium and large volume production runs. We offer both feeder configurations to match your operational workflow.
The Evolis A5010 is classified as a cable, connector, and adapter assembly within our ID printer accessories and parts catalog. It falls under Evolis supplies and is essential infrastructure for connecting your Evolis ID card printer to power and related systems.
YMCKO stands for Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black, and Overlay panels—a standard color ribbon format for professional ID card printing. This configuration allows full-color card production with a protective overlay layer, which is essential for durable, long-lasting ID cards in high-traffic warehouse and logistics operations.
The Evolis R3314 is a 6-panel overlay color ribbon that includes YMCKOK panels—yellow, magenta, cyan, black, overlay, and a second black panel. This configuration enables full-color printing with protective overlay capabilities for enhanced durability and security.
Evolis offers multiple ribbon types to meet different printing needs, including color ribbons, monochrome ribbons, and security ribbons. This variety allows you to choose the right ribbon formulation for your specific ID card application, whether you need standard color printing or enhanced security features.
Evolis High Trust ribbons are formulated to eliminate defects and deliver consistent, high-quality printouts with sharp images and clear text. By choosing Evolis ribbons available from us, you benefit from reliable performance and reduced waste, lowering your overall cost-per-card.
Evolis High Trust ribbons are formulated to produce sharp, bright images and clear text while minimizing defects and maintaining optimal cost-per-card efficiency. By using genuine Evolis ribbons like the R3514, you ensure consistent print quality and reliable performance across your card production runs.
The original Evolis Badgy-Basic color ribbon part number is BDG101FRU, also identified as model VBDG204EU. We offer this genuine Evolis ribbon to keep your ID card printer running smoothly.
The Evolis R2014 is a green monochrome ribbon, producing single-color output suitable for basic ID card printing needs. If you require full-color or multi-color ribbons for the Securion, we offer additional ribbon options available from us—contact us today to explore alternatives.
The Evolis R2017 is a silver monochrome ribbon, producing single-color prints on your ID cards. This monochrome design is ideal for applications requiring consistent, professional-grade black or silver imagery without the cost of full-color printing. We stock this ribbon for immediate shipment to support your production schedules.
Evolis High Trust ribbons are formulated to produce sharp, bright images and clear text while minimizing defects and maintaining consistent quality throughout their lifespan. By choosing Evolis ribbons, you benefit from high-quality printouts at an optimal cost-per-card, making them ideal for professional ID card programs.
Yes, the Evolis R2030 is a white ribbon designed for the Evolis Securion printer. The white format is standard for ID card printing applications requiring clean, professional card output. We have this ribbon available from our inventory.
The A5004 is part of Evolis's comprehensive cleaning kit lineup designed for their card printer range. For specific model compatibility details and to ensure you have the right cleaning solution for your printer, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com.
Plastic cards used in ID card printing can develop high static charges that attract dust and dirt to your printer's components. Routine cleaning with proper supplies like the A5024 kit helps maintain print quality, prevents equipment damage, and extends your printer's operational lifespan.
Yes, the Evolis S4510 ID Printer Cleaner is manufactured by Evolis, the maker of the ID card printers it's designed to service. We offer genuine Evolis supplies to ensure optimal printer performance and reliability.
Regular cleaning with the ACL003 kit helps prevent roller contamination and maintains consistent print quality on your ID cards. Keeping the printer's roller clean extends equipment lifespan and reduces the risk of print defects or mechanical issues.
Evolis offers several ribbon types to meet different ID card printing needs, including color ribbons, monochrome ribbons, and security ribbons like the R4213 hologram overlay. All Evolis High Trust ribbons are formulated to produce sharp, bright images and clear text.
Yes, the Evolis R4002 is fully compatible with the Evolis Dualys 3 printer. We offer this ribbon specifically as a supply option for Dualys 3 users who need reliable overlay and varnish capabilities. Visit barcodesinc.com to order or contact us today for bulk pricing on ribbon supplies.
Evolis High Trust ribbons are designed to keep off defects and deliver high-quality printouts at an optimal cost-per-card. All Evolis ribbons are formulated to produce sharp, bright images and clear text, ensuring professional results for your ID card printing operations. We offer these ribbons to help you maintain consistent quality while controlling supply costs.
Yes, the Evolis LPS034NAA laminate film is compatible with Evolis Primacy 2 and Primacy 2 LE ID card printers. We offer this film as part of our complete Primacy 2 printer supplies lineup to ensure you have the right consumables for your system.
The Evolis R2016 is a gold monochrome ribbon, meaning it produces single-color prints rather than full-color output. This makes it ideal for applications requiring consistent, professional-grade monochrome ID cards. Contact us today if you need color ribbon options or want to discuss your card production requirements.
Yes, many organizations keep the Evolis S10000 Printhead on hand as a spare to minimize downtime during routine maintenance or unexpected printhead wear. We recommend having a replacement available, especially in high-volume ID card printing environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to order your spare today.
The Evolis ACL004 cleaning cards come presaturated, so they are ready to use right out of the box without requiring additional cleaning solution. This convenience ensures consistent cleaning performance and eliminates the need for separate chemical purchases. We stock presaturated cards to make your maintenance routine quick and efficient.
Plastic cards used in ID card printing can carry high static charges and attract dust and dirt that accumulates on printer components. Routine cleaning with proper kits like the A5002 helps maintain your printer's performance, prevents quality degradation, and extends the equipment's lifespan.
The Evolis R2011 is a monochrome black ribbon, designed for single-color ID card printing. If you require color printing capabilities, we offer alternative Evolis ribbon options that support full-color card production. Contact us today to discuss your specific ID card printing requirements.
Yes, the Evolis R3012 is a black ribbon designed for monochrome ID card printing. Black ribbons are ideal for applications requiring high-contrast text, barcodes, and security features on identification cards.
Regular printhead cleaning prevents ink buildup, dust accumulation, and residue that can degrade print quality and cause printer errors. Using the proper cleaning tool like the Evolis ACL005 helps maintain consistent card output and reduces downtime in high-volume ID printing environments. We recommend incorporating routine cleaning into your printer maintenance schedule.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve2 75 features fully adjustable Jabra Advanced Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) to help you maintain focus during calls. This allows you to customize the level of noise cancellation based on your environment.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve2 75 features fully adjustable Jabra Advanced Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) to help you maintain focus during calls. The noise-isolating design provides instant noise isolation for improved concentration in noisy surroundings.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 model 27599-999-889 comes with USB-C connectivity and is certified for Microsoft Teams. The headset works with all UC platforms and is certified for multiple collaboration systems, making it compatible with most enterprise communication environments.
Yes, the UAP-AC-HD-US features a refined industrial design and is both ceiling and wall mountable. It comes with included mounting hardware for quick and easy installation in your facility.
Yes, the UAP-AC-M is designed for both indoor and outdoor deployment with an operating temperature range of -30 to 70°C (-22 to 158°F) and humidity tolerance of 5 to 95% noncondensing. Wall, pole, and fast-mount kits are included for flexible installation in campus quads, parking areas, and other outdoor spaces.
The UAP-AC-PRO uses Passive Power over Ethernet (PoE) at 48V and supports 802.3af/802.3at standards, with a supported voltage range of 44 to 57VDC. Maximum power consumption is only 9W, and a 48V, 0.5A PoE Gigabit Adapter is included with single-pack purchases, simplifying installation in your facility.
The R5AC-LITE includes WPA2 security, which is the strongest encryption standard available for wireless networks. This ensures your wireless backhaul and access point connections are protected against unauthorized access and data interception.
The Ubiquiti UAP-AC-SHD features 2 x Gigabit Ethernet (RJ-45) network ports, providing flexible connectivity options for your wireless infrastructure. These ports support standard Gigabit Ethernet speeds for reliable data transmission. We can help you integrate this access point into your existing network topology—contact us today.
The POE-54V-80W operates reliably in environments from -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) with operating humidity between 5% to 90% noncondensing. Storage temperature range extends from -30°C to 70°C (-22°F to 158°F), making it suitable for varied deployment conditions.
The US-8-5 operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -5 to 45°C (23 to 113°F) and humidity levels of 5 to 95% noncondensing. It also meets ETSI300-019-1.4 standard for shock and vibration resistance, making it suitable for various deployment environments.
Yes, the US-24 is fully rack-mountable and includes rack-mount brackets. It has compact dimensions of 443 x 43 x 221 mm and weighs 2.51 kg without brackets or 2.60 kg with brackets included, making it easy to integrate into standard server rack installations.
The US-48-500W has a maximum power consumption of 56W and includes an internal AC/DC power supply with universal 100-240VAC/50-60 Hz input. This efficient design makes it suitable for deployment in various network environments while minimizing operational costs.
The AM-5G17-90 delivers 17.1 dBi of gain, which provides excellent range and performance for sector coverage in BaseStation applications. This high gain makes it ideal for extending wireless network reach in warehouse and logistics environments.
The AM-5AC22-45 delivers 22 dBi of gain with a 45-degree beamwidth, providing focused coverage suitable for sector antenna deployments in point-to-multipoint wireless networks.
The NBE-16-WM operates reliably in temperatures from -40 to 70° C (-40 to 158° F) and humidity levels from 5 to 95% noncondensing, making it suitable for diverse climate conditions.
The AG-HP-5G23 is engineered for outdoor durability with wind survivability rated at 200 km/h (125 mph) and wind loading of 102 N at that speed. Its robust all-in-one design and integrated construction make it suitable for deployment in challenging outdoor conditions.
Yes, the IsoStation uses interchangeable horn antennas available in fixed beamwidth increments. This flexible design allows you to select the appropriate antenna configuration for your specific deployment environment and network requirements, improving beam shaping and overall system performance.
The IS-M5 delivers high throughput with an innovative form factor that is versatile and cost-effective to deploy. Its airMAX ac technology provides improved latency, throughput, and scalability compared to other outdoor systems in its class. The intelligent QoS prioritizes voice and video traffic for seamless streaming, and the long-distance capability supports carrier-class links for high-speed connectivity.
The Ubiquiti Networks UDC-2 supports 10 Gbit/s data transfer speeds, providing high-performance connectivity for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. This makes it suitable for environments requiring fast, reliable network throughput.
The antenna delivers 16 dBi gain across both polarizations with a beamwidth of 29 to 34° for both horizontal and vertical polarization. This high-gain configuration enables efficient signal concentration for extended range performance in point-to-point wireless links.
The SLP-DX220 supports various media sizes with a 2.13" print width and adjustable paper guides for flexible label dimensions. It accommodates multiple label formats including gap, black mark, notch, continuous form, and fanfold media, making it versatile for wrist banding, order labeling, and barcode printing applications.
The SRP-S300LHK delivers 203 dpi print resolution with print speeds up to 170mm for the standard model. This combination ensures high-quality barcode and label output suitable for warehouse labeling and logistics applications.
The SLP-DL413G is supplied with BIXOLON Label Artist, a free label customization software that allows you to design and format labels for your specific needs. It also includes Label Artist Show, a simple mobile application for test printing various label types before full production runs.
The printer supports USB, RS-232 Serial, and Ethernet connectivity, providing flexible integration options for your existing warehouse or retail systems. We include USB and power cables with every unit to get you up and running quickly.
The SRP-S3000K delivers 203 dpi print resolution with print width up to 80mm. This resolution is ideal for barcode labels, product codes, and shipping labels in high-volume warehouse and logistics operations.
The SRP-S300 is the world's first liner-free label printer equipped with specialized back-feed technology, allowing it to print on labels without traditional backing material. This innovation includes an enhanced paper saving mode that reduces label usage by up to 25 percent, lowering operational costs. We offer this technology to help you maximize efficiency and minimize waste in your labeling operations.
The thermal print head is rated for 75 km of printing life on the standard SRP-S300L model, ensuring reliable long-term operation in high-volume warehouse environments. The auto cutter is rated for 1 million cuts, providing dependable performance for sustained daily label production.
The SRP-S3000XWDK supports multiple programming languages including BXL/POS, SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-C, with drivers available for Windows, OPOS, JPOS, Linux, and Mac CUPS. SDKs are provided for iOS, Android, and Windows, enabling custom integration across diverse warehouse management systems.
The SLP-DX220G supports a print width of 2.13 inches and offers adjustable paper guides that accommodate various media sizes. It can handle multiple label formats including labels, tickets, gap, black mark, notch, continuous form, and fanfold media with a maximum label width of 2.36 inches.
The SLP-DX220DG supports various label formats including gap, black mark, notch, continuous form, and fanfold media, with a maximum print width of 2.13 inches and label width up to 2.36 inches. Its adjustable paper guide and easy paper loading accommodate different media sizes for flexible labeling across multiple applications.
The SLP-DX220DEG supports various media sizes with a maximum print width of 2.13 inches and can handle multiple label formats including gap, black mark, notch, continuous form, and fanfold media. The adjustable paper guide and easy paper loading design accommodate different label widths up to 2.36 inches, providing flexibility for diverse labeling applications.
Yes, the SLP-DX220 offers optional Autocutter and Peeler accessories to automate label finishing and improve workflow efficiency. These add-ons allow you to streamline production for high-volume labeling operations.
The SLP-DX220CE offers optional Autocutter and Peeler accessories to automate label finishing processes. These add-ons enhance productivity for high-volume applications such as order labeling and wrist banding by reducing manual handling.
The SLP-TX220G is a 2-inch thermal transfer desktop label printer, making it suitable for applications requiring durable, long-lasting labels. It uses a 74mm ribbon and features easy paper loading with optional autocutter and peeler capabilities for streamlined label production.
Yes, the SLP-DX220CEG is fully compatible with market-leading programming languages including SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-E, ensuring seamless integration with your current label design and printing workflows. This compatibility eliminates the need for costly software rewrites when upgrading your printing infrastructure.
The SLP-TX220DG supports a maximum print width of 2.13 inches and a maximum print length of 78.74 inches. It features an adjustable paper guide and can handle label, gap, black mark, notch, continuous label, and fanfold formats up to 2.36 inches in label width.
The SLP-TX220DEG supports a maximum print width of 2.13 inches and a maximum print length of 78.74 inches, with a label width capacity of 2.36 inches. It handles various label formats including gap, black mark, notch, continuous, and fanfold labels.
Yes, the SLP-TX220CG is designed with optional Autocutter and Peeler configurations to meet different labeling workflow requirements. These finishing options allow you to customize the printer for your specific application needs.
The SLP-TX220CEG supports a 2.13" print width and can handle up to 78.74" print length. It accommodates various label formats including gap, black mark, notch, continuous, and fanfold labels with a maximum label width of 2.36", making it suitable for diverse labeling applications in logistics and warehouse operations.
We offer several optional accessories for the XT5-46SP including an auto cutter, peeler, rewinder, and combined rewinder and peeler configurations. These options allow you to customize the printer to match your specific workflow requirements and automate label finishing processes.
Yes, the SRP-Q302HW includes an auto cutter for automated receipt separation. We back this printer with a 3-year warranty, giving you confidence in the reliability and durability of your investment.
The SRP-Q302HWK supports 80 mm media width as standard, with an optional 58 mm configuration available. Media roll diameter accommodates up to 80 mm, with media thickness ranging from 0.05 to 0.08 mm, suitable for standard thermal receipt stock used in warehouses and retail operations.
Yes, the SRP-Q302W is designed as a 3-inch Desktop mPOS Printer with a compact form factor (128 x 125 x 125 mm) and lightweight design (1.23 kg). Its Bluetooth and Wi-Fi connectivity options make it well-suited for mobile point-of-sale applications where portability is important.
We offer the SRP-Q302WK with multiple interface options: standard configuration includes 3 USB Type-A ports, 1 USB Type-B, 1 USB Type-C, and Ethernet. Optional configurations add either WLAN or Bluetooth connectivity to suit your deployment needs. The USB Type-C port also supports power delivery for charging compatible mobile devices.
Yes, the BK3P-31ZC is specifically designed for demanding environments such as transportation, healthcare, and retail. Its compact, lightweight design and reliable performance make it an excellent choice for ticketing, wristband printing, and labeling in these industries.
The BK5-31AB operates reliably across a wide temperature range of -20°C to 60°C and humidity levels of 10% to 95% (non-condensing), with optimal performance between 0°C and 40°C. Its compact, lightweight design (780g) and durable construction make it suitable for various retail and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about environmental specifications for your specific application.
The SRP-F310II delivers a print speed of 270mm/sec (approximately 10.6 inches/sec) with a standard resolution of 180 dpi. This combination provides fast, high-quality receipt printing suitable for high-transaction retail and hospitality environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific application requirements.
Yes, the SRP-F310II supports ESC/POS emulation and includes drivers for Windows, OPOS, JPOS, Linux CUPS, and Mac systems. This broad compatibility ensures seamless integration with most standard POS software platforms available from us and across the industry.
The SRP-F310II supports a comprehensive range of 1D barcodes including EAN-13, EAN-8, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, ITF, Coda Bar, UPC-A, and UPC-E, as well as 2D barcodes such as PDF417 and QR Code. This versatility makes it suitable for retail, logistics, and inventory management applications.
The SRP-F310II supports a wide range of 1D barcodes including EAN-13, EAN-8, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, ITF, Coda Bar, UPC-A, and UPC-E, as well as 2D formats including PDF417 and QR Code. This makes it compatible with virtually all standard retail and logistics barcode requirements.
The SRP-F310II supports a comprehensive range of 1D barcodes including EAN-13, EAN-8, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, ITF, Coda Bar, UPC-A, and UPC-E. It also supports 2D barcode formats including PDF417 and QR Code, making it suitable for modern retail and logistics applications. Contact us today for integration assistance with your specific barcode requirements.
The SRP-F310II's thermal print head is rated for 150 km of total print distance, while the printer unit itself is rated for 70 million lines of printing. The auto cutter is rated for 1.8 million cuts, ensuring reliable long-term performance in demanding warehouse and retail environments.
Yes, the SLP-DX220WG is specifically designed for high efficiency and versatility in healthcare, logistics, and retail environments. Its compact, slim profile combined with reliable direct thermal printing makes it ideal for fast-paced warehouse and medical facility label production.
The SLP-TX220EG supports a maximum print width of 2.13 inches with a print length up to 78.74 inches. It accommodates various label formats including gap, black mark, notch, continuous, and fanfold labels with a maximum label width of 2.36 inches.
The SRP-350plusV supports 80 mm paper width as standard, with an optional 58 mm width available. The printer accommodates paper roll diameters up to 83 mm and media thickness between 0.05–0.08 mm, with an anti-jam design for reliable operation in high-volume environments.
We offer the Bixolon XT5-40S with various optional configurations including auto cutter, peeler, rewinder, and rewinder-peeler combinations. These accessories allow you to customize the printer to match your specific label finishing requirements. Contact us today to discuss which options are best suited for your operation.
Yes, the XD5-40DEK supports UHF RFID encode and print capability, allowing you to produce RFID-enabled labels in a single pass. This feature is valuable for supply chain visibility and asset tracking applications. Contact us today to discuss RFID integration with your current labeling workflow.
The SLP-DX220EG supports a 2.13" print width with adjustable paper guides that accommodate various media sizes, and can print on label, ticket, gap, black mark, notch, continuous form, and fanfold media. The dynamic design with easy paper loading makes it simple to switch between different label formats for order labeling, wristbanding, and barcode printing applications.
The SRP-S3000WDK delivers exceptional reliability with a thermal print head rated for up to 150 km of printing and an auto cutter rated for 3 million cuts. These specifications support sustained high-volume warehouse and logistics label production without frequent maintenance or replacement.
Yes, the BK3-32Z features a side-open frame design that enables quick and easy media loading, reducing downtime during operation. This user-friendly design is particularly valuable in high-volume kiosk environments where media changes are frequent.
The SPP-L3000 supports both standard labels and optional linerless media with a print width of up to 72 mm. Media width ranges from 25 to 80 mm with roll diameters up to 66 mm, and the printer features Smart Media Detection™ for automatic handling of various media types.
The XM7-30 delivers printing speeds up to 6 inches per second (ips) with a print resolution of 203 dpi, ensuring fast and high-quality barcode and label output. This combination of speed and clarity is essential for maintaining productivity in fast-paced warehouse and retail environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your label design specifications.
The XT3-40 supports various 1D and 2D barcode symbologies, including QR codes, making it suitable for modern supply chain and inventory management applications. The printer also includes bitmap and scalable fonts to accommodate diverse labeling requirements.
Yes, the BK5-31 is specifically engineered for busy casino and healthcare settings with its compact, lightweight design and user-friendly side open-frame for easy media loading. Its direct thermal printing method and reliable performance make it well-suited for these demanding applications.
The printer supports 80 mm media width as standard, with an optional 58 mm width available depending on your receipt requirements. Media roll diameter can be up to 81 mm with thickness between 0.05 to 0.08 mm, and the printer features easy paper loading for hassle-free media changes.
The SM-T300i is designed to print standard three-inch format receipts, making it ideal for restaurant servers, retail clerks, and field service professionals who need portable receipt printing capabilities.
The SK1-311 is available in both standard horizontal and vertical formats to match your kiosk layout requirements. Each format can be configured with or without a presenter, giving you flexibility in your final installation design.
Yes, the Star 37964521 is designed for use with printer-driven cash drawer systems. It integrates seamlessly with Star SMD2 Max Series drawers that operate through printer control.
The Star CD3-1616 comes with a 3-Year Limited Warranty for US and Canada customers, plus optional Extended Services Agreements including Extend-A-Star and Swap-A-Star programs. Contact us today at 1-800-782-7636 for details on extended coverage options.
The Star CD3-1616 comes with a CD1 cable for printer connectivity, allowing seamless integration with compatible Star printers and POS systems. The drawer also features dual media slots for flexible connection options. We include 2 keys for secure cash management with every unit.
The Star 37964301 comes complete with 2 keys for security and the CD1 printer connection cable needed for installation. This ensures you have everything required to deploy the drawer immediately in your retail or hospitality environment. Contact us today if you need additional accessories or replacement keys.
The Star mPOP is compatible with tablets and mobile devices through its multiple connectivity options—Bluetooth, USB-C, and Lightning support. The included universal tablet stand accommodates various tablet sizes, providing flexibility in device choice for your POS setup.
The Star SK1-321 offers both USB and RS-232 Serial connectivity options, allowing flexible integration with various kiosk systems and POS terminals. This dual-connectivity approach ensures compatibility with legacy and modern systems available from us.
The SK1-221 offers both USB and RS-232 Serial connectivity options, allowing flexible integration into various kiosk systems and legacy environments. You can choose the connection type that best fits your existing infrastructure.
The SK1-311 features Black Mark label compatibility, enabling it to print labels in addition to standard receipts. This versatility makes it suitable for kiosks that require both receipt and label printing capabilities.
The Star mPOP is equipped with an internal power supply, eliminating the need for external power adapters and reducing clutter at your point of sale counter. This integrated power solution makes the device more portable and easier to set up.
The Star SK1-211 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format to accommodate different kiosk layouts and space constraints. Both orientations can be configured with or without a presenter, giving you four configuration options to match your specific kiosk design. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore which format best suits your application.
The Star SK1-311 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format to accommodate different kiosk cabinet designs and space constraints. Each orientation option can be configured with or without a presenter to match your specific kiosk layout. Contact us today to discuss which configuration best fits your installation.
The Star SK1-321 supports a maximum paper width of 3.26 inches and features a 3.26-inch paper roll holder. It is compatible with receipt, ticket, and label media, and includes Black Mark label capability for flexible printing applications beyond standard receipts.
Yes, the Star SK1-221 is specifically designed for kiosk solutions such as gas stations where space efficiency is critical. Its compact form factor, high-speed printing capability of up to 250mm/sec, and support for receipt, ticket, and label media make it an ideal solution for self-service kiosk environments.
The Star SK1-211 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format, with optional presenter configurations to match your kiosk's physical layout and user interaction requirements. This versatility allows you to optimize the printer installation for your specific application. We offer multiple configurations to fit your needs.
The Star SK1-211 features a command-selectable full or partial cut capability, giving you control over how receipts are separated from the roll. This flexibility allows you to optimize paper usage and receipt presentation based on your kiosk's specific needs.
Yes, the SK1-311 features Black Mark label compatibility, enabling automatic detection and precise cutting of pre-printed labels. This capability makes it suitable for applications requiring both receipts and label output from a single device. We offer the SK1-311 as a versatile solution for multi-purpose kiosk printing needs.
Yes, the Star mPOP includes a universal tablet stand as part of the package. This integrated stand provides convenient positioning for your tablet while you operate the printer and cash drawer, creating a complete and ergonomic POS workstation. Contact us today for complete package details and setup guidance.
Yes, the Star SK1-311 features Black Mark label compatibility, enabling it to print labels in addition to receipts. This versatility makes it suitable for kiosks that require both transaction receipts and label output. Contact us today if you need guidance on label media compatibility.
The Star SK1-211 is a 2-inch kiosk printer, designed specifically for compact receipt printing in kiosk applications. This narrow paper width is ideal for self-service environments where space is limited and quick transaction documentation is essential. We offer the SK1-211 as a purpose-built solution for modern kiosk deployments.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 is a 2-inch thermal receipt printer designed for compact kiosk installations. It features a command-selectable full or partial cut capability, giving you control over how receipts are separated for different transaction types.
The Star SK1-211 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format, allowing you to optimize the printer's footprint for your kiosk design. Both orientations can be configured with or without a presenter to match your specific space and workflow requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configuration options that fit your kiosk layout.
The Star 39336532 includes a 3-year limited warranty for US and Canada customers. We also offer optional extended service agreements including Extend-A-Star and Swap-A-Star programs to protect your investment beyond the standard warranty period—contact us today for details.
The SK1-311 is available in either standard horizontal format or vertical format, and both orientations can be configured with or without a presenter to fit your specific kiosk design and workflow needs. Contact us today to discuss which configuration best suits your installation.
The Star SK1-211 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format configurations. Both orientations can be ordered with or without a presenter to best fit your specific kiosk design needs.
Yes, the Star mPOP is designed to work with tablets and mobile devices of your choice, thanks to its universal tablet stand and multiple connectivity options including Bluetooth, USB-C, and Lightning. This flexibility makes it an ideal solution regardless of your preferred tablet platform.
Yes, the Star SK1-311 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format configurations. Both orientations can be ordered with or without a presenter, allowing you to select the exact setup that best fits your kiosk design and workflow requirements.
The SK1-211 features a command-selectable full or partial cut capability, allowing you to customize receipt finishing based on your application requirements. This flexibility enables both complete receipt separation and partial cuts for attached stub or coupon designs.
The Star SK4-21/31 is purpose-built for self-order kiosk terminals, self-checkout kiosk terminals, queue management systems, and vending machines. Its portable design and three paper-positioning options make it versatile across multiple unattended transaction environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this printer can enhance your kiosk deployment.
Each case of Star 37966480 receipt paper contains 12 rolls. We price this product per roll, so you can order exactly the quantity you need for your warehouse or retail operation. This case quantity is ideal for businesses running multiple portable printers or high-volume receipt printing.
The Star SM-S230i is designed for 2-inch receipts with auto-detection capabilities. This compact size makes it perfect for portable barcode label printing in tight warehouse spaces and mobile applications.
The Toshiba BX710106AG2E is a wax/resin combination thermal transfer ribbon, which means it offers a balance of performance characteristics suitable for general-purpose barcode and label printing. This formulation works well across a range of label materials commonly used in warehouse and logistics operations.
The STM300B-10000S subscription is designed to support NETGEAR data networking devices, including wireless controllers, routers, and client adapters within the NETGEAR product ecosystem. For questions about compatibility with your specific network configuration, our team can provide detailed guidance. Contact us today to discuss your networking environment.
The SocketScan S700 is available in five color options to fit most styles and environment needs. The model available from us is the red variant (WES-S700-RED), though other colors can be explored through our team.
Yes, the Socket Mobile CX4040-3103 is available in bulk quantities—we offer the Socketscan S820 Black in 50-unit packs (without accessories included). This makes it ideal for outfitting entire warehouse teams or logistics operations with standardized scanning equipment.
Yes, the SocketScan S720 includes CaptureSDK for easy app integration and developer support. This allows you to enhance your business productivity by embedding barcode scanning capabilities directly into your custom applications.
The SocketScan S740 features a long-lasting battery designed to withstand entire work days without requiring a charge. This extended battery performance ensures your warehouse and logistics teams can maintain continuous productivity throughout their shifts. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about this scanner's endurance specifications.
The SocketScan S740 connects via Bluetooth wireless technology, making it compatible with iPhone, iPad, and Android mobile devices. This broad compatibility allows you to integrate the scanner into your existing mobile workflow across iOS and Android platforms. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific device model.
The scanner features a long-lasting battery designed to withstand entire work days without requiring frequent recharging. This endurance is ideal for warehouse managers and logistics teams who need reliable performance throughout extended shifts. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed battery specifications and charging options.
The Socket Mobile CX3458-1926 is engineered for rapid scanning ability and is designed to meet the demands of moderate to rigorous scanning applications. Its long-lasting battery supports extended use throughout your work day, making it well-suited for busy warehouse and logistics environments requiring sustained scanning performance.
The SocketScan S730 uses laser scanning technology that can reach hard-to-reach places, making it versatile for various job demands and scanning scenarios. Its ergonomic design also allows comfortable use during extended periods of operation.
Yes, the SocketScan S740 is designed to work with iPhone, iPad, and Android devices via Bluetooth wireless connectivity. This makes it an excellent choice for mobile-first warehouse and logistics operations where you're using smartphones or tablets for data capture.
The SocketScan S740 features a long-lasting battery designed to withstand entire work days, so you won't experience downtime from frequent charging. Combined with its lightweight, ergonomic structure, it's built for extended use in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Socket Mobile CX3531-2133 features a lightweight, ergonomic design combined with a long-lasting battery designed to withstand entire work days of continuous scanning. The intuitive indicator lights for battery, Bluetooth, and scanning notifications help operators monitor device status throughout their shift, reducing downtime and improving productivity.
The DuraSled DS800 features a protective sled design that shields your iPhone or iPod from tumbles and drops during daily use. This rugged form factor makes it ideal for mobile workers who need reliable device protection in fast-paced environments.
Yes, the SocketScan S730 is designed to perform effectively in sensitive lighting conditions, including bright sunlight, dark environments, and even through glass or plastic surfaces. Its superior scanning capabilities also handle curved and reflective surfaces, making it a reliable choice for diverse warehouse and logistics applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our environmental testing data.
The S800 features a 1D barcode linear imager that can read virtually all 1D barcodes, whether printed on labels or displayed on device screens. This versatility makes it suitable for diverse applications across retail, logistics, and mobile business solutions. Contact us today if you need guidance on barcode format compatibility for your specific use case.
Yes, the DuraSled DS800 features a durable Elastomeric protective case designed to protect your Apple device and scanner from daily challenges. It meets multiple 3.3 ft drop specifications to vinyl-covered concrete, making it suitable for demanding warehouse, delivery, and ticketing applications where durability is essential.
The Magicard Rio Pro 360 is a single-sided ID card printer, meaning it prints on one side of the card in a single pass. This makes it ideal for organizations that need efficient, straightforward ID card production without dual-sided printing requirements.
The Magicard Rio Pro 360 Xtended is designed to print on 54 mm ID cards, which is the standard credit card size used globally for identification badges and credentials. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific card stock requirements.
The Magicard CLM-PBBM37FCN is designed for access control and facility security applications where 125MHz proximity credentials are required. Its H10304 format and 37-bit encoding make it suitable for enterprise badge systems, warehouse access, and logistics facility credential programs.
The AirLink GX450 integrates with AirLink Management Service, which enables you to configure, monitor, and manage gateways remotely from a central location. You can set alerts for critical events to prevent downtime and centrally manage software upgrades across your fleet.
The BTS-01 is powered by a 1000mAh rechargeable lithium-ion battery and weighs only 2.1 ounces including the battery. The compact 1000mAh capacity is designed for all-day wearable scanning operations in warehouse and logistics environments. We provide a USB adapter with multiple plug options to keep your scanner charged throughout your shifts.
Yes, the Janam XG200 is a rugged mobile computer designed for mobile data collection in demanding warehouse and logistics environments. Its gun-shaped design and robust construction make it ideal for inventory management, barcode capture, and real-time data acquisition in the field.
Yes, the Janam XT100 includes integrated RFID and NFC capabilities for seamless data exchange. These technologies enable mobile workers to interact with tagged assets, inventory items, and access points without physical scanning, adding flexibility to warehouse management and logistics operations.
Yes, this power supply is designed for VeriFone payment terminals used in retail environments. We offer this power device as part of our complete VeriFone product line to support payment processing operations in warehouse, logistics, and retail settings.
Yes, the Poly 1465-49603-001 features auto-sensing input that accepts both 120V AC and 230V AC, making it suitable for use in North America, Europe, Asia, and other regions with different electrical standards. This universal design eliminates the need for voltage converters in international deployments.
The ISC250 runs on Telium 2 operating system and features a dual-processor architecture: a main Thunder processor (ARM9, 450 MIPS) for general operations and a Booster crypto processor (ARM7, 50 MIPS) for secure cryptographic transactions. This architecture delivers high-speed processing while maintaining transaction security.
The ISC480 offers comprehensive connectivity including USB 2.0 (both device and dual host ports), RS232 serial, 10/100 Ethernet, and optional Mini-HDMI video output. It also supports Power over Ethernet (POE) compliant with 802.3af standards, providing flexible deployment options for retail environments.
The Lane 7000 features a 7-inch color WVGA touchscreen display (800x480 resolution) with capacitive touch technology that supports both finger and stylus input. It includes a passive tethered stylus with a 1 million signature lifespan, along with a 15-key backlit keypad with raised markings and ADA-friendly design.
The PWN30110969A is specifically designed as a charger for the MOVE 3500 terminal. For compatibility with other Ingenico devices or if you need a multi-device charging solution, contact us today at barcodesinc.com—our team can recommend the right power accessory for your equipment lineup.
The Ingenico IMP657-USSCN01A supports multiple connectivity protocols including RS232, RS485, USB/Powered USB on the host port, with additional RS232 support on an auxiliary port and Ethernet capability. This multi-protocol approach ensures compatibility with existing point-of-sale systems and network infrastructure.
CradlePoint routers offer enterprise-grade security including NetCloud Perimeter compatibility, RADIUS and TACACS+ support, 802.1x authentication, application-aware firewall, IP filtering, content filtering, and zone-based object firewall capabilities. Advanced security options include FIPS 140-2 certified versions for regulated environments.
The Jabra Engage 65 is equipped with an advanced directional noise-cancelling microphone and enhanced speakers that deliver crystal-clear calls even in noisy office environments. It meets Skype for Business Open Office requirements and includes SafeTone 2.0 user sound protection technology.
The Evolve2 75 is available in both UC and MS Teams variants and is certified for Microsoft Teams, meeting Microsoft Teams Open Office requirements. It works with all UC platforms and supports multiple device pairing with up to 8 devices.
The Jabra Biz 2300 combines lightweight yet durable construction with a professional Scandinavian design and is built for comfortable all-day handling. It features foam and leatherette ear cushions and a flexible, adjustable 360° boom arm to accommodate different wearing preferences and head shapes throughout the workday.
The Jabra BIZ 2300 Duo is certified for major unified communications platforms including Skype for Business, Cisco, and Avaya. For complete compatibility information with your specific systems and devices, we recommend visiting Jabra.com or contacting us today to verify support for your organization's infrastructure.
The Jabra BIZ 2400 II Duo features wideband audio and HD voice capability for superior call quality. It supports multiple connectivity methods to work with your existing telecommunications setup, whether you're using desk phones, softphones, or other UC devices.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II MS Mono is primarily engineered as a professional telecommunications headset for voice calls and UC platform integration. While it delivers premium audio quality, its design and features are optimized for business communication rather than music streaming. Contact us today if you need a multi-purpose audio solution for your organization.
UC Stereo certification indicates that the Jabra Evolve 30 II is optimized for unified communications platforms and delivers stereo audio quality for both calls and music. This certification ensures compatibility and performance with leading enterprise communication systems.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II UC Mono supports connection to multiple device types, allowing you to seamlessly switch between desk phones, softphones, and other UC endpoints. This multi-connect capability enhances flexibility for professionals who work across different communication channels. Contact us today for detailed connectivity specifications for your use case.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II MS offers flexible connectivity suitable for modern workplaces. For specific connectivity details and compatibility with your devices, we recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com to confirm the exact connection types and adapter options available.
The Jabra BIZ 2300 Mono is primarily designed as a telecommunications headset optimized for call clarity and professional communication. For detailed information about audio streaming capabilities, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 is equipped with HD Voice and advanced noise-cancelling microphone technology to deliver crystal-clear calls even in busy office environments. These features ensure that both you and your call recipients experience exceptional audio quality during business communications.
The mono design of the Jabra BIZ 1500 QD provides focused audio for single-ear monitoring, which is valuable in warehouse and logistics settings where situational awareness is important. The Quick Disconnect feature enables rapid device swaps and reduces downtime during shift changes. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions for logistics professionals.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Duo QD incorporates advanced audio technology to deliver clear communication. It features noise reduction capabilities and is engineered to provide professional-grade call quality for business environments.
The Jabra Speak 710 is designed to accommodate up to six participants in-room, making it suitable for small collaboration groups and individual use. Its omni-directional microphone ensures all voices are captured clearly during group calls.
We offer the Jabra BIZ 1500 Duo USB and other Jabra telecommunications products through our comprehensive AIDC distribution network. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to place your order with our team.
The Jabra Speak 710 features intuitive plug-and-play connectivity via USB with the included pre-connected Jabra Link 370 adapter, and also supports Bluetooth connectivity. The device is compatible with all leading UC platforms and can be personalized with MS Cortana, Siri, or Google Now voice assistants. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete telecommunications product selection.
We carry the Jabra PRO 920/930 Duo as part of our telecommunications equipment offerings. For detailed battery specifications and talk time information, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss the exact performance metrics for this model.
The Jabra Speak 710 provides in-room coverage for up to 6 people, making it suitable for both individual use and small collaboration groups. Its omni-directional microphone ensures clear audio capture for all participants in the room.
We offer a range of Jabra telecommunications products, including models like the Speak 710 and Talk 45, each designed for different use cases—from portable conferencing to mobile headsets. Contact us today and our team can help you compare features and find the right Jabra solution for your specific business needs.
Yes, the Jabra PRO 925/935 Mono headset includes a busylight feature that can be customized to indicate your availability status to colleagues. This helps manage interruptions and improves workplace communication efficiency.
Jabra professional headsets incorporate advanced noise cancellation and multi-microphone technology to deliver clear, noise-free calls even in busy office environments. This technology ensures that both you and your call recipients experience exceptional audio quality and reduced background noise interference.
Yes, the C300-XT works with Microsoft Teams Walkie Talkie functionality, enhancing collaboration with hands-free communication. A Microsoft Teams variant is also available from us for seamless integration with your Teams workflow.
Yes, the B550-XT features an IP54-rated design and comes with a 1-year warranty against damage from water and dust, making it suitable for rugged warehouse and on-the-road environments.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 works with all UC platforms and is certified for Microsoft Teams, Skype for Business, Cisco, and other major collaboration platforms. It meets Microsoft Teams Open Office requirements, making it suitable for modern workplace environments.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 includes a Jabra Link 380 Bluetooth adapter available in USB-A or USB-C variants, offering up to 30 meters (100 feet) of wireless range with enhanced coverage and fewer dropouts. It also supports dual Bluetooth connectivity to connect two Bluetooth-enabled devices simultaneously and can pair with up to 8 devices.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 is certified for multiple UC platforms including Microsoft Teams and meets Open Office requirements. We offer the headset in both UC and MS Teams variants, ensuring compatibility with your organization's communication infrastructure.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features fully adjustable Jabra Advanced Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) to help you maintain focus in busy work environments. The noise-isolating ear cushion design provides instant noise isolation for improved concentration.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve2 30 meets premium Microsoft Teams Open Office requirements and is available in MS Teams variants. It's certified to work seamlessly with Microsoft Teams and all leading Unified Communications platforms, providing optimized integration for modern workplace communication.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 works with all UC platforms and is certified for Microsoft Teams, meeting Microsoft Teams Open Office requirements. It is available in both UC and MS Teams variants to support your organization's communication needs.
Yes, the Datacard 532000-053 is a Datacard Certified Supply featuring Intelligent Supplies Technology. This certification ensures automatic identification and validation by compatible printers, plus adjustable low ribbon and cleaning cycle alerts to optimize your printing workflow.
Yes, Datacard ribbons are Datacard Certified Supplies featuring Intelligent Supplies Technology™, which provides automatic identification and validation of ribbons. This certification ensures compatibility, quality, and reliable performance with your Datacard printer.
Yes, the Datacard 546504-999 printhead supports both full-color and monochrome printing capabilities. The compatible printers can print alphanumeric text, logos, digitized signatures, and 1D/2D barcode images in either full-color or black monochrome mode, providing flexibility for various ID card production needs.
Yes, the Datacard 534000-002 is designed for production environments where the SD260, SD360, or SD460 printers are operating. With a 250-image yield per ribbon, it supports sustained printing operations common in enterprise ID card issuance programs.
The ribbon saver feature is designed to help you achieve the lowest possible cost-per-card by optimizing ribbon usage during printing operations. This technology, combined with Datacard's certified supply matching, helps maximize the value of each ribbon kit available from us.
Datacard printers with Intelligent Supplies Technology offer adjustable low ribbon alerts that notify you when the ribbon is running low, helping you plan replacements before the ribbon is completely depleted. This prevents unexpected downtime and ensures continuous card production.
Datacard printers equipped with Intelligent Supplies Technology provide adjustable low ribbon alerts that notify you when the ribbon is running low. The system automatically tracks ribbon usage and alerts you before the ribbon is completely depleted, ensuring you maintain consistent print quality.
The Datacard 532000-009 is a monochrome graphics ribbon kit designed specifically for black and white ID card printing. If you need full-color printing capabilities, we offer alternative ribbon options—contact us today to discuss the right solution for your card issuance requirements.
Yes, the Datacard 532000-054 kit includes printer cleaning supplies: one isopropanol cleaning card and one adhesive cleaning card. These are included to help maintain optimal print quality and printer performance throughout the ribbon's lifecycle.
Based on the product data provided, the Datacard 532000-055 is specifically listed as compatible with the Datacard SD460. For compatibility with other Datacard printer models, we recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com to verify the correct ribbon part number for your specific printer model.
Yes, the Datacard SD460 printer supports operator-replaceable components, including quick-change ribbon cassettes that enable fast, easy installation without requiring technical support. The ribbon kit is designed for straightforward replacement in the field.
The Datacard 508668-501 is a full-card laminate, meaning it provides complete coverage across the entire surface of the ID card for comprehensive protection and durability.
Yes, the Datacard 532000-004 is a Datacard Certified Supply featuring Intelligent Supplies Technology. This enables automatic identification and validation of the ribbon by compatible printers, along with adjustable low ribbon and cleaning cycle alerts to optimize your printing workflow.
The Datacard 810499-001 Power Device is classified as a critical printer accessory and parts component. It is part of our comprehensive Entrust Datacard supplies and ID card accessories inventory available from us.
The SD260 is a one-sided printer with manual two-sided printing capability, meaning you can flip cards manually to print the reverse side. If you need automatic two-sided printing, the SD360 model offers that feature built-in.
Each Datacard 534000-007 ribbon cartridge includes one isopropanol cleaning card and one adhesive cleaning sleeve. These supplies help maintain printhead cleanliness and ensure consistent print quality throughout the ribbon's lifespan.
The Datacard 534000-005 is specifically designed for the SD260, SD360, and SD460 printer series. If you operate an older Datacard model, we recommend contacting us today to verify ribbon compatibility and find the correct supply for your equipment.
Choosing the right ribbon depends on your specific printing requirements and card stock type. We offer a selection of Datacard CR805 thermal transfer ribbons, and our expert team is available to guide you through the options. Contact us today via phone or online chat to get personalized recommendations for your ID card printing needs.
The NETGEAR MS510TXM features 8 ports and supports both twisted pair (Ethernet) and optical fiber connections, providing flexibility for different network infrastructure requirements. This dual-connectivity capability allows you to integrate the switch into existing networks or design new high-performance network architectures. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configuration options.
At only 3.9 pounds, the Panasonic Toughbook 20 is lightweight and designed for on-the-go use. The optional bridge battery enables hot swap battery replacement without disruption to your work, ensuring extended operation throughout the workday.
The Panasonic WV-S15500-V3LN delivers 5MP (megapixel) resolution, providing clear and detailed video capture suitable for identifying subjects and activities in outdoor security applications.
The Panasonic FZ-55JA60CBM supports user-upgradeable RAM up to 64GB total with DDR4-3200MHz memory and features a quick-release OPAL NVMe SSD with heater for main storage. Storage capacity options include 512GB, 1TB, or 2TB configurations, allowing you to customize the device for your specific operational needs. Contact us today to discuss the right configuration for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The TH-43EQ2W is designed for professional large format display applications. We recommend contacting our team at barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific operational requirements and confirm whether this model meets your continuous-duty needs.
The JS980MR010 features encrypted magnetic stripe reading, which protects sensitive credit card data during the transaction process. This encryption capability makes it suitable for secure payment environments where data protection is critical. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed security specifications.
The TOUGHBOOK S1 is certified to MIL-STD-810H standards and features IP65 and IP67 ratings for dust and water resistance. It also has a 5-foot drop rating, making it engineered to withstand the demanding conditions of warehouse, logistics, and field service environments.
Yes, the LiteBeam 5AC Gen 2 is designed for outdoor deployment with an operating temperature range of -40 to 70°C and operating humidity of 5 to 95% noncondensing. It includes a pole-mounting kit for flexible installation and features a lightweight, low-cost design with full adjustment flexibility for quick assembly.
The UAP-AC-LITE provides comprehensive wireless security including WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise (WPA/WPA2 with TKIP/AES encryption). It also supports advanced traffic management with 802.1Q VLAN support and WMM QoS prioritization for voice, video, best effort, and background traffic. These features ensure secure and organized network access for warehouse and logistics operations.
The PowerBeam 5AC Gen 2 supports Access Point PtMP airMAX Mixed Mode, airMAX ac Protocol, long-range Point-to-Point link mode, and selectable channel widths from 10 to 80 MHz for PtP and 10 to 40 MHz for PtMP. It also includes automatic channel selection, transmit power control, automatic distance selection with ACK timing, and WPA2 security. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how these features suit your network requirements.
The US-16-XG supports both AC and DC power inputs with an internal 56W DC power supply. AC power accepts 100-240VAC at 50-60 Hz, while DC power accepts 25-16VDC through a 2.5mm connector, with a maximum power consumption of 36W excluding SFP/SFP+ modules.
The US-8-60W features 8 Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports in a compact desktop form factor. All ports support Gigabit speeds for reliable connectivity across your network infrastructure.
The RP-5AC-Gen2 provides WPA2 AES encryption for wireless security and includes comprehensive management services such as web server, SNMP, SSH server, Telnet, DHCP, NAT, bridging, and routing. It also supports QoS with packet-level classification and WMM, plus statistical reporting for uptime, packet errors, data rates, and wireless distance.
The NBE-5AC-Gen2 supports multiple mounting configurations including pole-mount, wall-mount, and window-mount options, providing flexibility for various deployment scenarios in warehouses, logistics facilities, and outdoor environments.
The UAP-AC-LITE is designed for both wall and ceiling mounting, with included mounting kits for easy installation in any orientation. Its compact dimensions of 160 x 160 x 31.45 mm (6.30 x 6.30 x 1.24") and lightweight design at 170g make it suitable for diverse facility layouts. Visit barcodesinc.com to order your units with full mounting hardware included.
Yes, the UAP-AC-M-PRO features a weather-resistant form factor specifically designed to withstand outdoor elements. The enclosure construction enables reliable operation in outdoor deployments while maintaining the performance benefits of its dual-band MIMO technology.
The Ubiquiti LiteBeam M5 combines lightweight design with cost-effective pricing, making it an economical choice for organizations needing to extend network coverage without significant capital investment. Its quick assembly and installation features further reduce deployment time and labor costs. We offer competitive pricing on this model for volume orders.
The UAP-AC-PRO supports 250+ concurrent clients, making it suitable for high-density environments like warehouses and logistics hubs. It also supports up to four BSSIDs per radio and includes advanced traffic management features such as per-user rate limiting, guest traffic isolation, and WMM QoS.
The UK-ULTRA-US features 1 internal antenna with MIMO technology to enhance wireless performance and coverage. The internal antenna design keeps the access point compact while maintaining dual-band Wi-Fi 5 capabilities.
Yes, the UVC-G4-DOORBELL features IR LEDs with a mechanical IR cut filter for night mode operation, allowing you to monitor your doorway in low-light and dark conditions. The 1/3" 4-megapixel HDR sensor with F1.8 lens works in conjunction with the IR system for clear nighttime footage.
The INS-3AF-O-G features one 10/100/1000Base-T input port and one 10/100/1000Base-T output port, providing Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. This allows it to pass high-speed network data while simultaneously injecting power to PoE devices without requiring separate cabling.
Yes, the INS-3AF-I-G supports Gigabit Ethernet with 10/100/1000Base-T ports on both input and output, making it suitable for modern network deployments that require high-speed data transmission alongside power delivery.
The UVC-G4-PRO features 3x optical zoom, enabling you to capture detailed footage from greater distances without sacrificing image quality. This is ideal for monitoring large warehouse floors and outdoor logistics areas.
The US-8-60W-5 is a fully managed switch that provides intuitive configuration and monitoring through the UniFi Controller software. This enables centralized control and multi-site management, allowing you to oversee and configure your network infrastructure from a single interface.
The product data provided does not specify outdoor-rated enclosure or weather-resistant ratings for this power supply unit itself. We recommend consulting the full technical documentation or contacting our team to understand proper installation location and any environmental protection requirements.
The Ubiquiti UNVR operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -10 to 45°C (14 to 113°F) and humidity levels of 10 to 90% noncondensing. This makes it suitable for both indoor and climate-controlled environments. Contact us today to discuss installation requirements for your location.
The U7-PRO-XGS-B-US has a maximum power consumption of 29 W, making it energy-efficient for continuous deployment. It supports both ceiling and wall mounting configurations, providing flexibility for integration into existing infrastructure without specialized rack equipment requirements.
Yes, the UAP-AC-M is designed for both indoor and outdoor use with an operating temperature range of -30 to 70°C (-22 to 158°F) and operating humidity of 5 to 95% noncondensing. It includes pole-mount and wall-mount hardware, making it ideal for warehouse perimeters and outdoor logistics areas.
The US-8 measures 148.0 x 99.5 x 30.7 mm (5.83 x 3.92 x 1.21 inches) and weighs 432 g (15.24 oz). Its compact desktop form factor includes built-in non-skid rubber feet for stability and a security slot to help deter theft.
The AF-2X is ideal for carrier backhaul, building-to-building enterprise connectivity, and public safety applications. Its combination of high throughput, long-range capability, and plug-and-play deployment via airOS makes it suitable for organizations requiring reliable wireless backhaul solutions.
The equipment is rated for operating temperatures from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F) and operating humidity from 5 to 95% non-condensing. It features wind survivability up to 200 km/h (125 mph) and includes UV stabilized plastic enclosure construction with ESD/EMP protection rated at ±24 kV air and contact.
Yes, the AP-5AC-90-HD-US features dual Gigabit Ethernet ports, with a secondary port available for bridging, providing flexible network connectivity options for high-density deployments.
The FC-SM-200 operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -5 to 45°C (-23 to 113°F) and humidity levels of 5 to 95% noncondensing. These specifications ensure stable performance in typical warehouse, server room, and outdoor networking environments.
Yes, the FC-SM-100 is a professional-grade fiber optic patch cable. As with all Ubiquiti networking products, professional installation is recommended to ensure proper cable management, connector alignment, and compliance with local regulations and warranty requirements.
Yes, the FC-SM-300 is engineered for professional network installations. Ubiquiti specifies that their networking equipment must be professionally installed with proper shielded cabling and earth grounding as conditions of product warranty, making this fiber optic cable appropriate for enterprise deployments.
The PBE-M5-300-ISO features one 10/100 Ethernet port and delivers IEEE 802.11n wireless performance at 150 Mbit/s over the 5 GHz band. It supports flexible channel sizes of 5, 8, 10, 20, 30, and 40 MHz for optimized bandwidth allocation.
The unit provides a single 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet port for flexible network connectivity. It supports IEEE 802.11ac wireless with 450 Mbit/s throughput and configurable channel sizes from 10 to 80 MHz in point-to-point mode.
The UAP-AC-HD can be mounted on either ceilings or walls, with included mounting hardware provided for easy installation. Its refined industrial design facilitates straightforward deployment in enterprise environments.
This is a 5-pack bundle of Ubiquiti UAP-AC-SHD access points, providing enterprise-scale Wi-Fi coverage for larger facilities or multi-zone deployments. The bundled approach offers cost efficiency for organizations planning comprehensive wireless network expansion. We offer volume pricing and deployment support—contact us today for enterprise solutions.
The UACC-G5-PTZ-CA is designed as a mounting adapter for Ubiquiti camera systems that integrate with UniFi Video infrastructure. For specific compatibility with your UniFi Video version and camera model, contact us today—our team can confirm proper integration with your existing system.
Yes, the UACC-INTERCOM-WM is suitable for both indoor and outdoor installations. Its polycarbonate and brass construction provides weather resistance necessary for outdoor mounting applications. We offer this accessory as part of our full range of Ubiquiti outdoor-rated components.
Yes, the UA-G3-W is equipped with external antennas to support extended wireless coverage and improved signal strength. The external antenna design is characteristic of Ubiquiti's UniFi access point line for enhanced range and performance.
This Ubiquiti patch cable comes in a 24-pack, providing bulk connectivity solutions for warehouse networks, data centers, or multi-access point deployments. The 24-pack format is designed for organizations requiring standardized cabling across multiple network devices.
The UACC-PSU-UDW is designed to operate in environments with temperatures ranging from -5 to 45° C (23 to 113° F) and humidity levels from 5 to 95% noncondensing. This temperature and humidity range supports typical indoor data center and network closet deployments.
The UISP-P-PRO is part of Ubiquiti's enterprise Wi-Fi system and works with models including the UAP-IW, UAP, UAP-LR, UAP-PRO, UAP-Outdoor+, and UAP-Outdoor5. All of these models operate within the unified UniFi Controller Software management platform. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific access point configuration.
The UACC-READER-JB-B is part of Ubiquiti Networks' comprehensive product ecosystem and is designed to integrate with Ubiquiti wireless and access control infrastructure. We offer this mounting solution as part of our full Ubiquiti product line available from us.
Each order includes a 50-pack of duplex LC UPC fiber patch cables, with each cable measuring 1 meter (3.28 feet) in length. This bulk packaging is ideal for large-scale network deployments and infrastructure projects.
The UTP-TOUCHMAX-WHITE-U supports enterprise-grade wireless security including WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise (WPA/WPA2) with TKIP/AES encryption protocols. These security standards protect your warehouse network data and device communications from unauthorized access. We recommend consulting with our team to design a secure wireless network architecture for your operation.
The device includes Intel Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, dual-pass WWAN/GPS channels, and 4G LTE-Advanced multi-carrier support via the EM7455 modem. It also features an insertable smartcard reader for secure authentication in enterprise environments.
The Panasonic WV-S15500-V3LN is designed as part of Panasonic's comprehensive video surveillance solutions. We offer integration support and can help you determine compatibility with your existing security infrastructure—contact us today for system design assistance.
The Panasonic FZ-55JA60CBM runs Windows 10 Pro 64-bit and includes Panasonic Utilities, a recovery partition, and enterprise-ready driver packages with CAB files and one-click driver bundles. This ensures seamless integration with existing warehouse management and logistics software systems. Visit barcodesinc.com for more details on deployment support.
The Panasonic TH-43EQ2W is well-suited for warehouse management systems, logistics operations, retail point-of-sale environments, and other applications requiring large, bright displays for real-time information visibility. Its 4K UHD resolution and high brightness make it effective for displaying dashboards, inventory data, and operational metrics to teams across large facilities.
We offer the Panasonic JS980MR010 as part of our extensive inventory of card readers and payment processing equipment. Our team can help you find the right solution for your POS system and provide competitive pricing. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place an order.
The TOUGHBOOK S1 supports 4G LTE and FirstNet connectivity, with FirstNet Ready certification and Band 14 support. This ensures reliable connectivity for mobile workforces in logistics, transportation, retail, and field service applications.
The LiteBeam 5AC Gen 2 features a dedicated Wi-Fi management radio and runs airOS v8, Ubiquiti's revolutionary operating system for airMAX ac products. It includes WPA2 security encryption, automatic distance selection (ACK timing), and automatic channel selection to optimize performance in various deployment scenarios.
The UAP-AC-LITE is rated for operating temperatures from -10 to 70°C (14 to 158°F) and humidity levels from 5 to 95% noncondensing, making it suitable for temperature-controlled warehouse and indoor logistics facilities. It holds CE, FCC, and IC certifications for regulatory compliance. For extreme outdoor or rugged environments, contact us today to explore alternative access point solutions from our portfolio.
The PowerBeam 5AC Gen 2 runs airOS 8, Ubiquiti's revolutionary operating system designed for airMAX ac products. It features a dedicated Wi-Fi radio for management, allowing you to configure and monitor the device separately from the main data link. We offer this device with full management flexibility for enterprise-grade wireless deployments.
The Ubiquiti US-16-XG is designed to operate in temperatures from -5 to 40°C (23 to 104°F) and humidity levels of 5 to 95% noncondensing. It also includes ESD/EMP protection rated at ±24 kV for both air and contact scenarios.
Yes, the US-8-60W is a fully manageable switch, meaning you can configure and monitor it through the UniFi Controller software for centralized network management. This allows you to control and oversee your network infrastructure from a single interface.
The RP-5AC-Gen2 is equipped with an Atheros MIPS 74Kc processor and 128 MB of DDR2 SDRAM, providing sufficient processing power for high-performance wireless bridging and access point operations. These specifications support the device's advanced airMAX ac features and multi-service functionality.
The NBE-5AC-Gen2 supports airMAX ac protocol, access point PtMP airMAX mixed mode, long-range point-to-point link mode, selectable channel widths (10/20/30/40/50/60/80 MHz for PtP and 10/20/30/40 MHz for PtMP), automatic channel selection, and WPA2 security. It also includes automatic distance selection and manual or automatic transmit power control.
Yes, the UAP-AC-LITE includes advanced traffic management features such as 802.1Q VLAN support, per-user rate limiting, guest traffic isolation, and WMM quality of service prioritization for voice, video, best effort, and background traffic. Wireless security is supported through WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise (WPA/WPA2 with TKIP/AES encryption). These enterprise-grade features are available in the 5-pack we offer for larger deployments.
The UAP-AC-M-PRO supports 250+ concurrent clients, with advanced traffic management features including 802.1Q VLAN support, per-user rate limiting, guest traffic isolation, and WMM quality-of-service prioritization for voice, video, best effort, and background traffic.
The LBE-M5-23-US is equipped with Ubiquiti's airMAX® technology solutions, which optimize wireless performance and reliability for point-to-point data networking applications. This proprietary technology is built into the device to enhance throughput and reduce latency in outdoor wireless links. Contact us today for technical details on airMAX capabilities.
The UAP-AC-PRO supports comprehensive wireless security including WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise (WPA/WPA2) with both TKIP and AES encryption options. These security standards protect your warehouse network infrastructure and comply with enterprise-grade security requirements.
The UK-ULTRA-US includes 1 Gigabit Ethernet (RJ-45) network port for wired connectivity. This allows for reliable backhaul connection to your network infrastructure and supports both PoE-powered and wired deployment configurations.
The UVC-G4-DOORBELL connects via a single 10/100 Ethernet port and is compatible with UniFi Video 3.2 or newer. The UniFi Video system requires a 64-bit Windows 10/8/7, Ubuntu 12.04/14.04, or Debian 7.0 system with a 1.86 GHz or faster processor and minimum 2 GB RAM.
Yes, according to Ubiquiti documentation, NanoStation M models can become 48V, 802.3af compliant through use of the Ubiquiti Instant 802.3af Adapter, which includes the INS-3AF-O-G. This makes it an effective solution for upgrading legacy wireless equipment to modern PoE standards. Contact us today for assistance with your specific NanoStation deployment.
The INS-3AF-I-G is designed to operate in environments with temperatures ranging from -5 to 45°C (23 to 113°F) and humidity levels from 5 to 95% noncondensing. It holds CE, FCC, and IC certifications, ensuring compliance with international standards.
Yes, the UVC-G4-PRO includes infrared (IR) LEDs with a mechanical IR cut filter for seamless day and night surveillance. This allows continuous monitoring of your facility around the clock without additional lighting infrastructure.
The US-8-60W-5 is powered exclusively by its included power adapter. This dedicated power supply ensures reliable operation and enables the switch's four auto-sensing PoE ports to deliver consistent power output to connected devices.
If you experience power delivery issues, verify that your 120 V AC input source is stable and properly grounded. The UVC-G4-DOORBELL-PS-US should deliver consistent 20 V AC output at 700 mA to your doorbell. Contact us today for troubleshooting assistance or to arrange a replacement if the unit is defective.
Yes, the Ubiquiti UNVR supports rackmount installation, making it ideal for data center and server room deployments. This allows for efficient space utilization in larger security infrastructure setups. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore rackmount options and accessories available from us.
Yes, the U7-PRO-XGS-B-US utilizes Multi-User MIMO technology and tri-band simultaneous operation to efficiently handle multiple concurrent wireless clients. The combination of Wi-Fi 7 support and advanced MIMO capabilities makes it well-suited for high-density deployments in warehouses and logistics facilities with numerous connected devices.
The UAP-AC-M offers wall-mount, pole-mount, and fast-mount options, with all necessary kits included in the package. Its compact dimensions of 353 x 46 x 34.4 mm and lightweight design of 152 g make it easy to install in tight spaces or on existing infrastructure.
The US-8 operates reliably in temperatures from -5 to 45°C (23 to 113°F) and humidity levels of 5 to 95% noncondensing. It meets ETSI300-019-1.4 standards for shock and vibration resistance and carries CE, FCC, and IC certifications.
The AF-2X is designed for plug-and-play deployment based on Ubiquiti's intuitive airOS configuration interface. The mechanical design allows for easy installation by a single person, with a two-person installation crew able to effectively install and align the link while fine-tuning alignment via LED display or the configuration interface.
The Precision Alignment Kit includes a pole-mount kit for installation. The compatible dish antennas feature pole-mount capability with included mounting hardware, making deployment straightforward for outdoor wireless infrastructure.
The AP-5AC-90-HD-US is engineered for high-density deployments with superior processing power capable of handling complex operations including guest control, traffic filtering, and resource-intensive tasks that may slow down lesser-equipped access points. Its dual 4x4 MU-MIMO radios enable simultaneous multi-user performance across both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands.
The FC-SM-200 carries CE, FCC, and IC certifications, confirming compliance with international electromagnetic and safety standards. These certifications ensure the cable meets regulatory requirements for deployment across North America and Europe.
The FC-SM-100 fiber optic patch cable is black, which is the standard color for single-mode fiber cables and helps with cable identification and organization in network installations.
The Ubiquiti FC-SM-300 is black, which is the standard color for professional data center and network installations. This color helps with cable organization and identification in complex network environments.
Yes, the PBE-M5-300-ISO comes with a pole-mount kit included and features a compact design measuring 364 x 364 x 276 mm and weighing only 2.55 kg (5.62 lb), making field installation and repositioning straightforward for warehouse and logistics applications.
The PBE-5AC-400-ISO is pole-mountable and includes a pole-mount kit. It features built-in mechanical downtilt adjustment of ±20° to optimize antenna alignment for your specific deployment needs.
This is a 5-pack bundle of Ubiquiti UniFi AC HD access points, providing scalable Wi-Fi coverage for enterprise deployments. Each unit features the same 802.11ac Wave 2 technology and can be centrally managed through the UniFi Controller software.
The UAP-AC-SHD includes two Gigabit Ethernet (RJ-45) network ports for wired connectivity and backhaul. This dual-port design supports redundancy and flexible network topology configurations in enterprise environments. Our team can help you design network architectures that optimize performance for your warehouse operations.
The UACC-G5-PTZ-CA enables flexible mounting configurations for PTZ cameras, supporting wall, ceiling, and pole installations. This versatility allows you to position cameras optimally for your surveillance coverage needs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss the best mounting strategy for your facility.
The UACC-INTERCOM-WM is a corner mount accessory that provides a specialized mounting solution for Ubiquiti intercom systems. Its corner mount design allows for flexible placement in corner locations of buildings or installations. Contact us today for detailed installation guidance and mounting specifications.
The UA-G3-W carries CE, FCC, and IC certifications, ensuring compliance with regulatory standards in North America and Europe. These certifications verify that the device meets safety and electromagnetic compatibility requirements for commercial deployment.
The UACC-CABLE-PATCH-EL-0.15M-W-24 is white with a translucent appearance, constructed with Category 6 specifications for reliable Gigabit Ethernet performance. The white color helps with cable organization and identification in network installations.
The UACC-PSU-UDW holds CE, FCC, and IC certifications, ensuring compliance with international regulatory standards for electromagnetic compatibility and safety. These certifications confirm the product's suitability for deployment across North American and European markets.
Yes, the UISP-P-PRO features an integrated LCD display that provides monitoring of the power supply unit's status and operation. This display helps system administrators track power delivery to connected access points in real time. We offer this unit with full technical support available at barcodesinc.com.
The UACC-READER-JB-B features a polycarbonate housing with rubber components, providing durable protection for card reader and intercom devices. This construction ensures reliable performance in demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
Both the first and second ends of the UACC-OFC-S2-LULU-1M-50 feature 2 x LC Network Male connectors in a duplex configuration. The OS2 grade ensures compatibility with single-mode fiber optic systems used in professional networking environments.
Yes, the UTP-TOUCHMAX-WHITE-U is compatible with VoIP applications and can support Ubiquiti's enterprise telecommunications ecosystem. The device's dual Ethernet ports and PoE capability make it suitable for converged voice and data networks in warehouse management environments. Contact us today to discuss VoIP integration options for your facility.
The SRP-F310II features robust reliability specifications with a printer unit rated for 70 million lines and a thermal print head (TPH) rated for 150 km of printing. The auto cutter is rated for 1,800,000 cuts, ensuring long-term durability in high-volume receipt printing environments. These specifications make it a dependable choice for busy retail and warehouse operations.
The SRP-F310II supports a wide range of barcode symbologies including 1D codes (EAN-13, EAN-8, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, ITF, Codabar, UPC-A, and UPC-E) and 2D codes (PDF417 and QR Code). This comprehensive barcode support makes it suitable for inventory tracking, shipping labels, and receipt printing across logistics operations.
The SLP-DX220WG operates reliably in temperatures from 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) with humidity levels between 10 and 80% RH. These specifications ensure consistent performance in standard indoor warehouse and retail environments.
The SLP-TX220EG can be equipped with optional Autocutter and Peeler accessories to automate label finishing. These options enhance productivity for high-volume labeling operations in warehouses and logistics centers.
Yes, the SRP-350plusV is EnergyStar certified, helping reduce energy consumption and operating costs. Additionally, it features an auto paper-saving mode that reduces receipt length by up to 25%, providing both environmental and cost benefits for retail and hospitality operations.
The XT5-40S supports multiple media types including gap, black mark, notch, continuous, and fan-fold labels, with a maximum print width of 4.09 inches and print length up to 13.12 feet. This versatility makes it suitable for diverse labeling applications across warehouse, logistics, manufacturing, and retail environments. Our team can help you select compatible media for your specific use case.
The XD5-40DEK features a long-lasting print head, auto cutter, and platen rollers with a tool-less removable design that minimizes operation and maintenance costs. These design elements reduce downtime and make routine maintenance quick and easy for warehouse staff. We offer this model specifically for operations seeking to lower total cost of ownership.
Yes, the SLP-DX220EG offers optional Autocutter and Peeler attachments to automate label finishing and separation. These options enhance workflow efficiency in high-volume warehouse and logistics operations.
The SRP-S3000WDK operates reliably between 0–45°C (32–113°F) with humidity levels of 10–80% RH. Storage conditions range from -20–60°C (-4–140°F), making it suitable for temperature-controlled warehouse environments and logistics facilities.
The BK3-32Z is purpose-built for ticketing, labeling, and wristband applications across transportation, healthcare, and retail sectors. Its compact, lightweight design makes it ideal for integration into kiosks and other space-constrained environments while maintaining reliable performance.
The SPP-L3000 is equipped with a 7.4V Li-ion rechargeable battery with 2,600 mAh capacity and charges fully in up to 2.5 hours. The printer also features a visual battery status display on its LCD screen for convenient monitoring during operations.
The Bixolon XM7-30 supports both liner and linerless media, providing flexibility for various label types and reducing waste in your printing operations. This versatility makes it suitable for diverse applications across warehouse, logistics, and retail sectors. We offer compatible media options—contact us today for recommendations based on your specific labeling needs.
The XT3-40 operates reliably in temperatures ranging from 5 to 40°C (41 to 104°F) with humidity levels of 10 to 80% RH, making it suitable for various warehouse and manufacturing environments. These specifications ensure consistent performance across different climate-controlled and semi-controlled facility conditions.
The Bixolon BK5-31 operates reliably across a wide temperature range of -20 to 60°C and humidity levels of 10 to 95% (non-condensing), ensuring consistent performance in various environmental conditions. This temperature resilience makes it adaptable to diverse warehouse, retail, and industrial settings.
Yes, the SRP-Q300II is EnergyStar® certified, reflecting its eco-friendly power consumption design. It operates with a 100-240 VAC external power adapter at 50/60 Hz, making it suitable for global deployment across different regions.
The SM-T300i supports Bluetooth and Serial connectivity, enabling flexible integration with mobile devices and legacy systems. This dual connectivity approach ensures compatibility across various deployment scenarios.
Yes, the Star SK1-311 is designed as a reliable, maintenance-free printing solution for kiosk environments. This design reduces downtime and operational costs associated with regular maintenance.
Star cash drawer accessories like the 37964521 include replacement tills, money tray inserts, and related cash drawer components to maintain or upgrade your existing SMD2 Series system.
Yes, the Star CD3-1616 features dual media slots that accommodate both bills and coins in separate compartments, allowing your staff to organize and count cash more efficiently during shifts and end-of-day reconciliation.
Yes, the Star CD3-1616 is available in white, which provides a clean, professional appearance on modern POS counters. The white finish complements most retail and hospitality environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to view available color options and place your order.
The Star 37964301 cash drawer is available in black, providing a professional appearance that complements most modern POS terminals and counter setups. The durable finish is designed to withstand the demands of high-traffic retail and hospitality environments. We offer this model in stock and ready to ship—visit barcodesinc.com to order.
Yes, the Star mPOP features an integrated cash drawer as part of its hybrid design, eliminating the need for separate peripherals. This all-in-one approach simplifies your POS setup and reduces clutter at the point of sale.
Yes, the Star SK1-321 is specifically designed as an ideal printer for kiosk solutions such as restaurants, combining compact 3-inch format with high-speed printing capabilities. Its efficient design minimizes counter space while delivering the performance needed for fast-paced food service environments.
Yes, the SK1-221 includes command-selectable full and partial cut capabilities, giving you control over how receipts and tickets are presented to customers. This flexibility supports different operational preferences and media handling requirements.
The SK1-311 offers command-selectable full or partial cut functionality, giving you control over how receipts and labels are separated. This flexibility allows your kiosk application to optimize paper handling based on your specific operational needs.
Yes, the Star mPOP is specifically designed as a mobile point of purchase solution with its compact and stylish design, making it ideal for tablet-based POS systems in various retail and hospitality environments. Its integrated printer, cash drawer, and tablet stand create a complete portable POS system.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 is a 2-inch thermal receipt printer designed specifically for kiosk applications requiring compact, maintenance-free printing solutions. The 2-inch print width is ideal for standard receipt formats in self-service and point-of-transaction environments. We stock the SK1-211 for immediate availability.
The Star SK1-311 is specifically designed as a kiosk printer and offers a maintenance-free operation, making it well-suited for unattended self-service environments. Its reliable 3-inch thermal printing capability ensures consistent performance in high-traffic kiosk applications. We offer this printer for demanding kiosk deployments.
The Star SK1-321 delivers high-speed thermal printing at up to 250mm/sec (approximately 9.84 inches per second), enabling fast transaction processing and reduced customer wait times in kiosk environments. This speed makes it efficient for high-volume receipt and ticket printing applications.
The Star SK1-221 is versatile and supports receipt, ticket, and label media, providing flexibility for various kiosk printing needs. The drop-in paper loading design makes it easy to switch between different media types.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 supports Black Mark label compatibility, enabling reliable label detection and printing for applications requiring labeled receipts or tickets. This feature is particularly useful for kiosks that need to print variable-length documents. Contact us today for guidance on compatible media options.
Yes, the SK1-211 is compatible with Black Mark labels, enabling you to print labels in addition to receipts when needed for your kiosk application. This versatility makes it a multi-purpose printing solution for various self-service scenarios. Contact us today to discuss your labeling requirements.
The SK1-311 features command-selectable full or partial cut functionality, allowing your software to control whether receipts are completely severed or partially cut for easy tear-off. This flexibility accommodates different receipt handling preferences and kiosk workflows. Contact us today to discuss which cutting mode best fits your application.
The Star mPOP features an internal power supply, eliminating the need for external power adapters and reducing cable clutter at your point of sale. This integrated power design contributes to the device's compact footprint and makes it ideal for mobile or space-constrained environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify power specifications for your specific setup.
The SK1-311 offers command-selectable full or partial cut functionality, giving you flexibility in how receipts are separated from the roll. This feature allows your kiosk software to control cutting behavior based on your specific operational needs. We offer this printer as a maintenance-free solution with reliable cutting performance.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 requires an external power supply to operate. This design allows the printer to deliver consistent performance without relying on USB power alone, ensuring reliable operation in demanding kiosk environments. Contact us today for power supply specifications and compatibility details.
The Star SK1-211 comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor. For technical support or questions about your printer, contact us today at 1-800-782-7636 or visit barcodesinc.com to speak with our team.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 is specifically designed as a kiosk printer with a compact 2-inch print width, making it ideal for self-service and unattended transaction environments. Its reliable, maintenance-free operation ensures consistent performance in high-traffic kiosk deployments. We offer the SK1-211 as a proven solution for retail, ticketing, and information kiosks.
Yes, the Star SP742 is designed for demanding kitchen and retail environments with spill-proof and heat-resistant features. The printer's built-in cutter and impact printing mechanism make it reliable for continuous receipt production in busy locations.
Yes, the SK1-311 is designed as a reliable, maintenance-free printing solution for kiosk environments, reducing downtime and service costs. This makes it an ideal choice for unattended or high-traffic kiosk deployments.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 is specifically designed as a kiosk printer with a 2-inch print width and maintenance-free operation. Its compact, versatile design makes it an ideal receipt printing solution for self-service kiosk environments.
The Star mPOP is a hybrid solution that uniquely combines a cash drawer and receipt printer in one compact, stylish unit specifically engineered for tablet and mobile device-based POS systems. Rather than requiring separate peripherals, the mPOP integrates all essential functions into a single device with built-in tablet support.
The Star SK1-311 prints at 230dpi resolution at its maximum speed of 250mm/sec (9.84 inches per second), ensuring crisp, readable receipts for kiosk transactions. This resolution is ideal for barcodes, text, and graphics commonly found on kiosk receipts.
Yes, the SK1-211 is compatible with Black Mark labels, enabling automatic detection and cutting of label media for specialized printing applications. This feature is particularly useful for kiosks that need to dispense labeled items or multi-part forms.
The Star SK4-21/31 features a print head with a 100km life rating and a cutter rated for 1 million cuts, ensuring reliable long-term operation in high-volume kiosk and self-checkout applications. These durability specifications deliver a strong performance-to-price ratio for demanding retail environments. Contact us today for details on maintenance and replacement parts available from us.
The 'blue core' designation refers to the cardboard tube at the center of each paper roll. This is a standard feature in thermal receipt paper rolls that helps with easy loading into compatible printers and provides structural integrity during storage and transport.
Yes, the Star SM-S230i includes a 1-Year Limited Warranty and is FCC Approved (Certified). This warranty coverage gives you peace of mind on your investment in mobile printing technology.
The Toshiba BX710106AG2E Ribbon is available in black, which is the standard color for barcode and shipping label printing. Contact us today if you need ribbon options in other colors or specifications for your specific application.
The Toshiba BX730165AS2E Ribbon is 6.5 inches wide, which is the standard width for the Toshiba B-SX8, B-SX6, B-882, and B-872 printer models. This width ensures proper alignment and performance in your thermal transfer printing operations.
We offer the Toshiba BX760048AG2E ribbon in cartons of 10 rolls with per-roll pricing available. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to place your order and discuss volume pricing options for your warehouse printing needs.
The Toshiba BX730220AG4E is a wax/resin thermal transfer ribbon, which combines the cost-effectiveness of wax with the durability and smudge resistance of resin formulations. This hybrid composition is well-suited for barcode applications requiring both print quality and label durability.
Yes, the BX760089AG4E is formulated as a premium wax/resin blend ribbon, making it suitable for applications requiring the durability of resin combined with the versatility of wax. This hybrid composition allows it to perform well across various label materials and environmental conditions. We recommend this ribbon for general-purpose barcode and label printing needs.
Yes, we offer the Toshiba BX760106AS1E as both a 5-roll case and as individual single rolls. The single roll option is available under Part# BX760106AS1E-R. Contact us today to order the quantity that best fits your needs.
The Toshiba BX760114AG2E ribbon is 4.49 inches wide, making it compatible with the specified Toshiba printer models (B-SX4, SX5, 472, 572, and 482). This width is standard for these thermal label printer systems and ensures proper alignment and print quality.
The Toshiba BX760130AS1E ribbon features a 1" core and is 5.12" wide, with each roll providing 1968' of ribbon length. This standard sizing ensures compatibility with Toshiba's B-SX4 series and related thermal transfer printers available from us.
We offer the Toshiba B-EX904-R-QM-R Save Module as part of our full inventory of barcode printer accessories and components. Visit barcodesinc.com to check availability or contact us today to place your order and discuss volume pricing options.
Each Toshiba TFC50UM order includes 1 cartridge. We offer competitive pricing on bulk orders, so contact us today if you need to stock multiple units for your facility.
The Toshiba TFC25Y is a laser toner cartridge, not a thermal printing consumable. It is designed for use with Toshiba laser printers and compatible imaging devices in office and warehouse environments.
Toshiba maintains a support network in the majority of countries with experienced engineers and service staff ready to assist with consumable selection and device maintenance. Our team at Barcodes Inc provides expert guidance on Toshiba products and can help ensure your printing systems operate at peak efficiency. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for technical support and service information.
Toshiba products are engineered with a focus on long-term durability and consistent performance in demanding environments. The company designs and manufactures its product ranges from scratch with attention to quality and reliability. Our team can help you select Toshiba supplies that meet the demanding needs of warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the Toshiba TFC415UM is an original Toshiba toner cartridge, not a third-party or compatible alternative. Using original manufacturer toner ensures optimal print quality and compatibility with your Toshiba laser printer.
The Toshiba TFC415UC is formulated for laser printing technology, delivering consistent color output and crisp image quality. This cartridge is ideal for organizations requiring professional-grade color documentation in warehouse labeling and logistics applications.
We offer the Toshiba TFC30UC cyan toner cartridge as part of our comprehensive AIDC supplies inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to order or contact us today for volume pricing and availability.
We offer the Toshiba MG04ACA600E and a full range of Toshiba storage solutions for security and enterprise applications. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability and pricing.
The Primacy 2 LE operates in temperatures between 15°C and 30°C (59°F to 86°F) with humidity levels of 20% to 65% non-condensing. Storage temperature should be maintained between -5°C and +70°C (-23°F to +158°F) with 20% to 70% non-condensing humidity, and the printer requires free air ventilation for optimal performance.
The Tattoo RW is perfect for loyalty programs that display bonus points and special offers, corporate visitor badges with updatable details, and any application requiring temporary or frequently changing card data. The ability to rewrite cards up to 500 times makes it an environmentally sustainable and cost-effective solution for dynamic badge and loyalty card programs.
The Primacy 2 provides multiple security layers including UV effect printing, double-layer overlay options, data deletion and scrambling with digital erasing and Kineclipse®, and mechanical key locking of the printer. You can also choose from various encoding options and add a lamination module for enhanced card durability and security. Contact us today to discuss which security features are right for your application.
The Evolis A5010 is compatible with a comprehensive range of Evolis models spanning from the Pebble and Tattoo series through the Zenius and Primacy lines. If you operate an older Evolis printer not listed in the compatibility range, contact us today to confirm compatibility and find the right cable solution.
The Evolis R3013 is a half-panel overlay color ribbon, meaning it prints on half the card surface per pass. This design is optimized for the Evolis Securion printer and provides efficient color printing for ID card applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to order or confirm specifications for your printer model.
The Evolis R3314 with its 200-card yield is well-suited for standard production environments. For high-volume operations or specific throughput requirements, contact us today to discuss the right ribbon solution for your Securion printer and workflow demands.
Evolis High Trust ribbons are engineered to keep defects off your cards while delivering high-quality printouts at an optimal cost-per-card. By choosing Evolis ribbons available from us, you benefit from consistent, professional results with sharp, bright images and clear text across every card printed.
Yes, Evolis proposes multiple ribbon types to meet different ID card printing requirements, including color ribbons, monochrome ribbons, and security ribbons. This variety allows you to select the right ribbon formulation for your specific application and security needs.
Evolis proposes different types of ribbons to meet various requirements: color ribbons for full-color ID cards, monochrome ribbons for single-color printing, and security ribbons for enhanced card protection and authentication features. Contact us today to find the right ribbon type for your specific application.
We offer the Evolis VBDG204EU color ribbon for Badgy-Basic printers. Visit barcodesinc.com to place your order or contact us today for volume pricing and supply chain solutions for your ID card printing operations.
The R2014 is specifically designed for the Evolis Securion printer. Evolis manufactures different ribbon types for their various printer lines, including the Pebble, Quantum, and other models. We carry ribbons for all major Evolis printers—visit barcodesinc.com to find the correct ribbon for your specific model.
The Evolis R2017 is a complete ID card printer ribbon compatible with Evolis Securion systems, containing enough material for 1000 card prints. It arrives ready to install in your printer without additional components or setup. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify your current ribbon type and ensure proper ordering.
The Evolis R2131 is designed to work with Evolis ID printer systems that support both thermal transfer and dye sublimation printing. For specific printer model compatibility, contact us today—our team can confirm whether this ribbon works with your current equipment.
Evolis manufactures a complete line of ID card printer supplies, including ribbons, films, and accessories for their printer lineup. The R2030 is part of Evolis's ribbon collection designed to deliver consistent, high-quality card personalization. We offer the full range of Evolis supplies to support your card issuance program.
The A5004 DustClean kit is a focused cleaning solution that includes pre-saturated cleaning cards and lint-free wipes, making it ideal for routine dust and dirt removal. Evolis offers several cleaning kits at different price points—the A5004 provides an economical option for regular maintenance between more comprehensive cleaning cycles.
The A5024 is a DustClean Kit specifically formulated for roller cleaning with pre-saturated, lint-free wipes in convenient individual foil pouches. Other Evolis cleaning kits offer different cleaning solutions—such as complete printer cleaning or printhead-specific cleaning—depending on your maintenance needs.
The frequency of replacement depends on your printing volume and environment. We recommend inspecting the cleaning roller regularly for wear and replacing it when it no longer effectively removes debris from your cards. The two-pack quantity allows you to maintain a spare on hand.
Yes, the ACL003 cleaning kit is compatible with Primacy 2 printers as part of Evolis's Primacy printer family. We offer this cleaning kit as an essential maintenance supply for all Primacy model users.
Evolis High Trust ribbons are specifically designed to keep off defects and deliver high-quality printouts at an optimal cost-per-card. Each ribbon is formulated to produce sharp, bright images and clear text, ensuring professional results for your ID card production.
The Evolis R4221 is a laminate ribbon designed for Evolis ID card printers, but compatibility varies by specific printer model. We recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com to verify that this ribbon works with your particular Evolis printer before ordering.
Yes, the Evolis R4002 ribbon is compatible with both the Quantum 2 and Securion card printer models, in addition to the Pebble and Dualys 3. This cross-model compatibility allows organizations with mixed Evolis printer fleets to standardize on a single ribbon supply. We maintain inventory of this ribbon to support your multi-printer environments.
The Smart Cut Patch feature on the Evolis LPS034NAA allows for precise, automated cutting of the laminate film during the printing process. This ensures clean, professional-looking laminated ID cards with minimal waste.
The Evolis R2016 is part of our comprehensive Evolis supplies lineup, supporting standard ID card printing for the Securion printer. We carry compatible ribbons across multiple Evolis printer models including Pebble, Quantum, and other series. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our complete selection of ID printer ribbons and supplies.
The Evolis S10000 is engineered specifically for Evolis ID card printers, ensuring precise color registration and print quality across the Pebble 4, Dualys 3, Quantum 2, and Securion models. As a genuine Evolis component, it meets manufacturer specifications and quality standards. We stock authentic Evolis supplies to support your printing operations.
Regular maintenance with cleaning cards helps prevent print quality degradation and extends printer lifespan. While specific cleaning frequency depends on your usage volume and environment, presaturated cards like the ACL004 are designed for routine preventive maintenance. Contact us today for personalized maintenance recommendations based on your printing volume.
The A5002 PrinterClean is a comprehensive cleaning kit that includes pre-saturated cleaning cards, swabs, and lint-free wipes for complete printer maintenance. Evolis also offers specialized kits like the A5003 HeadClean for printhead-specific cleaning and the A5004 DustClean for lighter maintenance needs.
The Evolis R2011 is available as part of our comprehensive Evolis ID printer ribbon and supplies catalog, which includes options for Securion, Pebble, Quantum, and other Evolis printer models. We stock ribbons, films, and related supplies to support your entire ID card production workflow. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our full Evolis supplies selection.
The Evolis R3012 is specifically engineered for the Evolis Securion printer. We recommend verifying compatibility with your specific Evolis model before ordering to ensure optimal performance. Contact us today if you need guidance on the right ribbon for your equipment.
Yes, the ACL005 is available as part of Evolis cleaning kits and can also be purchased as an individual supply item. We offer it alongside other Evolis cleaning solutions and maintenance products to support your complete printer care needs. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our full selection of Evolis cleaning supplies.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 includes a Jabra Link 380 Bluetooth adapter with USB-A or USB-C variant, offering up to 30m/100ft wireless range to your computer. It also supports dual Bluetooth connectivity to connect two Bluetooth-enabled devices simultaneously, with the ability to pair up to 8 devices total.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 includes a Jabra Link 380 Bluetooth adapter with USB-A or USB-C connectivity options, providing up to 30 meters of wireless range to your computer. It also supports dual Bluetooth connectivity, allowing you to connect two Bluetooth-enabled devices simultaneously, such as your mobile device and computer.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 includes a charging stand, which provides easy charging and docking to eliminate battery concerns. This optional charging stand accessory helps manage your device's power throughout the day.
The UAP-AC-HD-US includes two Gigabit Ethernet (RJ-45) network ports for wired connectivity. This dual-port configuration supports flexible deployment options within your enterprise network infrastructure.
The UAP-AC-M supports comprehensive wireless security including WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise (WPA/WPA2 with TKIP/AES encryption). Advanced traffic management features include VLAN support (802.1Q), per-user rate limiting, guest traffic isolation, and WMM QoS for voice, video, best effort, and background traffic.
The UAP-AC-PRO can be mounted on walls or ceilings, with mounting kits included in the package. Its compact dimensions of 196.7 x 196.7 x 35 mm (7.74 x 7.74 x 1.38 inches) and weight of 350 g make it easy to install in warehouses, distribution centers, and logistics environments without requiring extensive infrastructure modifications.
The R5AC-LITE runs airOS 8, Ubiquiti's revolutionary operating system designed specifically for airMAX ac products. It includes the airMagic channel selection tool, a redesigned HTML5 user interface optimized for mobile devices, dynamic configuration changes, comprehensive diagnostic tools, and detailed device statistics for easy network management.
The UniFi Controller is enterprise management software that centralizes configuration and administration of your wireless network without requiring special training. It provides RF mapping, real-time device status, automatic UAP detection, and advanced security options accessible through any standard web browser. The controller can be deployed on-site on a PC, Mac, or Linux machine, in a private cloud, or as a public cloud service.
Yes, this injector includes 4kV surge immunity for both difference and common mode protection, safeguarding connected network equipment from electrical surges and transient voltage spikes.
The US-8-5 is a fully manageable switch with Ethernet in-band management capabilities, allowing you to configure and monitor the switch remotely. It integrates with the UniFi Controller software for comprehensive network oversight and multi-site management from a centralized interface.
The US-24 has a maximum power consumption of 25W, making it an energy-efficient choice for network infrastructure. This low power draw is ideal for warehouse and distribution center deployments where operational costs are a concern.
Yes, the US-48-500W is fully rack-mountable at 1U high and measures 443 x 43 x 286 mm (17.44 x 1.69 x 11.26"). It weighs 3.56 kg without rack-mount brackets and 3.65 kg with brackets included, making it a compact solution for data center and network closet deployments.
The AM-5G17-90 is a sector antenna with omni-directional characteristics and features 2x2 MIMO dual polarity design. This configuration provides broad coverage suitable for BaseStation deployments that need to serve multiple client devices across a defined service area.
The AM-5AC22-45 offers 22 dBi gain with a 45-degree beamwidth, while the AM-5AC21-60 provides 21 dBi gain with a wider 60-degree beamwidth. The AM-5AC22-45 delivers higher gain for more focused coverage, whereas the AM-5AC21-60 covers a wider area with slightly less gain.
The NBE-16-WM supports flexible channel sizes of 5, 8, 10, 20, 30, and 40 MHz, allowing you to optimize bandwidth allocation based on your network requirements and regulatory constraints.
The AG-HP-5G23 combines Ubiquiti's InnerFeed and airMAX technologies to create a simple yet powerful wireless CPE (Customer Premises Equipment) solution. Its lightweight, low-cost, high-performance all-in-one design makes it versatile and ideal for several different point-to-multipoint wireless broadband applications.
Yes, the IsoStation is specifically designed for high-density environments. Its horn antenna sectors are engineered for increased co-location performance, and its spatial filtering of RF emissions makes it especially valuable in increasingly congested RF environments where multiple access points operate in close proximity.
The IS-M5 is built on Ubiquiti Networks' airMAX platform and operates in the 5 GHz frequency band, making it compatible with other airMAX ac devices in your network. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing Ubiquiti infrastructure and to ensure proper configuration for your specific deployment requirements.
The Ubiquiti Networks UDC-2 comes with a black network cable, which is standard for professional data center and warehouse installations. The black color helps maintain a clean, organized appearance in equipment racks and network installations.
Yes, the airMAX Yagi Antenna is specifically designed to perform at ultra-long ranges in Non-Line-of-Sight (NLOS) applications. Its innovative airMAX technology ensures efficient data transmission with minimized latency, making it effective even when direct line-of-sight is not available.
Yes, the SLP-DX220 offers optional Autocutter and Peeler accessories to automate label finishing processes. These add-ons enhance productivity by reducing manual label handling and improving throughput in high-volume printing environments.
Yes, the SRP-S300LHK features BIXOLON's signature anti-jam technology and includes a built-in voice error notification system that alerts users of immediate issues. This helps minimize downtime in busy warehouse environments.
The SLP-DL413G includes USB connectivity for reliable data transfer and printer control. This standard interface integrates easily into existing warehouse management systems and IT infrastructure.
The Bixolon SRP-S200ESK supports two media widths, allowing flexibility in label sizing for different applications. This dual-width capability makes it adaptable to various labeling scenarios without requiring separate equipment.
The SRP-S3000K operates reliably in temperatures from 0–45°C (32–113°F) with humidity levels of 10–80% RH. Storage conditions support -20–60°C (-4–140°F), making it suitable for both climate-controlled and variable warehouse environments.
The SRP-S300L model features a thermal print head rated for 75 km and an auto cutter rated for 1 million cuts, while the SRP-S300R variant offers enhanced durability with 150 km print head life and 3 million cutter cuts. These specifications ensure reliable long-term performance in demanding warehouse and logistics environments. Available from us with a 3-year warranty for added peace of mind.
The SRP-S3000XK operates reliably in temperatures from 0–45°C (32–113°F) and humidity levels of 10–80% RH, with storage capability from -20–60°C (-4–140°F). These specifications support deployment in standard warehouse and logistics facilities without specialized climate control.
The thermal print head is rated for 75 km of continuous printing, while the auto cutter is rated for 1 million cuts, delivering reliable performance in demanding warehouse environments. The printer operates in temperatures from 0–45°C and humidity levels of 10–80% RH, supporting standard indoor logistics facility conditions.
Yes, the SLP-DX220G offers optional Autocutter and Peeler accessories to automate label finishing. These add-ons enhance productivity by reducing manual label handling and cutting time in high-volume printing environments.
Yes, the SLP-DX220DG offers both Autocutter and Peeler options to automate label finishing and improve workflow efficiency. These optional accessories reduce manual handling and increase productivity for high-volume label production environments.
Yes, the SLP-DX220DEG offers optional Autocutter and Peeler accessories to automate label finishing and separation. These optional features enhance operational efficiency by reducing manual post-printing label handling in high-volume warehouse environments.
The SLP-DX220 is fully compatible with market-leading programming languages including SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-E. This broad language support ensures seamless integration with your existing label design software and warehouse management systems.
The SLP-DX220CE supports a print width of 2.13 inches and a maximum print length of 78.74 inches, with dynamic design features including an adjustable paper guide that accommodates various media sizes. It is compatible with label, ticket, gap, black mark, notch, continuous form, and fanfold media types.
The SLP-TX220G is the world's first 2-inch thermal transfer desktop printer with built-in Bluetooth and MFi iAP2 certification. Its compact design with a space-saving 74mm ribbon footprint, combined with fast 6ips printing speed and optional autocutter and peeler options, makes it ideal for warehouse and logistics environments requiring mobile and desktop flexibility.
The SLP-DX220CEG offers optional Autocutter and Peeler accessories to automate your label finishing processes, reducing manual handling and increasing throughput. These add-ons enhance efficiency for high-volume applications like order labeling and wrist banding.
Yes, the SLP-TX220DG is designed with easy paper loading and features a space-saving 74mm ribbon to minimize footprint. It also offers optional Autocutter and Peeler options to enhance productivity and reduce manual label finishing.
The SLP-TX220DEG is designed with optional Autocutter and Peeler accessories to enhance your labeling workflow. It also features a space-saving 74mm ribbon design and an adjustable paper guide for easy paper loading and flexible media handling.
The SLP-TX220CG is the world's first 2" thermal transfer desktop printer with built-in Bluetooth, combining fast 6 ips printing with space-saving design featuring a 74mm ribbon. Its easy paper loading and adjustable paper guide make it ideal for high-volume label operations in warehouses and logistics environments.
The SLP-TX220CEG is designed with optional Autocutter and Peeler capabilities to enhance productivity and automation. It also features a space-saving 74mm ribbon design and an adjustable paper guide for easy configuration across different label types and workflows.
The XT5-46SP features a robust aluminum body built for industrial environments and includes a 3.5-inch full-color LCD display with clear error messaging for easy troubleshooting. Its premium construction and smart design deliver best-in-class user convenience for demanding warehouse and manufacturing applications.
The SRP-Q302HW supports 80 mm media width as standard, with an optional 58 mm configuration available. The printer accommodates media roll diameters up to 81 mm and works with receipt media thickness between 0.05 to 0.08 mm.
The printer operates reliably in temperatures from 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) with humidity levels between 10 to 80% RH. For storage, it maintains functionality across -20 to 60°C (-4 to 140°F) and 10 to 90% RH, making it suitable for various warehouse and retail environments.
The SRP-Q302W includes a 3-year warranty and is EnergyStar® Certified. It operates with an external power adapter supporting 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz input, and features USB Type-C with power delivery charging capability that can deliver up to 18W for mobile device charging.
Yes, the SRP-Q302WK is specifically designed as a 3-inch Desktop mPOS Printer with Bluetooth and optional Wi-Fi connectivity for mobile environments. Its compact dimensions (128 x 125 x 125 mm) and lightweight design (1.23 kg) make it portable, while the 768 Kbytes of NV Image Memory supports graphics and logos for professional receipts. Contact us today to discuss mPOS integration solutions.
The printer features a side-open frame design that enables quick and easy media loading, reducing downtime and improving operational efficiency in high-volume kiosk environments. This user-friendly design is particularly valuable in retail and transportation settings.
The BK5-31AB includes Windows, OPOS, Linux, and Mac CUPS drivers for broad operating system compatibility. Development support is available through Android SDK, Windows SDK, Linux SDK, and Web Print SDK (Windows and Android), enabling custom integration into your existing systems. We offer comprehensive technical support to help you implement these tools effectively.
The SRP-F310II is built for reliability with a printer unit rated for 70 million lines, a thermal print head rated for 150 km of printing, and an auto-cutter rated for 1.8 million cuts. These specifications ensure dependable performance in demanding warehouse and retail settings with consistent daily use.
The SRP-F310II supports a comprehensive range of 1D barcodes including EAN-13, EAN-8, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, ITF, Coda Bar, UPC-A, and UPC-E, as well as 2D barcodes including PDF417 and QR Code. This versatility makes it suitable for diverse retail, warehouse, and logistics applications.
The SRP-F310II is built for durability with a printer unit rated for 70 million lines, a thermal print head rated for 150 km, and an auto cutter rated for 1.8 million cuts. These specifications make it well-suited for demanding warehouse and retail environments requiring consistent, long-term performance.
The SRP-F310II is built for reliability with a printer unit rated for 70 million lines, a thermal print head rated for 150 km, and an auto cutter rated for 1,800,000 cuts. These specifications ensure long-term durability in demanding retail and hospitality environments.
The Jabra Engage 65 enables up to 3x more wireless users to operate in the same office space with no loss in connection quality, making it ideal for high-density office environments. This increased wireless capacity is achieved through DECT technology.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features a rechargeable battery with up to 37 hours of battery life. The headset also comes with an optional charging stand for easy charging and docking to eliminate battery concerns.
Yes, the Jabra Biz 2300 includes 2 programmable buttons that increase user efficiency by supporting applications like the Jabra Contact Center Agent App for Cisco Finesse and Push-To-Talk functionality. This allows your team to customize the headset for their specific workflows and communication needs.
The Jabra BIZ 2300 Duo provides intuitive on-device audio controls including answer/end call, reject call, mute microphone, volume control, and track control for music playback. An integrated busylight on the microphone box acts as a visual 'do not disturb' signal to colleagues, and the headset is voice assistant enabled for hands-free operation with Alexa, Siri®, and Google Assistant™.
Yes, the Jabra BIZ 2400 II Duo is voice assistant enabled and works with popular voice control platforms including Amazon Alexa, Siri®, and Google Assistant™. This allows you to control calls and access information hands-free while staying focused on your work.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II MS Mono provides reliable wired or wireless connectivity options depending on your workplace setup and UC platform requirements. Its design ensures straightforward integration with desk phones, softphones, and unified communications systems. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for specific connectivity specifications and compatibility details for your environment.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II connects via a 3.5mm audio jack, so it can be used with any device that has a compatible audio input. You can easily switch between devices by unplugging and reconnecting the headset to different equipment.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II UC Mono is designed as a reliable telecommunications device for professional communication needs. While optimized for office-based UC environments, its durable construction and HD voice technology support clear communication for coordination and logistics management. We offer Jabra products tailored to various industry requirements—visit barcodesinc.com to explore options for your specific operational needs.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II MS is part of Jabra's professional telecommunications product line, offering stereo audio and Microsoft Teams certification. We offer a complete range of Jabra headsets, speakerphones, and communication devices to meet different workplace needs—contact us today to explore which solution best fits your organization.
The Jabra BIZ 2300 Mono is a single-ear headset configuration, which is ideal for professionals who need to remain aware of their surroundings while taking calls—a common requirement in warehouse and logistics settings. Stereo alternatives offer two-ear coverage for immersive audio experiences, but the mono design provides greater situational awareness for active work environments.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Mono USB is a wired USB headset, so it does not require charging. It draws power directly from your computer's USB connection, ensuring continuous availability throughout your workday without battery management concerns.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Mono QD is engineered specifically for professional telecommunications environments with its Quick Disconnect interface and mono audio design. This combination makes it particularly suitable for warehouse managers and logistics teams who require reliable, standardized connectivity with minimal setup complexity. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Jabra telecommunications products.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 Duo QD is part of Jabra's comprehensive telecommunications product family, which includes various solutions for different business needs. Each model is optimized for specific use cases, from portable speakerphones to professional headsets. Contact us today to determine which Jabra solution best fits your organization's requirements.
Yes, the Jabra Speak 710 can be personalized with MS Cortana, Siri, or Google Assistant. The device is compatible with all leading unified communications (UC) platforms, ensuring seamless integration with your existing business communication infrastructure.
We offer a full range of Jabra telecommunications products including headsets, speakerphones, and other professional audio equipment designed for business communication. Our inventory includes various Jabra models to meet different professional communication needs, and our team can help you find the right solution for your organization.
Yes, the Jabra Speak 710 features an exclusive portable design with a lightweight construction and includes a protective travel pouch for easy transport. This makes it an ideal choice for mobile professionals and remote team members who need reliable conferencing equipment on the go. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive AIDC and telecommunications solutions.
The Jabra PRO 920/930 Duo is a professional telecommunications headset available from us for business communications. To understand how this model meets the specific demands of warehouse and logistics operations, we recommend contacting our team today for a detailed assessment.
The Jabra Speak 710 is compatible with all leading UC platforms and can be personalized with voice assistants including Microsoft Cortana, Siri, and Google Now. For detailed compatibility information specific to your organization's platform, visit jabra.com or contact us today.
The Jabra PRO 925/935 Mono headset offers multiple wearing styles to accommodate different preferences and work scenarios. You can choose from earhook, neckband, or headband configurations depending on your comfort and usage needs.
For battery specifications and talk time details on the Jabra PRO 920 Duo, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com. Our team can provide you with complete power and endurance specifications for this telecommunications equipment.
Jabra professional headsets are primarily engineered for business telecommunications and UC platform integration. While audio playback capabilities vary by model, the focus is on delivering crystal-clear voice quality for professional calls and meetings rather than music streaming applications.
The C300-XT supports Bluetooth 5 connectivity and can be paired with up to 8 devices while maintaining simultaneous connection to two devices at the same time through multipoint functionality. This allows you to stay connected across multiple work devices without manual reconnection.
The B550-XT is a fifth-generation Bluetooth wireless headset that can stream audio from any Bluetooth device and pair with two cell phones or a phone and mobile computer simultaneously, offering flexible connectivity for multi-device users.
The Evolve2 75 comes in UC and MS Teams variants with USB-C connectivity. It supports dual Bluetooth connectivity, allowing you to connect two Bluetooth-enabled devices simultaneously, such as your computer and mobile device, with the ability to pair up to 8 devices total.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features a rechargeable battery with up to 37 hours of battery life. It comes with an optional charging stand for easy charging and docking, eliminating battery concerns during your workday.
The Evolve2 75 features the Jabra Link 380 Bluetooth adapter available in USB-A or USB-C variants, providing up to 30 meters (100 feet) of wireless range with enhanced coverage and fewer dropouts. The headset also supports dual Bluetooth connectivity to connect two devices simultaneously and can pair with up to 8 devices.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 offers up to 37 hours of battery life on a single charge. We offer this model with an included optional charging stand that provides easy charging and docking to eliminate battery concerns throughout your workday.
We offer the Jabra Evolve2 30 in both UC and MS Teams variants, with your choice of stereo or mono wearing styles. This flexibility allows you to select the configuration that best matches your platform requirements and personal preference for workplace communication.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features a rechargeable battery with up to 37 hours of battery life, eliminating the need for frequent charging. An optional charging stand is available for convenient docking and charging.
The Datacard 532000-053 is a monochrome black ribbon compatible with SD260 and SD360 printers, which support both one-sided and two-sided printing capabilities. The ribbon itself works with either printing configuration depending on your printer's settings and your application requirements.
The Datacard 532000-007 is specifically compatible with the SD460 printer. For use with other SD series models such as the SD160, SD260, or SD360, you should verify ribbon compatibility or contact us today to ensure you have the correct supply for your printer model.
The Datacard SD260 supports manual two-sided printing when equipped with this printhead assembly. The printer features one-sided edge-to-edge printing capability with the option for manual two-sided card production, allowing you to print on both sides of ID cards as needed for your application.
The Datacard 534000-002 ribbon provides full-color printing with yellow, magenta, cyan, black (K), and a protective topcoat layer (T). This YMCKT configuration enables professional-quality, full-color ID cards with enhanced durability and image protection.
Datacard printers using certified supplies come with a 30-month standard depot warranty and a 30-month printhead warranty with no pass restrictions. This comprehensive coverage ensures your investment in quality supplies and equipment is protected.
Datacard Certified Supplies are backed by warranty coverage, and Datacard printers typically include a 30-month standard depot warranty along with a 30-month printhead warranty with no pass restrictions. Contact us today for complete warranty details specific to your purchase.
The Datacard 532000-008 is a monochrome ribbon kit designed for graphics printing on compatible Datacard SD series printers. For specific printing capabilities and two-sided options, we recommend reviewing your SD460 printer's specifications or contacting us today for detailed guidance on your printing requirements.
The ribbon kit includes an isopropanol cleaning card and an adhesive cleaning component to help maintain printer performance and print quality. These supplies support regular maintenance of your Datacard SD460 printer to ensure optimal operation over time.
Datacard ID card printers typically come with a 30-month standard depot warranty and a 30-month printhead warranty with no pass restrictions. For specific warranty details on this ribbon supply, we recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com to confirm coverage for your printer model.
The Datacard 532000-055 is a monochrome graphics ribbon with metallic gold, designed for single-color ID card printing applications. Monochrome printing delivers professional results for text, logos, and security features when full-color printing is not required.
The Datacard 532000-003 is a graphics monochrome ribbon kit designed for single-color printing on ID cards. It delivers consistent, high-quality monochrome output for applications requiring dark blue or black text and graphics on card stock.
The Datacard 508668-501 DuraGard laminate is clear, allowing the printed card design and information to remain fully visible while providing a protective layer on top.
Yes, we offer the Datacard 532000-004 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of Datacard printer supplies. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this monochrome ribbon kit and ensure uninterrupted card printing operations.
The Datacard 810499-001 is specifically engineered for Datacard SD260 and SD360 printers. We recommend using manufacturer-approved power devices to ensure proper printer performance and warranty compliance.
The SD260 includes a 30-month standard warranty covering the printer and printhead. We also offer additional extended warranty options available from us to provide extra protection for your investment.
The SD460 printer supports both one-sided and two-sided printing capabilities. The Datacard 534000-007 ribbon is compatible with the SD460's full printing range, including edge-to-edge full-color image printing on both card sides when configured for duplex operation.
Intelligent Supplies Technology enables automatic identification and validation of certified Datacard ribbons, along with adjustable low ribbon and cleaning cycle alerts. This ensures your printer recognizes genuine supplies and helps prevent print quality issues before they occur.
We offer a selection of Datacard CR805 thermal transfer ribbons available for purchase. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our inventory, or contact our team directly at 1-833-299-1662 or through our online chat for pricing and availability.
Yes, the NETGEAR MS510TXM is built with a modular design, allowing for flexible expansion and customization to meet your specific networking needs. This modularity makes it easier to adapt the switch as your warehouse or logistics operation grows. Our team can help you select the right configuration for your requirements.
The NETGEAR STM300B-10000S provides 1 year of technical service coverage for your qualifying NETGEAR data networking equipment. This annual subscription helps protect your network investment with ongoing support. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to renew or extend your coverage when your subscription term approaches.
The SocketScan S700 includes LED indicators for battery status, Bluetooth connection, and scanning notifications. These intuitive visual signals help users quickly understand the scanner's operational status and connectivity state during use.
We offer the Socket Mobile CX4040-3103 barcode scanner as part of our comprehensive AIDC distribution portfolio. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and bulk order options for your warehouse or logistics operation.
AutoScan Mode allows continuous barcode scanning without requiring you to press a button for each scan. This hands-free capability increases efficiency and reduces fatigue during high-volume scanning operations.
The SocketScan S740 combines a lightweight, ergonomic structure with a long-lasting battery to support extended use throughout the workday. Additionally, intuitive status indicators—including lights for battery, Bluetooth, and scanning notifications—provide real-time feedback to users, reducing scanning errors and improving workflow efficiency. Available from us in five color options to match your workplace environment and personal preferences.
The CX3444-1907 is available in five color options to fit most styles and environment needs. Whether you need a scanner that matches your warehouse aesthetic or helps with visual organization, we offer multiple color choices to suit your preferences.
The SocketScan S740 combines a lightweight, ergonomic structure with five color options to fit most styles and environment needs. The intuitive status lights for battery, Bluetooth, and scanning notifications provide clear feedback to operators, reducing scanning errors and improving usability across various warehouse and logistics settings.
The laser scanning technology in the Socket Mobile CX3458-1926 enables the scanner to read barcodes in hard-to-reach places and at various distances, providing flexibility across different warehouse and logistics scenarios. Laser scanners offer faster read rates and greater range compared to imaging-based alternatives, making them ideal for applications requiring speed and accuracy.
Yes, the SocketScan S730 offers rapid scanning ability and is engineered for moderate to rigorous scanning applications. Its combination of fast performance and durable design makes it well-suited for demanding warehouse and logistics operations.
The SocketScan S740 features a long-lasting battery designed to withstand entire work days, ensuring you can complete full shifts without needing to recharge. Status lights provide battery notifications so you're always aware of your power level.
Yes, the SocketScan S740 is available in five color options—red, white, and three additional colors—allowing you to choose a scanner that fits your personal style or matches your facility's environment and branding needs.
The Socket Mobile CX3531-2133 is available in five color options to fit most workplace styles and environment needs. This variety allows you to select a scanner that matches your facility's aesthetic or helps with visual organization across different departments or work areas.
Yes, the DuraSled DS800 includes a charging dock, allowing you to keep your Apple device powered while using the scanner. This integrated charging solution simplifies setup and ensures your device stays ready for continuous scanning operations.
The SocketScan S730 features Class 2 Bluetooth version 2.1 + EDR with a wireless range of up to 10 meters (33 feet), allowing workers to scan from a distance while remaining connected to their devices. This range supports mobile tracking and warehouse floor operations where flexibility and freedom of movement are essential.
The S800 measures 3.42 inches (L) x 2.12 inches (W) x 0.52 inches (H) and weighs just 1.5 ounces (43 grams). This ultra-compact and lightweight design makes it easy to carry, attach to mobile devices, and operate with one hand throughout the workday. Visit barcodesinc.com to review detailed specifications.
Yes, the DuraSled DS800 features an interchangeable scanner that can be used separately with any compatible iPhone or iPod device. This flexibility allows you to deploy the scanner independently when needed while maintaining your mobile deployment investments.
We offer the Magicard Rio Pro 360 Secure as part of our full range of ID card printing solutions. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to place an order with our team.
We offer the Magicard Rio Pro 360 Xtended ID card printer and can provide you with competitive pricing, technical support, and warranty information. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place an order or request a quote.
The Magicard CLM-PBBM37FCN has a minimum order quantity of 100 cards. If you need smaller quantities or have custom requirements, we recommend contacting our team today to discuss your specific needs and available options.
The AirLink GX450 can collect vehicle events, diagnostics, and workforce status information, supporting applications such as license plate recognition, e-ticketing, and dispatch/AVL (Automatic Vehicle Location) tracking. This data collection enables better fleet visibility and operational insights.
The BTS-01 operates reliably in temperatures from -10°C to 50°C (-14°F to 122°F) and can be stored in temperatures ranging from -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F). It handles humidity from 5% to 95%, making it suitable for varied warehouse environments. These environmental specifications ensure consistent performance whether you're working in climate-controlled facilities or temperature-variable storage areas.
We offer the Janam XG200 with competitive pricing and same-day shipping options. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our full inventory, or contact us today at 1.800.853.7226 to discuss your mobile computer needs and get a quote.
The Janam XT100 is equipped with a 3000mAh Li-ion removable rechargeable battery, allowing extended use and field replacement without downtime. The removable design ensures that warehouse and logistics teams can swap batteries during shifts to maintain continuous operations without returning to a charging station.
Yes, the VeriFone PWR132-001-01-C includes ERP (Energy-related Products) compliance documentation, meeting current environmental and energy efficiency regulations. This certification ensures the device meets international standards for power supply equipment.
The Poly 1465-49603-001 meets FCC Part 15 (CFR 47) Class B, ICES-003 Class B, EN55032 Class B, CISPR32 Class B, and VCCI Class B electromagnetic compliance standards. It is also RoHS compliant and TAA-compliant, making it suitable for government and enterprise procurement.
The ISC250 includes 128 MB Flash NAND and 64 MB SDRAM for internal memory, plus support for external microSD cards up to 32 GB. This memory configuration supports multimedia applications and secure data management.
Yes, the ISC480 includes full signature capture capability with support for up to 1 million signatures. The non-mechanical stylus combined with the projected capacitive touchscreen provides a reliable and durable solution for capturing customer signatures on transactions.
The Lane 7000 operates in temperatures ranging from 32°F to 122°F (0 to +50°C) and can be stored in temperatures from -4°F to 131°F (-20 to +70°C). It maintains functionality in relative humidity up to 85% at 104°F (+40°C), making it suitable for various retail environments.
The PWN30110969A is rated for 60 Hz operation and 11-14VDC input, which is standard for North American electrical systems. If you operate terminals in other regions with different power standards, contact us today to verify compatibility or explore alternative power solutions available from our inventory.
Yes, the Ingenico IMP657-USSCN01A includes signature capture functionality with an electronic pen and touch-enabled display. This feature allows you to capture customer signatures digitally for transaction verification and record-keeping.
Yes, CradlePoint routers are dual-modem capable and feature five LAN/WAN switchable Ethernet ports, with one default WAN port supporting cable, DSL, T1, satellite, or Metro Ethernet connections. They also support WiFi as WAN and Metro WiFi for flexible multi-connection deployments in logistics and warehouse environments.
The MC330L is equipped with a 2D Imager SE485x Long Range scanner, enabling reliable barcode capture across various distances and lighting conditions typical in warehouse environments. It also includes a built-in camera for additional data capture flexibility, along with NFC capability for modern RFID-based workflows. Available from us with comprehensive technical documentation and support.
The annual software usage license provides access to the full MotionWorks Enterprise platform on a yearly subscription basis, including software updates and core functionality. This model ensures you always have current features and security patches without large capital expenditures. For details on specific inclusions, support tiers, and renewal terms, contact us today to review your licensing options.
The PC42E-T's ECO button activates economy mode, which effectively minimizes label wastage and reduces calibration waiting time during printing operations. This feature is particularly valuable for mid-volume printing environments where material costs and operational efficiency directly impact profitability. We can help you optimize your printer settings to maximize cost savings while maintaining print quality.
The CN80G is powered by a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor with 4GB RAM and 32GB Flash storage, running Android 13 with system compatibility up to Android R. This configuration delivers the performance needed for warehouse, logistics, and field mobility applications while maintaining the ruggedness required for demanding industrial environments.
The CN85 is equipped with a 5800 mAh battery with integrated diagnostics that provides reliable power throughout a full work shift. The smart battery technology ensures consistent performance and helps eliminate downtime during your operations.
The CT40 XP provides wireless connectivity through Bluetooth and Wi-Fi, with a second BLE beacon for device location tracking even when the battery is drained. It also integrates seamlessly with both Honeywell-connected applications and third-party applications such as MDM, Push to Talk, and VoIP software.
The PC42E-T supports flexible ribbon core sizes of 0.5 inch and 1 inch, allowing you to choose the configuration that best fits your operational needs and label volume requirements. The intuitive design makes it easy to switch between these core sizes without tools or complicated adjustments.
Yes, the PC42E-T ensures compatibility with previous models, which safeguards your initial investments in existing Honeywell printer infrastructure. This backward compatibility makes upgrading your printing fleet straightforward while protecting your technology investments.
The PC42E-T supports multiple industry-standard print languages including ESim (EPL), ZSim (ZPL-II), and Direct Protocol (DP), ensuring maximum compatibility with existing labeling software and workflows. This multi-language support simplifies integration into diverse warehouse environments.
The EDA10A features a 2.2GHz 8-core processor with 8GB of RAM and 128GB of internal storage, providing sufficient performance for enterprise mobile applications and data processing. This configuration supports Android 12 with Google Mobile Services (GMS), ensuring compatibility with a wide range of business applications. Available from us, the EDA10A delivers the processing power needed for demanding warehouse management and logistics tasks.
The CK67 is available in ATEX/NI (non-incendive) models for areas with hazardous gases, making it compliant with safety standards for explosive atmospheres. While the standard model operates across a wide temperature range, we can help you determine if specialized cold storage configurations are needed for your specific environment. Contact us today to discuss your facility's requirements.
The CN80G features a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor with 4GB RAM and 32GB Flash storage, delivering reliable performance for enterprise warehouse and logistics applications. This configuration supports both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch-based software, ensuring compatibility with your existing systems while enabling future application development. Available from us with full technical specifications and support.
The CN80G is powered by a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor with 4GB RAM and 32GB internal flash storage, providing robust performance for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. It also supports microSD card expansion up to 512GB for additional storage capacity. This configuration ensures smooth multitasking and reliable operation in high-volume data capture environments.
The CN80G is equipped with a 5800 mAh battery with integrated diagnostics, providing extended battery life to support multiple shifts without interruption. This ensures workers remain connected and productive throughout their workday in warehouse and field operations.
The CN80G builds on the proven Dolphin CN80 platform with enhanced capabilities tailored for modern logistics and government applications while maintaining backward compatibility with legacy key-centric applications. It features the same ultra-rugged construction and touchscreen/keypad flexibility as its predecessor, but with extended Android support through the Mobility Edge platform, ensuring longer device lifecycle and better future-proofing. The CN80G combines the reliability of previous generations with advanced security and lifecycle management tools for enterprise deployments.
The CN80G is built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, which provides future-proof investment protection with extended lifecycle management across four Android generations. Unlike earlier models, the CN80G combines both touchscreen and keypad input flexibility, allowing seamless transitions from Windows-based systems to Android while maintaining operational efficiency. We offer the CN80G as part of our commitment to helping you maximize ROI and reduce overall total cost of ownership.
The CN80G is powered by a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor with 4GB RAM and 32GB Flash storage, delivering robust performance for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. This configuration supports both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch-based applications simultaneously. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and deployment recommendations.
The CN80G comes with 4GB RAM and 32GB Flash storage as standard, with user-accessible microSD card expansion up to 512 GB (SDXC/SDHC-compliant) for extended data storage needs. This configuration supports demanding logistics and warehouse applications requiring robust data handling.
The CK65 supports 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac WiFi and Bluetooth connectivity for real-time data transmission and worker communication. These advanced network connectivity options ensure seamless integration with your warehouse management systems and mobile applications.
The Thor VM3 supports a standard resistive touchscreen as the base configuration, with an optional capacitive touchscreen available for multi-touch applications and enhanced user interaction. This flexibility allows you to choose the display technology that best fits your specific operational requirements.
The SL42 comes with a removable 1670 mAh standard lithium-ion battery that provides approximately 8 hours of operation with up to 28,000 scans per charge. An extended battery option (3340 mAh) is also available from us for applications requiring longer shifts without recharging. Both battery versions charge fully in 4-6 hours using the included 5V wall adapter with US, European, and Australia & New Zealand plug adapters.
The CT47 features a FlexRange XLR scan engine that enables quick and accurate barcode data capture from as close as 3 inches up to 80 feet away. This extended range capability makes it ideal for warehouse operations where items may be at various heights and distances. Contact us today to discuss how this scanning capability can improve your warehouse efficiency.
Our kit includes the Voyager XP 1472g black scanner (Model 1472G1D-2), a charge and communication base (Part# CCB01-010BT-V1N), and a USB Type A 3.0-meter straight cable (Part# CBL-500-300-S00). This complete bundle provides everything needed for immediate USB deployment at your point-of-sale counter.
The Honeywell 2105iSR comes with a three-year factory warranty included, protecting your investment in this ultra-rugged scanner. We offer comprehensive support through our team at Barcodes Inc, including technical assistance, replacement options, and accessories to maximize your scanner's performance. Contact us today to discuss warranty coverage, extended service plans, or any questions about your purchase.
The CN80G features a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor with 4GB RAM and 32GB Flash storage, delivering the performance needed for complex warehouse and logistics applications. This configuration supports smooth operation of data capture and enterprise applications without lag, even in demanding multi-shift environments. We stock the CN80G-L1N-5EN231E configuration and can help you determine if these specs meet your operational needs.
The Honeywell 1200g operates reliably in temperatures from 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F) with humidity levels up to 95% non-condensing. It can handle light levels from 0 to 100,000 lux, including direct sunlight, making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor warehouse applications.
The CN80G runs Android 8.0 Oreo (system compatible up to Android R) rather than Windows, representing a transition to the modern Android platform. However, it's designed to support both legacy applications through its flexible input options and newer touch-based applications through its large touchscreen. If you're transitioning from Windows devices, our team can help you evaluate compatibility and migration strategies—contact us today for guidance.
The CT47 features a 5.5-inch full touchscreen display with 6GB RAM and 128GB storage, providing responsive performance for warehouse and logistics applications. The device includes front and rear cameras for documentation and verification tasks, along with multi-factor biometric authentication for robust security. Our team can help you configure the CT47 to match your operational requirements.
The CN80 features comprehensive wireless capabilities including 802.11a/b/g/n and 802.11ac Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and optional WWAN (cellular) connectivity for real-time data transmission and connectivity across your warehouse or field operations. These multiple connectivity options ensure reliable communication in various deployment scenarios and support both legacy and modern enterprise applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore CN80 configurations with the specific wireless capabilities your operation requires.
The PC42E-T supports flexible ribbon core sizing with the ability to easily switch between 0.5 inch and 1 inch ribbon cores. This versatility allows you to accommodate different ribbon types and quantities based on your specific printing volume requirements.
The CN80G features a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor, 4GB RAM, 32GB Flash storage, and runs Android non-GMS (Government Mobile Services) configuration. The 106.7 mm (4.2 in) FWVGA (854x480) bright color LCD touchscreen combines with a 23-key numeric keypad to support both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch-based workflows. Available from us with full technical specifications and compatibility verification for your deployment needs.
Yes, the SUPCAP-SCN11 enables enterprises to maintain mixed device pools with both battery-powered and battery-free super capacitor scanners. This flexibility allows you to optimize your fleet based on specific departmental needs and operational requirements without standardizing on a single power solution.
The Thor VM3 represents a significant advancement over previous generations, offering a full-sized, highly capable platform designed specifically for the toughest distribution environments with breakthrough features to eliminate downtime and maximize operational efficiency. Unlike earlier models, the VM3 delivers enhanced processing power and advanced enterprise configuration tools for simplified deployment and management. We offer the latest Thor VM3 models to help you maximize your capital investment in mobile computing.
The Honeywell 852-071-001 is specifically designed for use with Honeywell 70 Series handheld computers and mobile devices that feature Snap-on Adapter compatibility. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific Honeywell device model.
The HX-CPU-6140M is currently listed as discontinued in our inventory. However, we maintain stock of compatible Cisco processor alternatives and can assist with upgrade recommendations for your infrastructure needs. Contact us today to explore current-generation Xeon Gold processor options available from us.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6132 supports DDR4 SDRAM memory at DDR4-3200/PC4-25600 speeds, with servers like the UCSC-C240-M6SX providing up to 32 memory slots and 8TB maximum capacity. This ensures ample memory bandwidth for demanding enterprise applications and data processing tasks. We offer compatible DDR4 memory modules and can assist with your complete server configuration—visit barcodesinc.com for our full selection.
The HX-CPU-6126 has a 125W thermal design power (TDP), which is managed by the cooling systems integrated into compatible Cisco UCS rack servers. This moderate power consumption makes it suitable for data centers with standard cooling infrastructure and power distribution systems.
The HX-CPU-6140 provides 18 cores at 2.3 GHz, while the HX-CPU-6138 offers 20 cores at 2.0 GHz with a larger 27.50MB L3 cache, making the 6138 better suited for multi-threaded workloads despite lower clock speeds. The HX-CPU-6140 delivers higher per-core performance with better single-thread throughput due to its higher clock frequency. We offer both options to match your specific workload requirements—contact us today for guidance on selecting the right processor for your infrastructure.
The HX-CPU-5120 supports DDR4 SDRAM memory, with compatible servers offering up to 4TB of maximum RAM capacity depending on the specific server model. Memory configurations vary by server—for example, the UCSC-C220-M8S supports up to 4TB DDR5, while the UCSC-C240-M6SX supports up to 8TB DDR4. Contact us today to discuss the optimal memory configuration for your application.
The HX-CPU-6148 has a thermal design power (TDP) of 150W, which requires adequate data center cooling infrastructure and power provisioning. Cisco's UCS servers are engineered with redundant power supplies and intelligent thermal management to optimize efficiency in demanding environments. Contact us today to discuss power and cooling specifications for your deployment environment.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6154 has a 200W thermal design power (TDP), which is an important consideration for data center cooling and power budgeting in warehouse management systems. This power specification ensures efficient operation within standard server chassis thermal management capabilities. We can help you plan infrastructure requirements—contact us today for power consumption guidance.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6146 features 24.75MB of L3 cache, which improves performance by reducing latency for frequently accessed data in computing operations. This cache size is optimized for enterprise workloads running on Cisco UCS infrastructure. Available from us at barcodesinc.com with full technical specifications.
The HX-CPU-6142 is designed as a processor upgrade for compatible Cisco UCS servers with Socket 3647 support, such as the C240-M6SX and M7SX models. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco product lineup—contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server model and discuss upgrade options.
The CBS350-8XT is a managed switch, meaning it provides advanced features like VLAN support, quality of service (QoS), and out-of-band management through its dedicated Gigabit Ethernet management port. These capabilities enable IT teams to monitor traffic, configure policies, and maintain network security across warehouse and logistics operations. Our team can help you integrate this switch into your existing management infrastructure.
The Cisco CMICR-4PS is designed as part of the Cisco Catalyst family and integrates seamlessly with existing Cisco network management systems and infrastructure. It supports standard Cisco IOS Software features and can be managed remotely as part of a consolidated network architecture. We offer complete integration support and compatibility verification—contact us today to ensure seamless deployment with your current network environment.
The CBS350-24XT is optimized for copper-based 10G connectivity with 20 dedicated copper ports, while variants like the CBS350-24XS prioritize fiber SFP+ connectivity with 20 x 10G SFP+ ports. The CBS350-24XTS offers a balanced hybrid approach with 12 x 10G copper and 12 x 10G SFP+ ports. Choose based on your existing cabling infrastructure and future expansion plans—our team can help you select the right model.
Yes, the CBS350-16T-E-2G-NA is specifically designed with external power supply connectivity, as indicated by the '-E-' in the model designation. This configuration provides flexibility for installations where integrated power supplies may not meet your facility requirements. Contact us today for guidance on power specifications and installation requirements for your deployment.
The CBS350-8S-E-2G-NA's Gigabit Ethernet combo ports support standard Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Category 5e or better cabling for 1000BASE-T connections. The SFP ports accommodate fiber optic connections, giving you flexibility in choosing the right cabling infrastructure for your deployment. Contact us today to discuss cabling requirements and compatibility with your existing network.
The Cisco CMICR-4PT Catalyst Micro Switch is optimized for desktop and small-scale deployments where space is limited but reliable networking is essential. Common use cases include branch offices, retail locations, manufacturing floors, and logistics centers requiring compact yet capable switching solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this switch supports your operational requirements.
The Catalyst 3750 Series supports 802.1S/W standards-based fault tolerance, load balancing, and rapid recovery with Flexlink providing sub-100-millisecond convergence. Per VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) increases available bandwidth by allowing traffic on redundant links, and AC power supply failure protection is available with an external redundant power supply option. These enterprise-grade features ensure maximum uptime for mission-critical warehouse and logistics operations.
The Cisco AIR-CAP3602I supports 802.11n version 2.0 with 4x4:3 MIMO configuration, delivering PHY data rates up to 444.4 Mbps with 40 MHz channels in the 5 GHz band and 20 MHz channels in the 2.4 GHz band. It includes packet aggregation (A-MPDU and A-MSDU) and Maximal Ratio Combining for optimal performance. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed specifications and compatibility information.
The C6800-48P-TX-XL provides power supply redundancy through 1+1 redundant hot-swappable internal AC or DC power supplies, ensuring nonstop operation even during power supply failures. Additionally, it supports IEEE 802.1w Rapid Convergence Spanning Tree Protocol and Per VLAN Rapid Spanning Tree Plus for network resilience and automatic failover.
The primary difference is port density: the C9500-48Y4C provides 48 ports of 1/10/25G Gigabit Ethernet plus 4 uplink ports, while the C9500-24Y4C offers 24 ports of 1/10/25G Gigabit Ethernet plus 4 uplink ports. Both models share the same 40/100G uplink capability and support for advanced features like SD-Access and Plug and Play (PnP). Visit barcodesinc.com to compare configurations for your specific network requirements.
The IE-1000-4P2S-LM is a Layer 2 managed switch with PoE capability on its copper ports, allowing you to power connected devices like IP cameras, wireless access points, and IoT sensors directly through the Ethernet connection. This simplifies cabling infrastructure and reduces installation costs in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to discuss your specific PoE power budget requirements.
We offer the Cisco L-MGMT3X-4K-K9 Software license through our comprehensive Cisco product catalog. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss licensing options, volume pricing, and deployment support for your enterprise management needs.
The CBS250-16P-2G-NA requires Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Category 5e or better cabling for all 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet ports to ensure optimal performance and reliability. This standard cabling requirement makes deployment straightforward in existing network infrastructures. We can help you select compatible cabling solutions when you contact us today.
The MDS 9132T represents Cisco's 32-gigabit generation of Fibre Channel switches, delivering significantly higher throughput and performance compared to earlier 16G models. This newer generation provides improved latency characteristics and enhanced fabric services for modern data center workloads. We can help you evaluate whether upgrading to the 9132T makes sense for your infrastructure.
The CBS250-16T-2G-NA sits in the mid-range of the CBS250 series with 16 ports, while larger models like the CBS250-24T-4G and CBS250-48T-4G offer 24 and 48 ports respectively. The CBS250 series provides cost-effective smart switching for small to medium deployments, whereas the higher-end CBS350 series offers enhanced features for more demanding environments. We can help you select the right model for your logistics and warehouse requirements.
The IE3300-16T provides 16 standard Gigabit copper ports without PoE capabilities, making it cost-effective for environments where powered devices aren't required. If you need Power over Ethernet support, the IEM-3300-16P expansion module offers 16 PoE/PoE+ ports for powering industrial devices directly from the switch. We can help you select the right configuration for your specific application needs.
The MS120-24 provides 24 x 1G Ethernet ports for standard network connectivity, supporting traditional wired connections for servers, workstations, printers, barcode scanners, and other networked devices. The switch operates as a Layer 2 managed device, meaning it handles switching and VLAN capabilities for network segmentation. Available from us with full technical support and documentation.
The CBS250-8PP-E-2G-NA includes system LEDs for monitoring Link/Activity, PoE status, and speed, along with a Cisco Standard RJ45 console port for direct management access. It also features a USB Type-A slot on the front panel for convenient file and image management without network dependency. These features enable efficient network administration and troubleshooting in warehouse and IT environments.
The switch requires Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Category 5e or better cabling for 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet connections to ensure optimal performance. Standard network cabling infrastructure is compatible with this switch, making installation straightforward in existing warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today if you need cabling recommendations or installation support.
The MS120-48FP is designed as part of the Cisco Meraki switching portfolio and integrates seamlessly with other Meraki and Cisco networking equipment through unified cloud management. Its Layer 2 architecture ensures compatibility with standard enterprise network protocols and configurations. Our team can assist with integration planning and deployment—contact us today for technical guidance.
The N9K-C93120TX-B18Q is optimized for 40 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity with its QSFP-40G-SR-BD modules, while other Nexus 9000 models like the N9K-C93108TC-FX3 offer mixed-speed ports supporting 1G, 10G, 40G, and 100G options. The 93120TX configuration provides higher port density at 40 Gigabit speeds, making it ideal for organizations prioritizing consistent high-speed connectivity over mixed-speed flexibility. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare all available Nexus 9000 options for your specific requirements.
The SF350-48P is a Layer 2 managed switch from Cisco's 300 Series, while the Business 350 Series offers Layer 3 capabilities with higher performance options, 10G connectivity, and cloud-based management for more advanced network requirements. The Business 350 Series is designed for enterprises needing advanced routing and larger-scale deployments, whereas the SF350-48P is ideal for cost-conscious SMBs. We offer both product lines—contact us today to determine which solution best fits your network needs.
Cisco power supplies in this class typically operate in normal conditions from -5°C to +45°C at altitudes up to 5,000 feet, with extended ranges available for higher altitudes. Storage temperature capability extends from -40°C to +70°C. For precise thermal specifications of the NXA-PAC-1100W-PI2, contact us today to review the complete datasheet.
Forward airflow (port-side exhaust) means the power supply draws cool air from the front of the chassis and exhausts hot air toward the rear ports, aligning with standard data center airflow design patterns. This configuration ensures efficient thermal management and compatibility with Nexus switch cooling systems. We offer this configuration to meet enterprise data center standards for optimal equipment performance.
The Cisco CAB-AC-US is specifically designed as a US-standard power cord with 15A/125V specifications, distinguishing it from international variants like the CAB-AC-C5-EUR (European) or CAB-AC-C5-CHI (Chinese) models available from us. Its 2500mm length and -40°C to standard temperature range make it ideal for US-based enterprise deployments requiring standard AC power connectivity.
The FPR9K-NM-4X100G provides 2.5x the throughput of 40 Gigabit modules, delivering 400 Gbps total bandwidth across all four ports compared to 160 Gbps on 40G alternatives. This higher port density supports modern data center and cloud security requirements without requiring additional module slots. Available from us, this module represents a significant performance upgrade for organizations scaling their network infrastructure.
The XFP10GLR-192SR-L is optimized for longer-distance single-mode fiber connections at 10 km, distinguishing it from short-reach SR modules (400m on multimode fiber) and extended-reach ER/ZR modules (40-80 km). This makes it the ideal choice for mid-range metropolitan network applications where you need extended reach without the cost of ultra-long-distance solutions. We offer a complete range of XFP modules to match your specific distance and fiber type requirements.
The Cisco C9800-80-K9-RF is available in multiple regulatory domain variants to comply with international wireless standards. Customers are responsible for verifying approval for use in their individual countries, and you can identify the correct regulatory domain by visiting https://www.cisco.com/go/aironet/compliance. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to ensure you receive the correct regulatory domain variant for your deployment region.
Yes, the MS120-24P is designed as part of the Cisco Meraki ecosystem and integrates seamlessly with other Meraki-managed network devices, access points, and security appliances. This integration enables unified visibility and management across your entire network infrastructure through a single cloud dashboard.
The MS120-8FP represents Cisco's modern cloud-managed approach to branch networking, offering simplified deployment and management compared to traditional switch models. Its integrated PoE capabilities and cloud orchestration reduce operational overhead and provide better visibility into network operations. Available from us as part of our current Cisco networking portfolio.
The switch includes a Cisco Standard RJ45 console port for direct management access, a USB Type-A slot on the front panel for easy file and image management, and system LEDs for monitoring link status, activity, PoE status, and speed. These features enable straightforward deployment, configuration, and troubleshooting in enterprise environments. Contact us today for setup assistance.
The C9400X-SUP-2 Supervisor itself manages the switching fabric, while UPOE+ power delivery is provided through compatible line cards like the C9400-LC-48H. This line card supports Cisco UPOE+ with 90W per port for powering devices such as wireless access points, thermal cameras, PTZ cameras, and digital signage without additional power infrastructure. Available from us as a complete integrated solution for your network deployment.
The IP DECT bundle is ideal for organizations requiring cordless desk phone solutions across office environments, warehouses, logistics facilities, and manufacturing floors where mobility and flexibility are essential. The handset and base configuration supports multiple users and can be deployed across various workspace types. Contact us today to discuss deployment options for your facility.
The Cisco CP-8845-3PCC-K9= supports multiple audio codecs including G.711a, G.711µ, G.729, G.729a, and G.729b to ensure optimal voice quality across different network conditions. The phone includes comfort-noise generation (CNG) and voice-activity-detection (VAD) programming capabilities for enhanced call clarity. Available from us, this phone is designed for enterprise-grade voice communications.
Yes, the Cisco CP-8861-3PCC-K9= includes a built-in web server for configuration and statistics monitoring, and supports online firmware upgrades via Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP). The phone also supports Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) for automatic network configuration and Domain Name System (DNS) resolution, enabling IT teams to manage deployments efficiently.
The Cisco ACC-LA-H-NM-NF operates across the 700-2700 MHz frequency spectrum, covering multiple wireless communication bands essential for modern telecommunications infrastructure. This broad frequency support makes it versatile for various wireless router and antenna applications. Contact us today for detailed frequency specifications and band compatibility information.
The platform implements Per-VSAN Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) using LDAP, RADIUS, and TACACS+ authentication, along with SNMPv3 and SSH v2 encryption using AES standards. These security controls ensure that only authorized personnel can access and configure the appliance across your network. Available from us with full technical support for security policy implementation and compliance requirements.
The AppX license provides the foundation for advanced services, and additional security features like SSL VPN and content filtering can be enabled through complementary feature licenses (such as FL-WEBVPN or SL-CNFIL licenses). These modular licenses allow you to customize your deployment based on specific security and access requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore licensing bundles that combine application optimization with security services.
The 100G LR4 is engineered for long-range links up to 10 km over single-mode fiber, while the SR4 variant is optimized for shorter distances up to 100 meters over multi-mode fiber. Choose LR4 for campus interconnects and metro networks, and SR4 for data center rack-to-rack connectivity.
The CPAK-100G-SR10 transceiver module supports Digital Optical Monitoring, which enables real-time monitoring of optical signal parameters such as transmit/receive power and module temperature. DOM support provides critical diagnostics for network troubleshooting and proactive equipment management. We offer complete DOM-enabled transceiver solutions for enterprise network visibility.
The Cisco Catalyst IE3400 series modules measure 15.2 cm x 11.2 cm x 13.5 cm and weigh 5.0 lbs (2.3 kg), making them compact enough for DIN rail mounting in industrial cabinets and edge deployments. This form factor is ideal for space-constrained warehouse and logistics environments where efficient use of rack space is critical. Available from us at barcodesinc.com with full technical specifications and installation support.
The IEM-3400-8P= module features 8 total 10/100/1000 RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet copper ports for direct network connectivity. All ports support standard twisted-pair Gigabit Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, and Ethernet protocols at speeds up to 1 Gbit/s.
The Cisco IR800-IL-POE supports both DIN rail and panel mount installation options, providing flexibility for integration into existing infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss the best mounting configuration for your warehouse or logistics environment.
The IRM-1100-SP supports optional 100-GB backup flash storage (IRM-SSD-100G) on compatible models like the IR1833 and IR1835. This backup storage provides an added layer of protection from improper shutdown cycles, preventing memory corruption and ensuring data integrity.
The IEM-3400-8T= is a non-PoE module without integrated power delivery capabilities. Power is managed through the host IE3400 base platform, which can support up to 240W base or 480W with expansion modules, depending on the specific configuration selected.
Yes, the IRM-1100-DINRAIL supports Cisco Cellular Pluggable Interface Modules and optional backup flash storage such as the IRM-SSD-100G (for IR1833 and IR1835 models). The expandable architecture allows you to add storage for protection against improper shutdown cycles and memory corruption. We offer compatible expansion modules and storage options—contact us today for availability and compatibility verification.
No, the Zebra Z-Select 4000D is not recommended for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat. If you need labels for outdoor or high-temperature environments, contact us today to discuss alternative Zebra label materials specifically engineered for those demanding conditions.
The MC3300x features a 2D Imager SE485x with long-range scanning capability, an integrated camera, and NFC support for comprehensive data capture in warehouse and logistics operations. The 4.0 display and 47-key keypad provide an intuitive interface for mobile workers.
The Image Lock resin technology in the Zebra 74776 enhances image quality and durability by creating a stronger bond between the ribbon and the printed substrate. This results in prints that resist smudging, fading, and abrasion, ensuring that your barcodes and graphics remain legible and professional-looking throughout the product's lifecycle.
The illumination boards included in the MXC7000-L accessory package are designed to provide consistent lighting for the landscape color camera module, ensuring clear image capture regardless of ambient light conditions. This is particularly valuable in warehouse and logistics applications where lighting may be inconsistent or suboptimal. The boards work in conjunction with the camera module to deliver reliable visual data capture for your enterprise operations.
Zebra printers powered by the 105912G-157 feature fast 32-bit processing with standard configurations offering 6MB SDRAM and 4MB Flash memory, expandable up to 256MB via PCMCIA card or CompactFlash for storing formats, fonts, and graphics. This robust memory architecture supports high-speed printing up to 8 inches per second and handles complex label designs efficiently. We offer complete power and accessory solutions to maximize your printer's performance.
The Z-Perform 1000D features a high-tack permanent acrylic adhesive that provides reliable adhesion for short-term and temporary labeling applications. This adhesive is formulated for direct thermal printing and works best in standard environmental conditions without extreme temperature exposure.
The ZD621R accommodates media widths from 0.585 inches to 4.65 inches with a maximum label length of 39 inches, supporting both 0.5-inch and 1.0-inch core inner diameters for standard label rolls. The printer features full-width reflective/black mark sensors and multi-position transmissive/gap sensors for accurate media detection across various label formats. Contact us today to discuss your specific label requirements and media compatibility.
Yes, the Z-Band Splash wristbands are tamper-evident and nontransferable, making them ideal for cashless point-of-sale and access management systems. The adhesive closure and barcode integration help prevent fraud and ensure that each guest's paid services and access permissions remain secure and verifiable.
The standard Z-Ultimate 3000T configuration available from us features 2x0.5" (50.8x12.7mm) labels with a 3" (76.2mm) core, supplied at 10,000 labels per roll with 4 rolls per box. Multiple size and configuration variants are available to meet different labeling requirements.
Over time, LED lighting components may dim or fail due to extended use in high-volume printing environments. Replacing the ZLED-XS40WH-0000 restores optimal illumination for accurate label inspection and print quality verification, which is critical for maintaining barcode scanning reliability in logistics and warehouse operations.
The LENS-M0800-0100 can be used with Zebra's external illumination accessories to optimize performance across varying lighting conditions. Proper lighting is essential for barcode recognition accuracy, and we offer infrared and red-light illumination options to support your specific operational environment. Contact us today for guidance on selecting the right lighting solution for your application.
The Zebra LENS-M1600-0100 is designed as a precision optical component and should be used in controlled industrial environments to protect the lens elements from dust, moisture, and extreme temperature fluctuations. For outdoor or highly challenging environments, proper housing and protective enclosures are recommended. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss environmental protection solutions for your vision system.
The LENS-M3500-0100 with its 35mm focal length offers a mid-range option compared to Zebra's other vision lenses—shorter focal lengths like the LENS-U0800-0100 (8mm) provide wider fields of view for close-range work, while longer focal lengths like the LENS-U3500-0100 (35mm) are optimized for extended working distances. We offer the complete range of Zebra vision lenses to match your specific distance and field-of-view requirements.
Yes, the 16mm focal length and large format design of the LENS-U1600-0100 make it well-suited for barcode verification, label inspection, and quality assurance applications in manufacturing and logistics environments. The wide field-of-view capability enables efficient inspection of multiple items or large print areas. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn how this lens integrates with complete Zebra vision systems.
The Zebra LENS-U0800-0100 is designed as a precision optical component for industrial vision systems and should be protected from extreme environmental conditions. For outdoor or harsh warehouse environments, proper housing and environmental protection are recommended to maintain lens performance and longevity. We offer guidance on protective solutions—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for environment-specific recommendations.
The Zebra LENS-U1200-0100's C-Mount connection and 12mm focal length make it compatible with many existing vision system setups, though compatibility depends on your specific camera hardware. Contact us today to verify if this lens will work as a direct replacement for your current system.
The Zebra LENS-U3500-0100 is engineered for industrial environments and can be integrated into rugged vision systems designed for warehouse and manufacturing facilities. For specific environmental ratings and durability specifications, contact us today so our team can recommend the right vision lens configuration for your operational conditions.
The LENS-U2500-0100 is compatible with Zebra vision systems that support C-Mount lenses, making it a viable upgrade option for many existing installations. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific Zebra vision hardware and ensure proper integration with your current setup.
The Zebra LENS-XTC70-0000 is covered under Zebra's hardware warranty statement, which includes a two-year warranty against defects in workmanship and materials from the date of shipment. Zebra also offers recommended services including Zebra OneCare Select and OneCare Essential support plans for comprehensive coverage. We can help you select the right warranty and service plan when you contact us today.
The 800350-370 is optimized for ZC350 printers. While ZC300 supplies are available in our catalog, we recommend verifying ribbon compatibility with your specific printer model to ensure proper operation and print quality. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm the correct ribbon for your equipment.
The Zebra LENS-XRC70-0000 is a replacement lens cover component; installation procedures depend on your specific Xs70 configuration and your organization's equipment maintenance protocols. We recommend consulting Zebra's technical documentation or contacting us today—our team can provide guidance on proper installation to maintain the device's IP67 rating and optical performance.
The precision dual aimer provides clear visual targeting for barcode positioning, while the 360-degree green/red feedback indicators confirm successful and failed scans in real-time. This dual feedback mechanism—visual and audio via the integrated loudspeaker—reduces operator error and improves scanning efficiency in fast-paced warehouse environments. The combination significantly enhances productivity and data accuracy.
The Zebra DS8108-DL is a general-purpose area imager designed for retail and warehouse environments where reliable 1D and 2D barcode scanning is essential. Its durable construction and innovative imaging technology enable consistent performance in typical retail checkout and inventory management settings. For specific environmental durability specifications, contact us today for detailed technical documentation.
Color-KDO (YMCKO) ribbons provide full-color printing with an overlay protective layer, whereas monochrome ribbons produce single-color output only. The KDO format is ideal for ID cards requiring color logos, photographs, and branding, making it the standard choice for professional identification systems in corporate and government applications.
The writeable back feature on these Zebra 104523-117 cards allows for manual pen or marker annotations on the reverse side without affecting the printed front. This is useful for adding temporary information, batch numbers, or secondary identifiers without requiring a second print pass. Standard cards without this feature may have a non-writable finish that prevents ink adhesion on the back surface.
This is a complete printhead kit for Zebra thermal transfer printers, containing the replacement thermal printhead assembly. The kit is designed for straightforward installation in ZT210, ZT220, and ZT230 models. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for installation guides and any additional supplies you may need for the replacement process.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is recommended for a wide variety of applications requiring outstanding print quality and durability, including warehouse tracking, asset management, shipping labels, and any scenario where labels must withstand chemicals, UV exposure, and physical wear. The permanent acrylic adhesive ensures labels remain secure in demanding environments.
The Zebra RS5100 features Bluetooth 5.2, the latest standard for reliable wireless connectivity, reduced latency, and improved range compared to earlier Bluetooth versions. This ensures stable connections across your warehouse and compatibility with modern Zebra mobile computing devices.
Yes, the M12 connector and 400mm form factor make the Zebra LGHT-T400RD-0000 compatible with standard machine vision and industrial imaging systems. The semi-diffused configuration with interchangeable transparent and opaline windows allows flexible integration into various optical setups. Contact us today for technical specifications and compatibility verification with your current equipment.
The Zebra 800300-306 ribbon is specifically engineered for the ZC100, ZC300, and ZC350 printer series. Using ribbons outside their designated printer compatibility may result in poor print quality or equipment damage, so we recommend verifying your printer model before ordering.
We offer the Zebra 800077-761 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of Zebra supplies and consumables. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this ribbon and explore our full range of printer supplies and accessories.
The ZT411 supports both thermal transfer and direct thermal printing methods, giving you flexibility in media and ribbon selection for different labeling applications. The printer features a thin-film printhead with Zebra's E3 Element Energy Equalizer technology to ensure superior print quality across all media types.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 3000T sample roll features 3x3 inch (76.2x76.2mm) label dimensions with a 3 inch (76.2mm) core. This size is commonly used for shelf labels, asset tags, and pallet identification in warehouse and logistics operations. Available from us in sample quantities to test compatibility with your existing thermal transfer printer setup.
The LENS-M2500-0100 is a C-Mount standard lens compatible with Zebra vision camera systems, but compatibility depends on your specific camera model and mounting configuration. We recommend verifying your current system's lens specifications before ordering to ensure proper fit and optical performance. Contact us today with your camera model details, and our team can confirm compatibility and recommend the right lens for your setup.
The ZD621 features Zebra's PrintSecure, part of the Print DNA software suite, which shields your printer from cyberattacks by allowing you to configure secure connections, identify vulnerabilities, and block unauthorized access. The printer's built-in security evolves continuously to safeguard sensitive data, and you can manage security across your entire printer fleet remotely using Printer Profile Manager Enterprise. These integrated security capabilities make it easy to maintain compliance and protect your critical printing infrastructure.
The Zebra PolyPro 4000T is a thermal transfer label, meaning it requires a thermal transfer printer and compatible Zebra ribbons to produce high-quality black barcodes and human-readable text. This technology ensures crisp, durable prints that won't fade or smudge in harsh conditions.
The Z-Perform 2000T is optimized for thermal transfer printing, while the Z-Perform 2000D is designed for direct thermal printing. Both offer coated paper construction and permanent acrylic adhesive, but the 2000T delivers superior print quality for thermal transfer applications and is not recommended for direct thermal use.
We offer the Zebra 800077-747 ID Card Ribbon with fast shipping and competitive pricing available from our website at barcodesinc.com. Contact us today for bulk pricing, volume discounts, or if you need technical guidance on ribbon compatibility with your specific printer configuration.
The C-Mount standard interface allows this Zebra lens to work with many third-party industrial cameras that support C-Mount connections. However, optical performance and integration may vary depending on camera specifications and sensor size. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific camera model and ensure optimal system performance.
The Zebra XSLATE L10 is powered by a Qualcomm 660 processor with 8 GB of RAM and 128 GB of eMMC storage, delivering blazing-fast performance for demanding mobile applications. These specifications support resource-intensive apps while maintaining reliability in field operations.
The MC330L is equipped with a 2D SE4770 imager for comprehensive barcode scanning capabilities, including 1D and 2D barcodes commonly used in warehouse, inventory, and e-commerce operations. The device also includes NFC functionality for additional data capture and asset tracking applications.
The ZT231 includes Zebra's Print DNA software suite, which provides Printer Profile Manager Enterprise for remote management, configuration, and troubleshooting via a web-based dashboard. PrintSecure, also part of Print DNA, offers unparalleled printer security by allowing you to configure secure connections, identify vulnerabilities, block unauthorized access, and detect events before they happen.
Yes, the DS4678 supports on-the-fly switching between handheld and hands-free modes. Simply place the scanner in the optional presentation stand or presentation cradle to automatically switch to hands-free mode; pick it up for handheld mode—no setting changes are required. Both cradles are cross-compatible with Zebra's DS8100 Series.
Yes, the ZD621 can be converted into a portable printer using Zebra's optional desktop battery and carrying case, allowing you to print on the spot and reduce steps while increasing productivity. The high-capacity battery option enables the printer to power through a full shift, making it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and field applications where mobility is essential.
The Cisco C1000-16T-2G-L-RF supports rack-mount installation, making it ideal for standard data center and network closet deployments in warehouse and logistics facilities. The compact form factor allows for efficient use of rack space while maintaining accessibility for management and maintenance. We offer professional installation support—contact us today for deployment assistance.
The Cisco C1-C6840-X-LE-40G requires Cisco IOS XE Software Release 16.6.2 or later to support all advanced features including MACsec-256 hardware encryption and Jumbo Frame support. Ensuring you have the correct software version is critical for optimal performance and security. We can assist with software licensing and deployment—contact us today for support.
The C9300-24H-A offers flexible downlink options including Cisco 10G Multigigabit copper, 5 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps, or 1 Gbps copper connections, as well as 25 Gbps, 10 Gbps, or 1 Gbps fiber connectivity. This flexibility allows you to design a network that matches your specific bandwidth and distance requirements.
Yes, the C9400-LC-48U can be deployed as a core switch in small to medium-sized networks requiring high-performance aggregation. The line card's bandwidth capabilities and port density make it suitable for central network switching roles in campus environments.
Cisco power supplies typically include limited lifetime warranty coverage as part of standard product offerings. For specific warranty terms, conditions, and coverage details applicable to your purchase, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today so our team can provide complete warranty information.
The Cisco CV-CPU-I5218's robust 16-core architecture and DDR4 memory support make it well-suited for high-availability enterprise networking deployments requiring consistent performance. This processor is designed for mission-critical routing and services consolidation in branch office and data center environments. Contact us today to discuss your high-availability requirements.
The Cisco UCS C460 M1 is a high-density rack server designed for demanding enterprise workloads, featuring robust thermal management through components like the RC460-BHTS1 heat sink. These servers support multiple processors and high memory configurations, making them ideal for virtualization, databases, and intensive computing tasks. We offer compatible OEM parts to keep your Cisco infrastructure running at peak performance.
The Cisco UCS-CPU-E52667E features 25MB of L3 cache, which significantly improves data access speeds and reduces latency for compute-intensive workloads. The substantial cache size is particularly beneficial for applications requiring frequent memory access patterns common in enterprise and analytics environments. Contact us today to discuss how this processor's cache architecture fits your performance requirements.
With 18 cores and a 2.5GHz clock speed, the E7-8890D is ideal for enterprise workloads including database servers, virtualization hosts, high-performance computing, and large-scale data analytics. The processor's substantial L3 cache (45MB) and 64-bit processing capabilities make it well-suited for memory-intensive applications and multi-threaded server environments in warehouse management and logistics operations.
LRDIMM (Load-Reduced DIMM) technology distributes electrical load across the module, allowing servers to support higher memory densities while maintaining stability and reliability in 24/7 warehouse operations. The UCS-ML-X64G4RS-H LRDIMM design reduces stress on the server's memory controller, enabling larger memory configurations without compromising system performance or uptime. This makes LRDIMMs ideal for logistics environments where continuous operation is critical.
For optimal stability and performance, Cisco recommends using matched memory modules of the same speed and type within a single server. Mixing different DDR4 variants may result in the server running at the speed of the slowest module or compatibility issues. Contact us today to ensure you purchase the correct memory configuration for your UCS server platform.
The UCS-MR-2X162RX-C= provides 16GB per module in DDR3-1333 speed, making it ideal for mid-range memory expansion in UCS environments where DDR3 compatibility is required. Other UCS memory modules may offer higher capacities or faster speeds (DDR4), but this RDIMM option delivers proven reliability for legacy and current-generation UCS systems. We offer a full range of Cisco memory solutions—visit barcodesinc.com to compare options.
The 6G SATA interface delivers 6 Gbps throughput and represents a proven, enterprise-grade standard for reliable server storage applications. While newer technologies like NVMe offer higher speeds, 6G SATA remains widely deployed in enterprise environments for its stability, compatibility, and cost-effectiveness. We offer this drive for customers with established Cisco UCS infrastructure using SATA-based storage architecture.
The Enterprise Value (EV) designation indicates this drive is optimized for cost-effective performance in standard enterprise workloads, offering a balance between reliability and affordability. Unlike performance-tier drives, the EV series targets general-purpose applications where maximum speed is less critical than overall value. We offer a full range of Cisco UCS storage options—visit barcodesinc.com to compare specifications.
The UCS-SD480GBKS4-EV= 480 GB capacity sits in the mid-range of Cisco's SSD portfolio, offering a balance between storage density and cost-effectiveness for enterprise deployments. Cisco offers both smaller capacity drives for cache-tier applications and larger capacity options for primary storage, allowing you to right-size storage based on workload requirements. Contact us today to compare available Cisco UCS storage drives and select the optimal configuration for your infrastructure.
The UCS-SD480GM1X-EV= is a 2.5-inch drive designed for hot-plug operation within Cisco UCS server chassis, allowing for drive replacement without system downtime. The enterprise-grade design ensures compatibility with Cisco's drive sled mounting system for secure installation. Visit barcodesinc.com to review complete technical specifications or contact our team for detailed installation guidance.
The UCS-SD800G123X-EP is designed for enterprise server environments where hot-swap capability is standard. This allows for drive replacement and maintenance without powering down your systems, minimizing downtime in production environments. We offer this drive as part of comprehensive UCS component solutions—visit barcodesinc.com for more details.
The UCS-SP-B200M5C-B represents the M5 generation with Intel Xeon Scalable processors, while newer M6 and M7 generation servers offer enhanced performance, increased memory capacity, and support for DDR5 memory technology. If you're evaluating upgrade options or comparing generations, our team can help you assess performance requirements and total cost of ownership. Contact us today for guidance on selecting the right server generation for your environment.
The 1000BASE-T transceiver uses standard copper UTP cabling for distances up to 100 meters, making it cost-effective for short-range connections, while fiber-based SFP modules (like 1000BASE-SX, LX, or ZX) support much longer distances (220 m to 70 km) but require fiber optic infrastructure. We offer both types available from us—choose based on your distance requirements and existing cabling investments.
The WS-C6513-E supports various Ethernet speeds through its modular line card architecture, including 10/100/1000 Mbps and higher-speed options. This flexibility allows integration with diverse network devices including barcode scanners, label printers, mobile computers, and RFID readers operating at different speeds.
The C9300X-48HX-A supports enterprise-grade security features including MACsec-256 encryption, IPsec, and Cisco Umbrella cloud security integration for comprehensive threat protection. The switch also offers embedded wireless controller capabilities, application hosting including ASAc firewall functionality, and supports both traditional on-premises management and optional Meraki cloud monitoring for flexible network administration.
Yes, the C9400-LC-48HN-B supports Power over Ethernet (PoE) functionality, enabling you to power networked devices such as IP phones, wireless access points, and security cameras directly through the network connection. This capability reduces infrastructure complexity and cabling requirements in enterprise deployments. Contact us today to verify PoE power budgeting for your specific use case.
The C9300X supports flexible downlink options including Cisco 10G Multigigabit copper (5 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps, or 1 Gbps), as well as fiber connectivity at 25 Gbps, 10 Gbps, or 1 Gbps speeds. Power over Ethernet options include Cisco 90W UPOE+, UPOE, and PoE+ for powering connected devices. We offer complete module and downlink configurations to match your deployment needs.
Yes, the C9300X-NM-8M operates within the Catalyst 9300 ecosystem, which supports enterprise-grade security features including MACsec-256 encryption, IPsec, Cisco Umbrella cloud security, and optional Meraki cloud monitoring and management. These capabilities ensure your network infrastructure meets compliance and security requirements for mission-critical logistics and warehouse operations.
The C9400-LC-48HN is a 48-port UPoE+ 5G module optimized for high-density copper connectivity, while alternatives like the C9400-LC-48XS offer 48-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet fiber connectivity. The choice depends on whether you need copper-based power-over-ethernet capabilities or fiber-based aggregation for your network architecture.
The C9400-LC-48H line card is engineered to meet enterprise-grade environmental standards and reliability requirements as part of the Catalyst 9400 Series platform. The module includes comprehensive standards compliance, energy-efficient Ethernet support, and Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) specifications designed for mission-critical deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed environmental specifications and operating conditions.
The C9300X-48HX-E supports flexible uplink and downlink connectivity including 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 5 Gigabit Ethernet, 2.5 Gigabit Ethernet, and 1 Gigabit Ethernet over twisted pair copper connections. The modular design allows for both copper and fiber downlink options, giving you flexibility in network topology design. This multi-speed capability ensures compatibility with legacy equipment while supporting modern high-bandwidth applications in your facility.
Bandwidth per slot varies depending on your supervisor engine: the C9400-SUP-1 provides 80 Gbps, the C9400-SUP-1XL and C9400-SUP-1XL-Y deliver up to 240 Gbps, and the C9400X-SUP-2XL offers maximum performance at 480 Gbps. All configurations feature 1:1 oversubscription ratios with no contention. Contact us today to determine the optimal configuration for your network requirements.
The C9400-LC-48HN-B1 supports jumbo frames up to 9216 bytes, enabling efficient transmission of large data blocks for backup operations, file transfers, and other enterprise applications. This extended frame size capability is particularly valuable in data center and high-performance computing environments. Available from us at barcodesinc.com for immediate deployment.
The C9400-LC-48HX features 10G MGIG ports with UPoE+ support, while the C9400-LC-48TX offers 10G connectivity with different power delivery options. The choice between them depends on your specific requirements for port speed, power delivery, and device types you plan to connect. Our team at Barcodes Inc can help you evaluate which line card best fits your network architecture and budget.
This supervisor module is engineered for enterprise-grade network switching in demanding environments like data centers, warehouses, and logistics facilities requiring high throughput and reliability. The 480 Gbps bandwidth and 1:1 oversubscription ratio support mission-critical applications without performance bottlenecks.
Different Cisco fan modules are designed for specific chassis and form factors—the C9404-FAN= is built for the Catalyst 9400 Series 4-slot chassis, while the C9500X-FAN-1U-F= is engineered for the C9500X platform with different thermal and airflow characteristics. Each module has distinct temperature operating ranges and airflow specifications optimized for its respective platform. We offer the complete range of Cisco cooling solutions, so contact us today to ensure you select the correct module for your equipment.
The Catalyst 9600 supports comprehensive management standards including SNMP v3, RMON, Cisco Discovery Protocol, and multiple MIB types for detailed device monitoring and control. It includes an embedded GUI available in multiple languages and supports advanced features like VLAN management, Spanning Tree Protocol variants, and port-level authentication via 802.1x. These capabilities enable granular network visibility and control across your infrastructure.
Yes, the C9400X-SUP-2XL is optimized for enterprise-class deployments and supports 100G uplinks as part of its high-performance architecture. The 480 Gbps per slot capacity accommodates modern data center and campus network requirements for high-speed interconnectivity.
The switch requires Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Category 5e cabling or better for all 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet connections. This standard cabling requirement ensures compatibility with existing enterprise network infrastructure and simplifies deployment in warehouses and distribution centers. We can help you source compatible cabling solutions—contact us today.
The C9400X-SUP-2 Supervisor Module itself is a control plane component; however, it works with compatible line cards like the C9400-LC-48H that support Cisco UPOE+, UPOE, PoE+, and PoE standards. This enables powering wireless access points, security cameras, and IoT devices over a single cable. Contact us today to discuss your PoE requirements.
The Cisco Catalyst 9600X SUP-2 supports RIPv2 (Routing Information Protocol version 2) and RIPng (next-generation RIP), enabling compatibility with legacy and modern routing environments. For comprehensive routing needs, we recommend consulting with our team about your specific network topology to ensure optimal module selection.
The CBS350-12XT is designed for data center, enterprise campus, and high-performance computing environments where 10 Gigabit copper connectivity is required. Its 12-port configuration with combo ports makes it suitable for organizations needing both copper and optional fiber uplinks. We offer this switch with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us to discuss your specific application needs.
The CBS250-8T-D is the entry-level model in the CBS250 series, offering 8 Gigabit Ethernet ports without PoE or SFP uplinks. Larger models like the CBS250-24T-4G and CBS250-48T-4G provide additional ports and SFP uplink options for organizations requiring greater port density and higher-speed connectivity.
The DS2278 includes a three-year warranty against defects in workmanship and materials from the date of shipment. We recommend pairing it with Zebra OneCare Select or Essential services for comprehensive coverage and support.
The large 4-shelf Zebra Intelligent Cabinet is designed with a standardized modular portfolio that accommodates multiple mobile devices across its shelves. The exact capacity depends on your device types and cradle configurations. Contact us today for specific capacity planning based on your device inventory.
This model is a flat-pack version that requires assembly, but it comes complete with the CC6000 controller, internal IEC power cables, PDU barrel lock, and 2 keys for quick deployment. The cabinet is floor-mounted and can be secured to a wall for added stability. Our team can assist with installation guidance—contact us today for support.
The X-Large cabinet measures 1912 x 700 x 437 mm (6'3.3" x 2'3.5" x 17.2") and is constructed with HPL composite and mild steel materials for durability. It's designed to be secured to the wall for stability and to prevent tipping, making it suitable for active warehouse and transportation environments.
The ZD611t supports direct thermal, heat transfer, linerless, and RFID variants with field-installable media handling solutions that adapt to your changing requirements. The printer features OpenACCESS design for easy media loading, with support for media widths from 0.585 to 4.65 inches and maximum label lengths up to 39 inches. Available from us are multiple media configuration options to match your specific label and barcode printing needs.
The ZD421d's multiple connectivity options (Ethernet, USB, Bluetooth 5.0) and EZPL programming language support make it compatible with most warehouse management systems and inventory software. Its USB Host capability also allows connection to barcode scanners and other peripherals for integrated workflows. Contact us today to discuss your specific WMS requirements and ensure seamless integration.
The ZT610 operates reliably across 40°F to 104°F for thermal transfer printing and 32°F to 104°F for direct thermal printing, making it suitable for both climate-controlled and temperature-variable warehouse environments. Its durable metal frame and bi-fold metal media cover are engineered to withstand tough industrial conditions. We offer this printer as a dependable choice for facilities with challenging environmental conditions.
The EC55 provides a standard battery life of 10 hours, with an optional extended battery available for up to 13 hours of operation. This flexibility allows you to choose the configuration that best fits your shift requirements and operational demands.
The MC330L-SE2EG4NA includes a 4.0-inch display and runs Android GMS (Google Mobile Services), providing a familiar interface for warehouse staff and compatibility with enterprise mobile applications. The touch and keypad hybrid design offers flexibility for various operational workflows.
The MC3300x is equipped with a 2D Imager SE485x Long Range scanner for capturing barcodes at extended distances, plus an integrated camera and NFC support for versatile data capture across multiple formats. This multi-modal scanning approach makes it suitable for diverse warehouse, logistics, and retail applications.
The CS-CAB-2-ASM-B-N includes built-in power protection options such as RCD (residual current device), surge protector, and inrush current limiter to safeguard your mobile devices and charging infrastructure. These features help prevent electrical damage and ensure reliable operation in warehouse and transportation environments.
The CS-CAB-2-AS-B-C6-N arrives fully assembled and ready to deploy in your warehouse or logistics operation. This means you can begin storing and managing your mobile computers, printers, and scanners immediately without requiring additional setup time.
Yes, this model is supplied as a flat pack design, meaning it arrives unassembled to reduce shipping costs and space. The cabinet includes standard shelves and all necessary components for assembly, though you'll need to provide your own power leads and additional accessories as needed for your specific setup.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-ASM-B-N includes built-in power management features such as RCD (residual current device), surge protection, and inrush current limiter to safeguard your mobile devices during charging cycles. It also comes with a power distribution unit (PDU) and requires external power leads for operation.
The CS-CAB-2-FP-B-C6-N is designed with floor mount capability and can also be secured to a wall for stability. While it's not classified as a mobile unit like open racks, it can be repositioned as needed within your facility. We recommend wall attachment to prevent tipping and ensure optimal stability in high-traffic warehouse environments.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-AS-B-C6-N has dimensions of 328 x 580 x 230 mm (12.9" x 22.8" x 9"), making it a compact footprint suitable for warehouse and retail environments. While the weight is supported by the floor, we recommend securing the cabinet to the wall to ensure stability and prevent tipping risk in high-traffic areas.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-FP-B-C6-N includes the cabinet with 3 standard shelves, the CC6000 controller for device management, internal IEC power cables, a PDU barrel lock, and two access keys. Note that external power leads and additional accessories may be required depending on your specific installation and power infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm all components needed for your deployment.
The large 4-shelf model measures 1939 x 550 x 600 mm (6'4.3" x 1'9.6" x 1'11.6") and is designed as a single-sided unit with standard shelves. This configuration provides efficient storage for enterprise mobile device fleets in warehouse, transportation, and retail environments. Contact us today for detailed shelf capacity specifications for your specific devices.
The cabinet includes built-in power management options such as RCD (residual current device), surge protection, and inrush current limiter to safeguard your mobile device charging infrastructure. It comes with internal IEC power cables and a PDU barrel lock, and requires external power leads and accessories for complete installation—visit barcodesinc.com for compatible power solutions.
Yes, the Zebra CS-CAB-5-EXT-FLTPK-B-N is specifically designed for warehouse, transportation, logistics, and retail operations. Built with HPL composite material and mild steel construction, it's engineered to optimize device storage, access, tracking, and management while maintaining security and performance in demanding operational environments.
The Zebra CS-CAB-5-EXT-ASM-B-N measures 1912 x 1200 x 437 mm (6'3.3" x 3'11.2" x 17.2") and features 5 shelves with HPL composite and mild steel construction. It is designed to be secured to a wall for stability and is recommended for warehouse, transportation, logistics, and retail operations.
The Extreme cabinet includes built-in power management options such as RCD (residual current device), surge protection, and inrush current limiting to safeguard your devices during charging cycles. The cabinet comes with internal IEC power cables and a PDU barrel lock, though you'll need to provide external power leads and accessories for your specific installation.
Yes, the CS-CAB-5XL-ASM-B-N comes fully assembled and includes internal IEC power cables, standard shelves, PDU barrel lock, and 2 keys. However, you will need to provide external power leads and any additional accessories specific to your device configuration.
The CS-CAB-5XL-AS-B-C6-N measures 1912 x 700 x 437 mm (6'3.3" x 2'3.5" x 17.2") and features 5 standard shelves constructed from HPL composite material and mild steel for durability. The cabinet is assembled and ready to deploy, though it should be secured to a wall for optimal stability in warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes—the 'FLTPK' designation indicates this is a flat-pack model, meaning it arrives ready for assembly. The cabinet includes standard shelves, internal power cables, and a PDU barrel lock; however, you'll need to arrange power leads and any additional accessories based on your specific device configuration. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us for installation guidance.
The cabinet includes a PDU barrel lock and comes with two keys to control physical access to your stored devices. Zebra Intelligent Cabinets integrate security applications and asset tracking software to ensure devices and workflows maintain high performance and optimal security. This protects both your hardware investment and operational data.
Yes, the Zebra L10 is rated to operate reliably across a wide temperature range from -4°F to 140°F, making it suitable for both cold outdoor environments and heated indoor facilities. This extended operating temperature range ensures consistent performance whether deployed in arctic conditions or high-heat industrial settings. We offer the L10 with these rugged thermal specifications as standard across all three model variants.
The DS3678-EPIROC-KIT includes Zebra One Care Essential Service Contract and True Support Basic for Scanners, both providing 3 years of comprehensive coverage. This ensures your fleet receives ongoing technical support, maintenance, and real-time analytics for streamlined fleet management. Contact us today to learn more about extended support options or service upgrades available from Barcodes Inc.
The Z-Ultimate 4000T is designed for thermal transfer printing, which requires compatible thermal transfer ribbons to produce high-quality, durable prints. This polyester label material is engineered to work seamlessly with Zebra thermal transfer printers for professional barcode and label applications.
Direct thermal labels like the Zebra 10039019 use heat-sensitive coating to create images without requiring a ribbon, making them cost-effective for high-volume labeling. Thermal transfer labels require a ribbon and offer superior durability in harsh environments. The Z-Perform 2000D direct thermal option is well-suited for standard warehouse and logistics environments where cost efficiency and ease of use are priorities.
The Zebra PolyPro 4000T labels are designed for thermal transfer printing, which means they require a compatible thermal transfer printer and ribbon to produce high-quality black barcodes and human-readable fonts. We offer a complete selection of thermal transfer printers and ribbons compatible with these labels at barcodesinc.com.
The DS8108 Series is powered by an 800 MHz microprocessor paired with a high-resolution mega-pixel sensor, delivering exceptional imaging and processing capabilities. This combination enables rapid barcode recognition and processing, supporting high-throughput retail and logistics operations without performance degradation. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and integration support.
Yes, the top coating on the Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is specifically suitable for fanfolding applications. This makes the labels flexible for various label dispensing and printing workflows in warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the Zebra EC55 is designed for multiple industry verticals including healthcare, retail, hospitality, and public sector applications, in addition to warehouse and transportation logistics. Its smartphone-like design and Android 10 operating system provide familiarity for workers while maintaining enterprise-grade security and durability. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how the EC55 can be customized for your specific industry needs.
With a 4,000-image capacity, the Zebra 800077-719 is suited for moderate printing volumes; high-volume environments may require frequent ribbon changes. For enterprise-scale ID card operations, we recommend evaluating your monthly printing volume and considering bulk supply agreements. Contact us today to discuss solutions tailored to your production demands.
We stock the Zebra 800077-781 ID card ribbon and ship it quickly to keep your printing operations running smoothly. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place your order and ask about volume discounts for high-volume printing environments.
Yes, we offer the Zebra 105912G-708 cleaning cassette as part of our comprehensive selection of P330i printer supplies, including ribbons, labels, and maintenance kits. Contact us today to bundle this cleaning accessory with other supplies you need for your thermal printing operation.
Yes, the Zebra 10019015 wristbands are latex-free, making them suitable for patients with latex allergies or sensitivities. The ultra-soft synthetic material is designed for comfort during extended wear, and the permanent adhesive closure is formulated to be skin-friendly while maintaining secure attachment throughout the patient's stay.
The Zebra HC100 printer is the recommended printer for Zebra PS-BABY wristbands and other Zebra infant identification products. This thermal transfer printer is optimized to deliver the excellent print quality and durability required for accurate barcode scanning and record-keeping in healthcare environments.
The self-laminating seal on Zebra LaserBand 2 wristbands protects printed information from moisture, hand sanitizers, and general wear, significantly extending barcode readability and patient data legibility compared to unprotected wristbands. This durability makes them suitable for multi-day patient stays where repeated scanning and sanitization are routine.
Each box of Zebra Z-Band Direct wristbands contains 6 rolls with 200 wristbands per roll, providing 1,200 wristbands total per box. This packaging is designed for high-volume medical facilities and hospitals that require consistent supply for daily patient identification needs.
Yes—the Z-Band Splash wristbands are blank until printed on-demand, so they have no value until personalized with guest information and barcodes. They are tamper-evident and nontransferable, consolidating all guest purchases onto a single wristband, which significantly reduces ticket fraud and revenue losses from counterfeits and theft.
Z-Band Splash wristbands are designed for hospitality and entertainment venues including amusement parks, theme parks, water parks, resorts, cruise lines, zoos, aquariums, sporting events, concerts, and carnivals. Their water-resistant design and multi-day durability make them particularly valuable for venues where guests are exposed to water or extended outdoor conditions.
Yes, the MC3300x is specifically designed to tackle the requirements of today's on-demand, e-commerce-driven economy with its rugged construction, extended battery life, and advanced scanning capabilities including a 2D imager with long-range functionality. Its durability and performance make it an excellent choice for fast-paced fulfillment centers and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss how the MC3300x can optimize your e-commerce operations.
Yes, Zebra 104524-122 white composite cards support advanced security features including holographic overlays and visual security elements, making them suitable for high-security identification applications. These cards can be enhanced with additional security features during the printing and encoding process to prevent counterfeiting. We offer guidance on security options—contact us today to discuss your specific security requirements.
The RFD40 excels at cycle counting, inventory management, asset tracking, and patient/critical asset location in healthcare and logistics environments. Its high read rate per second and item-finder mode make it ideal for operations requiring fast, accurate tag identification across large areas. We offer the RFD40 for organizations looking to streamline inventory processes and reduce cycle counting time significantly.
The DS3608-XR is equipped with Zebra's DataCapture DNA technology platform, which provides intelligent firmware, software, utilities, and apps for enhanced productivity and efficiency in industrial environments. This integrated approach goes beyond basic scanning to deliver comprehensive data capture solutions for enterprise operations.
The TC58A1 offers two barcode scanning options: the SE4720 1D/2D scan engine for standard scanning ranges, or the SE55 1D/2D Advanced Range scan engine with Intellifocus technology that captures barcodes from in-hand up to over 40 feet away (distance dependent on symbology type and size). Both engines deliver split-second first-time capture of virtually every barcode regardless of condition, making them ideal for retail inventory checks, warehouse receiving, and field service applications. We can help you select the right scanning configuration for your specific data capture needs.
Yes, the Zebra CA1220 Power Device includes screen blanking functionality, which helps conserve battery power on your mobile device when not in active use. This feature is particularly valuable in warehouse and logistics environments where extended device runtime is critical. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete selection of power management accessories for Symbol devices.
The Silverline Classic II is engineered for harsh industrial environments with an operating temperature range of -35°C to +85°C (-31°F to +185°F) and peak temperature tolerance of +110°C (230°F) for short durations. The label demonstrates excellent water resistance (IP68-rated for 5 hours at 1m depth) and chemical resistance to motor oil, salt water, and industrial solvents, making it suitable for demanding logistics and manufacturing operations.
The DS2278 eliminates checkout exceptions and slowdowns caused by 1D scanners' inability to read 2D barcodes on modern coupons, loyalty cards, and mobile promotions. By handling both barcode types in a single device, you reduce customer frustration at the point of sale and streamline the checkout process. This 1D/2D imager provides the performance and functionality of a premium scanner at a reasonably competitive price point available from us.
The Zebra VC8300 10-Inch provides basic I/O connectivity including 2 USB ports, 2 RS232 serial connections, and integrated speaker/microphone functionality. These connectivity options enable integration with warehouse systems, barcode scanners, and communication devices needed for vehicle-mounted operations.
Yes, the ZQ610 Plus is purpose-built for warehouse managers and logistics teams who need reliable mobile label printing at the point of work. Its durable design, long-lasting battery, rapid wake-up capability, and stable wireless connectivity make it ideal for shipping, receiving, and inventory management tasks. Available from us with comprehensive support—visit barcodesinc.com to explore deployment options for your facility.
Yes, the DS2278's 2D imaging capability enables it to read barcodes displayed on cell phone screens, supporting mobile loyalty programs and digital coupon redemption. This future-proofs your point-of-sale system for emerging mobile commerce and customer relationship management trends.
The DS9908-HD5000WZZUS is a corded barcode scanner, providing reliable, continuous power and data connectivity without battery management concerns. The corded design is ideal for fixed presentation scanning stations in retail, healthcare, and laboratory environments where the scanner remains in one location. We offer both corded and wireless scanning solutions—contact us today to determine which connectivity option best fits your operational needs.
The CBL-DC-451A1-01 is compatible with all Zebra 3600 Series devices except the SAC3600-4001Cr model. Before ordering, verify your specific device model to ensure compatibility with this power cord. Contact us today if you need clarification on which power device is right for your equipment.
Yes, the ZD621 can be easily transformed into a portable printer using Zebra's optional battery and carrying case, allowing you to print on-site and reduce operational steps. The high-capacity battery option provides enough power to print throughout a full shift, making it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and retail applications where mobile printing increases productivity and efficiency.
Yes, the ZD621 can be easily transported using Zebra's optional carrying case and battery option, allowing you to print on the spot to reduce steps and increase productivity. The high-capacity battery powers the printer through a full shift, making it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and field operations where mobility is essential.
Yes, the DS2278 integrates with Zebra's Scanner Management Service (SMS) technology for centralized remote management of your scanner fleet. Combined with the 123Scan utility software, you can automate firmware updates, configuration changes, and asset tracking across all your devices without manual intervention at each location.
The Zebra P1080383-704 is a regulated power supply kit designed for industrial label printing applications. It provides stable 24V DC power output to support the demanding requirements of Zebra's ZD-series thermal printers used in logistics and warehouse operations. Available from us with genuine Zebra quality assurance.
The Zebra P1086845-004 is purpose-built for healthcare environments, offering the reliability and compliance required in clinical settings. By choosing this Zebra power device, you ensure your medical printers and mobile computers receive stable, regulated power—critical for uninterrupted patient care operations and regulatory compliance.
The Zebra P1037750-097 is an upgrade kit, meaning it's designed to add wireless print server functionality to compatible existing Zebra printers rather than replace them. This makes it a cost-effective solution for adding network printing capabilities without purchasing entirely new equipment. We can help you determine if your current printer model supports this upgrade—contact us today for compatibility verification.
Direct thermal printing, which the Zebra Z-Perform 1000D supports, applies heat directly to the label surface without requiring a ribbon, making it faster and more cost-effective for short-term applications. Thermal transfer printing requires a ribbon and is better suited for applications needing longer label life and greater durability. The Z-Perform 1000D's direct thermal design makes it ideal for temporary shipping labels and receipt applications where cost-efficiency matters.
The Zebra P1072539-001 is a complete printhead assembly kit, providing everything needed for ZQ520 repair. This genuine Zebra part includes the thermal print element and necessary components for straightforward installation by your maintenance team.
A 300 dpi thermal printhead excels in logistics, warehousing, healthcare, retail, and manufacturing environments where barcode clarity and label durability are critical. Higher resolution enables smaller barcodes, detailed product information, and compliance with strict labeling standards. We recommend this upgrade for operations handling high-volume shipping, inventory tracking, or regulated product labeling.
The Zebra 5100 resin ribbon is compatible with Zebra thermal transfer printers that support 131mm width ribbons with 25mm cores. We recommend verifying your specific printer model's ribbon specifications before ordering, and our team can help you confirm compatibility—contact us today for assistance.
The Zebra 5095 Performance Resin ribbon supports service temperatures ranging from -40°F to 302°F (-40°C to 150°C), making it suitable for both cold storage and standard warehouse environments. This wide temperature range ensures consistent barcode quality and durability across diverse operational conditions.
The Zebra 5555 Enhanced Wax-Resin ribbon supports printing speeds up to 6 inches per second on compatible Zebra thermal transfer printers. This speed is suitable for moderate to high-volume barcode printing operations in warehouses and logistics environments where efficiency and throughput are important.
The Zebra SAM5178 labels measure 2x1 inches (50.8x25.4mm) per label and come on a 3-inch (76.2mm) core. This size is commonly used for product labeling, asset tracking, and barcode applications in warehouses and distribution centers. We offer sample rolls so you can test compatibility with your printer before ordering in bulk.
The printer accommodates media widths from 0.585 inches to 4.65 inches with maximum label lengths up to 39 inches and supports media roll sizes with a maximum outer diameter of 5 inches. It features OpenACCESS design for easy media loading and includes both reflective/black mark sensors and transmissive/gap sensors for flexible label detection.
Yes, the X-Large Intelligent Cabinet should be secured to the wall to ensure stability and prevent tipping risk, though the weight is supported by the floor. The cabinet includes internal IEC power cables and requires external power leads and accessories for operation. Our team can provide installation guidance—contact us today for complete setup specifications for your warehouse layout.
The MC330L-SE4EG4NA features a 4.0 inch display and 47-key keypad design, providing both touch and physical input options for different operational preferences. The combination of keypad and touch interface makes it suitable for various warehouse workflows and user preferences.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 4000T labels are designed to work with compatible Zebra thermal transfer ribbons for optimal print quality. We recommend verifying ribbon compatibility with your specific printer model to ensure the best results, and our team can assist you in selecting the correct ribbon for your application.
The FINALE-4X6DT is not recommended for applications with prolonged sunlight exposure or extreme heat conditions. For outdoor shipping applications requiring weather resistance, you should contact us today to discuss alternative label materials that better suit your environmental requirements.
The Z-Perform 1000D features a high-tack permanent acrylic adhesive designed for applications requiring limited durability. This adhesive provides reliable label adhesion for short-term industrial and shipping applications on most standard surfaces.
No, these direct thermal labels are not recommended for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat. If you require labels for outdoor or high-temperature environments, contact us today to explore alternative label materials and solutions better suited to those conditions.
No, these labels are not recommended for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat. If you need labels for outdoor or high-temperature environments, contact us today and our team can recommend alternative Zebra label solutions better suited to those conditions.
No, the Zebra FINALE-4X1DT labels are not recommended for outdoor use or applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat. These labels are optimized for indoor inventory tracking, cold storage environments, and temperature-controlled warehouse settings where they will maintain print quality and barcode scannability.
The CS-RAC-NA-MLEAD is compatible with various Zebra label printers, barcode scanners, and mobile computers that require mains AC power input. To confirm compatibility with your specific Zebra device model, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today with your equipment details.
A standard case of Zebra FINALE-3X1DT contains 6 rolls with 2,340 labels per roll, totaling 14,040 labels per case. This bulk packaging option is designed for high-volume operations and helps reduce per-label costs for warehouse and logistics environments.
The Z-Perform 1000D is an uncoated direct thermal material designed for limited durability applications—it performs well in standard indoor warehouse and office environments but is not recommended for extreme temperature, moisture, or chemical exposure. For applications requiring extended durability or outdoor use, thermal transfer labels with coated facestocks may be a better choice. Contact us today to discuss your specific environmental requirements.
The Cisco UCSC-C3X60-14HD4 includes multiple Gigabit Ethernet ports with RJ-45 connectors for reliable network connectivity in enterprise environments. The server also features 2 USB 3.0 ports for peripheral connectivity and management access. These networking capabilities ensure seamless integration into your existing warehouse infrastructure and IT systems.
Yes, the blade servers that populate the UCS-SP-5108-AC3 chassis support Intel Xeon processors across multiple generations, including Xeon Bronze, Silver, Gold, and Platinum families. The compatible blade options like the UCSX-210C-M7 and UCSX-410C-M7 feature Intel C741 chipsets and support for the latest Xeon processor families. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss processor options and configurations for your specific workload requirements.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 9500X series, including the C9500X-28C8D, supports breakout cable configurations that allow you to achieve additional 10/25G, 50G, 40G, and 100G port densities beyond the standard port configuration. This flexibility enables you to optimize your network for specific bandwidth and port count requirements. We offer compatible breakout cable solutions—visit barcodesinc.com for details.
The Cisco HX-CPU-I6238R has a thermal design power of 165W, which is moderate for a 28-core processor and reflects efficient power utilization. This TDP allows for reliable operation in standard data center cooling infrastructure while managing energy consumption for cost-effective operations.
The C9500-32QC offers 32x 40G or 16x 100G ports, positioning it as a mid-to-high density option within the Catalyst 9500 Series—higher density than the C9500-24Y4C (24x 1/10/25G) but different use cases than the C9500-48Y4C (48x 1/10/25G). Your choice depends on whether you need ultra-high-speed uplink ports or greater port count for edge connectivity. We can help you select the right model for your network architecture—contact us today.
The C9500-32QC-EDU supports comprehensive management capabilities including NETCONF, RESTCONF, gNMI/gNOI, and YANG configuration models for modern network automation. It also features Zero Touch Provisioning (ZTP) and Plug-and-Play (PnP) capabilities, along with out-of-band device management via RJ45 and USB connections. These features enable seamless integration into software-defined network architectures and DevOps workflows.
Yes, the NIM-8CE1T1-PRI is a Multiflex trunk module specifically designed to support both voice and channelized data over the same T1/E1 connections through ISDN PRI or channelized T1/E1 protocols. This allows you to consolidate voice and data services on a single interface card, reducing hardware requirements and simplifying network management. Contact us today to discuss your voice and data integration needs.
The UCS-FI-6536-U integrates with Cisco Intersight, a cloud-based management platform that provides centralized automation, monitoring, and AI-powered analytics. This enables policy-driven automation and simplified infrastructure management, allowing IT teams to monitor and optimize performance across their unified computing environment from a single interface.
While standard Cisco limited lifetime hardware warranty covers return-to-factory replacement and includes 1-year software support, this service contract extends technical support to three years and provides ongoing access to the Cisco Small Business Support Center. The contract includes continuous software updates and dedicated support resources, offering more comprehensive long-term protection than the basic warranty alone. Contact us today to compare warranty and service contract options for your needs.
Yes, the Cisco ASA 5500 Series includes integrated Unified Communications security that protects voice and video traffic alongside traditional data security. This unified approach eliminates the need for separate security appliances for different communication types. Available from us with flexible licensing options to match your UC deployment needs.
The Cisco ASA 5500 Series offers a flexible, modular product family with the 5505 as an entry-level option, alongside the 5510, 5520, 5540, and 5550 models for larger deployments. Each model scales in performance and throughput to match different organizational security requirements.
The ASA 5505 with Botnet Traffic Filter is ideal for small to mid-sized organizations that need enterprise-grade threat defense without complex deployment requirements. It's particularly valuable for businesses in regulated industries, those handling sensitive data, or organizations concerned about advanced persistent threats. Contact us today to assess whether this solution fits your network security posture.
The WS-X45-SUP7L-E is designed for the Catalyst 4500 E-Series platform and maintains compatibility with the modular architecture of the Catalyst 4500 line. Its 520 Gbps fabric capacity supports high-performance requirements while integrating with existing infrastructure. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific chassis configuration and network topology.
Service contract terms and coverage levels may be adjustable depending on your deployment needs and Cisco's current offerings. We recommend contacting us today to discuss your specific requirements and explore options for customizing support coverage for your UCS environment.
Cisco provides several management tools for the 2911 including Cisco Unified Provisioning Manager for web-based service management, Cisco License Manager for software activation and license management, and Cisco Configuration Engine for zero-touch image and configuration distribution. These tools enable centralized, template-based management of your voice and data services across your branch network.
The Cisco CON-3SNT-C375X12S provides 3 years of continuous service contract coverage for your Catalyst 3750X switch. This extended coverage period ensures your switch remains protected throughout its primary operational lifecycle with consistent support terms. Contact us today to discuss multi-year service contracts and how they can reduce your total cost of ownership.
The CON-3SNT-ISR4331K SmartNet contract provides coverage for the United States only, as indicated by the 'US ONLY' designation in the product specification. If you require international support or coverage in other regions, you'll need to explore alternative Cisco service contract options. Contact us today to discuss service contract solutions that match your geographic requirements.
Yes, the Cisco SFP-10G-LR-S= includes full Digital Optical Monitoring (DOM) support, allowing you to monitor real-time optical performance metrics such as temperature, transmit power, and receive power. DOM capability helps warehouse and logistics operations maintain network reliability by providing early warning of potential module failures. Available from us with comprehensive documentation and support.
Yes, the SFP-10G-ER-S includes Digital Optical Monitoring (DOM) support, allowing real-time monitoring of optical signal strength, laser bias current, module temperature, and supply voltage. This enables proactive network management and faster troubleshooting in enterprise environments.
VMware vSphere 5 Enterprise Plus is a single-CPU license designed for specific deployment scenarios. If your infrastructure needs to scale, we offer guidance on licensing options and upgrade paths that align with your growth. Contact us today to discuss scalability options and licensing strategies for your virtualization environment.
Yes, Cisco service contracts like the CON-SAU-7DCSANSB can typically be renewed or extended upon expiration to maintain continuous support coverage for your DCNM SAN Advanced Edition environment. Extending your contract ensures uninterrupted access to software upgrades and technical support. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore renewal options and pricing for extended coverage periods.
The Cisco CON-SNT-2248PQFA provides 1 year of SMARTNET coverage. After the initial year expires, you can renew or upgrade your service level to maintain continuous support. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore renewal options and extended coverage plans.
This service contract provides support limited to the United States, as indicated by the 'US' designation in the product specification. If your infrastructure spans multiple regions or international locations, you may need additional service contracts or regional variants. We can help you identify the right coverage for your geographic footprint—contact us today.
Next Business Day support means Cisco will respond to and begin working on your issue by the next business day after you report it. This service level is appropriate for non-emergency issues where a one-day resolution window is acceptable for your operations. For faster response requirements, we offer contracts with same-day or 4-hour response times—visit barcodesinc.com to compare options.
Yes, the Cisco CON-SW-WSC296XT service contract is available as a standalone purchase from us. This allows you to add comprehensive support coverage to existing Catalyst 2960-X switches or extend support beyond the initial warranty period. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to add this service contract to your network infrastructure.
Yes, the Nexus 7004 includes dual redundant power supplies with AC input (100-240VAC, 50-60Hz) and six individual hot-swappable fans configured in a 5+1 redundancy model. The platform also supports up to 24 EtherChannels with 24 ports per EtherChannel, enabling robust network redundancy and failover capabilities for mission-critical deployments.
Yes, we offer Cisco service contracts that can be deployed across multiple ASR 900 4-port 10GE module port adapters in your network environment. Each contract SKU (CON-SNT-A9KMPA4X) covers a specific adapter, allowing you to scale support across your infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing and deployment strategies for enterprise-wide Cisco service coverage.
The Cisco CON-SNT-NM-4CU provides 1 year of coverage under the SMARTNET 8X5XNBD service plan. After the initial year expires, you can renew or upgrade to extended coverage options. Contact us today to discuss renewal options or multi-year service contract packages that may provide better value.
The Cisco CON-SNTP-9372PXBN provides 1 year of continuous SMARTNET support coverage. This annual contract ensures your Nexus 9372PX bundle maintains enterprise-level protection and access to Cisco technical resources throughout the coverage period.
SmartNet service contracts from Cisco typically include access to technical support, software updates, and security patches for covered equipment during the contract period. The specific scope of software and support services is outlined in Cisco's service terms. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us to review the complete service contract documentation and confirm all included benefits.
Yes, the Cisco VMW-VS5-ENT-1A is designed for enterprise-grade data routing applications in logistics and warehouse environments. Its robust regulatory compliance, compact form factor, and enterprise-level support make it ideal for mission-critical network infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss how we can integrate this solution into your warehouse management systems.
The interface card measures 1.70 x 6.80 x 12.25 inches (4.32 x 17.27 x 31.12 cm) in height, width, and depth respectively, with a weight of 2.00 lb including the power supply. This compact form factor is designed to fit seamlessly into Cisco ASA 5545-X and 5555-X chassis installations.
SpeechView Pro enhances Cisco Unity Connection by providing advanced speech recognition capabilities that improve call routing, voice navigation, and message transcription accuracy. This results in better user experience and more efficient handling of voice communications across your organization. We can help you understand how this software license fits into your unified communications strategy.
Yes, the Cisco AIR-AP1562I-N-K9 is designed to integrate seamlessly with existing wired network infrastructure, delivering secure access to mobility services and applications while offering investment protection. As a controller-based access point option, it supports enterprise-grade management and security features. Contact us today to discuss integration requirements for your warehouse or logistics facility.
The Cisco AIR-AP2802I-B-K9 is compatible with Cisco Catalyst 9800 Series Wireless Controllers and earlier generation Cisco wireless controllers including the 3504, 5520, and 8540 models. This flexibility allows integration into both modern and established Cisco network infrastructures. Our team at Barcodes Inc can help you select the right controller platform for your organization's needs. Contact us today for compatibility verification and system design.
The Cisco AIR-AP1572EC1-B-K9 operates reliably in temperatures from –4 to 131°F (–20 to 55°C), with non-operating storage capability from –40 to 185°F (–40 to 85°C). This wide temperature tolerance makes it suitable for most North American warehouse climates, including heated and unheated outdoor spaces. We can help you assess environmental requirements for your specific deployment location.
The A9K-MOD200-FC represents Cisco's Flexible Consumption model approach, offering 200G capacity with modular port flexibility compared to earlier fixed-configuration line cards. This architecture provides better scalability and cost efficiency by allowing organizations to pay for bandwidth and port density they actually use. We offer this next-generation line card for customers seeking improved flexibility—contact us today to compare specifications with your current deployment.
The A9K-MPA-20X1G-FC is optimized for 1 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity, making it cost-effective for organizations that don't require 10 Gbps, 25 Gbps, or higher-speed interfaces. While Cisco offers modular port adapters supporting speeds up to 100 Gbps, the 1GbE option provides excellent value for access-layer expansion and legacy system integration. Contact us today to discuss which port adapter best fits your bandwidth requirements and budget.
Yes, the A900-IMA2F supports both sending and receiving SMS messages with a maximum of 160 characters per message. This functionality enables device alerts, notifications, and remote communication in environments where data connectivity may be limited. We offer complete integration support for SMS-enabled routing solutions—visit barcodesinc.com for more details.
The Cisco ASR 9000 series architecture supports hot-swappable modular port adapters, allowing you to install or replace the A9K-MPA-4X10G-FC without disrupting router operations. This design minimizes downtime during maintenance and upgrades, which is critical for always-on network environments. Contact us today for deployment guidance and support.
The device specifications indicate commercial-grade environmental ratings, with operating temperatures ranging from 0°C to +70°C and storage temperatures from -25°C to +70°C, supporting relative humidity of 5-85% non-condensing during operation. These environmental specifications make the device suitable for deployment in diverse warehouse and outdoor logistics settings. Contact us today for detailed environmental compliance documentation specific to your deployment region.
The router supports multiple management interfaces including embedded GUI, SNMP v3 for remote monitoring, and CLI-based configuration with multiple privilege levels for role-based access control. It also provides RMON MIB support for detailed statistics, history, and event logging, enabling proactive network monitoring. Available from us at barcodesinc.com, this router integrates easily into existing warehouse management system (WMS) and logistics network infrastructures.
The GD4590 represents the newest premium generation of Datalogic's Gryphon series with the most advanced Megapixel sensor and white-illumination 2D technology, delivering superior performance over earlier models like the GD4400. The white-illumination aimer is easier on operator eyes and reads colored labels better than the red-illumination found in previous generations. The GD4590 maintains the proven Motionix motion-sensing technology while offering enhanced imaging capabilities for faster, more accurate scanning.
The Skorpio X5 features a 4.3-inch display—the largest in its category—paired with 3GB RAM and 32GB Flash storage, allowing you to run feature-rich applications with clarity and ease. This configuration is optimized for professionals in warehouses, shop floors, and manufacturing environments who need responsive performance and readable screens.
The 3NO (normally open) + 1NC (normally closed) designation refers to the relay output configuration on the Datalogic 95ACC6170 Safety Interface. This provides four independent control channels—three that are normally open and one that is normally closed—allowing you to control multiple safety devices, interlocks, or warning lights simultaneously based on barcode scanning events or system status. This flexible output design is ideal for complex warehouse automation and loss prevention applications.
The DataLogic 94ACC1381 power device is designed for use with a single slot dock configuration for the Skorpio X4 mobile computer. This focused design ensures efficient charging for individual terminals in your operation. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete range of Datalogic charging and power solutions.
The CF83-E offers onboard storage capacity ranging from 512GB to 3TB, supporting 30 to 120 days of video retention depending on your storage configuration. Its hybrid cloud architecture enables onboard processing and storage to reduce bandwidth usage while supporting cloud-based management and retrieval.
The Verkada four-camera multisensor includes advanced AI-powered analytics that deliver actionable insights such as line crossing detection, loitering alerts, occupancy trends, and person detection. These intelligent features enable security teams to respond proactively to potential threats and optimize facility operations based on real-time occupancy data.
The mobile NFC credential license is designed to work with Verkada's security ecosystem, which includes models such as the CM22, CM41-E, CM42, and CF81 series cameras with onboard analytics and processing capabilities. For specific compatibility with your existing camera models, contact us today to ensure proper integration.
Yes, this renewal license is designed to extend cloud access and management capabilities for your existing Verkada camera infrastructure. The license renewal ensures continued cloud storage, video analytics, and platform features without requiring hardware replacement. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm your current camera models are compatible with the latest Verkada platform features.
The Verkada BH61-HW had an original MSRP of $599.00 USD. Since this product is now discontinued, pricing and availability through our inventory may vary. Contact us today if you need information about comparable current Verkada wireless connectivity solutions.
Yes, the CD53-256E-HW-F is rated for operating temperatures from -40°C to 50°C (-40°F to 122°F), making it suitable for deployment in harsh climates and temperature-variable environments. Combined with its IP66/67 weatherproofing and IK10 impact rating, this camera is engineered to withstand demanding outdoor conditions across diverse geographic locations.
Yes, this model comes preloaded with Windows 11 Pro, which includes enterprise-grade security features essential for warehouse and logistics operations handling sensitive inventory data. The AMD Ryzen 7 PRO processor includes built-in security technologies, and the combination provides robust protection for barcode scanning applications and data management systems. Available from us with full support for your IT procurement needs.
The Lenovo 4XE1F30278 MicroSaver Cable Lock comes in black, providing a professional appearance that blends with standard office and warehouse equipment. Contact us today to confirm current availability and integrate this security solution into your asset protection strategy.
The monitor with stand weighs 5.5 kg (12.1 lbs), while the monitor head only weighs 3.2 kg (7.1 lbs). The maximum viewable area is 476.1 x 267.8 mm (18.74 x 10.54 inches), making it a compact solution for space-constrained warehouse and logistics environments.
The monitor features a 16:9 widescreen aspect ratio with In-plane Switching (IPS) technology, which provides wide viewing angles and accurate color reproduction. IPS panels are ideal for professional work requiring color accuracy alongside gaming applications that benefit from responsive performance.
The Lenovo 4XH0R55468 operates on the 2.4 GHz ISM (Industrial, Scientific and Medical) band, which is the standard frequency used by most wireless computer peripherals and provides reliable connectivity in typical office and warehouse environments. This frequency is widely compatible with Lenovo wireless keyboards, mice, and other input devices. Available from us with full technical support—contact us today for specifications on compatible peripherals.
The InFlex 15.6" touchscreen features optically bonded hardened glass that protects the display from impacts and scratches common in retail and kiosk settings. This construction method bonds the glass directly to the LCD panel, eliminating air gaps and improving both durability and optical clarity. The 3-year warranty provides additional peace of mind for commercial deployments.
The Lenovo 82W0000PUS offers flexible connectivity with USB-C, USB-A, HDMI, and Wi-Fi options to support classroom peripherals and displays. These ports enable easy integration with projectors, external storage, and other educational technology commonly used in schools.
This ThinkPad includes a fingerprint reader and a 5MP RGB+IR camera for biometric authentication and facial recognition security. The Intel vPro processor provides hardware-level security capabilities for enterprise deployments. These features help protect sensitive warehouse, logistics, and inventory data in mobile computing scenarios. Contact us today for information on security accessories and deployment best practices.
The P16v Gen 3 features commercial-grade ThinkPad construction and rigorous testing standards designed to withstand frequent travel and field use. The durable design, combined with a 90Wh battery with Rapid Charge capability, ensures this mobile workstation can handle the demands of professionals who work on-site and in the field.
The ThinkPad P1 Gen 8 includes modern wired, wireless, and display connections to support both desk-based and mobile workflows, featuring Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be) for high-speed wireless connectivity and a smart card reader for enhanced security. The business-class connectivity options allow seamless integration with docking stations, external monitors, and enterprise networks. We offer this model with full technical support to help you configure the right connectivity setup for your organization.
The ThinkPad P16 Gen 2 features a 16-inch WQXGA (2560 x 1600) display with 165 Hz refresh rate, In-plane Switching (IPS) technology, and Eyesafe certification for reduced blue light exposure. The combination of high resolution, wide color gamut IPS panel, and Eyesafe technology makes it ideal for professionals who spend extended hours working on color-critical tasks and need to minimize eye strain. This configuration is available from us for immediate delivery.
The ThinkPad T14 Gen 6 comes with DDR5 or soldered memory options that vary by platform, with configurations available up to 32 GB for demanding multitasking workloads. Storage utilizes PCIe NVMe SSD options, with 512 GB configurations available to ensure fast boot times and application responsiveness. Contact us today to discuss memory and storage configurations for your specific use case.
The Lenovo 21G00002US features In-plane Switching (IPS) display technology on its 14-inch WUXGA screen, delivering consistent color accuracy and wide viewing angles. The 1920 x 1200 resolution provides sharp text and graphics for professional work. This makes it ideal for users who require reliable display quality throughout extended work shifts.
Yes, as a barcode code validator, the SATO 3MX-CLV-D1S is specifically designed to verify barcode quality, contrast, and readability before labels are shipped or applied to products. This helps prevent scanning failures downstream and ensures compliance with barcode standards. We offer this validator to help logistics and warehouse operations maintain high data accuracy standards.
The printer accommodates label rolls with a 1.5-inch core and up to 5-inch outer diameter, with a maximum print width of 4.1 inches, supporting most standard barcode label formats used in warehouse and logistics operations. The direct thermal printing technology means you can use thermal-sensitive labels without requiring ink or toner. Contact us today to discuss your specific label roll specifications and ensure compatibility.
The SATO CT4-LX supports label rolls with a 1.5-inch core and up to 5-inch outer diameter, accommodating standard roll sizes used in most warehouse and logistics operations. The thermal transfer printing technology works with a wide variety of label materials including paper, synthetic, and specialty substrates. Contact us today to discuss label compatibility for your specific application needs.
The SATO CT4-LX combines industrial-grade features typically found in larger printers—including thermal transfer printing, 305 dpi resolution, and patented label waste prevention technology—in a compact 4-inch desktop form factor. Its user-replaceable printhead and platen roller design minimize maintenance costs and downtime, while the full-color touchscreen and multiple connectivity options provide modern functionality. Contact us today to learn how this printer can optimize your labeling operations.
The SATO CT4-LX is designed for user-friendly maintenance with replaceable printhead and platen roller components that can be quickly swapped without specialized tools or technician support. This design minimizes printer downtime and reduces long-term service costs, allowing your team to keep operations running smoothly. The intuitive full-color touchscreen interface also simplifies configuration and troubleshooting.
The SATO CT4-LX comes with a label dispenser and a real-time clock built-in, providing you with essential accessories and functionality right out of the box. These included components help streamline your label printing workflow and ensure accurate timestamping on your printed labels.
The CL4NX Plus printer equipped with the SATO R37902000 printhead supports both direct thermal and thermal transfer printing methods, providing flexibility for different label materials and applications. This dual-capability makes it suitable for warehouses and logistics operations with varied labeling requirements. We offer complete technical support and can help you select the right supplies for your printing mode.
The SATO CL4NX Plus incorporates Smart Printhead technology that enhances durability and print quality while reducing maintenance requirements. This intelligent technology optimizes print performance across varying label materials and environmental conditions, helping you maintain consistent output in demanding warehouse and logistics settings.
The SATO SR30LT-18388 labels are ideal for product identification, parts tracking, and barcode labeling in warehouse and logistics environments. The 3 x 5 inch size accommodates standard barcode formats and product information, while the gloss polyester finish ensures durability in demanding conditions. These labels work well for inventory management, shipping, and asset tracking applications.
Direct thermal labels eliminate the need for ink ribbons, reducing consumable costs and simplifying printer maintenance—ideal for high-volume barcode printing in warehouses and logistics centers. The SATO SR10LD-20125 direct thermal option provides excellent print quality while lowering operational expenses compared to thermal transfer alternatives.
Each case contains 4 rolls of the SATO 53S002012 labels, with 3,000 labels per roll, totaling 12,000 labels per case. This bulk packaging is designed for high-volume industrial operations and helps reduce per-label costs for warehouses and logistics facilities. Visit barcodesinc.com to order cases or contact us today for volume pricing.
Purchasing in full cases of 12 rolls provides significant cost savings per roll compared to individual purchases and ensures you maintain consistent inventory for uninterrupted printing operations. The case format is optimized for warehouse and logistics environments where high-volume printing is essential. We price our ribbon cases competitively to help you maximize your printing efficiency and reduce per-label costs.
Printhead lifespan varies based on usage intensity, label materials, and environmental conditions, but typically ranges from 1-2 years in high-volume operations. Regular maintenance and proper label/ribbon quality can extend printhead life. Our team can recommend maintenance practices and help you plan replacement schedules for optimal uptime.
SATO printheads are engineered for reliable performance in standard warehouse and logistics environments. They function best within normal temperature and humidity ranges typical of indoor facilities. For operations in extreme conditions or outdoor environments, contact us today to discuss your specific application requirements and ensure proper printhead selection.
The SATO WWS8N32EA supports direct thermal printing, eliminating the need for thermal transfer ribbons in many applications. This reduces consumable costs and simplifies media handling, making it an economical choice for high-volume label printing in warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the JW830A is FIPS and TAA compliant, making it suitable for deployments in regulated environments and government organizations. The controller includes one 350W AC power supply and is available with restricted regulatory domain configuration for US-only deployments.
The JW703A provides multiple connectivity options including 12 PoE/PoE+ Ethernet ports, 4 standard Ethernet ports, and 2 1G BASE-X SFP ports for uplink flexibility. This diverse port configuration supports both wired client connectivity and high-speed uplink connections, making it adaptable to various network topologies in branch and head-end locations.
The Aruba 7008's zero-touch provisioning capability significantly reduces deployment time and complexity at branch locations by automating initial configuration and device onboarding. This feature minimizes manual intervention, reduces IT overhead, and accelerates time-to-production for new network locations.
The JL745A transceiver is designed for use with multimode fiber (MMF) cabling and features LC duplex connectors. The 500-meter range specification applies when using standard multimode fiber in typical network environments. Our team can assist you in selecting the appropriate fiber cabling and transceivers for your network infrastructure.
The S0B65A is designed to operate reliably in temperatures ranging from 0 °C to 50 °C with relative humidity between 5% and 95%, making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor deployments. Its compact form factor (105 × 40 × 153 mm) and lightweight design (500 g) allow for flexible mounting in space-constrained locations like hospitality venues and branch offices.
Yes, the integrated Bluetooth 5 and 802.15.4 (Zigbee) radios enable seamless IoT and location-based asset tracking without requiring separate infrastructure. Combined with advanced coexistence filtering, the AP-505H minimizes interference between Wi-Fi 6 and IoT protocols, making it ideal for mixed-use deployments in hotels and facilities management.
Yes, the HP 2HV27AA is designed as part of HP's POS system ecosystem and integrates with other HP POS components. We offer this receipt printer as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions—contact us today to discuss how it fits into your existing or planned POS infrastructure.
The HP J3E86A has an internal power supply with input voltage of 100 to 240 VAC (±10%), 50/60 Hz (±3 Hz), and power consumption of 0.06 watts when off, 2.2 watts in standby mode, and 0.69 watts in sleep mode. This energy-efficient design helps reduce operational costs in your warehouse environment.
The HP W2023A is a laser toner cartridge designed for use with HP laser printers. Laser technology provides sharp, professional output ideal for barcode labels, shipping documents, and warehouse identification materials.
We offer the HP Engage Go Dock in two configurations: a standard column version and a printer column version. Both docks feature 10-degree tilt adjustability, 180-degree swivel capability, HP Smart Dock locking/unlocking, and pogo pin connectivity with magnet-assisted tablet connection. The dock is available in Ebony Black or Ceramic White and can be configured with optional countertop mounting brackets.
The HP CF410A should be stored at temperatures between -20°C to 40°C with 10 to 90% relative humidity. For optimal performance during operation, HP recommends maintaining temperatures between 59°F to 86°F (approximately 15°C to 30°C).
We offer the HP 981X (L0R10A) as a single-pack cartridge, and our team can assist with bulk purchasing options for warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing and delivery options that fit your operational needs.
HP printers that use the F9K01A cartridge can support WiFi, WiFi Direct, and Web Services connectivity, enabling you to print wirelessly from multiple devices. These connectivity options make it convenient for warehouse and logistics environments where mobility and network integration are important. Contact us today to learn more about printer models with these wireless features.
The HP 727 (F9J78A) is an original yellow inkjet cartridge available in a single-pack format. While the provided documentation focuses on HP printer systems and their operating specifications, the cartridge itself is engineered to HP's quality standards. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and compatibility information for your specific HP printer model.
The HP C9374A is suitable for professional printing applications including warehouse and logistics operations. As an original HP ink cartridge, it meets HP's quality standards for reliable performance in business environments. Contact us today to discuss your warehouse printing requirements and how we can support your AIDC needs.
The HP P57688-B21 is equipped with a 500 W power supply, providing sufficient power for the processor, memory, and storage components in a single-socket 1U server configuration.
Yes, the Fargo 47700 is designed as a field upgrade for Fargo 5121 and 5125 printers that are already installed. Rather than replacing your entire system, you can add this encoder to your existing printer to enable contact smart card encoding capabilities. We offer this upgrade to help you extend your current investment in Fargo technology.
The Fargo DTC4500e is specifically designed for high-volume production with its robust print engine that delivers speed, power, and versatility in a single system. The high-capacity ribbon technology means less frequent ribbon changes and more continuous printing, making it ideal for organizations with substantial card production demands.
The Fargo DTC4500e is designed as a single-sided ID card printer, delivering high-quality full-color printing on one side of the card. For applications requiring dual-sided printing capabilities, we offer alternative models in our Fargo printer lineup—contact us today to discuss your specific requirements.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e is specifically designed for high-volume card printing operations. Its robust print engine, high-capacity ribbons, and ability to print twice as many cards before ribbon changes make it ideal for organizations with continuous or large-scale ID card production requirements.
The Fargo DTC4500e model available from us is a non-encoding version focused on high-quality full-color card printing. If encoding functionality is required for your ID card program, contact us today to discuss alternative configurations or solutions that meet your specific requirements.
The Fargo DTC4500e includes a three-year warranty as standard. Additionally, we offer a 1-year full service warranty with Loaner Express Plus and a 2-year limited warranty covering parts and labor. Contact us today to ask about extended warranty options to further protect your investment.
The DTC4500e comes with comprehensive warranty coverage: a three-year standard warranty, one year of full service warranty with Loaner Express Plus, and a two-year limited warranty covering parts and labor. We also offer extended warranty options for customers seeking additional protection beyond the standard coverage.
The Fargo DTC4500e comes with a three-year warranty that includes one year of full service warranty with loaner express, plus two additional years of limited warranty covering parts and labor. We also offer extended warranty options to provide additional peace of mind for your investment. Contact us today to explore warranty options that match your operational requirements.
The Fargo DTC4500e features a same-side input/output hopper, which means blank cards are fed and finished cards are output from the same location. This design optimizes workflow efficiency and reduces the physical footprint required in your card production area.
The HDP8500 features both USB 2.0 and Ethernet connectivity with an internal print server, enabling centralized or remote ID card issuance across your organization. This dual-interface approach supports flexible deployment in enterprise, government, and service bureau environments.
Yes, the Fargo 45105 is a genuine Fargo-manufactured ribbon cartridge. Fargo recommends using only Fargo Certified Supplies to ensure optimal printer performance and reliability, as printer warranties are void when non-Fargo certified supplies are used.
The Fargo 45702 ribbon with its 3000-image capacity is suitable for moderate to high-volume ID card printing operations. For continuous high-volume production, you may want to stock multiple ribbons to minimize downtime. We offer competitive pricing on bulk ribbon orders—contact us today for volume pricing.
The Fargo 45714 half-panel YMCKO ribbon yields 850 images compared to 250 images for full-panel YMCKO ribbons, providing a significant cost-per-card advantage for organizations printing large volumes of ID cards. The half-panel design reduces ribbon consumption while maintaining the same full-color and overlay protection capabilities.
The Fargo 84510 delivers up to 16.7 million colors with 256 shades per pixel using dye-sublimation and resin thermal transfer technology at 300 dpi resolution. This enables photographic-quality, full-color ID cards with vibrant imagery and precise color matching for professional badge production.
The Fargo 045421 ribbon is compatible with standard CR-80 cards (3.375" L x 2.125" W / 85.6mm L x 54mm W) and CR-79 adhesive-back cards (3.313" L x 2.063" W / 84.1mm L x 52.4mm W). The printer supports card thickness from .009" to .040" (9 mil to 40 mil).
The Fargo 045422 YMCKO ribbon produces full-color ID cards at 24 seconds per card on compatible Fargo printers. This speed balances print quality with throughput for efficient ID card production in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Fargo 81579 printhead supports multiple ribbon configurations including full-color YMCKO (250 prints), YMCKOK (200 prints), resin black KO (500 prints), dye-sublimation black BO (500 prints), monochrome resin (1000 prints), and specialty color ribbons. We offer a complete range of compatible ribbons and supplies to match your card production needs. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our full selection of Fargo supplies.
The Fargo 88063 is a wear item that should be replaced when print quality degrades, such as streaking, fading, or uneven color distribution across your ID cards. Regular maintenance and monitoring through diagnostic tools like FARGO Workbench will help you identify when replacement is necessary to maintain production standards.
The Fargo 47711 Ethernet Module is an optional accessory that adds network connectivity and print server functionality to your DTC4000. If you need to print ID cards from multiple computers on your network or want to centralize your card printing operations, this module is a valuable addition. Contact us today to discuss whether this accessory is right for your organization's needs.
The Fargo 45000 ribbon works with standard CR-80 cards (3.375" L x 2.125" W / 85.6mm L x 54mm W) and CR-79 adhesive back cards (3.313" L x 2.063" W / 84.1mm L x 52.4mm W), with card thickness acceptance ranging from .009" to .040" (9 mil to 40 mil). This compatibility supports most standard ID card applications across industries.
The Fargo 44203 is specifically designed for the Persona C30, C30e, and M30e models. We recommend verifying your printer model before ordering to ensure compatibility. Contact us today if you need help identifying the correct ribbon for your equipment.
Yes, Fargo ID card printers using the 45102 ribbon accept card thicknesses ranging from 0.009 inches (9 mil) to 0.040 inches (40 mil), or 0.229mm to 1.016mm. The printers support standard CR-80 cards and CR-79 adhesive-back cards in PVC or polyester with polished PVC finish.
The Fargo 45106 is specifically designed for the DTC1000 and DTC4000 printer models. We recommend verifying ribbon compatibility with your specific printer model before ordering. Contact us today if you need help identifying the correct ribbon for your equipment.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e is specifically designed for high-volume printing with a robust print engine that delivers exceptional speed and reliability. The high-capacity ribbon system, which prints twice as many full-color cards as most competing printers before requiring a change, makes it an excellent choice for organizations with continuous card production demands.
Yes, the Fargo 45010-FGO ribbon supports dual-sided printing. It enables full-color image and text printing on the front of the card and black text printing on the back, making it ideal for comprehensive ID card designs that require information on both sides.
The Fargo 86208 ribbon works with the DTC550's 300 dpi (11.8 dots/mm) print resolution, delivering crisp, detailed ID cards suitable for professional identification and access control applications. This resolution supports up to 256 shades per pixel for quality monochrome printing. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm current specifications for your specific printer model.
Yes, the DTC4500e is specifically designed for high-volume card printing with its robust print engine and high-capacity ribbons that reduce downtime. The ability to print twice as many full-color cards before ribbon changes makes it ideal for organizations with continuous card production requirements.
The Fargo DTC4500e comes with a three-year warranty package that includes one year of full service warranty with Loaner Express Plus coverage, followed by two years of limited warranty for parts and labor. We also offer extended warranty options for additional protection—contact us today to discuss coverage that fits your needs.
Yes, the Fargo 45101 is specifically designed for monochrome printing in black (K) only, making it ideal for organizations that need single-color ID cards such as employee badges, visitor passes, or access control credentials. It delivers sharp, professional results for text-based and simple graphic designs.
Yes, the Fargo 45111 is an EZ Cartridge that includes an integrated cleaning roller, which is automatically replaced each time you install a new ribbon. This built-in cleaning mechanism helps maintain print quality and extends printer longevity by reducing card dust and debris buildup. We recommend using genuine Fargo certified supplies like the 45111 to ensure optimal printer performance and maintain warranty coverage.
The Fargo 84500 ribbon is compatible with Fargo HDP5600 printers that accept standard CR-80 card sizes (3.375"L x 2.125"W / 85.6mmL x 54mmW). This is the industry standard for ID cards, driver licenses, and access badges. We can help you select the right supplies for your card format.
The DTC4250e base model includes both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible deployment in networked or direct-connect configurations. Both connection types are built into the standard unit we offer.
The Epson TM-U675 features a USB interface for modern point-of-sale system integration. Note that this model does not include MICR capability and requires a separate power supply (Part# C825343), which is available from us.
The system is powered by an Intel Atom N2800 processor running at 1.86 GHz with 4GB of RAM and a 16GB SSD hard drive. This configuration provides the computing power needed for retail-hardened POS operations in a compact footprint.
The TM-U675 builds upon the strengths of the popular TM-U375 by offering enhanced features and performance. The TM-U675 provides greater column capacity (up to 60 columns for validation versus 40 on the U375) and improved print speed of approximately 4.6 lps compared to the U375's 3.5–5.4 lps, delivering better throughput for busy retail and banking operations.
The Epson TM-U220 operates reliably in temperatures between 5°C and 45°C, with storage capability from -10°C to 50°C and humidity tolerance of 10% to 90%. This environmental specification ensures dependable performance across typical retail, restaurant, and warehouse conditions.
The CaptureOne TM-S1000 connects via USB 2.0 and supports Windows 2000, XP, and Vista operating systems. It transmits data in multiple formats including TIFF, JPEG, Windows Bitmap, and Raw, with CCITT Group 4 and JPEG compression options available for flexible integration with banking and retail systems.
Yes, the Dell Y3KJN supports both 10GBase-SR Ethernet and Fiber Channel protocols, making it a versatile transceiver module for dual-protocol network environments. This flexibility allows you to deploy the same module across diverse networking applications within your infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss your specific networking requirements.
No, the Dell 407-BBOK is optimized for short-range connections with a maximum distance of 0.50 km and is not suitable for long-distance networking. If you require extended transmission distances, you should consider 10GBase-LR or 10GBase-ER transceiver modules designed for longer-range optical transmission.
The Dell T1HD3 comes pre-installed with Windows 11 Pro, which provides enterprise-grade security, device management, and compatibility with warehouse management software, barcode scanning applications, and logistics platforms. Windows 11 Pro supports remote management features and is optimized for business-critical operations in supply chain and inventory environments. We can assist with OS configuration and software deployment—contact us today for implementation support.
The QD2220 operates in temperatures from 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F) and handles humidity levels of 5-95% non-condensing, with IP42 sealing protection against particulates and water. It features 16 kV ESD protection and can handle ambient light up to 100,000 lux, making it suitable for bright retail environments. The scanner weighs just 119 grams and measures 17.0 x 6.5 x 7.0 cm, providing lightweight comfort for all-day scanning operations.
The Datalogic QW2520 represents one of the best value-for-money handheld scanners on the market, combining the same rugged IP52-rated housing as premium models with consistent, reliable barcode reading performance. Its simplicity and affordability make it ideal for applications requiring high efficiency and fast throughput without unnecessary complexity.
The Memor 17 is engineered for diverse enterprise applications including retail operations (POS, queue-busting, price checks, shelf replenishment), transportation and logistics (last-mile delivery, proof of delivery, access control), and healthcare (patient admittance, medical records, laboratory management). Its combination of fast scanning, rugged design, and advanced connectivity makes it ideal for any front-line worker environment requiring reliable mobile computing. Contact us today to discuss your specific industry requirements.
The Datalogic PowerScan 9600 series features accurate power management that guarantees more than one shift of intensive scanning on a single charge. For 24/7 operations, the quick 3-second battery replacement system combined with single or multi-slot battery chargers allows continuous operation without interruption. Contact us today for specific battery capacity details and charging configuration options available from us.
The QW2520 operates in temperatures from 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F) and handles humidity up to 95% non-condensing, with IP52 protection against particulates and water. It can withstand repeated drops from 1.5 meters onto concrete and includes 16 kV ESD protection, making it suitable for tough warehouse and manufacturing environments. Available from us with full technical documentation.
Unlike conventional laser scanners, the Magellan 9800i uses advanced digital imaging technology rather than laser diodes, enabling superior performance on both 1D and 2D barcodes without the limitations of laser-based systems. This imaging approach provides better read rates on damaged or poor-quality barcodes and supports a wider range of barcode formats. The technology delivers higher throughput and reliability specifically optimized for demanding retail checkout environments.
The M3450VSi supports both presentation and sweep scanning techniques, allowing operators to either hold items up to the scanner or swipe barcodes across it. This dual-mode capability ensures maximum productivity and ergonomic ease, reducing operator fatigue during high-volume scanning operations.
Yes, the Magellan 9400i is a scanner/scale combination unit designed for retail environments where both barcode scanning and product weighing are required. This integrated functionality reduces counter clutter and streamlines the checkout process.
The Datalogic ZSN5DS811031 requires AC input of 100-240 VAC at 50-60 Hz with nominal operating power consumption of 12 Watts and sleep mode consumption of 11 Watts, making it energy-efficient for continuous warehouse operations. The low power profile reduces operational costs while maintaining reliable performance in automated warehousing and shop floor applications. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed electrical specifications and installation guidance.
The Datalogic ZSN5DS811051 requires AC Input of 100-240 VAC at 50-60 Hz with nominal power consumption of 12 Watts during operation and 11 Watts in sleep mode, providing energy efficiency for continuous warehouse operations. The low power draw makes it suitable for extended deployment without significant electrical infrastructure upgrades. Contact us today to discuss power specifications for your installation.
The Skorpio X5 features a 4.3-inch display—the largest in its category—with 3GB RAM and 32GB Flash storage standard, allowing you to run feature-rich applications with clear visibility in any lighting condition. The large screen is particularly beneficial for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need readable interfaces during fast-paced operations. We offer multiple RAM and storage configurations to support your specific application demands.
This complete kit includes the Skorpio X5 pistol grip mobile computer, a single dock with contacts, a dock and multi-battery charger power supply, rubber boot handheld and pistol covers, and a belt holster. Please note the kit does not include a country-specific power cord—visit barcodesinc.com to order the NA Power Cord (Part# 95ACC1113) separately if needed.
The Skorpio X5 runs Google Android 10 with Google Mobile Services (GMS) and is validated by Google as an 'Android Enterprise Recommended' (AER) rugged device. This ensures compatibility with enterprise applications and security standards required in logistics and warehouse operations.
The Joya Touch 22 features a 4.3-inch full touchscreen display optimized for in-store lighting systems, paired with Android 11 operating system and 4GB RAM with 32GB Flash storage. This combination delivers responsive performance for fast item scanning and packing during checkout operations.
The Skorpio X5 is equipped with a 1D imager for barcode scanning and supports comprehensive scan engine options, including near-far and Extra Long Range (XLR) scanning capabilities. This makes it versatile for various data capture applications across retail, warehouses, and logistics operations.
The Skorpio X5 is equipped with a 2D imager for comprehensive barcode scanning, supporting both 1D and 2D barcodes with standard and extended range options. It features Datalogic's SoftSpot soft triggers and is compatible with enterprise-class applications, making it suitable for various data collection scenarios across distribution centers and retail environments.
The Skorpio X5 is equipped with comprehensive 1D and 2D scanning capabilities, including options for near-far and Extra Long Range (XLR) scanning configurations. This flexibility allows you to choose the scan engine that best fits your specific data capture requirements, whether you're working in distribution centers, retail stores, or manufacturing floors. Contact us today to discuss which scanning configuration is right for your application.
The Skorpio X5 is equipped with a 2D imager for comprehensive barcode scanning capabilities, supporting both 1D and 2D barcode formats. The device offers configurable scan engine options including standard range and extra-long range (XLR) variants, making it adaptable for various data collection scenarios from close-range retail to extended-range warehouse applications.
Our kit includes the Skorpio X5 PDT with 2D imager, single dock with contacts, dock with multi-battery charger power supply, rubber boot for handheld and pistol grip, and belt holster. Please note the kit does not include a country-specific power cord—the NA Power Cord is sold separately (Part# 95ACC1113). Contact us today to ensure you have all necessary accessories for your deployment.
The Skorpio X5 is equipped with a 2D imager that captures both 1D and 2D barcodes, with standard range scanning capabilities included in this model. The device supports various barcode formats and can be configured with different scan engine options depending on your data capture requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the full range of scanning configurations available for your specific application.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is compatible with enterprise MDM platforms including SOTI MobiControl, VMware AirWatch, Ivanti Avalanche, 42Gears SureMDM, and Microsoft Intune for centralized device management. It also supports provisioning through Scan2Deploy Studio, Android Zero-Touch, and QR code enrollment, enabling streamlined deployment across your organization. Our team can assist with MDM integration and configuration to ensure seamless enterprise deployment.
The Skorpio X5 represents a significant upgrade from the X3, featuring the newer Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor versus the X3's older architecture, a larger 4.3-inch display, Android 10 with Google Enterprise Recommended validation, and Bluetooth 5 connectivity. The X5 also offers the new Extra Long Range (XLR) scan engine for improved barcode reading performance on difficult surfaces. We offer both models, but the X5 is recommended for modern enterprise applications requiring superior processing power and durability.
Yes, we offer the DataLogic 94ACC0165 cable as a replacement accessory for existing Rhino II/SH15 DC systems. If you need a replacement power cable or additional cables for your DataLogic terminals, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place your order.
The Datalogic GD4520 operates in temperature ranges from 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F) and maintains performance in humidity levels from 0 to 95% non-condensing. For storage and transport, the scanner can withstand temperatures from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F), allowing for flexible deployment across diverse warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your facility's climate conditions.
The QW2520 is the simplest and most affordable model in the 2500 Series, offering excellent value for money with consistent, reliable barcode reading. It shares the same rugged IP52-rated housing as higher-end models but focuses on essential scanning performance for applications requiring high efficiency and fast throughput.
The G5110215 is a specialized photoelectric sensor within Datalogic's broader identification product line, which includes barcode scanners, mobile computers, and advanced imaging systems. Each product serves different automation needs; we offer the full range of Datalogic solutions, and our team can help you select the right identification technology for your specific application.
The Datalogic 95B066210 sensor works as part of Datalogic's broader identification product ecosystem, which automates product identification through barcode reading, image analysis, and item profiling. It's commonly deployed in applications ranging from medication verification to parcel dimension scanning for accurate billing in logistics operations.
The VLASE GREEN 10 comes with various f-theta lenses available for different resolutions and marking areas, allowing you to customize the system for your specific application requirements. Contact us today to discuss which lens configuration best matches your production needs.
No, the Datalogic UniQ is a complete all-in-one fiber laser marking system with no external controller or fiber optic delivery cable required. This integrated design simplifies installation, reduces maintenance points, and improves reliability in harsh manufacturing environments.
The Skorpio X5 is equipped with a 2D imager scan engine that reads both 1D and 2D barcodes, supporting various barcode formats including Code 128, Code 39, and Data Matrix codes at multiple distances. The device also offers extended long-range (XLR) scanning options for specialized applications requiring greater read distances. We offer multiple scan engine configurations to optimize performance for your specific data capture requirements.
The QW2520 operates in temperatures from 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F) with humidity tolerance of 0-95% non-condensing. It can handle ambient light up to 92,000 lux and features IP52 particulate and water sealing, making it suitable for diverse warehouse and outdoor logistics environments.
The Skorpio X5 features a 4.3-inch display, the largest in its category, allowing for more feature-rich applications and improved readability. Memory configurations include options with 3GB RAM/32GB Flash or 4GB RAM/64GB Flash, providing flexibility to meet different application requirements and workload demands.
The Magellan 9800i features a striking ergonomic design with a lower bonnet height that allows better repositioning of POS touchscreens, payment terminals, and receipt printers to accommodate ADA customers. The large horizontal window is positioned for both standing and seated cashiers, and the centered speaker provides audio feedback with .wav files for greater fidelity. These design improvements enhance the customer and cashier experience during transactions.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexibility with two charging solutions: a contactless wireless charging option featuring state-of-the-art 15-watt technology, or traditional wired contact charging. Both options support the extended battery configuration for extended shifts in warehouse and distribution environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to select the charging solution that best fits your operational workflow.
The QW2520-BK is the simplest and most affordable model in the 2500 Series, offering consistent and reliable barcode reading in the same rugged IP52-rated housing as higher-end models. It represents excellent value for money for applications requiring high efficiency and fast throughput without premium features.
The Memor 11 runs Android 11 with Google Mobile Services (GMS) and features a 2 GHz Octa-core processor with 4GB RAM and 32GB eMMC Flash storage. It includes a Micro-SD card slot for expandable storage with data transfer speeds up to 48 Mbps, providing ample capacity for enterprise applications and data management. This configuration supports both Java and Xamarin SDK development for customized business solutions.
The Skorpio X5 is fully rugged with an IP65 environmental sealing rating, protecting against water and dust ingress in harsh warehouse and manufacturing environments. It withstands 1.8m (6 ft) repeated drops to concrete and operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -20°C to 50°C (-4°F to 122°F). This durability ensures consistent performance whether you're working in cold storage, outdoor logistics yards, or high-temperature manufacturing floors.
The Skorpio X5's 2D imager scan engine reads all standard 1D linear codes including GS1 DataBar codes, as well as 2D formats such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and PDF417. The device features Green Spot technology for visual scan confirmation and optional Extra Long Range (XLR) capability for reading damaged or covered barcodes at extended distances. Contact us today for specific scan engine options available for your application.
The PM9600-HP is powered by a 3350 mAh Lithium-Ion battery that delivers approximately 80,000 reads per charge. The battery charges to 95% capacity in 2.5 hours and to full capacity in 3.2 hours using the included 8-0935 power supply. This performance supports full-shift operations in most warehouse and logistics environments.
The Magicard Enduro Duo is ideal for visitor and employee ID badges, corporate reception areas, retail applications, loyalty and membership ID cards, and business cards. Its dual-sided printing and magnetic encoding capabilities make it suitable for organizations needing both photo identification and data encoding on a single card.
The Z-Band Comfort is a direct thermal wristband, meaning it prints using direct thermal technology without requiring ink ribbons or toner. This makes it cost-effective and easy to print patient identifiers, barcodes, and medical information directly onto the wristband. We offer compatible direct thermal printers and supplies to complete your identification solution.
The DYMO Rhino 6000 comes with the printer unit, a Li-ion rechargeable battery pack, an AC adapter, a quick reference guide, and a registration card. This complete package allows you to start creating and printing labels immediately upon delivery. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com for availability and to order your system.
This model features Wi-Fi connectivity and includes support for Bluetooth 5.0 for reliable connections. The device is designed with enhanced connectivity to support fast data transfer and seamless communication in enterprise environments.
Z-Band Fun wristbands are made from direct thermal polypropylene, a durable material that is comfortable to wear and suitable for extended daily use. The polypropylene construction combined with the water-resistant adhesive closure ensures reliable performance throughout the day.
The Zebra 6100 Wax/Resin Ribbon is optimized for use with Zebra coated paper and matte synthetic label stocks. It provides superior smear and scratch resistance on these materials, ensuring crisp, durable prints. For specific label stock compatibility with your application, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for personalized recommendations.
The ZT421R is powered by Zebra's Link-OS operating system and Print DNA suite, which includes productivity, management, development, and visibility tools. With Printer Profile Manager Enterprise, you can manage one printer, a group of printers, or all your printers worldwide from a single location. The printer also integrates seamlessly into existing device management systems like AirWatch or SOTI MobiControl through Print DNA's MDM Connectors, and we offer complimentary deployment utilities to simplify initial setup and configuration.
The Granit XP 1990iXLR provides multiple host system interfaces including USB, Keyboard Wedge, and RS-232 TTL, giving you flexible integration options with your existing warehouse management systems. The corded model requires 4.0 to 5.5 VDC input voltage and operates at 2.35 W (470 mA @ 5 VDC).
Yes, the RT10W is equipped with hot-swappable battery packs that can save hours of downtime by allowing you to swap batteries without shutting down the device. The tablet weighs 1.2 kg (2.65 lbs) with a standard battery or 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs) with an extended battery option.
The CN80G features a large touchscreen display combined with a numeric keypad option, allowing users to choose the input method that best suits their workflow. This dual-input design supports both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch-based applications for maximum flexibility.
The Zebra AN660 is available with IP ratings ranging from IP54 to IP68, providing flexible options for different environmental protection needs. IP54 offers basic dust and splash protection, while IP68 provides complete dust sealing and submersion resistance, allowing you to choose the right protection level for your specific application.
The Zebra ChemResist Ribbon is ideal for healthcare, laboratory and slide labeling, and industrial chemical labeling applications. It's specifically designed for environments requiring strong resistance to ultra-high temperatures, harsh outdoor conditions, and chemical exposure.
Yes, the Zebra 6000 Wax Ribbon is suitable for retail label and tag applications. Its wax formulation produces durable, scannable barcodes that work well in retail environments for shelf labeling and product identification.
Genuine Zebra ribbons are engineered specifically for Zebra card printers to ensure proper function and durability. Using only authentic Zebra ribbons maximizes your printed card quality and protects your printer from potential damage caused by incompatible supplies.
Yes, the Zebra 800300-307 Silver Monochrome Ribbon includes a cleaning roller. This helps maintain your printer's print head and ensures consistent print quality throughout the ribbon's 1,500-print lifespan.
Zebra card printers require specialized Zebra ribbon to function properly. Using genuine Zebra ribbons maximizes printed card quality and protects your printer's durability and longevity, ensuring reliable performance over time.
The Zebra 800350-321 KrO ribbon delivers 700 prints per ribbon, making it a cost-effective supply option for moderate-volume ID card printing operations.
Zebra laminates are manufactured to support specific printer models, and using genuine Zebra laminate maximizes printed card quality and printer durability. We are an authorized Zebra reseller specializing in ID card printing products, and we guarantee that our 800082-079 laminates are authentic, properly stored, and always fresh to deliver optimal results.
We are an authorized Zebra reseller and guarantee that all 105909-169 cleaning kits we offer are genuine Zebra products that are properly stored and fresh. We also offer a low price guarantee on all Zebra cleaning kits, so you can purchase with confidence that you're getting authentic supplies at competitive pricing.
Zebra card printers require specialized Zebra ribbon to function properly. Using genuine Zebra ribbons like the 800017-248 maximizes printed card quality and protects your printer from durability issues that can arise from incompatible supplies. We guarantee that all our 800017-248 ribbons are authentic Zebra products stored under proper conditions.
Yes, the Datalogic Rhino II supports both tethered and cordless scanner models through cradle connectivity and Bluetooth wireless technology. This flexibility allows you to choose the scanning solution that best matches your warehouse workflow requirements. We offer compatible scanner options—visit barcodesinc.com for details.
Yes, the Dell CK3MN is a genuine Dell parts component suitable for system upgrades and replacements in Dell enterprise servers and storage systems. We offer authentic Dell parts to ensure compatibility and reliability in your IT infrastructure. Contact us today for OEM parts and replacement options.
The PM43c compact design measures 431 x 181 x 253 mm (17.0 x 7.1 x 9.9 inches) and weighs 12.5 kg (27.65 lbs.), making it a space-efficient mid-range solution for industrial environments. If equipped with a dome door, dimensions increase to 500 x 245 x 253 mm with a weight of 12.71 kg (28.02 lbs.).
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst IE3100 Rugged Series is specifically designed for demanding industrial environments including manufacturing plants and utility grids. Its ruggedized, compact form factor combined with extreme temperature tolerance and advanced resiliency features makes it ideal for mission-critical applications requiring long-term durability.
The inTouch 101 supports VESA mounting configurations of either 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm with M4 threads, providing flexibility in installation across various retail display setups and mounting solutions.
The Memor 17 includes a high-capacity, swappable battery designed for extended field use, allowing warehouse and logistics workers to swap batteries for continuous operation without device downtime. This design is particularly valuable for last-mile delivery, inventory management, and other extended shift operations.
The inTouch 270 supports both VESA 100 x 100 mm and 75 x 75 mm mounting standards, providing flexibility for various installation configurations. With dimensions of 646 x 384.4 x 51.2 mm and a weight of 7 kg, it can be mounted on walls, stands, or kiosk structures in retail and signage applications.
The M70q Gen 5 offers a comprehensive range of ports including USB-C, multiple USB-A ports, HDMI 2.1, DisplayPort 1.4a, and Ethernet options (Gigabit or 2.5 Gigabit). This versatile connectivity ensures compatibility with various peripherals and network requirements common in warehouse and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configurations that match your infrastructure.
The QW2500 comes with a 5-year factory warranty, providing long-term protection and peace of mind for your investment. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to learn more about extended service plans and support options available for this scanner.
The CX6300 operates reliably in temperatures ranging from 0°C to 45°C, with non-operating temperature tolerance from -40°C to 70°C. The switch weighs 5.26 kg (11.60 lb) and has compact dimensions of 4.4 cm height × 44.2 cm width × 38.5 cm depth, making it suitable for standard rack deployments in enterprise environments.
The PowerScan PM9100 series includes different models to satisfy all customer needs: a basic cordless model and two different versions with display and either 4-key or 16-key keypads. The BC9180 base includes one model with two different Ethernet connection options for flexible deployment.
The SATO PW2NX is equipped with a 7.2V, 1950 mAh high-capacity battery designed for smart battery management to support long shifts. The exact runtime depends on usage patterns and connectivity mode, but the high-capacity design ensures extended operation for all-day warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the P14s Gen 4 features durable ThinkPad design with MIL-STD-810H certification for ruggedness, making it suitable for professionals who need a reliable workhorse in various conditions. The military-grade durability certification ensures the device can handle the rigors of mobile professional work.
Yes, the X1 Carbon Gen 11 emphasizes sustainability by incorporating recycled materials, including up to 97% post-consumer plastic in select components, 90% recycled magnesium, and 55% recycled aluminum. This makes it an environmentally conscious choice for enterprises focused on green procurement.
The ThinkEdge SE10 is designed for industrial automation, IoT, and AI-driven analytics applications where real-time data processing at the edge is critical. Its compact, fanless design makes it ideal for cost-effective AI solutions in diverse business environments.
The M75q Gen 5 features AMD PRO security and manageability capabilities, providing enhanced data protection and simplified IT management for business environments. These enterprise-grade features make it suitable for organizations requiring robust security protocols.
The inFlex 215 features a lightweight plastic chassis with VESA 100x100 mm mounting compatibility using M4 x 10 mm screws, allowing flexible installation on walls, stands, or kiosks. This versatile mounting standard makes it easy to integrate into existing retail and warehouse setups.
Yes, the ThinkCentre Neo 50q Gen 4 supports dual-display configurations through its multiple video output options, including HDMI 2.1 and DisplayPort 1.4. This capability makes it suitable for professionals who require extended desktop real estate for productivity or monitoring tasks.
The HP P2W02A uses 2 cartridges: 1 black cartridge and 1 color cartridge that includes cyan, magenta, and yellow. This configuration ensures efficient color printing while maintaining cost-effectiveness for your organization. Visit barcodesinc.com to find replacement cartridges and supplies.
The HP 745 cartridge itself is hardware-compatible with both Windows and Mac systems, as HP's inkjet printers support multiple operating systems including Windows 10, 8.1, 8, 7, Vista, XP SP3, and OS X versions Mountain Lion through Yosemite. The cartridge works with any compatible HP inkjet printer regardless of the host computer's operating system.
Yes, we offer HP P2V63A ink cartridges and can support bulk purchasing for your warehouse, retail, or logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing and delivery options for your organization's printing supply needs.
HP provides express warranty statements accompanying the HP 4VW66AT touchscreen. For specific warranty coverage details, duration, and support options available from us, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to review the complete warranty and service plan options.
No, the HP W2021A is specifically designed for color laser printers that require cyan toner. Monochrome laser printers use only black toner cartridges and are not compatible with color toner supplies like this one.
HP LaserJet printers using the CF230A cartridge support optional security features including High-Performance Secure Hard Disk with AES 256 hardware encryption or greater, as well as secure erase capabilities for temporary job files and job data. These features require separate purchase and configuration through HP's security manager.
Each roll of HP Q6582A provides 100 feet of 50-inch wide paper in a single continuous roll. This format is ideal for high-volume printing operations and reduces the need for frequent paper changes, improving efficiency in warehouse and document management workflows.
We offer the HP C29Z6AA barcode scanner as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup. Visit barcodesinc.com to view specifications, pricing, and availability, or contact us today for volume quotes and integration support.
The HP D8J07A is sold as a single-pack original ink cartridge. HP printer software, HP Update, and HP Photo Creations software are typically included with HP inkjet systems, though specific software bundles may vary by product configuration.
The IRM-1100-SPMI features pluggable interface module slots that support Cisco Cellular Pluggable Interface Modules, allowing you to add cellular connectivity and other specialized interfaces to your IR1101 router. The exact number of slots and compatible modules depends on your specific IR1101 configuration, enabling flexible network expansion based on your connectivity needs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific module requirements.
The SFP-10G-SR-S uses multimode fiber for shorter distances (up to 400m), while single-mode modules like the SFP-10G-LR support longer distances (up to 10km) using single-mode fiber. Choose the SFP-10G-SR-S for cost-effective short-reach deployments and the SFP-10G-LR for extended campus or metro-area networks.
Yes, the tablet includes standard network connectivity via RJ-45 connector and supports optional mobile broadband modules including single-mode HSPA Mini Card with A-GPS, Dell Wireless 5802 LTE (Verizon), and Dell Wireless 5804 LTE (AT&T). Bluetooth 4.0 is also available as an optional feature for wireless peripheral connectivity.
The Dell SP325 integrates with Dell Display and Peripheral Manager and Dell Device Management Console, allowing IT teams to centrally manage and monitor the device across enterprise deployments. These management tools streamline configuration, updates, and troubleshooting for large-scale rollouts. Contact us today for assistance with enterprise device management integration.
The Dell 9442G supports wireless connectivity through Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 (802.11a/b/g/n) and optional Dell Wireless 1501 for WiMAX capabilities. The device also includes integrated noise-reducing array microphones, stereo headphone/microphone combo jack, and optional integrated HD video webcam for comprehensive communication in the field. These connectivity features make it ideal for real-time warehouse communication and mobile data capture.
The Dell YHVV1 features a DVD-Writer and supports standard desktop expansion options typical of Dell systems. While specific expansion slot details vary by configuration, the DDR5 SDRAM architecture provides a foundation for memory upgrades if needed. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed upgrade compatibility information.
The Dell Latitude 7320 Rugged runs Windows 10 Pro, providing full compatibility with enterprise warehouse management systems, barcode scanning software, and logistics applications. This makes it an excellent choice for IT procurement teams deploying mobile solutions across supply chain operations.
The Dell 2G8GH provides 12 TB of native (uncompressed) capacity, which expands to 30 TB when using 2.5:1 compression ratios supported by compatible LTO-8 drives. Native capacity represents the guaranteed storage without compression, while compressed capacity depends on your data's compressibility. Available from us as genuine Dell media for optimal performance and reliability.
Dell original toner cartridges should be stored in a cool, dry environment away from direct sunlight and extreme temperatures to maintain print quality and cartridge integrity. Proper storage conditions help prevent toner degradation and ensure consistent performance when the cartridge is installed. Our team can provide detailed storage and handling guidelines—visit barcodesinc.com for complete product documentation.
Absolutely—the Dell OptiPlex 3000 runs Windows 10 Pro and includes standard connectivity options that support integration with barcode scanners, label printers, and mobile computers for complete AIDC solutions. We specialize in configuring Dell systems for warehouse automation and can help you select compatible scanning hardware. Contact us today for a customized setup.
The OEM part number for the Dell M797K toner cartridge is 330-4131. This genuine Dell cartridge is designed for the 2230D printer and is available directly from us at barcodesinc.com. Using the correct OEM part number ensures you receive the exact cartridge compatible with your equipment.
The Dell Latitude 7440 starts at 8.8 lbs (3.99 kg) with a 6-cell battery, making it highly portable for mobile warehouse operations. With dimensions of 14.0" width, 11.7" depth, and 2.2" height, it fits easily into bags and vehicle mounts for on-the-go data collection. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore docking solutions and vehicle mounting options we offer for this model.
512e (512 emulation) format means the drive uses 4K physical sectors internally but emulates 512-byte logical sectors for compatibility with legacy systems and software. This format provides better performance and efficiency than traditional 512-byte sectors while maintaining backward compatibility with existing applications. The Dell H82PN's 512e design ensures seamless integration into enterprise environments.
The Dell HT2DT uses a SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) 12Gb/s interface, which provides significantly faster data transfer rates compared to older SAS generations and SATA drives. Combined with its 10,000 RPM spindle speed, this drive delivers high-performance I/O suitable for demanding warehouse management and inventory systems. Available from us with full technical support.
The Dell 400-ALYF provides 400 GB of storage capacity, ideal for mixed-use enterprise applications. For varying capacity needs, Dell offers additional SSD options ranging from smaller capacities for specialized applications to larger configurations for comprehensive data storage. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Dell storage solutions tailored to your warehouse requirements.
Yes, the Dell 6DFD8-RF is designed for enterprise environments and can be deployed in RAID configurations and high-availability storage systems. Its 15,000 RPM speed and SAS interface make it well-suited for redundant storage setups where reliability and performance are critical. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for guidance on configuring this drive for your specific deployment needs.
The Dell 5JH5X is designed for Dell EMC storage systems and may be compatible with certain legacy configurations. We recommend consulting with our team to ensure proper compatibility before replacing existing drives, as interface types and system requirements can vary. Contact us today for compatibility verification.
Yes, the Dell 61XPF-RF Drive is designed for use in storage system devices and server environments. Its SAS interface and enterprise-grade specifications make it suitable for RAID arrays and storage systems. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific storage configuration needs.
The Dell 4GN49-RF provides 300 GB of storage capacity in a compact 2.5" form factor. This capacity is ideal for enterprise applications where space efficiency and high-speed data access are critical requirements.
Yes, the Dell 55H49's SAS interface and enterprise-grade design make it suitable for RAID configurations in Dell EMC storage systems. The 7200 rpm speed and 3 TB capacity support reliable performance in redundant storage arrays. Our team can help you select the right quantity and configuration for your RAID setup.
The Dell 407-BBVK is optimized for short-range optical connections (up to 300 meters), making it ideal for campus and datacenter environments rather than long-distance WAN applications. For extended distances, long-range SFP+ modules with different specifications would be required. Contact us today to explore alternative transceiver options for your distance requirements.
The Dell 0F9W8 offers 4TB of storage capacity in a 3.5" form factor, providing substantial capacity for enterprise applications including warehouse management systems, logistics databases, and RFID tracking platforms. The 512n format and SAS interface ensure reliability and performance for mission-critical data storage. We offer this drive as part of our enterprise storage solutions for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the Dell 740Y7-RF can be configured as a secondary drive option through the E-Module Bay II, allowing you to expand storage capacity in compatible mobile workstations. This flexibility supports users who need both primary and secondary storage without sacrificing portability. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our Dell drive options for mobile and desktop configurations.
SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) drives like the Dell C722T-RF offer superior reliability, faster data transfer rates (6Gb/s), and better performance under heavy workloads compared to SATA drives. SAS is the standard for enterprise servers, storage arrays, and mission-critical systems where uptime and data integrity are essential. If you're running warehouse management or RFID systems that demand high availability, SAS drives are the preferred choice.
The 7200 RPM rotational speed of the Dell 400-BLLE provides faster data access and transfer rates compared to slower 5400 RPM drives, making it better suited for high-performance server applications and frequent data access patterns. This speed is standard for enterprise-grade storage where throughput and responsiveness are critical performance factors. We offer the Dell 400-BLLE as part of our enterprise storage lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
As a 1.92 TB solid state drive, the 400-ATNJ provides faster performance compared to traditional 7200 rpm or 5400 rpm mechanical drives, with no moving parts for improved reliability in mobile and portable systems. The SATA/600 interface delivers sequential throughput suitable for business applications and data access in logistics environments. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive storage solutions for enterprise deployments.
The Dell 400-AGTM delivers 1.80 TB of storage capacity in a 2.5" form factor, providing substantial space for enterprise applications while maintaining the compact size required by modern server architectures. This capacity is ideal for organizations seeking to balance storage density with the performance benefits of SAS technology. Contact us today to discuss your storage requirements and available capacity options.
The Dell 400-AHZL can serve as a replacement drive if your system has a 3.5" internal SATA bay and supports SATA/600 connectivity. The 8 TB capacity and 7200 rpm speed make it suitable for server and high-capacity storage applications. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific system.
The Dell 400-ANPB operates at 7200 rpm, providing a good balance between performance and power efficiency for server environments. This speed is standard for enterprise-grade hard drives and supports consistent throughput for business-critical applications.
As a genuine Dell component, the Dell 400-ANUJ comes with Dell's standard hardware warranty coverage. We provide complete product documentation and technical support through our team at Barcodes Inc to ensure smooth integration into your infrastructure. Contact us today for detailed warranty terms and our support options.
The Dell 400-AIDY uses SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) technology instead of SATA, offering superior reliability, multi-initiator support, and better performance for enterprise server environments. SAS drives like the 400-AIDY are designed for 24/7 operation in demanding data center applications where uptime is critical.
Yes, we offer the Dell 400-AMRW drive as part of our comprehensive AIDC and storage solutions inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to check current availability, or contact us today to discuss volume pricing and delivery options for your warehouse or data center needs.
Yes, the Dell 400-ABQI can function as a secondary storage device in Dell systems equipped with E-Module Bay II or additional SAS drive bays. Its hot-swappable design and enterprise-grade reliability make it suitable for expanding storage capacity without system downtime. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific Dell hardware configuration.
As a genuine Dell product available from us, the Dell VW69J includes Dell's standard warranty coverage for enterprise storage devices. Warranty terms and support options vary based on your purchase configuration and service level agreement. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss warranty options and enterprise support packages that meet your needs.
The Dell 400-ALYR uses the SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) 12Gb/s interface, which is the industry standard for enterprise storage and offers superior performance and reliability compared to SATA drives. SAS provides dual-port redundancy options and better command queuing for high-demand server environments. We specialize in enterprise-grade SAS storage solutions for demanding warehouse and logistics applications.
The Dell 341-7440 operates at 10,000 RPM, delivering fast data access speeds ideal for enterprise applications and server environments. This rotational speed ensures responsive performance for I/O-intensive workloads. Contact us today for enterprise-grade storage solutions backed by our technical support team.
Dell enterprise drives undergo rigorous environmental testing and certification standards typical of enterprise-grade storage components. The drive is built to Dell's specifications for reliability and performance in data center environments. For detailed certification documentation, contact us today and our team can provide comprehensive specifications.
Yes, the Dell 341-7441 is a hot-pluggable drive, meaning it can be safely removed and replaced while the system remains powered on and operational. This feature is essential for maintaining uptime in warehouse, logistics, and other business-critical environments where system downtime directly impacts productivity. Contact us today if you need assistance with drive replacement or have questions about hot-swap compatibility.
Yes, the hot-pluggable design of the Dell 341-7438 makes it suitable for both primary and secondary storage configurations in compatible Dell systems. You can install or replace this drive without powering down your server, reducing maintenance windows and improving operational efficiency. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this genuine Dell component for your replacement needs.
The Dell 342-0206 uses SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) with 6Gb/s bandwidth, which is the standard enterprise-grade connection for high-performance storage systems. SAS connectivity provides superior reliability and performance compared to SATA, making it ideal for mission-critical server and storage applications. We offer this drive for customers building or upgrading enterprise storage infrastructure.
Dell servers offer multiple storage options ranging from 320GB to 750GB depending on drive type and speed, with configurations including 5400 RPM SATA, 7200 RPM SATA, encrypted FDE/SED drives, and solid-state options up to 256GB. The Dell 341-3363 provides a high-performance 73GB SAS alternative for environments requiring faster access speeds and enterprise-grade reliability. Contact us today to determine the optimal storage configuration for your specific workload requirements.
The Dell 342-5541 supports encrypted storage options including Full Disk Encryption (FDE) and Self-Encrypting Drive (SED) with FIPS Opal compliance when configured appropriately. These security features protect sensitive data at the drive level, making it ideal for organizations with strict data protection and regulatory compliance requirements.
Yes, the Dell 341-3932 can function as a secondary hard drive in systems with multiple drive bays or external enclosures. Its hot-pluggable design makes it convenient for use in E-Module Bay II or similar secondary storage configurations on compatible Dell systems. We offer this drive for customers looking to expand their storage capacity.
The Dell 341-7414 provides 500 GB of storage capacity in a 3.5" form factor, making it suitable for enterprise-class storage applications. This capacity is ideal for systems requiring reliable, mid-range storage solutions in data center and server environments.
The Dell 18C6P is compatible with Dell PowerEdge servers and storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives with 3.5" carriers. To verify compatibility with your specific system, contact us today—our team can help identify the right drive for your server configuration and ensure proper installation.
The Epson TM-L90 offers multiple interface options including Serial (RS-232C), Parallel (IEEE 1284), USB, Ethernet (10/100Base-T/TX), Powered USB, Bluetooth, and WiFi connectivity. This flexibility allows seamless integration with your existing warehouse management systems, PCs, and mobile devices. Contact us today to confirm the interface configuration that best fits your IT infrastructure.
A standard case of Epson 111198300 Barcode Labels contains 50 rolls with 1000 labels per roll, totaling 50,000 labels per case. This bulk packaging is designed for warehouse managers and logistics operations that require consistent label supply without frequent reordering.
The Epson TM-H2000 offers strong reliability with an MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) of 360,000 hours for the receipt station and 180,000 hours for the endorsement station. The printer delivers 96,000,000 lines MCBF (Mean Characters Between Failures) on receipt and 65,000,000 lines on endorsement, ensuring dependable performance in high-volume retail operations.
The Epson 12000XL-PH connects via Hi-Speed USB 2.0 cable, providing direct integration with warehouse management and logistics systems. This wired connection ensures stable, high-speed data transfer for document imaging workflows.
Yes, the Epson A41A266211 features an inkjet printer for cashier checks capable of printing an area up to 2 inches high, with support for up to 15 lines of endorsement printing. This integrated printing functionality streamlines check processing by eliminating the need for separate endorsement equipment.
The TM-S1000 connects via USB 2.0 and supports Windows 2000, XP, and Vista operating systems. It transmits scanned check data in TIFF, JPEG, Windows Bitmap, or Raw formats with CCITT Group 4 and JPEG compression options, providing flexibility for integration with banking and point-of-sale systems.
Yes, the DFX-9000 features an intelligent paper sensor that detects paper width and thickness, automatically adjusting for optimum performance and high-quality results. It also includes an automatic jam sensor to prevent wasting forms in the event of a paper jam.
Yes, the Elo E384627 is a 2D barcode scanner, capable of reading both 1D and 2D barcodes. This versatility makes it suitable for modern retail and logistics applications that require support for QR codes and other advanced barcode formats.
The Elo 2294L features a state-of-the-art, energy-saving LED backlight that uses less electricity to operate and generates less heat compared to traditional displays. This design reduces operational costs and cooling requirements, making it cost-effective for OEMs and systems integrators.
The Elo 1991L features a slim, compact open-frame design with zero-bezel construction and flush mount capability, making it ideal for tight integration into kiosks and industrial systems. We include flush mount brackets with screws for easy installation, and the narrow outside dimensions accommodate space-constrained applications.
The state-of-the-art LED backlight enables a slim, compact design with narrow outside dimensions while reducing power consumption and heat generation compared to traditional backlighting. This energy-efficient technology delivers outstanding image clarity and light transmission while maintaining the display's durability.
The package includes HDMI cable (Part# E538507), VGA cable, RJ45 OSD remote (Part# E483757), touch USB cable (Part# E546861), side-mount brackets with screws (Part# E530432), quick install guide, and documentation. The display does not include a power brick.
The Elo Huddle Kit comes with a comprehensive 3-year warranty, providing confidence in your purchase and robust support for your enterprise investment. This extended coverage reflects Elo's commitment to reliability and customer satisfaction.
The Elo 2094L comes complete with an HDMI cable, VGA cable, RJ45 OSD remote control, USB touch cable, quick install guide, side-mount brackets with screws, and documentation including the EEI label and Japan Class-B information sheet. Everything you need for installation and operation is included—no separate power brick is required.
We offer the Elo E554932 Z20 POS Stand as part of our comprehensive selection of POS workstation accessories and Elo touchscreen solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this accessory and discuss your complete POS setup requirements.
The EloPOS Pack 2 features a compact design with a small footprint for flexible installation in space-constrained areas, and can be securely mounted using the provided bracket. For enhanced security, the device supports Kensington locks to prevent unauthorized removal or tampering.
Yes, the EloPOS System is purpose-built to handle both traditional POS and self-service applications. It combines commercial-grade reliability with modern aesthetics and is designed to withstand continuous public use, backed by Elo's standard 3-year warranty. Contact us today to learn how we can support your self-service deployment.
The E939305 features a Projected Capacitive 10-touch display, which provides responsive multi-touch capability and excellent durability for high-volume retail environments. This technology supports simultaneous multi-finger input, enabling intuitive gesture-based interactions for modern POS applications.
The Elo 1291L includes a 3-year warranty and meets RoHS, China RoHS, and WEEE compliance standards for worldwide deployment. These certifications ensure the product meets strict environmental and safety requirements for regulated industries and global markets.
The Elo 1590L ships with an HDMI cable, VGA cable, RJ45 OSD remote, USB touch cable, quick install guide, L-shaped side mount brackets with screws, and regulatory documentation including an EEI label and Japan Class-B information sheet. The display does not include a power brick, allowing for flexible power integration into your system.
The Elo E334726 comes with a 3-year warranty, demonstrating Elo's confidence in the product's reliability and durability. We offer this touchscreen with comprehensive support available through our team at barcodesinc.com to assist with installation and ongoing technical needs.
The Elo 1990L includes a 3-year warranty and complies with RoHS, China RoHS, and WEEE environmental standards for worldwide deployment. This ensures long-term support and adherence to global regulatory requirements for commercial and industrial use.
The package includes HDMI and VGA cables, a touch USB cable, an RJ45 OSD remote control, side-mount brackets with screws, a quick install guide, and regulatory documentation. The Elo 1991L comes with a 3-year warranty and is RoHS, China RoHS, and WEEE compliant.
The Elo E412818 comes with a 2-year standard warranty, and we offer on-site exchange (U.S. only) and extended warranty options (U.S. and EMEA). Contact us today to discuss warranty upgrades and enterprise-grade support options including security updates and seamless provisioning.
Yes, by combining the Elo E104131 with the Elo Backpack or a Brightsign player, you can effortlessly convert this 55-inch display into a versatile, life-sized tablet for self-service kiosks and interactive applications. This flexibility allows you to deploy the same hardware across multiple use cases.
Yes, the Elo 5054L supports integration with Elo Edge Connect accessories including cameras, payment devices, NFC/RFID readers, and barcode scanners. This allows you to create a fully integrated solution tailored to your specific business requirements and workflow needs.
The Elo 1590L package includes an HDMI cable, VGA cable, RJ45 OSD remote, touch USB cable, quick install guide, side-mount brackets with screws, EEI label, and Japan Class-B TM information sheet. The display does not include a power brick.
The Elo E441193 utilizes projected capacitive 10-touch technology, which provides responsive multi-touch capability ideal for interactive POS and self-service applications. This technology is reliable and responsive for high-volume public use.
The Elo 1790L features an on-screen display (OSD) accessible through a tethered control box with intuitive controls including Menu, Up, Down, Select, and Power buttons. This design allows easy adjustment of brightness and other display settings without requiring additional external equipment.
The Elo 1715L includes a VGA video interface for display connectivity and a Dual Serial/USB touch controller interface for touch input. The box includes a VGA cable, serial cable, USB cable, and power cord to support immediate deployment. We ensure all necessary cables are available from us to get your touchscreen operational right out of the box.
Yes, the Elo E103351 supports integration with Elo Edge Connect accessories, including cameras, payment devices, NFC/RFID readers, and scanners. This allows you to create a fully integrated solution tailored to your specific application needs.
The Elo 3204L supports up to 40 simultaneous touches with projected capacitive technology and palm rejection capabilities. This multi-touch functionality, combined with anti-friction glass and lightning-fast responsiveness, ensures smooth and reliable user interaction even in high-demand environments.
The Elo 2094L delivers 1920 x 1080 resolution with a 16:9 aspect ratio and supports 16.7 million colors for vibrant, clear imagery. With 225 nits typical brightness and a 3000:1 contrast ratio, it provides excellent visibility across commercial and industrial applications.
The Elo 1990L features a zero-bezel, flush mount design with included flush mount brackets and screws for secure installation. This compact design with narrow outside dimensions makes it ideal for space-constrained kiosk and industrial automation environments.
The Elo E326541 delivers 1280 x 1024 SXGA resolution in a 5:4 aspect ratio with 16.7 million colors and 200 nits brightness (typical). The 1000:1 contrast ratio (typical) ensures vivid images and excellent visibility in commercial environments.
The Elo E330225 package includes an HDMI cable, VGA cable, RJ45 OSD remote control, touch USB cable, quick install guide, flush mount brackets with screws, and regulatory documentation. Everything needed for installation and operation is provided—no power brick is required.
The Elo 1715L features a 17-inch standard format display with a 5:4 aspect ratio, 1280 x 1024 resolution, and 16.7 million colors. It delivers 225 nits brightness and a 1000:1 contrast ratio (typical) with an anti-glare display, making it suitable for retail and hospitality point-of-sale applications.
The Elo E981371 comes complete with power cords, multiple connectivity cables (USB Type-C, HDMI, USB, and RJ-50 to DB-9), and 2x SMA antennas for wireless connectivity. This comprehensive package ensures you have everything needed to set up and deploy your POS system immediately.
The Elo E326347 comes with a 3-year warranty, providing comprehensive coverage for your investment. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com for detailed warranty terms and our technical support options to ensure your touchscreen deployment is fully protected.
The Elo 1502LM is well-suited for patient entertainment systems, virtual health applications, patient monitoring, respiratory and pharmaceutical distribution systems, and laboratory environments. Its medical-grade design and touch performance make it appropriate for integration into ventilators, anesthetic machines, patient monitors, and prescription dispensers.
The Elo 1291L delivers 405 nits brightness (typical) with IntelliTouch and a 1500:1 contrast ratio, providing excellent image clarity and visibility in various lighting conditions. The LED backlight technology ensures energy-efficient operation while maintaining superior display quality.
The Elo 1590L comes with a 3-year warranty, providing peace of mind for your kiosk and industrial automation investments. Contact us today to discuss warranty coverage details and our technical support options to ensure your touchscreen deployment runs smoothly from installation through years of operation.
Yes, the Elo E328700 features a state-of-the-art, energy-saving LED backlight that uses less electricity to operate and generates less heat compared to traditional backlighting. This efficiency, combined with its slim design and narrow outside dimensions, makes it cost-effective for commercial deployments.
The Elo 1590L uses state-of-the-art, energy-saving LED backlight technology that consumes less electricity and generates less heat than traditional backlighting. This slim, compact design reduces power consumption while maintaining vivid image quality with 16.2 million colors and a 700:1 contrast ratio.
The Elo 4304L is built for high-traffic usage and complies with UL-60950 and IK-07 standards, ensuring robust durability in demanding commercial environments. It comes with a standard 3-year warranty, with options available for extended warranty coverage.
The Elo 5054L supports VESA 400 x 400mm mounting, offering versatile installation flexibility for different display configurations. It also features robust connectivity options and can integrate with Elo backpack, BrightSign players, or compatible compute modules for seamless deployment.
The Elo 5554L delivers wide viewing angles of ±89° horizontal and vertical (178° total), ensuring clear visibility from multiple positions. With an 8 millisecond response time, the display provides fast, responsive touch interaction for demanding interactive applications.
The HPE Aruba 560 Series features zero-touch provisioning and cloud-based centralized management, significantly reducing operational complexity during large deployments. Built-in dynamic segmentation and firewall capabilities enforce security policies between guest and operational traffic without requiring external appliances. These enterprise-grade management features ensure consistent security and performance across your wireless infrastructure.
The JZ340A is rated for operating temperatures between 0°C and 50°C with humidity tolerance of 5% to 95% RH, making it suitable for diverse indoor and controlled outdoor environments. The compact form factor measures 105 × 40 × 153 mm and weighs 500 g, allowing flexible mounting in hospitality and enterprise spaces. Contact us today to discuss deployment options for your specific environmental requirements.
The HPE Aruba JL630A can be managed through multiple interfaces including command-line interface, web browser, SNMP manager, Telnet, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. Integration with HPE AirWave Network Management and IMC (Intelligent Management Center) provides comprehensive monitoring and configuration capabilities for enterprise deployments.
Yes, the JW838A is designed as an upgrade path from the 7240, featuring extended memory with 16GB DRAM and enhanced processing capabilities. If you're currently running a 7240 and need to support more devices or higher throughput, contact us today to discuss your upgrade options.
The AP-574 measures 24 cm (W) x 24 cm (D) x 19 cm (H) / 9.4" x 9.4" x 7.5" and weighs 2.7 kg (6.0 lbs) excluding mounting hardware. Multiple mounting options are available including vertical and horizontal configurations through compatible AP-270 mount kits. Contact us today for assistance selecting the right mounting solution for your warehouse or facility layout.
The B360 Gen 2 features a 1,400-nit sunlight-readable Full HD LCD display with Getac's LumiBond 2.0 technology, ensuring excellent visibility even in direct sunlight and bright warehouse environments. The touchscreen and optional hard-tip stylus support both gloved and ungloved operation, making it practical for outdoor logistics and field service work. This brightness level sets it apart for professionals who work in variable lighting conditions.
The B360 Gen 2 comes standard with a 1TB user-swappable PCIe NVMe SSD for main storage, with an optional second SATA SSD slot for dual storage configurations. Security features include TPM 2.0, optional smart card reader, Windows Hello face authentication, optional fingerprint reader, and optional HF RFID reader for multi-factor authentication. We offer fully configured systems with your choice of security features to meet enterprise data protection requirements.
The B360 Gen 2 is fully rugged with MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 rating for dust and water resistance, and a 6-foot operating drop rating that withstands the rigors of warehouse and logistics operations. It operates reliably across extreme temperatures from -29°C to 63°C and supports optional salt fog certification for corrosive environments. Our team can help you select the right durability certifications for your specific operational conditions.
The B360 Gen 2 includes TPM 2.0, Kensington lock, smart card reader, and optional fingerprint reader for comprehensive data protection. We offer configurations with Windows Hello face-authentication camera and multi-factor authentication options to meet enterprise security standards. These features protect sensitive warehouse and logistics data during mobile operations.
Yes, the B360 Gen 2 includes an integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader as standard, making it ready for warehouse and logistics scanning operations out of the box. Optional HF RFID reader capability is also available if you need asset tracking or inventory management features. Contact us today to configure the right scanning solution for your operation.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 1,400-nit sunlight-readable Full HD LCD touchscreen, which ensures excellent visibility even on the brightest days and in direct sunlight. This brightness level is specifically designed for outdoor warehouse operations, delivery routes, and field logistics work where screen readability is critical.
The B360 Gen 2 operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -29°C to 63°C (-20°F to 145°F), with storage capability from -51°C to 71°C (-60°F to 160°F), making it suitable for cold storage facilities and extreme climate conditions. Its IP66 certification and optional salt fog resistance provide additional environmental protection for corrosive or humid environments. We offer this rugged laptop as an ideal solution for temperature-sensitive logistics operations.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 13.3-inch FHD LumiBond 2.0 display with 1,400 nits brightness, Getac's Sunlight Readable Technology, and capacitive touchscreen capability. This exceptional brightness level ensures clear visibility even on the brightest days, making it perfect for outdoor warehouse operations, dock areas, and field logistics work. The touchscreen and optional hard tip stylus provide intuitive interaction in any lighting condition.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 is rated for operating temperatures from -29°C to 63°C (-20°F to 145°F) and storage temperatures from -51°C to 71°C (-60°F to 160°F), with 95% relative humidity tolerance for challenging warehouse and logistics environments. It is MIL-STD-810H certified, IP66 dust/water sealed, vibration resistant, and optionally salt fog certified for corrosive environments. Contact us today to discuss environmental specifications for your specific warehouse location.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 includes TPM 2.0 chip security, Windows Hello face-authentication camera, optional fingerprint reader, optional HF RFID reader, and smart card reader support for enterprise-grade data protection. These multi-factor authentication options ensure secure access to sensitive warehouse and logistics data. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure security options for your organization's requirements.
The S410-G5 is a semi-rugged laptop engineered for challenging field environments with an ergonomic design that balances Size, Weight, and Power (SWaP) for personal carry mobile computing. Its robust construction, sunlight-readable display, hot-swappable batteries, and advanced connectivity options make it purpose-built for warehouse, logistics, and field operations where durability and reliability are critical.
The Getac S410-G5 is built with a semi-rugged design that balances durability with portability for personal carry mobile computing. It meets MIL-STD 810G standards and IP51 certification, ensuring reliable performance in harsh field conditions while maintaining the lightweight profile needed for mobile workforces.
The V120 includes two Thunderbolt 4 ports, Wi-Fi 7 (BE200), Bluetooth 5.4, and optional 4G LTE or 5G Sub-6 with integrated GPS for real-time location tracking in logistics networks. Additional expansion options include smart card readers, rear 13MP cameras for damage documentation, and multiple I/O configurations via docking connectors. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure the exact connectivity package for your mobile workforce needs.
Yes, the Getac A140 G2 features a unique dual hot-swappable battery design that allows you to remove and replace one battery while the other powers the device, enabling potentially infinite uninterrupted battery life. This design is particularly valuable for extended field operations where continuous uptime is critical. The hot-swappable configuration eliminates downtime for battery changes during long shifts in warehouses and logistics operations.
The Getac UX10 Gen3 can be equipped with an integrated RFID reader as a customizable accessory, enabling inventory tracking and asset management in warehouse operations. Combined with its Windows 11 Pro operating system and 8GB RAM, the tablet supports enterprise AIDC applications for barcode scanning and mobile data collection.
The ZX10 features a 10.1-inch WUXGA LCD display (1920 x 1200) with Getac's LumiBond technology and 800 nits brightness, specifically engineered for sunlight readability in outdoor warehouse and field conditions. The capacitive multi-touch screen is glove-enabled, allowing operators to use the tablet while wearing work gloves. This makes it ideal for logistics and transportation applications where outdoor visibility is critical.
The ZX80 is powered by a Qualcomm QCS6490 Octa-core processor running at 1.9GHz maximum, paired with 12GB LPDDR5 RAM and 256GB UFS storage. This configuration delivers exceptional performance for demanding applications including inventory management, real-time tracking, and data-intensive logistics software. The Android 13 operating system ensures compatibility with enterprise applications and is verified as Android Enterprise Recommended.
The ZX80 provides Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.2, dedicated GPS, and optional Dual SIM 4G LTE connectivity for comprehensive field communication. These connectivity options ensure reliable data transmission and location tracking for warehouse management and logistics applications.
Absolutely. The Getac B360 Gen 2 is MIL-STD-810H certified and IP66 rated, with operating temperature range from -29°C to 63°C (-20°F to 145°F) and 95% humidity tolerance. Optional salt fog certification is available for corrosive environments, and the LifeSupport™ swappable battery technology ensures continuous operation in demanding logistics and outdoor warehouse conditions.
The GSSKX1 Drive features a protective canister design that safeguards the 512GB PCIe SSD from dust, moisture, and physical damage during field operations. This design aligns with Getac's rugged computing standards for mobile workforces in challenging conditions.
The S510 features dual hot-swappable batteries that enable extended operation without interruption, allowing users to swap batteries in the field to maintain continuous productivity. This design is particularly valuable for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need uninterrupted computing power throughout extended shifts.
Yes, the ZT610 features an adaptable design that allows communications, media handling, and other upgrades to be installed in the field. Optional advanced RFID encoding capabilities are easy to install, and field-installable media handling options utilize bulkhead electrical connectors for quick installation to expand printer capabilities.
Yes, the MC9300 runs Android 8.1 Oreo and supports Green Screen applications today while being pre-licensed and upgradable through Android R for future All Touch TE environments. This dual-capability approach allows you to transition your legacy applications at your own pace without disrupting current operations.
The CT47-X0N-37D100G runs on Google Mobile Services (GMS) with Launcher, Browser, and BasicTE software pre-installed for immediate deployment in warehouse environments. It is optimized with powerful operational software including Operational Intelligence and Smart Talk communications. We offer this device ready for integration with your existing enterprise workflows.
The VC8300 includes IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac wireless LAN, Bluetooth Dual Mode 5.0, one USB 3.0 port, and two RS-232 COM ports for comprehensive connectivity with warehouse systems and peripherals. These rugged connectivity options ensure compatibility with existing infrastructure and future integrations.
Zebra Premier PVC Cards are designed for high-security applications including driver's licenses, government and military ID cards, law enforcement and correctional facility IDs, airport personnel cards, and high-security access control systems. We serve healthcare, education, hospitality, finance, and retail markets where secure, tamper-evident identification is critical. The cards' advanced security features make them ideal for any application requiring long-lasting, secure issuance.
The CK67 features a 5-inch full color touch screen on a 3.3-inch keypad footprint, combining a larger display with a compact form factor. The device includes an ergonomic design with the balance shifted to the handle, updated keypads with improved responsiveness and spacing, and an optimized weight distribution to feel light in users' hands, enhancing the overall user experience.
The FX9600 operates in the UHF Band (902 MHz - 928 MHz) and supports Wi-Fi and Bluetooth dongles for direct connection to your Wi-Fi network and Bluetooth-enabled devices. It can also host embedded applications, simplifying deployment and reducing complexity while increasing network bandwidth. The optional 4G LTE modem provides extended capabilities including GPS tracking for enhanced logistics visibility.
Yes, the CT47-X0N-38D100G is equipped with both front and rear cameras, enabling photo capture and video documentation capabilities for warehouse and field operations. These cameras support enhanced documentation workflows and asset verification processes. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about available imaging features.
Yes, the DS3678-DP is designed to capture any 1D or 2D barcode displayed on a screen or printed on a label in practically any condition. This versatility makes it an excellent choice for logistics and warehouse operations where you need to scan both digital and physical barcodes.
The CT45P-X0N-38D100G is rated IP67 and IP65, providing protection against dust and water ingress in challenging warehouse and field environments. These ratings ensure the device can withstand the demanding conditions typical in logistics, delivery, and inventory operations. Our team can help you select the right rugged mobile computer for your specific environmental requirements.
The CT-S4500AETUBK features tool-free maintenance and a front-exit paper design that prevents damage from moisture or foreign objects—critical for warehouse environments. Easy paper loading and a small footprint make it practical for confined spaces. We stock this model because its durable design minimizes downtime in high-volume operations.
We offer the Voyager 1200g as a general-purpose handheld scanner suitable for library, retail vending, and presentation applications. It comes with a stand and is designed for both point-of-sale and inventory management scenarios where reliable 1D barcode reading is required.
HID 1326 ProxCard II cards are constructed to be durable, strong, flexible, and resistant to cracking and breaking, making them suitable for everyday use in demanding environments. The card's credit-card size and design allow it to be conveniently carried in a wallet, badge clip, or badge reel without compromising durability or read range.
We offer the ET56 in two sizes: a compact 8.4-inch model ideal when size and weight are most important, and a full-size 10.1-inch model ideal for information-intensive apps. Both models feature class-best brightness that makes them the easiest to read tablets in virtually any lighting conditions, including bright sunlight.
Yes, the Chromebox Micro offers remote management capabilities through ChromeOS's Kiosk and Digital Signage Upgrade, which facilitates efficient large-scale rollouts and centralized management for businesses deploying multiple units.
Yes, the SocketScan S740 weighs only 4.0 oz (113 g) and features an exceptional ergonomic design that fits perfectly in the hand for comfortable use over extended periods. Its lightweight, compact structure (5.2 in. x 1.5 in. x 1.6 in.) makes it ideal for all-day field service, inventory management, and retail operations.
The Zebra GX430t is compatible with Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 2003, Windows 2008, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows Server 2012, and Windows 8.1, ensuring broad integration with existing IT infrastructure.
We offer the 560 Series in two antenna configurations: integrated omnidirectional antenna for 360-degree coverage in open areas, or integrated directional antenna for focused coverage in specific directions. The model designation indicates which antenna type is included, allowing you to choose the best option for your site topology and coverage requirements. Contact us today to determine which antenna configuration best suits your deployment needs.
Yes, the JZ340A includes four 1 GbE PoE-PSE ports that can power downstream devices such as IP phones, cameras, or other PoE-compatible equipment, eliminating the need for separate power injectors. The uplink is a 2.5 GbE PoE-PD port that receives power from your core network infrastructure. This integrated power delivery simplifies deployment and reduces cabling complexity in hospitality and enterprise environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of wireless access points and network infrastructure solutions.
The HPE Aruba JL630A operates reliably in temperatures from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet, with derating specifications for higher altitudes. This temperature range makes it suitable for standard data center and enterprise closet environments, ensuring consistent performance in typical indoor conditions.
The JW838A includes one 350W AC power supply and operates on universal AC input voltage (100-240V) at 50-60 Hz, making it compatible with global power standards. We recommend consulting with our team at barcodesinc.com to ensure your data center power infrastructure meets the controller's requirements for your specific deployment scale.
The AP-574 includes visual multi-color LED indicators for system and radio status monitoring, a USB-C console interface for direct management, and a factory reset button for device initialization. These access points integrate with HPE Aruba's management platforms for centralized wireless network oversight across your logistics and warehouse operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn about our complete network management solutions available from our team.
The B360 Gen 2 comes standard with a user-swappable 256GB PCIe NVMe SSD for main storage, and supports an optional second removable SATA SSD for expanded capacity and data flexibility. Both storage drives are field-replaceable without tools, allowing you to quickly swap drives or upgrade capacity in the field. We offer various storage configurations to match your data management and security requirements.
Yes, the B360 Gen 2 operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -29°C to 63°C (-20°F to 145°F), with storage capability from -51°C to 71°C (-60°F to 160°F). This wide operating temperature range, combined with its IP66 certification and vibration resistance, makes it suitable for cold storage facilities, outdoor logistics operations, and extreme climate conditions. Contact us today to discuss configurations for your specific environmental requirements.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -29°C to 63°C (-20°F to 145°F), with storage capabilities from -51°C to 71°C (-60°F to 160°F), making it suitable for extreme climate conditions. This wide temperature range, combined with its IP66 rating and MIL-STD-810H certification, ensures dependable performance in cold storage facilities, outdoor logistics operations, and harsh industrial environments. Visit barcodesinc.com for systems configured for your specific temperature requirements.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 incorporates enterprise-grade security including TPM 2.0, Windows Hello face-authentication webcam, optional fingerprint reader, optional HF RFID reader, and smart card reader support for multi-factor authentication. These features ensure secure data access and compliance with enterprise security policies in logistics and warehouse environments. Contact us today to discuss security configurations for your deployment.
The B360 Gen 2 includes TPM 2.0, Kensington lock, smart card reader, and optional fingerprint reader for multi-factor authentication. It features LifeSupport™ swappable battery technology with dual hot-swappable Li-ion batteries (11.1V, 2100mAh), allowing continuous operation without downtime. Optional Windows Hello face authentication adds an additional security layer for enterprise deployments.
The B360 Gen 2 operates reliably from -29°C to 63°C (-20°F to 145°F) and can be stored from -51°C to 71°C (-60°F to 160°F), making it suitable for extreme environments. It includes dual hot-swappable Li-ion batteries (11.1V, 2100mAh) with LifeSupport™ technology and a 90W AC adapter, ensuring extended field deployment without downtime. Contact us today for battery and power management solutions tailored to your operational requirements.
The B360 Gen 2 features user-swappable PCIe NVMe SSD as standard main storage, with optional SATA SSD secondary storage for flexible data management. Security features include TPM 2.0, optional fingerprint reader, optional HF RFID reader, smart card reader, and Windows Hello face authentication via optional webcam. The laptop comes with a 3-year B2B warranty and runs Windows 11 Pro x64, providing enterprise-grade security for sensitive warehouse and logistics data. Contact us today for security configuration options.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 comes with a 256GB PCIe SSD as main storage that is user-swappable, allowing you to upgrade or replace it in the field without technical support. An optional second removable SATA SSD storage slot is also available for configurations requiring dual storage drives. This flexibility is ideal for logistics operations where you need to quickly swap drives or expand capacity without downtime.
Yes, the Getac B360 Gen 2 is certified to operate in temperatures ranging from -29°C to 63°C (-20°F to 145°F), with storage capability up to -51°C to 71°C (-60°F to 160°F), making it suitable for cold storage facilities and extreme outdoor conditions. Optional salt fog certification is also available for corrosive environments. Contact us today to discuss environmental specifications for your specific warehouse location.
The B360 Gen 2 includes TPM 2.0 security, Windows Hello face-authentication webcam, smart card reader, and optional fingerprint reader for multi-factor authentication to protect warehouse and logistics data. The system also features a Kensington lock slot and optional Absolute Persistence® software for comprehensive device security. Available from us with full B2B warranty support—visit barcodesinc.com for security-focused configurations.
The S410-G5 comes with a 256GB PCIe SSD for main storage that is user-swappable, allowing you to upgrade or replace storage as needed without requiring service. This configuration provides fast data access speeds while maintaining the flexibility to customize storage capacity for your specific operational requirements.
Yes, we offer the S410-G5 with Windows 11 Pro x64, integrated Windows Hello webcam, and a TraCS-compatible barcode reader that seamlessly integrates with warehouse management and logistics systems. Contact us today to discuss configuration options that match your specific enterprise requirements and workflows.
Yes, the V120 features Intel Core Ultra 5 and Ultra 7 processors with Intel AI Boost technology, enabling on-device machine learning for predictive analytics, computer vision-based inventory management, and intelligent barcode recognition. With up to 64GB RAM and 2TB storage options available from us, it can handle demanding AI workloads at the edge without cloud dependency. This makes it ideal for next-generation logistics operations requiring real-time AI processing.
The Getac A140 G2 comes with a 3-year warranty and is fully rugged with MIL-STD 810G and IP65 certifications, ensuring it withstands drops, vibration, dust, and moisture exposure. The industry-leading bumper-to-bumper warranty coverage provides comprehensive protection for your investment. We offer this tablet as a dependable solution for demanding environments including manufacturing, public sector, and transportation and logistics applications.
The ZX10 features dual hot-swappable batteries that enable uninterrupted operation—when one battery depletes, you can instantly swap it with a fully charged unit without powering down the tablet. We offer standard battery packs (2-pack included) and optional high-capacity batteries to extend runtime based on your operational requirements. This design is particularly valuable for warehouse managers and field teams who cannot afford downtime during critical tasks.
The Getac UX10 Gen3 comes with a 3-Year B2B Warranty covering hardware defects and failures. Contact us today to learn about our extended support options, device management solutions, and integration services available from Barcodes Inc for your rugged tablet deployments.
The Getac ZX80 kit includes carrying and protective accessories, a hand strap with stylus holder, a 2nd standard battery, USB-C AC adapter with US power, and a 3-year B2B warranty covering bumper-to-bumper protection. The hot-swappable battery design means you can extend operational time by quickly swapping in the included spare battery. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore additional optional accessories like vehicle docks and screen protection film available from us.
Yes, the Getac ZX80 is verified as Android Enterprise Recommended, ensuring compatibility with enterprise mobile device management solutions and security protocols. This certification makes it an ideal choice for IT procurement teams managing fleet deployments across warehouse and logistics operations.
The B360 Gen 2 provides enterprise-grade security with TPM 2.0, Windows Hello face-authentication webcam, smart card reader, and optional fingerprint reader and HF RFID reader capabilities. These multi-factor authentication options, combined with Microsoft Windows 11 Pro x64, ensure your warehouse data and mobile workforce credentials remain protected. Contact us today to discuss security configurations that meet your compliance requirements.
We offer the Getac GSSKX1 Drive as part of our comprehensive AIDC product selection. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss which storage solutions best fit your rugged computing needs.
The S510 comes equipped with Windows Hello facial recognition webcam and enhanced enterprise security features including multifactor authentication capabilities. These security measures protect sensitive warehouse and logistics data while meeting enterprise compliance requirements for IT procurement teams.
The ZT610 advances the legacy of Zebra's industry-leading Xi Series predecessors, offering next-generation operational visibility, control, and adaptability with rugged durability and 24/7 reliability. It combines the most advanced and comprehensive feature sets of any Zebra stationary printer series, including a 4.3-inch full-color touch display for easy navigation and status monitoring.
The MC9300 offers six keypad configurations with 29, 34, 43, and 53 keys in standard, VT, and 5250 layouts. This flexibility ensures your team can select the keypad that matches their existing workflows and reduces training time during deployment.
The CT47-X0N-37D100G is the ideal choice for users in transport, logistics, and warehouse operations who require a balanced mobile computer combining durability and functionality. Its rugged design and comprehensive software suite support frontline mobile workers managing inventory, shipments, and warehouse workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn how this device can enhance your operations.
The VC8300 includes Zebra's LifeGuard™ security support with daily updates and built-in support through Android 14 for future OS versions. It features a heated Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) with a minimum 30-minute runtime to protect against power loss during critical warehouse operations.
Zebra True Secure advanced security laminates can be applied to Zebra Premier PVC Cards to provide increased durability and prolonged card life by preventing image fading and dye migration. These laminates include unique holographic images, optical variable ink, morphing effects, and other overt and covert security features. Single- and dual-sided lamination options are available through Zebra Security class card printers for maximum flexibility in protecting driver's licenses and other secure ID cards.
The CK67 comes with a standard battery and supports a robust spare battery solution (model IH-BATT-3.8V-7400MAH) to maximize operation times. The device is designed for ease of battery replacement in the field with large buttons, allowing warehouse operators to quickly swap batteries and minimize downtime during shifts.
The Zebra FX9600 measures 10.75 inches in length, 7.25 inches in width, and 2.0 inches in depth, with an approximate weight of 4.4 lbs (2.13 kg). Its compact design simplifies deployment and management in warehouse and dock environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed specifications and to verify compatibility with your installation space.
The Honeywell CT47-X0N-38D100G carries an IP65/68 rating, providing robust protection against dust and water ingress in harsh warehouse and logistics environments. This durability rating ensures reliable operation in demanding conditions typical of modern supply chain operations. Contact us today to discuss environmental requirements for your deployment.
The DS3678-DP stands out for its ability to read challenging direct part marks and barcodes in difficult conditions, delivering ultimate scanning performance in manufacturing and warehouse environments. Contact us today to discuss how this cordless, rugged scanner can improve your barcode capture efficiency compared to standard alternatives.
The device features USB 3.0 Type-C with OTG (On-The-Go) capability, an audio jack, and a metal battery latch button for secure warm-swap battery operation. It also includes PTT (Push-to-Talk) and GLB (Global Location Button) functionality for enhanced communication and device tracking. These features make it ideal for coordinating mobile frontline workers across delivery, retail, and logistics operations.
The CT-S4500AETUBK supports ESC/POS emulation and includes free-of-charge drivers and software from Citizen for various platforms, ensuring broad compatibility with existing warehouse management and POS systems. The printer also includes 384K bytes of flash memory for logo and configuration storage. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us for platform-specific driver support and integration assistance.
The Voyager 1200g is a plug-and-play USB scanner designed for straightforward integration into existing systems. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com for detailed setup information and any application-specific configuration requirements for your warehouse or retail environment.
With the 37 Bit H10302 format available from us, HID controls all card numbering, ensuring that card numbers are never duplicated across your card inventory. This eliminates the need for you to specify facility codes or card start numbers, simplifying the ordering process and reducing administrative overhead.
The ET56 has an unmatched accessory family to customize your solution. Options include multiple charging solutions (wall-mounted, desktop, vehicle cradles, and docking stations with USB, Ethernet, and HDMI), the innovative Expansion Back for adding a rotating handstrap or scan engines, a flexible case providing three wearable options (belt holster, over-the-shoulder strap, or cross-body strap), and Zebra OneCare service plans for comprehensive repair coverage. Contact us today to explore the full range of accessories available from us.
Lenovo has collaborated with Instorescreen to offer 15.6-inch and 21.5-inch inFLEX displays specifically designed for seamless integration with the Chromebox Micro. These displays feature a rear cavity to accommodate the device, ensuring unhindered access to all ports while maintaining a streamlined appearance.
The SocketScan S740 includes intuitive LED indicators, beeps, and vibrations that notify users of battery status, Bluetooth connection, and scanning confirmations. These user indicators make the scanner more intuitive to use and help operators confirm successful scans in busy retail and warehouse environments.
The GX430t comes with the printer, a USB cable, and a US power cord. It includes 1 Year Standard Warranty coverage, with additional Comprehensive Warranty options available from us to extend protection for your investment.
Yes, the IRM-1100-SPMI supports optional 100-GB backup flash storage modules (IRM-SSD-100G) on compatible IR models like the IR1833 and IR1835, providing an added layer of protection from improper shutdown cycles and preventing memory corruption. This optional storage enhancement is ideal for mission-critical deployments where data integrity is essential. We have these storage options available from us—contact us today to configure your complete solution.
Yes, we offer Cisco SFP-10G-SR-S network transceivers and a full range of compatible networking equipment from Cisco and other leading manufacturers. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and delivery options for your enterprise networking needs.
The Dell Latitude 7320 Rugged runs Windows 10 Pro, making it fully compatible with enterprise software, barcode scanning applications, and warehouse management systems. Windows 10 Pro also includes advanced security features and management capabilities ideal for IT procurement and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing enterprise infrastructure.
The Dell 9442G offers multiple battery configurations to support your operational needs: a 6-cell 60Wh Lithium Ion battery with ExpressCharge capability, a 9-cell 97Wh Lithium Ion battery for extended runtime, and an optional 9-cell 87Wh battery with 3-year limited hardware warranty. The ExpressCharge technology enables rapid charging between tasks, keeping your warehouse and logistics operations running efficiently. Contact us today to determine the best battery configuration for your deployment requirements.
The Dell SP325 delivers professional audio quality with its integrated omni-directional microphone array that captures sound from all directions and a 60mm dynamic speaker for clear, balanced output. This combination is optimized for conference calls and group meetings where multiple participants need to be heard clearly. We offer the SP325 as a trusted choice for organizations prioritizing communication clarity in professional settings.
The Dell YHVV1 runs Windows 11 Pro, which includes modern security protocols and encryption capabilities essential for protecting warehouse data and barcode scanning records. The system supports optional security features and is designed for enterprise environments where data integrity and access control are critical. We can help you configure security settings aligned with your logistics operations.
Yes, the Dell 2G8GH is genuine Dell LTO-8 tape media manufactured to Dell's specifications for reliability and performance. We supply authentic Dell products backed by manufacturer standards and compatibility guarantees. Contact us today to ensure you're purchasing genuine media for your enterprise backup infrastructure.
Yes, the Dell Latitude 7320 Rugged is well-suited for barcode scanning and inventory management applications with its robust processor, bright 13-inch display, and Windows 10 Pro operating system. We offer this tablet alongside compatible barcode scanners and mobile computing solutions—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to build a complete mobile data capture solution for your warehouse or logistics operation.
Return and exchange policies vary based on your purchase terms and our current policies. We recommend verifying printer compatibility before ordering to ensure the Dell 6KV2D is the correct cartridge for your device. Contact us today to discuss our return options and to confirm compatibility with your specific Dell printer model.
The Dell GT4TJ comes standard with a 256 GB PCI Express NVMe 3.0 x4 SSD, which provides fast boot times and application responsiveness for warehouse management software. The NVMe interface ensures high-speed data access, making it suitable for real-time barcode scanning and inventory tracking applications. We can discuss storage expansion needs with your IT team.
We offer the Dell M797K toner cartridge as part of our complete AIDC and office supply distribution. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this genuine Dell cartridge, or contact us today for volume pricing and supply chain solutions tailored to your warehouse or logistics operation. Our team can help streamline your toner procurement and inventory management.
The Dell Latitude 7440's Intel Core i7 processor, 16 GB RAM, and multiple connectivity options (USB, HDMI, RJ-45) make it fully compatible with barcode scanners, RFID readers, and mobile data collection software. The Windows 11 Pro operating system supports industry-standard inventory management and logistics applications. Contact us today to discuss integrating this laptop with your barcode scanning and RFID equipment.
The Dell H82PN provides 3.84 TB of storage capacity, making it suitable for large-scale data applications including database servers, virtual machine hosts, and data analytics platforms. Its read-intensive optimization and SATA interface make it cost-effective for sequential read operations and mixed workloads. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore capacity options and get recommendations for your specific use case.
The Dell HT2DT features a 2.5" internal drive form factor but comes with a 3.5" carrier for compatibility with standard server and storage enclosures. This carrier design allows the smaller 2.5" drive to fit into 3.5" drive bays without requiring additional adapters. Contact us today for installation guidance and to order this enterprise-grade storage component.
Yes, the Dell 400-ALYF's enterprise-grade performance and reliability make it suitable for supporting AIDC infrastructure including barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID systems that require consistent, fast data access. The SAS interface ensures rapid data transfer for high-volume scanning operations in warehouses and logistics facilities. Contact us today to integrate this drive into your complete AIDC solution.
We offer the Dell 6DFD8-RF Drive as part of our extensive inventory of Dell storage components and AIDC solutions. Our team can help you source this drive along with any compatible hardware or accessories you may need. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability and pricing.
We offer the Dell 5JH5X drive as part of our comprehensive selection of enterprise storage solutions and Dell products. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our inventory, or contact us today for pricing, availability, and technical support from our experienced team.
The Dell 61XPF-RF Drive combines high rotational speed (15000 rpm), SAS connectivity, and enterprise-class reliability to deliver consistent performance in server and storage environments. These specifications ensure data integrity, fast access times, and the durability required for mission-critical warehouse and logistics operations.
Optical transceivers provide high-speed, interference-free connectivity essential for real-time barcode scanning, RFID systems, and mobile computer networks in warehouse environments. The 10 Gigabit performance ensures minimal latency for inventory management and logistics operations. We offer complete networking solutions including transceivers, scanners, and mobile computers—visit barcodesinc.com to build your integrated system.
The Dell 55H49 is a 3.5" internal hard drive, the standard enterprise form factor for data center storage systems. This size integrates seamlessly with Dell EMC storage arrays and most enterprise storage enclosures. Contact us today for detailed specifications and installation guidance.
We offer the Dell 4GN49-RF drive and a comprehensive selection of storage solutions for enterprise environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to discuss your specific storage needs with our experienced team.
We offer the Dell 0F9W8 drive as part of our comprehensive inventory of genuine Dell storage components and AIDC solutions. Our team provides technical support to help you select the right storage solution for your warehouse or logistics operation. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order and discuss your specific storage requirements.
The Dell 740Y7-RF uses 6Gb/s SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) connectivity, which provides reliable, high-speed data transfer for enterprise storage applications. SAS is the standard interface for server and storage system environments, ensuring compatibility with Dell's infrastructure products. We offer genuine Dell SAS drives backed by manufacturer support and our technical expertise.
We offer genuine Dell OEM hard drives including the C722T-RF through our comprehensive AIDC product catalog at barcodesinc.com. Our team provides technical support to help you select the right storage components for your warehouse, logistics, or IT infrastructure needs. Contact us today for current pricing, availability, and compatibility verification.
The Dell 400-BLLE drive is available from us as a genuine Dell component through our extensive AIDC and IT equipment catalog. We specialize in providing enterprise-grade storage solutions and related hardware to warehouse managers, logistics operations, and IT procurement teams. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to place an order or request volume pricing.
Yes, solid state drives like the Dell 400-ATNJ are ideal for mobile and rugged computing because they have no moving parts, making them more resistant to shock and vibration than mechanical drives. Dell's mobile SSD options are designed to withstand the demands of field operations in warehouse and logistics settings. Contact us today to discuss storage solutions optimized for your mobile computing requirements.
Yes, the Dell 400-AGTM's SAS interface and enterprise-grade design make it well-suited for RAID arrays in Dell PowerEdge servers and storage systems. The hot-swappable design is particularly valuable in RAID environments, allowing failed drives to be replaced without interrupting array operations or requiring server downtime. Our team can help you plan RAID configurations optimized for your performance and redundancy requirements—visit barcodesinc.com for assistance.
The Dell 400-AHZL provides 8 TB of storage capacity, making it an excellent choice for large-scale data storage, server deployments, and enterprise backup solutions. This capacity allows organizations to consolidate storage needs while reducing the number of physical drives required in their infrastructure.
We offer the Dell 400-ANPB drive as part of our comprehensive AIDC and storage solutions portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your server storage needs, get competitive pricing, and ensure you receive the right drive for your infrastructure.
The 8 TB capacity of the Dell 400-ANUJ significantly reduces the number of drives needed for large-scale storage deployments, lowering power consumption, cooling requirements, and overall system complexity compared to smaller drives. This efficiency makes it ideal for data centers and high-capacity workstation environments. We offer the Dell 400-ANUJ and other high-capacity storage solutions optimized for modern enterprise needs—visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full drive selection.
Dell provides standard manufacturer warranty coverage on the 400-AMRW drive. We recommend contacting us today to discuss warranty options, replacement programs, and technical support services available through our partnership with Dell to ensure your storage infrastructure is properly protected.
We offer the Dell 400-AIDY drive as part of our extensive inventory of enterprise storage solutions and server components. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to place your order with our knowledgeable sales team.
The Dell 400-ABQI uses SAS 6Gb/s interface instead of SATA, offering higher throughput, better reliability, and superior performance for enterprise environments. Its write-intensive optimization and hot-swappable design make it purpose-built for data centers and mission-critical systems, unlike consumer-grade SATA alternatives. Available from us with full Dell warranty support for your logistics and warehouse infrastructure.
The Dell VW69J's 12 TB capacity, 7200 RPM speed, and SATA/600 interface position it as a reliable enterprise storage solution for server environments requiring high-capacity, consistent-performance drives. Its 512e format ensures compatibility with modern server architectures while maintaining data integrity. We offer the Dell VW69J alongside other enterprise storage options—contact us today to compare solutions that best fit your infrastructure and budget requirements.
The Dell 400-ALYR is available from us at Barcodes Inc, your leading AIDC distributor. Contact us today for pricing, availability, and technical specifications, or visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete inventory of enterprise storage, barcode scanners, and mobile computing solutions for warehouse and logistics operations.
We offer the Dell 342-2978 hard drive as part of our comprehensive AIDC and enterprise storage solutions. Our team provides expert technical support, compatibility verification, and fast delivery for your data center needs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order and discuss your storage requirements.
The Dell 341-3932 is a genuine Dell OEM component designed for integration into Dell systems used in various environments, including enterprise settings. Its 7200 rpm speed and SATA interface provide dependable performance for standard storage applications. Contact us today to discuss how this drive fits into your enterprise storage strategy.
Yes, the Dell 342-0206 is designed for enterprise RAID environments and is commonly deployed in Dell server and storage arrays. The 15,000 RPM speed and SAS interface make it well-suited for RAID configurations requiring high performance and reliability. Contact us today to discuss RAID implementation options and ensure proper drive selection for your storage architecture.
As a genuine Dell enterprise drive, the 341-7438 undergoes rigorous environmental testing and certification to meet industry standards for reliability and performance. Dell components are designed to operate in controlled data center environments with proper cooling and power management. We offer this certified drive with confidence for enterprise deployments—contact us today for detailed technical documentation.
Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our complete inventory of Dell storage components and enterprise drives, or contact us today for pricing, availability, and bulk order options. Our team can assist with technical specifications, compatibility verification, and expedited shipping for your warehouse or IT infrastructure needs.
The Dell 341-7441 provides 73 GB of storage capacity in a compact 2.5" form factor, making it suitable for space-constrained server environments. For customers requiring larger capacity options, we offer various Dell storage solutions across different form factors and interfaces. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our complete inventory of enterprise-grade storage devices.
The Dell 341-7440 is a genuine Dell component designed for compatibility with Dell PowerEdge servers and storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives. For specific compatibility verification with your exact server model, we recommend reaching out to our team. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm compatibility and place your order.
We offer the Dell 341-3363 drive as part of our comprehensive inventory of genuine Dell components and enterprise storage solutions. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to place your order with our experienced team.
We offer the Dell 341-7414 drive as part of our comprehensive inventory of genuine Dell storage components and AIDC solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to discuss your enterprise storage requirements with our knowledgeable team.
The Magicard Enduro Duo (model 3633-0022) has been discontinued and replaced by the Enduro+ Duo. We recommend contacting us today or visiting idwholesaler.com to learn about the latest Magicard printer options and upgrade paths for your organization.
The Z-Band Comfort is constructed from a soft, flexible material designed for patient comfort and durability in healthcare settings. Its flexible design allows for secure wrapping around wrists of different sizes while maintaining comfort during extended wear. Contact us today to learn more about material specifications or to order in bulk for your facility.
The Rhino 6000 is ideal for data communication, electrical, facility maintenance, security applications, and other professional labeling needs. Its powerful serialization wizard, one-touch power-assisted cutter, and extensive symbol library make it suitable for assembly shops, wire harness operations, panel builders, and multi-site projects requiring standardized labeling across locations.
The EC50 is available for sale for 4 years from launch and is supported for a total of 8 years with Zebra OneCare support. This extended support window eliminates the complexities of managing different models with different platforms over time.
Z-Band Fun wristbands are available in 7 different colors, allowing you to customize wristbands by event type, guest tier, or access level. This variety helps with quick visual identification while maintaining a professional appearance at your venue. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss color options for your specific application.
The wax/resin formulation of the Zebra 6100 balances the cost-effectiveness of wax ribbons with the durability benefits of resin, offering chemical and solvent resistance ideal for harsh environments. This hybrid ink formulation provides excellent staying power on both paper and synthetic substrates without the premium cost of pure resin. We offer the Zebra 6100 as a versatile solution for demanding industrial labeling needs.
The ZT421R is optimized for item-level tracking applications across multiple industries including manufacturing (item-level tagging, asset tagging, work-in-process labeling), transportation and logistics (order picking/packing, shipping/receiving, pallet/asset tagging), retail (back-of-store operations, distribution centers), and healthcare (laboratory labeling, specimen labeling, pharmacy labeling, and asset management). Its ability to print and encode labels as small as 0.6 inches makes it versatile for diverse labeling and tracking needs.
Yes, the Granit XP 1990iXLR is designed for high-speed warehouse operations with motion tolerance up to 4500 mm/s (177 in/s) and adjustable user indicators including Good Decode LEDs, beeper, and vibration feedback. These features optimize productivity and reduce data entry errors in fast-paced environments.
The RT10W is powered by an Intel Pentium N4200 Apollo Lake Processor running at 1.10 GHz, up to 2.50 GHz with turbo boost technology, paired with 8 GB RAM and 128 GB storage. This configuration provides the performance needed for enterprise applications and data capture workflows.
The CN80G is built with ultra-rugged construction designed to work in the most difficult and hazardous environments. Its rugged design allows it to withstand the demanding conditions found in logistics, warehouse, and field mobility operations, making it ideal for challenging work settings.
Yes, the Zebra AN660 is specifically designed for integration with Zebra's fixed RFID readers and has been tested for optimal compatibility. This ensures fast and accurate communication with UHF tags while maintaining compliance with local regulations. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific reader model and discuss your RFID solution needs.
Every Zebra ChemResist Ribbon undergoes an ISO 9001 certified, 23-point inspection process to ensure consistent, optimized performance from order to order. Our supplies R&D team performs stringent print quality, durability, and printhead life tests across a wide range of material types and printing speeds to validate environmental performance, material compatibility, and complex label format performance.
The Zebra 6000 Wax Ribbon uses a standard wax ink formulation designed to deliver high-quality, durable barcode printing. This formulation is optimized for coated paper stocks and provides reliable performance across general purpose labeling and logistics applications. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to order or discuss your specific ribbon requirements.
Yes, we offer a low price guarantee on the Zebra 800350-350 ribbon. Visit idwholesaler.com or contact us today to confirm current pricing and place your order.
Using genuine Zebra 800300-307 ribbons is essential to maintain your Zebra card printer's warranty and ensure reliable performance. As an authorized Zebra Solution provider, we only sell authentic Zebra 800300-307 Metallic Silver Monochrome Ribbons to guarantee quality and compatibility with your equipment.
The YMCKOK ribbon configuration includes yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C) panels that combine using varying degrees of heat to produce a full spectrum of colors. It also features a clear protective overlay (O) panel and two black resin (K) panels for text and barcode printing on both sides of the card.
KrO indicates the ribbon's composition: Kr stands for black resin, which is the primary printing panel, and O stands for overlay, a thin protective panel that extends ribbon life and improves print quality. This dual-panel design is optimized for monochrome printing on ID cards.
The 1.0 mil thickness refers to the laminate's protective layer depth, which provides increased durability and prolonged protection from wear and fading when applied to your printed ID cards. This thickness is specifically engineered for Zebra ZXP Series 8 and 9 printers to ensure proper application and card performance.
The Zebra 105909-169 cleaning kit offers an easy and inexpensive way to maintain your printer's optimal functionality and prevent more costly issues down the road. By investing in routine cleaning supplies now, you avoid expensive downtime, reprinting costs, and potential printhead damage that can result from neglected maintenance.
Dual-sided printing means the Zebra 800017-248 can print on both the front and back of your ID cards in a single pass. The YMC, first K, and O panels print on the front side, while the second K panel prints on the back side, enabling efficient two-sided card production for your P120i printer.
We offer the Datalogic Rhino II with two keyboard layout options: the 95ACC1330 features a standard QWERTY layout for traditional typing, while the 95ACC1331 provides an ABCD layout optimized for barcode and data entry applications. Choose the layout that aligns with your team's training and operational preferences. Contact us today to discuss which option is best for your warehouse environment.
The Dell CK3MN operates at 7200 RPM with SATA/600 interface speed, delivering solid performance for enterprise storage applications. The 512n format ensures compatibility with standard enterprise systems and data center configurations. Contact us today to discuss whether this drive meets your performance requirements.
The PM43c includes 1 year of standard warranty coverage. Additional comprehensive warranty options are available to extend protection and support for your investment. Contact us today to discuss warranty plans that best fit your operational needs and budget.
The Cisco IE3100 features a user-friendly WebUI for simplified management and configuration, making it easy for your IT team to deploy and maintain without requiring extensive technical expertise. The switch also includes dual DC power inputs for enhanced reliability in critical installations.
The inTouch 101 is designed to operate within temperatures of 10°C to 40°C (50°F to 104°F) and humidity levels between 20% to 80% relative humidity. These specifications make it suitable for standard indoor retail environments. The unit weighs 1.7 kg and measures 241.3 x 162.9 x 18.5 mm, making it compact for space-constrained POS locations.
The Memor 17 includes a dual camera system with a 13MP rear camera featuring autofocus and an 8MP front camera with fixed focus. These cameras support image capture for documentation, damage assessment, and product verification in warehouse and logistics workflows.
The inTouch 270 features a 30,000-hour backlight lifespan, ensuring extended operational life in continuous-use environments typical of retail signage and kiosk applications. With low power consumption of just 34W, it offers both longevity and energy efficiency for your digital display infrastructure.
Yes, the M70q Gen 5 is constructed with 85% post-consumer recycled plastic in the chassis and up to 95% in peripherals like the keyboard and mouse, with packaging utilizing recycled materials. It complies with ENERGY STAR 8.0 and EPEAT Gold certifications, reflecting Lenovo's commitment to sustainability while delivering enterprise-level performance.
The QW2500 delivers solid reading ranges across standard barcode formats: Code 39 (5 mils) reads 0.5–23.0 cm, EAN/UPCA (13 mils) reads 1.0–40.0 cm, and QR Code (20 mils) reads 1.0–33.0 cm. Reading distance varies based on barcode size, contrast, and ambient light conditions, ensuring reliable performance in typical retail and warehouse settings.
The CX6300 integrates comprehensive security features including MACsec encryption, trustworthy management, and dynamic segmentation capabilities to protect your network infrastructure. It also features seamless integration with Aruba Central for unified cloud-based control, combined with a fully programmable OS and the Network Analytics Engine for industry-leading monitoring and troubleshooting at the access layer.
Datalogic's exclusive 3GL technology provides superior good-read feedback on the PM9100, giving users clear confirmation when a barcode is successfully scanned. This feature enhances scanning accuracy and user confidence in fast-paced warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to learn more about this scanner or visit barcodesinc.com for pricing and availability.
The SATO PW2NX is ideal for a wide range of applications including price markdowns, food safety labeling, sorting, inventory identification, and receipt printing. Its compact portability, multiple connectivity options, and support for various label formats make it an excellent choice for retail, logistics, and inventory management workflows.
The workstation includes a fingerprint reader, TPM 2.0 security chip, and optional smart card reader to protect your sensitive data and professional information. These security features are essential for professionals in regulated industries who need to safeguard confidential work and client information.
The X1 Carbon Gen 11 is an ultralight laptop starting at just 1.12 kg (2.48 lbs) with dimensions of 315.6 x 222.5 x 15.36 mm, making it ideal for professionals who need a premium business laptop that's easy to carry between offices, client sites, and remote work locations. Contact us today to find the configuration that fits your mobility needs.
The fanless design of the ThinkEdge SE10 eliminates moving parts, reducing maintenance requirements and noise generation while improving reliability in harsh industrial settings. This makes it particularly valuable for deployments in noise-sensitive or high-vibration environments.
Yes, the 1-liter chassis is designed for efficiency and can be positioned vertically or horizontally to fit various workspace configurations. The flexible design also includes a flex IO punch-out, allowing users to customize ports based on their specific operational needs.
The inFlex 215 is engineered for point-of-sale (POS) systems, self-service kiosks, digital signage, and hospitality applications. Its combination of responsive 10-point touch, Full HD resolution, multiple connectivity options, and durable construction makes it a reliable choice for demanding commercial environments.
The ThinkCentre Neo 50q Gen 4 features integrated Intel UHD Graphics, which is suitable for standard business graphics tasks and everyday applications. While not designed for intensive graphics workloads, it provides adequate performance for office productivity, video conferencing, and general business computing.
The HP P2W02A has a monthly duty cycle of up to 500 pages A4, with a recommended monthly page volume of 100 to 300 pages. This specification makes it suitable for moderate-volume printing in warehouse and logistics environments where consistent, reliable output is essential.
While specific storage temperature ranges for the cartridge itself are not detailed in the product documentation, HP recommends storing supplies in controlled environments. For detailed guidance on cartridge storage and handling best practices, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today—our team can provide recommendations for maintaining cartridge quality in warehouse conditions.
The HP P2V63A is an inkjet cartridge designed for inkjet printing technology. This cartridge is optimized for HP inkjet systems used in POS and business printing applications. We stock this cartridge as part of our full range of AIDC supplies and consumables.
The HP 4VW66AT is primarily designed for POS retail environments as part of HP's Engage One Prime I/O Hub system. If you're evaluating touchscreen solutions for warehouse or logistics applications, we offer a range of mobile computers and specialized AIDC devices. Contact us today to discuss the best solution for your operational needs.
The HP W2021A toner cartridge is available from us at Barcodes Inc. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this cartridge online, or contact us today for volume pricing, delivery options, and inventory availability for your warehouse or business needs.
HP LaserJet printers using the CF230A cartridge come with a one-year, next-business day, onsite warranty. Warranty and support options vary by product, country, and local legal requirements, so we recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com to learn about available service and support options for your region.
We offer the HP Q6582A and provide expert guidance on inkjet photo paper selection for your printing needs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your paper requirements, bulk pricing, and to ensure you select the right media for your specific application.
As a leading AIDC distributor, we provide technical support, configuration assistance, and integration services for the HP C29Z6AA scanner. Contact us today to discuss warranty options, training, and ongoing support for your barcode scanning deployment.
Yes, the HP D8J07A is compatible with Windows XP SP3 or higher (32-bit only). Your system will need at least an Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor running at 233 MHz or higher, 850 MB of available hard disk space, a CD-ROM/DVD drive or internet connection, and a USB port.
The HP 2HV27AA includes HP Driver Packs, HP System Software Manager (SSM), HP BIOS Config Utility (BCU), and the HP Manageability Integration Kit Gen3 for centralized device management. These tools enable IT teams to deploy, monitor, and maintain the device efficiently across your warehouse or retail operations.
The HP J3E86A includes a one-year, next-business day, onsite warranty (warranty code 4G; warranty ID A001). Warranty and support options vary by product, country, and local legal requirements, so visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn about HP's award-winning service and support options available in your region.
Yes, we offer HP W2023A toner cartridges available from us for both individual and bulk orders to support your warehouse printing needs. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing and delivery options for your logistics operation.
Yes, an optional HP Accidental Damage Protection Care Pack is available for the HP 6K9B2AA. This coverage helps protect your investment against unexpected damage in busy retail and hospitality environments. Contact us today to learn more about care pack options and pricing for your configuration.
HP SureSupply alerts you when your print cartridge is running low and helps you purchase replacements online or locally through HP or participating retailers. This proactive notification system helps minimize unexpected downtime in your printing operations.
HP recommends storing ink cartridges in controlled environmental conditions to maintain performance. While specific storage specifications vary by cartridge type, proper storage helps preserve ink quality and ensures reliable output when the cartridge is installed. For detailed guidance on your specific setup, contact us today and our team can provide recommendations.
HP printers compatible with the F9K01A cartridge support a variety of paper types including glossy brochure paper (180g), advanced photo papers (light 60-74g, intermediate 85-95g), cardstock, and thick plain paper, with a 250-sheet input tray and 150-sheet output tray capacity. This versatility makes them suitable for diverse printing needs in office and warehouse environments. Available from us with full technical support to help you select the right printer for your paper handling requirements.
The HP 727 (F9J78A) is designed as an original HP ink cartridge for compatible HP inkjet printers. Cartridge compatibility varies by printer model, so it's important to verify your specific printer's requirements before purchasing. Contact us today and our team can help confirm whether this cartridge works with your HP printer and recommend the correct supplies.
We offer the HP C9374A Original Ink Cartridge as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup. As a leading distributor of barcode scanners, label printers, mobile computers, and printing supplies, we stock genuine HP consumables for your business. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order and get competitive pricing on this cartridge.
Yes, the HP P57688-B21 is designed as an enterprise 1U rack server with Intel Xeon Gold processor, substantial memory support, and the Intel C741 chipset. We offer this server for organizations requiring reliable, scalable infrastructure for warehouse management and logistics operations—contact us today to discuss your specific deployment needs.
The Fargo 47700 enables contact smart card encoding for access control and identification applications, allowing you to personalize secure credentials with encoded data. By combining card printing with smart card encoding, you can create comprehensive ID solutions for employee badges, facility access, and secure authentication systems. Contact us today to discuss your specific access control requirements.
We offer extended warranty options for the Fargo DTC4500e printer to protect your investment and ensure long-term reliability. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to learn about our warranty packages and support services tailored to your operational needs.
The Fargo DTC4500e comes standard with a three-year warranty plus one year of full service warranty with Loaner Express, followed by two additional years of limited warranty covering parts and labor. We also offer extended warranty options to further protect your investment—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for details.
The model available from us is the non-encoding version of the DTC4500e. If you require encoding capabilities for magnetic stripe, smart card, or RFID functionality, contact us today—we can help you explore encoding options or alternative configurations that meet your specific requirements.
The Fargo DTC4500e features a same-side input/output hopper design, which streamlines card handling and workflow efficiency. This configuration allows operators to load blank cards and retrieve printed cards from the same location, reducing operational complexity in high-volume printing environments.
Yes, the Fargo DTC4500e is specifically engineered for high-volume card production with its robust print engine and high-capacity ribbons that minimize downtime. The printer's ability to produce twice as many full-color cards before ribbon changes makes it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations requiring continuous card printing.
Yes, the DTC4500e is specifically designed for high-volume production environments. Its robust print engine, high-capacity ribbons that reduce changeover frequency, and dual-sided printing capability make it an excellent choice for organizations with continuous card printing demands. Contact us today to discuss your specific production requirements and how we can support your operation.
The Fargo DTC4500e delivers high-quality full-color card printing driven by its robust and reliable print engine. The printer is engineered to maintain consistent, professional-grade output throughout high-volume production cycles. Available from us with flexible connectivity and hopper configurations to support your quality and throughput demands.
We offer the Fargo DTC4500e with a three-year warranty that includes one year of full service coverage with loaner express plus an additional two years of limited warranty for parts and labor. Extended warranty options are also available—contact us today to discuss coverage that fits your operational needs.
The HDP8500 includes a two-year warranty on both the printer and printhead, with unlimited printhead passes when using UltraCard™ media. The printer operates reliably in temperatures from 65° to 80°F and humidity levels of 20–80% non-condensing, making it suitable for standard indoor facility environments.
Yes, we offer the Fargo 45105 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive Fargo supplies inventory. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check current stock, pricing, and volume discounts for this compatible ribbon cartridge.
The Fargo 45702 is an ECO Standard ribbon designed for reliable performance in standard operating environments. Proper storage and handling of ribbon cartridges helps maintain print quality and extends the life of your printer. Our team can provide guidance on best practices—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us for support.
Yes, the Fargo 45714 ribbon cartridge includes an integrated card cleaning roller that automatically replaces with each new ribbon installation. This ensures consistent card surface cleanliness throughout the ribbon's lifespan, helping maintain print quality and extending printer component life.
The Fargo 84510 is designed for specific Fargo ID card printer models that support its ribbon cartridge format and specifications. To ensure compatibility with your particular printer model, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com—our team can confirm the right ribbon configuration for your equipment.
We offer the Fargo 045421 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive AIDC consumables inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this ribbon and ensure your ID card printer stays stocked with genuine Fargo supplies.
The Fargo 045422 ribbon is compatible with standard CR-80 cards (3.375" L x 2.125" W) and CR-79 adhesive-back cards (3.313" L x 2.063" W). It supports card thicknesses from .009" to .040" (9 mil to 40 mil). Visit barcodesinc.com to verify your specific card requirements.
The Fargo 81579 is a replacement printhead component for Persona, C15, 4225, and 4250 printers with serial numbers greater than 90320134. Printhead replacement is typically needed after extended use or if you experience print quality degradation. Contact us today—our team can help you determine if a printhead replacement is the right solution for your card printing issues.
We offer the Fargo 88063 printhead along with complete technical support and compatibility guidance for your card printing setup. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team to verify compatibility with your specific printer model and discuss your replacement needs.
We offer the Fargo 47711 Accessory as part of our comprehensive selection of Fargo printer parts and upgrades. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this Ethernet Module with Print Server, or contact us today for pricing, availability, and technical support to ensure you get the right accessory for your DTC4000 printer.
Yes, the Fargo 45000 YMCKO cartridge includes an integrated cleaning roller that is automatically replaced with each new ribbon used. This built-in maintenance feature helps ensure consistent print quality and reduces the need for separate cleaning supplies when you order from us.
The Fargo 44203 ID Card Ribbon is available from us at Barcodes Inc. We stock this ribbon and other Fargo printer supplies to support your ID card printing operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place your order.
Fargo supplies are precisely designed and rigorously tested to maximize the performance of Fargo ID Card Printer/Encoders and ensure warranty coverage. Using genuine Fargo Certified Supplies guarantees consistent color reproduction, crisp text, precise bar codes, and reliable operation—Fargo warranties are void when non-certified supplies are used. Contact us today to order authentic Fargo ribbons for your printer.
Yes, the Fargo 45106 is an OEM-certified ribbon from Fargo. Using Fargo Certified Supplies like this ribbon ensures optimal printer performance and maintains your warranty coverage. We stock genuine Fargo supplies to support your ID card printing operations—visit barcodesinc.com to order today.
The Fargo DTC4500e stands out due to its high-capacity ribbon technology that doubles the card output compared to most other printers before ribbon replacement, reducing downtime and operational costs. Its same-side input/output hopper design and combination of USB and Ethernet connectivity provide operational flexibility, while the integrated ISO magnetic stripe encoding capability delivers comprehensive card production in one device. We offer the DTC4500e as part of our comprehensive ID card printer solutions—visit barcodesinc.com to explore how it fits your printing requirements.
The Fargo 45010-FGO uses dye-sublimation and resin ribbon technology to produce colorful images, crisp text, and precise barcodes on ID cards. This advanced ribbon technology ensures consistent, professional-quality output for every card printed with your DTC1250e printer. Contact us today to order your supply from Barcodes Inc.
We offer the Fargo 86208 ID Card Ribbon as part of our complete line of Fargo printer supplies and consumables. You can browse our full selection of DTC550 ribbons and supplies on our website or contact us today for volume orders, pricing, and technical support. Our team is ready to help you keep your ID card printing operations running smoothly.
The Fargo DTC4500e model available from us is a no-encoding version. If you require encoding functionality for magnetic stripe, smart card, or RFID applications, contact us today to explore alternative configurations or compatible encoding solutions.
The DTC4500e's high-capacity ribbons enable you to print twice as many full-color cards as most competing printers before ribbon replacement is required, significantly reducing consumable costs and downtime associated with frequent ribbon changes. This efficiency makes it an ideal choice for high-volume card production environments. Contact us today to learn more about how this printer can optimize your ID card production workflow.
We offer the Fargo 45101 ribbon (also known as part number 045101) as a certified Fargo supply. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and place your order. We recommend using genuine Fargo supplies to maintain printer warranty coverage and ensure optimal performance.
The Fargo 45111 KO ribbon prints in monochrome black only with an overlay panel for 500 images, making it ideal for text-based badges and cost-sensitive applications. In contrast, YMCKO ribbons (yellow, magenta, cyan, resin black, and overlay) enable full-color photo printing but produce fewer images per ribbon—typically 250 prints—and require longer print times. Available from us are both options depending on your color requirements and budget; contact us today to determine which ribbon best fits your ID card program.
The Fargo 84500 comes standard with clear film overlaminate. Fargo offers various overlaminate options across their product line, including thermal transfer and PolyGuard overlaminates in different thicknesses and security designs. Contact us today to explore all available overlaminate options for your specific application needs.
The DTC4250e includes 3 Year Standard Coverage as the base warranty option. We also offer additional Comprehensive Warranty coverage for extended protection—contact us today to discuss warranty options that fit your organization's needs.
The TM-U675 accepts receipt or journal paper with a diameter of 83mm and thickness of 0.06–0.085mm per sheet (total roll thickness 0.2mm or less). For slip and validation documents, it supports paper thickness of 0.09–0.12mm per sheet, providing flexibility for various document types used in retail and banking operations. Contact us today for compatible paper recommendations.
The OmniLink TM-T70II-DT comes with a 2-year limited warranty. For specific warranty details or to discuss extended coverage options available from us, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com.
The TM-U675 accepts receipt and journal paper with a diameter of 83mm and thickness of 0.06–0.085mm per sheet. For slips and validation documents, it supports paper thickness of 0.09–0.12mm across a range of widths and lengths, providing flexibility for different document types. Contact us today to discuss the right paper supplies for your operation.
Yes, the Epson TDY-C31C514653 includes the PS-180 power supply and AC cable in the box, so you can set up and begin printing immediately without additional purchases. The printer operates on 24V DC power and is ready to integrate into your POS environment.
The CaptureOne TM-S1000 offers a Mean Cycles Between Failures (MCBF) rating of 2,470,000 and an expected life of 1,000,000 documents scanned. The franking cartridge is rated for 18,000 sheets, ensuring consistent performance and electronic endorsement capability throughout the device's operational life.
Yes, the Datalogic GD4590-BK-DGM model is specifically Digimarc barcode compatible, making it ideal for operations that use digital barcode technology. This compatibility extends the scanner's versatility for modern supply chain applications that leverage Digimarc-encoded products. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific barcode formats and applications.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexible battery choices including a standard 3.7V, 3,000 mAh battery and an extended 3.7V, 5,200 mAh battery option for longer shifts. You can also choose between wireless charging (15-watt contactless) or classic contact-based wired charging through the device's versatile charging dock.
The Datalogic 95ACC6170 Lighting module integrates with the SL2/4 SLIM safety interface platform, which connects to Datalogic barcode scanners and data capture devices through standard industrial interfaces (RS-232, USB, or multi-interface configurations). Integration typically involves connecting the safety interface outputs to your control systems, interlocks, or warning devices. Our team at Barcodes Inc can help you design the proper configuration for your specific warehouse automation needs—contact us today for implementation support.
The DataLogic 94ACC1381 is classified as a power device accessory for the Skorpio X4 mobile computer. We offer a comprehensive range of Datalogic accessories including cradles, batteries, stylus, cases, and straps to support your complete mobile computing deployment. Contact us today to discuss a complete accessory package for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The CF83-E uses Power over Ethernet (PoE) for both connectivity and power delivery, simplifying installation and reducing cable requirements. This single-cable approach makes deployment faster and more cost-effective for large-scale surveillance installations across warehouses and commercial facilities.
The 5-year renewal license provides continuous access to Verkada's cloud platform, AI analytics, and security features for government deployments of the four-camera multisensor system. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify your renewal eligibility, discuss licensing terms, and ensure uninterrupted service for your surveillance infrastructure.
NFC (Near Field Communication) credentials provide secure, contactless authentication for access control and user verification within your Verkada surveillance system. This technology enables encrypted, proximity-based authentication that enhances security while improving user convenience across your facility. Our team can help you integrate this capability with your existing Verkada infrastructure—visit barcodesinc.com for more details.
If your Verkada license expires, you'll lose access to cloud storage, video retrieval, and remote monitoring capabilities—your cameras will no longer transmit footage to the cloud platform. Renewing your license with the LIC-MT-5Y-RNW restores full platform access and ensures uninterrupted surveillance operations. We recommend contacting us today to schedule your renewal before your current license expires.
We offer a full range of Verkada security products, including cameras, wireless hubs, and alarm accessories, all available through our AIDC distribution network. Our team specializes in helping warehouse managers and logistics operations select the right security equipment for their facilities. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your security infrastructure requirements and find the perfect Verkada solution.
The CD53-256E-HW-F integrates an Ambarella processor to deliver AI-powered analytics including people and vehicle detection, occupancy trend monitoring, and real-time alerts. These advanced features enable warehouse managers and logistics teams to automate security monitoring, reduce false alarms, and generate actionable insights for operational efficiency. Contact us today to learn how we can integrate this camera into your security infrastructure at barcodesinc.com.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14s Gen 2 20XF0076US features an English keyboard layout and includes a front-facing camera/webcam for video conferencing and remote support. This makes it ideal for logistics teams that need to collaborate across multiple warehouse locations or coordinate with suppliers and partners. Contact us today to order this model or discuss customization options for your organization.
We offer the Lenovo 4XE1F30278 MicroSaver Cable Lock as part of our comprehensive security products line. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to order this essential security accessory for your organization's equipment protection needs.
The In-Plane Switching (IPS) technology delivers 178° horizontal and 178° vertical viewing angles, ensuring consistent image quality and color accuracy from multiple viewing positions. This wide viewing angle capability makes it suitable for collaborative work environments and multi-user applications in warehouse and logistics operations.
We offer the Lenovo Legion Y25-30 (model 66F0GACBUS) as part of our extensive inventory of displays and AIDC solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to discuss which monitor solution best fits your warehouse, logistics, or IT infrastructure needs.
Yes, the Lenovo 4XH0R55468 wireless adapter is suitable for warehouse and logistics operations where wireless connectivity improves mobility and reduces cable clutter around workstations and mobile computers. The external USB design allows flexible placement for optimal signal reception in various facility layouts. We offer this component as part of our AIDC solutions—contact us today to discuss integration with your warehouse management systems.
We offer the Lenovo InFlex 15.6" touchscreen signage display as part of our comprehensive AIDC product portfolio. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your retail, kiosk, or signage requirements, and our team can help you select the right display solution and any compatible accessories for your deployment.
The Lenovo 100e Chromebook Gen 4 is designed for K-12 education, libraries, tutoring programs, and shared-device learning environments. Its classroom-ready ChromeOS, durable construction, and centralized device management make it ideal for institutions needing reliable, easy-to-manage computing solutions.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14s 2-in-1 G1 features a 58Wh 3-cell lithium-ion battery with a 65W power adapter for charging. Battery life varies based on usage patterns and configuration, but the efficient Intel Core Ultra 7 processor is designed for extended mobile productivity. We recommend contacting us for detailed power consumption specifications and recommendations for field operations requiring all-day battery performance.
The ThinkPad P16v Gen 3 is optimized for CAD, engineering, architecture, software development, and media production industries. The combination of high-performance Intel processors, professional NVIDIA graphics, fast SSD storage, and a detailed 16-inch display makes it ideal for professionals in these fields who require portable workstation-class performance. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to find the right configuration for your specific needs.
Yes, the ThinkPad P1 Gen 8 features commercial-grade ThinkPad construction and rigorous durability testing specifically designed to withstand frequent travel and field use. The premium build quality, combined with a 90Wh battery with Rapid Charge capability, ensures reliability during extended mobile work sessions. Contact us today to learn more about the durability features and warranty options available from our team.
The Lenovo ThinkPad P16 Gen 2 comes standard with Windows 11 Pro, which provides enterprise-grade features, security updates, and compatibility with professional software applications. Windows 11 Pro is ideal for IT procurement teams managing mobile workstations across logistics and warehouse operations. Contact us today to discuss customization options, volume licensing, and enterprise deployment strategies for your organization.
The ThinkPad T14 Gen 6 features either a 52.5Wh or 57Wh battery with Rapid Charge technology to minimize downtime during the workday. Battery capacity varies by configuration and actual runtime depends on usage patterns and power settings. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed battery specifications and charging accessory options.
Absolutely—the Lenovo K14 Gen 2 runs Windows 11 Pro, which provides enterprise-grade security, management capabilities, and compatibility with business applications used in logistics and warehouse environments. The Intel Core i3-1315U processor and 8GB RAM support standard productivity and inventory management software. Contact us today to discuss your specific software requirements and how we can ensure compatibility.
A barcode validator like the SATO 3MX-CLV-D1S is specifically engineered to assess barcode print quality, contrast ratios, and readability compliance—not just decode data. Standard scanners simply read and transmit barcode information. Validators are essential for label manufacturers and quality assurance teams, while standard scanners are used for inventory and point-of-sale transactions. Contact us today to determine which solution fits your operation.
Yes, the CT4-LX is specifically designed for warehouse, retail, and logistics applications with its durable construction, multiple connectivity options, and direct thermal printing capability for high-volume barcode label production. The user-replaceable components and intuitive touchscreen interface make it practical for busy warehouse operations. We stock the CT4-LX and can provide deployment support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your warehouse labeling needs.
The SATO CT4-LX uses thermal transfer printing technology, which provides durable, high-quality barcode labels suitable for warehouse, logistics, and retail environments. Thermal transfer printing ensures excellent print clarity and longevity compared to direct thermal methods, making it ideal for labels that need to withstand handling, moisture, and temperature variations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of thermal transfer printer options.
The SATO CT4-LX utilizes thermal transfer printing technology, which produces durable, high-quality barcode labels suitable for various warehouse and logistics applications. Thermal transfer printing is ideal for environments requiring long-lasting labels that resist smudging, fading, and harsh handling. Available from us with full technical support and consumable supplies to keep your operations running efficiently.
The SATO CT4-LX is a thermal transfer printer capable of printing barcode labels, shipping labels, product labels, and other compliance labels on various label materials. With 305 dpi resolution and 6 ips print speed, it delivers sharp, professional-quality barcode and text output suitable for warehouse, retail, and logistics applications. Contact us today to discuss your specific labeling requirements and find the right supplies for your operation.
The SATO CT4-LX is designed as a desktop printer optimized for moderate to high-volume label production with its 6 ips print speed and durable construction featuring user-replaceable components. The full-color touchscreen and wireless connectivity make it efficient for warehouse environments where mobility and ease of use are important. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about how this printer can support your warehouse labeling operations.
The CL4NX printer with this printhead accommodates media widths from 0.98" to 5.15" (25-131mm) and supports ribbons from 1.55" to 5.04" (39.5-128mm) wide. The printer can handle up to 10-inch outside diameter media rolls with 3" cores and up to 1968 feet of ribbon. Contact us today for guidance on media selection and optimal configuration for your warehouse operations.
The SATO WWCLP2A01-WAR delivers print speeds of 14 inches per second at 305 dpi resolution, providing fast throughput without compromising label quality. This combination ensures you can meet high-volume labeling demands while maintaining barcode readability and compliance with industry standards.
Yes, these labels are perforated, which means they have small cuts between each label allowing for easy separation from the roll during printing and application. The perforated design improves workflow efficiency by enabling quick label removal without tearing or damage. This feature is standard on our SATO label products designed for high-speed printing operations.
We offer a complete selection of SATO thermal labels, including the SR10LD-20125 direct thermal option, priced per case. For pricing, availability, and to discuss your specific labeling needs, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today—our team can help you find the right label solution for your operation.
Absolutely—we offer a full selection of both thermal transfer and direct thermal barcode labels for your SATO printer. Thermal transfer labels provide superior durability and longevity compared to direct thermal, making them better for outdoor or harsh environments. Contact us today to discuss which label type best fits your application and printing requirements.
The wax ribbon composition of the SW10-B-80300 is best suited for indoor, controlled environments on coated papers and synthetic materials. For outdoor applications or harsh conditions involving extreme temperatures, moisture, or chemical exposure, we recommend our resin ribbon options instead. Contact us today to discuss your specific environmental requirements and find the ideal ribbon solution.
Many SATO printer models allow straightforward printhead replacement by trained operators following the manufacturer's guidelines. However, some configurations may require professional installation to ensure proper alignment and calibration. Contact us today for installation support, guidance, or to connect with qualified service technicians in your area.
The SATO 59-F10A1-001 is an OEM-quality replacement printhead engineered specifically for SATO printer systems, ensuring optimal performance and reliability. As a direct thermal/thermal transfer compatible component, it offers the versatility needed for diverse labeling applications in warehouses and logistics. We stock this printhead to provide fast replacement options when you need to minimize downtime—visit barcodesinc.com to order today.
The SATO WWS8N32EA integrates with SATO Online Services for remote management capabilities, allowing IT teams to monitor and configure the print engine without physical access. You can also use the Web Browser interface and SATO All-In-One Printer Utilities for centralized control across your printing infrastructure. Contact us today to learn how we can integrate this into your warehouse management system.
The JW830A comes with extended memory featuring 16GB of DRAM, which is essential for handling the processing demands of 32,000 concurrent mobile devices and running advanced features like AppRF application visibility. This substantial memory capacity ensures smooth performance even under peak load conditions with multiple simultaneous wireless connections and policy enforcement operations.
The JW703A offers an optimal balance of port density, PoE capacity, and client scalability for branch office deployments supporting up to 32 APs and 2,000 clients. If you need higher capacity, the 7024 Series provides 24 ports with 400W PoE power, while smaller deployments can use the JW636A with 16 AP support—contact us today to determine which model best fits your infrastructure requirements.
Yes, the Aruba 7000 Series includes a real-time dashboard that identifies Quality-of-Service issues and enables application load balancing across your network. This visibility allows IT teams to proactively manage network performance and optimize user experience across branch and head-end locations. Contact us today to learn how we can support your wireless infrastructure needs.
Yes, the JL745A is suitable for warehouse and industrial network deployments where reliable short-range fiber connectivity is needed. Fiber-based transceivers like the JL745A offer immunity to electromagnetic interference, making them ideal for environments with heavy electrical equipment. Contact us today to discuss transceiver solutions optimized for your warehouse or logistics facility.
Yes, the S0B65A is classified as an LPI (Low Power Indoor) device, which means it does not require external coordination for deployment and can be installed without regulatory approval processes. This classification simplifies deployment in hotels, residence halls, and other commercial spaces where rapid installation is essential.
The AP-505H supports both wall- and desk-mounted configurations (mount kits sold separately) and operates reliably in environments ranging from 0°C to 40°C with 5% to 93% relative humidity. This makes it suitable for diverse indoor locations from climate-controlled offices to less-controlled remote sites and hospitality venues. Contact us today to discuss mounting solutions available from Barcodes Inc.
The Epson 111196900 labels are thermal-printed black labels with a media thickness of 2 to 8 mil, depending on the specific label stock type. While the product data confirms these are compatible with the TM-L90's thermal printing method, we recommend contacting our team for specific guidance on archival durability, environmental resistance, and storage conditions for your application.
The 3" x 1" format is commonly used for product labeling, inventory tracking, and shipping applications in warehouse and logistics environments. These dimensions provide ample space for barcodes and product information while remaining compact enough for most packaging and container sizes.
We offer genuine Epson TM-H2000 replacement ribbons and supplies to keep your printer operating at full capacity. Our team stocks ERC-43B ribbons and other compatible consumables with competitive pricing and fast shipping. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today at 1-833-299-1662 to order your supplies.
The Epson 12000XL-PH supports 48-bit internal/24-bit external color and grayscale scan modes, with 16-bit internal/8-bit external grayscale capability and 1-bit monochrome output. This range of color depths allows flexibility for different document types and archival requirements.
The Epson A41A266211 has a compact footprint measuring approximately 175mm x 355mm x 160mm (6.9" x 14" x 6.3") in height, width, and depth, and weighs approximately 4kg (8.8 lbs). Its small, compact design makes it ideal for space-constrained teller stations and retail checkout areas. Contact us today to learn more about availability and pricing.
The CaptureOne TM-S1000 is rated for 1,000,000 documents over its operational life with a mean cycles between failures (MCBF) of 2,470,000. The franking cartridge is rated for 18,000 sheets, allowing for extended use before consumable replacement is needed.
The DFX-9000 is designed for straightforward setup with a convenient LCD display and intuitive menu selections. Its intelligent automation and standard connectivity options mean you can get the printer operational quickly in your warehouse or logistics environment.
The Elo E384627 snaps directly onto the edge of compatible Elo touchscreen displays with a simple snap-on connection. No tools or complex installation is required, allowing you to quickly integrate the scanner into your self-service setup and reconfigure it whenever your needs change.
The Elo 2294L includes a 3-year warranty and is available worldwide from us. Contact us today to discuss your specific application requirements, bulk pricing, or technical specifications for deployment in your warehouse, retail, or industrial environment.
The Elo 1991L comes with a 3-year warranty and meets international compliance standards including RoHS, China RoHS, and WEEE regulations for worldwide deployment. Contact us today to discuss warranty options and certification requirements for your specific application.
The Elo 1093L comes with a 3-year warranty, reflecting Elo's commitment to reliability and quality. We offer this touchscreen with full technical support and can assist with integration, troubleshooting, and accessory selection—contact us today for more information.
Yes, the Elo 2294L is specifically designed as an industrial-grade, cost-effective solution for OEMs and systems integrators. Its proven reliability, compact slim design, and availability in multiple touch technologies and brightness levels make it versatile for integrating into customer-facing systems across various industries. Contact us today to discuss your integration requirements.
The kit includes a conference camera with a 96° field of view for wide-angle video capture and an analog microphone with Acoustic Echo Cancellation to ensure clear audio during meetings. These integrated components eliminate the need for separate peripherals and enable high-quality conferencing experiences.
Yes, the Elo 2094L is specifically engineered for industrial automation and healthcare applications as part of Elo's 90-Series product line. Its industrial-grade construction, reliable open-frame design, and proven drift-free operation make it well-suited for these demanding environments. The narrow outside dimensions and slim design also make it easy to integrate into space-constrained installations.
The Elo E554932 is an accessory component designed to enhance your Elo I-Series 4 or I-Series 5 POS workstation. While it functions as a stand-alone mounting solution, it is engineered specifically to work with Elo's 10-inch Android I-Series touchscreen systems for a complete integrated POS solution.
The EloPOS Pack 2 combines high-performance Intel 14th-gen processing with extensive I/O connectivity, compact design, and robust mounting options, making it ideal for point-of-sale terminals, self-service kiosks, and other modern business applications. We offer this enterprise-grade solution to support your retail and hospitality technology needs—contact us today for pricing and availability.
The E375459 comes configured with 4GB RAM and 128GB SSD storage, providing sufficient capacity for POS operations and application performance. This configuration supports the Windows 10 operating system and is compatible with Linux operating systems pretested on this model.
The E939305 operates on Windows 10, providing compatibility with standard POS software and enterprise applications. This operating system ensures broad software support and integration with existing retail management systems available from us at Barcodes Inc.
The Elo 1291L features a 4:3 aspect ratio with 16.2 million colors, delivering vibrant and clear image quality ideal for point-of-sale, kiosk, and industrial applications. The brilliant wide viewing angle panel ensures consistent color and visibility from multiple viewing positions.
The Elo E334530 1590L includes a 3-year warranty, providing extended coverage for your investment. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com for detailed warranty terms, technical support, and assistance with integration or configuration questions.
Elo's open-frame design delivers stable, drift-free operation with proven expertise and reliability built in, ensuring accurate touch responses even in demanding industrial environments. The narrow outside dimensions and slim profile make it ideal for space-constrained installations while maintaining the durability required for continuous-use applications like automation and self-service kiosks.
We offer the Elo 1990L touchscreen with complete documentation and included accessories ready to deploy. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this industrial-grade touchscreen solution and speak with our team about your specific application requirements.
Yes, the Elo 1991L is specifically designed as a cost-effective industrial-grade solution for OEMs and systems integrators. It delivers proven Elo reliability and expertise with stable, drift-free touch operation and outstanding image clarity, making it an excellent choice for integrating into customer-facing systems.
The Elo I-Series 10-inch model consumes 13W during normal operation, 3.4W in sleep mode, and 0.2W when powered off. It operates on 110VAC 60Hz or 230VAC 50Hz via the included Elo power adapter, making it suitable for global deployment across different regions.
The Elo 5554L features built-in IoT control and can be managed through EloView or Crestron systems, as well as your preferred MDM solution via APIs. This enables centralized management and monitoring of your digital signage deployment across multiple locations.
The Elo 5054L features built-in IoT control and can be managed through EloView, Crestron, or your preferred MDM (Mobile Device Management) solution via APIs. This centralized management approach makes it easy to deploy, monitor, and maintain multiple displays across your organization.
The Elo 1590L is engineered with stable, drift-free operation and outstanding image clarity through its open-frame design and proven Elo expertise. The IntelliTouch single-touch technology combined with the LED backlight's light transmission characteristics ensures accurate and responsive touch input for demanding commercial environments.
The Elo E441193 is backed by Elo's standard 3-year warranty, ensuring long-term support and reliability. The terminal includes integrated Trusted Platform Modules (TPM) and Intel vPro technology to provide commercial-grade security for point-of-sale transactions and data protection.
Beyond its native 1280 x 1024 resolution, the Elo 1790L supports multiple legacy resolutions including 640 x 480, 720 x 400, 800 x 500, 800 x 600, and 1024 x 768, ensuring compatibility with a wide range of legacy and modern systems. Contact us today to discuss which resolution best fits your deployment needs.
The Elo 1715L includes a 3-year worldwide warranty and comes with a Quick Install Guide, User Manual CD, and all necessary cables for setup. This comprehensive support package ensures you have the resources needed for installation and ongoing operation. Contact us today for warranty details or technical support.
The Elo E103351 features built-in IoT control that enables remote device management through EloView, Crestron, or your preferred MDM solution via APIs. This centralized management capability simplifies deployment and monitoring across multiple locations.
Yes, by combining the Elo 3204L with the Elo Backpack or a Brightsign player, you can effortlessly convert this 32-inch display into a versatile, life-sized tablet. This flexibility allows you to deploy the touchscreen as both a mounted digital signage solution and a portable interactive device depending on your application needs.
The Elo 2094L comes with a 3-year warranty and meets global environmental and safety standards including RoHS, China RoHS, and WEEE compliance. We offer this touchscreen as a complete, ready-to-deploy solution with all necessary cables and mounting hardware included.
The package includes an HDMI cable, VGA cable, RJ45 OSD remote control, touch USB cable, quick install guide, flush mount brackets with screws, and documentation. Contact us today to verify current bundle contents and ensure you have everything needed for your installation.
The Elo 1991L includes a 3-year warranty and meets RoHS, China RoHS, and WEEE compliance standards for worldwide deployment. It is designed for global use with no regional power brick restrictions, making it suitable for international installations.
The Elo E330225 includes a 3-year warranty covering the device. We offer this touchscreen with full technical support available—contact us today at barcodesinc.com for warranty details, replacement parts, or integration assistance with your systems.
The Elo 1715L comes with a 3-year warranty and worldwide support coverage. We include a quick install guide, user manual CD, VGA cable, serial cable, power cord, and USB cable in the box to get you up and running quickly. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for any additional support needs.
The Elo E981371 EloPOS Pack is backed by a 3-year warranty, providing extended coverage and peace of mind for your enterprise investment. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn more about warranty details and support options available from our team.
The Elo E326347 package includes the display unit, HDMI cable (Part# E538507), VGA cable, RJ45 OSD remote (Part# E483757), touch USB cable (Part# E546861), quick installation guide, side-mount brackets with screws (Part# E147211), and regulatory documentation. Note that the display does not include a power brick, and all necessary connectivity cables are provided for immediate setup.
We offer the Elo 1502LM Medical Grade Touchscreen Monitor as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss your specific healthcare application requirements.
The Elo 1291L comes with a 3-year warranty and operates reliably in temperatures from 0°C to 40°C. This temperature range supports deployment in standard indoor environments including retail, industrial, and automation settings.
We include HDMI and VGA cables, a touch USB cable, side-mount brackets with screws, an RJ45 OSD remote for menu control, and a quick install guide with your purchase. Additional accessories like replacement HDMI cables and mounting hardware are available from us to support your installation and future maintenance needs.
The Elo E328700 comes with a 3-year warranty and meets RoHS, China RoHS, and WEEE compliance standards for worldwide deployment. It is designed for reliable, drift-free operation in demanding commercial and industrial environments.
The Elo 1590L comes with a 3-year warranty and is backed by Elo's proven expertise in touchscreen reliability. We offer this industrial-grade solution for OEMs and systems integrators, and our team is available to assist with installation, compatibility questions, or warranty support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The Elo 4304L consumes 47 W when powered on, 1.43 W in sleep mode, and 0.29 W when off, making it energy-efficient for continuous commercial signage applications. These low power consumption levels help reduce operational costs in retail and hospitality environments.
The Elo 5054L includes a standard 3-year warranty and operates reliably in temperatures from 0°C to 40°C, making it suitable for both climate-controlled retail spaces and temperature-variable public environments. Contact us today to discuss warranty options and deployment requirements for your specific application.
The Elo 5554L comes with a standard 3-year warranty for peace of mind. Power consumption is efficient at 111.87W when operating, 1.52W in sleep mode, and just 0.38W when powered off, helping reduce operational costs in 24/7 signage environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for warranty details and deployment support.
We offer the Dell 18C6P drive as part of our comprehensive AIDC and enterprise storage solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to discuss your storage requirements with our knowledgeable team.
We offer the Dell Y3KJN transceiver module as part of our extensive inventory of networking and AIDC equipment. Visit barcodesinc.com to check availability and pricing, or contact our team today for bulk orders, technical support, and customized solutions for your enterprise networking needs.
We offer Dell 407-BBOK optical transceiver modules as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment inventory. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and technical specifications for this enterprise-grade networking component.
The Dell T1HD3 OptiPlex 7010 has a 180 W power supply and meets ENERGY STAR and EPEAT standards, making it an environmentally responsible choice for organizations focused on reducing operational carbon footprint. The small form factor and efficient power design help minimize energy costs in warehouse offices and logistics facilities operating 24/7. Available from us with documentation on energy efficiency certifications—contact us today for detailed environmental specifications.
The QD2220-BKK1S kit is a complete solution that includes the Datalogic QuickScan 2200 Series linear imager scanner, a USB cable for connectivity, and a stand for hands-free reading in POS environments. This all-in-one package eliminates the need to source components separately, allowing you to deploy the scanner immediately. Contact us today to order the QD2220-BKK1S kit or discuss customized scanner solutions for your warehouse or retail operation.
The QW2520 operates in temperatures from 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F) and handles humidity levels from 0-95% non-condensing. With IP52 particulate and water sealing protection and the ability to withstand repeated drops from 1.5 meters onto concrete, it's built for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The Memor 17 runs Android 13 with Google Mobile Services (GMS) and offers platform upgradeability to Android 18 for long-term device longevity and security updates. It supports enterprise-class mobile device management through SOTI MobiControl, VMware AirWatch, Wavelink Avalanche, and 42Gears SureMDM, plus development options via Java and Xamarin SDKs. Available from us with comprehensive provisioning support including Android Zero Touch enrollment and NFC Bump provisioning for rapid deployment.
Yes, the PowerScan 9600 features a well-balanced weight, intuitive aiming system, and carefully engineered handle shape designed to reduce unnatural wrist movements and operator fatigue during extended use. The ergonomic design promotes high first-pass reading rates while significantly reducing operator stress in demanding warehouse environments. We offer this scanner specifically for logistics and warehouse teams—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to arrange a product demonstration.
The QW2520-BKK1 is currently listed as discontinued in our inventory. However, we offer comparable alternatives from Datalogic's current barcode scanner lineup that provide similar or enhanced functionality. Contact us today to discuss available options that meet your scanning requirements and budget.
Yes, the Magellan 9800i includes comprehensive remote management capabilities with diagnostic reporting and support for WMI (OPOS and JavaPOS) and MBeans (JavaPOS) compliance. It supports host download functionality and integrates with IBM Director, Wavelink Avalanche, and other ERP management solutions, allowing IT teams to monitor and manage the scanner remotely. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore deployment options that fit your enterprise infrastructure.
We offer the Datalogic M3450-010200-00403 Magellan 3450VSi scanner with full technical support and competitive pricing. Visit barcodesinc.com to view specifications, check availability, or contact us today for volume pricing and integration assistance with your existing retail or warehouse systems.
The Datalogic 9420251012-010231 features an English display for user interface and configuration. Contact us today if you need models with alternative language support or specific regional requirements for your retail operations.
Yes, the Datalogic ZSN5DS811031 is specifically designed for automated warehousing, automated shop floor operations, and loss prevention applications with its integrated all-weighs scale platter for horizontal and vertical scanning surfaces. The scanner's robust construction, high scanning speed, and remote management capabilities make it ideal for high-throughput logistics centers requiring reliable barcode capture and system integration. Contact us today to discuss how we can configure this solution for your warehouse automation needs.
The Datalogic ZSN5DS811051 includes an all-weighs scale platter with integrated horizontal and vertical surfaces that increase active weighing capabilities, supporting loss prevention and inventory accuracy in retail and warehouse settings. It features auxiliary ports for EAS (Electronic Article Surveillance) controller integration and supports Sensormatic and Interlock connectivity for comprehensive security solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore complete loss prevention system configurations.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexible charging solutions including state-of-the-art 15-watt wireless charging or classic contact-based wired charging, allowing you to choose the option that best fits your warehouse operations. Both charging methods support extended battery configurations for all-shift operation in demanding environments. Contact us today to discuss charging dock solutions and power supply options available from us.
The Skorpio X5 represents the next generation of Datalogic's Skorpio family with significant upgrades including the more powerful Snapdragon 660 processor, larger 4.3-inch display, Android 10 with Google Enterprise Recommended validation, and enhanced scan engine options including the new Extra Long Range (XLR) technology. These improvements deliver superior performance and flexibility compared to earlier Skorpio generations for modern data capture applications. Contact us today to discuss which model best fits your operation.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexible charging options including state-of-the-art 15-watt wireless charging for a fully contactless experience, as well as traditional wired charging via contacts. The extended battery option provides extended runtime for full-shift operations without requiring mid-shift charging.
Yes, the Joya Touch 22 is available in multiple form factors and can be personalized with standard or custom-made colors to enhance your brand visibility and increase customer loyalty. The device comes in grey, blue, and blue color options, with professional black housing also available for operational applications requiring a polished appearance.
The Skorpio X5 is compatible with leading MDM platforms including SOTI MobiControl, VMware AirWatch, Ivanti Avalanche, 42Gears SureMDM, and Microsoft Intune. It also supports Datalogic's Scan2Deploy Studio for provisioning and configuration, plus multiple development SDKs (Android, Xamarin, Ionic Cordova, and React Native) for custom application development. Contact us today to learn how we can help integrate the Skorpio X5 into your enterprise mobility environment.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is compatible with leading MDM platforms including SOTI MobiControl, VMware AirWatch, Ivanti Avalanche, 42Gears SureMDM, and Microsoft Intune. It also supports terminal emulation via StayLinked SmartTE and Ivanti Velocity, and includes Scan2Deploy Studio for easy provisioning and configuration, making enterprise deployment straightforward.
Yes, the Skorpio X5 is compatible with major enterprise MDM platforms including SOTI MobiControl, VMware AirWatch, Ivanti Avalanche, 42Gears SureMDM, and Microsoft Intune. It also supports terminal emulation via StayLinked SmartTE and Ivanti Velocity, and includes Datalogic Shield for recurring security patches, firmware updates, and OS upgrades. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about MDM integration options or contact us for deployment assistance.
The Skorpio X5 features Wi-Fi 5 connectivity and is compatible with major mobile device management platforms including SOTI MobiControl, VMware AirWatch, Ivanti Avalanche, 42Gears SureMDM, and Microsoft Intune. It includes Datalogic Shield for recurring security patches, firmware updates, and OS upgrades, plus support for multiple development SDKs including Android, Xamarin, Ionic Cordova, and React Native. Contact us today to find the right configuration for your enterprise needs.
The Skorpio X5 represents the next generation of Datalogic's Skorpio family with enhanced performance from the Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor and Android 10 validation as an Android Enterprise Recommended device. It maintains the rugged heritage with IP65 sealing and 1.8-meter drop resistance while adding modern features like wireless charging and improved connectivity options for demanding enterprise data capture applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how the Skorpio X5 can upgrade your mobile computing operations.
The Skorpio X5 represents the next generation of Datalogic's Skorpio family with enhanced performance from the Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor, a larger 4.3-inch display for improved visibility, and innovative wireless charging technology. It maintains the lightweight, ergonomic design professionals expect while adding Android Enterprise Recommended certification and expanded connectivity options that make it superior for modern warehouse, retail, and logistics operations.
The Skorpio X5 features a 4.3-inch TFT transflective LCD display with 800x480 WVGA resolution and Gorilla Glass protection, providing excellent visibility even in direct sunlight. Memory configurations include 3GB or 4GB RAM with 32GB or 64GB flash storage, plus a microSD slot supporting up to 256GB expansion for applications requiring large data sets. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore memory configurations that match your warehouse or retail operation's needs.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexibility with both wireless charging (15-watt contactless) and traditional contact-based wired charging options, allowing you to choose the solution that best fits your operational workflow. The device features a removable Li-Ion battery pack available in standard (3,000 mAh) or extended (5,200 mAh) capacity to support extended shifts in warehouses and logistics facilities. Contact us today to discuss charging dock configurations and power supply options available from us.
The DataLogic 94ACC0165 is a DC power cable designed specifically for the SH15 Blackline terminal system. For detailed connector specifications and to ensure compatibility with your equipment, we recommend contacting us today—our team can provide technical documentation and confirm the exact connector type for your application.
The GD4520 is a corded USB-only 2D imager positioned as a cost-effective general-purpose scanner, while other Gryphon models like the GD4590 offer multi-interface connectivity (RS-232, USB, keyboard wedge) and wider voltage input ranges for more complex system integrations. The GD4520 weighs 161 grams and operates at lower power consumption (under 300 mA), making it ideal for high-volume scanning applications where USB connectivity is sufficient. Contact us today to determine which Gryphon model best fits your warehouse scanning requirements.
The QW2520 operates in temperatures from 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F) and handles humidity from 0 to 95% non-condensing, making it suitable for most warehouse and retail environments. It can withstand ambient light up to 92,000 lux and includes 16 kV ESD protection for reliable operation in demanding conditions.
We offer the Datalogic G5110215 sensor as part of our comprehensive AIDC product portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com to view pricing, specifications, and availability, or contact us today to discuss volume pricing, technical support, and integration assistance for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The Datalogic 95B066210 provides 25kV ESD (electrostatic discharge) protection via air discharge, protecting against static-related equipment failures in warehouse and manufacturing environments. This protection level is critical for maintaining sensor reliability in high-traffic distribution centers. Contact us today to discuss your specific sensor requirements.
Datalogic offers the VLASE GREEN laser markers in two power sizes: 4W and 10W, both featuring high peak power, high efficiency, and intracavity SHG technology at 532nm. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to compare which power level is right for your application.
We offer the Datalogic UniQ laser marking system as part of our comprehensive AIDC equipment lineup. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your laser marking requirements and get a quote from our knowledgeable team.
The Skorpio X5 represents the next generation of Datalogic's Skorpio family with the more powerful Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor, larger 4.3-inch display for better visibility, and innovative wireless charging technology that previous models didn't offer. It maintains the rugged design legacy while delivering superior performance for demanding applications in distribution centers, retail stores, and manufacturing environments. Contact us today to learn how upgrading to the Skorpio X5 can improve your operation's efficiency.
The Datalogic QW2520 represents excellent value for money as the simplest and most affordable model in the 2500 Series while maintaining the same rugged IP52-rated housing as higher-end models. For applications requiring reliable 2D barcode reading without premium features, we offer the QW2520 as one of the best cost-effective handheld scanners on the market. Contact us today to discuss your scanning requirements and get pricing.
The Skorpio X5 offers flexibility with both wireless charging (15-watt contactless) and traditional wired contact charging options. You can choose the configuration that best fits your operational workflow, whether you prefer the convenience of wireless charging or the reliability of classic contact-based charging.
Yes, the Magellan 9800i includes key features specifically designed to reduce shrink at the POS, making it an effective loss prevention tool for retailers. Its reliable imaging technology and seamless barcode reading capabilities help ensure accurate item scanning and transaction integrity. We offer this scanner as part of a comprehensive loss prevention strategy for retail environments.
The Skorpio X5 is the next generation of Datalogic's powerful Skorpio family, featuring significant improvements including a larger 4.3-inch display (compared to the X3's 3.2-inch screen), the faster Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 processor, Android 10 (versus Windows-based predecessors), and the new Extra Long Range (XLR) 2D imager technology. It maintains the ergonomic pistol grip design and rugged IP65 rating while offering enhanced performance for modern data collection applications. We offer the Skorpio X5 as the ideal upgrade path for organizations seeking improved scanning speed and application capabilities.
The QW2520-BK measures 7.1 x 17.1 x 6.6 cm (2.8 x 6.7 x 2.6 inches) and weighs 120 grams (4.2 ounces), making it lightweight and ergonomic for comfortable handheld scanning during daily warehouse operations. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to learn more about this scanner or to place an order.
The Memor 11 is certified as an Android Enterprise Recommended device with robust security features designed for enterprise deployments. It supports multiple Mobile Device Management (MDM) platforms including SOTI MobiControl, VMware AirWatch, Wavelink Avalanche, and 42Gears SureMDM, plus Android Zero Touch enrollment for simplified provisioning. These enterprise-class capabilities ensure secure configuration, monitoring, and management across your mobile workforce.
The Skorpio X5 features comprehensive scan engine choices including a new near-far Extra Long Range (XLR) 2D imager with industry-leading snappiness and reading performance, even on damaged or covered barcodes. The 2D imager with green spot technology delivers fast, reliable barcode capture across multiple distances. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the available scan engine configurations and find the optimal solution for your data capture requirements.
The Skorpio X5 is a fully rugged mobile computer with an IP65 sealing rating for protection against dust and water ingress, and it withstands repeated drops from 1.8 meters (6.0 feet) to concrete. It operates reliably in temperatures from -10°C to 50°C (-14°F to 122°F), making it suitable for cold storage, retail, and outdoor logistics environments. We offer this enterprise-grade device for the toughest warehouse and field conditions.
The PM9600 series offers Document Capture as an exclusive Datalogic methodology available on specific models, enabling color photograph capture for quality control and signature confirmation applications. While the PM9600-HP focuses on high-performance barcode reading with dual cameras, we offer Document Capture variants for customers requiring imaging capabilities. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore which PM9600 configuration meets your specific operational needs.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6142 is optimized for enterprise workloads including virtualization, database management, financial modeling, and real-time analytics that benefit from its 16-core architecture and 3.7 GHz boost speeds. Its 150W TDP makes it suitable for data center deployments where power efficiency and performance balance are critical. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible server configurations for your specific use case.
The HX-CPU-6146 uses Socket 3647 and is compatible only with servers designed for this socket type, so backward compatibility with older socket generations is not possible. Before upgrading, verify your server's processor socket and BIOS support for the 6146 model. Contact us today to ensure proper compatibility and to discuss upgrade options for your existing infrastructure.
The HX-CPU-6148 offers improved performance and core count compared to earlier Cisco HX-series processors like the HX-CPU-6142M, delivering better throughput for enterprise applications. The 20-core design at 2.4 GHz provides substantial performance improvements for virtualization, analytics, and mission-critical workloads. We offer both current and legacy processor options—contact us today to compare specifications for your specific use case.
The UCSC-C3X60-14HD4 supports multiple enterprise operating systems including Windows Server 2022 (Standard and Datacenter editions), Windows Server 2019 (Standard and Datacenter editions), Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and SUSE Linux Enterprise. This broad OS compatibility ensures flexibility in deploying the server for various logistics and warehouse management applications. Contact us today for guidance on selecting the right OS configuration for your business needs.
The UCS-SP-5108-AC3 integrates with Cisco UCS Manager, which provides unified management of identity, personality, and connectivity for all blade servers within the chassis. This centralized management approach simplifies configuration, reduces complexity, and enables policy-based provisioning across your blade infrastructure. We offer complete Cisco UCS solutions with expert support—visit barcodesinc.com to discuss how our team can help implement and manage your blade server environment.
We offer the Cisco HX-CPU-I6238R and a comprehensive selection of Cisco server components and upgrades. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our inventory, or contact us today for pricing, availability, and technical guidance on processor upgrades for your infrastructure needs.
The Cisco Catalyst C9500-32QC-EDU includes Cisco's Lifetime Limited Warranty, providing long-term protection for your network infrastructure investment. We offer comprehensive support options and can help you select additional service packages tailored to your operational requirements. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss warranty extensions, technical support, and maintenance agreements for your deployment.
The C9500-32QC supports either 40 Gigabit Ethernet or 100 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity depending on your port configuration, making it suitable for high-speed data center and enterprise backbone networks. The switch is designed for environments requiring substantial throughput and low-latency performance. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss which port density best matches your network speed requirements.
The Cisco C9500X-28C8D comes with a Lifetime Limited Warranty, providing long-term protection for your network infrastructure investment. This warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship throughout the product's operational life. Contact us today for complete warranty details and available support options.
The NIM-8CE1T1-PRI supports T1 (1.544 Mbps) and E1 (2.048 Mbps) WAN connectivity standards with ISDN PRI signaling for voice applications and channelized data services. The module provides structured G.704 framing and supports both DTE and DCE interface modes depending on your network topology. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Cisco WAN interface modules for your specific connectivity requirements.
The Cisco UCS-FI-6536-U comes with a 3-year limited warranty covering hardware defects and failures. Contact us today to learn about extended support options, service agreements, and how we can help you maximize your investment in Cisco UCS infrastructure.
The Cisco CON-SAS-VSMFL100 is a subscription-based service contract designed to protect your Cisco Small Business investment across your network infrastructure. We offer flexible service options to help you extend support coverage to multiple devices and locations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss volume service contracts and multi-device support packages tailored to your organization.
We offer the Cisco ASA 5505 50-to-Unlimited User upgrade license and can help you determine the right security solution for your network. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your firewall and VPN requirements with our team.
The Cisco ASA 5500 Series Content Security and Control Module (CSC SSM) delivers industry-leading threat protection including antivirus, anti-spyware, file blocking, anti-spam, anti-phishing, URL blocking and filtering, and content filtering. This modular approach provides additional flexibility and allows organizations to customize security features to specific departmental needs. Contact us today to configure the right security module for your requirements.
By stopping botnet infections at the gateway, the ASA 5505 Botnet Filter prevents costly downstream incidents like data breaches, ransomware deployment, and business interruption. The integrated approach eliminates the need for multiple point security solutions, lowering deployment and operations costs while delivering comprehensive protection. We offer this license as part of a cost-effective security strategy that protects networks of all sizes.
The Catalyst 4500 Series combines high resiliency, simplified operations, and investment protection through backward and forward compatibility, making it an ideal choice for enterprise deployments requiring unified communications support. The modular platform scales to support data, voice, and video services across organizations of all sizes. We offer complete solutions and technical expertise—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn more.
When you need service support, contact Cisco directly using your contract number, or reach out to our team and we can help facilitate the support request. Having your contract documentation and equipment serial numbers readily available will expedite the process. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for assistance with your service needs.
The Cisco 2911 consolidates multiple network functions—including routing, security, voice, and data services—into a single intelligent platform, reducing the number of separate devices required in branch offices. By combining enhanced performance with modular density and centralized management capabilities, businesses can lower operational expenses while increasing employee productivity through more collaborative network applications.
Service contract terms and coverage levels can often be adjusted based on your evolving business needs, such as upgrading from 8x5 to 24x7 support or extending coverage beyond the initial 3-year period. We recommend reviewing your network requirements with our team to ensure your service contract aligns with your operational demands. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss customization options for your Catalyst 3750X service coverage.
SmartNet service contracts like the CON-3SNT-ISR4331K can typically be modified or upgraded to include additional services such as extended hours support, hardware replacement options, or software updates, depending on your evolving business needs. We recommend reviewing your coverage requirements regularly to ensure your service contract aligns with your network's demands. Contact us today to discuss customization options and service enhancements available for your ISR 4331 deployment.
The SFP-10G-LR-S= is designed for longer distances (10 km on SMF) compared to short-reach modules like the 10GBASE-SR, which operates at 850 nm and maxes out at 400 meters on multimode fiber. The LR variant uses 1310 nm wavelength on single-mode fiber, making it better suited for campus interconnects and longer enterprise deployments where distance is a critical factor. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare all available 10G transceiver options.
The SFP-10G-ER-S is rated for commercial operating temperatures (0 to 70°C / 32 to 158°F) and storage temperatures from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F). We recommend verifying temperature derating requirements if your switch operates outside standard ambient conditions—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed environmental specifications.
VMware vSphere 5 Enterprise Plus includes comprehensive management tools for monitoring virtual machines, resource allocation, and performance optimization across your infrastructure. It provides advanced features for automation, compliance, and operational visibility essential for enterprise data centers. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn more about the complete feature set available with this license.
This service contract ensures that UCS Central, Cisco's centralized management platform, receives ongoing software support and upgrades for managing and distributing software images across your UCS infrastructure. This reduces complexity in image management and keeps your management platform aligned with the latest Cisco standards. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how we can support your UCS Central deployment.
The Cisco CON-SAU-7DCSANSB specifies US-based software application support and upgrades, meaning technical support and update services are provided within the United States. If your data center infrastructure spans multiple regions or international locations, you may need to discuss additional service contract options for non-US environments. Contact us today to discuss whether additional regional coverage is needed for your organization's SAN infrastructure.
Yes, we offer Cisco service contracts including the CON-ECDN-INTP6K model as part of our comprehensive Cisco product portfolio. Our team can help you select the right service contract tier and coverage options for your networking infrastructure. Contact us today to get pricing, availability, and to place your order.
The Cisco CON-SNT-2248PQFA is designated for US-only deployment and support. If you require service coverage outside the United States, alternative contract options may be available. Contact us today to discuss international service contract solutions for your Cisco equipment.
The Nexus 7004 meets extensive regulatory and safety standards including FCC Part 15 Class A, CISPR22, UL/CSA/IEC 60950-1, RoHS compliance, and NEBS Level 3 requirements for telecommunications carriers. It also complies with ETSI standards for storage, transportation, and stationary use, making it suitable for carrier-grade and enterprise data center deployments.
Yes, Cisco service contracts can typically be renewed or upgraded before expiration to ensure continuous protection of your network equipment. We offer various contract terms and support levels to match your operational requirements. Contact us today to discuss upgrading your coverage period or support level for the NetMod 4-Port Copper Bypass module.
Under the USSMARTNET 8X5XNB coverage, hardware replacement includes next business day shipment of replacement parts when failures occur during the support window (8 hours response, 5 days per week). This ensures minimal downtime for your ASR 900 infrastructure while maintaining network availability. We can help you understand the full scope of coverage—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for complete contract details.
The Cisco CON-SNT-ASR90012 SmartNet contract is designated for US ONLY coverage, so it does not extend to international locations or deployments outside the United States. If you require service coverage for global operations, we offer alternative Cisco service contracts with international support options. Contact us today to discuss service solutions tailored to your geographic requirements.
We offer a comprehensive selection of Cisco SMARTNET service contracts with varying terms and coverage levels for different Nexus and networking platforms. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore multi-year contracts, extended support options, or alternative coverage plans that match your infrastructure needs.
With the CON-SW-WSC296XT SmartNet contract, you have immediate access to Cisco's Technical Assistance Center via telephone 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for rapid troubleshooting and resolution. You also receive priority access to software updates and patches that address known issues, helping minimize network interruptions in your warehouse or logistics operations. We offer this service contract to ensure your network maintains maximum uptime.
This Cisco router provides comprehensive network management through multiple connectivity options including Ethernet ports, RS-232 serial console access, and USB provisioning ports. Management protocols support CLI access, SNMPv3, and HTTPS-based API access for seamless integration with enterprise systems. We offer full technical support to help you configure these management interfaces—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
Yes, the ASA-IC-6GE-CU-C meets comprehensive international standards including UL 1950, CSA C22.2 No. 950, EN 60950, and AS/NZS 3260 for safety, plus FCC Part 15 Class A and CE marking for electromagnetic compatibility. We offer this certified product to ensure your network infrastructure meets regulatory requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for ordering and technical support.
The Cisco LIC-SPCHVIEWPRO-1Y is a single 1-year license for SpeechView Pro functionality within your Cisco Unity Connection environment. Licensing requirements may vary based on your deployment size and user count. Contact us today to discuss the appropriate licensing model for your organization's scale and requirements.
The Cisco AIR-AP2802I-B-K9 supports enterprise-grade security including WPA2/WPA encryption, 802.1X authentication, and AES/TKIP protocols to protect wireless network traffic. These security capabilities meet compliance requirements for warehouse and logistics operations handling sensitive inventory data. We offer complete wireless security consultation and implementation services. Contact us today to discuss security requirements for your deployment.
The Cisco AIR-AP1562I-N-K9 operates reliably across a wide temperature range and humidity levels typical for indoor and outdoor warehouse environments. Its die-cast aluminum construction provides durability in challenging conditions. We recommend consulting our technical team for specific environmental specifications and placement recommendations for your facility—contact us today.
The AIR-AP1572EC1-B-K9 accepts input power from either 90 to 240 VAC ±10 percent through a power supply or 48 VDC ±10 percent, providing flexible installation options for outdoor warehouse locations. The device draws a maximum of 13W, making it energy-efficient for continuous operation. Contact us today to discuss power infrastructure requirements for your wireless deployment.
The Cisco ASR 9000 platform supporting the A9K-MOD200-FC accommodates redundant power modules with both AC and DC options (up to 1.6 kW per module with 1+1 redundancy), ensuring high availability for critical network infrastructure. The modular power architecture allows organizations to configure power systems matching their reliability requirements. We provide complete power specification documentation—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed power planning assistance.
We offer the Cisco A9K-MPA-20X1G-FC as part of our extensive inventory of Cisco networking components and data routers. Our team provides competitive pricing, technical support, and rapid shipping for enterprise and service provider customers. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to request a quote, check availability, and discuss your network expansion requirements.
The A900-IMA2F is designed for enterprise-grade reliability with high-availability cellular connectivity, remote management capabilities, and multi-technology wireless support, making it ideal for warehouse automation, mobile asset tracking, and logistics operations. Its robust feature set including LTE connectivity, SMS support, and remote firmware updates ensures continuous operational uptime in demanding environments. Contact us today to discuss how we can integrate this solution into your warehouse infrastructure.
The A9K-MPA-4X10G-FC integrates with ASR 9000 comprehensive diagnostics including port-level statistics, link diagnostics, SNMP traps for alerts, and Cisco's In-Service Software Upgrade (ISSU) capabilities for zero-downtime updates. These features enable proactive network monitoring and troubleshooting in mission-critical environments. We offer full technical support for implementing these management features—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The DS2278 is supported by Zebra's 123Scan utility for programming scanner parameters, firmware upgrades, and reporting, as well as Scanner Management Service (SMS) for remote management and asset tracking. These tools help automate configuration and reduce the time and cost associated with managing your scanner fleet.
The Zebra CS-CAB-4-ASM-B-N features a built-in power strip with RCD (residual current device) protection, surge protection, and an inrush current limiter to safeguard your mobile devices during charging. These power management features ensure stable, secure charging cycles and extend device battery life in high-demand warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra Intelligent Cabinet measures 1939 x 550 x 600 mm (6'4.3" x 1'9.6" x 1'11.6") and is constructed from mild steel for durability in warehouse, transportation, logistics, and retail environments. The cabinet is designed for floor mounting and should be secured to a wall to ensure stability and prevent tipping. Contact us today to discuss installation requirements for your facility.
The CS-CAB-5XL-FP-B-C6-N is a flat-pack model that requires assembly, which allows for easier shipping and flexible deployment in your facility. It includes the CC6000 control module, internal IEC power cables, PDU barrel lock, and 2 keys, with additional power leads and accessories available from us to complete your installation.
The ZD611t stands out with its color touch LCD display, dual-wall frame construction for durability, and comprehensive Print DNA software suite—all in a compact 10.5" x 8.0" x 7.5" footprint weighing only 5.5 lbs. Its combination of thermal transfer capability, enterprise security features, and field-upgradeable components makes it an excellent investment for logistics operations that need reliability and flexibility. We offer the ZD611t as a premium choice for warehouse managers seeking performance and long-term value.
The ZD421d operates at 203 dpi (dots per inch), which provides sharp, readable barcode and text output suitable for standard retail and logistics applications. This resolution is the industry standard for warehouse labeling, offering an excellent balance between print quality and print speed. For applications requiring higher resolution (such as small barcodes or detailed graphics), we offer 300 dpi and 600 dpi alternatives—visit barcodesinc.com to explore all options.
The ZT610 supports both thermal transfer and direct thermal printing methods, giving you flexibility in choosing the printing technology that best suits your label durability and cost requirements. Thermal transfer printing is ideal for applications requiring long-lasting labels, while direct thermal is cost-effective for shorter-term labeling needs. Contact us today to discuss which printing method aligns with your warehouse operations.
The EC55 includes Zebra's LifeGuard for Android, which provides enterprise-grade security with regular updates to keep your device and data protected against emerging threats. This ensures your warehouse operations maintain compliance and data integrity across your mobile fleet.
Yes, the MC330L-SE2EG4NA is specifically designed to meet the requirements of today's on-demand, e-commerce-driven economy with its advanced 2D imager SE485x long-range scanning capabilities, NFC support, and integrated sensors. Contact us today to learn how we can outfit your fulfillment center with this enterprise-grade mobile computer.
Yes, the MC3300x is specifically designed to meet the requirements of today's on-demand, e-commerce-driven economy with its enhanced ruggedness, extended battery life, and advanced scanning capabilities. Contact us today to learn how we can equip your fulfillment operations with this powerful mobile computer.
The CS-CAB-2-ASM-B-N supports wall mount and desk mount configurations, with the weight resting on the floor. While the cabinet is functional on its own, it is recommended to secure it to the wall to ensure maximum stability and prevent any risk of tipping over in active warehouse or logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for installation guidance.
The cabinet measures 328 x 580 x 230 mm (12.9" x 22.8" x 9") and is designed for wall mounting or desk mounting with the weight secured to the floor. We recommend attaching the cabinet to the wall to ensure stability and prevent tipping risk in active warehouse environments.
While the cabinet's weight is supported by the floor, it is recommended to secure it to the wall to ensure stability and prevent the risk of tipping over, especially in high-traffic warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for installation guidance specific to your facility.
While the cabinet's weight rests on the floor, it is recommended to secure it to the wall to ensure stability and prevent the risk of tipping over, especially in active warehouse and transportation environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for mounting hardware recommendations and installation guidance for your facility.
The cabinet measures 1939 x 550 x 600 mm (6'4.3" x 1'9.6" x 1'11.6") and features 2 shelves with a single-sided design capable of storing up to 30 devices. It's constructed from mild steel for durability in warehouse, transportation, and logistics operations. Contact us today for detailed specifications and to discuss whether this size meets your storage requirements.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-AS-B-C6-N includes built-in power management options such as RCD (Residual Current Device), surge protection, and inrush current limiting to safeguard your mobile devices and printers. The cabinet comes with internal IEC power cables and a PDU barrel lock, providing comprehensive power security for your AIDC equipment.
Yes, the CS-CAB-5EXT-AS-B-C6N is supplied fully assembled with standard shelves, internal IEC power cables, PDU barrel lock, and 2 keys included. You'll need to provide power leads and any additional accessories for your specific device cradles—our team can help you configure the complete solution for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The CS-CAB-4-AS-B-C6-N comes fully assembled and ready to deploy, unlike flat-packed versions that require on-site assembly. It includes the CC6000 controller, internal IEC power cables, PDU barrel lock, and 2 keys as standard components. We offer this assembled configuration to minimize setup time and get your device storage solution operational quickly.
The Zebra CS-CAB-3-FP-B-C6-N enables efficient device storage, access tracking, and asset management to maximize worker productivity and device utilization in warehouse, transportation, and logistics operations. The integrated software automation and security applications ensure your mobile computers, scanners, and printers function at high performance while maintaining optimal security for your enterprise fleet. We offer this solution as part of Zebra's end-to-end device management ecosystem to accelerate your business operations.
The CS-CAB-5-EXT-FLTPK-B-N includes built-in power management with RCD (Residual Current Device), surge protection, and inrush current limiting to safeguard your mobile devices during charging. The cabinet features a Power Distribution Unit (PDU) and internal IEC power cables, with the option to add a built-in PSU depending on your power requirements.
Yes, the Zebra Intelligent Cabinet is purpose-built for warehouse, transportation, logistics, and retail operations where efficient device storage, tracking, and management are critical. The cabinet's modular design, security features, and high device capacity make it ideal for optimizing mobile computer and scanner deployment across large enterprise operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how we can support your device management needs.
The CS-CAB-5-EXT-ASM-B-N includes built-in power management options such as an RCD (residual current device), surge protector, and inrush current limiter to protect your mobile devices during charging. The cabinet comes with internal IEC power cables and a PDU for organized power distribution across all stored devices.
The X-Large cabinet is designed to be secured to a wall for stability and safety, preventing the risk of tipping over, though the weight rests on the floor. We recommend professional installation to ensure proper wall mounting and optimal performance in your warehouse or logistics operation—contact us today for installation support and guidance.
Yes, the Zebra CS-CAB-5XL-AS-B-C6-N is specifically designed to optimize device storage, access, tracking, and management for warehouse, transportation, and logistics operations. It ensures assets and workflows function at high performance with optimal security, helping your team maximize productivity while maintaining centralized control over mobile computers, printers, tablets, and scanners. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this solution fits your operational needs.
Zebra Intelligent Cabinets are optimized for warehouse, transportation & logistics, and retail operations where efficient device storage, tracking, and management directly impact worker productivity. These cabinets help ensure mobile computers, scanners, and printers are securely stored, charged, and ready for deployment, accelerating workflows in high-performance environments. Contact us today to discuss how this solution fits your operation.
Yes, the Zebra CS-CAB-4-FLTPK-B-N is specifically designed for warehouse, transportation, logistics, and retail environments where efficient device management is critical. The cabinet's end-to-end storage solution, automation software, and security features help ensure assets and workflows function at peak performance. We offer complete support to help you maximize productivity in your operations.
The Zebra L10 features an 8-core processor paired with your choice of 4GB or 8GB RAM to handle demanding enterprise applications. Storage is available up to 128GB eMMC with microSDXC support for expandable capacity, ensuring sufficient performance for data-intensive field operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure the memory and storage specifications that match your application requirements.
The DS3678's fast read speeds, long-range capabilities, and ability to decode damaged or obscured barcodes reduce scanning errors and re-work, keeping operations running smoothly during peak periods. Its continuous full-shift power and rugged design minimize downtime, while real-time analytics integration helps optimize fleet management and labor allocation. We offer the DS3678-EPIROC-KIT as a complete solution designed to streamline your warehouse workflow and meet strict operational deadlines.
We offer the Zebra Z-Ultimate 4000T labels and a comprehensive selection of thermal transfer label options for warehouse, logistics, and industrial applications. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this product and discuss your specific labeling requirements with our team.
The Zebra 10039019 is not recommended for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat, as these conditions can compromise label durability and RFID performance. For outdoor or high-temperature applications, we offer alternative label materials and adhesive formulations designed to withstand harsh environmental conditions. Contact us today to discuss RFID label options suitable for your specific temperature and exposure requirements.
The Zebra PolyPro 4000T labels come in rolls of 1,420 labels per roll, with 4 rolls packaged per box, providing 5,680 labels per box. The labels measure 4x3 inches (101.6x76.2mm) and feature a 3-inch (76.2mm) core for compatibility with standard label printer spindles. Contact us today to order the quantity that meets your warehouse or logistics operation needs.
The DS8108 Series represents a significant advancement in scanning innovation, featuring Zebra's exclusive PRZM intelligent imaging technology, swappable power sources, and superior manageability tools that keep scanners operational and in the hands of your staff. Its combination of 800 MHz processing power, mega-pixel imaging, and extended 24-inch scanning range delivers unprecedented performance compared to conventional imagers. Available from us with comprehensive support to maximize your return on investment.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is recommended for a wide variety of applications where outstanding print quality and durability are essential, including warehouse tracking, asset management, and logistics labeling. The polyester construction with permanent adhesive ensures labels remain securely attached in demanding industrial environments.
The Zebra EC55 includes Zebra's LifeGuard for Android security suite, which delivers regular security updates and comprehensive protection for enterprise deployments. The device features Zebra Restricted Mode to control Google Mobile Services and other services, plus an Enterprise Home Screen for customized business interfaces. We offer the EC55 with enterprise-grade security features that protect your data and ensure compliance with warehouse and logistics operational standards.
Your ZXP Series 7 printer will display a ribbon-low or ribbon-empty alert when the 800077-719 reaches the end of its 4,000-image lifespan, prompting timely replacement. Replacing the ribbon promptly prevents print quality degradation and potential printer errors. We stock genuine Zebra ribbons and can help ensure you never run out of supplies during critical ID card production.
When selecting a ribbon, verify compatibility with your specific printer model, confirm the image yield meets your volume requirements, and ensure the ribbon type (color, monochrome, or specialty) matches your card design needs. We recommend using genuine manufacturer ribbons like Zebra to maintain print quality and warranty coverage.
In warehouse and manufacturing environments, thermal printers operate continuously and are exposed to dust, label debris, and media residue that can accumulate on the printhead and affect print quality. Regular cleaning with maintenance kits like the 105912G-708 helps prevent printhead degradation, reduces downtime, and ensures consistent barcode and label output. We recommend this cleaning cassette as part of a preventive maintenance program for your P330i printer.
Absolutely—we offer the Zebra 10019015 wristbands and can support bulk orders for hospitals, clinics, and healthcare facilities of all sizes. Our team can help you determine the right mix of adult, pediatric, and infant sizes for your patient population and ensure timely delivery. Contact us today to discuss your wristband requirements and pricing.
Zebra PS-BABY wristbands are constructed from vinyl material, which provides durability and comfort suitable for newborn skin. The vinyl composition ensures reliable print adhesion for thermal transfer printing while maintaining the flexibility and softness needed for infant wear in healthcare settings.
Each box of Zebra LB2-BABY-L wristbands contains 1000 sheets with 16 labels per sheet, providing substantial inventory for busy healthcare facilities. We offer these wristbands ready to ship—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss volume pricing and delivery options for your facility.
We offer Zebra Z-Band Direct wristbands (model 10004448) as part of our comprehensive AIDC product line. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to place an order for your healthcare facility or warehouse operation.
The Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands are compatible with Zebra's wristband-capable printers, including models like the HC100, which features quick and easy wristband cartridge loading and can print at speeds up to 4 inches per second. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model and to find the right setup for your venue.
We offer a comprehensive range of Zebra Z-Band Splash wristbands in multiple color configurations and quantities to fit your operational needs. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team to discuss your specific wristband requirements, printer compatibility, and volume pricing for your venue.
The MC3300x includes a 2D imager with SE485x long-range capability, NFC support, and multiple integrated sensors for comprehensive data capture in warehouse and field operations. The 4.0 display and 38-key layout provide intuitive user interaction, while Android GMS ensures compatibility with enterprise applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how these features can enhance your mobile workforce productivity.
Zebra authentic cards are manufactured to strict quality standards and are optimized for Zebra printer specifications, ensuring consistent print quality, color accuracy, and card longevity. Genuine Zebra cards reduce the risk of printer jams, misfeeds, and print defects that can occur with non-authentic alternatives. We supply only authentic Zebra products to guarantee reliability and performance—visit barcodesinc.com to ensure you're purchasing genuine supplies.
The device supports comprehensive remote management through Telnet/Console access via Cisco IOS Command Line Interface, SNMP (SNMPv1, SNMPv2, and SNMPv3), and SNMP traps for alarm detection and reporting. It is compliant with multiple RFC standards including RFC 2131/2132 for DHCP, RFC 1305 for NTP, and RFC 1492 for TACACS+ authentication, enabling integration with enterprise network management systems. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this device fits into your logistics infrastructure.
The Cisco C1000-16T-E-2G-L supports Category 5e or better Ethernet cabling for all RJ-45 ports and is compatible with standard 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet, 100BASE-TX Fast Ethernet, and 10BASE-T connections. The 2x1G SFP uplinks support various fiber optic standards including 1000BASE-SX and 1000BASE-LX for longer-distance connectivity. Contact us today to ensure proper cabling specifications for your warehouse network deployment.
Cisco Catalyst 1000 series switches come with a Limited Lifetime Warranty on hardware components, plus 1-year limited warranty coverage for fans and power supplies. Cisco provides software updates for bug fixes and technical support options to help protect your investment. For warranty details and support options available through our team, contact us today at barcodesinc.com.
Yes, select models in the Cisco C6840-X lineup are ENERGY STAR® certified, helping organizations reduce power consumption and operational costs in their data center environments. This certification ensures the router meets strict energy efficiency standards without compromising performance. We offer these environmentally conscious options as part of our commitment to sustainable networking—visit barcodesinc.com to explore certified configurations.
Yes, the C9300-24H-A supports application hosting capabilities including Docker containers and can run an embedded ASAc firewall, making it suitable for organizations that need to deploy applications and security services directly on the router. It also supports hot patching for seamless updates without service interruption.
We offer comprehensive support in selecting the correct C9400-LC-48U configuration based on your chassis model and supervisor engine requirements. Contact us today to discuss your network architecture needs and ensure you have the optimal bandwidth and port density for your deployment.
We offer the Cisco C9400-PWR-3200DC as part of our extensive Cisco Catalyst 9400 Series accessory inventory. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, receive competitive pricing, and place your order with our experienced AIDC solutions team.
The Cisco CV-CPU-I5218 supports DDR4 memory architecture, enabling flexible memory configurations for various networking workloads and service modules. The exact memory capacity depends on your specific Cisco platform and configuration requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team for detailed memory specification guidance for your deployment.
We offer the Cisco RC460-BHTS1 CPU heat sink as part of our comprehensive selection of Cisco networking and server components. As a leading AIDC distributor, we stock OEM parts to support your data center infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and delivery options for this component.
The Cisco UCS-CPU-E52667E uses the Socket LGA 2011-v3 interface, which is the standard socket for Xeon E5-2600 v4 series processors in Cisco UCS C-series and B-series servers. This socket compatibility ensures proper installation and optimal performance in supported Cisco UCS platforms. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to confirm socket compatibility with your server model before ordering.
The Cisco UCS-CPU-E78890D and related E7-8800 series processors are legacy components that have been discontinued by Cisco. However, we may have inventory available as refurbished or surplus stock. Contact us today to check current availability and pricing, or visit barcodesinc.com to explore newer processor options that may better suit your infrastructure requirements.
Cisco UCS memory modules come with manufacturer support and warranty coverage as part of your server deployment. Specific warranty terms depend on your purchase agreement and server configuration. Contact us today—our team can provide detailed warranty information and help you select the right support options for your infrastructure investment.
You should consider a memory upgrade like the UCS-ML-X64G4RS-H if your warehouse management system experiences slow performance, application lag, or high CPU utilization during peak inventory operations. Monitoring your current memory usage and consulting with IT procurement teams helps identify when additional RAM capacity becomes necessary for optimal barcode scanning, RFID processing, and logistics software performance. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to assess your memory requirements and get a customized upgrade recommendation.
The UCS-MR-2X162RX-C= is currently listed as discontinued by the manufacturer, but we may have remaining inventory available. Discontinued components are often still in stock at competitive pricing for organizations with existing Cisco infrastructure. Contact us today to check availability and explore alternative memory solutions for your UCS deployment.
Yes, we offer the Cisco UCS-SD16TM1X-EV as part of our extensive inventory of Cisco server components and enterprise storage solutions. Our team provides technical expertise to ensure proper integration with your existing Cisco UCS infrastructure. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com for current availability, pricing, and professional guidance on your storage requirements.
Yes, the 3.8TB capacity and enterprise-grade reliability make this drive ideal for data center deployments, warehouse management systems, and logistics infrastructure running on Cisco UCS platforms. The 2.5-inch form factor enables high-density storage configurations in compact server chassis. Contact us today to discuss storage solutions for your warehouse or data center environment.
Yes, the UCS-SD480GBKS4-EV= is available as a replacement or expansion drive for existing Cisco UCS server deployments. We stock this drive and can support both new system configurations and upgrade scenarios for operational servers. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order replacement drives with fast shipping and technical support.
We offer the Cisco UCS-SD480GM1X-EV= as part of our extensive inventory of Cisco UCS components and enterprise storage solutions. Our team provides technical support, compatibility verification, and rapid fulfillment for data center upgrades and replacements. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to place an order or discuss your UCS infrastructure needs.
The 800GB capacity and enterprise performance characteristics make the UCS-SD800G123X-EP ideal for data centers, cloud computing, virtualization platforms, and IT-as-a-Service deployments. Organizations running databases, analytics workloads, or consolidating multiple applications benefit from this drive's speed and reliability. Contact us today to discuss how we can support your enterprise infrastructure needs.
We offer comprehensive support options including spare parts, maintenance contracts, and technical assistance for Cisco UCS servers through our partnership with Cisco. Proper maintenance of blade servers includes regular firmware updates, thermal management, and component replacement to ensure optimal uptime and performance. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss support plans tailored to your operational requirements.
Based on Cisco's SFP specifications, the 1000BASE-T copper transceiver does not support Digital Optical Monitoring (DOM), as DOM is primarily a feature for fiber-based transceivers. If DOM functionality is critical for your network management and monitoring needs, contact us today to discuss alternative SFP modules that include DOM support.
Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to inquire about availability, pricing, and configuration options for the Cisco WS-C6513-E-RF. Our team of AIDC specialists can help you design a network solution tailored to your warehouse, logistics, or retail environment with proper power and module selection.
We offer the Cisco C9300X-48HX-A and related Catalyst 9300 series switches through our comprehensive networking solutions catalog. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our available inventory, compare specifications across different C9300X models, and contact our team for pricing, availability, and deployment assistance tailored to your warehouse or logistics infrastructure needs.
The Catalyst 9300X platform supports advanced features including an embedded wireless controller, wire sensor, ThousandEyes Enterprise Agent, Cisco Spaces integration, and application hosting with ASAc firewall and Docker container support. Hot patching, NSF/SSO redundancy, and redundant power and fan options ensure high availability for mission-critical networks. Contact us today to discuss how these enterprise features can optimize your network infrastructure.
The C9400-LC-48HN-B is covered under Cisco's Enhanced Limited Lifetime Hardware Warranty, which provides comprehensive protection for your investment. We also offer access to Cisco Services and support options to ensure optimal performance and rapid issue resolution throughout the product lifecycle. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss warranty extensions and service level agreements tailored to your organization.
We offer the Cisco C9300X-NM-8M and other Catalyst 9300 network modules as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking solutions portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check current availability, pricing, and to discuss the right network module configuration for your warehouse or logistics infrastructure needs.
The Cisco C9400-LC-48H is covered under Cisco's Enhanced Limited Lifetime Hardware Warranty, providing comprehensive protection for your investment. Additionally, Cisco Services are available to support deployment, configuration, and ongoing management of your Catalyst 9400 infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss warranty options, service plans, and technical support packages available from our team.
Yes, the C9400-LC-48HN is designed for high-performance deployments in campus and branch networks, with bandwidth ranging from 80 Gbps to 480 Gbps depending on your supervisor engine selection. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific performance and scalability needs.
Yes, the C9400-LC-48XS features an enterprise and commercial design optimized for data-only user access in campus and branch environments. Its high-performance 10 GbE fiber connectivity and support for large frame sizes make it reliable for mission-critical data applications. We offer this module with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment assistance.
The Catalyst 9400 Series architecture supports multiple line card types within the same chassis, allowing you to mix configurations like the 48-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet (C9400-LC-48XS) with other line card modules for flexible network design. Your specific configuration options depend on your chassis model and supervisor engine. Contact us today to design a custom line card configuration that meets your network requirements.
The C9400-LC-48HX is ideal for enterprise networks, data centers, and campus deployments requiring high-density 10G connectivity with integrated power delivery for wireless access points and IoT devices. The 48-port configuration with UPoE+ support makes it particularly valuable for organizations consolidating infrastructure and reducing cabling complexity. Visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific use case with our networking specialists.
The Cisco C9300X-48HX-E includes enterprise-grade security features such as MACsec-256 encryption, IPsec support, and compatibility with Cisco Umbrella cloud security services. The switch also supports embedded wireless controller functionality and can host application modules including ASAc firewall and Docker containers for advanced threat protection. These security capabilities help protect your warehouse network infrastructure and connected AIDC devices from unauthorized access and data breaches.
The Catalyst 9600 supports industry-standard protocols and features including IEEE 802.1d Spanning Tree, LACP link aggregation, and traditional Ethernet standards, allowing it to integrate with existing network infrastructure. Its modular design and backward-compatible features make it suitable for phased network upgrades. Contact us today to discuss integration strategies for your current network environment.
The newer C9400X-SUP-2XL provides 480 Gbps bandwidth with consistent 1:1 oversubscription across all chassis, while the legacy C9400-SUP-1XL-Y offers variable oversubscription ratios (1:1, 2:1, or 3:1 depending on chassis). The 2XL variant delivers superior performance and predictable throughput for modern warehouse and logistics networks. Visit barcodesinc.com to discuss upgrade options for your infrastructure.
We stock genuine Cisco C9404-FAN= spare parts and other Catalyst 9400 series accessories for immediate availability. As a leading AIDC distributor, we provide authentic Cisco components with manufacturer warranties and technical support. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order your replacement fan tray and ensure continuity of your network infrastructure.
The C9400X-SUP-2XL is ideal for core and aggregation layer deployments in large enterprises, data centers, and campuses requiring consistent, high-throughput performance without oversubscription. It's particularly suited for environments with dense IoT deployments, high-bandwidth applications, and centralized network management needs. Contact us today to discuss how this supervisor module fits your infrastructure requirements.
The CBS250-48T-4G offers 48 Gigabit Ethernet ports, making it a higher-port-density option compared to the 24-port CBS250-24T-4G model, while maintaining the same 4 SFP uplink configuration. For deployments requiring 10 Gigabit speeds, Cisco also offers CBS250-48T-4X models with 4 x 10G SFP+ uplinks. Available from us at barcodesinc.com, we can help you select the right CBS250 model for your specific requirements.
The Cisco CBS350 series is a managed switch platform designed for enterprise-grade network deployments with advanced management features. For detailed specifications on stacking capabilities and advanced networking features, we recommend reviewing the technical documentation or contacting our team directly. Visit barcodesinc.com or reach out today for comprehensive technical guidance on your network architecture.
The C9400X-SUP-2 is optimized for enterprise-class access layer deployments including digital buildings, IoT applications, and high-density wireless environments. Its 240 Gbps per-slot capacity with 1:1 oversubscription ensures consistent performance for organizations deploying multiple line cards across large campus or data center networks. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your deployment scenario.
We offer the Cisco Catalyst 9600X SUP-2 as part of our comprehensive AIDC and network infrastructure portfolio. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your network switching requirements, pricing, and deployment timelines. Our team can help you select the right supervisor module configuration for your enterprise infrastructure.
The CBS250-8T-D requires Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Category 5e or better cabling for 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. This standard cabling infrastructure is compatible with existing warehouse network installations, and our team can help you select the right cables and configuration for your deployment—contact us today for assistance.
Key considerations include verifying your existing cabling supports 10G copper connections, ensuring adequate power supply for the switch, and planning your network topology to leverage the 24 high-speed ports effectively. The out-of-band management port provides secure administrative access separate from production traffic. Contact us today for deployment guidance and to ensure you have all necessary accessories and support.
The Cisco CMICR-4PS is engineered for reliable operation in various environmental conditions typical of warehouse and logistics facilities. Its compact form factor and wall-mount design allow for flexible placement while maintaining operational integrity in standard commercial environments. For specific environmental operating ranges and installation requirements, contact us today—our team can provide detailed environmental specifications and deployment guidance.
The CBS350-8XT is well-suited for connecting high-performance network devices in warehouses, including barcode scanners, mobile computers, RFID readers, and label printers that require reliable, low-latency connectivity. Its 10 gigabit ports support aggregation of multiple access switches and provide backbone connectivity for large-scale AIDC operations. Contact us today to discuss how we can integrate this switch into your warehouse automation infrastructure.
The CBS350-16T-E-2G-NA supports standard Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Category 5e or better cabling for all 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet ports, ensuring compatibility with existing network infrastructure. The SFP ports support fiber optic connectivity for longer-distance uplinks and backbone connections. We can help you select appropriate cabling and transceivers—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for complete solutions.
The Cisco CMICR-4PT provides IT teams with a cost-effective, space-efficient switching solution for multi-site deployments across warehouses and logistics facilities. Its compact design reduces infrastructure footprint while maintaining enterprise-grade reliability and management capabilities. We offer volume pricing and procurement support for distributed deployments—contact us today to discuss your network expansion plans.
The CBS350-8S-E-2G-NA is the entry-level model in the CBS350 series with 8 SFP ports and 2 combo ports, while larger models like the CBS350-24S-4G offer 24 SFP ports with additional combo and SFP uplink options. The choice depends on your port density requirements and network scale—we offer the complete CBS350 lineup to match any deployment size. Contact us today to find the right switch configuration for your infrastructure needs.
The Catalyst 3750 Series operates reliably in environments from -5°C to +45°C with multiple power supply options including 350W AC, 715W AC, 1100W AC, and 440W DC configurations. Redundant fan and power supply modules are available to ensure continuous operation in demanding warehouse and data center environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore power and environmental configurations suited to your facility requirements.
Yes, the Cisco AIR-CAP3602I features UL 2043 plenum-rating, making it suitable for above-ceiling installation or suspension from drop ceilings in office and industrial environments. This flexibility allows for versatile RF coverage deployment in various facility configurations. Contact us today for installation guidance and deployment planning for your facility.
We offer the Cisco C6800-48P-TX-XL as part of our comprehensive network switching solutions. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team for pricing, availability, and expert guidance on integrating this switch into your enterprise network infrastructure.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 9500 series is Plug and Play (PnP) enabled, providing a simple, secure, unified, and integrated offering to ease new branch or campus device rollouts and updates to existing networks. This feature significantly reduces deployment complexity and time-to-production for enterprise installations. Contact us today to learn how our team can assist with PnP-enabled deployments of this switch.
The IE-1000-4P2S-LM is designed for compact DIN Rail mounting, making it ideal for space-constrained industrial control cabinets and equipment racks. We offer mounting kits and accessories to support flexible installation configurations. For specific dimension details and mounting compatibility with your infrastructure, contact us today and our team can provide detailed specifications and installation guidance.
Prime Infrastructure 3.x represents an evolution in Cisco's network management platform with enhanced capabilities for device management, application visibility, and policy-based control. The L-MGMT3X-4K-K9 license specifically unlocks PI 3.x functionality alongside APIC-EM and Application Streaming, providing a more integrated management experience than earlier versions.
Based on the CBS250 series specifications, the 16-port PoE model provides 130W of PoE power delivery, supporting up to 16 powered devices simultaneously. The switch features intelligent PoE power management that supports granular power negotiation with CDP/LLDP communication for optimal device power allocation. This power budget is sufficient for typical deployments of IP phones, wireless access points, and surveillance cameras. Contact us today to discuss your specific PoE power requirements and device compatibility.
Cisco Catalyst IE3300 switches include 4GB DRAM and 8GB onboard flash memory for IOS software and configuration storage. Additional removable storage is available through USB and SD card support, with the SD-IE-4GB SD memory card option for expanded capacity. Contact us today for storage configuration recommendations based on your network requirements.
We offer the Cisco MDS 9132T-PL8 as part of our full range of enterprise networking and storage solutions. Our team specializes in helping warehouse managers, IT procurement teams, and logistics operations find the right networking equipment for their infrastructure needs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability and discuss your requirements.
The CBS250-16T-2G-NA is designed as a managed switch with standard enterprise-grade construction suitable for warehouse and logistics environments. While specific environmental operating ranges aren't detailed in the available specifications, Cisco CBS250 switches are built for reliable 24/7 operation in typical data center and network closet conditions. Contact us today for detailed environmental specifications and deployment guidance for your specific facility.
The partial PoE capability allows you to power select devices directly through network cables, reducing installation costs and simplifying cable management for devices like wireless access points, IP phones, and surveillance cameras. The intelligent PoE power management feature supports granular power negotiation with connected devices via CDP/LLDP communication, optimizing power distribution based on actual device requirements. Available from us with full technical support—contact us today to determine the right power budget for your specific deployment needs.
Yes, the MS120-24 is designed to work seamlessly within the Cisco Meraki ecosystem, allowing integration with Meraki access points, firewalls, and other managed network devices through a unified cloud dashboard. This unified management approach simplifies network administration and provides consistent visibility across your entire infrastructure. Contact us today to learn how to build a complete Meraki-based network solution for your organization.
The CBS250-8P-E-2G-NA includes a standard RJ45 console port for direct management, a USB Type-A slot for file and image management, and LED indicators for System, Link/Activity, PoE status, and Speed monitoring. The switch also features a reset button for configuration recovery and supports pre-standard PoE for legacy device compatibility. Available from us with full technical support for deployment and ongoing management.
We offer the Cisco MS120-48FP with comprehensive support options including hardware warranty and access to Cisco's technical resources. Meraki cloud management includes automatic firmware updates and security patches to ensure your network remains current and protected. Contact us today to discuss warranty options and support packages tailored to your organization's needs.
The switch supports multiple redundancy protocols including Rapid Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVRST+), Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) with 64 instances, and Spanning Tree features like PortFast, Root Guard, and Bridge Assurance. It also provides vPC (virtual Port Channel) technology and HSRP/VRRP support for gateway redundancy, ensuring high availability for critical network services. These features work together to eliminate single points of failure and maintain continuous network operation.
Yes, the SF350-48P's managed switching capabilities, PoE support, and reliable 17.6 Gbps throughput make it well-suited for warehouse networks requiring connectivity for barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID readers. Its VLAN and QoS features help prioritize critical inventory and shipping applications. Available from us with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment guidance in logistics environments.
Refurbished Cisco power supplies offer cost-effective alternatives to new units while maintaining reliability for data center operations. We offer both new and refurbished options from Cisco's power supply lineup to meet different budget requirements. Contact us today to discuss whether a refurbished unit like the NXA-PAC-1100W-B-RF would be suitable for your needs.
We stock Cisco NXA-PAC-500W power supplies as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking accessories inventory. Available from us as a genuine Cisco component with full warranty support. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and delivery options for your order.
We offer the Cisco CAB-AC-US power cord as part of our extensive inventory of Cisco cables, connectors, and adapters. Visit barcodesinc.com to check current availability or contact us today for pricing, bulk orders, and technical specifications. Our team can also help you identify the correct power cord variant for your specific Cisco networking equipment.
As a Cisco FirePower network module, the FPR9K-NM-4X100G operates within the environmental specifications of its parent chassis, typically supporting standard data center temperature and humidity ranges. The module is TAA compliant for government and enterprise procurement requirements. Contact us today for detailed environmental specifications and to ensure your facility meets the operational requirements for this high-performance networking component.
We offer the Cisco XFP10GLR-192SR-L as a spare part accessory available from our comprehensive inventory of Cisco networking components. Our team provides technical expertise to ensure you select the correct transceiver module for your network infrastructure. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com for pricing, availability, and compatibility verification with your existing Cisco equipment.
Yes, the Cisco C9800-80-K9-RF is designed for centralized management of wireless networks across distributed locations, making it ideal for multi-site warehouse and logistics operations. Enterprise IT managers can configure and monitor the controller remotely to reduce operational costs and ensure consistent security policies across all facilities. We offer comprehensive support to help you implement centralized management strategies—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment assistance.
When deploying the MS120-24P, consider your facility's network requirements, the number of devices needing connectivity, and your preference for cloud-based versus on-premises management. We offer comprehensive support and can help you determine the right switch configuration for your specific operational needs—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment guidance.
Yes, the integrated Power over Ethernet (PoE) on all 8 ports enables the MS120-8FP to power compatible devices including IP cameras, wireless access points, and VoIP phones directly through the network cable. This eliminates the need for separate power supplies and reduces installation costs and complexity. Contact us today for guidance on PoE power budgeting for your specific devices.
The CBS250-24FP-4X requires Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Category 5e cabling or better for all 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet connections, ensuring reliable high-speed data transmission over standard network infrastructure. This compatibility with widely available Cat5e and Cat6 cabling reduces deployment costs and simplifies installation. We offer compatible cabling solutions—visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full selection.
The C9400X-SUP-2 Supervisor Engine maintains a 1:1 oversubscription ratio, meaning there is no bandwidth oversubscription—every port receives dedicated bandwidth without contention. This non-blocking architecture ensures consistent performance across all connected line cards and is suitable for organizations requiring predictable, reliable network throughput. Contact us today to discuss whether 1:1 oversubscription meets your network design requirements.
Cisco IP phones include volume-control toggles that provide easy decibel-level adjustments for the handset, monitor speaker, and ringer, allowing users to customize audio to their preferences. Multiple user-adjustable ring tones are also available on compatible models. We can help you configure these settings during deployment and support.
The Cisco CP-8845-3PCC-K9= supports flexible provisioning through DHCP client or static IP configuration, with online firmware upgrades available via TFTP. The phone includes a built-in web server for configuration and statistics monitoring, plus Syslog support and Real-Time Control Protocol (RTCP) monitoring capabilities. Contact us today if you need assistance with deployment, configuration, or integration into your Cisco Unified Communications environment.
The Cisco CP-8861-3PCC-K9= is designed for desktop use and can be mounted on a desk using the included footstand. The phone features a professional charcoal finish and includes standard interface buttons such as a dial pad, mute, volume controls, and speakerphone functionality for flexible communication options in office settings. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to learn about availability and current pricing for this enterprise desk phone.
We offer the Cisco ACC-LA-H-NM-NF as part of our extensive inventory of Cisco telecommunications products and network components. As a leading AIDC distributor specializing in networking equipment, our team provides expert support for product selection and integration. Visit barcodesinc.com today to check availability or contact us for volume pricing and technical specifications.
Yes, the platform supports advanced networking features including fabric-based multipathing, VRRP for management IP interface redundancy, and per-VSAN fabric services for high-availability configurations. These capabilities enable organizations to build resilient security architectures that minimize downtime and ensure continuous threat protection. Contact us today to design a redundant security deployment that meets your business continuity requirements.
Cisco provides several management applications including Cisco License Manager for license administration, Cisco Unified Provisioning Manager for service management, and Cisco Configuration Engine for zero-touch image and configuration distribution. These tools enable centralized, template-based management across your network infrastructure. We can help you implement and configure these management solutions as part of your software deployment.
We offer Cisco 100G LR4 network transceiver modules as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment catalog. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability and pricing for this and other high-speed optical modules.
The CPAK-100G-SR10 is optimized for short-reach, high-speed connectivity at 100 Gigabit speeds over 100 meters, while alternatives like SFP-10G-LR support 10 Gigabit speeds over 10 kilometers and SFP-10G-ER extends to 40 kilometers. Choose the CPAK-100G-SR10 for data center spine-leaf architectures and short campus links where maximum bandwidth is needed; select longer-reach modules for wide-area network connections. Visit barcodesinc.com to find the right transceiver for your network topology.
The IEM-3400-8S is designed as a network module that can be integrated with Cisco Catalyst IE3400 base platforms to expand port capacity and connectivity options. It works in conjunction with IE3400 base modules to create flexible, scalable network configurations for industrial and outdoor applications. Contact us today for detailed compatibility information and guidance on configuring your IE3400 system with the IEM-3400-8S module.
The Cisco IR800-IL-POE series supports optional 100-GB backup flash storage (IRM-SSD-100G) on compatible models, which provides an added layer of protection from improper shutdown cycles and prevents memory corruption. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore storage expansion options for your specific deployment needs.
We offer the Cisco IEM-3400-8P= as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment inventory. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss how this expansion module can enhance your network infrastructure.
The IRM-1100-SP platform supports multiple Pluggable Interface Module slots depending on the specific model—the IR1831, IR1833, and IR1835 variants each support 2 slots for Cisco Cellular Pluggable Interface Modules. Contact us today to determine the exact configuration that meets your connectivity requirements.
The key difference is that the IEM-3400-8T= provides standard copper connectivity only, while the IEM-3400-8P= variant adds Power over Ethernet (PoE) capability to support powered devices like IP cameras and wireless access points. Choose the IEM-3400-8T= for non-powered devices or the IEM-3400-8P= when PoE support is required. Contact us today to determine which module best fits your warehouse or logistics infrastructure needs.
The IRM-1100-DINRAIL features pluggable interface module slots for Cisco Cellular Pluggable Interface Modules, with capacity varying by model (1x or 2x slots depending on the IR model). It also includes standard network connectors and optional fiber optic connectivity through SFP-based ports. We can help you configure the right interface modules for your wireless access point deployment—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The ZD621 supports 203 dpi as standard, with optional 300 dpi resolution available as a factory-installed or field-installable accessory kit. The printer accommodates media widths from 0.585 inches to 4.65 inches with a maximum label length of 39.0 inches and media roll outer diameter up to 5.0 inches. The movable media sensor provides comprehensive media compatibility, allowing you to use virtually any media for greater flexibility across various use cases. Contact us today to discuss which resolution and media configuration best fits your warehouse or logistics operations.
Yes, the MC330L is specifically designed to meet the evolving requirements of today's on-demand, e-commerce-driven economy with its combination of ruggedness, extended battery life, and advanced scanning capabilities. Its 4.0 display, 29-key keypad, and Android GMS operating system support fast-paced picking, packing, and shipping workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss how the MC330L can optimize your fulfillment operations.
Zebra MotionWorks Signature Service includes dedicated support for user adoption, ensuring your team is trained and equipped to maximize the platform's capabilities. The service covers design consultation, deployment guidance, and adoption strategies tailored to your operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn how our team can support your MotionWorks implementation and drive organizational change management.
The Honeywell PC42E-T integrates with the Honeywell Printer Edge system, which provides centralized management and real-time monitoring of your printing operations. This system enhances operational efficiency by reducing downtime and enabling proactive maintenance alerts. The printer also features an intuitive LCD screen and generously sized top window for easy monitoring of consumables and printing status. Contact us today to learn how Printer Edge can optimize your warehouse labeling operations.
Absolutely. The large, vivid 106.7 mm (4.2 in) touchscreen display is readable both indoors and outdoors, and the IP65/IP67 environmental rating ensures reliable operation in cold storage, wet environments, and challenging field conditions. The ultra-rugged construction and extended battery life make it ideal for logistics, warehouse, and field mobility solutions where durability and visibility are critical.
Yes, the CN85 combines full-touch capabilities with real keys (3/32 QWERTY configuration) for fast data entry at high transaction rates. This hybrid approach lets you choose the input method that works best for your workflow, whether you're transitioning to touchscreen or remain key-dependent.
Yes, select CT40 XP models are available with disinfectant-ready housings that can be regularly cleaned with a wide variety of cleaning solutions without damaging the device. This makes the CT40 XP ideal for healthcare facilities, food service, and other high-sanitation warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to learn about disinfectant-ready configurations available from us.
The PC42E-T integrates with the Honeywell Printer Edge system, which provides centralized management and real-time monitoring of your printing operations. This enterprise-grade platform enhances operational efficiency, minimizes downtime, and gives you visibility into consumable status and printer performance across your facility. Contact us today to learn how we can integrate this solution into your warehouse operations.
The PC42E-T is built on the Honeywell Printer Edge platform, which provides centralized management and real-time monitoring to enhance operational efficiency and minimize downtime. The printer also features an intuitive design with a large top window and LCD screen that simplify monitoring of consumables and printing status.
The PC42E-T-KIT includes the printer, a 1.5-meter US power cord, and all necessary power systems and supplies for immediate deployment. Contact us today to confirm all components and discuss your specific setup requirements.
Yes, the EDA10A is specifically designed for outdoor and field work with its IP65 dust and water resistance rating, rugged construction, and high-performance display that remains visible in bright sunlight. The combination of durability, extended battery life, and enterprise-grade imaging makes it ideal for last-mile delivery, field service, and outdoor inventory management. Contact us today to discuss how the EDA10A can support your field operations.
Yes, the CN80G is specifically designed for U.S. government agencies, contractors, and third parties, with its non-incendive rating making it suitable for hazardous environments. Built on the Mobility Edge platform, it enables accelerated provisioning, certification, and deployment across government organizations while meeting stringent compliance and security requirements. Contact us today to discuss government procurement options and certifications available from us.
The Warehouse Kit ESS includes the CK67 mobile computer with a 51-key alphanumeric keypad, 4.3-inch screen, 8GB/128GB memory, front and rear cameras, standard battery, home base kit, belt holster, AC cord, screen protector, and comprehensive support services. This complete kit is designed to get your warehouse operation running immediately with all essential accessories. Available from us with full configuration support and TrueSupport service.
The CN80G is available with 3 GB or 4 GB RAM and 32 GB internal Flash storage, with user-accessible microSD card expansion up to 512 GB (SDXC/SDHC-compliant). The 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor delivers the performance needed for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure the memory specifications that match your operational requirements.
Yes, the CN80G is specifically designed for U.S. government agencies, contractors, and third parties, with non-incendive certification for hazardous environments. Its rugged construction and Mobility Edge platform make it an ideal choice for government applications requiring high durability and long-term support. Contact us today to discuss government procurement options available from us.
Yes, the CN80G supports both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch applications through its flexible input design featuring a large touchscreen display paired with either a 23-key numeric or 40-key QWERTY keypad. This dual-input capability allows your team to use the device with finger, glove, or stylus in any environment, optimizing efficiency whether you're transitioning to modern touch interfaces or maintaining existing keyboard-dependent workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configuration options that match your operational requirements.
Yes, the CN80G is specifically designed for US government agencies, contractors, and third-party organizations requiring ultra-rugged mobile computing solutions. Its non-incendive design, built-in security features, and Mobility Edge platform certification make it ideal for sensitive government and compliance-driven environments. We offer specialized support for government procurement and deployment—contact us today for more information.
Yes, the Honeywell CN80G is specifically designed for use by US government agencies, contractors, and third parties, with non-incendive capabilities for hazardous environments. The device's rugged construction, extended lifecycle support, and enterprise-grade security features make it an ideal choice for government operations. Contact us today to discuss your government procurement requirements and certification needs.
Yes, the Honeywell CN80G is specifically designed for US government agencies, contractors, and third parties, featuring non-incendive construction for hazardous environments. Contact us today to learn more about government-approved configurations and deployment options available from us.
The CK65 is built on Honeywell's Mobility Edge platform and offers future-proofing with Android R support and beyond, minimizing total cost of ownership while providing accelerated provisioning for faster deployment. Combined with its superior battery life, advanced FlexRange FR imaging, and hybrid touchscreen-keypad design, the CK65 delivers industry-leading investment protection and worker productivity compared to legacy models. Contact us today to discuss how the CK65 can optimize your warehouse operations.
We offer the Honeywell VM3W2O2A1AUS1JA1 as part of our comprehensive AIDC equipment selection. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and configure the right vehicle-mounted solution for your warehouse operations.
Yes, the Honeywell SL42 features an integrated 3-track bidirectional magnetic stripe reader (MSR) that supports both encrypted and unencrypted data output with speeds from 3 to 75 inches per second. The MSR supports DES, TDES, and AES encryption with DUKPT key management for secure payment processing. This multi-function capability makes the SL42 ideal for retail environments requiring both barcode and card payment processing. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our complete mobile computing solutions.
The CT47 Ultra-Rugged Mobile Computer is engineered to withstand the toughest conditions with its superior rugged design that can handle drops of up to 8 feet and survive over 3,500 tumbles. Its compact dimensions (170 mm x 79 mm x 19.2 mm) and lightweight design (288 grams with battery) make it portable while maintaining exceptional durability for transport, logistics, and fieldwork applications. Available from us with specifications designed for long-term reliability in any environment.
Yes, the Voyager XP 1472g is specifically designed to deliver accurate scanning even on damaged and difficult-to-read codes, making it ideal for retail environments where barcode quality varies. Its advanced scanning technology ensures reliable performance on both traditional barcodes and digital screens, reducing checkout delays. Contact us today to learn more about this scanner's capabilities for your retail operation.
The Granit Ultra 2105iSR represents the latest generation of Honeywell's rugged scanner line, featuring AI-enhanced scanning that delivers 45% faster speeds compared to earlier models, combined with the same legendary durability Honeywell is known for. Its extended battery capacity supports up to 100,000 scans per charge, ideal for large distribution centers and manufacturing facilities running continuous operations. Available from us with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com to compare specifications or contact us today for detailed performance data.
Yes, the CN80G is specifically designed and approved for use by US government agencies, contractors, and third parties, making it an ideal choice for government-regulated logistics and warehouse operations. Its rugged construction, security capabilities, and extended lifecycle support through the Mobility Edge platform meet stringent government requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss government procurement options and compliance requirements for your organization.
The 1200g requires a 5V +/- 5% input voltage with typical operating power consumption of 700mW (140 mA) and standby power of 350mW (70 mA). This low power requirement makes it ideal for extended warehouse operations without straining your facility's power infrastructure. We offer the 1200g with a standard USB connection for convenient power delivery—contact us today for availability and configuration options.
The CN80G is equipped with a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor, 4GB RAM, and 32GB Flash storage, providing robust performance for warehouse and logistics operations. The device also features a 5800 mAh battery with integrated diagnostics to support extended shifts without interruption. These specifications ensure reliable performance in demanding field mobility and batch processing applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify current availability and configurations.
The CN80 is available with 3GB or 4GB of RAM and 32GB of internal storage, powered by a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor that delivers high-performance computing for complex warehouse management applications. The device also features an integrated camera and extended-range imager for versatile data capture needs. We offer multiple CN80 configurations to match your specific processing and storage requirements—contact us today for detailed specifications on available models.
Yes, the CT47 runs on Google Mobile Services (GMS) and is compatible with enterprise software solutions for retail, healthcare, and logistics operations. Built on the durable Mobility Edge platform, it integrates seamlessly with warehouse management systems and operational intelligence applications. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing enterprise systems.
Yes, the PC42E-T integrates with the Honeywell Printer Edge system, which provides centralized management and real-time monitoring of your printing operations. This system enhances operational efficiency and minimizes downtime by offering visibility into printer status and consumable levels.
The CN80G's dual-input design—combining touchscreen and numeric keypad—enables seamless transition from traditional Windows devices to Android by supporting both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch applications. The Honeywell Mobility Edge platform provides integrated tools for accelerated and secure development, deployment, and lifecycle management, minimizing migration complexity. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss migration strategies and application compatibility for your specific warehouse or logistics environment.
We offer the Honeywell SUPCAP-SCN11 as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to speak with our team about integrating this power device into your scanning infrastructure.
The Thor VM3 supports a standard resistive touchscreen, with optional capacitive touchscreen available for multi-touch applications and enhanced user interaction. This flexibility allows you to choose the interface that best fits your operational requirements. Contact us today to discuss touchscreen options and find the right configuration for your warehouse or distribution center needs.
We offer the Honeywell 852-071-001 power device as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to discuss your power solution requirements for mobile computing deployments.
While some related Cisco server models have been discontinued, we maintain inventory of current and legacy Cisco processor components to support ongoing infrastructure needs. Availability of specific SKUs may vary, and we recommend contacting us today to confirm stock status and lead times for the HX-CPU-6132 and compatible server components. Our team can also discuss upgrade paths and newer processor options if needed.
The Cisco HX-CPU-6140 operates at 140W thermal design power (TDP), making it suitable for standard data center cooling infrastructure and power distribution systems. Built on a 14nm process technology, it delivers efficient performance-per-watt for enterprise computing environments. Our team at Barcodes Inc can help you assess power and cooling requirements for your deployment—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed infrastructure planning.
The Cisco HX-CPU-5120 is available as a replacement part and component through our inventory. Most compatible Cisco servers include 3-year warranty support and are backed by Cisco's enterprise-grade reliability standards. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check current availability, pricing, and support options for your specific deployment needs.
The 18-core design excels in virtualization, database operations, and high-throughput warehouse management systems that require sustained multi-threaded performance. This processor is ideal for logistics operations running resource-intensive inventory management, RFID processing, and barcode scanning infrastructure at scale. We offer this component as part of complete enterprise server solutions—visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific application requirements.
The HX-CPU-6126 provides a balanced option with 12 cores at 2.6 GHz and 19.25MB cache, positioning it as a mid-range processor within Cisco's Xeon lineup. It offers excellent performance-per-watt for enterprise applications while supporting the same DDR4 memory and server compatibility as other 3rd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable processors. Contact us today for detailed comparisons and recommendations for your specific infrastructure needs.
The HX-CPU-6154 represents an advanced generation of Cisco processors with improved core count and cache configuration compared to earlier models, delivering enhanced performance for logistics and inventory management workloads. Its DDR4 support and 3.0 GHz base frequency provide significant improvements over legacy processor generations. Available from us at barcodesinc.com, this processor offers better value for modern warehouse automation systems.
No, the Zebra RFD40 (model RFD4030-G00B700-US) is a UHF RFID-only reader without an integrated imager, making it purpose-built for RFID tag capture rather than barcode scanning. If you need combined RFID and barcode capabilities, contact us today to discuss alternative Zebra solutions that meet your multi-modal capture requirements.
The DS3608-XR maintains the proven ruggedness of the DS3600-ER while decreasing device weight by 10%, making it more comfortable for workers during extended use. This weight reduction, combined with its 40% increase in scanning range and enhanced aimer visibility, delivers superior ergonomics without sacrificing durability.
The TC58A1 features Zebra's PowerPrecision+ battery technology with a standard 4680 mAh battery and an extended 7000 mAh option for full-shift power, plus intelligent battery health metrics to help you better manage battery lifecycle and replacement costs. The warm-swap capability allows you to change batteries without powering down the device, keeping your operations running continuously throughout the shift. Available from us with flexible battery configurations to match your operational demands and shift lengths.
We offer the Zebra CA1220 Power Device as part of our extensive inventory of barcode scanners, mobile computers, and accessories from leading manufacturers. Our team can help you source this power cable along with any other AIDC equipment your warehouse or logistics operation needs. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to place your order.
Yes, the Zebra Silverline Classic II is compatible with UHF EPC Gen 2 V2/ISO 18000-6C standards and supports global RFID radio frequencies for multinational deployments. The label works with Zebra's adaptive encoding technology that automatically optimizes RFID placement and performance across various container types and materials. Contact us today to discuss your specific frequency requirements and application needs.
The DS2278 includes a three-year hardware warranty against defects in workmanship and materials from the date of shipment. Zebra also offers recommended support services including OneCare Select and OneCare Essential plans, plus centralized management tools like Scanner Management Service (SMS) and 123Scan for remote configuration and firmware updates. Contact us today to discuss warranty upgrades and support packages tailored to your warehouse or retail operation.
The Zebra VC8300 10-Inch operates in standard temperature environments ranging from -30°C to +50°C in non-condensing conditions, allowing reliable performance across varied warehouse climates and seasonal conditions. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm current availability and specifications for your specific deployment needs.
The ZQ610 Plus is engineered for simplified integration, setup, and management by IT teams, with enhanced security features that protect your mobile printing infrastructure. The large color display provides clear status visibility, reducing troubleshooting time, while modern wireless protocols and battery management systems streamline device administration. Contact us today to discuss deployment, security policies, and IT management tools available for this printer.
The DS2278 is supported by Zebra's 123Scan utility for parameter programming and firmware updates, the Scanner Management Service (SMS) for remote device management, and the Symbol Scanner SDK for custom application development. These tools enable centralized management of scanner fleets and automated asset tracking across your operation.
The DS9908-HD is engineered for use in demanding medical, pharmacy, and retail environments where durability and reliability are essential. While specific durability ratings depend on your particular application requirements, Zebra's healthcare-grade scanners are built to maintain performance in clinical and laboratory settings. Contact us today to discuss the environmental specifications and durability features that match your facility's requirements.
The integrated filter in the CBL-DC-451A1-01 protects sensitive Zebra mobile computers and printers from electrical interference and power surges that can occur in busy warehouse environments. This filtering helps prevent data loss, extends component lifespan, and maintains consistent device performance during scanning and printing operations. We recommend using genuine filtered power cords like this to protect your investment in enterprise mobility equipment.
The ZD621 is engineered for diverse industries including retail (shelf labels, return tags, price markdowns), healthcare (prescription labels, patient ID wristbands, specimen labels), transportation and logistics (shipping labels, packing slips), and manufacturing (shipping labels, inventory tags, asset labels). Available in direct thermal, thermal transfer, linerless, healthcare, and RFID models, the ZD621 supports a wide variety of use cases across these markets. Contact us today to find the right configuration for your specific application needs.
The ZD621 is engineered for diverse industries including retail (shelf labels, return tags, price markdowns), healthcare (prescription labels, patient ID wristbands, specimen labels), transportation and logistics (shipping labels, packing slips), and manufacturing (inventory labels, asset tags, receiving labels). Available in direct thermal, thermal transfer, linerless, healthcare, and RFID models, it supports a wide variety of use cases across your supply chain.
The DS2278 achieves near-field reads starting at approximately 0.2 inches and far-field reads up to 6.0 inches for standard 5-mil resolution barcodes like Code 39 and Code 128. Actual decode range varies based on barcode symbology, resolution, and environmental lighting conditions in your retail or warehouse environment.
Yes, this Zebra power device is engineered for the demanding environments of warehouses, distribution centers, and logistics facilities where ZD220 and ZD230 printers are commonly deployed. The 60W capacity supports continuous printing operations required for high-volume barcode and shipping label production. Contact us today to integrate this power solution into your AIDC infrastructure.
We offer the Zebra P1086845-004 Power Device as part of our comprehensive selection of Zebra healthcare printing solutions and accessories. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to arrange delivery to your healthcare facility or warehouse.
A print server like the Zebra P1037750-097 centralizes printer management, allows multiple users to send jobs to a single printer, reduces cabling requirements, and improves workflow efficiency in warehouses and logistics operations. Wireless connectivity eliminates the need for individual printer connections at each workstation, making it easier to reconfigure your workspace as needs change. Available from us, this upgrade helps optimize your barcode label and shipping documentation printing infrastructure.
For optimal performance, Zebra direct thermal media should be stored in controlled environmental conditions away from extreme heat, humidity, and light exposure. We recommend keeping unused rolls in their original packaging in a cool, dry location until ready for use. All Zebra products should be pre-tested to ensure they meet your specific application requirements, and our team can provide guidance on proper storage and handling—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed care instructions.
As a Zebra thermal printhead designed for the ZQ520 mobile printer, it's built to withstand demanding warehouse, logistics, and field environments. The printhead maintains reliable performance across temperature variations typical in distribution centers and outdoor loading areas. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed environmental specifications and to confirm suitability for your specific application.
The Zebra P1080383-229 printhead is available from us as a genuine Zebra component. Visit barcodesinc.com to add this upgrade kit to your order, or contact us today with your printer model and specifications so our team can confirm compatibility and discuss your printing requirements.
With 450 meters of premium resin material per roll, the Zebra 05100BK13145 provides extensive printing capacity depending on your label size and print density. For specific yield estimates based on your application, contact us today and our team can calculate expected roll life for your operation.
The Zebra 5095 ribbon is designed for use with Zebra thermal transfer printers and compatible systems that support 25mm (1") core ribbons. We offer the Zebra 5095 in multiple configurations to match your specific printer model—contact us today to ensure you select the correct ribbon width and length for your equipment.
The Zebra 5555 ribbon is compatible with Zebra desktop thermal transfer printers designed for 84mm ribbon width. To ensure proper compatibility with your specific printer model, we recommend contacting us today with your printer details, or visit barcodesinc.com to verify the correct ribbon specifications for your equipment.
Yes, the permanent acrylic adhesive on the Zebra SAM5178 labels offers flexibility for labeling curved surfaces, which is particularly useful for cylindrical containers and irregularly shaped items. The Kimdura polypropylene backing combined with the flexible adhesive ensures strong adhesion without cracking or peeling on non-flat surfaces. Contact us today to discuss your specific application requirements.
The ZD621d-HC features unmatched security that constantly evolves to shield against cyberattacks and safeguard sensitive data, including patient information. This built-in security framework is critical for healthcare environments where protecting confidential medical records and compliance with HIPAA regulations is essential. Contact us today to learn more about the security features available from us.
The Intelligent Cabinet optimizes device storage, access, tracking, and management to maximize worker productivity and asset utilization in warehouse, transportation, and logistics environments. Its combination of secure storage, automated software solutions, built-in power management, and compatibility with Zebra's full device ecosystem ensures your mobile computers, scanners, and printers remain charged, organized, and ready for deployment. Available from us with ongoing support to keep your operations running at peak efficiency.
Yes, the MC330L-SE4EG4NA is specifically designed to meet the requirements of today's on-demand, e-commerce-driven economy with its enhanced ruggedness, extended battery life, and advanced scanning capabilities including a 2D imager with long-range capability. Contact us today to learn how we can outfit your e-commerce fulfillment operation with this advanced mobile computer.
The Z-Ultimate 4000T offers unparalleled smear and scratch resistance combined with outstanding print quality, making it ideal for applications where label durability and readability are critical. The high-performance permanent acrylic adhesive and gloss polyester construction ensure your labels remain legible and securely adhered even in challenging warehouse, manufacturing, or logistics environments. Contact us today to find the right label solution for your specific needs.
Each case of the Zebra FINALE-4X6DT contains 12 rolls with 475 labels per roll, giving you a total of 5,700 labels per case. This bulk configuration is designed for high-volume warehouse operations and helps reduce reordering frequency. Contact us today for volume pricing and to ensure you have the right label supply for your operation.
The Z-Perform 1000D is not recommended for applications involving prolonged exposure to sunlight or extreme heat, as it is designed for limited-durability indoor and temporary labeling use. For outdoor or high-temperature applications, we offer more durable alternatives like the Z-Perform 2000D or Z-Xtreme series—contact us today to find the right solution for your environment.
A standard case of Zebra FINALE-4X2DT labels contains 6 rolls, with each roll holding 1,240 labels, for a total of 7,440 labels per case. This bulk packaging is ideal for warehouse managers and logistics operations with consistent labeling demands. Visit barcodesinc.com to place your order today.
We offer the Zebra Z-Select 4000D labels (model 75856) with competitive pricing and fast shipping available from us. Visit barcodesinc.com to place your order, or contact us today for volume pricing, technical specifications, or help selecting the right label solution for your specific application.
We offer the Zebra FINALE-4X1DT labels in convenient 6-roll cases, and our team can help you determine the right quantity for your warehouse or inventory needs. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to place your order, discuss volume pricing, or get technical recommendations for your labeling application.
The Zebra CS-RAC-NA-MLEAD is manufactured to Zebra's quality standards for North American electrical use. For detailed safety certifications and protective features, we recommend reviewing the product specifications or contacting us today—our team can provide complete technical documentation and ensure this device meets your facility's power safety requirements.
The Zebra FINALE-3X1DT 3" x 1" direct thermal labels are ideal for inventory management, warehouse labeling, shipping labels, and cold storage applications. The compact size and direct thermal printing make them cost-effective for high-volume labeling needs in logistics and supply chain operations. Contact us today to discuss your specific application requirements and find the right label solution from our inventory.
Each box contains 36 rolls of Z-Perform 1000D labels, with 150 labels per roll, for a total of 5,400 labels per box. The labels come on 0.75" cores, making them compatible with most standard direct thermal printer roll holders. We offer competitive bulk pricing on label orders—contact us today for volume discounts and shipping information.
Each box of Zebra HC10000684 labels contains 6 rolls, with each roll holding 5,760 labels. This means a standard box provides 34,560 total labels, offering substantial inventory for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to order bulk quantities or discuss volume pricing with our team.
Yes, the MC3300x is specifically designed to tackle the requirements of today's on-demand, e-commerce-driven economy with its rugged construction, extended battery life, and advanced scanning capabilities. Contact us today to discuss how this mobile computer can optimize your fulfillment and logistics workflows.
We offer the Zebra 74776 Ribbon as part of our comprehensive AIDC supplies portfolio, with expert support from our knowledgeable team. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place your order, discuss your specific printing requirements, and receive recommendations on ribbon selection for your thermal transfer printer setup.
The MXC7000-L kit includes a complete cabling harness and back cover designed for straightforward installation on the MP7000 mobile computer. The camera module, illumination boards, and all connecting components are engineered for proper integration with your device. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed installation guides, technical documentation, and support from our team to ensure proper setup.
Zebra printers powered by this supply operate reliably in environments ranging from 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) for direct thermal mode and 41°F to 104°F (5°C to 40°C) for thermal transfer mode, making them suitable for most warehouse and manufacturing facilities. Storage and transport environments should remain within similar temperature parameters to protect equipment integrity. Contact us today to discuss environmental requirements for your specific application.
We offer the Zebra Z-Perform 1000D receipt paper and a complete selection of direct thermal media for your labeling needs. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this product and get expert guidance on the right supplies for your application.
The ZD621R runs on Zebra's Link-OS operating system and supports ZPL II, EPL 2, XML, and ZBI programming languages, ensuring broad compatibility with existing label design software and warehouse management systems. With 512 MB Flash and 256 MB SDRAM memory, it provides sufficient resources for complex RFID encoding tasks and real-time clock functionality. We offer comprehensive support and integration assistance to get your ZD621R operational quickly.
The Z-Band Splash wristbands measure 1" x 10" (25.4mm x 254mm) with a 1" (25.4mm) core, and they support black mark sensing for reliable barcode reading. Contact us today to confirm specific dimensions for your venue's requirements and to explore compatible Zebra printers available from us.
The Z-Ultimate 3000T represents Zebra's premium high-performance coated polyester offering with superior chemical and UV resistance compared to lower-tier Z-Ultimate series like the 1000T or 2000T. Its advanced coating and permanent adhesive make it the ideal choice when maximum durability and print quality are required. Contact us today to discuss which Zebra label series best fits your specific application needs.
We offer the Zebra ZLED-XS40WH-0000 internal ring light as part of our comprehensive inventory of Zebra spare parts and accessories. Visit barcodesinc.com to check availability or contact us today for pricing and delivery options tailored to your warehouse needs.
Zebra vision lenses are covered under Zebra's standard hardware warranty, which protects against defects in workmanship and materials. Zebra also offers OneCare Select and OneCare Essential service plans for comprehensive support and maintenance. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn more about warranty options and recommended service plans for your vision system.
The 16mm focal length provides a moderate working distance and field of view, positioning it between wider-angle and longer telephoto options in vision lens lineups. This makes it versatile for applications requiring both reasonable detail capture and adequate standoff distance from the inspection target. We offer multiple Zebra lens focal lengths to match your specific application needs—contact us today for lens selection guidance.
The Zebra LENS-M3500-0100 is priced at $575.00 USD. While this model is discontinued, we may have stock available, and our team can provide pricing on comparable alternative Zebra vision lenses currently in our inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for current availability and pricing on vision lens solutions.
As a precision optical component, the LENS-U1600-0100 is designed for industrial environments typical of manufacturing, warehousing, and logistics facilities. The C-Mount construction provides durability for demanding applications, though specific environmental operating ranges depend on the camera system it's paired with. Contact us today to discuss your specific environmental requirements and application needs.
The 8mm focal length on the Zebra LENS-U0800-0100 provides a wider field of view compared to longer focal lengths (like 16mm or 25mm), making it suitable for closer working distances and broader area coverage. Shorter focal lengths offer greater depth of field, which is advantageous for applications requiring consistent focus across varying object distances. We offer a range of Zebra vision lenses to match different application requirements—contact us today to find the right lens for your needs.
We offer the Zebra LENS-U1200-0100 Vision Lens as part of our comprehensive AIDC product portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to discuss which vision lens solution best fits your application needs.
The LENS-U3500-0100 delivers professional-grade optical performance with its 35mm focal length and large format design, making it suitable for demanding inspection applications. As an authorized distributor of Zebra vision components, we can help you compare this lens with other options based on your specific focal length, magnification, and working distance requirements. Contact us today to discuss which vision lens best fits your application needs.
We offer the Zebra LENS-U2500-0100 Vision Lens as part of our comprehensive AIDC product portfolio at barcodesinc.com. Our team can help you select the right vision lens for your warehouse, logistics, or industrial automation needs—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for availability and support.
Zebra ribbons should be stored in a cool, dry environment to maintain print quality and ribbon integrity. Proper storage conditions prevent ribbon degradation and ensure consistent color output across all 400 images. We recommend keeping ribbons in their original packaging until ready for use in your ZC350 printer.
Yes, the Zebra vision system is highly upgradeable through software licenses and decoder package options managed via the Zebra Aurora platform. You can upgrade from standard 1D/2D decoding to advanced features like fast processing (60 FPS), DPM full decoding, machine vision toolsets, and OCR capabilities. We offer flexible upgrade licensing options—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your upgrade path.
The IP67-rated lens cover protects your vision system's critical optical components from dust, moisture, and environmental contaminants that are prevalent in warehouse and distribution center operations. A compromised lens reduces image clarity, leading to scanning failures and operational delays in your logistics workflow. We offer this genuine Zebra replacement lens to help you maintain consistent vision system performance and uptime in demanding industrial environments.
We offer the Zebra LGHT-X020WH-0100 LED integrated ring light as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup. Visit barcodesinc.com to view availability, specifications, and pricing, or contact us today for volume quotes and technical guidance on integrating this lighting solution into your scanning infrastructure.
We offer the Zebra 800350-320 ribbon as part of our comprehensive inventory of Zebra ID card printer supplies and ribbons. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our full selection of ZC350 compatible supplies, or contact us today for volume quotes, technical support, and expedited shipping options.
The DS8108-DL Series includes unrivaled manageability tools designed to keep your scanners operational and in the hands of your staff. Zebra's management platform enables remote configuration, monitoring, and troubleshooting across your scanner fleet, reducing downtime and maintenance costs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn more about the complete management capabilities available with this scanner.
The Zebra 104523-117 comes in a pack of 500 cards, a standard quantity for medium-to-large ID card printing operations. PVC cards have an indefinite shelf life when stored in a cool, dry environment away from direct sunlight and extreme temperatures. We recommend storing unused cards in their original packaging to maintain quality until they are ready for printing.
The Zebra P1037974-011 printhead works with standard thermal transfer media and supports the native print speeds of your ZT210, ZT220, or ZT230 printer. Compatibility with specific label materials depends on your printer model and settings rather than the printhead itself. Contact us today to discuss your specific application requirements and ensure you have the right setup for your labeling needs.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T 4x2" labels come with 2,950 labels per roll on a 3" core, with 4 rolls packaged per box. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to confirm availability and current pricing for your specific label size requirements.
Absolutely. The RS5100 is engineered with a rugged industrial design that withstands the demands of warehouse and logistics operations, combining durability with a comfortable, featherweight form factor for all-day wear. Its robust construction makes it suitable for use throughout your facility, from loading docks to inventory areas.
As an industrial-grade Zebra lighting module, the LGHT-T400RD-0000 is engineered for demanding warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics environments. While specific environmental ratings depend on your installation configuration, Zebra's industrial lighting products are designed for reliability in temperature-controlled and outdoor-adjacent facilities. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed environmental specifications and durability certifications for your application.
We offer the Zebra 800300-306 mono-metallic gold ribbon as part of our comprehensive AIDC supply inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this ribbon, or contact us today for bulk pricing, expedited shipping, or to discuss your complete ID card printing supply needs.
When replacing your ribbon, ensure compatibility with your specific printer model—the Zebra 800077-761 is designed for ZXP Series 7 printers. Monitor your ribbon yield capacity to plan replacements before running out, and verify that you're using genuine Zebra supplies to maintain print quality and equipment reliability.
The ZT411 features a 4.3-inch full-color touch display with an intuitive menu system that allows you to quickly navigate printer settings, connectivity options, and job management. Combined with Zebra's Print DNA suite of applications, utilities, and developer tools powered by Link-OS, the ZT411 delivers simplified remote manageability and easier integration into your existing systems. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our support resources.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 3000T's permanent acrylic adhesive is specifically formulated to maintain strong adhesion even when labels are water-immersed, making it ideal for cold chain logistics, wet storage environments, and applications where moisture exposure is unavoidable. The combination of polyester material and permanent adhesive ensures the label stays securely attached while maintaining barcode readability. Contact us today for guidance on water-immersed label applications and performance expectations.
As a precision optical component, the LENS-M2500-0100 is designed for industrial environments but should be protected from extreme temperature fluctuations, moisture, and direct contamination. For specific environmental durability ratings and protection recommendations for your warehouse or manufacturing facility, contact us today. Our team can advise on proper lens care, protective housings, and environmental considerations for your vision system deployment.
We offer a wide range of options to extend the ZD621's functionality, including 300 dpi resolution upgrades, desktop battery for portable printing, carrying case, peeler, cutter, keyboard display unit, mounting plate, and enclosed power supply. The printer is also available in multiple models including direct thermal, thermal transfer, linerless, healthcare, and RFID variants to support diverse use cases. An optional 4.3-inch full-color LCD touch display with intuitive menu is available for enhanced user interaction and troubleshooting guidance.
Yes, the PolyPro 4000T's flexible polypropylene construction with permanent acrylic adhesive provides excellent conformability to curved and irregular surfaces. This makes it ideal for labeling drums, containers, pipes, and other non-flat objects commonly found in warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to order the right label configuration for your application.
The Z-Perform 2000T is designed for standard indoor industrial applications and is not recommended for exposure to sunlight or extreme heat. For applications requiring extended environmental durability, we offer alternative Zebra label lines designed for harsh conditions—contact us today to discuss your specific requirements.
Zebra ID card ribbons should be stored in a cool, dry environment away from direct sunlight and humidity to maintain print quality and prevent ribbon degradation. We recommend keeping unopened ribbons in their original packaging at temperatures between 60-75°F and relative humidity below 50% for optimal shelf life and performance.
This vision lens delivers the optical precision needed for reliable barcode reading, package labeling verification, and automated sorting in high-speed warehouse environments. The 12mm focal length provides excellent depth of field for capturing clear images at typical conveyor distances. We offer this lens as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for system design assistance.
Yes, the tablet includes Zebra's Mobility DNA platform, which enhances device performance, ease of use, manageability, and security through specialized Zebra applications. This enterprise-grade platform helps IT teams manage devices at scale while protecting sensitive operational data.
Yes, the MC330L was specifically designed to meet the evolving requirements of today's on-demand, e-commerce-driven economy with enhanced ruggedness, extended battery life, and advanced scanning capabilities. Its combination of durability, connectivity, and performance makes it ideal for fast-paced fulfillment centers and logistics operations. Contact us today to find the right mobile computer solution for your e-commerce needs.
The ZT231 features a 4.3-inch full-color resistive touchscreen with an intuitive menu design, wizards, and built-in how-to videos that significantly reduce operator training time. The interface allows users to see printer status at a glance and make configuration changes with the touch of a finger or gloved hand, making it accessible for warehouse and logistics personnel in various work conditions.
The DS4678 features Standard Bluetooth Version 5.2 with BLE, offering Class 1 range up to 330 ft (100m) and Class 2 range up to 33 ft (10m) with adjustable power settings. It also includes Virtual Tether technology to prevent scanners from being taken beyond range or left out of cradle, and Wi-Fi Friendly Mode to eliminate wireless network interference. Contact us today to learn how we can integrate the DS4678 into your retail infrastructure.
The NETGEAR MS510TXM includes a Lifetime Limited Warranty, providing long-term protection for your networking investment. This comprehensive warranty coverage ensures peace of mind for your critical infrastructure. Contact us today to learn more about warranty terms and support options available from us.
A NETGEAR technical service subscription like the STM300B-10000S ensures your data networking infrastructure receives professional support and maintenance throughout the year. This is particularly valuable for warehouse and logistics operations that depend on reliable connectivity. We offer this subscription to help keep your network running smoothly—contact us today to get started.
The Socket Mobile SocketScan S700 is available from us at Barcodes Inc. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this 1D barcode scanner and explore our full range of AIDC solutions for your warehouse and logistics operations.
We stock Socket Mobile barcode readers and scanners, including the Socketscan S820 Black model available in bulk quantities. Our team specializes in wireless handheld and mobile barcode scanners for warehouse and logistics applications—visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full Socket Mobile product selection.
The SocketScan S720 includes a wrist strap as standard. Additional optional accessories are available from us, including holsters, charging stands, and retractable clips to customize the scanner for your specific operational needs. Contact us today to explore accessory options that fit your workflow.
The SocketScan S740 comes in five different color options, allowing you to select a scanner that fits your style and workplace environment. This variety ensures you can choose a color that integrates seamlessly with your team's equipment and branding. Contact us today to explore the available color selections and place your order.
Yes, the SocketScan S740 features indicator lights for battery status, Bluetooth connectivity, and scanning notifications. These intuitive visual indicators help operators quickly confirm device status and successful scans without requiring screen feedback, improving scanning efficiency in fast-paced warehouse environments. Contact us today for more details on how these features enhance your workflow.
Yes, the 2D imager technology allows the CX3445-1908 to scan barcodes on both paper and digital screens. This capability is valuable for modern logistics operations that use mobile ticketing, digital delivery confirmations, and screen-based inventory systems. We offer this scanner for businesses transitioning to digital barcode workflows.
Yes, the Socket Mobile CX3458-1926 is specifically designed to be ergonomic and comfortable for extended periods of use, reducing operator fatigue during long scanning shifts. Combined with its long-lasting battery that sustains your entire work day, it is well-suited for demanding warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to discuss how this scanner can support your team's comfort and productivity.
The SocketScan S730 features Bluetooth wireless connectivity, eliminating the need for cables and providing freedom of movement in your workspace. This wireless technology enables seamless integration with mobile devices and enterprise systems. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of wireless scanning solutions.
The SocketScan S740 comes in five color options, including blue and white, allowing you to choose a scanner that fits your style preferences and workplace environment. The lightweight, ergonomic design is available across all color variants. Contact us today to explore which options are available from us.
The SocketScan S740 includes intuitive indicator lights for battery status, Bluetooth connectivity, and scanning notifications. These visual cues help you quickly confirm successful scans and monitor device status without requiring constant screen interaction.
Yes, the Socket Mobile CX3531-2133 is a universal barcode scanner with Bluetooth wireless connectivity, making it compatible with iPhones, iPads, and Android devices. This cross-platform compatibility makes it an excellent choice for mobile-first warehouse operations and logistics workflows. Contact us today to discuss which Socket Mobile scanner solution best fits your mobile scanning needs.
Setup is straightforward: simply insert your iPhone or iPod into the sled, pair the scanner via Bluetooth wireless technology, and you're ready to go. The easy-to-use design means minimal training time for your team to become productive with barcode scanning.
The SocketScan S730 is capable of up to 100,000 scans in 9 hours, making it ideal for moderate to rigorous scanning applications where teams scan thousands of barcodes daily. Its high-performance Class 2 laser and rapid decoding ensure efficient throughput for demanding warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to discuss your scanning volume requirements.
Yes, the S800 is constructed with antimicrobial material that provides protection against potentially harmful bacteria, making it suitable for both personal and professional use in high-touch environments. This feature is particularly valuable in retail, healthcare, and food service settings where hygiene is a priority. We offer this scanner as an ideal choice for sanitary-conscious operations.
The DuraSled DS800 operates reliably in temperatures ranging from +32°F to +122°F (0°C to +50°C), making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific environmental requirements and find the right scanning solution for your operation.
As a leading AIDC distributor, we provide ongoing support and genuine Magicard parts and supplies for the Rio Pro 360. Our team can assist with consumables, maintenance, and technical questions. Contact us today to discuss your specific support needs.
The Magicard Rio Pro 360 Xtended is a professional-grade ID card printer manufactured by Magicard, a trusted brand in card printing solutions. For specific production volume requirements and performance specifications, we recommend contacting our team to discuss your organization's needs.
The Magicard CLM-PBBM37FCN plastic ID cards are available from us at Barcodes Inc, a leading AIDC distributor. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place an order, request samples, or discuss volume pricing for your credential program.
The Sierra Wireless GX450 includes a 3-year warranty and comes with a DC power cable for vehicle installation. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss deployment options and support for your mobile gateway needs.
Yes, the BTS-01 is specifically designed as a wearable ring scanner with a lightweight design (2.1 ounces) that improves mobility and productivity. It includes left and right finger trigger options with straps, allowing operators to scan barcodes hands-free while moving products, packages, and materials. This wearable form factor enables efficient multi-tasking in fast-paced warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to learn how the BTS-01 can enhance your team's productivity.
The Janam XG200 is specifically engineered as a rugged mobile computer with a gun-shaped form factor optimized for warehouse and distribution environments. Its combination of industry-leading design, fast processing, and superior barcode scanning sets it apart for high-productivity mobile worker applications.
The Janam XT100 features a 1.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 410 quad-core processor with 2GB RAM and 16GB storage, delivering reliable performance for enterprise applications. This hardware configuration supports Android 6.0.1 and ensures smooth operation of warehouse management, inventory, and logistics applications available from us.
The VeriFone PWR132-001-01-C is available from us at barcodesinc.com as part of our comprehensive VeriFone product offering. Contact us today to order this power device or to discuss your complete payment terminal power supply needs.
The Poly 1465-49603-001 can be safely stored at temperatures ranging from -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +160°F). For optimal performance during operation, the device should be used in environments between 0°C and 40°C (+32°F to +104°F) with relative humidity between 5% and 95% (non-condensing).
Yes, the ISC250 is designed as a compact payment powerhouse that requires minimal counter space while making a significant impact on customer engagement. Its small footprint makes it ideal for multi-lane POS environments where space is limited. Contact us today to explore how the ISC250 fits your retail layout.
The ISC480 runs on Telium 2 operating system and includes 2 Secure Access Module (SAM) slots for enhanced security. This platform provides access to over 800 Ingenico services and applications while supporting rapid development for custom retail solutions.
The Lane 7000 includes 512 MB of internal Flash memory and 512 MB of RAM. It also supports optional microSD card expansion up to 32 GB for extended storage capacity. This configuration provides flexibility for retailers requiring additional application and transaction data storage.
We offer the Ingenico PWN30110969A power device as a direct replacement or supplementary charger for your MOVE 3500 terminal. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this charger or to discuss multi-bay charging solutions that may improve your device management workflow.
The Ingenico IMP657-USSCN01A features the longest battery life in its class as an enterprise mobile point of sale terminal. This extended battery performance enables extended operation periods, making it ideal for mobile payment processing in warehouse, logistics, and field operations.
The CradlePoint 170718-000 mounting adapter is available from us at Barcodes Inc. Visit barcodesinc.com to view pricing and availability, or contact us today to discuss your network equipment mounting and infrastructure needs with our team.
Yes, UniFi Controller software is bundled with the UAP-AC-HD-US and can be deployed on an on-site PC, Mac, or Linux machine, in a private cloud, or using a public cloud service. You also have the option of deploying the compact UniFi Cloud Key with built-in software for a dedicated management solution. Contact us today to discuss the best deployment option for your enterprise network.
Yes, the UAP-AC-M is part of Ubiquiti's UniFi AC Mesh line and supports wireless uplink capabilities for mesh deployments. This allows you to extend coverage across large warehouse and logistics facilities without requiring dedicated ethernet backhaul to every access point. Contact us today to discuss mesh network design for your facility.
The UAP-AC-PRO provides comprehensive wireless security including WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise (WPA/WPA2) with TKIP/AES encryption options. Additional traffic management features include VLAN support (802.1Q), per-user rate limiting, guest traffic isolation, and WMM QoS to prioritize voice, video, best effort, and background traffic. Contact us today to discuss security configurations for your logistics operation.
Yes, the R5AC-LITE has been designed for worldwide deployment with the freedom to configure it anywhere in the world. Its flexible channel bandwidth settings allow you to comply with local country regulations, making it ideal for global network installations. Contact us today to discuss your specific regional deployment requirements.
The UAP-AC-SHD is designed for high-performance enterprise deployments with Wave 2 802.11ac technology and 4x4 Multi-User MIMO capabilities, delivering superior throughput compared to entry-level models like the UAP-AC-LITE. Unlike the UAP-AC-PRO, which is rated for indoor/outdoor use, the UAP-AC-SHD is optimized for indoor installations. We offer the full range of UniFi models—contact us today to find the right fit for your warehouse or logistics environment.
The POE-54V-80W uses 4-pair powering, delivering power across pins 1, 2, 4, 5 (positive) and pins 3, 6, 7, 8 (negative), which allows it to utilize all four pairs of standard Ethernet cabling for maximum power delivery capability.
The US-8-5 features a security slot on its side that allows you to attach a lock to deter theft, and it includes built-in non-skid rubber feet to hold the switch firmly in place on your desk or rack. The compact steel enclosure (148.0 x 99.5 x 30.7 mm) weighs only 432 grams, making it easy to deploy in various locations.
The US-24 supports both out-of-band management via its serial console port and in-band Ethernet management. This dual management capability ensures you can configure and monitor the switch even if network connectivity is compromised, providing flexibility for IT teams managing warehouse and logistics networks. Contact us today to learn how we can help you deploy this managed switch in your environment.
The US-48-500W operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -5 to 40°C (23 to 104°F) with operating humidity of 5 to 95% noncondensing. It meets ETSI300-019-1.4 standards for shock and vibration resistance and carries CE, FCC, and IC certifications for global deployment.
The AM-5G17-90 is specifically designed to integrate with RocketM radios. For compatibility with other Ubiquiti radio models or antenna configurations, contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific wireless networking requirements.
The AM-5AC22-45 comes with a base station pole mount included, allowing for flexible installation on towers and poles. The antenna is designed to mount directly with compatible Rocket radio units, though the radio is sold separately.
The NBE-16-WM holds FCC, IC, and CE wireless approvals and is RoHS compliant. It also provides ESD/EMP protection rated at ±24 kV for both air and contact discharge, ensuring reliable operation in electrically challenging environments.
Yes, the AG-HP-5G23 is available as a 5-pack configuration, making it suitable for deployments requiring multiple units. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss bulk ordering options for your wireless broadband infrastructure project.
We offer the Ubiquiti Networks IS-5AC IsoStation and can help you find the right wireless solution for your network deployment. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability and pricing for this point-to-multipoint wireless equipment.
We offer the Ubiquiti Networks IS-M5 Point to Multipoint Wireless system as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to get pricing, availability, and technical support for your wireless deployment project. Our team can help you select the right antenna configuration and deployment strategy for your warehouse or logistics facility.
We offer the Ubiquiti Networks UDC-2 Transceiver Module as part of our comprehensive selection of data networking accessories and AIDC solutions. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to place an order for your facility.
The airMAX Yagi system includes intelligent QoS capabilities that prioritize voice and video traffic for a seamless user experience. This ensures that critical applications receive priority bandwidth allocation across your wireless network links.
The SLP-DX220 features a dynamic, compact design optimized for space-constrained environments like warehouse shelves and shipping stations. Its lightweight and small footprint make it easy to position on desks or integrate into existing workstation setups without sacrificing printing capability.
The SRP-S300LHK operates reliably in temperatures from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) and humidity levels from 10% to 80% RH. These specifications make it suitable for standard warehouse and indoor logistics environments.
Yes, the SLP-DL413G is designed for warehouse and logistics environments, offering premium-level smart performance with fast data processing, high-speed printing up to 5ips, and intelligent media detection. Its dual resolution capability and support for 1D/2D barcodes make it well-suited for shipping labels, inventory tags, and asset tracking applications. Contact us today to discuss how we can integrate the SLP-DL413G into your operation.
The thermal print head, platen roller, and auto cutter can all be maintained without any tools, offering an excellent user experience and reducing downtime. We provide an installation guide and one-year warranty with every purchase to support your operations.
The SRP-S3000K features a thermal print head rated for 75km of printing (SRP-S300L model) or 150km (SRP-S300R model), ensuring long-term reliability for high-volume label printing in warehouse and distribution operations. Contact us today to determine which configuration best fits your throughput requirements.
The SRP-S300 operates reliably in temperatures from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) with humidity levels between 10% and 80% RH. This environmental specification ensures stable performance across typical warehouse and indoor logistics facilities. Contact us today if you need guidance on deployment in specific environmental conditions.
The package includes a power cord, USB cable, two partition dividers, installation guide, and a one-year warranty. Contact us today to confirm current bundle contents and discuss your specific warehouse labeling requirements.
Yes, the SRP-S3000XK features a standard color LCD display that allows users to monitor outstanding orders and adjust printer settings proactively. This built-in interface helps optimize processing operations and reduce downtime in warehouse label printing workflows. Contact us today to learn more about this model's capabilities.
The SLP-DX220G features a premium yet compact design with easy paper loading and a dynamic footprint that fits seamlessly into space-constrained warehouse and retail settings. Its small form factor combined with fast data processing speeds makes it ideal for applications ranging from wrist banding and order labeling to barcode printing without requiring dedicated floor space.
The SLP-DX220DG features a compact desktop design optimized for small spaces, making it suitable for warehouse counters, shipping departments, and tight operational areas. Its premium yet compact form factor allows you to maximize workspace while maintaining professional labeling capabilities available from us today.
The SLP-DX220DEG features a dynamic compact design optimized for space-constrained warehouse and retail environments. Its lightweight, desktop form factor makes it ideal for workstations where space is limited while maintaining professional barcode and label printing capabilities. Contact us today to learn more about how this printer fits your facility layout.
The SLP-DX220 is designed as a premium yet compact 2" direct thermal printer with a small footprint optimized for space-constrained warehouse and retail environments. Its dynamic design features easy paper loading and adjustable paper guides to accommodate various media sizes while maintaining a desktop-friendly form factor.
Yes, the SLP-DX220CE is an ideal choice for warehouse managers and logistics operations, with applications ranging from wrist banding and order labeling to barcode printing. Its compact desktop design, fast processing speeds, and multiple connectivity options make it well-suited for demanding distribution and fulfillment environments. Contact us today to discuss how we can support your labeling needs.
The SLP-TX220G is perfect for a range of applications including wrist banding, order labeling, and barcode printing. Its combination of thermal transfer quality, fast printing speeds, and optional Bluetooth connectivity makes it suitable for warehouse management, logistics operations, and retail label production.
The SLP-DX220CEG is a versatile 2-inch direct thermal printer perfect for wrist banding, order labeling, and barcode printing across warehouse, logistics, and retail environments. Its compact footprint and fast processing speeds make it suitable for any operation requiring reliable, high-volume label production.
The SLP-TX220DG supports both direct thermal and thermal transfer printing modes, providing flexibility for different label stock requirements and application needs. This dual-mode capability allows you to choose the most cost-effective printing method for your specific use case.
The SLP-TX220DEG is a direct thermal and thermal transfer desktop label printer, offering flexibility for different labeling needs. This dual-technology approach makes it suitable for a wide range of applications from wrist banding to order labeling and barcode printing. Contact us today to find the right model variant for your specific requirements.
Yes, the SLP-TX220CG is a direct thermal and thermal transfer desktop label printer, giving you flexibility to choose between direct thermal media or thermal transfer ribbon-based printing depending on your labeling requirements and durability needs.
The SLP-TX220CEG is a thermal transfer desktop label printer, which means it uses a ribbon to transfer ink onto labels. This technology is ideal for applications requiring durability and longevity, such as barcode printing, order labeling, and wrist banding in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to find the right model for your specific application needs.
Yes, the Bixolon XT5-46SP is specifically designed for warehouse, logistics, manufacturing, and retail applications. Its combination of fast 14 ips print speed, multiple connectivity options, durable aluminum construction, and support for various label formats makes it an ideal solution for high-volume labeling environments. Contact us today to discuss how we can support your operation with this industrial-grade printer.
Yes, the SRP-Q302HW is specifically designed as a 3-inch desktop mPOS printer with easy Bluetooth pairing and Wi-Fi configuration, making it ideal for mobile and flexible point-of-sale deployments. Its compact dimensions (128 x 125 x 125 mm) and lightweight design (1.23 kg) make it portable while maintaining professional print quality for retail and hospitality environments. Contact us today to learn how we can support your mPOS infrastructure.
We offer a 3-year warranty with the SRP-Q302HWK, backed by our team's technical expertise and customer support. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss warranty details, extended coverage options, and deployment support for your mPOS or retail environment.
The SRP-Q302W operates reliably in temperatures from 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) and humidity levels from 10 to 80% RH. It has an IP21 sealing rating and includes sensors for paper end, cover open, and near end detection to maintain consistent performance in warehouse and retail environments.
The SRP-Q302WK operates reliably in temperatures from 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) and humidity levels of 10 to 80% RH, with an IP21 sealing rating for dust and splash protection. It is EnergyStar Certified and powered by an external 100-240 VAC adapter (50/60 Hz), making it suitable for standard retail and warehouse environments. Visit barcodesinc.com for complete environmental specifications.
We offer the Bixolon BK3P-31ZC as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to speak with our team about your specific kiosk printing requirements.
The BK5-31AB measures 130mm (W) × 181–188mm (L) × 123–130mm (H) depending on media roll diameter, and weighs just 780g, making it ideal for compact kiosk installations. Its lightweight, space-efficient design allows easy integration into tight spaces without sacrificing printing performance. Contact us today for detailed specifications and installation guidance for your kiosk setup.
The SRP-F310II supports Windows, Linux, and Mac operating systems with available drivers including Windows Driver, OPOS Driver, JPOS Driver, Linux CUPS Driver, and Mac Driver. It also features ESC/POS emulation for broad software compatibility across POS and inventory management platforms. Our team can assist with driver installation and integration—contact us today.
The SRP-F310II is built for durability with a printer unit rated for 70 million lines, a thermal print head rated for 150 km of printing, and an auto cutter rated for 1.8 million cuts. These specifications demonstrate the printer's capability to handle demanding warehouse and high-volume retail environments reliably.
The SRP-F310II supports Windows, Linux, and Mac operating systems with available drivers including Windows Driver, OPOS Driver, JPOS Driver, Linux CUPS Driver, and Mac Driver. It uses ESC/POS emulation for broad software compatibility. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm driver availability for your specific system requirements.
The SRP-F310II supports Windows, Linux, and Mac operating systems with available drivers including Windows Driver, OPOS Driver, JPOS Driver, Linux CUPS Driver, and Mac Driver. It uses ESC/POS™ emulation, ensuring broad compatibility with most POS software platforms. Contact us today for driver support and integration assistance.
The SRP-F310II supports multiple operating systems and driver types including Windows Driver, OPOS Driver, JPOS Driver, Linux CUPS Driver, and Mac Driver. It uses ESC/POS emulation, ensuring broad compatibility with existing POS software and systems. Our team at Barcodes Inc can assist with driver installation and system integration for your specific setup.
The SRP-F310II supports Windows, Linux, and Mac operating systems with drivers including Windows Driver, OPOS Driver, JPOS Driver, Linux CUPS Driver, and Mac Driver. It also uses ESC/POS emulation, ensuring broad compatibility with most POS and warehouse management software. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific system.
The SLP-DX220WG is equipped with 64MB SDRAM and 128MB FlashROM, providing sufficient memory for storing fonts, graphics, and label templates. This memory capacity supports efficient label design and printing workflows for logistics and warehouse operations. Contact us today to learn how this printer fits your specific needs.
Yes, the SLP-TX220EG is designed with space-saving considerations, including a compact 74mm ribbon format and easy paper loading with an adjustable paper guide. This makes it ideal for warehouse and fulfillment operations where desk or counter space is limited. Contact us today to learn more about how we can support your labeling needs.
The SRP-350plusV operates reliably between 0–40 °C and can be stored in environments ranging from -20–60 °C. This temperature range makes it suitable for standard indoor retail, restaurant, and hospitality settings. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today if you need deployment guidance for your specific environment.
Yes, the XT5-40S features a 3.5-inch full-color LCD display that provides clear error messaging and user-friendly operation. The display enables easy navigation of printer settings and diagnostics, reducing downtime and improving ease of use in busy warehouse environments. Available from us with full technical support to help you maximize the display's functionality.
The XD5 series, including the XD5-40DEK, is available in both Direct Thermal and Thermal Transfer models, giving you flexibility in choosing the printing technology that matches your label material and durability requirements. Both options deliver reliable, high-quality output backed by class-leading reliability. Contact us today to determine which printing method is best for your application.
The SLP-DX220EG is a compact 2-inch direct thermal printer perfect for wristbanding, order labeling, and barcode printing across warehouse, logistics, and retail environments. Its premium yet compact design makes it suitable for applications requiring fast, reliable label production in space-constrained facilities. Contact us today to discuss how the SLP-DX220EG fits your specific labeling needs.
The SRP-S3000WDK delivers 203 dpi print resolution with print widths up to 80 mm, supporting detailed barcode and label graphics. The printer includes a standard color LCD display for monitoring print jobs and adjusting settings, helping warehouse teams proactively optimize processing operations. Contact us today for detailed performance specifications and integration support.
The Bixolon BK3-32Z comes with a power supply and cable included, along with a DC jack for flexible power connectivity. Contact us today to verify the complete accessory package and discuss your specific installation requirements.
Yes, the SPP-L3000 is fully compatible with market-leading programming languages and emulations including SLCS, BPL-Z™, and BPL-C™. We offer comprehensive driver support for Windows, Linux, and Mac, along with SDK availability for iOS and Android development to integrate seamlessly with your existing systems.
The XM7-30 features a 7.2V Li-ion battery with USB Type-C charging, enabling all-day operation for mobile printing tasks. The smart battery system ensures reliable power management throughout your shift without frequent charging interruptions. Available from us with comprehensive support for battery maintenance and replacement options.
Yes, the Bixolon XT3-40 supports both thermal transfer and direct thermal print methods, giving you flexibility in choosing the printing technology that best suits your labeling needs. This dual capability allows you to optimize for different label types and durability requirements without changing equipment.
The BK5-31 has a compact footprint with dimensions of 130 x 181 x 123 mm (for 130 mm roll diameter) or 130 x 188 x 130 mm (for 150 mm roll diameter), and weighs just 780 g. This lightweight, space-saving design allows it to fit seamlessly into restricted spaces in kiosks and point-of-service locations. Contact us today to discuss which configuration best fits your operational needs.
The SRP-Q300II operates reliably in temperatures from 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) with humidity levels between 10 to 80% RH. These specifications ensure stable performance in typical retail, hospitality, and warehouse environments where you'll deploy the printer.
The SM-T300i comes with an AC adapter, battery pack, belt clip, serial cable, sample paper roll, and setup sheet—everything needed to deploy the printer immediately in field or retail environments. Contact us today to order this complete mobile printing solution.
The Star SK1-311 requires an external power supply to operate. Contact us today for complete power specifications and to ensure compatibility with your kiosk's electrical infrastructure.
We offer the Star 37964521 accessory and other Star SMD2 Series cash drawer components. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability and pricing for your cash drawer upgrade needs.
The Star CD3-1616 is available in black (model CD3-1616BK55-S2), providing a professional appearance that complements most retail and hospitality counter environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm current color availability and pricing.
The Star CD3-1616 package includes the cash drawer unit, 2 security keys for cash box access, and a CD1 cable for printer connectivity. This complete kit allows you to deploy the drawer immediately upon receipt. Contact us today if you need additional cables or accessories for your setup.
Yes, the dual media slots and 5-bill/5-coin configuration make the Star 37964301 well-suited for environments where multiple cashiers or staff members need organized currency storage. The included security keys help protect cash during shifts and transitions between operators. Contact us today to discuss deployment options for your team size and transaction volume.
The Star mPOP comes with an integrated printer and cash drawer, internal power supply, and a universal tablet stand to support your mobile device. We offer this complete solution available from us to get your tablet POS system up and running immediately—contact us today for pricing and availability.
The Star SK1-321 offers command-selectable full and partial cut capabilities, giving you flexibility in how receipts and labels are finished. This feature allows operators to customize output formatting based on specific business requirements and media types being used.
The SK1-221 is purpose-built for kiosk solutions with its compact 2-inch format, minimal space footprint, high-speed printing, and easy setup. We offer this model specifically because it combines efficiency and reliability for gas stations and other self-service retail environments—contact us today to learn how it fits your kiosk deployment.
The Star SK1-311 requires an external power supply and connects via RS-232C or USB interfaces. Contact us today to ensure your kiosk infrastructure meets these power and connectivity requirements, and we can help you select the right configuration for your deployment.
The Star mPOP features a compact and stylish design that integrates a printer, cash drawer, and tablet stand into one fully integrated peripheral. Available in black, it's engineered to be both functional and aesthetically appropriate for modern point of sale environments.
The Star SK1-211 requires an external power supply, which is not included with the printer. This design allows for flexible power management in kiosk installations and reduces the printer's footprint. Contact us today for power supply specifications and compatible options available from us.
The Star SK1-311 requires an external power supply to operate. Be sure to account for this in your kiosk's power distribution planning when installing this printer. Contact us today for detailed power specifications and integration guidance.
The Star SK1-321 is available without a power supply included in the standard configuration. You will need to source an appropriate power supply separately for your installation. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss power supply options and complete system requirements for your kiosk deployment.
The Star SK1-221 comes with a paper basket included in the package. Please note that the printer is sold without a power supply (NCNR — non-cancelable, non-returnable), so you will need to source an appropriate power supply separately. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to ensure you have all necessary components for your kiosk deployment.
The Star SK1-211 supports a maximum paper width of 2.36 inches with a 4.72-inch paper roll holder capacity. This configuration is ideal for standard receipt printing in kiosk environments while minimizing paper waste. Available from us with full technical support for your deployment.
The Star SK1-211 accommodates a maximum paper width of 2.36 inches and features a 4.72-inch paper roll holder, making it suitable for standard receipt and label rolls used in kiosk environments. The printer's compact design with these specifications makes it ideal for space-constrained kiosk installations. We offer this model with all necessary accessories available from us.
Yes, the SK1-311 is designed as a reliable, maintenance-free 3-inch printing solution ideal for unattended kiosk environments where service access may be limited. Its robust design minimizes downtime and reduces total cost of ownership in high-volume kiosk deployments. Available from us with full technical support to ensure optimal uptime.
The Star mPOP is available in black, featuring a compact and stylish design that complements modern retail and hospitality environments. The sleek aesthetic combined with its fully integrated printer and cash drawer functionality makes it an attractive addition to any tablet-based POS setup. Contact us today to order the black Star mPOP for your business.
The Star SK1-311 is designed specifically for kiosk applications with a compact 3-inch form factor, reliable operation, and minimal maintenance requirements. Its versatile horizontal or vertical mounting options and presenter availability make it adaptable to various kiosk designs. Available from us with full technical support for your kiosk deployment.
The Star SK1-211 features command-selectable full or partial cut capability, giving your application flexibility in how receipts are presented to customers. This feature is controlled through software commands, allowing you to optimize the cutting behavior for your specific kiosk workflow. We offer comprehensive technical support to help you configure cutting options for your deployment.
We offer several enhancements for the SK1-211 series, including a power adapter cable (CB-SK1-D3), bezel paper detector (BZ-SK-1), large paper roll holder (HL2), and external power supply (PS60A). Contact us today to discuss which accessories best fit your kiosk configuration.
The Star SK1-211 requires an external power supply and is not powered through its USB or serial connection alone. This external power design ensures stable operation during continuous kiosk printing. Contact us today for guidance on power supply specifications and installation requirements for your environment.
The Star 39336532 supports 42-column receipt printing, providing adequate space for itemized transactions, promotional messages, and detailed receipt information. This makes it compatible with most standard POS systems and receipt formats available from us at Barcodes Inc.
The SK1-311 (Part# 37967904) is the current replacement for the earlier model (Part# 37967903), offering the same reliable 3-inch kiosk printing performance with enhanced design flexibility. We offer both models, though we recommend the SK1-311 for new installations and upgrades.
The Star SK1-211 combines reliable, maintenance-free operation with fast print speeds and flexible formatting options—all in a compact 2-inch thermal printer designed specifically for kiosks. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive thermal printer lineup, and our team can help you select the right configuration for your application. Contact us today to discuss your kiosk printing requirements.
The Star mPOP features an internal power supply, eliminating the need for external power adapters and providing a cleaner, more portable setup for mobile point-of-purchase environments. Contact us today at Barcodes Inc to learn more about powering options and specifications.
The Star SK1-311 model we offer (37964092) is available without a power supply included, allowing you to source a compatible power solution separately or use an existing one from your kiosk infrastructure. Contact us today if you need guidance on compatible power supply options.
The SK1-211 accommodates a maximum paper width of 2.36 inches with a paper roll holder capacity of 4.72 inches, providing reliable media handling for standard receipt and label applications. We offer compatible paper rolls and supplies to keep your kiosk printer running smoothly—contact us today for sizing and ordering information.
Yes, the Star SK4-21/31 is available with an anti-paper jam bezel to help prevent media jams and reduce downtime in unattended kiosk environments. The printer also features an LED bezel for status indication. We offer both configurations to support reliable operation in your self-service application.
Yes, the Star 37966480 receipt paper is marked as NCNR (non-cancellable, non-returnable), which is standard for consumable paper products. Contact us today to discuss bulk ordering options or to verify current stock availability for your supply chain needs.
Yes, the Star SM-S230i supports both standard and 2D barcode printing, making it suitable for inventory management, shipping labels, and asset tracking in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to discuss how this printer can integrate with your AIDC workflow.
We offer the Panasonic Toughbook 20 and related Panasonic rugged laptop models. For current availability, specifications, and pricing on this or similar configurations, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to speak with our rugged computing specialists.
We offer the Panasonic WV-S15500-V3LN as part of our comprehensive AIDC and security camera product line. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss pricing, availability, and integration support for your surveillance project.
The Panasonic Toughbook 55 series includes blazing fast Wi-Fi 6 connectivity and features four microphones for unparalleled speech recognition accuracy, along with powerful 92dB speakers. These audio and connectivity capabilities make it ideal for warehouse communications and voice-directed picking operations. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive mobile computing inventory for logistics professionals.
The 43-inch size of the TH-43EQ2W provides significantly larger viewing area compared to standard monitors, making it ideal for environments where information needs to be visible from greater distances or by multiple people simultaneously. We offer a range of Panasonic large format displays in various sizes; visit barcodesinc.com to compare options that fit your facility's requirements.
Yes, the JS980MR010 is designed for fixed installation in point-of-sale environments, making it ideal for retail stores, restaurants, and hospitality venues. Its encrypted magnetic stripe reading capability ensures secure credit card transactions in these high-volume settings. Contact us today to discuss your specific business needs.
The TOUGHBOOK S1 is powered by a Qualcomm SDM660 octa-core processor running at 2.2GHz/1.843GHz and includes 4GB LPDDR4 memory with 64GB eMMC storage expandable via microSD card up to 64GB. This configuration delivers robust performance for enterprise applications while maintaining the durability required for field operations.
We offer the Ubiquiti Networks LBE-5AC-Gen2 point-to-multipoint wireless bridge. Visit barcodesinc.com to view product details, specifications, and availability, or contact us today for pricing and ordering information.
The UAP-AC-LITE is designed for both wall and ceiling mounting, with mounting kits included in the package. Its compact dimensions of 160 x 160 x 31.45 mm (6.30 x 6.30 x 1.24 inches) and lightweight design of 170 g make it easy to install in warehouses, distribution centers, or office spaces. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for installation guidance and bulk deployment support.
Yes, the PowerBeam 5AC Gen 2 is pole-mountable, making it ideal for outdoor point-to-multipoint wireless installations on towers, poles, and building structures. Its integrated antenna and compact design simplify field deployment. Contact us today for mounting hardware and installation guidance for your specific network topology.
The US-16-XG supports comprehensive Layer-2 switching protocols including VLAN tagging (802.1Q), link aggregation (802.3ad), spanning tree variants (802.1D/W/S), port-based authentication (802.1X), LLDP discovery, and IGMP snooping. These features enable advanced network segmentation, redundancy, and management capabilities for enterprise deployments.
The US-8-60W carries CE, FCC, and IC certifications, ensuring compliance with international regulatory standards. The switch comes with a 1-year limited warranty and is available from us today at competitive pricing.
Yes, the RP-5AC-Gen2 supports both Access Point and Station modes, enabling flexible deployment in point-to-point (PtP) and point-to-multipoint (PtMP) configurations. The device allows software-adjustable power control and dynamic distance selection, making it adaptable for various network topologies and coverage requirements.
The NBE-5AC-Gen2 features an integrated design that combines the radio and antenna into a single unit, delivering maximum gain in the smallest footprint. This compact, cost-effective design eliminates unnecessary cabling and simplifies installation while maintaining high performance.
The UAP-AC-LITE operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -10 to 70°C (14 to 158°F) and humidity levels of 5 to 95% noncondensing, making it suitable for both indoor and semi-outdoor warehouse and logistics environments. The unit is certified by CE, FCC, and IC regulatory bodies. Contact us today for guidance on environmental suitability for your specific deployment location.
The UAP-AC-M-PRO supports comprehensive wireless security standards including WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise authentication with both WPA/WPA2 and TKIP/AES encryption options. It can create up to four BSSIDs per radio for flexible network segmentation and guest access isolation.
The LBE-M5-23-US provides full adjustment flexibility for antenna positioning, allowing you to optimize signal alignment for your specific network topology. Combined with its quick assembly design, this makes it ideal for rapid deployment in logistics and warehouse environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to order or request installation guidance from our team.
The UAP-AC-PRO operates reliably in temperatures from -10 to 70°C (14 to 158°F) and humidity levels from 5 to 95% non-condensing. These specifications make it suitable for deployment in varied warehouse and logistics environments, including temperature-controlled and non-climate-controlled facilities.
Yes, we offer the Ubiquiti Networks UK-ULTRA-US wireless access point as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment lineup. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss your wireless infrastructure needs for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The UVC-G4-DOORBELL measures Ø 75 x 140 mm (2.95 x 5.51 inches) and weighs 300 g (10.58 oz), making it compact and lightweight for discreet doorbell installation. The small form factor is suitable for standard wall and ceiling mounting applications.
The INS-3AF-O-G accepts passive PoE input (48V DC) and converts it to standard 802.3af PoE output (24V, 500mA). This conversion allows devices designed for standard 802.3af PoE to work with systems using passive PoE power delivery, bridging compatibility between different PoE standards. Available from us for networks requiring this adapter for legacy or mixed-standard deployments.
We offer the Ubiquiti INS-3AF-I-G PoE injector as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to check availability and pricing, or contact us today for volume quotes and technical guidance on PoE solutions for your network infrastructure.
The UVC-G4-PRO uses H.264 video compression, which provides efficient encoding for network transmission and storage while maintaining image quality. This standard compression format is compatible with most UniFi Protect systems and network video recorders. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible recording and management solutions.
The Ubiquiti US-8-60W-5 comes with a 1-year limited warranty and holds CE, FCC, and IC certifications, ensuring compliance with international regulatory standards. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to order this managed switch for your enterprise network infrastructure.
The UVC-G4-DOORBELL-PS-US is the dedicated power supply for Ubiquiti UniFi G4 Doorbell installations and is available from us as a separate component. We offer this power supply to ensure you have the correct voltage and amperage for reliable doorbell operation. Visit barcodesinc.com to order or contact us today for availability.
The Ubiquiti UNVR meets CE, FCC, and IC certifications, ensuring compliance with regulatory standards across North America and Europe. These certifications verify that the device meets safety and electromagnetic compatibility requirements. Contact us today if you need documentation for your compliance records.
The U7-PRO-XGS-B-US supports enterprise-grade wireless security standards including WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise (WPA/WPA2 with TKIP/AES encryption). These security protocols ensure that your warehouse and logistics network data remains protected against unauthorized access and eavesdropping. Contact us today to discuss security requirements for your deployment.
The UAP-AC-M provides comprehensive wireless security including WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise (WPA/WPA2 with TKIP/AES encryption) protocols. It also supports advanced traffic management through 802.1Q VLAN, per-user rate limiting, guest traffic isolation, and WMM QoS for voice, video, best effort, and background traffic prioritization.
The US-8 has a maximum power consumption of 12W excluding PoE output, making it energy-efficient for continuous operation. Maximum passive PoE wattage per port is 12W, supporting multiple power delivery modes including 802.3at and 48V passive configurations.
The AF-2X features one x Network (RJ-45) port supporting Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, and Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. The unit is pole-mountable, making it suitable for outdoor deployment in wireless backhaul networks.
The equipment holds wireless approvals from the FCC, IC, and CE regulatory bodies and maintains RoHS compliance. It has been tested to multiple durability standards including salt fog testing (IEC 68-2-11/MIL-STD-810G Method 509.5), vibration testing (IEC 68-2-6), temperature shock (IEC 68-2-14), and UV exposure (IEC 68-2-5).
Yes, the AP-5AC-90-HD-US supports wireless uplink functionality, allowing it to extend network coverage and integrate into mesh network topologies. It is also DFS certified for regulatory compliance in restricted frequency environments.
Fiber optic cables like the FC-SM-200 offer superior distance capabilities, electromagnetic interference immunity, and higher bandwidth potential compared to copper alternatives. For long-distance runs exceeding 100 meters or environments with significant electrical noise, fiber optic solutions provide more reliable network performance. Contact us today to discuss whether fiber optic cabling is right for your infrastructure needs.
Yes, we offer the Ubiquiti Networks FC-SM-100 fiber optic patch cable as part of our comprehensive data networking product selection. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability and pricing for your network infrastructure needs.
We offer the Ubiquiti Networks FC-SM-300 fiber optic patch cable as part of our extensive inventory of data networking products. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability and pricing for this professional-grade networking component.
The PBE-M5-300-ISO holds wireless approvals from the FCC, IC, and CE, and is fully RoHS compliant. It also meets rigorous environmental testing standards including vibration (IEC 68-2-6), temperature shock (IEC 68-2-14), and ESD/EMP protection rated at ±24 kV air and contact.
The PBE-5AC-400-ISO holds wireless approvals from the FCC, IC (Canada), and CE (Europe), and is fully RoHS compliant. It also meets vibration testing standards (IEC 68-2-6) and includes ESD/EMP protection rated at ±24 kV for both air and contact scenarios.
The UAP-AC-HD features 2 x gigabit Ethernet (RJ-45) network ports for wired connectivity. These gigabit connections support both PoE+ power input and data transmission, enabling flexible network topology options in enterprise deployments.
The UniFi Controller software enables centralized management of your wireless network through any standard web browser, with features including RF mapping, real-time performance monitoring, automatic device detection, and advanced security options. The controller can be deployed on-premises (PC, Mac, or Linux), in private cloud, or public cloud environments, or using the compact UniFi Cloud Key. This enterprise-grade management system requires no special training and is ideal for high-density client deployments requiring low latency and high uptime. Contact us today to discuss UniFi deployment options for your organization.
While the UACC-G5-PTZ-CA is a passive mounting adapter, compatible Ubiquiti cameras like the UVC-G3 series operate on 24V Passive PoE with maximum power consumption of 4W, allowing simplified power distribution over standard Ethernet cabling. Contact us today to ensure your network infrastructure supports the full camera system's power needs.
We offer the Ubiquiti Networks UACC-INTERCOM-WM as part of our complete Ubiquiti product catalog at barcodesinc.com. As a leading AIDC distributor, we stock genuine Ubiquiti components and accessories. Contact us today for pricing, availability, and bulk order options for your intercom installation projects.
Yes, we offer Ubiquiti Networks wireless access points including the UA-G3-W as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking product portfolio. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability and pricing for your deployment needs.
We offer the Ubiquiti UACC-CABLE-PATCH-EL-0.15M-W-24 patch cable 24-pack as part of our comprehensive inventory of networking components and access point accessories. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this product or discuss bulk pricing for your warehouse or logistics infrastructure.
Yes, the UACC-PSU-UDW's robust 550 W power capacity and dual-voltage support make it well-suited for powering UniFi access points and network appliances in warehouse and logistics environments. We offer comprehensive support for enterprise wireless infrastructure—contact us today to discuss your deployment needs.
Ubiquiti requires that all radio devices, including those powered by the UISP-P-PRO, be professionally installed using shielded ethernet cable and proper earth grounding as conditions of product warranty. The installer is also responsible for ensuring compliance with local country regulations regarding frequency channels, output power, and Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) requirements. Contact us today for installation guidance and professional deployment support.
We offer the Ubiquiti Networks UACC-READER-JB-B as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking product portfolio. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability and pricing for this mounting solution.
The UACC-OFC-S2-LULU-1M-50 is designed as a standard duplex LC UPC patch cable compatible with network equipment featuring LC fiber connectors. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific infrastructure and discuss bulk ordering options for your warehouse or logistics facility.
The UTP-TOUCHMAX-WHITE-U operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -40°C to 80°C (-40°F to 176°F), making it suitable for harsh warehouse conditions, outdoor storage areas, and climate-controlled facilities. This wide operating range ensures consistent performance year-round in most logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment recommendations in your specific climate conditions.
The Jabra Engage 65 is available in multiple configurations including stereo and mono versions, with a choice of earhook and neckband wearing styles. This variety ensures compatibility with different work preferences and comfort requirements across your team.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features dual Bluetooth connectivity, allowing you to connect two Bluetooth-enabled devices at the same time, such as a mobile device and computer. It also includes a Jabra Link 380 Bluetooth adapter with USB-A or USB-C variant, offering up to 30 meters (100 feet) of wireless range with enhanced coverage and fewer dropouts.
The QD models connect via Quick Disconnect to desk phones and offer standard wideband audio with noise cancellation. The USB-A/USB-C models add a USB controller, digital signal processing, and Hi-Fi sound capability up to 16 kHz for enhanced audio quality on softphone applications. Contact us today to determine which configuration best fits your deployment.
Yes, the Jabra BIZ 2300 Duo is designed for hybrid work environments and supports connections to multiple device types simultaneously. You can pair it with your desk phone via USB or analog connection while maintaining Bluetooth® connectivity to your mobile device, allowing seamless switching between communication channels throughout your workday.
The Jabra BIZ 2400 II Duo combines professional-grade audio quality, advanced noise cancellation, and multi-platform compatibility to meet the demands of business telecommunications. Its robust design and feature set make it an excellent choice for professionals who spend significant time on calls and require dependable, clear communication. Contact us today to find the right Jabra solution for your organization's needs.
We carry Jabra Evolve 30 II MS Mono telecommunications equipment as part of our extensive product portfolio from Jabra. For current availability, pricing, and delivery options, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check stock and place your order with our team.
For comprehensive compatibility information regarding the Jabra Evolve 30 II, visit Jabra.com or contact us today at barcodesinc.com. Our team can help you verify compatibility with your specific UC platform and devices before purchase.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II UC Mono is part of Jabra's professional headset family, offering mono design optimized for single-ear wear and dedicated UC platform support. It provides HD voice quality and multi-platform compatibility, making it a solid choice for users who need focused, professional-grade audio for business communications. Available from us—contact us today to compare models and find the best fit for your team.
The Jabra Evolve 30 II MS Stereo is available from us at Barcodes Inc. Visit barcodesinc.com to view pricing, availability, and place your order, or contact us today for volume pricing and enterprise deployment support.
We offer the Jabra BIZ 2300 Mono as part of our comprehensive AIDC and telecommunications equipment catalog. Visit barcodesinc.com to order or contact us today for pricing, availability, and technical support from our team.
The Jabra BIZ 1500 is available as a mono headset, making it ideal for professionals who need single-ear monitoring while keeping their other ear free for ambient awareness in the workplace. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Jabra telecommunications products and find the right fit for your team.
Yes, we offer comprehensive support for all Jabra telecommunications products, including the BIZ 1500 Mono QD. Our team can assist with product selection, compatibility verification, bulk ordering for warehouse operations, and technical guidance. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your telecommunications equipment needs.
We offer the Jabra BIZ 1500 Duo QD as part of our comprehensive telecommunications equipment portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place an order and speak with our team about volume pricing and support options for your organization.
The Jabra Speak 710 features a lightweight, exclusive portable design and includes a protective travel pouch for easy transport. Combined with its 15-hour battery life, it's an ideal choice for on-the-go professionals who need reliable audio conferencing anywhere.
Yes, Jabra offers multiple telecommunications product lines including professional wireless headsets with features like advanced noise cancellation, extended wireless range, and extended talk time to suit various work environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete selection of Jabra telecommunications products and find the model that best fits your specific requirements.
The Jabra Speak 710 comes with the Jabra Link 370 USB adapter pre-connected and includes a protective travel pouch. The device is designed for intuitive, plug-and-play setup with no need for user training or IT support—simply connect and start using it immediately. Contact us today for procurement assistance or technical questions about this telecommunications equipment.
We offer the Jabra PRO 920/930 Duo along with a full range of Jabra telecommunications accessories and parts. For information about what accessories are included with this headset or available separately, contact us today and our team can provide a complete package overview.
Yes, the Jabra Speak 710 features an exclusive portable design with a lightweight build and includes a protective travel pouch for on-the-go professionals. With 15 hours of battery life and compact form factor, it's designed to support mobile work environments and business travel.
The Jabra PRO 920 Duo is professional telecommunications equipment designed for business use. For information about its capacity to support individual or group calling scenarios, contact us today and our team will help you understand whether this model meets your collaboration requirements.
The Jabra PRO 925/935 Mono headset is designed for compatibility with leading unified communications platforms. For specific compatibility information with your particular system, we recommend checking Jabra.com or contacting us today to ensure seamless integration with your existing infrastructure.
We offer the Jabra 14401-13 and a complete range of Jabra telecommunications products for warehouse, logistics, and IT procurement teams. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today—our team can provide pricing, availability, technical specifications, and post-sale support for your deployment.
The Jabra C300-XT features an IP65 dust and water-tight rating, making it suitable for various workplace environments. Contact us today to discuss whether this headset meets your specific operational requirements.
The B550-XT is engineered with a design perfected for all-day wearing, featuring extra padding on the headband and a larger, more cushioned earcup to provide the comfort needed when working on the road for extended periods.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 comes with a charging stand included. The headset features a rechargeable battery and offers an on-ear detection smart sensor that recognizes when the headset is in use, automatically pausing and playing audio as needed.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 offers convenient call management controls including the ability to move the boom arm up to mute or down to unmute and answer calls. Additional features include on-ear detection that automatically pauses audio when you remove the headset, a 360° busylight visible from all angles to signal do-not-disturb status, and voice assistant access with a single button touch.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 includes a charging stand for convenient docking and battery management. The headset delivers up to 37 hours of battery life on a single charge, ensuring all-day productivity without frequent recharging concerns.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features dual Bluetooth connectivity, allowing you to connect two Bluetooth-enabled devices simultaneously, such as your mobile device and computer. You can pair up to 8 devices total, and the headset supports wireless range up to 30 meters (100 feet) with enhanced coverage and fewer dropouts.
The Jabra Evolve2 30 features an in-line call controller with large buttons and LED indicators for easy call management, allowing you to answer or reject calls, control speaker volume, and mute the line. The professional-grade 28mm speakers deliver exceptional audio quality for both calls and music playback.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 includes on-ear detection that recognizes when the headset is in use, allowing automatic playing and pausing of audio. It also features a hide-away boom arm for muting calls and a discreet mode for flexible use outside the office, plus standard call management controls for answering, rejecting, and adjusting volume. Available from us in black and beige color variants.
We offer the Datacard 532000-053 ID card ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of certified Datacard supplies. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this ribbon and ensure you have the quality supplies your SD260 or SD360 printer requires.
The Datacard 532000-007 ribbon kit includes one isopropanol cleaning card and one adhesive cleaning card to help maintain printer cleanliness and optimal print quality. These supplies support regular maintenance of your ID card printer for consistent performance.
The Datacard SD260 printer and printhead combination includes a 30-month printer and printhead warranty, providing extended coverage compared to earlier SD160 models. This warranty reflects the durability and reliability expected in professional ID card production environments. Contact us today for warranty details and service options available from our team.
We offer the Datacard 534000-002 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive AIDC supplies inventory. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this ribbon and ensure you have the supplies needed to keep your SD Series printer running smoothly.
Datacard certified supplies are designed exclusively for Datacard printers and help you achieve the best image quality, most reliable printer performance, and lowest possible cost-per-card. The automatic identification and validation technology ensures your printer recognizes and optimizes settings for each supply type, preventing compatibility issues and print quality problems.
Genuine Datacard ribbons are designed exclusively for Datacard printers to deliver visually stunning cards with high image quality, reliable printer performance, and the lowest possible cost-per-card. System-matched supplies ensure optimal compatibility and help you achieve consistent, professional results with every card printed.
We offer the Datacard 532000-008 monochrome ribbon kit and a complete selection of Datacard ID printer supplies and equipment. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our full inventory of Datacard ribbons, cleaning supplies, and replacement parts, or contact us today for volume pricing and support.
We offer the Datacard 532000-009 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of genuine Datacard printer supplies and consumables. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this ribbon kit and ensure you have the right supplies for your ID card printing needs.
Datacard Certified Supplies are engineered and tested exclusively for Datacard printers to deliver exceptional image quality, reliable printer performance, and the lowest possible cost-per-card. The Intelligent Supplies Technology in certified supplies like the 532000-054 provides automatic identification, validation, and smart alerts that non-certified alternatives cannot offer. Contact us today to learn how certified supplies can optimize your ID card issuance operation.
We offer the Datacard 532000-055 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of Datacard printer supplies and consumables. Visit barcodesinc.com to place your order, or contact us today for volume pricing, technical specifications, or assistance selecting the right ribbon for your ID card printing needs.
Yes, we offer the complete line of Datacard printer supplies and ribbons, including the 532000-003 monochrome ribbon kit. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order certified Datacard supplies for your SD460 printer and other Datacard equipment.
The Datacard 508668-501 DuraGard laminate is available from us at Barcodes Inc. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this Datacard accessory for your ID card printing system.
Datacard certified ribbons like the 532000-004 are designed exclusively for Datacard printers to deliver optimal image quality, reliable printer performance, and the lowest possible cost-per-card. They feature Intelligent Supplies Technology for automatic validation and include integrated cleaning supplies to maintain your printer's performance over time.
The Datacard 810499-001 Power Device is available from us at Barcodes Inc. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this power supply, or contact us today for volume pricing and technical support on Datacard printer accessories.
The SD260 supports edge-to-edge printing of alphanumeric text, logos, digitized signatures, and both 1D and 2D barcode images in full-color and monochrome. It uses direct-to-card dye-sublimation and resin thermal transfer technology to deliver professional-quality ID cards with 300 dots per inch resolution.
We offer the Datacard 534000-007 ID card ribbon as part of our comprehensive AIDC supply inventory. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this ribbon and ensure your SD460 printer maintains peak performance.
Yes, we offer the Datacard 534000-005 ID Card Ribbon and maintain stock of genuine Datacard certified supplies. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place your order and ensure your ID card printing operations run smoothly.
Our expert team at Barcodes Inc is ready to help you choose the right ribbon for your Datacard CR805 ID Card Printer. We provide support via phone at 1-833-299-1662 and through our online chat feature. Contact us today to discuss your printer ribbon needs and get expert guidance.
We offer the Toshiba BX710106AG2E Ribbon both as a 10-roll case and as individual single rolls. Visit barcodesinc.com to order, or contact us today for volume pricing, technical specifications, or compatibility questions with your existing barcode printer setup.
We offer the Toshiba BX730165AS2E Ribbon in both case and single roll formats. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our complete selection of Toshiba printer ribbons, or contact us today for bulk pricing and availability information tailored to your warehouse or IT procurement needs.
The Toshiba BX760048AG2E ribbon is sold in cartons of 10 rolls with pricing calculated per roll, giving you flexibility in your purchasing approach. For specific ordering options and bulk discounts, contact us today to discuss your volume requirements.
We offer the Toshiba BX730220AG4E ribbon in both case quantities (25 rolls minimum) and as individual rolls through our website at barcodesinc.com. Our team can assist with bulk orders, volume pricing, and technical specifications. Contact us today to place your order or discuss your ribbon supply needs.
The BX760089AG4E ribbon is specifically designed for compatibility with Toshiba B-SX4, SX5, 472, 572, and 482 printer models. If you have a different Toshiba printer model, we recommend contacting us today to verify the correct ribbon part number for your equipment to ensure optimal performance.
Resin ribbons, like the BX760106AS1E, offer superior durability and resistance to chemicals, moisture, and abrasion compared to wax ribbons. Resin is the ideal choice for labels that will be exposed to harsh warehouse environments, outdoor conditions, or chemical exposure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of ribbon options for your specific application.
We offer the Toshiba BX760114AG2E ribbon as part of our comprehensive AIDC supplies inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and place your order. Our team can also help you determine the right ribbon type and quantity for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The Toshiba BX760130AS1E is sold by the case, with each case containing 5 rolls and a minimum order of 4 cases required. This bulk packaging is designed for warehouse and logistics operations with consistent printing demands. Contact us today to discuss your volume requirements and pricing.
Before ordering the B-EX904-R-QM-R, confirm that you have a B-EX4T Type 1 printer and verify that a Save Module is the correct component for your needs. Our team is ready to help you identify the right accessories for your printing setup. Contact us today to discuss your requirements and ensure you order the correct part.
We offer the Toshiba TFC50UM toner cartridge as part of our comprehensive AIDC and printing supplies inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, or contact us today for volume pricing and expedited shipping options.
Toshiba maintains a support network in the majority of countries and offers a complete solution including approved consumables, media, and professional service support. We carry the full range of Toshiba approved products and can connect you with experienced service resources—contact us today for details on support options available in your region.
Toshiba is committed to environmental responsibility and designs its products with recyclability in mind as part of its long-term sustainability vision. While the cartridge itself supports Toshiba's green credentials, we recommend checking with our team about proper recycling programs and disposal options. Contact us today to learn more about responsible toner cartridge management and environmental initiatives.
We offer the Toshiba TFC200UM magenta toner cartridge as part of our comprehensive inventory of Toshiba supplies and consumables. Visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and delivery options, or contact us today to place an order or discuss volume pricing for your warehouse or logistics facility.
The Toshiba TFC415UM is a magenta toner cartridge designed for color laser printing applications. Magenta is one of the essential color components in CMYK color printing systems used in professional imaging and document production.
The Toshiba TFC415UC comes as a single cartridge unit per package. For multi-cartridge set requirements or volume orders, contact us today to discuss your specific printing needs and available bundle options.
The Toshiba TFC30UC is a cyan toner cartridge, part of Toshiba's color toner lineup for compatible laser printers. We stock cyan and other color variants to support your complete printing needs.
The Toshiba MG04ACA600E is a genuine Toshiba product, part of the MG04ACA series from Toshiba. We source authentic Toshiba drives to ensure reliability and warranty support for your surveillance and storage infrastructure.
Yes, the Evolis Primacy 2 LE comes with a 3-year warranty, subject to observance of specific conditions and use of Evolis High Trust consumables. Contact us today to learn more about warranty coverage and how we can support your card printing operations.
No, the Evolis Tattoo RW is a ribbon-free printer that uses rewritable cards with thermochromatic material instead of traditional ribbon-based printing. This eliminates ribbon replacement costs and maintenance, while the rewritable technology reduces overall consumable expenses over time.
The Primacy 2 operates in temperatures between 15°C and 30°C (59°F to 86°F) with humidity levels of 20% to 65% non-condensing. Storage temperature ranges from -5°C to +70°C (-23°F to 158°F) with storage humidity of 20% to 70% non-condensing. The printer requires free air ventilation and comes with a 3-year warranty when used with Evolis High Trust® consumables.
We offer the Evolis A5010 cables, connectors, and adapters along with compatible power supplies and Evolis printer accessories. Visit barcodesinc.com to order the A5010 and ESA5008, or contact us today for volume pricing and technical support on your Evolis ID printing infrastructure.
We offer the Evolis R3013 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive AIDC supply catalog. Our team stocks this ribbon and other Evolis supplies to support your ID card printing needs. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to place an order and get competitive pricing.
We offer the Evolis R3314 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of Evolis printer supplies and accessories. Visit barcodesinc.com to order today or contact us for bulk pricing and volume discounts.
We offer the Evolis R3111 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive AIDC supply selection. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this ribbon, or contact us today so our team can help you determine the right quantity and ensure timely delivery for your ID card printing needs.
The Evolis R3511 ID card ribbon is available from us at Barcodes Inc. Visit barcodesinc.com to order or contact us today for pricing, bulk availability, and technical support on Evolis ribbon supplies.
The Evolis R3514 is specifically designed for Quantum 2 and Securion printers. To verify compatibility with your equipment or to explore other ribbon options available from us, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today with your printer model number.
Yes, the Evolis VBDG204EU is the original color ribbon manufactured by Evolis for the Badgy-Basic printer. Using genuine Evolis ribbons ensures optimal print quality and printer reliability for your identification card production.
We offer the Evolis R2014 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of ID printer supplies and consumables. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and place your order. Our team can also help you source compatible ribbons and supplies for your entire ID card printing operation.
The Evolis R2017 is specifically designed for the Evolis Securion printer model. Using ribbons with incompatible printer models may result in poor print quality or equipment damage. We recommend confirming your exact printer model before ordering—our team can help match the correct ribbon to your system.
We offer authentic Evolis R2131 ribbons and a complete selection of Evolis ID printer supplies and ribbons. Visit barcodesinc.com to order or contact us today for volume pricing and technical support.
We stock genuine Evolis R2030 ID card ribbons as part of our comprehensive AIDC supply offering. Using authentic Evolis supplies ensures warranty coverage and optimal printer performance. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to place your order.
We carry Evolis cleaning solutions and supplies to support your card printer maintenance needs. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check current availability and pricing for the A5004 or explore alternative Evolis cleaning kits that may better suit your specific requirements.
Yes, the A5024 includes 40 pre-saturated lint-free cleaning cloths in individual foil pouches, so they are ready to use right out of the package. The pre-saturated formula and lint-free material ensure effective cleaning without leaving residue on your printer's rollers.
The Evolis S4510 ID Printer Cleaner is available from us at Barcodes Inc. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this cleaning supply, or contact us today for bulk orders, pricing, or assistance selecting the right maintenance products for your ID card printing operation.
We offer the Evolis ACL003 ID Printer Cleaner as part of our comprehensive selection of Evolis supplies and cleaning kits. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this cleaning kit today, or contact us for volume pricing and maintenance program options.
We offer the Evolis R4213 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of ID card printer supplies. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this genuine Evolis ribbon for your Securion printer.
We offer the Evolis R4221 laminate ribbon as part of our comprehensive Evolis supplies inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our full selection of Evolis ribbons and overlaminates, or contact us today for volume pricing and expedited delivery options.
The hologram overlay varnish applied by the Evolis R4002 ribbon adds a security layer that helps prevent counterfeiting and tampering with ID cards. The globe design pattern serves as a recognizable visual security element while providing protective lamination. This makes it ideal for organizations requiring government-compliant or high-security credential production.
We offer the Evolis LPS034NAA laminate film as part of our comprehensive ID card printer supplies inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this product, or contact us today for bulk pricing and availability.
We offer the Evolis R2016 ID Card Ribbon as part of our extensive inventory of ID card printer supplies and Evolis products. Our team is ready to help you find the right ribbon, compare options, and provide volume pricing for your organization. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to place your order.
We offer the Evolis S10000 Printhead as part of our comprehensive Evolis supplies inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to place your order, or contact us today for bulk pricing, technical support, or expedited shipping options for your ID card printer supplies.
The Evolis ACL004 is available as a 10-card pack from us. For questions about alternative packaging options or bulk ordering for high-volume operations, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team today to discuss your specific supply needs.
Yes, we offer the Evolis A5002 ID Printer Cleaner and other Evolis cleaning supplies. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check current availability and pricing for this cleaning kit and other Evolis printer maintenance products.
We offer the Evolis R2011 ID Card Ribbon as part of our extensive AIDC and ID card printer supplies inventory. As a leading distributor of barcode and identification equipment, we provide competitive pricing and reliable delivery. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to place your order.
We offer the Evolis R3012 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of Evolis supplies and accessories. Visit barcodesinc.com to order online, or contact us today for volume pricing and delivery options.
The Evolis ACL005 ID Printer Cleaner is available from us at Barcodes Inc, a leading distributor of Evolis ID card printer supplies and accessories. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this cleaning pen and other Badgy printer maintenance products.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 features a rechargeable battery with up to 37 hours of battery life. It comes with an optional charging stand for easy charging and docking to eliminate battery concerns.
The Jabra Evolve2 75 offers up to 37 hours of battery life on a single charge. An optional charging stand is available to provide easy charging and docking, eliminating battery concerns during your workday.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve2 75 is engineered for open office use with its combination of 8 strategically-placed microphones, beamforming technology, and adjustable Active Noise Cancellation to help you maintain focus in collaborative workspaces. The headset is designed to handle the acoustic challenges of modern open office settings.